The Perspective 
Wednesday, 11 March 2015

by Dan Brown - RMG Networks

Have you ever walked into a corporate lobby, retail store, hotel or any venue and thought, “Wow, that digital signage display is too large!”

Humorous, but of course not.

Most of the time, if anything, displays are commonly undersized. Why? Well, while 55” seems large in the intimate setting of your living room watching the latest best-selling blu-ray, the affect may be lost in a different environment with a different purpose.

What do you need to keep in mind when selecting screen size for your business?

A 55” display is the viewable distance from corner to corner diagonally across the screen. Assuming a 16x9 widescreen display, this equates roughly to a height of 27 inches and width of 48 inches.

There are formulae from every TV manufacturer and standards committees such as SMPTE or THX to suggest screen sizes and are mostly geared toward consumer entertainment applications.

Don’t get confused if you start researching the web for the correct formula to use. Your specific application may differ. The important thing is to use a formula (or any formula) as a starting point, not an ending point.

Here are a few examples of different formulas and applications, and their resulting viewable distance.

General at-a-glance viewing or video

    4 x 55” diagonal = 220” (or about 18 feet) viewable distance
    8 x 27” height = 216” (or 18 feet) viewable distance

Reading text or data

    6 x 27” height = 162” (or 13+ feet) viewable distance

These examples assume you are using the entire full screen to display your content. Are you? Often the display is segmented to display multiple content items.

For example, on that same 55” display, let’s say we want to include a side panel graphic. Reserving 12 inches width for this content leaves us with 36 inches of width for our main content which is effectively the same as a 42” display.

This changes our viewable distance from the previous examples.  

General at-a-glance viewing or video

    4 x 42” diagonal = 168” (or about 14 feet) viewable distance
    8 x 20” height = 160” (or 13+ feet) viewable distance

Reading text or data

    6 x 20” height = 120” (or 10 feet) viewable distance

Even though you started with a 55” display, because of the content requirements and screen real estate limits, you are effectively limiting the viewing distance of the display by several feet and shrinking the content. This may or may not be a negative; but it is definitely something that needs considering during the design phase.

Likewise, why put the current temperature nestled in the corner of screen when its “real life” size on a 55” screen is nearly the size of your thumbnail and not truly viewable beyond 6 feet from the display. Is that the intended audience range? Probably not. This is another reason to make sure all content is viewable at your target distance.

Screen size is certainly only one factor of many to consider in your digital signage deployment. It works in coordination with screen placement, lighting, other environmental factors, and of course (and most importantly) content!

So you have a formula to determine display size, but how about content? How large a font should you use to get your message across and easy to read? As a general rule of thumb, it is recommended to have 1 inch of font height for every 10 feet in desired viewing audience distance.

Now you're ready to configure your optimal signage and content size.

But, even in our high tech world, old school methods still work.

I was with a customer once who used a properly sized cardboard cutout pattern of a TV they were considering and taped it onto the rich marble wall to get an idea of what it would look like and how much space it would occupy. They used white poster board and markers to write some sample content to understand what font dimensions were required to reach the furthest intended viewer. I thought it was a brilliant idea and was glad to see so much interest and consideration into making sure not only the correct display size was chosen, but more importantly, the proper content size. Well done!

Whether, you use a high tech online calculator or poster board cutouts, you have begun a very important process of considering what is important to you and your viewers.

When budgeting for digital signage displays, it is always easier to add more displays later, rather than try to “right-size” a set of undersized displays already deployed.

It doesn’t need to be a $63M, 362' x 62' behemoth scoreboard like the Jacksonville Jaguars, but definitely give thought to the size of screen required for your application (then maybe even go up one size). As you start the process of determining the correct screen size, here are some questions to ask yourself --

  •     What type and quantity of content will be displayed?
  •     Will the content be displayed full screen or on segments of the screens?
  •     What is the smallest content to be displayed?
  •     How far is the desired viewable distance?

Once you know the answer to these questions, you know the required content size. And, required content size should be the leading factor to your screen size decision; not vice versa.

Posted by: Admin AT 08:19 am   |  Permalink   |  1 Comment  |  
Wednesday, 04 March 2015

A year later, retailers are reporting positive results from iBeacon campaigns. There are, however, still challenges from the caveats associated with  iBeacons.

Specifically, customers must be iPhone users. They must download the retailers’ app. They must enable Wifi on their phone and opt-in to receive notifications. Many consumers are not willing to opt-in because they have privacy concerns about retailers collecting their data. Physical Cookie gives retailers and their customers the benefits of iBeacons without having to meet all of these requirements.

What is Physical Cookie?

Physical Cookie is a RFID-tag within a piece of plastic, usually on a key-fob,  which retailers can give to their customers as they shop. The customer puts Physical Cookie in their pocket and then has to take no additional steps. Electric readers are then placed around the retail store. The Physical Cookie key-fob collects data in real-time in the same way cookies on websites do (hence the name). Digital screens within the store, show customers advertisements based on their behavior. Customers do not sign up or register, so there are no privacy concerns involved. Physical Cookie has operated in the Citycenter shopping mall in Helsinki, as part of a trial since Fall 2014.

Physical Cookie is easier for the consumer to use than iBeacons. Unlike the Bluetooth technology used for iBeacons, Physical Cookie is always on. Instead of pinging a user’s phone, the actual retail environment reacts to the consumers behavior, which feels much less spammy.

The Physical Cookie Customer Loyalty Program

In the Citycenter trial, a customer loyalty program called VIP-key was launched. The VIP-keys were given to 14,000 randomly selected customers who were then automatically part of a loyalty program, without ever having to opt-in, register, or sign up for anything. The trial was in a shopping center but Physical Cookie has said this can work for both retail chains and for brands working within big-box retailers.

While this trial was conducted using Physical Cookies in a key-fob format, the company said in the future this does not necessarily have to be the case. The key-fob format was selected with the thought process that customers enter the shopping center with their wallet, mobile phone, and keys with them. The average customers wallet is already full of loyalty cards, and mobile phones would require opt-in. The key chain was chosen instead because it does not already have any smart device on it.



Results:

  •     The VIP-key cost the equivalent of about two cents in US Dollars.
  •     15% of the VIP-keys were active.
  •     They showed a 14.5% increase in activity between floors.
  •     There a was a 21.7% increase in time spent in the shopping center.

For more information on enhancing your customers’ retail experience, please visit our About page.

Photo Credit: Physical Cookie

Posted by: Admin AT 10:39 am   |  Permalink   |  0 Comments  |  
Wednesday, 25 February 2015

Interactive Customer Experience Association (ICXA) will host its first annual ICX Summit in Chicago on June 29-30, 2015.

Louisville, KY (PRWEB) - Networld Media Group today announces the launch of the Interactive Customer Experience Association (ICXA), which will promote and accelerate the convergence of customer experience technologies and disciplines across all consumer channels.

“The need for ICXA reflects a rising emphasis among brands to create superior customer experiences through multiple technologies,” said Networld Media Group’s CEO, Tom Harper. “Our membership unites professionals from such disciplines as customer experience and service, loyalty, merchandising, marketing, sales, and retail operations.”

Technologies employed by these innovators encompass CRM, POS, digital display, self-service, e- and m-commerce, mobile payment, and much more. ICXA represents a broadening of scope to understand how various technologies can be combined to create unique and unprecedented consumer experiences.

ICXA will host its first annual ICX Summit in Chicago on June 28-30, 2015. Keynote speakers include Blaine Hurst, EVP of Panera Bread and Paul Price, CEO of Creative Realities.

The soon-to-be-launched ICXA.org website will feature a members-only education archive, including videos, webinars and podcasts covering the association’s educational activities. The site will also offer an industry blog and supplier directory.

To jumpstart its launch, ICXA is merging with and absorbing the full membership of the Digital Screenmedia Association (DSA), which had focused previously on the self-service, kiosk, and digital signage technology segments.

“The DSA board is excited about this new direction,” said Bill Lynch, DSA president and new ICXA board member. “The emerging customer experience market encompasses all of our member industries and much more. Our research into market trends and member needs finds most DSA members either expanding into broader customer experience solutions or aligning with partner companies. It became clear that our association must evolve to better serve the expanding needs of our members.”

Existing DSA members will receive full membership in ICXA and enjoy increased benefits with additional learning, networking and peer groups. Technology innovators and suppliers will be invited to participate as instructors in a new online learning series.

Under the leadership of Executive Director Scott Slucher, the new ICXA will continue to expand and develop membership across such industry verticals as banking and payments, retail and restaurant, healthcare, hotel and entertainment, education and government. Slucher brings to his new role many years of professional experience in sales and marketing, digital media, and market research disciplines. His specialty is helping organizations make deeper connections within their industries.

About Networld Media Group

Founded in 2000, Networld Media Group is a leading business-to-business (B2B) media communications company specializing in digital media, associations and events in the mobile, self-service, digital signage, retail, food service and financial services industries. Online properties include ATMmarketplace.com, DigitalSignageToday.com, FastCasual.com, PizzaMarketplace.com, KioskMarketplace.com, MobilePaymentsToday.com, VirtualCurrencyToday.com, QSRweb.com, RetailCustomerExperience.com and ChurchCentral.com. The company produces executive summits in the fast casual, retail, ATM and mobile payments industries. Its custom media division develops Web sites, premium content and marketing services for associations such as the ATM Industry Association and the Electronic Funds Transfer Association.

Posted by: New ICXA to promote tech-powered customer experience across all consumer channels AT 08:45 am   |  Permalink   |  0 Comments  |  
Tuesday, 20 January 2015

David McCracken
President
Livewire Digital



Pizza Hut is probably the last place in the world I’d expect to be wowed by technology. Don’t get me wrong, I love sinking my choppers into a stuffed crust as much as the next guy, but there’s not much about the restaurant chain that screams “on the cutting edge of tech.” But I can admit when I’m wrong, and boy was I wrong about this. (Watch this video and you’ll see why.)

The interactive tabletops Pizza Hut is introducing are not only fun and different, they virtually eliminate the major pain points of eating at a restaurant. They remove the annoyance of having a slow server, so you can order your food the instant you’re ready. They also take human error out of the ordering process. No matter how complicated your order, the self-service process nearly ensures it will arrive at your table correctly.

What makes the touch screens so effective is their ability to help customers visualize and customize exactly what they’re ordering. But pizza is not the only place you’re going to start seeing this new technology. Look at all the applications that are going to be happening in other industries:

1. Retail

Soon touch screens will be used like a virtual dressing room in clothing stores. Customers select a model who has a similar body type to theirs and swipe to try out different combinations of clothing styles, sizes, and colors. Then they select the favorite items, head to the register, and a sales associate meets them with their purchases, ready to check out.

2. Hospitality

Soon desks in hotel rooms will double as interactive, self-service concierges. Guests can order room service, wake-up calls, laundry services, and more. They can also browse through information on different restaurants and attractions in the surrounding area and easily make reservations straight through the touch screen software. It’s easy to see how advertising will play a key part in this set up.

3. Tourism

We’re already seeing travel centers using these types of touch screens as giant interactive brochures. Tourists touch and drag on activities, attractions, and hotels from a map onto the calendar to plan out their travel schedules. Since they can be updated in real time, these types of screens often include travel times and prices to give tourists a comprehensive overview of vacations options.

The possibilities are endless with this incredible self-service software. Here’s a restaurant that’s using these tabletops to educate diners about the origins and characteristics of different foods. What creative uses can you see for this technology?

Posted by: Admin AT 09:44 am   |  Permalink   |  
Tuesday, 06 January 2015

Ron Bowers (bio)
SVP, Business Development
Frank Mayer & Associates



Millennials controlling 70% of the spending power in the U.S. creates vast uncertainty amongst retailers; but with the strongest economy in years, optimism prevails as we begin 2015.

For many retailers, the Millennial consumer is an enigma: they are more suspicious of who to trust and yet, more likely to be influenced by apps and social media than any other generation. Only 19% of Millennials (versus 40% of Baby Boomers) say that, “generally speaking, most people can be trusted” (PewResearch). However, in order to make buying decisions, consumers look to a retailer’s online presence and social influence before considering a purchase.

This generation’s spending habits are moved by its self-paradox. Millennials are self-focused and at the center of their own global communications. It is vital for them to have a positive self-image while finding a sense of belonging when purchasing consumer goods. They desire self-preservation and a personal connection to a product or service.

So, what does this mean for retailers?

The heightened competition amongst store fronts and e-commerce will increase. Currently, roughly ¾ of consumers claim to showroom (Retail Future Trends 2015) or rather compare brands in order to receive the lowest price, best quality and/or widest selection of merchandise when shopping—many times without ever stepping foot in a store. This creates less in-store traffic and increased wavering among dominant brands. So, retailers must draw their target markets in through a strong online presence while providing feelings of exclusivity and individuality for a reasonable price.

To draw consumers into their store fronts, many retailers have begun incorporating various electronic capabilities; this includes the use of tablets, interactive kiosks and beacon technology. Tablets and interactive kiosks extend inventory past what can be offered in stores. The use of tablets has expanded into the retail environment to replace paper signage with digital advertising while providing sales associates quick and easy access to inventory, online ordering, product information and faster checkouts. Interactive Kiosks act in a similar way – allowing for added promotions through electronic ads specified to a department and the time of day. They also enable retailers to connect with consumers by blending in-store merchandising and virtual product displays. Beacon technology, on the other hand, provides the retailer with direct communication to the consumer and has the potential to completely change the in-store shopping experience by creating personalized and targeted marketing in real time. A beacon uses a Bluetooth signal to send special offers to nearby smartphones equipped with the store’s app. App users will receive targeted messages and deals while moving throughout the store.

Let’s say you’re shopping at a retailer equipped with these devices and have previously downloaded the store’s app. As you walk through the doors, your phone buzzes with an exclusive storewide discount. You wander into the home goods department and begin looking for a new blender when your phone alerts you of a sale on KitchenAid products. You can’t pass up the sale price and find the specified blender but are not happy with the color selections available in store. Scanning the product’s barcode at a nearby kiosk, you find additional product specifications, customer reviews and available colors. The color you’d like is available only online. No need to worry. Once your shopping is complete, you bring all of your selections to the nearby associate. They ring you up on their iPad and include the desired blender and ship it directly to your home.

As many stores have already begun implementing this technology, this experience won’t be a thing of the future for long. In fact, Macy’s has added 4,000 iBeacon devices nation-wide and provides coupons via this technology to customers who have downloaded ShopKick. They have also begun testing smart dressing rooms and an image search app. The smart dressing rooms have a wall-mounted tablet that allows customers to view various sizes and colors of a product while the image search app allows customers to snap a photo of an outfit or clothing item to find similar items on sale.

With these exciting advancements in technology, 2015 will be a year to watch how the in-store experience changes to accommodate the self-regarding Millennial. While it is clear that tech-enhanced stores offer an enriched shopper experience with benefits like improved productivity, inventory counts and use of store square footage, we have yet to determine exactly how to incorporate this technology so that it is most useful to each individual without overwhelming them.
 

Posted by: Admin AT 08:51 am   |  Permalink   |  0 Comments  |  
Wednesday, 03 December 2014

By Jason Geyer
Director of Digital Production
TPN Retail




We all remember that cool scene in Steven Spielberg’s movie Minority Report where Tom Cruise is walking through a mall and all of the ads he sees are customized for him only. Ever since its release in 2002, this futuristic scene has been the gold standard to strive toward for advertisers with an eye on where digital is taking shopper marketing.

And although technology manufacturers have taken baby steps toward this in the past, Panasonic has announced that it is partnering up with Photon Interactive to deliver a much closer representation of what the movie promised:

  •     The goal is to combine Photon’s software with Panasonic displays, so that those displays will know more about the customer. That information can be used to deliver targeted offers, as well as check in, make purchases, and more.
  •     For example, the company says that at a brick-and-mortar retailer, a customer might look at the digital signage, view personalized offers, bring up directions to where a product is in the store, and scan bar codes with the mobile app to make purchases. Or in a fast food restaurant, the customer could either order from a kiosk or on their phone, then pick their food and offer feedback through the kiosk.

Although the privacy implications might seem scary (how do you opt out of something that is scanning your biometrics? Can other shoppers see and hear your personalized ads?). But, once in action, it’s hard to not predict that all retailers will be jumping on board with this highly-personalized targeting. Seems like a win compared to a world of static, one-size-fits-all displays.

Posted by: Admin AT 12:13 pm   |  Permalink   |  3 Comments  |  
Monday, 17 November 2014

David Anzia
Frank Mayer and Associates, Inc.



Once again this holiday season has only 26 days between Black Friday and Christmas, last year had 25 days. Shoppers and retailers are preparing for the biggest shopping season of the year. This less than 4 week window has retailers scrambling to grab and retain the consumer’s attention (and pocketbook). They are doing this in a variety of ways.

Macy’s was the first retailer to announce that they would again be open on Thanksgiving Day. The doors at Macy’s will open at 6 PM on Thanksgiving Day, two hours earlier than last year’s opening time. The department store chain stated this move was “in response to the significant, sustained customer interest in last year’s opening day on Thanksgiving, both at Macy’s and other retailers.” The Walnut Room, the famous restaurant on the 7th floor of Macy’s State Street store in Chicago, will be open for the first time serving Thanksgiving dinner, also at 6 PM. Maybe this is a start of a new tradition, Thanksgiving dinner followed by shopping? Target, Kohl’s, Sears, and J.C. Penney, along with other retailers have since posted they will also be open on Thanksgiving.

Some consumers state that greed has taken over this holiday; however, others have pointed out that the crowds these stores are receiving justify them being open. Jerry O'Brien, director of the Kohl's Department Stores Center for Retailing Excellence, stated that for some people shopping on Thanksgiving Day is no different than others playing football or going to a movie. Conversely, some retailers have opted to remain closed and allow their employees to celebrate the holiday with their families. Costco, Barnes and Noble, and Nordstrom’s are among those retailers remaining closed on the holiday.

Despite the gain in popularity of shopping on Thanksgiving Day, Black Friday still remains the king. According to the National Retail Federation, 2013 store traffic on Black Friday was 92 million people compared to 45 million shoppers on Thanksgiving Day. The high presence of loyalty programs, and the data collected when enrolled in these programs, allow for retailers to pinpoint certain Black Friday offers to a shopper. With offers made via direct mail, social media and email marketing, these campaigns allow the consumer to be well prepared when they arrive at the store.

Toy retailer Toys ‘R Us recently announced a revamped loyalty program for the 2014 holiday season. They have good reason to focus on their 18 million loyalty cardholders, they account for 70% of their US sales. Recently announced, in-store and online layaway programs are now available. As an added incentive to shop even earlier, Toys ‘R Us has offered cardholders 10% off their entire purchase every Saturday during the month of November. This is in addition to loyalty members earning $5 in “R” Us Rewards for every $125 spent. When the “R” Us credit card is used for these purchases, the earnings double to $10. For holiday shoppers with children on their lists these rewards will add up quickly.

Macy’s and Toys ‘R Us have also upgraded their omni-channel features prior to the upcoming holidays. Both retailers now offer Apple Pay. In select markets, Macy’s has implemented Smart Fitting Rooms, fitting rooms with wall-mounted tablets which allow associates and customers to scan merchandise items and see other sizes or colors available. Also, in select markets, Macy’s is offering same day delivery. Consumers can purchase merchandise on the company’s website to be delivered to the store the same day. Toys ‘R Us is offering a similar service. Toys and games ordered online can be picked up in store in less than an hour.open sign

Whether you are working off your second piece of pumpkin pie by racing to the stores Thanksgiving evening, or waking up at the crack of dawn the following morning, rest assured that the stores are ready for you and a few thousand of your friends.

Posted by: Admin AT 01:47 pm   |  Permalink   |  0 Comments  |  
Tuesday, 21 October 2014

By David McCracken
President
Livewire Digital


I don’t know about you, but it seems every time I’ve been in a Starbucks over the last few weeks, it seems like everyone is scanning their smartphone instead of paying with cash. The retail world is moving so quickly towards convenient technology solutions like these, and it’s showing no sign of slowing down. Craig W. Smith, founder of the New Channels Department at London retail giant Marks & Spencer, gave his predictions for the five pretty incredible in-store retail technology trends we will see in the next year. (Original source: http://retail-innovation.com/)

 1. First payment by smart watch

Smart Watch

Smart watch payment…because reaching into your pocket or purse is too much effort (not!) Smith predicts we will move beyond paying with cash, credit cards, or even smartphones, to paying with your wrist wear. The smart watch will establish itself as a credible payment instrument.

2. First Google Glass in-store retail applications

Google Glass

Google Glass applications are popping up in the medical and hospitality industries, and retail will soon join them. Retailers will offer applications like customer recognition, personalized concierge services and pick, pack & dispatch.

3. Personalized targeting with beacon technology

Beacon technology

Smith says retailers will start to engage customers with location-based personalized targeting. When customers enter a certain geographic range, retailers can send targeted promotions straight to their mobile phones.

 4. Pay and go using your mobile

Pay as you go

Have you been in a grocery store that allows you to scan your items as you put them into your cart? Picture the same thing…but with your smartphone. In the next 12 months, retail stores will trial software that allows customers to scan items as they shop and pay on their phones before exiting the store.

 5. Payment on shop floor will move from trial to full-scale rollout

Shop Floor payment

Some retailers are currently taking payments on devices like iPads, but mobile payment is definitely not without its challenges. Over the next 12 months, Smith predicts that hardware and solution providers will fix these problems, which will lead to more and more retailers adopting them. Mobile payments will move from proof-of-concept ideas into fully-fledged rollouts.

In which of these trends do you see the most potential? What other tech predictions do you have for the next 12 months?

Posted by: Admin AT 03:16 pm   |  Permalink   |  0 Comments  |  
Wednesday, 10 September 2014

Glen Young
Sr. Product Marketing Manager
Philips Signage Solutions


Can remote control apps damage your digital signage?

Smartphone technology continues to amaze with so many different features and functions. But the latest one is the one to be extremely wary of in certain situations. Among the most recent advancements coming from the smartphone is a TV remote changer app.  

This app can be downloaded into a smartphone, and all of a sudden, the person holding that smartphone has the power to remotely control a  TV just in case he or she misplaced the one usually found on the coffee table. Who knows? Maybe one of the kids may have picked it up for whatever reason.  

Not a bad app. Life is getting easier with apps like this one.  

However, there’s a downside to this TV remote control app, especially if a business has taken the low-cost route and is using a consumer TV and PC for its digital signage. There's lots of money saved there — but, boy oh boy, there are a multitude of pitfalls associated now with the smartphone remote control apps.  

Let's say it's a highly competitive business. Who's to say, anyone could stroll into a store, restaurant, fast food place, a small retail business or whatever business? With this new remote control app in their smartphone and a few quick strokes, a business's TV-based signage display could be turned off, switched to another channel, or the speaker volume, colors and contrast could be messed up.

It's one thing to take the low-cost route and incur a considerable number of potential problems associated with using consumer-grade TV screens and PCs for a commercial signage application. But it's another thing entirely to get sabotaged without knowing who or where the culprit is.  

Also, it could be that particular business or restaurant is one of the unlucky ones with a commercial signage that lacks a lock against others' remote control ability. But now, a business owner is placing himself in a position where almost anyone coming into the shop can sabotage all the sales efforts promoted on that signage, and the business owner wouldn't be not aware of it until after the damage is done. When I say damage, I’m talking about incurring glitches in the business operations by altering or jeopardizing your sales displays.

While it's a bit more expensive, it makes good business sense to not only upgrade to, or start out with, a commercial-grade digital signage display, installed professionally, as well as making sure to have the key feature of a remote control lock in that new signage or video wall installation.  

A business owner works long and hard to get the business to a healthy level. The last thing he or she wants is to be a candidate for competitive sabotage or a victim of a prankster who'll do damage to a place of business's signage just for kicks via that smartphone remote control app.

Posted by: AT 10:32 am   |  Permalink   |  0 Comments  |  
Wednesday, 16 July 2014

David McCracken
President
Livewire Digital

 

Hi, my name is David, and I’m a Disney-holic.

My family and I have been going to Disney World almost every year since my kids were young. Now that my grown kids aren’t “kids” anymore, we experience the parks in different ways but still love it just as much. On our family Disney trip last month, we couldn’t stop talking about the newest technology advancement that was included in our experience.

Disney’s MagicBands are light, colorful bracelets that make the whole guest experience seamless and simple. They were developed as part of Disney’s billion-dollar MyMagic+ interactive technology system and take customer engagement to a new level.

Let me tell you, if anyone knows omni-channel engagement, it’s Disney.

Inside each MagicBand is a microchip that acts as your interactive key to the parks. Your bracelet grants admission when you wave it over a ticketing reader at the park gate. It saves your place in line for attractions — that’s Fast Pass to you Disney veterans — and your reservations at restaurants. It can let you into your Disney hotel room, keep track of your pictures taken by park photographers, and be used as a charge card to make purchases. It even activates the Sorcerers of Magic Kingdom, an interactive game played at the park.

As someone who can’t even count the number of times my kids lost a hotel room key or FastPass ticket, I see how valuable MagicBands are in easing the stresses and hassles of a family vacation!

The magic behind MagicBands is Radio Frequency, or RF, technology. This is the same tech used with keyless car entries, credit cards, and wireless video game controllers. MagicBands also connect with Disney’s existing interactive software (website, mobile apps, etc.), creating a true omni-channel network.

I couldn’t help but think of ways this technology could be used to bring the customer experience together in many different industries:

Retail:

    track preferred customer programs
    offer special discounts
    make restaurant reservations
    monitor pre-purchase or early-bird access

Healthcare:

    store patient identities/histories
    grant approval for services/privileges
    track process through the system
    schedule appointments

Hospitality:

    grant access to rooms
    book reservations at local attractions
    track loyalty programs
    interact with kiosk software to bring up previous search histories

The sky’s truly the limit with this technology. And would you expect anything less from Disney? What other uses can you see for RF technology like this?

Posted by: Admin AT 11:24 am   |  Permalink   |  0 Comments  |  
Tuesday, 08 July 2014

Submitted by Ashley Ropar
Marketing Manager
Industry Weapon

For that matter, nobody's reading those occasional emails, either.
Or the quickly-scribbled reminders on the whiteboard in the lounge. Yet those haphazard attempts at corporate communication aren't uncommon. In a fast-paced work environment, companies find it difficult to maintain strong communication amongst employees. There's always something new to report and there's no way to get that information out instantaneously. At least without digital signage.

It seems pretty obvious, right?
A digital platform allows you to constantly distribute accurate, useful information to each and every member of your team. More exciting and advanced than traditional fliers and emails - let's not even touch on the whiteboard - digital signage demands attention, meaning your message will be received, not ignored.

On Average, an employee receives 304 business emails per week. Lost within that overstuffed inbox important internal emails simply cannot get the attention they need. Trying to sift through emails is exhausting and a waste of employee time: In Fact, 10 IQ points are lost while constantly fielding emails, which is the same effect as losing and entire night of sleep. That guy's going to have some trouble focusing today.

Constantly struggling to convey the latest meeting and event times, as well as their dates and locations?
Relay that information on you digital screens, alerting employees and allowing them to organize their schedules accordingly. No longer will employees be uninformed about where to be and when, juggling layers of information jumbled up within dozens of emails.

Digital signage also serves as a motivational tool for employees to stay on-task.
Display the latest sales numbers and approaching deadlines to remind everyone of their responsibilities as well as the company's overarching goals. Recognize employees who have gone above and beyond by reporting their achievements, announce upcoming events and milestones, and share media coverage.

Internal digital signage is targeted specifically for your employees.
Broadcast it in lounges or breakrooms, hallways, conference areas, cafeterias - any place that employees typically visit at least once a day. External signage, such as media displayed in office lobbies can act as a PR tool. Visitors can view content customized for public consumption, such as image-enhancing company news, employee and company achievements and messages from business executives.

Incorporating digital signage into your office space carries across-the-board benefits. Improve company-wide communication, increase employee morale and motivation and share relevant, engaging information with visitors to promote positive company PR.

Allow digital signage to revolutionize how your company communicates.
The results will speak for themselves.

1https://www.atlassian.com/time-wasting-at-work-infographic
2https://www.atlassian.com/time-wasting-at-work-infographic (repeated)
3Northern Sky Resources, 2010 Global Market for Digital Signage 2nd Edition

Industry Weapon, Inc.© 2014 | more@industryweapon.com | 1-877-344-8450 | Industryweapon.com

Posted by: Admin AT 03:31 pm   |  Permalink   |  0 Comments  |  
Wednesday, 25 June 2014

Provided by Reflect Systems

Cedar Fair Entertainment Company, one of the largest amusement-resort operators in the world, is using digital engagement to thrill park goers and improve overall guest experiences.  Operating 11 amusement parks, three outdoor water parks, one indoor water park, and five hotels, Cedar Fair continuously strives to provide guests with an unmatched experience.  In fact, Cedar Fair’s Cedar Point Amusement Park in Ohio is consistently voted “Best Amusement Park in the World” in Amusement Today polls.

Cedar Fair amusement-resorts provide an ideal environment for experiential digital brand media.  Spanning across all 11 amusement parks, the digital experience starts immediately when guests arrive.  Entry gate digital signage is being utilized to help direct the flow of traffic, indicating which lanes are open or closed.  To add a touch of personalization, entry gate screens also designate lanes reserved for attending companies and groups.

Entrance Screens

Digital media engagement continues throughout the parks with screens strategically placed in ride lines and restaurants to entertain guests while they wait.  Multiple screens throughout the parks also provide guests with real-time weather information.  A custom weather app tells guests when to expect the hottest or coldest hours of the day, or inclement weather, allowing them to plan their day accordingly.

Additional screens located in the parks provide Cedar Fair with the opportunity to educate their thrill seeking guests on other attractions and rides, announce upcoming promotions, and provide entertainment with music, games, and videos.

Cedar’s Fair’s constant pursuit to boost the overall guest experience has led to its world renowned success and solidifies their reputation of delivering world-class fun and entertainment.

Posted by: Admin AT 11:05 am   |  Permalink   |  0 Comments  |  
Tuesday, 17 June 2014


By Bill Bishop
Chief Architect
BrickMeetsClicks.com

Stuart Armstrong was pushing the boundaries of using POS data at IRI to understand shopping behavior when I first met him. Today he’s pushing the boundaries of using digital screens to communicate with shoppers inside stores at ComQi.* In between, he developed multi-channel marketing strategies for the consumer goods and retail industries.

I think he has important things to say about where we’re going with the technology-enhanced shopping experience, which changes in the retail environment are most transformative, and how retailers and brands are using interactive screens to build customer relationships.

You’ve spent a long time at the intersection of retail and communications media. How would you describe where we are today?

A lot of the things we’re doing today with omni-channel, big data, technology, millions of dollars, and many hours are taking us back to the future – back to something retailers used to know how to do very well. It’s taking us back to the intimacy of customer service that retailers used to offer.

Back in the day, Sam the grocer might stand on the sidewalk beside his nice-looking produce. When Mrs. Smith walked by with little Patty, he knew what she’d bought, what she liked and disliked, and even that what flavor of penny candy her daughter preferred. It was a great customer relationship. It was personal. He knew her needs and he met her needs. And she talked with her friends about Sam the grocer, the original social media.

Then we moved to the other end of the spectrum with individual consumers. Broadcast media came on the scene, and we went through a bubble. Brands and advertisers developed a theory of reach and frequency, and they built a whole economic structure around mass media: Bombard enough people with messages and the small percentage of individuals that responds will be enough.

Today, we’re trying to get back to the level of intimacy we used to have with individual customers. We may be using technology to get there, but in the end, retail is a high-touch story, not a high-tech story.  We’re using purchase histories and data analysis to re-establish relevance and recency. The more we can relate to consumers at a specific time with relevant information, the greater share of mind we gain and the greater the opportunity to influence purchases.

Which recent developments in retail strike you as most important?

There’s been a tsunami of change in the past 5 years. I think these three are important to recognize.

1. BYOD (bring your own device). Smartphones have spread far and wide in the last 5 years, and 40% of shoppers want to use their device while they are in the store – to compare prices, to scan QR codes, to look up alternatives. It’s changed the in-store experience, and now that people can shop anytime, anyplace, retailers and brands need to be present in the digital space as well.

2. The endless aisle concept. Retailers are trying to do more with less – offer more variety, greater selection, better experiences, but with less square footage. This means smaller on-site inventory and fewer back shelves. The endless aisle enables retailers to say “Sure, we can get that for you” and deliver fast.

3. The potential for technology and data to underpin greater levels of customer service. Frequent shopper programs have mostly delivered a sea of discounts. It degrades the brand and takes away the intimacy. There’s huge potential to use technology to improve customer service.

Powerful synergies arise from these developments. Check-in, for example, is a huge opportunity that touches on at least two of them. Say you go to the big electronics store to buy a smartphone and check in by swiping your device. And say check-in triggers the ability of the sales associate to call up your purchase history. The associate will understand your needs better, and you’re going to get much better service. Using technology and data to deliver customer service like this can bring retailers closer to the kind of relationship Sam the grocer had with his customers. Using it just to push promotions doesn’t create the same kind of intimacy or trust, and the more our customers trust us, the more information they will be willing to share.

What do these changes mean for product brands?

Brands are building stronger presence in stores using the “store within a store” concept. Fashion brands have done this for years in department stores, and CPG and cosmetics brands do it in grocery and drug stores mainly with displays, but brands are branching out into other venues now.

Remember that smartphone purchase? The last time I bought a smartphone, my sales associate walked me over to the manufacturer’s display and introduced me to Sally. “Sally will show you how to use your phone,” he said, and for the next 20 minutes Sally did exactly that. Sally works for the manufacturer, and she was servicing, not selling – but because she was servicing, she was selling.  (Sometimes brands are delivering this kind of service via kiosk or screen.)

Brands used to print and send out mass mailings and figure that ½ to 1 percent of people would trip over them and buy.  Now they’re starting to target stores where they have particular opportunities to grow sales and investing larger amounts of money in those locations. 
 
You talk about the importance of screen-rich environments. What do you mean?

Screen-rich environments are playing a big part in the increasingly interactive store shopping experience.

  •     “Public screens” deliver one-to-many messages. You find these on the aisle, over the aisle, or even worked into the décor as part of the millwork; they don’t have to be a screen on a stick.  
  •     “Private screens” deliver one-to-one messages and are the best vehicle for customer service. These are the mobile phone screens of individual shoppers, where they can download information and receive personalized offers, support or instruction.

Some screens can do double duty. My company recently helped roll out a digital price board in the automotive service sector that doubles as a “video on demand” screen. Remember Mrs. Smith? Imagine she comes in for an oil change and notices the price difference between synthetic and regular oil and asks about it. Her sales associate might or might not know the answer, but now he or she can use the same sign to show her a 90-second video that explains the difference. Now Mrs. Smith gets the answers she needs to make a decision from a credible source. This would be a powerful tool for many areas within grocery and drug store environments such as health/pharmacy, organics and even the wine department. By the way, it's important to note, that supporting sales in this manner has dramatic effects in increasing sales and trading up the purchase.

Finally, screens can now interact with each other – which means that Mrs. Smith can download the video explaining the difference between synthetic and regular oil to take home and discuss with her husband, and not just in English. If the household is Hispanic why not furnish the information in Spanish? Another example of delivering better customer service that results in increased sales and shopper loyalty.

Which retailers are doing the best job with screen interactivity?

Burberry’s High Street store in London is one of the best. They’ve created an entirely new shopping environment. They can even create a rainstorm to inspire shoppers to buy a raincoat.

There’s a similarly great use of digital screens in the Victoria Secret Harold Square store in New York that includes a 3-story video wall and screen synchronization following the shopper up and down the escalators. (In the interest of transparency, that’s our technology.)

What do you see on the horizon?

More wearables. Google Glass is a prototype, but heads-up display will evolve and wearables will become more common. And more augmented reality, where you can place your phone over a digital or static menu item and it will tell you about calories and nutritional value. Digital signage will serve up targeted content and mobile with will deliver a lot of the information people want without having to print it on a label or a menu or a shelf tag.

*ComQi is a global leader providing a cloud-based Shopper Engagement Technology that influences consumers at the point of decision, in-store, using all digital touch-points: digital signage, mobile, video, touch, web, and social networks. ComQi’s mission is to deliver an end-to-end solution that is tailored to engage consumers by optimizing communications and marketing strategies that provide the best ROI. Learn more about them at comqi.com, follow them on Twitter and Facebook, or visit their YouTube channel.

Posted by: Admin AT 03:20 pm   |  Permalink   |  0 Comments  |  
Monday, 16 June 2014

Kisha Wilson
Marketing Manager
Slabb, Inc.
 


“Today, the internet isn’t accessible for two thirds of the world. Imagine a world where it connects us all.” – Mark Zuckerberg

Internet.org is a global partnership dedicated to making internet access affordable and available to the two thirds of the world not yet connected. It’s an initiative that seems like a mammoth, almost unrealistic task. But is it doable? Only time will tell. Today, only 2.7 billion of the world’s 7 billion or so inhabitants currently have access to the internet with internet adoption at less than 9% annually. If this feat is achieved, the next step would be accessibility to enabling devices.

Internet.org believes that in order to make this a reality, “Potential projects [would] include collaborations to develop lower cost, higher quality smartphones and partnerships to more broadly deploy internet access in underserved communities.” They believe mobile operators can play a central role in this effort through initiatives that can benefit the entire ecosystem.

‘Helping businesses drive access,’ is one of the three challenges that the partnership would address, “Partners will support development of sustainable new business models and services that make it easier for people to access the internet. This includes testing new models that align incentives for mobile operators, device manufacturers, developers and other businesses to provide more affordable access than has previously been possible. Other efforts will focus on localizing services — working with operating system providers and other partners to enable more languages on mobile devices.”

But other options could also be considered, including the feasibility of public internet kiosks, especially for those that can’t afford or choose not to use other devices, even if they are competitively priced. Public internet kiosks are usually used by businesses and are capable of bringing cutting‐edge technology to customers while improving their purchase experience. Imagine if private companies or governments are able to make these accessible to users that otherwise could not access the internet.

Both the hardware and software for public internet kiosks can be customized or standard, and can be ruggedized in order to accommodate the demands of heavy usage. Advertising could also be used to offset the initial implementation costs as well as ongoing maintenance of the units.

Just recently, a project first announced by Mayor Michael Bloomberg last year was put back into the spotlight. It is an effort that would see the transformation of aging payphone kiosks into WiFi hotspots or “communication points” bringing free WiFi throughout the city. It is hoped that the project, which will be funded by advertising and allow users to call 911 and 311 free of charge, will be launched by 2018, at the latest. Currently there are a few WiFi‐enabled booths in Manhattan, Queens and Brooklyn which launched in 2012, but it is hoped that the new project will vastly increase availability to parts of the five boroughs.

It’s a step in the right direction to providing widespread access, and certainly something that can be explored through the use of various hardware options, including public internet kiosks.

Posted by: Admin AT 01:54 pm   |  Permalink   |  0 Comments  |  
Friday, 30 May 2014

Matt Schmitt
President & Founder
Reflect Systems


 

Today’s brands are more focused than ever on adapting to consumer lifestyles and delivering a branded experience that resonates with their audience. The importance of well-executed brand media increasingly puts all brands, including retailers, in the content game.

Reflect In-Store Digital SignageMarketing’s role in retail is shifting from advertising to brand storytelling. In the past, the driving force of many marketing strategies was to use print and broadcast to get customers out of the home and into the store. Customer segments were focused on demographics using age, gender and location. In this traditional “push” model, the idea was to reach a captive audience and deliver them a message, with the goal of influencing a transaction.

Today, marketing is about creating a brand media network that spans a variety of engagement channels. We’re not simply trying to get customers to a location. We want them to create a lasting connection with the brand and adopt it as part of their lifestyle. Moving beyond demographics, psychographics focuses on behaviors, interests and lifestyle. And rather than a push model, brands are pursuing an engagement model that creates a two-way dialogue between them and the customer.

Everywhere, All The Time

Reflect In-Store Digital Media

Brands are becoming more omni-focused, with content executed across a variety of channels, from the digital world to physical locations. The brand media should be consistent and adapted to suit the channel type.  

1. Broadcast is still a major platform for all brand media. Broadcast is still primarily about traditional television, but the landscape is shifting rapidly. YouTube is becoming a big player for brand media, with strong appeal for the brand. The ability to better target audiences and track engagement is key. And brands are able to tell more of their story with longer form content and media that moves beyond the 30-second spot. 

2. Social Media is a fast-moving target. It’s easier to think less in terms of the individual applications, and more in terms of a communications network with a shifting landscape of providers. Pinterest, Facebook, Twitter, and others provide new ways of engagement and require new methods of branding. 

3. Mobile is increasingly becoming synonymous with online, and commerce transactions are shifting away from the desktop pc and retail website to an untethered, app-centric world. Mobile apps are about personal empowerment and enabling relevance in time and place.

4. In-Store is where all of the engagement channels can be brought together to create an impactful brand experience that can create deep engagement with the customer. The physical location presents a powerful platform for telling the brand story in a contextually relevant way.

The Art Of The Happening

Going to a physical store to shop is an event. To use an analogy, it’s like going to a movie theater instead of watching at home. Sure, there’s the instant gratification that comes from going to the location to “get it now”. But there’s more to the theater than exclusivity. The venues, at least the better ones, provide an experience. It’s an event and a happening.

Shoppers who “check in” to a physical store via social media aren’t simply looking for a coupon or offer. Often they are saying “Hey, look…I’m doing something. I’m out there in the world, taking action.” But are they being treated to a feeling of excitement by the brand experience and given reinforcement that what they’re doing is interesting? In other words, did they arrive at a location, or at an event?

The Audience As Participants

In the age of the connected customer, the audience for brand media is not passive. Because of their affinity for empowerment and communications, they are able to be active participants in the new media.

For a compelling example of brand media engagement, take a look at the recent campaign by the fast fashion retailer Uniqlo. To promote their new line of t-shirts, a multi-channel experience was created to engage the customers as brand media participants.

uniqlo store 

A purpose-built mobile app was created for the campaign. The app allows customers to create two-second video clips showing them with their new Uniqlo t-shirt and “showing off their moves”. The app is promoted in the store, with a small stage area set up with lights and a backdrop. Customers can shoot their video (either in-store or elsewhere) and can post it to social media and to a special microsite set up by the brand at ut.uniqlo.com. The user-generated content is also showcased in the store as montages on digital signage video-walls.

In the post-advertising age, the most effective brand media content can go beyond storytelling, and into customer participation. Brands are now finding ways to move audiences to participate in the storytelling process.

The Store Is Still The Star

For most retailers, the store is the ultimate manifestation of the brand. It’s the place where customers are fully engaged with the brand. And while it’s still the moment of truth for creating transactions, it’s also the time and place for creating a deeper connection with the customer.

Many retail brands have great mobile apps, websites, YouTube channels and social media. But there is often a lack of awareness of these touchpoints. This awareness gap can be bridged by more effectively leveraging the store to tell the brand story, and to let the customer know all the ways they can engage the brand further after leaving the store.

Posted by: Admin AT 11:12 am   |  Permalink   |  1 Comment  |  
Tuesday, 27 May 2014

By Tracy Robertson - ADFLOW Networks

It’s no surprise that interactive kiosks are popping up all over the retail landscape. Digital interactive kiosks offer innovative ways to interact with your customers, reach target audiences efficiently and thrive in today’s competitive marketplace.

Here are 5 ways interactive kiosks can work for your business:

#1 Help your customers find the right product

Interactive kiosks can help your customers zero in on the right product quickly and easily. Whether its selecting the right pillow, choosing a kids car seat, picking the right GPS system, kiosks can help customers to self-educate and select the right product for their needs without sales assistance. Many customers actually prefer to shop in this fashion without the need to interact with sales people.

#2 Facilitate customer sales efficiently

Interactive kiosks make an excellent sales assistant tool for your customer service representatives. For example, if a customer has a question about a specific product, such as a cell phone, a sales person can lead them over to the interactive kiosk and direct them to the product they are specifically interested in. Simply by touching the screen or scanning a product, the customer can learn about pricing, view different colour options, find buying guides and compare products on the spot. Interactive kiosks supplement the service from your sales person and provide customers with the information they need even when a sales assistant is not immediately available to help.

#3 Reduce "walk-outs"

By keeping your customers engaged, they are less likely to leave the store while waiting for a sales representative to become available. Traffic volumes vary greatly in retail. When customers flood the store, interactive kiosks can begin the education and sales process until sales personnel are free.

#4 Interact with customers in unique ways

As a two-way interaction, interactive kiosks offer a more engaging way to connect with your customers through edutainment or infotainment, such as interactive contests and quizzes. If a customer is looking for a particular product, such as the right pillow for sleeping, a quiz can be useful to help them narrow down the best choice according to their responses. When it comes to answering personal questions, some customers may also prefer the anonymity of the interactive kiosk to answering personal questions posed by a sale person.

#5 Learn about your customers

The data gathered through our interactive kiosks provides our clients with market intelligence on the success of their promotions. It’s possible to see what pages customers engage with and how long they spend on each screen, helping you measure the success of the user experience. You can also track the impact of content changes on the success of the kiosk. Even small changes to content can have a profound impact on user activity.

Simple customer surveys can provide powerful insights into what brought the customer into the store, demographics and product preferences. With customer information and kiosk interaction tracking, the opportunities for continuous learning and improvements are endless.

Provided by ADFLOW Networks

Posted by: Admin AT 01:34 pm   |  Permalink   |  0 Comments  |  
Tuesday, 13 May 2014


Joe Holley
VP New Business Development
Frank Mayer & Associates

Mizuno Golf DisplayShoppers are bringing a set of expectations and a cache of knowledge gleaned from online research through the doors of stores like never before.  New consumer behaviors have impacted especially categories like electronics, books, clothing, household goods and sporting equipment. Numerous studies of multi-channel shoppers make it clear that online research doesn‘t lead just to online purchases. There are plenty of occasions when the store has the final influence on purchase decision.

Increasingly the in-store experience will incorporate tools like touchscreens, digital signage and mobility, but ask any retailer or brand and they will say that merchandising and point-of-purchase displays where the product is the hero are integral to conveying information and making an impression. Products that are prominently and expertly displayed can be a call to action, whether that action is immediate or takes some alternate path.

So what should retailers and brands focus on to create the maximum amount of impact from a display? Here are some of the tips from the pros that are encapsulated in our latest POP guide, Traditional Merchandising in the Age of Self-Service.

Linda Hofflander, director of vertical marketing with the enterprise business division of Samsung:

People get bombarded with signage, and sometimes it’s what is unique or a little bit of a surprise that can be most effective

David Anzia, vice president of sales at Frank Mayer and Associates, Inc.:

With customers already armed with so much pre-purchase information, retailers have the ability to utilize less copy on their displays. The marketer is able to simplify their message, content copy and photos to distract the customer.

Kevin Lyons, senior vice president of e-commerce with h.h.gregg:

A customer wants to know the most important ways the product will help them, not just everything it does or can do. For example a ‘super radiant heating element’ on a stovetop means nothing to the average consumer, but ‘boils water in 60 seconds’ does! Traditional signage takes on a new role in today’s retail environment as it relates to supporting the mobile customer, those that are researching as well as comparing/reinforcing their purchases.

Dean Cole, brand support manager Mizuno, USA:

If the display can help communicate the benefits of the product and help the consumer visualize how those benefits will improve their experience, the odds of that product being chosen are improved greatly.

Ryan Lepianka, creative director at Frank Mayer and Associates, Inc.:

Having the ability to touch a product and make a connection with it can beat nearly any other way of selling, and some of the most effective displays the company has designed are those that encourage physical contact.
 

Posted by: Admin AT 04:08 pm   |  Permalink   |  0 Comments  |  
Tuesday, 29 April 2014

Ben Johnston
Director of Product Marketing
RMG Networks



I've been reading a bit lately about gamification and thinking about its implications for our Supply Chain, Contact Center and Digital Signage customers. For anyone not familiar with the term, a definition is useful. Gamification guru Yu-kai Chou provides an elegant, no “bs” definition of gamification on his blog:

Gamification is the craft of deriving all the fun and addicting elements found in games and applying them to real-world or productive activities. This is what I call “Human- Focused Design” as opposed to the “Function-Focused Design.” It’s a design process that optimizes for the human in the system, as opposed to pure efficiency of the system.

Gartner predicts that by 2014, more than 70% of Global 2000 organizations would be using gamification in their businesses. “The potential is enormous… [and] gamification could become as important as Facebook, eBay or Amazon,” one Gartner research VP was quoted as saying.

Experts agree, the benefits of gamification in the workplace include increased employee motivation as a result of intrinsic (makes me feel good) or extrinsic (recognition) rewards for changes in behavior and thus increased engagement with work.

While maybe not every business has deployed gamification in their daily operations, look around closely and you will find many examples of gamification in the workplace and in B2C applications. In fact, entire companies (like Badgeville) exist just to help businesses implement game mechanics into their operations.

It's natural to think of digital signage as one medium for communicating and displaying elements of gamification to a workforce. But if the digital signage display is the end node, what's the starting point?

Yu-kai Chou advises that successful gamification design starts with asking the question, "how do I want my employees/players/users to feel?" instead of jumping straight into the game elements.

For supply chain businesses (or any business with internal audiences), managers and leaders should ask themselves the same question; how do I want my workers to feel in order to be most productive and what can I do to influence that?

Internal communications pros tell us that companies with higher employee engagement scores often outperform their competitors and that employees are more positively engaged. It seems obvious, right? Treat your employees right, give them a mission and vision they believe in and support, and they'll be more productive, happier and help the company succeed.  

Certainly a number of techniques exist for improving employee engagement from incentive-based pay to benefits and programs that support a healthy work/life balance. From installing internal social networks like Chatter and Yammer to the gamification of HR initiatives (e.g., handing out pedometers and posting a digital leaderboard to encourage exercise), business leaders are making use of technology to help them implement these techniques.

Digital signage systems will play a key role by publicly displaying the results – the scoreboards.  Digital signage content designers and solution architects who take into account their audience's motivations and goals (and feelings) when implementing game designs will succeed in helping realize the benefits of workplace gamification. And that’s a game we all want to win.

Posted by: Admin AT 01:12 pm   |  Permalink   |  0 Comments  |  
Tuesday, 25 March 2014


Julie Rasco
Marketing
RMG Networks

Is your business a trendsetter or behind the trend? Digital internal communications is not a fad, but a new reality. Companies today recognize that employees and consumers alike rely on digital communications for their information.

A recent article by Russell Working at ragan.com outlined seven key trends in internal digital content --  

1.  Everyone Can Create Content. In this digital age of mobile devices, virtually anyone can be an amateur photographer or videographer and share content.

2.  Social Sharing = In; Email = Out.  Companies are turning toward internal social networking platforms over email for company messages.

3.  A Virtual Hub for Competitive Intelligence. Internal communications allows users to collect and share information, including keeping tabs on the competition.
    
4.  Using Analytics for Social Content Dissemination. Large companies are using analytics and data visualization software to identity relevant and interesting social media content for their employees and customers.

5.  Employee Education. Employees are being empowered through education so they can easily identify relevant information to share with their social network.

6.  Digital Signage for More Than Live TV. Digital signage in reception and other common corporate areas have moved beyond live TV and now include company messages, stock updates and current weather.

7.  Measuring Matters. Digital communications highlights the need for internal metrics and dashboards to measure company productivity and solicit feedback.

Recognizing these shifts in digital communication is key for companies to effectively communicate with employees and customers. To learn more about how your company can maximize these trends and be more effective with your internal communications, download the Visual Internal Communications market sheet from RMG Networks.

Posted by: Admin AT 03:28 pm   |  Permalink   |  0 Comments  |  
Monday, 03 March 2014

John Curran CEO of 5thScreen passed on in February 2014. Big loss to the industry.

Summary

I joined 5th Screen Digital in 2010 with CEO and founder Keith Kelsen. 5th Screen Digital Services designs, develops and deploys in-store digital destinations for retailers and brands. Clients include McCormick, Sprint, Mary Kay plus leading technology firms such as Intel, HP, AOpen & Sapient.

In early 2003, I founded mCosm with Michael Curran, CEO of Micro Industries Inc. mCosm became a leading provider of end-to-end interactive digital signage solutions for clients such as Whole Foods Market, Timberland, Channel and The Venetian Resort & Casino to name a few. I was CEO of the Amsterdam based, network security company, TrustWorks Systems from 2001 through 2002. In 1997, I joined Entegrity Solutions Corporation, an application security company, as the Vice President of European Operations and then became COO in 1999. I was Executive Vice President of NCR's EMEA, Customer Services and Support organization located in London, England. In 1991, I joined Granada Computer Services as CEO, the largest independent IT services company in Europe. I remained with Granada for five years. For two years prior to joining Granada, I acted as an independent management consultant. During 1988 and 1989, I was Vice President and General Manager of Control Data's operations in Europe, Australia and the Far East, responsible for 35 subsidiaries in 22 countries with 4,500 employees.

From 1977 to 1988, I moved through various management positions at NAS (subsequently Hitachi Data Systems) starting as the Sales Manager of the Italian affiliate and in 1986, I was promoted to President of NAS Europe. After graduating from The Ohio State University, I was a Systems Engineer with the Mobil Oil Corporation and Senior Consultant with Computer Usage Co. of San Francisco.

Specialties: A veteran international IT business executive with more than 40 years experience in enterprise software, information security and professional services organizations.

CEO & President
5th Screen Digital Services
October 2009 - Present (4 years 6 months)San Jose, CA

5th Screen Digital Services designs, develops and deploys 'Digital Destinations' for leading brands and retailers. We provide strategic consulting services, application development capability and life-cycle support services that simplifies the technology supply chain, reduces the on-going operational costs and content production. We also offer audience metrics to effectively measure campaign effectiveness for in-store Digital Destinations. Our services significantly lower operating and content production costs by as much as 35% plus provide the metrics that improves the solutions ROI or ROO. In addition, 5th Screen Digital Services solutions encompasses Mobile and Social engagement applications and methods.

Posted by: Admin AT 04:21 pm   |  Permalink   |  0 Comments  |  
Tuesday, 11 February 2014

At this time last year, I was telling the DSA that I would sponsor the Dallas Symposium. Now I’m the Executive Director of the DSA, and responsible for it.

What a difference a year makes.

How many shows have you been to in the past year? A lot? I would need both fingers and toes to count myself. And at the end of every trip, I would ask myself, “Was this worth it?” Coming from so many different sides of the table, my perspective is unique.

It would be easy for me to move from sponsorship to ownership and say, “This is the place you should be.”

This is the place you should be.

Why? Two very good reasons.

You attend because you want to get something out of it. Insight, knowledge, networking, and business. With the Symposium, we have moved in a new direction that focuses on two key components of any valuable conference: Education and Networking.

First, from the educational side, we bring some of the best minds in the digital space to the stage, and listen to them talk about how this all works together, to share their experience and real-world situations. We encourage a discussion among the entire group so that no digital stone is left unturned


Smart people with smart things to say? Smart.

Second, with networking, we have created large breaks and an evening event that allows you to carry on the discussion beyond trading business cards. At the end of the day, you want to go back to work with “to-do’s,” people to call, discussion, and hopefully business.


How about business cards and a handshake? That’s what this is about.

That’s what the Symposium is all about. And that’s what visiting any conference should be about. Education and Networking.

Click here to learn more about the Symposium.

If you’re wondering about the quality of the event, allow the survey we took last year after the Dallas event to explain it.

And here were some of the testimonials from the survey:

  •     “Best networking I've had in a long time between end users. Very open discussions. Even conversations with vendors were non selling, which I appreciated.”
  •     “A very effective use of my time and value for our money.”
  •     “We'll definitely invite and push for all of our clients to attend in the future”
  •     “Great exposure to people I normally would not get to meet or hear their perspective as a buyer. Very interesting conversations.”
  •     “I thought all speakers/panelists were high quality, value add. I could find parallels even with industries that were different than mine.”
  •     “Glad I discovered this meeting. Very worthwhile. Very little preaching to the choir. Real meat as opposed to the tiresome ‘content is king’ or ‘this is the breakout year for digital’ you usually hear.”
  •     “Do one every quarter. I will sign up every time”


A LOT of time to network, and discuss what it takes to create a terrific experience.

So should you come to the Dallas Symposium on April 8-9? Yes. You’ll walk away with some great insight from some fantastic people who have been there and are doing that. You’ll be able to have in-depth conversations with other attendees and vendors who can help you move from ideas to experiences for your customer.

Because your customer is always right. Right?

(And if you’re interested in sponsoring, let me know. We are locking down sponsors now, and I would love to see you as part of the lineup!)

Posted by: Admin AT 10:32 am   |  Permalink   |  0 Comments  |  
Tuesday, 04 February 2014

 
Laura Miller
Director of Marketing
KioWare

Usability can make or break the success of any new website, application, or software. Also known as the UI (user interface) or UX (user experience), usability refers to the user's ability to successfully navigate a product in the manner intended to accomplish the desired tasks. There are entire industries built around better understanding these experiences, from optimizing a website checkout process to encouraging users to visit a particular page. These research industries use buzzwords like Voice of the Customer, Consumer Obsession, and User Experience Advocate and they staunchly advocate that nothing be deployed without an extensive cycle of research, testing, revision and testing.

Why usability testing?

Why is usability testing so necessary? While the layout, process, verbiage and navigation of a website, program or application may make sense to those involved in the design, they don't always seem so obvious to the user. Age, technical savvy, and education may play a role in how a user navigates, but so too may cultural differences, intended goal, and fresh eyes. Knowing your user, and their abilities, goals, and environment are key components to creating a successful product.

Why does UX matter?

Why should we care about User Experience? Self-service kiosks are responsible for setting up a user's experience with a brand. There are many moving parts in a kiosk deployment. Three that come to mind from the start include: hardware, application/program, and lockdown software. Watching how these things work together to make for a comprehensive user experience is an important component to a successful and enjoyable user experience.

Kiosk usability fail

Here's one example of how a kiosk deployment can fail (and yet, still "succeed") in a restaurant environment. The waiter, in this example, finds a workaround for a system that is not serving their needs. It's a must read for any naysayers of usability testing and observation as a means of testing and refining software. According to the author, "Computer systems are not always used as the developers suppose." As evident in this example, computer systems are not always used as the developers intended, nor as they would hope. More importantly, a complicated system is not always the answer.

The only way to know how users will interact with your kiosk is to observe them via lab controlled usability testing and in-field studies. In addition to traditional observation techniques, technologies such as heat mapping and eye tracking can also be used to better understand the user experience. Kiosk software with server capabilities can also assist in gathering usage statistics. In future posts, we'll identify common usability errors, solutions, and research methods.

Are you observing your kiosk in action? Does your client allow time for testing? What is your favorite example of something you discovered (and corrected) through usability testing?

Posted by: Admin AT 11:14 am   |  Permalink   |  0 Comments  |  
Wednesday, 29 January 2014

Keith Kelsen
Chairman & CEO
5th Screen



In a recent article I wrote about creating great content templates and how that templates can be used effectively.  The biggest issue is determining how many templates that I may need for my network based on day parting and the potentially diverse demographics in front of my screens.

For any network, one needs to create a set of meta-templates that are refreshed at least once a quarter. This isn’t an exercise in re-branding the company or building an entirely new visual language for the network, but one should create variance that introduces new elements into the ones that have already enjoyed a 3-month run. For example, create a series of templates that have corporate branding elements for a specific purpose. You may have a series of compliance messages that you need to get out, so create a template that is designed for that type of message. The viewer will learn that when that particular template is up, the content pertains to workplace compliance. Creating templates with branding elements for other types of messages will also play well with viewers. If you use the same template for everything, the viewer will get tired of the same look all the time.

To better understand how many templates one will need to keep a network fresh and relevant to the demographic, a simple formula can assist in creating the right number of templates: D × V = T or (day parts) × (visits) = (demographic templates). This is based on each demographic one takes into consideration, then one can take all the demographics and add them up for the TT (total number of templates) required using a message template similar to the example (Figure 1). One can lay out in a spreadsheet the number of versions of the message one needs in a given month and understand what time of day the specific demographic is in the venue. This will tell one how many versions of the message one may need to keep it fresh and when to put the versions in the schedule. For this example the monthly visits (V) for demographic 1 is 3. So to create the right number of fresh templates for demographic 1, simply multiply the day parts (D) = 5 by visits (V) = 3, which totals 15 templates (T). One can do the same for demographic 2, where day parts (D) = 2 and visits (V) = 6, which totals 12 templates (T). And a grand total for all templates is 27 total templates (TT). One then knows that during the week between 8 and 10 o’clock in the morning, one needs to play demographic 1 on Monday and Wednesday, and between 10 o’clock and noon one needs to play the ad targeted toward demographic 2. The target demographic ad versions can be altered slightly based on the templates.

Posted by: Admin AT 09:18 am   |  Permalink   |  0 Comments  |  
Tuesday, 21 January 2014

By Jon Stine
Director, Internet Business Solutions Group
Retail-Consumer Products
Cisco Systems


Trust. It’s a powerful human emotion that often drives our behavior. The level of trust, or lack thereof, between a retailer and its customers can literally make or break the business. Given the importance of trust, many retailers are asking: How much do customers trust retailers? What are the benefits of increasing trust? How do retailers gather the information needed to provide the  personalized experiences many customers want, while maintaining and even building trusted relationships?

These questions are especially important given the critical juncture at which we find ourselves—the convergence of people, process, data, and things called the Internet of Everything (IoE).

To help retailers build customer trust in an increasingly digitally connected world, Cisco Consulting Services surveyed 1,174 consumers in its fourth annual Digital Shopping Behavior survey.* From a behavior perspective, shoppers are becoming more digital. In fact, eighty percent of respondents are what we call Digital Mass shoppers—people who research, browse, and purchase digitally. Within this group, Über Digitals, who almost always use a smartphone to shop, increased from 11 percent last year to 18 percent this year. Clearly, your customers are digital.

Before we discuss “how,” it is important to understand “why.” Our research showed $100 billion of IoE value was available for retailers in the United States to capture in 2013 by offering more personalized shopping experiences. If you missed your share, don’t worry. This number is expected to increase slightly in 2014. Realizing this value, however, isn’t easy.

When it comes to trust, retailers are starting from a low base. When asked, “How much would you trust these companies/institutions to protect your personal data and use it to provide something you value?” respondents ranked retailers second to last, at 31 percent—behind government agencies (37 percent), and ahead of Internet companies (18 percent).

Even so, shoppers want personalized experiences. When asked, “Which personalized experiences do you prefer?” respondents ranked promotions via touch-screen or smartphone first (Digital Mass: 46 percent; Über Digitals: 53 percent). This was followed by personalized products, personalized shopping lists, and personalized service.

So, how do we solve this dilemma between a lack of trust and the desire for personalized shopping experiences, which require the collection of personal information? For answers, let’s look at a few of the research findings.

  •     Shoppers want personalized offers that are easy to use – Most people want to receive personalized offers via email at home. This suggests that shoppers — even Über Digitals — start the shopping process while they are in their home environment. The vision of in-store offers may simply not be in sync with the reality of shopper decision making and in-store behavior.
  •     Shoppers are willing to share information – Both Digital Mass and Über Digital shoppers are willing to share past purchase history and basic personal information (name, age, etc.) with retailers to receive a more personalized shopping experience. Topping the list of acceptable information for retailers to use are time spent in the store, location in the store, and products you try but don’t buy.
  •     Shoppers want something in return – To give personal information, however, shoppers must get something in return. By far, the top two factors that would lead shoppers to share more personal information are guaranteed percentage savings on their next purchase and specific dollar savings on their next purchase. Interestingly, a world-class privacy policy ranked third, 21 percent below the second choice for the Digital Mass, and 14 percent below the second response for Über Digitals.

Based on our experience working with many of the world’s leading retailers, there are three key takeaways and actions when it comes to building trust:

  •     Shopper trust must be earned. Retailers can do this by delivering a clear data policy and making the benefits of providing personal information transparent and easy to understand.
  •     IoE is already here. To capture your share of the $100 billion value at stake, develop a strategic plan that takes into account the information above.
  •     Über Digitals are too important to ignore. Selling to these shoppers requires an architecture and infrastructure that can support their increasing expectations for connected, digital shopping experiences.

To gain even more insights into developing trust in an IoE world, take a look at:

    http://www.cisco.com/web/about/ac79/docs/IoE/IoE-Retail-Key-Findings.pdf
    http://www.cisco.com/web/about/ac79/docs/IoE/Digital-Shopping-Behavior.pdf
    http://www.cisco.com/web/about/ac79/docs/IoE/Digital-Customer-Infographic.jpg

*  This year’s Cisco Consulting Digital Shopping Behavior survey includes responses from 1,174 consumers who are representative of the United States broadband population by age, income, and region. It is the fourth in a series of popular “Catch ‘Em and Keep ‘Em” studies by Cisco Consulting Services.

Posted by: Admin AT 08:57 am   |  Permalink   |  0 Comments  |  
Tuesday, 10 December 2013

Kisha Wilson
Marketing Manager at Slabb, Inc.


It seems that the word "interactive" is being used in various forums and mediums. But what makes interactivity so important, especially when it comes to kiosk design?

In the simplest terms, I think we can all agree that in this age of advanced technology, where everything is more accessible, faster, more responsive and ever changing that the "interactive element" is a must, in order to stay ahead or simply keep up with competitors. In addition to this, we live in a world of the informed consumer – they know what is available and what is possible and they demand it.

Just look at the technological advancements in our lifetime and the rate of change ... we have already seen five iterations of the iPad, six of the iPhone, there are over 100 tablet models – a number that continues to increase, laptops that are rivaling the thickness of paper and the technological evolution shows no signs of slowing down. This is our normal and the kiosk industry is no exception.

Kiosk interactivity gives a business one additional touch point (no pun intended) to their customers. This provides many unique opportunities for businesses, namely:

  • A kiosk that enables interactivity will allow the input of customer data, providing both quantitative and qualitative information that can track buying patterns and assist in driving sales.
  • Interactive kiosks reduce the amount of staff needed allowing a company to reduce training and staffing costs.
  • The increased presence of interactive kiosks has encouraged the creation of customized software that can facilitate several web‐based applications, thereby reducing implementation costs.
  • It is an ideal platform for a company to showcase their product while providing a modernized brand experience.
  • It allows a business to differentiate itself by creating a unique, quick and efficient self‐service option for customers.
  • An interactive kiosk is the perfect solution for brick and mortar retailers with an online presence to bridge any divide that may exist between the two channels. It is also an easy transition for customers who shop online to use the kiosk to purchase their products.
  • And we haven't even mentioned the benefits to customers yet...
  • An interactive kiosk can provide 24 hour access to products and services allowing customers to shop at their convenience.
  • It gives customers a self‐service option which reduces the time that could normally be spent doing a traditional transaction; not to mention, it eliminates the need to stand in line.
  • Customers get the opportunity to view products on an interactive platform that can simulate the physical attributes of the product, assisting with final purchase decisions.
  • It is a source for easily accessible, updated company and product information.

Posted by: Admin AT 01:40 pm   |  Permalink   |  3 Comments  |  
Tuesday, 29 October 2013

By: Kisha Wilson
Marketing Manager at Slabb, Inc.

 

A company should offer a good product, great customer service, exceptional after-sales service and options to attract customers. But even with all of this, is the deciding factor when purchasing a product all about convenience?

We may know what product we want, if not, we research and identify various options. It is also great when the salesperson we communicate with is knowledgeable and helpful. A warranty on the product and the assurance that having the product maintained and repaired when needed is also a plus. Let's suppose we get all of this at a store and have our much needed product in hand only to face the prospect of a long, meandering line or slow checkout service?

Just think of the angst you experience at Thanksgiving and Christmas when you're faced with long lines. It can also be like this if the store or product is popular. Would facing this, ultimately change your decision about getting the product? For some people, it wouldn't.

I think for me it would. I have three children, two under the age of four and my time is literally never my own. There are so many options and alternatives now that a long line is definitely a deterrent for me. It is even more infuriating when there are several check-out counters with only one or two being manned. I often wonder why businesses do this when they can choose the alternative of providing a self-service method such as an interactive kiosk. Think of how much easier flying is when you check-in beforehand or you avoid the lines by going straight to the check-in kiosk.

Some may argue that it may seem impersonal and limit a company's ability to create a lasting relationship with a customer. Could it also be a missed sales opportunity to promote the benefits of additional products at the check-out line? Maybe not. There have been so many times when things are just so busy the salesperson cannot dedicate their time to the customer in front of them or forgets to offer add-on purchases anyway.

Most customers would return to a store that considers their time, and makes their shopping experience easier. On that account, being less harassed by the sales experience, they might even take the time to answer a quick survey at the kiosk, or entertain add-ons to their purchase which, once programmed correctly, the kiosk will never forget to offer.

According to the Zendesk Benchmark Q2 2013, there has been an increase in customer satisfaction reflected in an average customer satisfaction score of 81 percent. One of the main factors contributing to this is the increase of self-service offerings such as kiosks.

Interactive kiosks are the machinery of choice when it comes to giving the public as many options as possible when conducting transactions. We used to be limited to ATMs, but now self-service kiosks are everywhere, from supermarkets to theatres, to every type of retail location where transactions take place. Depending on the industry, businesses can choose outdoor models, freestanding, desktop or wall-mounted self-service kiosks that offer superior convenience and serve a variety of needs.

This makes it important for companies to choose the right kiosk provider that can understand their needs and provide service and support for the unit. A company with experience, that will ensure that every element of programming and maintenance will be taken care of with the utmost care and precision, as well as ease-of-use for both customers and employees. A kiosk provider should offer custom solutions with both hardware and software to ensure smooth operation at all times.

Previously posted on www.KioskMarketplace.com

Posted by: Admin AT 01:34 pm   |  Permalink   |  0 Comments  |  
Monday, 28 March 2011

Anna Kuzina, public relations manager at DigiSky
Anna Kuzina
Public Relations Manager
DigiSky

 

 


About 10 years ago, digital signage first appeared in the Russian market. Currently, digital signage systems are widely used in metropolitan cities and are being actively introduced in regional areas.

Digital signage advertising networks in the Russian Federation are similar to those in the United States and Europe, but there are differences and varied features. The networks in Russia are mostly from the old generation, in reference to general concept and installations. The majority of the retail and corporate digital signage networks do not use content management systems; instead they utilize USB flash drives or CDs for upgrading and managing the systems. This method appears to work, due to the smaller size of retail and corporate networks compared to Europe and the United States.

The first digital signage advertising network in Russia appeared in the retail sector. Scala’s digital signage network was integrated in the Ramstore retail network. The Ramstore chain features shopping centers, hypermarkets and supermarkets throughout the Russian Federation. Multiple screens were installed throughout stores, displaying advertising content along with entertainment to shoppers. Now, digital signage appears in a variety of retail stores.

The extent of the digital signage expansion also can be seen in the corporate, information and safety sectors. For example, DigiSky, a digital signage network provider, launched a pilot project for the OBI franchise center, a home improvement retailer in Moscow. The OBI deployment included a display with corporate content, Bluetooth capabilities and touch screen kiosks.

In Russia, the main focus of digital signage is in the implementation of interactive technologies and audience measurement tools. Also, there is a clear interest in the innovative information medium, such as interactive kiosks and digital shop windows.

Satellite content distribution systems are another widely used feature in Russia. Due to the country’s massive size, the use of remote access helps minimize operational costs. For instance, DigiSky and City Fitness, a chain of fitness clubs, worked together to develop a content distribution system that is managed remotely from the headquarters in Moscow. Each fitness club has portrait-shaped digital posters and two channel audio devices. The content is then distributed remotely, so every club, even those thousands of kilometers from Moscow, feature the same content.

Digital signage deployers in Russia are eager to learn about the newest technologies and systems. The key Russian industry players include:
• Captivate Media
• DigiSky
• Dismart
• Magitel
• Polymedia
• Screen Media

The interest in the digital signage industry in Russia is rapidly developing and more international players are planning to start activity in the market, such as Harris, Haivision, XPlace and others.



Furthermore, digital signage events are starting to grow in popularity in Russia. The fourth annual Colours of Digital Signage show, organized by the AV Club, takes place on Sept. 6, 2011 in Moscow. For the past four years, this has been the only show held in Russia dedicated to the use and innovation of digital signage and audio-visual informational systems. In 2010, the conference was attended by 189 industry specialists; representatives of more than 15 companies, including both the world leaders of the market; and well-known Russian companies specializing in digital signage. The first day of the conference was aimed at the corporate sector, and the second day was dedicated to the issues of using digital signage systems in the advertising sector. Lectures presented at the conference described all the aspects of digital signage industry development.

The Colours of Digital Signage is the main Russian conference in the digital signage sphere. For now, there aren’t many digital signage shows or exhibitions in the Russian Federation. This year, Out-of-home Video Advertising Bureau (OVAB) Europe is scheduled to begin hosting seminars in Russia on a regular basis. In November, the Digital Signage Conference (DiSCO) will be a part of an Integrated Systems Russia show.

Posted by: Anna Kuzina AT 03:00 pm   |  Permalink   |  
Tuesday, 15 March 2011
It’s official. DSA will be reaching out to 41,000 attendees at the CTIA wireless and mobile conference in Orlando next week. It won’t be the grand booth, large video wall and hyper-engaging video that we originally envisioned, but it will be a coordinated effort, sponsored by Symon and Intel, to educate the mobile industry on the value of digital signage and kiosks.

What will DSA be doing? The association will be conducting two educational seminars in the CTIA Emerging Technology Pavilion. DSA will be introducing the mobile industry to digital signage, kiosks, the Digital Screenmedia Association and to the Customer Engagement Technology World show. DSA will be talking about how digital signage can create “context” in the mobile world and how wireless carriers, mobile app developers, advertisers, and others can use digital signage to expand their reach. For more information on this topic, see the article I recently published in Mobile Commerce Daily.

Why no digital signage pavilion, video wall and compelling video? The answer is simple: not enough time. By the time DSA received the agreement of all involved, there was simply not enough time to put together the big splash that we desired. Rather than do nothing and wait until next year, we decided to do the next best thing to capitalize on the momentum and CTIA relationship-building that we already had going.

DSA, Intel and Symon are pleased to be on the forefront of establishing linkages and relationships between the digital screenmedia and mobile industries. We fully expect that we will be able to identify and exploit new synergies that will be of benefit to all involved.
Posted by: Steve Gurley AT 08:40 am   |  Permalink   |  0 Comments  |  
Wednesday, 09 March 2011

On average, 70 percent of all new business is gained through referrals or relationship marketing. It is also considered to be one of the most cost-effective ways to build your business.

I’m a believer that business relationships, companies and products are built by people, and the more you engage with, value, and leverage those people and their individuals skills and talents, the better your solutions and organizational performance will be.

If the DSA was to sponsor and build out a powerful industry networking program that outlined a referral marketing strategy for its networking members, and designed networking programs to develop individual, executive and company wide networking skills, what type of opportunities, mapping of online marketing, social media, and events do you feel would be most valuable?  

Should networking be regional? By vertical market? Or by solution set?

 

Posted by: Linda Hofflander AT 08:36 am   |  Permalink   |  1 Comment  |  
Tuesday, 04 May 2010
Kiosk and digital signage industry leaders discuss the new Digital Screenmedia Association, and the exciting times ahead for the digital signage, interactive kiosk and mobile technology industries.

Posted by: Christopher Hall AT 09:16 am   |  Permalink   |  0 Comments  |  
Tuesday, 04 May 2010

Intel head of digital signage Jose Avalos was scheduled to talk about "Using an intelligent and innovative digital signage strategy to reduce total cost of ownership" at today's Digital Signage Strategies Forum in London. 

But after polling the audience he went off track a bit and dwelt more on Intel's view of the future of the digital signage industry - and on the company's inititatives to both grow the industry as a whole and to create a preference for Intel's technology in the sector.

Intel obviously sees digital signage as a growth industry and an opportunity to get into a less-than mature market early on, and it's already partnering with fellow big-boy Microsoft to leverage their way into the sector.

And now that Microsoft has announced its digital signage-friendly Windows Embedded 7, reps from both companies at the show today dropped a bombshell during Avalos' talk, the availability of what Avalos called "a reliable and standards-based media player platform for the digital signage industry."

The jointly developed Digital Signage Evaluation Kit is aimed at simplifying and speeding the time to market of signage deployments. Using Windows Embedded 7 and Intel's Core I.5 processor, the kit solves many of the technical issues deployers face, says Lorraine Bardeen, Windows Embedded EMEA marketing manager. 

According to a website link provided by Avalos, "the Digital Signage Evaluation Kit (DSEK-10) offers device manufacturers and software developers an open media player platform that is optimized for digital signage applications."

The DSEK is an integrated hardware and software platform that has been tested extensively by the companies' joint engineering team, Bardeen says, which will allow digital signage deployers to spendmore time on content and less on the technical issues.

"They can spend more time on 'wow'-factor," she said. "Their job is to meet the needs of their business...not spend time integrating the hardware and the software."

 

 

Posted by: Christopher Hall AT 07:27 am   |  Permalink   |  0 Comments  |  
Friday, 23 April 2010

Digital signage continues to gain momentum as an effective marketing tool in today’s retail environment. Since digital signage is still a relatively new technology, there is not a general understanding of what it takes to run a successful campaign once the hardware has been purchased. Let’s talk about content.

Content is the media that will play on your display. Content can consist of imagery, footage or a combination of both. Think of content as mini-commercials featuring your product or message.

Creating content from scratch is an option, but not the most cost effective. The most cost effective option is repurposing your existing print marketing materials to create a digital campaign.

A major commercial retail chain recently approached my company for guidance regarding their digital signage content creation. They were spending a significant amount of money on national print advertisement campaigns and were now faced with the additional expense of content creation for their digital signage. The additional cost was daunting and not in their budget. We suggested repurposing.

Repurposing was suggested to not only save the retail chain money, but to reinforce their branding. The retailers’ current campaign was reaching their targeted audience every week via mailers. Our suggestion was to reinforce their pre-existing campaign by animating the print materials already in circulation and featuring them on displays in the retail stores. This created yet another touch-point for their marketing campaign and added to its recognition.

Utilizing pre-existing marketing material reinforces your company's branding by maintaining its consistency and integrity. Your brand can easily become less effective each time you recreate your marketing pieces through various design firms and content companies. To maintain and reinforce your company's brand, you must deliver a uniform and consistent experience to the customer, every time. Without consistency you are not reinforcing your brand and the success of your campaign will suffer. The most successful brands consistently reinforce their message over time.

A company interested in digital signage that is currently running a successful print media campaign is a step ahead of the game. We have found that repurposing our clients' print material to a digital format results in an instantly recognizable campaign at a fraction of the cost. We are able to offer quick turnaround times since the content is pre-existing.

I hope you can now breathe a little easier knowing there is an alternative to high priced content creation. Repurposing your companies pre-existing marketing materials is not only cost effective, but beneficial to your branding strategy. Before you start from scratch, consider the benefits of repurposing with the help of an experienced company.

Katy R. Dailey is a communications specialist with CE labs, an association member. 

Posted by: Katy R. Dailey AT 11:32 am   |  Permalink   |  0 Comments  |  
Wednesday, 14 April 2010
VIDEO: Janet Webster, president of the Self-Service & Kiosk Association, gives her thoughts on the merger of the SSKA with the Digital Signage Association to form the new Digital Screenmedia Association.

Posted by: Janet Webster AT 09:53 am   |  Permalink   |  0 Comments  |  
Monday, 12 April 2010

Over the past five years, the evolution of wireless networks to 3G data speeds, alongside increasingly sophisticated yet cost-effective cellular routers and antennas, has allowed many kiosk and digital signage deployers to have either successfully deployed stable networks using cellular technologies or at least seriously consider it as a viable alternative to landline options.

Now that 4G is available via Sprint and Clearwire, what does that mean for kiosk and digital signage deployers interested in deploying a cellular network?

4G is especially compelling for those deployers with bandwidth-intense applications, such as content streaming or video. Consider that with more bandwidth, applications such as a live video call from the kiosk to a customer service agent to enhance the user experience are very possible and can be delivered with great quality.

First, though, let me offer a word of caution: I believe we are experiencing the dawn of a new world for cellular networks, meaning this is just the beginning. For self-service it’s promising, it’s real and it will allow for the support of applications that we could only dream of before. But in order to adopt 4G completely for the purposes of an un-manned, machine-to-machine, mission critical network, many factors need to be considered and vetted out before rolling full force ahead.

Now, let’s first take a look at the technology itself and what is available today in the United States.

What is 4G?

4G refers to the fourth generation of cellular wireless standards and is the successor to 3G and 2G standards. In the same manner that data-transmission speeds increased from 2G to 3G and allowed for the adoption of new applications utilizing cellular networks, the leap from 3G to 4G again promises higher data rates and lower latencies that could realistically support applications such as real-time streaming of multimedia voice, data and video.

The 4G spectrum services available through Clearwire and Sprint are based on a technology known as WiMAX (Worldwide Interoperability for Microwave Access). WiMAX is an international standard developed expressly for sending high-speed data signals to mobile users that blends the speeds of Wi-Fi with the portability of cellular. It broadcasts on the 2.5-GHz portion of the radio frequency spectrum and has a longer range. In the real world (not the lab), speed depends on variables such as how many subscribers are using the network at the same time, how far you are from a transmitting tower and how much data is being sent across the Internet. However, a realistic expectation can be up to 3 Megs or 5 Megs per second download, which to a user will feel more like a high-speed DSL or cable type of experience.

What markets are available to deployers today?

The Clearwire and Sprint 4G footprint currently serves 28 markets.*

For self-service deployers who are planning a nationwide reach, a more likely scenario is that 4G won’t be a realistic option until 2011 and beyond. If ubiquitous coverage is required, the best plan is still to deploy 3G equipment but to ensure the 3G equipment is future proofed as much as possible for a 4G upgrade when available.

What cellular equipment is required to properly support a kiosk or digital signage network?

Carrier Modem: Sprint’s 57 percent ownership stake in Clearwire allowed the two companies to launch a cellular USB device that is backward- and forward-compatible with both networks. It utilizes the Sprint 3G network wherever necessary and will automatically jump to a 4G network when available.

Cellular Router: TeraNova takes a more conservative approach to designing and building robust and reliable kiosk or digital signage wide area networks, and we recommend the use of a router with the carrier modem. We leverage 3G cellular routers to provide a consistent connection with the cell tower and to provide over-the-air (OTA) functionality to the equipment in the field. This is especially important in the self-service sector where the systems are unmanned, and every truck roll is a cost consideration. We want to see high network uptime and the ability to remotely manage the network as much as possible.

Don Bush, director of marketing at CradlePoint Technologies, a leading manufacturer of 3G/4G equipment, shared CradlePoint’s vision to allow the customer to "future-proof" their solutions:

"We believe it is in the customer’s best interest to provide them a product that allows them to take advantage of the best current technology without replacing hardware with every technological leapfrog."

CradlePoint’s cellular routers have firmware that has been successfully tested with 4G equipment. As well, CradlePoint offers the ability to "push out" new firmware as required OTA to the routers one by one or all at once so that it can accept new carrier modems (aircards) and limit the amount of truck rolls required to maintain and service the network. Routers start at $250 and virtually pay for themselves after the first dispatch.

Client Case Study:

Five hundred kiosks are rolled out in Q1 2010 on a Sprint network so that 3G can be utilized today with a clear roadmap to 4G. Note: ATT and VZW are pursuing LTE, which is their 4G strategy and technology of choice and is also very promising but has not rolled out yet in any markets.**

3G/4G Routers are deployed in the kiosks that are compatible with the carrier equipment. Once the 4G network is ubiquitously available and the 4G equipment is tested and proven, the deployer can then choose to exercise specific terms and conditions we negotiated in their carrier contract that allows them to switch out to 4G without incurring additional cost.

The next step is to utilize the remote management software to command the routers that are forward-compatible with 4G to accept the new firmware OTA. This deployer enjoys the best of both worlds: a current deployment utilizing proven technology and equipment, with a clear roadmap for the future that does not put the burden of technology obsolescence back on the deployer.

As a conclusion, despite an evolving arms race between WiMAX and LTE 4G technologies in the carrier world and trying to stay informed of the many acronyms that form the alphabet soup of our cellular space — our advice is to not get overwhelmed or overly optimistic about bleeding-edge technologies. The idea is to build a kiosk or digital signage network using proven technologies today yet future-proofed without significant re-investment required to capitalize on the brave new world.

* Currently the 28 markets are Atlanta and Milledgeville, Ga.; Baltimore; Boise; Chicago; Las Vegas; Philadelphia; Charlotte, Raleigh, and Greensboro, N.C.; Honolulu and Maui, Hawaii; Seattle and Bellingham, Wash.; Portland and Salem Ore.; and Dallas/Ft. Worth, San Antonio, Austin, Abilene, Amarillo, Corpus Christi, Houston, Killeen/Temple, Lubbock, Midland/Odessa, Waco and Wichita Falls, Texas.

This year Clearwire and Sprint plan to expand into at least the following markets: Los Angeles, Miami, St. Louis, Cincinnati, Cleveland, Pittsburgh, Salt Lake City; New York City, Houston, Boston, Washington, D.C., Kansas City, Denver, Minneapolis and the San Francisco Bay Area.

** LTE, short for Long Term Evolution, is considered by many to be the obvious successor to the current generation of UMTS 3G technology, which is based upon WCDMA, HSDPA, HSUPA, and HSPA. It will enable significantly faster data rates for both uploading and downloading. Verizon Wireless, partly owned by Vodafone, has announced it will support LTE as its 4G technology of choice, abandoning its current CDMA based network. AT&T also previously announced plans to boost its mobile broadband capabilities by investing in next-generation broadband technology (LTE).

Natasha Royer Coons is the managing director of TeraNova Consulting Group Inc., the creators of the Kiosk Wide Area Network (K-WAN) kit. The kiosk connectivity specialists will be at KioskCom 2010 in Las Vegas at Booth #335.

Posted by: Natasha Royer Coons AT 11:28 am   |  Permalink   |  
Monday, 12 April 2010
Creating design guidelines for the network and the content is an import step in the process of setting up a digital out-of-home network. This process starts with discussions with key stakeholders, and it ends with a formal design guideline document for everyone in the process to follow.
 
The guidelines will include specifications on logotype and colors, logotype usage, fonts, ID design and usage, network design elements and identity system and creative briefs. This document is vital even for a small-scale network; consistency is mandatory to maintain the effectiveness of the network’s identity and messages, and much time will be lost establishing this consistency at the end of the process rather than in the beginning.
 
For example, some key design elements for the network may include photography, bright colors, endorsements and quotations. The content designs may include directions, like having a main photograph; clear headline; short copy; short, large, and legible words; bold colors; and high contrast to name a few.
 
Taking the time to create a network guideline will save on time and money in the future. These are the minimum basic areas one can consider while creating the network design guideline for one’s network:
 
1. Color usage
  • Identify the brand colors of the company, product, etc.
  • Colors are usually designed to work well together and live in harmony within compositions.
  • Use color bracketing, which is using the colors’ opacity to deliver gradient shades of each color.
  • Use gradients, which is using gradient backgrounds to create a sense of space around products.

2. Font usage

  • Utilize the brand’s font guidelines to ensure continuity among other marketing materials. There will typically be only one or two fonts used on the network.
  • Vary the usage of the font to create visual texture in contrasting ways that are appealing and balanced. Combining bold and light weights will help keep the viewers’ attention on the right words.
  • Select three or four font weights, such as light, regular, semi-bold, and bold.
 
3. Showcasing products
  • Ensure that one is consistent in how products are photographed or videotaped, so the look has continuity from one product to the next.
  • Maintain high quality and resolution of product shots to ensure high quality of all content on the network.
4. Icons
  • Create a shorthand language for the network with icons to help guide the viewer around specific themes. Depending on the network, these can fall into a number of categories. They can be seasonal, departmental, contextual or emotional.
  • Animate icons in specific ways to enhance network continuity.
  • Icons need to be consistent. For example, all icons may relate to a specific look and feel. They may be bold or soft, or bright or pastel, in nature.
5. Transitions
  • Transitions add movement to the screen and can direct the viewer’s attention to one place or another on the screen.
  • Transitions need to be seamless within a piece of content and among other pieces of content.
6. Screens
  • Determine which screens within an environment are designed to serve a specific purpose. For example, one may have screens on an aisle end (endcap) or at the cash register. Each type of screen may be treated differently to accomplish one’s goals.
  • Determine what onscreen zone layout may be appropriate for each type of screen to help serve the intended purpose.
7. Zones
  • Structure the zones on the screen. In some networks one may want to have an onscreen zone with main content, another zone with secondary content and potentially a third zone with informational content.
  • The main zone is usually the product or the main advertisement.
  • The secondary zone typically relates to the main zone in context and tells the viewer what to do next.
  • The informational zone could provide weather, news, the date, or the time.
8. Themed messages
  • Themed messaging can be useful according to the type of network. For example, in a corporate communications network one may want to have themes based on the department so viewers understand the type of message being presented.
 
9. Content specifications
  • Determine the content specifications. Setting the standards for acceptable deliverables will save a lot of headaches. Determine what formats, codecs and sizes are acceptable and whether the deliverables will be high definition, standard definition, or both.
Creating content is best achieved by following a process that begins at the highest level of your network’s identity and works down. Networks that are successful have a consistent set of guidelines that dictate the styles, tone and other characteristics that will make it instantly identifiable to viewers.
 
Keith Kelsen is the author of "Unleashing the Power of Digital Signage – Content Strategies for the 5th Screen." More information about the book and the book's companion Web site can be found at www.5thscreen.info.
Posted by: Keith Kelsen AT 11:26 am   |  Permalink   |  0 Comments  |  
Thursday, 08 April 2010
NEC Display Solutions of America has been busy in the week leading up to this year’s KioskCom and The Digital Signage Show in Las Vegas.

Over the last several days NEC has made three announcements about new additions to its lineup of commercial LCD display and projector solutions.

On Monday, April 5, the company announced the latest addition to its top line of digital signage LCD displays, the P Series, with the new 52-inch P521 joining the 40-inch P401, 46-inch P461 and 70-inch P701. The new industrial-strength display is ideal in rigorous 24/7 environments like airports, public information, rental and staging and healthcare, according to a release from the company.

Tuesday NEC unveiled its new S Series, featuring the addition of the 40-inch S401 and 46-inch S461 LCD display, which will replace its well-regarded M Series. NEC says the S Series is ideal for customers with digital signage and entertainment applications running for extended operation times, like deployments in airports and public areas.

And on Wednesday the company launched its new V Series with the debut of the 32-inch V321, which it calls “a value-driven LCD display ideal for those new to the digital signage market.” The V321 succeeds the MultiSync LCD3215 and offers new features to benefit deployments with robust runtimes, like in restaurants and corporate lobbies.

The P521 is set to replace the company’s MultiSync LCD5220 and offers new features and connectivity to NEC’s previous 52-inch customers. Additions to the new model include DisplayPort for maximum connectivity, Ethernet connection for ease in remote monitoring and more than 30 built-in features as part of its Enhanced Digital Signage Technology Suite. The Quick input change feature provides fast and easy switching between inputs for customers that require content to continuously run with near-uninterruptible flow.

“NEC’s new P521 display brings digital signage customers beneficial features that make deployments more effective and long-lasting,” said Luke Bruschuk, product manager for NEC Display Solutions. “The P Series battles harsh conditions with a premium-grade panel, including internal temperature sensors, a sturdy mechanical design and a sealed panel design to protect against damaging elements in less than optimal settings. The combination of these advanced features secures the P521 during use and aids in maximizing the display’s lifecycle.”

The new S Series of full high-definition displays offer a variety of new features compared to previous generation models, including DisplayPort and Ethernet connections for added flexibility, an ambient light sensor for optimum brightness based on existing lighting conditions and more than 30 built-in advanced features in its Enhanced Digital Signage Technology Suite. The displays boast a contrast ratio of 4000:1, an increase from its predecessors, while maintaining the same level of power consumption.

The S401 and S461 have the ability to be tiled in a video wall matrix up to 10x10 (100 displays), which is an improvement from the previous 5x5 capability of the M Series. Their NaViSetT technology offers an intuitive graphical interface to adjust the displays’ settings, and remote access is enabled for IT professionals with the Administrator version.

“Our new S Series displays offer a feature-rich solution to those customers looking for a strong presence with sufficient connectivity options that allow similar performance as our award-winning P Series products,” Bruschuk said. “The S401 and S461 bring incredible new benefits to projects involving extended use and satisfy a market that didn’t fit with the product offering in the past. Their standard bezel and business-grade panel benefit flagship stores and designer shops that require a sleek, sophisticated look without straining budgets.”

And finally, NEC says its new V Series was designed with small businesses in mind, for those applications that require commercial-grade technology on a limited budget. The high-definition V321 presents new, convenient features that simplify the customer experience, such as the built-in text ticker feature. This enhancement enables end-users to dedicate a portion of the screen to emergency warnings or breaking news. While the primary, scheduled content is displayed and fills the majority of the screen, the secondary ticker information can be displayed on the lower, remaining portion of the screen through a separate input.

Other improved features include quick input change for faster switching between sources, advanced terminal settings and monitoring and control over Ethernet, including e-mail notifications in the event the display encounters an error. Additionally, its SPVA panel contributes to the increase in contrast ratio from 800:1 to 3000:1 and to the reduced number of CCFLs, relating directly to the decrease in mercury content.

The V321 supports video walls of up to 25 displays in a 5x5 configuration using TileMatrixT, an improvement from the 4x4 capability in the MultiSync LCD3215. The display also allows individual or group identities with only one command, where users can address monitors individually, as an entire group or defined sub-groups. Certain settings can be customized within each group, providing further flexibility.

“NEC’s V Series allows any and all customers the ability to outfit their facility with advanced digital signage without straining their budget,” Bruschuk said. “The V321 supplies entry-level users with extended connectivity options, including Ethernet control for remote monitoring, RS-232 loopback and HDMI high-definition image quality. Pairing this invaluable control capability with a multitude of advanced features creates an incredible value-driven digital signage solution.”
Posted by: Christopher Hall AT 08:51 am   |  Permalink   |  0 Comments  |  
Wednesday, 07 April 2010
A little more than a year ago, the Digital Signage Experts Group (DSEG) premiered its Digital Signage Certified Experts course as a broad overview of the digital signage industry — and since then "somewhere between 2,000 and 2,500" people have taken the course either online or in person, according to DSEG board member Jonathan Brawn, a principal at Brawn Consulting.

DSEG, which describes itself as an impartial and brand-agnostic organization that works hand-in-hand with the manufacturers, distributors, content creators and resellers in the digital signage industry, has announced the addition of three new certification programs to complement the group’s original certification offering.

The DSEG now will offer certification courses for Digital Signage Display Experts (DSDE), Digital Signage Network Experts (DSNE) and Digital Signage Sales Professional (DSSP) to its curriculum. Just like with the DSCE, the new courses will be offered at live events around the country and via live webinars and virtual online versions.

"We had additional courses in mind from the start…because you really can’t fit all of the bits and pieces people really need to know into one course," Brawn said.

The original DSCE (Digital Signage Certified Expert) course is an "immersion into the digital signage market for those wanting an impartial and agnostic approach to understanding the complexities of the industry. It covers the scale and scope of the industry and examines the disparate parts of complex digital signage solutions culminating in the 7 Key Elements of Digital Signage," according to a press release from the DSEG.

The new DSDE (Digital Signage Display Expert) course goes over the science of sight and how it relates to display specifications, selecting the appropriate type of display for deployments and display calibrations, among other topics.

The DSEG says the DSNE (Digital Signage Network Experts) course "is a fundamental approach to understanding network structure and operating principals, as well as security." The course has an introduction to networks, network design and topology, and gets into networking hardware and network protocols.

The DSSP (Digital Signage Sales Professional) course looks at the obstacles faced by digital signage salespeople in "conveying to the customers and end-users what digital signage entails as well as what it can really do for them," according to the press release. "The DSSP focuses on the information and skills necessary to translate value into the reality for the digital signage customer."

Brawn says the DSSP course is essentially "the Certified Expert-Lite" for people who don’t need some of the more technical aspects of the more intensive course.

"All the material that’s in Sales Professional is also contained within the Certified Expert program, but the Sales Prof program is aimed at people who want to take a half-day, real focused seminar purely on the sales elements of digital signage who don’t need or want any of the technical elements at all."

All of the courses culminate in an online test for participants, after which they’re awarded certification in the program.

Several players in the digital signage industry have started incorporating the original certification program into their training, and some are starting to explore adding one of the new courses, Brawn says.

Earlier this year, Ingram Micro Inc. started offering the DSCE course to its channel partners, and Kevin Schroll, Samsung Electronics America’s senior product marketing manager – large format displays, says that Samsung sales reps are encouraged to take the courses offered by Brawn’s company.

"The training courses provide pertinent information to better enable the Samsung sales representatives to properly assess the customer’s digital signage needs and match it to the solution Samsung can provide," Schroll said.

And late last year, Almo Professional A/V announced that it was the first distributor in the industry to have its entire sales force successfully complete the DSCE program.

"Digital signage is clearly one of the fastest-growing segments of the commercial audiovisual industry," Sam Taylor, executive vice president and COO of Almo Professional A/V, said in a release at the time. "The challenge is that most professionals don’t have a full understanding of how to take all the complex parts of a digital signage system to produce an effective image and create value in the network…This designation gives our partners an edge because not only can they get all the digital signage hardware and software from Almo Professional A/V, they also have an expert resource to guide them through the process and help them create a system that is the best solution for their customers."

The new courses augment the broad understanding of the industry the earlier course provided, Brawn says.

"They are really focused on a single element," he said. "We break everything down in the Cert Experts program into seven key elements of digital signage, and so now we’ve created technical courses that are just really in-depth in certain areas."

DSEG will continue offering the original course along with the new programs in-person at seminars and tradeshows, Brawn says, but the group has found that most professionals are opting to take the courses online.

"It’s more of an issue that people don’t want to make the time commitment of spending the entire day out of the office," he said. "So the self-guided, which is exactly the same course material…we’re finding that is really in demand."
Posted by: Christopher Hall AT 02:07 am   |  Permalink   |  0 Comments  |  
Wednesday, 31 March 2010
by Bill Collins of DecisionPoint Media Insights

Last week’s decision by the Out-of-Home Video Advertising Bureau (OVAB) to rebrand itself as the Digital Place-based Advertising Association (DPAA) probably should have come as little surprise to people in the digital signage and kiosk industries.

Now that it has come, though, the association will use it as a springboard to seize new market share opportunities and launch new initiatives, say DPAA officials.

According to longtime OVAB board chair (and CEO of Captivate Network) Mike DiFranza, the name change was approved by the OVAB/DPAA board after an extensive consulting process — and some of the most enthusiastic advocates for the rebranding were the advertising professionals who plan and buy out-of-home advertising time for their brand clients.

These ad-agency professionals recognized, DiFranza says, that the "out-of-home" moniker from the old OVAB name was not specific and clear enough to describe the different engaged audiences that brands can reach with "digital place-based" networks.

DiFranza said that these agency professionals view their buys of digital place-based networks as a separate and distinct complement to their other media buys of static roadside billboards, digital LED billboards, street furniture, transit advertising, airport advertising and other traditional out-of-home media.

Changing names equals seizing new market opportunities

This rebranding of the Madison Avenue-based DPAA is another example of how the leading U.S. organizations serving the digital signage, place-based digital media and kiosk sectors have successfully repositioned and renamed themselves for the last several years.

This repositioning and refinement (and sometimes rebranding) in our industry also has been done by tradeshow and event producers (the Digital Retailing Expo rebranding as the Digital Signage Expo and KioskCom’s announced rebranding as Customer Engagement Technology World) and industry publications (Captive Audience Network Briefing merging with Narrowcasting News to form AKA.TV back in 2004).

The bottom line here is that we’re all trying to keep pace with the market and seize new revenue opportunities.

New initiatives are coming at DPAA

DiFranza acknowledged the current U.S. economic slowdown has caused some networks to drop their memberships in DPAA. Also, some DPAA member networks have been acquired by other DPAA member networks. (Memberships run about $40,000 per year for operators of digital place-based networks.)

DiFranza said that, with this rebranding and DPAA’s new focus on selling the digital place-based networks into the digital and TV budgets, the DPAA hopes to woo back some of its lost members and gain new ones. He cited Gas Station TV and AccentHealth as example of networks focused on TV ad-buying budgets that DPAA hopes to recruit in the coming months.

To pursue ad buys from the digital and TV ad-buying buckets and win new members, DPAA president Suzanne La Forgia said the association plans to take several initiatives:

  • DPAA will expand its work with Mediamark Research (MRI), a prominent research house that publishes the annual Survey of the American Consumer. This annual survey collects information on adult consumers’ media choices, consumer product usage (tracking more than 6,000 product/service brands), demographics, lifestyle and attitudes. La Forgia explained that DPAA has persuaded Mediamark to incorporate more questions about consumer viewing of digital place-based media into the survey, so that the data will go into databases that define the media-planning and media-buying tools for many ad agencies.
  • La Forgia is working closely with both Nielsen and Arbitron to expand their work tracking the audiences of digital place-based media. La Forgia said that Nielsen and Arbitron are motivated to expand their research work here because of the rapid growth in the sector. She also hinted that both will soon be announcing major research results regarding place-based digital.
  • She is working with DPAA members to gather case studies and speak on seminars and panels at events sponsored by Mediapost and other influential organizers of events that media professionals attend.

"We felt that the old name was more exclusive"

"The new name clearly defines us as our own entity…Just like TV is different from cable, digital place-based media is different from digital signage," DiFranza said in a recent interview. "The name change opens up opportunity for this space. By engaging the multiple constituencies in the agency community (out-of-home buyers, digital-media/Internet/mobile media buyers and broadcast/TV buyers), that helps this industry grow. It’s a more inclusive strategy. We felt that the old name (OVAB) was more exclusive."
 
 

Bill Collins is principal of DecisionPoint Media Insights.

DecisionPoint produces custom audience research for Digital Signage networks and Digital Place-based Advertising. The company also provides B2B go-to-market strategy consulting for companies that market B2B products and services to those industries. Bill Collins can be reached at bill@decisionpointmedia.com.
Posted by: Christopher Hall AT 01:33 pm   |  Permalink   |  0 Comments  |  
Wednesday, 24 March 2010

by James Bickers, editor of RetailCustomerExperience.com

If an award were given for "most generous session content" at the recent GlobalShop event, it surely would have gone to Wirespring CEO Bill Gerba for his remarkable talk on "Seven Proven Strategies for Better Digital Signage Results."

The talk was just under 45 minutes, but Gerba packed in what was surely several weeks' worth of education. He broke his tips for digital signage content into seven broad categories; here are selected highlights from his talk.

Be sure to allw ample time at the end of a text message to enhance the recency effect. Don't wipe text off the screen too soon. Allow users the opportunity to read it, then read it again.  

Take advantage of "chunking and coding," which refers to the human tendency to better remember things that are prearranged into groups of like items — for instance, phone numbers printed in the XXX-XXX-XXXX pattern are much more memorable than 10 consecutive digits strung together.
 
Some practical uses of chunking and coding:
  • Pre-order: Group key phrases or concepts into distinct areas/times.
  • Repetition: Repeat key words, phrases or ideas two or three times in a row. 
  • Alliteration: Use words starting with the same letter or sound.
A call to action should be on-screen at all times. Actions that can be taken immediately work the best (e.g., "Ask a salesperson for details," "Get 15% off," etc.).
 
"If you only take one thing away from this talk today, your message must have a call to action," Gerba said. "It is the thing that is going to convert someone who might merely be glancing into someone who is going to look at your content ad maybe take an action later on."
 
When it comes to writing the message, turn to Google AdWords as a brainstorming tool. Search for your intended topic and see what kinds of messages competitors are using to try to draw people in via text ads. Chances are, you'll find a highly effective 5-6 word piece of information that is trying to compel someone to take an action, which is exactly what you need for digital signage content.
 
Visual elements: color, contract & fonts
There are some basic rules of thumb when choosing fonts and the visual layout of text:
  • Don't use multiple font types. Stick with serif for readability.
  • Don't use all caps.
  • Don't stack lines - try to keep each message to one line to reduce comprehension time.
When it comes to colors, the pressure is off a little bit. Gerba says there is no over-arching relationship between color and content performance.
 
"When push comes to shove and we tried to find colors that turned out to be more or less effective than others, we just couldn't do it," he said, noting that his company ran several hundred experiments with minor deviations in color. "You're probably not going to see any significant uptick or downtick because you've chosen a color."
 
But what does matter is contrast.
 
"Contrast is what everybody is actually messing with when they think they're messing with color," he said. Any combination of colors with similar color values, hue or brightness will reduce visibility, thereby reducing effectiveness.
 
Motion and timing
 
When it comes to making images move on the screen, the important element is the silhouette, the outline of the thing that's moving. Since the silhouette is the only thing that you can actually see/perceive in your peripheral vision, it's important to choose visual elements with distinct outlines. (For instance, a silhouette of a woman is instantly identifiable as such, but the silhouette of a baby sitting down might look like an amorphous blob.) Elements that don't have a strongly discernible silhouette are harder to see unless you're staring directly at them.

When it comes to timing, don't allow motion to interfere with readability or comprehension. Keep in mind that in most cases, you have between 1.5 and 3 seconds to convey your message before the person looks away. That's not much time, and anything that confuses the senses or muddles the message needs to be avoided.

Likewise, allow ample time for the viewer to read any text. For designers, make sure you can read your copy five times in the allotted time period. For other parties reviewing the design, make sure you can read the message three times before it is moved or wiped from the screen. 

Static elements should be the most important features of the ad
. Whatever is the primary focus, make sure it stands still. Subtle motion surrounding or behind it can enhance the scene without reducing recognition or comprehension.

Gerba cut right to the chase on tickers:

"I hate tickers," he said. "They are so terrible at what they do. If anybody started to do a little research, they'd start agreeing with me.

If you have any important information, it should not go in a ticker.


Tickers have a 10-22 percent lower recall rate than static text on a screen, Gerba says, and take anywhere from twice as long to 10 times as long to recognize/comprehend.

Scene composition

In Western countries, the eye moves from top-left to bottom-right in a zigzag pattern, as if reading a newspaper. Keep this in mind when placing visual elements and text relative to one another on the screen.

Visually separate, distinct elements of a shot speed up comprehension. Therefore, think like a filmmaker and split clips into scenes and shots: One 15-second clip becomes two 7.5-second scenes, which become four 3-second shots. Every frame or shot should function as a standalone "poster" — in other words, all information should make sense to the viewer if the screen were frozen at that moment.

Screen location and placement

The "decompression zone" is a "messaging no-man’s land" at the store entarnce, lasting for 15-20 feet inside the store. As a general rule of thumb, don't put digital signs near entryways.

Put your screens as close to head-height as possible, because that is where people look. And keep in mind the "angle of awareness," the 20-degree field of (vertical) view that is actively viewed by customers as they move through an environment.

Readability is crucial for onscreen text, and that leads to some general rules of thumb for the size of text relative to distance from the viewer:

Distance from viewer to screen

Minimum readable height of text
5'-50'
1"-2"
50'-100'
2"-4"

100'-200'

4"-8"

As they move through the store, consumers tend to look down on purchases; we "buy on our left" when pushing a cart down a walled aisle, otherwise we buy on the right.
 
Dominant flow is from the back of store to the front. The beginning of a trip favors new, less familiar items; end-of-trip (near checkout) favors "grab-and-go" and recognized brands. Likewise, front endcaps favor recognized brands, and rear endcaps are more suitable for less familiar brands.
 
Campaign integration
 
In-store multumedia campaigns marry digital and static media, but why bother? Because recall is significantly better when contents across various in-store channels (screens, printed ads, shelf ads, cart ads, audio, etc.) are consistent and reinforce one another.
 
The simplest form of integration marries the product being advcertised, complete in its packaging, with the digital media promoting it. Agencies are starting to get the hang of this, Gerba said.
 
Pitfalls to campaign integration include clean store policies, managers being selective with what they deploy and the fact that only 45-60 percent of POP materials sent to stores ever get used. Make sure the content on the digital screens will make sense to the viewer if other pieces of the campaign are left out or don't execute properly.

Sound

There are two approaches to using sound with digital signage: passive (which influences shopper behavior without their specific knowledge) and active (where the goal is to interrupt current behavior in order to introduce a new behavior).

Annoying soundscapes reduce dwell time. If your sounds compete with the host venue, screens might be shut off. And employee fatigue can lead to employees disconnecting or sabotaging the equipment.
 
On the other hand, a well-designed soundscape has been shown to lift sales as much as 5-10 percent.

Here are a few rules of thumb when considering/using sound:
  • Don't rely on sound alone for the message.
  • Use sound to augment an already compelling message.
  • Visual messages should always work without the sound.

This session was based on material published on the WireSpring blog. 

Posted by: Christopher Hall AT 02:21 pm   |  Permalink   |  0 Comments  |  
Wednesday, 10 March 2010
 

Unbeknownst to the digital signage and digital out-of-home industry, there are groups of creative professionals out there truly excited by the opportunities of the space. These people are exactly what the industry has been waiting for to take it to the next level.

The key to identifying such leaders is to take a closer look at their backgrounds.

Those who have only worked in the traditional print/point-of-sale space jump on the chance to create digital content on signage and love it, says Peter Viento, a 15-year shopper-marketing veteran who has worked across media formats.

"They get really excited because now there’s the flexibility of going from a picture with words to telling a longer story — they can do more, come up with a bigger concept and really blow it out," says Viento, who is the executive creative director at Saatchi X in New York.

Viento also loves the ability to tailor the messaging depending on the location of the screens in store, plus the quick turnaround nature of digital.

His team recently put together a mini-spot for a client. "It had really beautiful footage which we created the messaging on," says Viento. "Now when we go into that retailer and we see it, my guys are pumped. They think it’s the greatest thing ever."

Similarly, over at Atlanta-based SapientNitro, the team is fascinated by the endless opportunities with different screens and surfaces, with the goal to be everywhere the customers are and give them the same brand experience.

"We want to make everything touchable. We have whiteboards filled with ideas," says John McHale, who has been with the agency for three years as the creative director.

Without a doubt, Sapient has a culture of embracing new media and innovation: It was the agency, in partnership with client Coca-Cola and Samsung, that rolled out interactive vending machines. The 46-inch LCD touchscreen combined with Flash technology, motion graphics, video and Bluetooth capabilities for mobile downloads generated much buzz and recognition. Specifically, it turned what was once a pure transactional experience into a true interaction.

The experience really pushed McHale’s team to explore ways to expand the footprint of a brand. He has no shortage of designers and staff with a passion for new technologies that can help create unique and immersive experiences. Granted, Sapient is a digital advertising and marketing agency.

For creatives with the traditional print and TV background, the uptake and enthusiasm for digital signage can be less. This is sometimes due to the fact that "in-store" isn’t considered as exciting or that the budgets are much smaller than they’re used to for TV.

Drivers for innovation

What one acclaimed creative finds most interesting about digital is the fact that it’s constantly evolving and the toolbars keep getting bigger as new technologies are invented. With over 14 years of experience in interactive marketing, Lars Bastholm has seen inventions that seem small and inconsequential at first, such as Google, YouTube and Facebook, turn out to have mass impact on marketing.

For the chief digital creative officer of Ogilvy in North America, digital media provides the playground for engagement, entertainment and involvement, but also utility. As an example, Bastholm cites the Charm Toilet paper "Sit or Squat" iPhone application. It’s not exactly a brand or category that goes for "fun" advertising, but the application where they crowd source information on all the public toilets in the world is brilliant, he says.

"It’s right for the brand. It’s incredibly helpful for the consumers looking for a restroom in a city they don’t know. It puts them top of mind."

To help encourage clients to try new spaces and channels, Bastholm typically asks clients to set aside 10 to 15 per cent of the budget to do things that have not been done before. The investment is used to test pilot different ideas to see how they work, see how consumers respond, then adapt accordingly.

In terms of digital OOH hitting that stride as a permanent buy, he suggests doing the PR and letting people know about the success stories in the space. The three constituencies to influence are:

1. Creatives – They can get inspired to try and play in the space if it’s "fun"

2. Business Units – They need to see it was effective, efficient and entertaining

3. Consumers – They should enjoy it enough to demand more of it

McHale, who started his career in book publishing and design before transitioning to digital, sees innovation being driven from a peer-to-peer perspective. He looks for what’s recognizable in other formats and explores how they can be applied to different mediums. Examples include applying elements from the Web to phone, or how to build on the idea of the Wii interface. The Sapient digital team, much like Viento’s retail team at Saatchi X, is actively exploring RFID, quick-response (QR) codes, e-couponing and more to enhance consumer brand interaction.

At the end of the day though, one of the key drivers for adoption of new spaces and innovation is effectiveness.

Measuring success

While advertising-based digital OOH networks often stress the number of views generated, a successful digital campaign is often seen through the lens of data capture or actual sales lift.

"Anything that motivates a consumer to act, to give you their information and to engage with your brand or product or services, that’s definitely the number one metric for success," says Sean Cunningham, VP, associate creative director at Hill Holiday, a multidiscipline communication company.

"Lead generation and acquisition is very important."

In the retail world, "moving the needle" is the best way to gauge success, says Viento. This often involves running a digital campaign, then tracking sales from the particular retailer and seeing if there is a lift.

The number of impressions still remains important since it translates to "softer" metrics such as brand recall, brand recognition and brand love.

However, executives from the creative world readily admit there are many ways to measure success and defer to the analytics team on the details.

At the end of the day, what makes it worth all the late nights and extra hours for a creative professional is the talk value.

"If the consumers are talking about it, if the press is talking about it, if the industry is talking about it as something that’s pushing the boundaries, as something new and fresh, I would say that’s a success from a creative standpoint," says Bastholm, who is no stranger to industry and peer recognition. He is one of the most awarded creatives in the digital marketing industry, having won a multitude of international awards, including three Cyber Lions Grand Prix.

The more retail, interactive and digital talents continue to embrace and drive innovation in digital signage content, the more the industry will grow to its full potential.

For more insights on how creatives feel about the space, join Peter Viento, John McHale and Sean Cunningham at the fifth annual Digital Signage Content Strategies Summit on April 12-13 in Las Vegas. Also be sure to catch Lars Bastholm’s keynote on the "State of the Digital Creative Nation."

Christie Liu is a conference producer at Strategy Institute, host of the Content Summit.

Posted by: Christie Liu, of the Strategy Institute AT 03:15 pm   |  Permalink   |  0 Comments  |  
Wednesday, 03 March 2010
I’ve been reading everyone’s reactions to the 2010 DSE show this week, and have scoured the blogoshere to compile what I believe to be the top posts. You will notice some common themes among the various posts.

Let's focus on what was in Las Vegas... 
By Chuck Gose, MediaTile

There have been a few mixed reviews on last week's Digital Signage Expo. The consensus seems to be that there was too much focus on digital signage hardware and software providers and not enough on content, strategy or integration. If that was the case, then don't fault those who were there - fault those who weren't…continue


Themes From DSE
By Ken Goldberg, Real Digital Media

Let's take a break from the drama surrounding the DSA and DSF, which received enough attention over the past week. I'll have some new thoughts on that later this week or next. The real news is that the Digital Signage Expo (DSE) was held last week in Las Vegas and continued its own growth and maturation, matching that of the industry it serves…continue


Where’s this thing going?
By Pat Hellberg, The Preset Group

DSE veterans (some of us have been around since DSE’s predecessor, the Digital Retailing Expo, barely filled a small hall in San Francisco in 2004) have never seen as much activity nor felt as much energy as we just experienced in Las Vegas.  Exhibitors entered DSE 2010 anticipating the norm:  that they would spend the majority of their time educating the “tire kickers.” But instead, we heard that buyers were qualified/legitimate and conversations were pointed/positive.  Some vendors were even writing business on the trade show floor.
So the future is bright, right? Maybe yes, maybe no…continue


Impressions from DSE 2010

by David Weinfeld, The Preset Group

The trip to Las Vegas for Digital Signage Expo 2010 was great. The entire Preset Group team was there, which made for a fun, busy week at the show. Our pre-show mixer went off like a rocket ship, seeing around 180 of the over 210 registered attendees make their way into Lavo for the event. The excitement from the mixer spilled over into our meetings throughout the whole week…continue


#dse2010. Whew.
By Paul Flanigan, The Preset Group

Another Digital Signage Exposition has come and gone. Last year I spent all my time in the sessions. This year, I spent all my time on the floor. Instead of giving you the top five things I learned (as was my habit with shows I attended last year), I will just drop some thoughts on you. Take ‘em or leave ‘em. (Or hold ‘em or fold ‘em, as Mr. Rogers would have you do if you’re the gambling sort.)…continue


More DSE 2010 Impressions
By Dave Haynes, The Preset Group

So the theory was that because I was not going to be chained to a booth, I for once could really have a good look around. Didn't work so hot. I did indeed see a lot more than usual, but there were a lot of vendors and I ran out of time to have more than a glance at about two-thirds of them. I never did get upstairs for any conference sessions.
Oh well. Here's what I did see...continue


#dse2010 – One Canuck Perspective
By Dmitry Sokolov, Ingram Micro Canada

DSE organizers recorded some 160+ individual Canadian registrations; accounting for the booth staffs of Canadian software companies Capital Networks, X2O Media, CognoVision, Intello, Harris and Scala’s Canadian contingent, the total Canuck ‘visitor’ traffic would have been close to 100 attendees…continue
Posted by: Bill Yackey AT 11:55 am   |  Permalink   |  0 Comments  |  
Tuesday, 02 March 2010
DSE was a whirlwind week, as it always is. The first day’s educations sessions were well attended and from what I could tell received good feedback. I attended the DOOH Advertising Summit for most of the day. Those who had not yet seen the keynote speaker, Shelly Palmer, were impressed by his insight into this industry from a media perspective. I heard him speak at an NEC event several years ago and have been keeping up with him ever since. You can follow his blog at www.mediabytes.com.

The Summit was an obvious success, and something I think Exponation will likely continue. All seats were full for most of the day, and during the morning sessions there were about 25 people standing in the back, including myself.

I went next door to steal a chair from Alan Brawn’s new training course, the Digital Signage Display Experts certification, which had about 20 people in it. Brawn said it was a good number for the first time the course was held, and that many people were upset that it coincided with Brawn’s Digital Signage Expert Certification because they couldn’t attend both. I myself am a certified expert and would highly recommend the course to industry newcomers.

Highlighting the DOOH Summit was Palmer’s keynote and a breakdown of the Walmart SMART Network, which I wrote up on DigitalSignageToday.com. The article can be viewed here.

Association undertones

Many of the conversations throughout the week were tinged with Association talk, reflecting the decision on the part of Exponation to launch the Digital Signage Federation a week before DSE. Expnation also announced its interim board for the Federation on Wednesday morning. Here are the initial board members:
•    Phil Cohen, President & CEO, Care Media Holdings
•    Rich Cooley, CEO & Founder, Visser Digital Media
•    Alan Brawn, Principal, Brawn Consulting, LLC
•    Laura Davis-Taylor, Vice President, Creative Realities, Inc.
•    Jack Sullivan, Senior Vice President, StarCom World Wide
•    Jennifer Bolt, Executive Director, TracyLocke Advertising
•    Bob Stowe, Director, Marketing Services, Wendy’s International
•    Carre Dawson, Director of Business Development, DS, Harris Corporation
•    Bil Trainor, President, Capital Networks Limited
•    Brian Dusho, President, BroadSign International
•    Ken Goldberg, CEO, Real Digital Media
•    Pierre Richer, President & COO, NEC Display Solutions Americas
New tech

The show floor was of course packed with new technology, so instead of breaking it all down here I’ve included links to some significant stories that came out of the show that I posted on DigitalSignageToday.com.

Also be sure to check out the photo gallery from DSE 2010 and if you are on Twitter, search the hashtag #dse2010 (or click on it here). The guys at DailyDOOH calculated that the number of Twitter impressions for #dse2010 was 534, 233, with my account @DigSignageToday accounting for 51, 729 of those. Not bad!

DSE: JANUS adds emergency messaging, visual paging

DSE: MediaTile demos new interactive HumanKiosk

DSE: 2010 Apex, Content award winners announced

DSE: LuxuryTec, N4D form partnership on 3D displays

DSE: LG announces new hires, messaging, products for digital signage unit

Digital Signage Association votes for independence, tradeshow 

DSE: D.A.T and AmberAlert.com bring advanced alert tech to DOOH networks

DSE: Wireless Ronin reaches milestone in food service digital signage

DSA elects new officers

DSE: PlayNetwork debuts the C500 Media Player

DSE: Hiperwall teams with Ingram Micro to deliver video wall systems

DSE: Philips Public Signage introduces slim 65-inch display

DSE: Harris Corp. demonstrates latest DOOH advancements

Magnetic 3D unveils glasses-free 3D solutions at DSE 2010

DSE: Symon Communications launches a different approach to 3D digital signage 

DSE: Cisco focuses on content creation for digital signage

DSE: Hughes launches digital signage iPhone application for instant emergency response 

DSE: Seven principles of success for digital signage
Posted by: Bill Yackey AT 11:58 am   |  Permalink   |  0 Comments  |  
Tuesday, 23 February 2010
In his presentation at DSE’s DOOH Advertising Summit on Tuesday, the Imperative Group’s Chris Heap presented the following real quotes from viewers, which he labels the “Seven principles of success for digital signage.”

1. Don’t make it hard for me to watch you.
2. When I do watch you, show me something relevant to me.
3. Save me money.
4. Save me time, don’t waste my time.
5. Help me make better decisions.
6. Tell me something new, innovative and interesting.
7. Give me ideas.
Posted by: BIll Yackey AT 12:08 pm   |  Permalink   |  0 Comments  |  
Thursday, 18 February 2010

At my recommendation, EnQii committed its time and money to join the DSA shortly after the association was formed. At that time, I was skeptical about an association that was being supported by a for-profit business, NetWorld Alliance, and at my first DSA meeting I raised my hand and asked in my NYC blunt style to show me that although the organization was not a 501(c) that it was operating as one. 

Not only did I get a straightforward “no BS” answer but also a walkthrough of DSA finances. I was convinced. Also, along the way, I developed a great deal of respect and gratitude toward NetWorld, their leadership and the opportunity they were offering the industry by incubating a true association for the burgeoning digital signage industry. 

A few months later I raised my hand again, this time to be considered for the role of association president. Immediately in this capacity I started discussions, which soon turned into planning sessions, on how to get the DSA standing on its own two feet and be the true voice of the industry and its member companies, all constituencies and from all geographies. 

The first step was to ensure that we had a strong value proposition that resonated with the members and drew in membership. In two short years, we are now 420+ member companies strong. Second, but concurrently, we needed to move on a path to establish legal independence as a 501(c) not-for-profit organization. Inextricably linked to independence is the need to identify revenue sources so that (1) You can channel that money back to industry and member directed programs, and (2) You can maintain membership fees an affordable level so the association is accessible for all.

I am very proud to report that this goal is coming to a significant milestone this coming Tuesday, February 23rd, when the Advisory Board is voting on proceeding with the filing of our 501(c)(6) status, and send out a request for proposals from trade show management companies to partner with the DSA on management of an industry trade show.  

The NetWorld incubation era is coming to the close and the DSA, and I believe the industry, should be extremely grateful for their leadership and vision. The Digital Signage Association is something we should all be proud of and rally around to support the advancement of its pure mission, "To accelerate the growth and advance the excellence of digital signage deployments worldwide." 

If you are part of the DSA, continue to participate as you have and by helping to “raise the industry tide, your boat will rise as well.” If you are not part of the DSA, then do as EnQii and 400+ companies have done - get involved and become part of an exciting movement as we work to make it a healthy and sustainable industry. 

If you are going to DSE, please stop by the DSA Booth #1113. Also if you have any questions or comments, please feel free to reach out to me.

Posted by: Stuart Armstrong AT 12:57 am   |  Permalink   |  0 Comments  |  
Tuesday, 16 February 2010
Research shows that digital out-of-home is a growing medium, but when compared against total media spending, including TV, print and Internet, it still has a long way to go in order to become a bigger piece of the pie. However, several trends in this space are setting it up to be competitive in the years to come. Here are three things that will strengthen DOOH CPMs going forward.
 
1. Supply and demand. Unlike the Internet, digital out-of-home is a finite media model. There are only so many screens and so much time in the day to run ads on them. If the network is 100 percent sold out, then it’s not charging enough and should charge more.
 
While the total available screen space in the world is no where near being filled, there’s a chance it may be in the future as the medium catches on. Then, the power of “naming the price” will fall into the hands of the DOOH network owners, where it had traditionally been with the ad agencies and media buyers.

2. Ease of purchasing One of the reasons that demand doesn’t exist yet is because up until this point, planning, measuring and purchasing a DOOH campaign has been for media buyers. They want to buy audiences, not screens, and trying to place ads across multiple networks can be a planning and billing challenge.
 
In order to simplify the process, several aggregation companies have emerged to facilitate the sale of DOOH advertising based on audience demographics and location rather than individual networks. Adcentricity represents over 80 network partners with over 140,000 screens covering 16 main venue categories. SeeSaw Networks creates “life patterns” like “mobile millenials” and “alpha moms” and aggregates more than 50 networks to target them. And rVue acts as an advertising exchange platform for about 50 networks.
 
Even NEC Display Solutions, traditionally a screen manufacturer, got into the aggregation business last year when it released VUKUNET, a software platform designed to be a universal aggregator of all signage networks.  
 
These software tools allow advertisers to target specific demographics all the way down to the local level, thus raising the CPM for those networks.
 
3. Interactivity New technology in the DOOH space will allow users to interact with messages, not just be passively exposed to them. The change will create more meaningful contact, which can be leveraged for a higher CPM.
 
Consider what Rob Gorrie of Adcentricity calls this the CPM+ model. They work with Ecast, which has digital jukeboxes equipped with screens in entertainment venues. One has the ability to run a passive ad as part of the attractor loop, but can also run an interactive application that is designed to gather information like mobile phone numbers and email addresses.
 
Interactivity such as this allows networks to move from a cost per impression unit to a cost per acquisition (CPA) or cost per engagement (CPE) pricing model, where they can charge much more for ads that guarantee user interaction and information.

Buying Model
CPM
CPA
CPE
Definition   
Cost per thousand impressions
Cost per acquisition
Cost per engagement
Explanation
Agree to rate on guranteed impressions by size and placement
Agree to rate on desired transaction (sale, coupon download, cell phone number
Agree on rate to pay only when user interacts with ad unit.

This chart was developed by NEC Display Solutions and used in the webinar "The impact of digital out-of-home on digital signage."

Posted by: Bill Yackey AT 12:09 pm   |  Permalink   |  0 Comments  |  
Thursday, 11 February 2010
Timeliness of messages and availability of your intended audience may be the most fundamental reasons digital signage is effective.

Two of the most basic reasons digital signage makes sense as a communications medium are its timeliness and availability.

In terms of timeliness, short of actually telling someone something face to face in a place of business, there may be no way to communicate more quickly with your co-workers, employees or customers than digital signage.

With digital signage, the time between actually conceiving a message and delivering it can be measured in seconds in many instances. When used properly, tapping into this extraordinary advantage means digital signage content will be fresh and relevant, both key factors in attracting and holding the attention of an audience.

When it comes to availability, digital signage may even have face-to-face communications in a business setting beat. Because the location of digital signs should be strategically chosen before a single message is ever created, they can be located where they are most available to their audience. For example, imagine a lunch room in a manufacturing plant, a break area in a mechanics shop, suspended from a ceiling above a production line. Each of these locations makes communicating some messages to employees much easier than finding an employee or group of workers and having face-to-face conversations.

Taken together, the timeliness of digital signage message and their availability to employees can be leveraged to improve productivity, enhance safety performance and even to boost sales.

I am familiar with one factory manager who regularly updates production figures on the company's digital signage network to inform his workforce about how well they are doing in meeting production targets. Given the ability of digital signage systems to tap into databases, it is possible for this manager to keep groups of workers apprised of their performance as data is updated in the database the company uses to track production.

Similarly, in some sales settings, digital signage is an effective way to encourage production, recognize performance and reward success in a public way that taps into the competitive nature of many sales people.

Customer service and support, too, can benefit from the addition of digital signs to help employees at a single glance keep track of wait times, percentage of problems resolved, open tickets and even customer satisfaction.

Businesses should also consider tapping into the timeliness and availability digital signage offers when it comes to safety. Not only can digital signage networks offer admonitions aimed at keeping the workplace safe, they also can be used to remind employees of their ongoing safety record.

Equally important in that regard is the ability of digital signs to offer timely emergency messaging to a workforce spread out through a factory or corporate campus. Potentially lifesaving warnings and emergency information can be communicated in seconds during severe storms and tornadoes and when other hazards may occur. Modern digital signage can even tap into public address systems to mirror an audible warning with visual emergency information. This can go a long way to meeting various disability requirements in work or public places.

There are many reasons digital signage makes sense as a communications medium, but none may be more fundamental than its ability to serve up timely information -be it production figures, customer service wait times or even warnings of a threatening storm- where that information is most available.
Posted by: David Little AT 08:00 am   |  Permalink   |  0 Comments  |  
Wednesday, 10 February 2010
Last week, in a post titled “Getting The Message,” we discussed how three forces appear to be engaged in a battle for the hearts, minds and wallets of the digital signage marketplace. The unstated thesis of the post was that marketing dollars are likely to have a greater influence on buyer and investor perception of our still-young industry than unbiased analysis or hard-earned lessons from insiders. That was not a gripe: after all, you get what you pay for in this world. In any event, the post closed with a call for industry leadership and standards, without which we risk allowing the marketing machines of giant technology companies and advertorial publishers to define the industry and its priorities. In my mind, allowing that to happen would be a disaster.

The post, and in particular the call for leadership, opened a discussion regarding the Digital Signage Association (DSA), its work, organizational status and future. When writing the post, I had contacted David Drain, Executive Director of the DSA, and asked if DSA was a 501(c)(6) tax exempt, non-profit association. I knew that in fact it was not, which David confirmed. I chose not to open that can of worms in the post, because it deserves its own post, and a more detailed discussion with David out of courtesy. At this point, the discussion has been had, and this is the post.

Before entering the digital signage industry in 2004, I spent most of my professional career as a retail IT consultant, first with a Big 6 firm, then my own firm and subsequently with a public entity. In the course of those years, I was exposed to many industry associations: The National Retail Federation, the Direct Marketing Association, the Food Marketing Institute, the National Association of Chain Drug Stores, the National Association of Convenience Stores, and the International Mass Retail Association (renamed RILA in 2004). I was engaged on projects by both DMA and IMRA, have attended more conferences than I can remember, and presented at many. I came to appreciate that these associations are examples of effective voices and leaders of their industries. They have wide and deep support of suppliers, users and constituent companies. They provide advocacy, education, leadership on standards, and many member services. They have their own conferences, which provide a venue for all of their agendas and supplemental revenue to make them possible. Some have their own magazines that provide monthly or quarterly touch points with their members. Visit the links above and get a flavor for how those associations operate and serve their industry. Digital signage as an industry needs that kind of organization to take its next important steps forward. And to their credit, I think it is fair to say that DSA’s own leadership knows this. Getting there is the challenge.

DSA, established in 2007, is a part of NetWorld Alliance, a for-profit media company focused on B2B communications. To be fair, in 2007 and probably until now, a standalone non-profit association was probably not feasible in our young industry. NetWorld took the initiative to get the ball rolling and has underwritten (and presumably benefited from) the growth of the DSA. Under NetWorld’s auspices, DSA has accomplished many positive things. However, the call to separate DSA from its for-profit roots is out there, and it seems to be the correct call at this point in time. Here’s why: A true advocate must be independent. A true neutral advocate cannot have a web site plastered with advertising, or share resources with a sister industry web portal business (Digital Signage Today) that only allows external hyperlinks to paid advertisers in its content. To be clear, DST can and should have whatever editorial and advertising policies it wants (even bad ones like the link policy), but DSA’s relationship to it undercuts their desired position as a neutral advocate and leader.

There are over 400 members of DSA today, and room for aggressive recruitment of many more. Part of the recruitment drive should be fueled by a new vision of what the DSA is going to be. Until DSA is split from NetWorld legally and organizationally, it will not achieve the type of presence and leadership that other industry associations have achieved. If getting to that level is not their goal, it will open the door for another entity to step through and make it happen.

In 3 weeks, most of the people reading this post will converge upon Las Vegas for the largest trade show in our industry, the Digital Signage Expo. Six weeks later, back in Las Vegas, and again in November in New York, The Digital Signage Show will also offer great venues for education, selling and networking. DSE and TDDS are run by terrific companies with great people and both provide important services to the industry. That being said, if a non-profit association is to emerge as the linchpin of the industry, it will be absolutely vital for it be in the conference business. Its conference(s) would be a hub of association meetings, the key event from an educational perspective, and an important source of revenue to advance the goals of the association and the industry. Again, look at the other associations mentioned above. Doing so seems to make it clear that a precursor to an independent association would be development of a plan for owning and driving an industry conference schedule. This would not preclude the existence of non-association conferences, but like anything else, supply and demand will find their balance. In my opinion, an independent association (whether it is DSA or a new entity) would be a non-starter without this vital piece.

Digital signage is experiencing explosive growth, consolidation at many levels, the entry of very large corporations, and the scrutiny of people who don’t necessarily get it or share our enthusiasm for this emerging media channel. We need and deserve a neutral, non-profit industry association to drive education, advocacy, standards and industry presence. The DSA currently has the best shot of becoming that voice of digital signage. If they don’t seize the day, another entity will surely fill the void. Let the discussion begin.
Posted by: Ken Goldberg AT 09:42 am   |  Permalink   |  0 Comments  |  
Monday, 08 February 2010
Much ado was made about NCR Corp.’s under-funded pensions by industry analysts. But NCR beat financial expectations, despite a $56 million net loss, negative 35 cents per share, from continuing operations for the fourth quarter of 2009. Income from operations came in at $39 million for Q4, and included a $41 million pension expense.
 
The loss — a significant drop from the $55 million net gain, 34 cents per share, reported a year earlier — was fueled by a $151 million ($97 million after-tax) net charge related to the Fox River environmental matter, a $24 million ($15 million after-tax ) impairment charge related to an equity investment and related assets, and $6 million in expenses ($4 million after-tax) related to the relocation of NCR headquarters.
 
That compares to $7 million of pension expenses and $25 million of costs related to organizational realignment and legal matters during Q4 2008.
 
Revenue for the quarter was down 5 percent from last year, coming in at $1.35 billion. As of Dec.31, 2009, NCR had a debt balance of $15 million.
 
Diebold Inc. came out in the black, reporting Q4 income from continuing operations of $7.9 million, 12 cents per share, and revenue of $724.9 million. But net income and revenue were down, 55 percent and 8 percent, respectively, from Q4 2008.
 
"The economic challenges that 2009 imposed on our business affected our results but did not slow the initiatives we’re putting in place to build NCR into an exciting growth company," said Bill Nuti, chairman and CEO of NCR. "This year we successfully launched our entertainment business, opened new manufacturing plants and greatly strengthened our operating infrastructure. Despite tough end-market conditions, we also finished 2009 on a solid note, exceeding expectations largely due to improvements in our core industries. Taken together, we believe these accomplishments and our ongoing commitment to investing in innovation put us firmly on the path to produce better results in 2010 and make continued progress toward our long term goals."
 
NCR during Q4 exceeded its goal to roll out the first 2,500 DVD-rental kiosks by year's end. In December, the company expanded its network of DVD-rental kiosks through the acquisition of DVDPlay, an operator of approximately 1,300 kiosks in the United States and Canada. The company now says it plans to convert the acquired kiosks to its BLOCKBUSTER Express brand and has plans to install its BLOCKBUSTER Express kiosks in more than 200 Duane Reade locations in New York. NCR also during Q4 expanded its BLOCKBUSTER Express brand to Tedeschi Food Shops, a 188-location convenience store chain across New England.
 
NCR also announced a digital download pilot with MOD Systems, which allows users to download movie titles to memory cards.
 
Like Wincor Nixdorf AG, which reported a 6 percent dip in net sales and a 13 percent dip in profit for the first quarter of fiscal year 2009/2010, NCR and Diebold say the global economic downturn continues to take a toll on ATM and related self-service sales.
 
"We delivered solid operational results during the fourth quarter, despite a number of challenges the financial industry continues to face," said Thomas W. Swidarski, Diebold’s president and CEO. "In addition to growth in orders and full-year cash flow, we generated improved service margins during the quarter — representing our 10th consecutive quarter of year-over-year improved service gross margin."
 
Swidarski said that while sales improved across most geographies, Diebold’s business related to bank branch construction in North America has taken a hit.
 
"To improve our ability to invest in key growth initiatives, we are realigning our organization and resources to better support our opportunities in the emerging growth markets," he said. "Unfortunately, these changes will result in the elimination of approximately 350 full-time jobs from our North America operations and corporate functions. These reductions will be largely completed by mid-February."
 
NCR’s reported overall revenue for the Americas was down 7 percent. In the Europe, the Middle East and Africa, revenue was down 12 percent, while revenue in Asia-Pacific was up 12 percent.
 
But the quarter brought with it some highlights. In the financial space, NCR announced plans to equip ING Belgium with at least 1,200 cash-recycling ATMs — the most extensive deployment of cash-recycling ATMs in Europe, according to NCR. NCR also made its two-sided thermal printing technology standard on all NCR SelfServ 20- and 30-series ATMs in North America.
 
In November, NCR opened its new manufacturing plant in Brazil, the world’s 3rd largest ATM market.
 
At Diebold, product and services orders for financial self-service and security were up more than 20 percent from 2008, and global financial self-service orders increased more than 40 percent year over year. The company also noted a 40 percent increase in financial self-service orders from Q3 to Q4 — positioning the company for a positive second half of the year, Diebold says.
 
Orders in Asia-Pacific were up more than 50 percent. In the Americas, financial self-service orders also increased more than 50 percent — orders in Brazil and Latin America offset the double digit decline in North American sales. In Europe, the Middle East and Africa, financial self-service orders were up more than 20 percent, while security orders dropped year over year in the low double digit range. However, security orders were up for the second consecutive quarter.
 
Diebold’s lottery systems sales in Brazil, which analysts speculated would offset losses in other regions, remains strong, despite an 8 percent dip in total lottery systems revenue in the country when compared with Q4 2008.
Posted by: Tracy Kitten AT 09:29 am   |  Permalink   |  0 Comments  |  
Tuesday, 02 February 2010
I have been invited to speak at this year’s KioskCom/Digital Signage Show in a brand new kind of session. The folks at JD Events have come up with kind of “Meet the Press” session at the show, where marketers and those involved with digital signage communications can meet and question the industry press.

The idea is to help improve communication between the two groups, especially at a time when media is rapidly changing. Internet news, Twitter, Facebook and other social media outlets are changing the way that information is shared, as well as the pace that it comes and goes. News is instant now – therefore any slip ups can become big disasters really quick.

On the other hand, this new type of news reporting allows more information to be shared, and the companies that embrace that are going to reap the rewards. So instead of sending a news release in a word doc, you could send a social media release, complete with images, video and quotes that facilitate the creation of a news story for the digital age.

I’m really looking forward to hearing specific concerns from the marketers and seeing how we can improve communication in the industry. I think there is a lot we can learn from each other.

Here are the specifics on the session:

Say What?  Peeking Inside the Minds of Leading DOOH Electronic Media

In today’s media frenzied world, electronic journalism – columnists, articles and bloggers – often lead the way with industry news insights, analysis and awareness.  With thousands of opt-in followers, these journalists feel the pulse of the industry on a real-time basis – from buyers to sellers, and those who help ensure success along the supply chain.

In this session you will hear directly from leading electronic journalists/bloggers in the DOOH and digital signage space.  They will address a myriad of timely and relevant issues, and provide their unique insight into the good, the bad, the ugly and the exciting world of Digital Out-of-Home (DOOH) Media industry.

 Attend this session and hear:

•    How digital media can improve customer engagement and increase sales lift
•    Examples of successful implementations and their impact on brands
•    Measurement methodology and ROI
•    Successful trends they are seeing
•    Who needs to be involved in the process for success?
•    What makes a project a winner? 
•    What brands and venues can do to succeed though the use of digital signage and DOOH
•    What does the future hold?

Session Chair: Adrian Cotterill, Editor-In-Chief – The Daily DOOH
Panel: Bill Yackey, Senior Editor, DigitalSignageToday.com

The session will take place on Wednesday, April 14, 2010, from 1:30 - 2:30 pm
Posted by: Bill Yackey AT 12:11 pm   |  Permalink   |  0 Comments  |  
Monday, 01 February 2010
At the helm of the world’s second-largest ATM deployer, Eckard Heidloff is always thinking about ATMs. But he’s thinking about them from a higher perspective these days, understanding where they fit into the overall cash scheme.
 
For Heidloff, the chief executive of Wincor Nixdorf AG, the future of ATMs will depend on how well connected they are to other channels, how easy they are to use and how well they are managed from a 360-degree perspective. Where the ATM fits into the cash chain is key, he says, and could ultimately ensure a future for self-service as the world evolves toward more efficiency.
 
The evolution of cash handling in retail environments as well as banks has stagnated. Heidloff says most banks, regardless of how developed the markets in which they reside may be, have not for the last 50 years changed the way they deal with cash. Heidloff says Wincor Nixdorf expects to change that.
 
“One-third of a bank’s costs come from managing cash,” Heidloff told ATMmarketplace.com. “As the cash cycle is optimized and better managed, the use of self-service increases. The more transactions that are moved to the self-service channel, the more efficient the cash cycle becomes.”
 
Channel integration is the key, he says.
 
“An increased use of self-service can improve cash management and customer satisfaction,” Heidloff said. “So, as more self-service is incorporated into a branch or a retail environment, with cash coming in (automated deposits), the more opportunities we will see for cash recycling within the self-service channel, within the branch or store, and the more integration we will see. This all improves efficiency.”
 
Wincor Nixdorf’s new cassette technology also is improving this cycle, as cash cassettes can be taken from teller or cashier lines and then used elsewhere in the branch or store.
 
“Cash-cycle management. This is a revolution for banking and retail,” Heidloff said. “The retail and banking industries work closely together, and once we implement the same solutions for cash-cycle management to both retail and banking, we can see a convergence, a stronger integration, of the two industries. This leads to savings for the retailer and improves efficiency for the bank.”
 
Bringing cash solutions to retail and banking, and then working to integrate the back-offices for a streamlined cash process — one in which the cash taken in by the retailer at the ATM or checkout, for instance, can immediately be credited to the back-office and housed in a cassette that calculates and credits the cash with the bank, ultimately empowering the bank to take over the retailer’s back-office responsibilities — is technology that to date only Wincor Nixdorf is offering, Heidloff says. He suggests that Wincor Nixdorf aims to be a trendsetter in this cash-integration space.
 
“We believe this will change the industry over the next five years,” Heidloff says. “We see long-term growth and change in the way banks manage cash. Bankers are interested in integration and so are retailers. We are creating standards that we expect our competitors to follow. They will have to. We were ahead of our competitors with deposit automation and they followed. In this area of cash-cycle management and integration between banks and retail, we expect the same trend. They will follow.”
Posted by: Tracy Kitten AT 10:13 am   |  Permalink   |  0 Comments  |  
Friday, 29 January 2010
Digital Signage Expo announced the 22 finalists for the 2010 Apex Awards yesterday. I was a judge for the awards, along with several other industry journalists. This is my third year judging the awards, and I’m happy to say that each year it’s nice to see how the technology and application have progressed.

Of course, in each category, there is usually one stand-out installation. Generally I remember news of the installation catching my eye when the news story originally came out in the previous year. I am always interested to see who wins compared to who I thought should win, although I’m told by the awards organizers that all of us judges generally agreed in our ratings. This is a good thing!

When the awards are over, we’ll highlight a few of the significant installations on DigitalSignageToday.com and I may even compare my picks to the actual winners.
The awards are going to be presented at a special awards banquet slated for the opening night of DSE 2010 on Wed., Feb. 24, at Paris, Las Vegas.

Finalists for the DSE 2010 Apex Awards are:

Art Entertainment Recreation
Adler Planetarium — nominated by NEC Display Solutions
NYC & Company — nominated by GestureTek Inc.
The Olympic Experience Museum of the Olympic Committee of Israel — nominated by C-nario

Corporate & Government
Unisys Belgium NV — nominated by X2O Media

Education & Healthcare
BC Children's Hospital Foundation — nominated by Scala Inc.
Indiana University — nominated by Scala Inc.
Northern Virginia Community College — nominated by Cisco Systems

Public Spaces
Amsterdam RAI — nominated by Scala Inc.
Cincinnati Center City Development Corp. — nominated by Aerva Inc.
IDS Center - Inland American Office Management — nominated by AlivePromo

Hospitality
ARAMARK — nominated by Wireless Ronin Technologies
Portland Trail Blazers/Rose Garden Arena — nominated by Omnivex Corp.
Zoom Media & Marketing — nominated by LocaModa Inc.

Retail
Miele Inspirience Centre — nominated by Scala Inc.
Sprint Studio Store — nominated by Scala Inc.
Turk Telekom Group/TTGaleri — nominated by Dreambox

Stadium Arenas
Maple Leaf Sports + Entertainment — nominated by Digital Display & Communications/Omnivex Corp.
Miami Dolphins/Land Shark Stadium — nominated by Cisco Systems
Miami Heat/American Airlines Arena — nominated by Sony Electronics

Transportation
Monopoly Media/Zoom TV — nominated by Scala Inc.
The Port Authority of NY & NJ — nominated by Tightrope Media Systems
Underground of Barcelona — nominated by ADmira Digital Networks
Posted by: Bill Yackey AT 12:12 pm   |  Permalink   |  0 Comments  |  
Wednesday, 27 January 2010
Without customers, businesses fail. As we ponder and project what 2010 has in store for us, I look back to my thoughts and predictions from this past year to see what the future could hold.

There are a number of questions that continue to stick out in my mind just as much today as they did last year. “What will happen when companies are finished with the layoffs, the cuts, and downsizing? How will companies rebound, engage their customers, and encourage them to spend again? What will they need to do to engage customers and win their business?” And finally, “what will be the most efficient and effective manner to accomplish this?”
 
Executives challenged by these questions have much to consider – so, where do they start? They start by considering the total cost of ownership. From strategy development to execution/deployment, operational and maintenance issues to scalability, the total cost of ownership is a critical number for organizations to understand and examine. Understanding what technologies are available to enable their customer engagement strategies, what is needed to justify and implement these solutions (especially in the tough economic climate we face), as well as how they impact the path to purchase is vital to determining a proper ROI.

The true challenges lie in what executives must consider next. How do companies re-engage (or in many cases, engage for the first time) with prospects and customers? And just as important: How can their everyday experiences be turned into exciting and pleasurable experiences, yet also demonstrate an understanding of the time constraints and other limitations people face?

And therein lies my big prediction. Customer engagement will be the name of the game in 2010. Customer engagement will be what provides answers for these important questions. While electronic communication often can be effective and improve both cost and operational efficiencies, communication alone does not address the dilemmas companies face, nor does it do more than suggest reasons for product purchase. It may be a piece of the puzzle, but it does not provide the solution.

What is needed is a focus on engagement and the development of a strategy that ties in not only informational communication, but more importantly, addresses how to engage customers and prospects in a manner that takes them down the path to purchase.
In the coming months, I’ll revisit this prediction and discuss if this prediction is in fact holding true. It should be interesting to see the path our industry takes this year and I think it’s safe to say we’ll have some amazing examples to discuss along the way.
Posted by: Lawrence Dvorchik AT 03:00 pm   |  Permalink   |  0 Comments  |  
Tuesday, 26 January 2010
There are now several free PSAs available to digital signage and DOOH networks to help with Haiti disaster relief. Network operators can use the series of simple hi-res videos to help direct funds to Red Cross groups in the U.S. and internationally.
 
The files are available in hi-def, standard def and Flash in both landscape and portrait orientations. There is also a Final Cut Pro file available to save time for content editors.
 
Files are available for download here.
 
 
Posted by: Bill Yackey AT 09:18 am   |  Permalink   |  0 Comments  |  
Monday, 25 January 2010
In the financial services industry, our target audiences and their respective needs are so segmented that it makes customized messaging via traditional advertising and direct mail tactics expensive and difficult to justify. For a growing number of savvy financial institutions, however, an effective solution lies in a tool they’ve already deployed: their fleet of ATMs.
 
As convenience features on ATMs continue to evolve, financial institutions are taking advantage of new software applications for their own marketing and sales objectives. Through recent innovations in ATM software that work in concert with a financial institution’s customer relationship management database, banks and credit unions are realizing previously unheard of levels of return on investment for marketing campaigns that target the individual consumer through the ATM.
 
These “one-to-one marketing” campaigns enable flexibility in messaging, dynamic promotional offers, ease of customer (and non-customer) segmentation, speed-to-market, repurposed creative and the elimination of multiple print runs and call center support. Early adopters have realized response rates of 10 percent and higher for campaigns, far exceeding the 1 percent to 2 percent success rates of traditional direct mail campaigns, and at little to no incremental cost.
 
It’s all about the “long tail.” Chris Anderson, editor-in-chief of Wired magazine, first wrote about the long tail phenomenon in 2004 when he observed that our culture is increasingly shifting away from a focus on a relatively small number of high-demand products and markets at the head of the demand curve toward a vast number of niche markets in the tail.
 
The theory proved true in the example of online book retailer Amazon.com. Anderson noted that while competitor Barnes & Noble carried 130,000 titles in an average brick-and-mortar store, more than half of Amazon’s book sales came from outside its top 130,000 titles. Anderson’s argument then became — in this reference, at least — “the market for books that are not even sold in the average book store is larger than the market for those that are. In other words, the potential book market may be at least twice as big as it appears to be.”
 
Anderson’s conclusion was “you can’t treat markets as large groups anymore, pushing stuff out that may be relevant only to a few. The natural shape of the demand curve is more niche-oriented than we ever realized.”
 
The long-tail approach, applying economics to marketing, has proven to be a success in the banking industry. Niche marketing through the ATM channel enables a greater response rate to campaigns at little to no additional investment.
 
Targeting a specific message to a smaller number of customers can have a huge payoff for financial institutions. And in times of economic crisis when marketing budgets are tightly scrutinized, it’s critical to have immediate and measurable payback with any new initiatives.
 
Playing off the long tail theory, modern ATM software now enables niche, one-to-one marketing by allowing a financial institution to customize promotional offers and campaigns by very specific customer segments. Depending on the level of sophistication of a financial institution’s CRM system, applications can be executed that call attention to an expiring certificate of deposit, a happy birthday wish, a late mortgage payment notice, a checking account promotion to a non-customer and countless others.
 
With newer, higher quality screens and greater design functionality, financial institutions wanted to take advantage of the medium for marketing. Initial implementations were static, non-interactive brand messages on-screen. They were predominantly banner ads promoting online banking or a community event the financial institution was sponsoring.

It wasn’t truly one-to-one marketing, but rather a way to get accustomed to the channel and what was possible.
More recently, the focus shifted to getting new customers into the bank. Customer satisfaction enhancements, including the ability to personalize transaction screens for individual customers, such as language preference, receipt or no receipt and fast cash settings, came next. Financial institutions also used the ATM to improve consistency in brand look and messaging with its online presence and other marketing campaigns.
 
Successful efforts include:
 
Credit card promotions. A customer can accept a credit card offer right at the ATM screen and the legal verbiage can print directly on the receipt. For financial institutions this means tremendous cost savings in addition to a greater response rate. Eliminated is the time and expense of a direct mail campaign and its associated printing and postage costs. Financial institutions can also be faster to market with the campaign since it can be deployed to an entire ATM network at the push of a button. Improved, as well, is the time required to process forms when the customer responds to a mailing. Most impressive, response rates for marketing at the ATM have proven to be 10 percent and higher versus traditional direct mail at 1 percent to 2 percent.
 
Customized offers. Within the credit card campaign, parameters can be pre-set inside the financial institution’s customer database to present a specific, customized offer.
 
The technology can also:
 
• Detect customers whose CDs are about to come due to receive a message during their next ATM visit with renewal rates or an offer to move that money into a different product;
• Identify users who fall into a particular age demographic to be presented with an offer to apply for a student loan;
• Target ATMs located within a sports arena to show a promotional offer for sports tickets or an opportunity to apply for a credit card featuring the logo of the cardholder’s favorite team.
 
Dynamic promotional offers. With one-to-one marketing at the ATM, financial institutions can detect a need one day and deploy a campaign to address it the next. And campaigns can be measured and analyzed on a real-time basis. An example is a financial institution that wanted to determine the tipping point for the incentive needed to convince non-customers to accept a specific checking account offer before it rolled out the program en masse. The offer ran for three days rotating three different cash incentive offers, $100, $150 and $200. After the campaign ended, it was determined there was no discernable difference between the number of consumers who accepted the offer when it was $150 compared to when it was $200, so $150 became the offer for the broader campaign.
 
Marketing to small businesses. ATM cards tied to a business checking account can trigger cross-selling opportunities, such as mobile banking or remote deposit. Offers can be as simple as “click here to learn more about our mobile banking solution,” which, when clicked, would feed the contact information into a database for a call center to follow up at a later time to close the sale.
Generate advertising revenue. Financial institutions can co-brand the ATM screen with local restaurants or other small businesses and generate advertising revenue. Messages can be as timely as that day’s lunch or dinner special.
 
Community relations. Financial institutions can further embed themselves in the community by promoting their involvement with local charities, and they can post timely public service announcements, such as missing child notifications.
 
One-to-one marketing campaigns at the ATM are only limited by the robustness of the financial institution’s CRM system, and the ROI has proven to far exceed traditional marketing methods.

Lewis is the director of global marketing for North Canton, Ohio-based Diebold Inc.
Posted by: Keith Lewis, Diebold Inc. AT 09:04 am   |  Permalink   |  0 Comments  |  
Wednesday, 20 January 2010
A few months ago, I started reading a new blog called “Buzz, not Buzzwords.” And as I continued, I wondered if someone had magically tapped into my stream of consciousness and made a blog out of it.

After covering the digital signage industry for three years and coming from a PR background, I’ve painstaking sifted through many a bad press release and wondered what corporate communication department actually gave it their blessing. Apparently, there was someone else out there thinking the same thing.

That man is Dave Haynes, known to many as one of the veterans of the digital signage industry, having worked for EnQii, Broadsign and now with the Preset Group. But Haynes is also a former journalist, and like me, reads through all the digital signage press releases that hit the wire (both good and bad).

Seeing that a lot of the mar-com in this industry needed some refinement, he launched the Buzzwords blog along side a service called PressDOOH in 2009, which is geared specifically at improving public relations in the digital signage industry.

As an industry journalist, let me say that companies that have taken him up on this offer have reaped some rewards with the digital signage journalism community (as small as we may be). I know when I see an email coming from PressDOOH, I can expect an organized press release, images and quotes that actually have some meaning to them.

That’s because, from my point of view, Haynes writes for the modern multimedia journalist. Here are several examples:
1. Unlike traditional PR, he doesn’t walk the line between providing key information for journalists and making an executive board happy. This means that we don’t have to dodge terms like “best-in-class,” “leading provider” and “next-generation.” (or “bleeding-edge!” Grrrrr!)

2. He takes the most relevant and appealing information and puts it first. Bottom line: I have a reason to keep reading.

3. When possible, he adds images and video to any releases he sends out. This allows us as editors to create a more complete story, and these days, that kind of multimedia reporting is almost expected.
Let me say that not all press releases are bad, but the ones that are, I get the impression that they’re coming from a small company where someone untrained in public relations or professional writing was tasked with throwing something together at the last minute. Or, the release is so jargon-heavy that I can’t understand what the product even does (this usually occurs in release about media players or connectivity hardware).

Now, the Buzzwords blog hasn’t existed without any criticism. I’ve heard several mar-com people knock Haynes for being overly judgmental of their press. For those folks, I encourage them to just take a few minutes to take a look at the blog and be open to a few things that Haynes has written. The advice is coming straight from the source (several of us industry editors are quoted in posts) – and it will help us work better together in the future.

For those who do want to enlist Haynes services, especially with “tradeshow season” coming up, he’s started a new program for the spring called the “Message Tune-Up.” Basically, he’s relaxed his minimum engagement policy for the next few months so you don’t have to do a full-blown campaign, maybe just a few hours of copy editing.
Posted by: Bill Yackey AT 12:19 pm   |  Permalink   |  0 Comments  |  
Wednesday, 20 January 2010
Digital signage offers advertisers and marketers the chance to reach consumers at the point of purchase via a medium that's powerful and appealing.

The latest figures from The Nielsen Company, the outfit that's best known for tracking TV watching and compiling viewership statistics known as ratings, reveal the number of dollars spent on advertising in the United States during the first nine months of 2009 declined 11.5 percent, a drop of $10.9 billion to $83.4 billion, compared to the same period the previous year.

To help put the decline in perspective, consider that this total exceeds by nearly $2 billion the approximate cost of a pair of Nimitz-class super aircraft carriers, like the USS Carl Vinson and the USS John C. Stennis. If the decline proves to have continued on pace in the fourth quarter, throw in another Nimitz-class carrier to visualize the annual decline for 2009. By the way, that's nearly a third of entire U.S. fleet of Nimitz-class carriers.

Hardest hit was the local Sunday supplement advertising category -down 48.3 percent compared to the first three quarters in 2008, Nielsen reported. But many other categories, including spot TV, local and national newspapers, network television, radio and local, national and B-2-B magazines, all suffered double digit declines in advertising spending.

Without question, the precipitous fall reflects the ongoing economic struggles in this country. Looking a little more carefully at the findings also reveals advertisers are reassessing where to spend their dollars. That's nowhere more apparent than in the continuing migration of advertisers away from print. According to Nielsen senior VP for new business development Terrie Brennan, local newspapers saw 12,000 fewer advertisers in their pages last year, while nine of 10 top cable TV categories saw increased ad spending.

Why would so many fewer advertisers spend their precious ad budgets in newspapers, while other advertisers embrace cable TV? One important reason is declining newspaper circulation. In October 2009, The New York Times online reported U.S. newspaper circulation fell 10 percent since the end of 2008. People reading fewer print newspapers turn to new media like the Internet and other traditional sources, such as cable TV.

The uptick in cable advertising also likely can be traced to the ability of cable channels to serve special interests, i.e. cooking, home improvement, movies, news, weather, etc., as well as that of cable operators to allow advertisers to target specific geographic areas of the cable service area.

Beyond these specifics, there's a more basic reason: tough economic circumstances focus the mind, sharpen thinking and force reassessment of spending. It appears from the numbers, that reassessing media selections comes down in favor of the popularity of video in a form that can be targeted to reach desired consumers.

This sort of reasoning is easily transferable to digital signage. It too makes use of all the appealing elements of television. It too can be used to target specific, desirable demographics. But unlike cable TV, digital signage also offers the added benefit of reaching shoppers at the point of purchase -or more accurately at the point where a buying decision is being made. Advertisers forced by the recession to sharpen their thinking and reassess media choices should keep in mind that more than 70 percent of consumer buying decisions are made at retail, according to the Point of Purchase Advertising Institute.

Albert Einstein is often quoted as saying that insanity is doing the same thing over and over again and expecting different results. Given today's economic climate, advertisers can no longer afford to make tried-and-true media choices. Declining budgets are forcing them to reassess their options in a bid to remain as effective as they have been in the past with fewer dollars to spend. Mindlessly remaking old media decisions would be insane, and ignoring how digital signage can help achieve desired goals would be downright crazy.
Posted by: David Little AT 11:30 am   |  Permalink   |  0 Comments  |  
Monday, 18 January 2010

Editor’s Note: All posts from LinkedIn have been copied exactly as they appeared in the discussion forum.
 
Over the last several months, I’ve been leaning more on social-networking outlets for news. I’ve come across some interesting tweets on Twitter, and in-depth discussions on LinkedIn through the groups I’m involved with.
 
One group discussion, initiated several months ago within a group called “ATM Group” grabbed my attention. The topic: “What do you think is the greatest challenge facing the ATM industry over the next 2 years?”
 
Some of the responses might surprise you.
 
Mark Smith, business development manager for Long Beach, Miss.-based Triton Systems of Delaware Inc., pings security as the hottest issue. He also suggests that the United States needs to seriously consider making a move to EMV, the Europay, MasterCard, Visa standard that mandates chip and PIN use in Europe and other parts of the world.
 
Smith writes: “Security will begin to play a major role in deployment strategy. From physical devices that prevent ATMs from being removed from a location, to added surveillance to assure all who access the ATM are using the device legitimately. In bad economic times, we need to be concerned about increased attacks on ATMs and the individuals that load cash in to ATMs. We must remain vigilent and learn from the other parts of the world that are currently dealing with very sophisticated criminal operations.”
 
Jasbir Anand, fraud product manager at Actimize, agrees that fraud losses will be the most devastating realities facing the industry in the near future. But Anand does not see physical ATM security as being the primary concern, as Smith does; rather, Anand sees massive data-security breaches that compromise PINs and card numbers as posing the greatest threats.
 
Anand writes: “I believe the largest risk to ATM as a channel is fraud losses as a result of Mass data compromises. Mass data compromises involve the theft of millions of cards track data which and can also include PINs. We still have not seen the organized crime groups that perpetrate counterfeit card fraud work in conjunction with hackers that steal data. Hackers are still selling stolen card data in smaller batches. If these groups get together the potential fraud losses will be significant enough to bankrupt smaller issuers and also seriously erode consumer confidence in the ATM channel.
 
”Individual attacks on ATMs, although a serious problem, are well managed and limited to consumers that use a compromised device in the time period that it was compromised. Existing strategies to identify the common point of purchase and reissue high risk cards works well for individual points of compromise, but cannot be used for mass compromise scenarios where tens of millions of cards are compromised.”
 
Andrew French, ATM sales manager at TestLink Services, sees the advent of prepaid-card dispensing and contactless-card technology taking more center-stage positions.
 
French writes: “I do agree that data security is the largest risk. However, i think the expansion of prepaid technologies, contactless payment systems and the lack of international standards on compliance will also create challenges.”
 
Eddy Truitt, vice president at On Site Financial Inc., says processors are likely in the near future to put more demands on ATMs and the companies that deploy them to comply with higher security standards.
 
Truitt writes: “I think after another major security breach on the processors level — they will require better security on that side, then we are going to go thru another ridiculous des- encryption-equip upgrade, then 6 months later, Visa will decide it is not good enough for them, so there will be another 2 tier equipment upgrade — then we will probably be getting away from mag readers in the next 3 years too and moving towards the smartcard.
 
I will bet anyone a cheeseburger thats how it goes down.”
 
I agree that security, both physical and system-based, will be top-of-mind for ATM deployers. But I don’t know that I would consider security the greatest challenge. In my mind, the implementation of advanced technology poses the greatest challenge — not in that it will necessarily be difficult to launch advanced technology, but in that deploying advanced technology will no longer be an option, but a necessity.
 
While basic cash dispensers have their role to play, over the next two to five years, consumers will demand more functions. It’s that simple.

 

Posted by: Tracy Kitten AT 10:35 am   |  Permalink   |  0 Comments  |  
Wednesday, 13 January 2010
…won’t ever been seen in the marketplace. That’s because Intel’s “proof-of-concept” digital signage application, like a concept car, is designed to show the capabilities of “tomorrow’s digital signage,” using today’s processors and software.

For those who haven’t been paying attention to the computing giant’s foray into digital signage, Intel last week showed a multi-screen retail digital signage installation at CES. The nearly eight-foot-tall structure made an appearance again this week at Intel’s booth at the National Retail Federation’s BIG Show in New York City.

I spoke with Intel digital signage director Jose Avalos yesterday while he was at the show, and he said that the proof-of-concept is the first step in a six-month push from Intel to make its digital signage efforts more apparent to the public. Based on the conversation, I understand the efforts consist of three main things at this point:

1. The retail proof of concept, which serves as a way to let the retail industry know what is possible through the use of digital signage. As Avalos said in the interview, the concept won’t be put into production, and the technology is still several years off, but the processing units and the software platform is in fact available on the market today. The concept essentially has three screens – two back-to-back LCDs and a clear holographic screen that is supposed to support augmented-reality-like shopping experiences. It’s also equipped with a CognoVision anonymous audience metrics system which gathers audience demographic data and relays it to advertisers. The applications can be left to the retailers, but Intel suggested it could be used to explore merchandise, find out about promotions, submit feedback on products, read customer reviews, view past purchasing histories and share information.

Here is a video of the concept to give you a better idea:



2. A partnership with Microsoft for a digital signage platform that supports both Intel processing chips and Microsoft software. Officially titled the “Windows 7-based Windows Embedded Standard 2011 operating system powered by 2010 Intel Core micro-architecture,” the platform is supposed to help “defragment” the industry by supplying a common platform that everyone could work off of. Essentially, the idea is that the users’ familiarity with Microsoft Windows Embedded and Intel Core processors will help drive adoption of the system. You can read details of the platform on Digital Signage Today. http://www.digitalsignagetoday.com/article.php?id=23537&na=1&s=2

3. Intel’s architecture of processing chips to be used with digital signage was disclosed to me yesterday in a presentation by Avalos. Intel is going to be using three processors to power various levels of digital signage systems:

-    The Intel Atom processor will be used for basic digital signage apps: Single-player per screen, Single-source video advertisement content with limited content blending.
-    The Intel Core i5 will be used with what Intel calls “mainstream digital signage,” which are networked, remote-managed and can support interactivity and rich media.
-    The Intel Core i7 will be used with “high-end digital signage,” like the proof-of-concept, where content is extremely interactive or requires running multiple apps at once (like augmented reality, audience measurement and wayfinding as on the concept. This is also the suggested processor for video walls.
Posted by: Bill Yackey AT 09:52 am   |  Permalink   |  0 Comments  |  
Tuesday, 12 January 2010

We have a new member of our team at here NetWorld Alliance (my employer and the company that operates the Digital Signage Association), and honestly we are very excited. Andrew Davis has been with Condé Nast, Time Warner and the New Yorker. Below is the press release issued by NetWorld this morning:

NetWorld Alliance, a growing business-to-business publisher with properties including Web portals, executive summits, and associations, is pleased to announce that Andrew Davis, a former Regional Director for Condé Nast and Time Warner, is joining the company as Executive Vice President of Sales and Marketing. He will be based in the company’s Louisville office.

Andrew Davis has over 20 years of experience in sales and management with a number of well established publishing companies. A 13-year veteran of Time Warner’s Entertainment Weekly, Davis was also the founding Publisher of Modern Luxury’s The Atlantan and Atlantan Brides magazines, leading luxury lifestyle and bridal magazines in the greater Atlanta market.  Most recently, he opened the first Southeast office for The New Yorker, a Condé Nast Publication. In his new post, Mr. Davis will provide his knowledge to support the sales and marketing departments and all nine of NetWorld’s portals, four associations, and three executive summits.

“We’re extremely fortunate to have someone with Andrew’s expertise join our team,” said Dick Good, CEO of NetWorld Alliance. “He has the kind of experience with large accounts and agencies that our company needs. While we had a solid 2009, we’re looking forward to Andrew taking us to a new level of profitability in 2010 and beyond.”

The strategic addition of Mr. Davis replaces ten year veteran of NetWorld Alliance, Bob Fincher, who will be spearheading the company’s ambitious media launch into green residential construction later this year.
Posted by: Bill Yackey AT 12:20 pm   |  Permalink   |  0 Comments  |  
Wednesday, 06 January 2010
I’m making my prediction for the top disruptive technology for 2010, and that is 3D. Three dimensional movies are nothing new – they were around before I was even born. And admittedly they’ve made leaps and bounds in the digital era (many are claiming Avatar to be a defining moment in cinema technology), but on the advent of CES 2010, 3D is looking like its going to go somewhere its never gone before – into the home.

Several announcements over the last few months point to the fact that in-home 3D is about to become a reality, teetering on a cusp much like HDTV did a decade ago.

For one, screen manufacturers are developing high-definition 3D screens designed for consumer use. LG announced in early December a 23-inch model, and rumors are going around the blogs about models from other manufacturers shown at CES this week that will come in at about $1,300.

It also looks like we’ll have the content to support those screens. Just today we learned that ESPN is going to launch a full-3D channel this summer during the World Cup, which will broadcast 85 games through June 2011. The channel will go dark when a 3D event is not being broadcast.

Also, the Discovery Channel, Sony and Imax signed a letter of intent today to create a joint venture to create the US’s first full-time 3D cable channel. According to USA Today, “the channel initially will feature lots of shows about science and nature, much of it from Discovery's and Imax's libraries. But the partners plan to license TV rights to general entertainment 3D movies, music videos, and game-related content.”

This is a big step that will require a lot of investment from the networks, as 2D shows can’t be converted into 3D automatically. The show will have to be shot twice with two different kinds of cameras. For ESPN, this means that they will need two film crews at each game, and even two sets of announcers.

The success of 3D will also initially hang on the cable, phone and satellite providers, who have the option of carrying the channels and how much of a premium they will make consumers pay to watch them. My guess is that big companies like DirectTV and Comcast will jump on board right away but charge a high premium, while more local providers will hold out for awhile.

What’s also important here is to watch how this technology impacts our industry. Since we can’t wear 3D glasses everywhere we go, out-of-home 3D applications have to be autostereoscopic, also known as no-glasses 3D. This is achieved by placing several lens filters on an LCD over specially-designed content. If you’ve been paying attention over the past several years, you’ll have noticed that the technology is getting better, meaning that the images look a “lot more 3D” than they did several years ago.

As they say in the media business…watch this space!
Posted by: Bill Yackey AT 10:54 am   |  Permalink   |  0 Comments  |  
Tuesday, 05 January 2010
The digital signage has no shortage of leaders. If it did, the year-over-year expansion the industry has enjoyed wouldn’t have occurred. Already, especially as economic signs are trending better, 2010 is shaping up to be an action-packed year. As we head into it, here’s a quick look at five execs poised to make much of that action happen.

Keith Kelsen, CEO, The 5th Screen

Not only has the former chairman of MediaTile launched a new company, called The 5th Screen, he will release “Unleashing the Power of Digital Signage: Content Strategies for the 5th Screen,” a book to be published by Focal Press. I was able to preview a few chapters recently, and can say the book is unique in that it’s the first to focus strictly on digital signage content and usage strategies. An accompanying Web site allows users to see video examples of content discussed in the book. It will be interesting to see how the book is received and what Kelsen does with the 5th Screen company. Kelsen’s still not saying.

Pierre Richer, president, NEC Display Solutions

All eyes in the digital out-of-home world will be on NEC and company president Pierre Richer, at least for the first part of 2010. In November the company launched its VUKUNET video ad distribution platform, which was touted as a way to unify the 300-plus ad-based digital signage networks already in existence. This, of course, will require VUKUNET to “sign up” enough of those networks to gain critical mass sufficient to make the tool beneficial to its users. In other words, will it achieve the “universal” status it’s going for?

Lou Giacalone Jr., CoolSign

Giacalone might be one of the most passionate digital signage advocates around when it comes to the overall well-being of the industry. He has said boldly that the industry needs to make a lot of changes if it is going to “get out of the playground,” and says that 2010 is a “year for the industry to get back on track.” Giacalone said he is going to work through several organizations in order to bring more education and cohesion to the industry in 2010, including the POPAI Technical Standards Committee and the Digital Signage Association, in which he plans to submit his name for presidency.

Brad Gleeson, president and CEO, Vertigo Digital Displays

Brad Gleeson is a self-proclaimed serial entrepreneur. Like Giacalone, he’s a long-time industry veteran, having started the first digital signage-specific distributor, ActiveLight. Based on his previous successes, it will be interesting to see where he takes Vertigo Digital Displays, his newest endeavor. Gleeson and partner Scott Hix, along with help from Chilin Technology, purchased the outdoor digital signage company in October 2009. http://www.digitalsignagetoday.com/article.php?id=23177 

Jason Cremins, CEO, signagelive

One of the bigger names in digital signage software in the U.K. is signagelive, a product of Essex–based Remote Media. There, CEO Jason Cremins has built the small company into an innovative and successful SaaS-based platform. Cremins has solidified all kinds of strategic partnerships for the company, as well as experimented and implemented emerging digital signage software technologies such as Twitter content feeds, mobile integration and triggered retailing. Look for Remote Media to land more content and distribution deals in the next year.
Posted by: Bill Yackey AT 12:23 pm   |  Permalink   |  0 Comments  |  
Monday, 04 January 2010


 

SEE INDUSTRY FEEDBACK AT THE BOTTOM OF THIS STORY ...
 
The last year has been eventful for the ATM industry. From the seemingly sudden decision from NCR Corp. to move its base of more than 100 years from Ohio to Georgia to the eventual collapse of the much-touted and anticipated acquisition of United States retail ATM manufacturer Triton Systems of Delaware Inc. by Korea-based Nautilus Hyosung, I look back on 2009 with a little relief. We've come a long way, and it appears that 2010 will be a year for the industry to use some of the progress it's made for improvement.
 
After reflection and a scan of the year's story archives, I've listed the top five best occurrences and the one greatest let-down. Even then, I have to acknowledge that some positive things have come from that so-called worst event. So, let's take a look.
 
No. 1 on my list of the top-five best things to happen in 2009 is NCR Corp.'s move to Atlanta. I admit that when the story broke in June, I was a bit skeptical. Who just picks up and moves the corporate headquarters of a multibillion dollar company from one state to another, especially after more than 100 years? There had to be something rotten or awry, I insisted to myself.
 
But I see the move as a positive, and here is why: The state of Georgia and the city of Columbus, Ga., where the company's 340,000-square-foot manufacturing facility for the SelfServ ATM line is located, gave NCR a number of financial incentives to relocate. And companies like NCR need to look for incentives.
 
The move also benefits Georgia, since the facility expects to employ more than 800 people, once it reaches capacity. And here's the other thing that makes the move cool and significant: It signifies NCR's commitment to bringing the manufacture of its ATM line back in-house, in the United States. It means an end to so much outsourcing, and that's a good thing for the industry and the end-user, i.e., NCR's financial-institution customers.
 
No. 2 on my list: The rebranding of TRM Corp. to Access to Money, following TRM's April 2008 acquisition of Access to Money. Each of these independent ATM deployers had a lot to offer the other · TRM's portfolio and locations, Access to Money's reputation and savvy to manage and operate high-transacting and profitable ATMs.
 
Let's face it. TRM was struggling, and had been for quite some time. Frankly, I don't know how the company was able to keep itself afloat for so long. To its credit, in 2008, TRM managed to trim some fat, make some executive shifts at the top and regain a focus that had been blurred after years of spreading its business far too thin. All those years of financial struggle really hurt the brand's reputation. By taking on the Access to Money name, the one-time ATM giant is able to take another shot at greatness.
 
Following the June 2009 announcement to rebrand, TRM president and CEO Richard Stern said:
 
"This is the final step in the long transition process associated with our acquisition of Access to Money. While the TRM name had been associated with leadership in the ATM industry in its early days, we believe that the name Access to Money not only describes our primary service, but is also readily identifiable with our business of distributing and servicing ATM machines. Our new name provides us with a great opportunity to rebrand the company with the name associated with our operational excellence and industry leadership."
 
No. 3: Diebold Inc.'s focus on integrated services. In April, Diebold invited a host of journalists and industry analysts to its headquarters in North Canton, Ohio. The purpose was to announce a shift in the company's focus from products to services. After 150 years, the move marked a significant shift and a trend that is being seen throughout the industry.
 
Germany-based Wincor Nixdorf AG also has spent the last few years focusing greater attention on outsourced services, especially in the United States, where the company's service coverage has been relatively weak (when compared with NCR and Diebold).
 
Diebold CEO Tom Swidarski told journalists and industry analysts in April that Diebold expects to evolve into a company that is more focused on services than hardware. For the last five years, the company has striven to reach the nearly 50-50 revenue mix it now has between products and services. Over the next five years, Diebold will push to hit a 75-25 revenue mix of services and products, respectively.
 
2010 will mark a year of continual ATM replacement and upgrade, as FIs the world over continue their migration to automated ATM deposits, cash recycling and mobile-device interaction with the ATM. Once those upgrades ramp up, over the next five years, the replacement cycle won't occur quite so frequently. These new, hyper ATMs are expensive, high-tech and easy to upgrade based on modular designs. Bankers aren't going to replace them in the future; rather, they're going to upgrade them.
 
What that means for ATM manufacturers such as Diebold is that solely relying on products for revenue, beyond sales in emerging/developing markets, is corporate suicide. An opportunity, however, lies in the complexity of this new hardware. Bankers can't afford to service these ATMs, nor do they want to. They'd much rather rely on the experts, and that's where outsourced, integrated services come in.
 
No. 4: Canada's nearly complete migration to EMV. Will the United States ever get the clue? Canada's completion of the migration to the Europay, MasterCard, Visa standard, which admittedly will take a few more years, is going to rock the United States card market. The advanced security of chip-and-PIN technology already is pushing more fraud to the United States, where the feeble and inferior magnetic stripe still reigns.
 
At the moment, U.S. FIs don't have a great deal of incentive to make the shift from mag stripe to EMV. Coupled with a perceived lack of fraud is the fact that EMV/chip technology also has not lived up to its full potential, where the storing of additional information such as biometric or additional account details is concerned.
 
Some experts in Canada, such as Wendy Macpherson of Interac, Canada's payments association, say U.S. FIs may have bigger worries than they think.
 
"I think that one reason the U.S. has not moved to EMV is that the financial institutions there might not have a good handle on exactly how much fraud there is," she said. "Because the country has so many small FIs, and so many FIs overall, it's hard to really have a handle on what's going on everywhere."
 
And No. 5 on my list of the best stories of 2009 is Global Axcess' (dba Nationwide Money Services') decision to break into the DVD-rental kiosk business. I know having a focus on a core competency is critical, but if anyone can pull off a shift toward a new, yet complementary, business market, it's George McQuain, GAXC's CEO. I've watched George turn GAXC around, pulling the once-struggling ISO from the depths of debt and imminent death to profitability and a company with vision.
 
McQuain in September told ATMmarketplace.com that the decision to move into the DVD space really isn't that much of a business leap. However, he argues that getting into the DVD-kiosk business has more nuances than most ATM deployers appreciate. Besides, self-service DVD rentals have been tried and proven. They work. Self-service financial services, such as check cashing and billpay, however, are still hit or miss in the market.
 
"The business model for DVD rental is very similar to today's ATM-placement model, McQuain said. "You've got the cost of the machine and the cost of getting that machine installed. You've got the cost of the inventory, which corresponds to cost of cash. And then you have maintenance and the cost to conduct the transaction."
 
The worst
 
So what made the worst story of 2009? The collapse of the acquisition deal between Nautilus Hyosung and Triton.
 
If these two companies had joined forces, they would have created a powerhouse in the retail ATM space. Triton, a dominant and well-respected brand in the United States, and Nautilus, which is pushing to make a stronghold in the U.S. retail and financial markets — the companies could have made some waves. But concerns about an industry monopoly by the Department of Justice led the two entities to sever their ties and call off the $63 million deal.
 
James Phillips, director of North American sales for Triton, said at the time that both companies had been going through the antitrust review with the DOJ and just decided to walk away.
 
"It looked like impediments with the DOJ were going to continue on, and it was better to just stop and go our separate ways," Phillips said.
 
Phillips said that had it gone through, the acquisition would have made an impact on a global scale.
 
"Nautilus and Triton are very strong in certain markets globally," he said. "I think there was some good synergy to be had on a worldwide basis in various markets overseas. Certainly in the U.S. there would have been some synergies on the financial equipment side and on the retail ATM side, also."
 
But all stories have two sides, and some positives did emerge from this let-down. First, had the acquisition gone through, it likely would have meant the end of Tranax Technologies Inc., which once distributed ATMs in the United States for Nautilus Hyosung. Tranax would not have been able to compete with the Triton-Nautilus powerhouse. And having diversity in the market keeps everybody honest.
 
Also, since the deal's collapse, Triton has opened a new servicing arm, ATMGurus, and reinstated its focus on the retail ATM market.  I see both decisions as positives, not only for Triton but for the industry overall.
 
INDUSTRY FEEDBACK
 
Looking back on the year 2009: It started with ...
  • Oil $41.58 a barrel — today it is $78.87
  • Gasoline $1.85 a gallon today it is $2.45
  • The won a year ago the won was 1,372 to the U.S. dollar today the Won is 1,164 to the dollar.
  • Dow Jones a year ago was 8,174 today it is 10,571
  • NASDAC a year ago was 1,504 today it is 2,291
2009 was a radical year for a lot of industries and a lot of companies. I look at 2009 as a year that experienced a lot of changes some good some not so good. For Tranax it was a defining year.  The year was shaped by a competitive market tight money for ATM investing; vault cash was tight; credit card rates were through the roof; and states attacked the industry trying to milk additional tax money.  
 
It was no secret that my competitors would have relished my death. (They sure tried hard enough.) It was definitely a recipe for doom. And the fact that Tranax not only "made it" but managed to have a banner year of more than 8,000 units sold far above expectation from both the competition and upper Tranax management speaks volumes.
 
So how did Tranax survive? It all started with the introduction of new products that fit the market at the right time. And it was boosted by a group of distributors that saw the need not only to keep Tranax in the market for their competitive edge, but also for the innovation that the "new" Tranax brought to the market. This survival is in no way linked to what NH and Triton did or how they could have combined in the market to "kill Tranax."
 
Tranax has the right products in the right place at the right time at the right price that is what allows Tranax to survive 2009 and beyond nothing to do with a merger or buyout. Yep. A lot of ups and downs in 2009.
 
I hope that your 2010 is great and that next year Tranax will be mentioned in the top 5 good things that happened in the ATM industry.
 
Bill Dunn, Tranax
Posted by: Tracy Kitten AT 10:32 am   |  Permalink   |  0 Comments  |  
Wednesday, 30 December 2009
Matching messages to the interests and needs of audiences as they change throughout the day is a fundamental strength of digital signage.

Have you ever wondered why pickup trucks and beer commercials don't appear during TV cartoon programming? How about why there aren't hemorrhoid and antacid commercials during TV sports presentations, or toy and sugar-coated cereal ads during the evening news?

The answer is simple. Different types of TV shows attract different audiences. Cartoon viewers are likely to be interested in the coolest new toy and tastiest new breakfast cereal. Heavily male sports audiences are prone to having an affinity for beer and pickups. And who could argue with the notion that viewers of the evening news aren't perfect candidates for hemorrhoid remedies and antacids given the general state of affairs?

All kidding aside, recognizing that different programs -generally run at different times of the day- attract different audiences is a foundational principle of how TV organizes itself and the way ad agencies identify groups of viewers who share a common interest and can be targeted with appropriate ads.

Many uses of digital signage, as well, benefit from a similar recognition that audiences change throughout the day. Thus, those with important communications to convey to a digital signage audience can select which specific messages to serve up at the most appropriate time of the day.

Often referred to as "dayparting," segregating messages based on the time of day offers digital signage marketers and advertisers a way to target changing audiences in a manner similar to how TV advertisers reach desired audiences based on a schedule that puts cartoons on Saturday morning, college football on Saturday afternoon and local and national news on every evening. Both acknowledge the fact that audience demographics change throughout the day.

In digital signage, dayparting messages can be as simple as offering time-appropriate communications based on changing audience desires throughout the day, or it can be as complicated as identifying different demographic groups likely to see signs at different times of day and playing back messages targeted to those changing groups.

Consider a digital sign in a hotel lobby. In this example, the same group -specifically hotel guests- are likely to view the sign at different times throughout the day. Smart marketers would use this to their advantage by targeting their digital signage messages to the changing interests of the guest at different times of day. Thus, from 5 a.m. till 11 a.m. the message might promote the hotel's coffee shop as well the availability of tickets from the concierge desk to local tourist attractions. From 11 a.m. till 3 p.m., it could promote lunch specials, and transition to messages about fine dining on premise for dinner in the late afternoon and early evening. Finally, the sign could promote the lounge and entertainment from 7 p.m. till midnight.

Compare that type of dayparting to one based on different demographic groups visiting a mall throughout the day. Early in the morning before the retail shops open, a mall restaurant uses the facility's digital signage network to promote an early bird breakfast to health-conscious mall walkers out to get their mileage in. Later in the morning when moms with young children dominate the mall traffic, messaging on the same signs transitions to promote a visit from a state agency charged with early childhood health screening. As the day progresses towards the end of the school day, the digital signage messages focus on a skateboard clinic being put on outside the mall's sporting goods store and a special makeup clinic being held outside a department store. During the late afternoon and early evening when those who have been at work all day begin arriving at the mall, messaging transitions to promote free cholesterol and blood pressure screening outside a mall pharmacy and a job fair in the central part of the facility.

While different in how they go about it, both examples lay out effective use of dayparting digital signage messages to meet the changing needs of audiences throughout the day. Unlike other alternatives, digital signage possesses an inherent ability to respond to changing audience demographics and maximize the effectiveness of communications. That's just another reason digital signage is gaining popularity for a variety of communications applications.
Posted by: David Little AT 10:34 am   |  Permalink   |  0 Comments  |  
Monday, 28 December 2009

 

Though 2009 was a year many would like to forget, the kiosk industry as a whole has escaped relatively unscathed. A testament to the industry's relevance and to the power of innovative, consumer-centric technology, kiosk deployments seem to have taken only a small hit, and consumers continue to flock to self-service stand-bys like grocery self-checkout and DVD-rental kiosks in droves.
 
Here, we take a look at the top five self-service stories this year, as well as one story we wish we didn't have to report.
 
Coinstar
 
This Bellevue, Wash.-based company was just getting the ball rolling when it acquired Redbox Automated Retail in February. Since then, Coinstar, which processed more than $3 billion in coins in 2008, has announced a 156-percent jump in redbox' revenue in the first quarter, a nationwide redbox-placement deal with the Albertson's grocery chain, a $460 million movie-distribution deal with Sony and an agreement with Kroger to increase its coin-counting kiosk footprint by more than 2,000.   
 
Coinstar also made a smart strategic move when it chose in September to offload its entertainment-services business line, which included gumball machines, children's rides and video games in an effort to concentrate on its self-service strategy.
 
"It's clear to us that our core strength is in the area of automated retail," Coinstar CEO Paul Davis said in the company's second-quarter earnings call in August. "The combination of retailer demand, consumer adoption, our core competencies and opportunities for innovation all point to this as being a sustainable platform for future growth."
 
KioskCom NYC
 
After what some thought was a disappointing turnout at May's Las Vegas event, KioskCom's Self Service Expo bounced back in November with its New York edition. Not only was attendance surprisingly high, given the economic backdrop and expense of traveling to New York City, but the show's organizers also put together a compelling programming schedule full of meaningful sessions and practical take-home information, too much of which is often lost in the tradeshow shuffle.
 
The event hit the ground running with a keynote presentation from Gregg Kaplan, president and COO of Coinstar Inc., which completely packed a session hall at 9 a.m. the first day. Kaplan shared valuable tips about expanding a kiosk network, and he also announced the winner of Coinstar and KioskCom's "Big Idea" contest, which awarded $10,000 to the best retail kiosk concept entered.
 
Though Coinstar was the sponsor of the contest and its $10,000 reward, hosting it was certainly a smart move for KioskCom. It garnered some excellent publicity for the show, Coinstar and the contest's winner, ecoATM, and it seemed to renew the energy and entrepreneurial spirit of the kiosk industry. 
 
Perhaps most importantly, at least for KioskCom's organizers, the show's exhibitors benefited from the organization's strict registration criteria and the increase in foot traffic.
 
"The feedback we received was very, very positive, both in terms of the quality and the quantity of leads that everybody met with and, more importantly, the quality and quantity of real, viable opportunities that they're going to be involved in based on conversations they had at the show," said Lawrence Dvorchik, KioskCom's general manager. "Exhibitors were just plain busy, and they were busy with real potential projects and prospects."
 
Biometrics
 
Much like digital-download capabilities, biometric technology has been the "next big thing" in the self-service space for some time. Although it's still not mainstream, the technology gained considerable ground this year, thanks in part to the United States government.
 
Following the meltdown of the Clear registered traveler program in June, the U.S. Department of Homeland Security stepped in with its Global Entry kiosks, where international travelers can skip the customs line and in only a couple of minutes have their identities verified using iris- and fingerprint-scan biometric capabilities.
 
Also, because of the Obama administration's pledge to make all U.S. healthcare records electronic, more and more healthcare providers are turning to self-service kiosks that allow patients to do everything from make appointments to update their medical records and use biometric technology to identify patients, providers and office or hospital staff.
 
"Healthcare has always been thought of as being sort of behind on IT technology," said Josh Napua, who works closely Fujitsu's MedServ patient kiosk, which employs palm-vein-recognition biometrics. "But obviously with the infusion of the Obama initiative for electronic medical records, I think there's a growing interest, to say the least, in trying to figure out a lot of these solutions in healthcare."  
 
Tesco's all-self-checkout concept
 
The United Kingdom's biggest big-box retailer recently made headlines when it opened an all-self-checkout concept store in Northhampton, England. Though Tesco has operated all-self-checkout Fresh & Easy stores in the western U.S. for a few years, the new location in England is an even bigger step for the self-service industry, given the traditional European lag in kiosk deployment and adoption numbers.
 
Positive reactions to Tesco's new store recognize the inevitable draw of self-service at retail:
 
"Despite the sizeable initial investment, there has been a clear shift towards self-checkout since the turn of this century, especially by big-box chains," said Frost & Sullivan's Aravindh Vanchesan in a commentary about the concept. "Retailers are studying ways to attract new customers (in addition to retaining existing ones) and in this context, self-checkout has been positioned as a technology solution that can drive up customer satisfaction levels, leading to a more lasting relationship. Not to mention the cost savings."
 
Though Tesco has met with some resistance to the concept, both in the U.S. and abroad, its customers gravitate to the stores because, as consumers have shown time and again, many of them prefer self-checkout to a traditional lane. It gives them control and makes them feel as though they are receiving faster and more accurate service. Tesco is pushing the retail boundaries and helping the self-service industry make a stronger case for itself with these concept stores.  
 
The economy
 
Few industries can count 2009 as even a decent year, but the kiosk business is one of them. Of course deployments have been put on hold because of tight credit and companies have been forced to "trim the fat" as they struggled through the global recession, but kiosk developers with compelling value propositions have reaped the benefits of cost-conscious deployers and consumers alike.
 
At the risk of harping on 2009's obvious self-service superstars, Coinstar and redbox have never had a better year, all because they made consumers an offer they cannot refuse, especially when times are tight.
 
More importantly, however, more deployers are becoming convinced of self-service's lasting positive impact on their bottom lines. Self-checkout deployments continue to grow because retailers simply cannot ignore the rise in customer satisfaction and the dip in labor costs that follow deployment. Same goes for airline self-check-in, photo kiosks and patient self-service, to name a few. It's not often that an innovation that benefits a retailer so dramatically also pleases consumers and improves their experiences at retail. Thanks in part to a financial landscape that has forced some tough decisions, more and more retailers continue to realize that self-service does just that.
 
Worst of 2009
 
The honor of 2009's worst moment in self-service must go to the Hollywood movie studios · namely, Warner Bros., Universal and 20th Century Fox.
 
These studios have refused to distribute new release titles to redbox the day they come out because, they maintain, the $1-per-day pricing model puts DVD sales profits, and thus the entire film industry's business model, at risk. Never mind that redbox has deployed more than 22,000 DVD-rental kiosks to answer consumer demand for affordable, one-night rentals. The success of redbox' DVD kiosk network has other companies scrambling to compete because it's clearly a service consumers have proven they want.
 
Hollywood's greed and its self-serving argument should be considered an affront to the consumer population, whose dollars are, by the billions, responsible for the movie industry's existence. Kudos go to redbox for standing its ground and suing the studios and for figuring out a way to work around their mandates by purchasing the restricted new releases at retail, as costly and inefficient as it might be for the company.
 
A few studios (Paramount and Lionsgate among them) have agreed to work with redbox, and for that we applaud them. But those that refuse to answer the consumer's call for affordable new release rentals continue to tarnish the entire film industry's reputation.
Posted by: Caroline Cooper AT 10:29 am   |  Permalink   |  0 Comments  |  
Wednesday, 23 December 2009
2009 was an interesting year for the digital signage/DOOH industry. Despite the recession, new deals were won, new technology was released and the industry continued to grow as a whole.

Here are five moments that changed the digital signage and digital out-of-home industry for the better in 2009, and one that certainly didn’t.

1. The rise of DOOH aggregation platforms

With digital out-of-home spending on the rise, the industry is working to make it easier for media buyers to purchase DOOH ads. This has led to the proliferation of aggregation services that allow ad agencies to purchase screen space across multiple networks using one online platform. Existing services like SeeSaw Networks, Adcentricity, rVue and DOmedia all expanded their networks and services in 2009, while new platforms like VukuNet and BookingDOOH.com were launched.

Why it’s important

The chore of arranging agreements with multiple networks has turned agencies off to using DOOH in their media mixes. There also exists a disparity between software platforms, file formats and payment systems, which is why aggregation services, which unify these networks under a common platform, are so important to the continued growth of DOOH.

Rick Ducey, chief strategy officer, BIA/Kelsey, a research firm, shares these sentiments.

“DOOH must get easier to plan, buy and measure in order to reach scale,” he says in the “Digital Out-of-Home: Hyperlocal and Hyper Growth report. “With consolidation, partnerships and interoperable platforms, we see the buying process becoming more integrated, which will spur growth.”

2. Dallas Cowboys Stadium installs Cisco StadiumVision

The poster child for digital signage this year has been the new $1.2 billion Dallas Cowboys Stadium. In addition to housing the largest HD screen to date, Cisco has installed nearly 3,000 digital signage screens throughout the complex as part of its StadiumVision offering. StadiumVision consists of screens in the concourses, luxury boxes, restaurants (as digital menu boards) and retail areas, all connected to the internal IP infrastructure.

Why it’s important

Pardon the pun, but StadiumVision is a “game-changer” for the sports entertainment industry. Fans are delivered entertainment pre-event, in-event and post-event, using video and content, such as out-of-town games and scores, team trivia, weather, traffic and news, in addition to the action on the field.

On the back end, the stadium staff is able to centrally manage the delivery of all of the venue's available video assets, including broadcast, cable, satellite and in-house feeds, to displays over a single IP infrastructure. And it’s catching on – in 2009 StadiumVision was installed in the new Yankee Stadium, Kauffman Stadium in Kansas City, Land Shark Stadium in Miami, Fla. and many European stadiums. 

3. Samsung and NEC release ultra-thin bezel screens

This spring, Samsung and NEC both released new screens that changed the video wall landscape. Designed specifically to be tiled in video wall matrices, the screens feature a screen-to-screen bezel width of 7.3 mm, creating a near-seamless look when placed together.

Why it’s important

Digital signage users are always in search of, literally, the next big thing. For several years, large format screens, like the 103-inch plasma from Panasonic, have been eye-catching but expensive. Also, traditional video walls appeared clunky because of large bezels that chopped up the image. Building a video wall with these thin-bezel screens is not only more cost effective, but allows the user to be more creative by arranging screens in non-traditional arrays.

(Honorable mention for video walls: The release of Christie Microtiles)

4. USA Today features digital signage supplement

On March 20, 2009, USA Today featured a pull-out section specifically focused on the digital signage and digital out-of-home (DOOH) industry. http://www.digitalsignagetoday.com/article.php?id=21939 The 16-page section was distributed in the New York, San Francisco, Atlanta, Chicago and Los Angeles markets. Readership of two million was recorded based on distribution of 750,000 copies with an estimated four readers per supplement copy.

Why it’s important

Although most of the content was advertorial in nature, the section went a long way in bringing this industry to attention of readers in major DMAs. You could call it an “awareness campaign.” This year at tradeshows many of the exhibitors said they were seeing more educated attendees and fewer “tire kickers,” and projects like the USA Today supplement have a lot to do with that. Another supplement is planned for Jan. 29, 2010.

5. Capital Area Transit enables mobile digital signage

In April, Harris Corp. along with WRAL in Raleigh, N.C. and Microspace Communications, announced they had launched the nation's first free, over-the-air broadcast of mobile digital television to the public. The CBC New Media Group and the City of Raleigh, N.C., were also part of a project that delivers live WRAL-DT broadcasts to Capital Area Transit (CAT) buses traveling around the capital city.

Why it’s important

The CAT project epitomizes many of the best practices of DOOH advertising. Screens are placed on buses, where there is an extensive amount of dwell time. Viewers can be exposed to hyper-local, highly relevant content as they are taken through the city and have the ability to interact via mobile phone. And because the screens are still connected to a network, ads have the ability to be geo-targeted based on where bus is at that moment. It serves as a great example of content relevancy and contextual advertising.

..and one not-so-great one

If there was one story we wish we didn’t have to write this year, it would be that of Reactrix. Many of those in the industry remember the slow demise of Reactrix around this time last year. A victim of the recession, the Redwood City, Calif.-based interactive media company first went into receivership in Oct. 2008, called it quits early this year and had its IP bought in May.

What it’s not-so-great

Digital signage is a young and nascent industry, and it doesn’t image well to have any company go under, particularly one with the kind of innovative and forward-thinking technology that will help propel it. Reactrix had several good network deals, especially in malls. But I believe it was outrageous spending that eventually brought the company down (They burned through an alleged $85 million!) Even Wall Street Journal used Reactrix as an example of a tech start-up bubble burst.
Posted by: Bill Yackey AT 12:25 pm   |  Permalink   |  0 Comments  |  
Tuesday, 22 December 2009
In my first post, I briefly outlined the seven convergent implementations of digital signage and mobile technologies. In my second post, I discussed the first, and most basic, convergent implementation: DTMF. In this post, I’ll briefly discuss the second, but most commonly used, form of signage/mobile convergence: SMS/Text Messaging. 

A SMS/Text Messaging implementation is basically defined as the processes for interacting with digital signage using the text messaging feature of a cell phone. Before we delve into the workings of this particular convergent implementation, it may be helpful to briefly review the history of text messaging.

In 1995, the Federal Communications Commission awarded select companies licenses to provide a new form of “digital” cellular service. This new service enabled cell phones to support features such as call waiting, three-way calling, in-bound number display, data communications and Short Messaging Services (SMS). SMS was deemed to be the feature that would allow cellular users with SMS-equipped, digital cell phones to send “text messages” of up to 160 characters to other SMS equipped cell phones.

The SMS feature was not however measurably used until about the year 2000. It was only then that there were enough SMS-capable cell phones and networks in use to support mass adoption of the technology. But even then, it was not until about 2005 that SMS became widely and actively used by cellular subscribers. Since ’05 however, SMS usage has been skyrocketing. Today, in the U.S. alone, approximately four billion text messages are sent each day. 

As SMS usage began to grow, it soon became the primary form of communications for many -- especially those in their teens and 20’s. This growing affinity for text messaging was not lost on digital signage software companies, digital signage network operators, content providers and advertisers. Soon each was trying to find ways to integrate SMS into their digital signage networks.

Today there are four ways in which SMS is commonly used in conjunction with digital signage.  However, before we review these four, it is important that we become familiar with the concept of Common Short Codes. Common Short Codes are an essential element to each of the four convergent implementations. Common Short Codes are five digit numbers that serve as a substitute for phone numbers. The purpose of Short Codes is to provide companies or organizations a carrier-independent way to engage with the general public via text messaging and then track those interactions.

The four SMS-based convergent applications are as follows:

1.       Signage as Recipient:  In this implementation, signage viewers send text messages via a Short Code to a digital sign for the other viewers to see. Viewers of the messages can then send SMS-generated responses to the message, thereby creating a group dialog.  This feature is frequently used in places where people congregate and is typically instituted as a way to stimulate conversation.

This implementation generally requires that messages be relayed through the signage operator so that an administrator can filter out objectionable content. Some of the more intelligent content management software packages perform this filtering function automatically. But as a leading outdoor signage vendor recently found, sometimes even the best filtering techniques have their weak points. In that situation, a picture of three local news anchors was shown on the screen accompanied by a message that said, “Three Accused of Gang Rape.” Obviously the three were not the newscasters pictured, but an embarrassment for the signage operator none-the-less.

2.       Content Selection: This implementation allows the viewers of digital signage to control the content that appears on the screen. For example, the viewer is informed that if they text a particular keyword (e.g. number, word, code, etc.) to an SMS Short Code, the content on the screen will be changed commensurate with that code. For example, a user could text the keyword “11111” to Short Code 55555 to see a movie trailer, or text the keyword “22222” to the same Short Code to see a music video. The content management software would receive the code and changes the displayed content accordingly.  It also tracks and reports on the viewer’s content preferences.

3.       Content Control: This implementation allows viewers to use their phone's SMS feature to control elements on a screen. For example, the viewer can move game pieces on a game board by texting a keyword to an SMS Short Code. The signage software uses these keywords to manipulate the game pieces and control the action of play. Like the "Signage as Recipient" implementation, this convergent model is designed to get large crowds engaged with the content. 

4.       Promotional/Marketing: This implementation uses the digital signage to promote an interaction between the viewer and a marketing promotion. For example, the digital signage may display a message that says "Text the keyword COUPON to 55555 to receive a coupon for 20 percent off of your next oil change." In this example, the user executes the transaction and receives a text message back that includes a coupon code for subsequent presentation to the sponsor. In another example, the digital signage could encourage viewers to text a keyword that will initiate the delivery of promotional content back to the viewer’s handset.

SMS-based convergent applications have been growing along with the adoption of SMS.  But which of the four have been growing the fastest, what are the pros and cons of each, what is the future prospects of each? These questions will be addressed in a soon to be released white paper called “SMS and Digital Signage: What Is It and Where’s It Going?”
Posted by: Steve Gurley AT 09:57 am   |  Permalink   |  0 Comments  |  
Wednesday, 16 December 2009
…to create another innovative social media/digital signage ad campaign. Yesterday Vans, the shoe company, and LocaModa launched a digital billboard campaign called Be Here Times Square using the Viacom digital billboard in Times Square.

Here’s the deal – users can log onto the Vans Web site or text a shortcode to send pictures and/or messages to the screen. All “appropriate” messages are automatically posted on the Vans Web site, and every hour several of them are selected to run on the actual Times Square billboard itself.

Not in NYC? No worries – the site sends you an email if your message gets up on the digital billboard, and also takes a live picture of the message on the screen and posts it to this site: http://beheretimessquare.com/display/

I decided to have a little fun with it and post the pic below of me writing the news story about the Be Here campaign to the Be Here site. It appeared on the site within a few minutes, then later this morning appeared on the Times Square billboard.



I know this because the www.vans.com/behere site has a live feed every hour of the submissions that run on the billboard. See the image below its a screenshot of the live feed from Times Square taken this morning. And yes, it is my birthday today.

Posted by: Bill Yackey AT 12:31 pm   |  Permalink   |  0 Comments  |  
Wednesday, 16 December 2009
…at least for Delta Airlines it did. Last week I was tipped off to a story about a recent DOOH campaign that proved quite successful for Delta Airlines. If you have read my writing on DigitalSignageToday.com, you know that one of my main goals when covering this industry is working to make DOOH and digital place-based media a more viable medium in the eyes of ad agencies.

I decided to focus on this piece because I think it goes a long way in proving the worth of DOOH in an ad campaign setting.

Here’s the shortened version – the whole story can be read here:

Earlier in the year, Delta its ad agency, Digitas, ran a brand-awareness campaign for Delta’s international travel services using digital out-of home screens combined with traditional media. After the campaign was over this past summer, Edison Research surveyed consumers prior to the launch of the DOOH campaign and again during the campaign to measure how effectively the messages reached Delta’s target audience and whether awareness was increased. The results indicate that Delta’s goals of reaching the target audience and increasing awareness of Delta as a preferred international carrier were accomplished.
 
Specifically:
• Awareness of Delta as an international carrier increased more than 28 percent.
• Among business travelers, the perception that Delta “flies to the international destinations you want to go to” increased 26 percent.
• The percentage of people “very likely” to recommend Delta to friends, family or colleagues increased 61 percent.
• Of those who noticed the screens, 32 percent fit Delta’s income demographic.
• Those who noticed the screens were frequent travelers who had an average of 5.2 business trips a year.
• Overall awareness of Delta increased by 15 percent.
Note that these results are just for the DOOH portion of the campaign, and don’t reflect on the traditional media part.

I spoke with Pat Connolly, vice president and group director of Digitas, and although he never cited the initial goals of Delta, he did note that these numbers exceeded those goals.

The screen space was bought through SeeSaw Networks’ aggregation platform, and although we’ve talked about their Life Pattern Marketing approach many times on the site, its worth discussing it again as it pertains to this a campaign.

The idea behind Life Patterns is that ads are bought based on certain target demographics, then the same message is shown to that demo at different times throughout the day. In this case, Delta wanted to target affluent business travelers. So ads were placed on screens rotated over five digital networks including on RMG Networks screens at cafes, the WHEN network at health clubs, cardio machines on the NetPulse network in health clubs, ferry terminals through the Affinity Network and PumpTop TV at gas stations.

The idea is that they see a Delta ad while getting their morning coffee, then see the same ad on the way to work, after work at the gym, and on the way home at the gas station.

All in all, I think the industry would benefit from more stories like this that show statistical success for DOOH campaigns. My hope is that this example will reach those decision makers with the brands and ad agencies and potentially effect future buying decisions.
Posted by: Bill Yackey AT 11:33 am   |  Permalink   |  0 Comments  |  
Monday, 14 December 2009
Technology’s impact on business operations continues to transform managerial controls and measurement while providing for profitability enhancement opportunities.  Technology in the retail environment has predominantly focused on point of sale systems that integrate everything from transaction accounting to inventory management.  Recently, retailers and POS system companies are focusing on the integration of cash handling with the POS system.
 
More progressive retail operators have already replaced traditional drop safes with cash management system — which incorporates the traditional benefits of a safe, such as robbery prevention and time-delay-change funds, but also employs bill-and-coin-handling technology, as well as its own operating system. Today’s cash-management systems connect to corporate networks to facilitate data exchange and remote management.
 
Profitability enhancement
 
The cost of a CMS is very quickly recovered through the recurring savings garnered by the system itself.  What initially may appear to be a “cost” quickly becomes a “profit generator” that produces annualized cash and non-cash savings. Typical systems pay for themselves within six to nine months, yet continue to produce savings indefinitely.
 
Retailers have found recurring cash savings in many areas. Specifically, internal theft is dramatically reduced; detection and rejection of counterfeit currency is improved; and armored car requirements are reduced. The latest and most exciting area of cash savings is now being gained through the retailer receiving “provisional credit” for funds in the CMS that have not yet been deposited at the bank. 
 
Non-cash savings include a reduction of management time previously required to reconcile the transaction log with cash and preparation of bank deposits, as well as instant accounting and deposit preparation.
 
Deployment
  
Deploying a cash management system involves support and coordination among multiple departments, including finance, operations, information technology, security and loss prevention. And choosing the right CMS provider who can coordinate the physical and technological installation of the system can significantly expedite and smooth the process. 
 
Each department should carefully consider features and functionality that will be required for a successful deployment and utilization of a CMS. 
 
Below is a list, by corporate function, of features and functionality that should be considered or required.
 
Finance:
  • Instant access to all information pertaining to cash in the safe
  • Tools to access one or more stores and data, and place it in a spreadsheet
  • Guaranteed deposit by CIT
  • Provisional credit by the bank, with money deposited to the account, regardless of whether it’s picked up or still in the safe at the store
  • Cut down on armored pickups, since credit is given by the bank
  • Automated cash reconciliation – no manual counting
  • Eliminate cash shrinkage by linking the safe and the POS
  • Lower the cost of buying coins and notes by recycling both
  • Lower the cost of coins by not buying coin rolls; use bulk bags
  • Elimination of cash counting at the beginning of the shift
  • Where cash rooms exist, eliminate 90 percent of the labor
  • Cost of annual software maintenance (get a five-year quote)
  • Cost of annual hardware maintenance (get a five-year quote)
  • ROI for any investment should be less than 1 year
Operations:
  • Eliminate cash shrinkage by linking the safe and POS
  • Balance each transaction between the safe and the POS
  • Simple computer-based training provided
  • Operate in the native language of each cashier to eliminate errors and make the system easier to learn and use
  • Dispense flat notes that are easy to handle instead of rolled up notes
  • Auto dispense each till (no cash-room counting) at start-of-shift
  • Auto bank-out of each till (no cash-room counting) to end shift
  • Speed time for cashiers to clock in and be on the lane
  • Quick access to cash to replenish tills with coins and notes
  • Eliminate counterfeit notes while customer is present
  • New notes are validated the day they come out by updating the note validators over the network — no delay waiting for updates
  • Totally eliminate cash counting and get deposit guarantees from CIT
  • On-site service call by next business day at a minimum
  • Help-desk diagnostic tools to help solve technical issues
  • Highly qualified service organization capable of analyzing the network
IT:
  • Must run an industry standard operating system, such as Windows, and use XML
  • Must have the ability to plug and play over the store’s Ethernet network
  • Tools included for data collection over the network
  • Report-writer tool for creating and changing reports
  • Modern hardware architecture, easily told by integration (one power cord)
  • Must interface with POS at transaction level to stay in balance
  • No programming required to create a total CMS environment
  • Update CMS application over the network for new releases
  • Up-to-date note validators over the network when new notes are released
  • System diagnostics for help desk to support store personnel
  • Supplier has 24/7 help desk to support customer help desk or store directly
  • Hassle-free system that will not take IT resources to manage
Security:
  • Must interface with store’s alarm systems
  • Must interface with store’s camera systems
  • Must support a transaction log for up to 90 days so events can be analyzed and then used to search camera videos
  • Eliminates chance of an entire safe getting stolen
Loss prevention:
  • Balance every transaction with POS
  • Automated cash reconciliation (no cash counting)
  • Cashiers check in/out tills with no management assistance
  • Time-delayed access to all vaults
  • Additional vault for storage of change or high dollar items
  • Instant access to note validators for CIT guards
  • Audit trail to balance every penny of every cashier
  • Audit trail for all transactions for past 90 days
  • Eliminate counterfeit notes
  • Updated note validators over network when new notes are released by local government
  • Guaranteed deposit by CIT company
  • On-site repair service by next business day
Implementing a CMS solution is a decision that will impact your company from top to bottom. Each department’s needs must be considered early in the process. When evaluating potential CMS suppliers and their systems, you should prepare a checklist that addresses all of their unique needs and use this checklist during your information gathering and quote processes.
Posted by: Ed Grondahl AT 01:42 pm   |  Permalink   |  0 Comments  |  
Monday, 14 December 2009
Digital out-of-home is a growing medium – a significant statement in a time when media outlets are struggling to sell ads and subscriptions. TV still dominates the media market landscape and newspapers and magazines have a declining presence. Although DOOH represents less than one percent of that landscape, over the past several years it has shown an increase in awareness, revenue and presence.

Recent research reinforces this. Arbitron reports that approximately 155 million (67 percent of) U.S. residents aged 18 or older have seen a digital out-of-home (OOH) video display in the past month. PQ Media expects the U.S. DOOH spending to reach $2.47 billion in 2009. And DisplaySearch, which monitors flat panel shipments, says that shipments of large-format displays (26-inches+) is set to grow 44 percent in 2009, indicating that there is a growing demand for screens used for public-facing applications.

Agencies are recognizing the growth as well. In the agency world, digital out-of-home has traditionally fallen into the realm of out-of-home (OOH), which comprises mainly on billboards and the like. OVAB and other organizations are working to separate the two and help agencies establish a separate “media bucket” for DOOH, so that it gets its own budget. Several forward-thinking agencies have already made this move.

The future of this medium and its success relies heavily on the participation and backing of advertising agencies. In the past, one of the key reasons that agencies have shied away from DOOH has been because there have not been proven metrics for the medium, like exist with traditional advertising, and that the buying process has been too difficult.

Knowing this, the DOOH industry has begun work to make the buying process easier for ad agencies. In addition to OVAB releasing Audience Metrics Guidelines for the measurement of DOOH advertising networks, the networks themselves are enlisting companies like Arbitron, Nielsen and Edison Research to perform network audits. The results help give both the networks and ad agencies accurate traffic counts, dwell time and other pertinent information in the ad buying process.

For agencies and their media buyers, the DOOH ad buying process is becoming easier, thanks to the work of those within the industry. Not too long ago buyers would have to go to individual networks in order to place ads on screens – a process that was tedious and often dreaded. Network aggregation services, such as NEC’s Vukunet, SeeSaw Networks’ SeeSaw Ads and Adcentricity have emerged in the past several years and are now gaining a critical mass of nationwide networks. This means that media buyers can now go to one place and place ads to targeted demographics down to the screen level.

As the industry streamlines processes and improves technology for DOOH ad placement, agencies are catching on to its effectiveness and beginning to invest more in digital campaigns.
Posted by: Bill Yackey AT 10:03 am   |  Permalink   |  0 Comments  |  
Thursday, 10 December 2009
In the world of sports franchises that use digital signage, the Miami Heat is emerging as a champion of the technology.

The 2006 NBA Champion franchise announced this week two new areas of its American Airlines arena that have been outfitted with custom-designed video walls, created in partnership with Magenta Research. 

One of the video wall installations went into the Bacardi Grand Entrance, one of the main arena entrances. Twelve Sony displays are programmed with Sony’s proprietary ZIRIS software system and include signal extension provided by Magenta’s high-definition MultiView XRTx transmitters and AK600 receivers. The screens are tiled together diagonally at 45-degree angles.



Another area to receive a video wall installation was the Dewar’s Suite Level. The Dewar’s wall is made up of six Sony screens arranged in both portrait and landscape orientations. Content for the video wall is focused on Dewar’s branding.

Both installations represent a trend in the industry toward custom-shaped video walls. Sony actually showed a diagonally-mounted video wall very similar to the Bacardi installation earlier this year at Screen Media Expo Europe. Most recently, Christie entered this space with the launch of their MicroTiles product, which are small, configurable, square screens designed to be stacked into various shapes.

This is not the first time that the Heat and American Airlines Arena have embraced non-traditional digital signage. Early in 2009, a2aMedia announced the installation of MediaMesh, a three-story high LED screen mounted to the side of American Airlines Arena. Mediamesh is a high-grade architectural woven stainless steel mesh interlaced with LEDs. When the screen is off, it blends with the building’s architecture.
Posted by: Bill Yackey AT 12:37 pm   |  Permalink   |  0 Comments  |  
Wednesday, 09 December 2009
On Thursday, December 3, we reached a milestone in the young life of the Digital Signage Association. We celebrated our two-year anniversary just last month and we now we have over 400 members. Member #400, The University of Illinois and #401, individual member David Carbert, joined that day.

I remember how we got started.

Some of you may know that I also serve as the executive director for the Self-Service & Kiosk Association (SSKA). In 2007, we decided to start a Digital Signage Council due to the fact that we had a number of members in the digital signage space. We held our first (and only) meeting in Chicago at the Digital Signage Expo.

At the time, we talked about whether it made sense to change the name of SSKA to include digital signage. “You’ll have to get new shirts,” one of the participants joked, since we were wearing SSKA-logoed oxfords at the time.

In the months that ensued, it became apparent that the digital signage industry deserved its own association. We talked to several members of the Council as well as others in the industry and received support for the idea, though admittedly there may have been a few skeptics wondering if we could pull it off. After all, some associations were involved in digital signage even if there wasn’t a dedicated association to it serving all market segments.

We “soft launched” the association in October at KioskCom in New York City, but really didn’t sign anyone up officially until November. By the end of 2007, we had 22 members. By Digital Signage Expo in February 2008, we had 62 members and a 24-person Advisory Board. The board met for the first time at that show. Stu Armstrong was elected as the first president of the Association in the summer of 2008.

So here we are two years later, with 401 members, a 41-person Advisory Board, eight committees and task forces and whole host of activity going on.

One industry blogger wrote to me recently: “As you know I poked at you guys a little in your early days to question the motives and value of the DSA, but to your absolute credit (and I am being sincere) you have made it the real deal.”

Of course we couldn’t do it without all the support of our board, committees and members.

Onward and upward!
Posted by: David Drain AT 10:04 am   |  Permalink   |  0 Comments  |  
Tuesday, 08 December 2009
Following The Digital Signage Show in New York last month, I decided to write a company profile on Monster Media, a company that I have been closely following since I first started covering digital signage.

But why Monster Media? Well, in my opinion Monster Media has always been on the proverbial “leading edge” of interactive digital signage, at least in the three years that I have been covering the industry. Granted, most of their installations are in single locations and for limited-run campaigns, but they sure do get attention, and keep getting better at it. As Monster president John Payne said in the article, “With each campaign, clients want to top what others have done. Every 90 days to six months we have to keep evolving everything we do.”

I would say my interest first started in 2007 when I attended a tradeshow at Mandalay Bay in Las Vegas, which houses one of Monster’s longest running installations, a gesture-based projection for Shark Reef. (Viewers can move water around on the wall by swooshing their hands in front of the projector – movements are detected using infrared cameras.)


(Photo: from sixteen:nine blog)

Even now, that wall stops people in their tracks, although Monster’s installations have become much more advanced. Payne said they’ve scrapped floor projection, cut back on wall projection and started rolling out LCD video walls for their interactive campaigns. Payne said they’re more functional, versatile and brighter.

They’ve also become more advanced as far as interactivity goes. With the Monday Night Football installation from this year, users can interact with video versions of their favorite NFL quarterbacks, then play virtual catch with them.

Payne also said that the company is making mobile integration a priority and using some kind of mobile functionality in every new installation. At first, this was just offering shortcodes for viewers to text to, now they can even control on-screen content using their phones. And while this interaction is cool in the eyes of viewers, it’s even better for the advertisers or sponsors of the installation, who can gather valuable audience data.

To read more about how the company came to be and awards for recent installations, check out the article on DigitalSignageToday.com.
Posted by: Bill Yackey AT 12:34 pm   |  Permalink   |  0 Comments  |  
Thursday, 03 December 2009
A story went out today from Aeris Solutions about a 750-screen install going into 160 Bunnings stores in Australia and New Zealand. But most interesting is the fact is that Bunnings doesn’t want this network, well, networked. Here is the paragraph from the story, run earlier on DigitalSignageToday.com:

Bunnings goal was to implement a solution that would offer all the features of a networked system, including multiple playlists, scheduled playback and automatic content updating, without having to install the network infrastructure typically required for a project of this size.

Bunnings marketing department, located in Hawthorne, Victoria, will create all the content management files required, then upload these files along with the new content to their main server. These files are then downloaded to each store via Bunnings current FTP network infrastructure. Once the information is delivered to each store it is a simple case of copying the content folder to a USB memory stick. A Bunnings team member simply plugs this USB memory drive into each media player and waits while all new files are automatically updated.

So this huge network, spread over 160 stores in two countries, doesn’t want to network? I’m not going to crunch the numbers, but consider the man-hours and the USB stick mess caused by hundreds of employees scurrying around manually loading the content onto the 750 media players (Based on the release I assume each screen will have its own player).

Actually the fact that this installation is not networked doesn’t come as that big of a surprise to me. This fall, the Digital Signage Association did a survey as part of its Digital Signage Future Trends Report and found that 45.6 percent of respondents said none of their screens are networked. Furthermore, 18 percent said “some are, some aren’t.”

I know Bunnings doesn’t want to make the infrastructure investment, but it seems almost foolish not to in this case. In the end, they are the ones missing out by not being able to take advantage of the flexibility and economy of the medium. Customers and staff will be the first to react when content becomes quickly stale. No doubt they will find this our sooner than later.
Posted by: Bill Yackey AT 12:36 pm   |  Permalink   |  0 Comments  |  
Tuesday, 01 December 2009
In today’s challenging economic climate when workers are stressed to the max, strengthening existing relationships through effective communications with employees and can help your enterprise succeed.

The government’s latest unemployment number of 10.2 percent acknowledges the human toll the nation’s economic contraction is having on people and brings into sharp focus why anxiety among workers is running high.

Without minimizing the “green shoots” economic commentators detected earlier in the year and the third quarter’s tick into positive territory for gross domestic product, it’s safe to say that apprehension among workers and employers alike continues to grow as each new day seems to bring announcements of shutdowns, layoffs, bank failures and a so-called “jobless recovery.”

Consider these findings from a Rutgers University survey released in April when the nation’s unemployment rate was reported to be 8.9 percent. The university’s Heldrich Center for Workforce Development found in its most recent “Work Trends” study that:

    * 67 percent of workers said they were very concerned with the unemployment rate, compared to 46 percent one year prior

    * 49 percent said they were concerned with job security for those currently working, compared to 32 percent in spring 2008

    * 68 percent said they were very concerned about the job market for those who are looking for work, compared to 48 percent the year before.

Into this environment of worker apprehension and doubt, businesses must maintain productivity –even with fewer employees- and carry on operations with an eye towards future revenue growth and a return to normal. While some managers may see this worker fear as a chance to raise expectations in the hopes of boosting productivity –i.e. more stick and less carrot, many will tread carefully recognizing the potential for prolonged job anxiety to chip away at the mental health of their employees.

While I am certainly no psychologist or psychiatrist, it seems pretty apparent that constant apprehension about job loss coupled with the reality of meeting one’s financial obligations is a recipe for depression. A depressed workforce is likely to be less productive and lose focus --potentially exposing themselves to more injuries, fewer sales closes and more missed opportunities, depending on the type of business involved. Further, once the economy rebounds and job growth resumes, some of these overwrought workers will look for the first chance to flee the pressure cooker, taking with them the job experience and performance that made them valuable to the enterprise to begin with.

While it’s probably impossible to eliminate these apprehensions, mitigating and managing the fear can be done through effective communications. Certainly, many of these fears grow out of seeing friends and family dismissed from employment, but what makes them worse is the not knowing –not knowing how the company is doing, how they are performing and what, if anything, can be done to make a difference.

Outside of one-on-one conversations, digital signage may be the most effective communications medium employers can use to boost flagging morale and keep workers motivated and focused. Why? First, it’s public by its very nature. This makes it effective in acknowledging individuals and groups of workers for superior performance. Second, it’s easy to update with relevant, current information workers may need to be more productive. Third, digital signage can help to strengthen esprit de corps by promoting and acknowledging the efforts of workers when they are off the clock, such as walk-a-thons to raise funds for charity and involvement in youth programs.

In today’s economic climate, when companies need to ensure their workers are as efficient as possible, digital signage should be a key component of any corporate communications effort. Those managers looking to maintain productivity, build morale and contribute to their workers’ safety and peace of mind would do well to consider how digital signage can help them attain those goals.

David Little is a charter member of the Digital Signage Association with 20 years of experience helping professionals use technology to effectively communicate their unique marketing messages.
Posted by: David Little AT 10:06 am   |  Permalink   |  0 Comments  |  
Monday, 30 November 2009

As the days of 2009 dwindle, I find myself crisscrossing the country, talking to retailers of every stripe. These conversations have revealed a few consistent themes, which are likely to drive customer-facing retail technologies in the coming year.

To my relief and that of probably everyone in the industry, there’s a sense the economy is coming back. Earlier this month I was at the Kioskcom Self Service Expo in New York, and I would describe the mood as "unexpected optimism." Retailers and technology buyers of all sorts were on the floor in surprising numbers with specific projects they needed to execute. One exhibitor even exclaimed, "We’re on the way up!" while making a swooping airplane motion towards the sky. Now that’s what I call a return to confidence. It is a safe bet that retailers who have been waiting on the sidelines will resume investments in their store experiences in the coming year.

The dominant theme I have heard from retailers is the need to inspire shoppers. Retailers are seeking technologies that do for any product category what mannequins do for apparel—show the customer how to bring many items together into a compelling, personalized solution. An expectant mother furnishing a baby’s room, a couple designing a home theatre, a parent building a fish tank for their child—shoppers need to be inspired and guided to a final solution. Retailers understand that addressing a consumer’s end goal is the key to driving more sales, yet doing this with human interactions is expensive. So, I expect to see increasingly sophisticated shopper assistance tools emerge from the simple product selectors of today. Retailers are keenly focused on the problem, and a few are ready to test solutions.

Closely related to inspiration is the idea of cross-selling. Retailers are interested in technology that helps them add items to a shopper’s basket by reaching across the store to cross-sell many product categories. I get the sense from retailers that this is an area in need of improvement. Customer-facing technologies that draw upon in-store and online inventories to automatically suggest the best complementary goods will likely be tested in the coming year.

Another recurring theme is a desire to provide quality customer service where today’s economics simply do not allow it. Many complex products do not sell in enough volume or at high enough prices to justify having human experts in the store. Several retailers see technology as the way forward. Expert systems can give customers the additional product education they need to make an informed choice, while sparing the cost of additional store labor. Expect to see customer-facing technologies deployed most commonly around these so-called "marginal" product categories.

Finally, with recessionary pressures on staffing levels, retailers want to make the most out of their store staff through sales process automation. They want humans doing what humans do best—guiding customers through complex, personalized, real-world product problems and decisions. For the 80 percent of any selling process that is the same for every customer, retailers are looking for technological solutions that do this work, letting store associates handle more customers in a given period of time. In a sense, self-checkout was only the beginning. The phrase I have heard is "moving customers from questions to the counter" as quickly as possible. I personally view this as challenging to execute in practice and anticipate some failed trials, given the need for seamless integration between store personnel and in-store technology. However, the first retailer to do it will reap significant rewards and set the stage for the future of retail.

The year ahead is shaping up to be an exciting one for in-store technologies. Recession-induced paralysis seems to be over and retailers seem to have a clear view of how they want to move forward. If they succeed in deploying the right solutions, it will be a winning year for everyone—shoppers, retailers, and even technology suppliers.
 
The writer is CEO of Intava.
Posted by: Troy Carroll AT 01:40 pm   |  Permalink   |  0 Comments  |  
Tuesday, 24 November 2009
Government Video ran a story this morning about a new digital signage installation for the Colorado National Guard. In addition to improving communication among armories, the network is also being touted as a way to improve solider retention by promoting career opportunities within the Guard.

The project was a joint effort between Tightrope and members of the National Guard’s IT and recruiting departments. One screen was placed in each armory and runs content promoting job openings, as well as news, videos and motivational information.

The government vertical has been a long sought after area of the digital signage user market. It has been typically a bit difficult to penetrate as there are many layers of bureaucracy in order to get to the decision makers. Also, connectivity becomes an issue because of the sometimes confidential info running on the existing networks. Such was the case here with the Colorado National Guard. The team instead used the Verizon Express Network wireless data services, making the installation a cellular digital signage network.

The Guard used the Tightrope Carousel Pro server and 14 Carousel Solo 220 players, which are connected to the network via a Verizon Air Card. It is also using 42-inch Sharp 42SB45U LCD screens.

OC Edward Tuholske, Marketing NCO, told Government Video:
The response to the digital signage system has been 100 percent positive. We are getting more and more requests from our commanding officers to add extra information to the digital signs because they see that more effective communication is improving the morale of our soldiers. Everything we have heard so far indicates that the signage system is improving soldier re-enlistment.
Posted by: Bill Yackey AT 12:43 pm   |  Permalink   |  0 Comments  |  
Tuesday, 24 November 2009
Panasonic has come up with cool new application for its giant 103-inch plasma screen, this time as a part of a promotion for its compact Lumix DMC-ZX1 digital camera in London.

A team of six artists created a giant version of the camera, where the 103-inch plasma serves as the camera’s screen. The camera is one of a series of objects which have been “magnified” by Panasonic to illustrate the 8x optical zoom lens of the Lumix camera.

The giant camera is presently located in London’s Waterloo station, but will move to London Victoria from Nov. 26-28 finally to London’s Liverpool Street Station from Dec. 3-5.

Users are encouraged to upload photos of themselves and the oversized camera to Panasonic’s Facebook page for a change to win a trip to the 2010 Vancouver Olympic Winter Games. Mark Robinson, head of Lumix Marketing at Panasonic, said:
We’ve received some fun and imaginative photos on our Facebook page showcasing perspective resulting from our larger than life sculptures. We’re sure our giant sized camera will prove a popular past time for commuters and help to raise the profile of our 8x life campaign.
Posted by: Bill Yackey AT 12:38 pm   |  Permalink   |  0 Comments  |  
Tuesday, 24 November 2009
The recent KioskCom/Digital Signage Show served as a metaphor for the discussion of the future convergence of interactive applications and digital signage. The interactive apps were on red carpet, with the digital signage crowd on blue carpet in a smaller area. Only two vendors made a convergent statement by literally straddling the two sides. Ironically, one (Netkey) had been sold days earlier to NCR, a major player in kiosks with their own booth squarely on the interactive carpet. Is there a market imperative for the full convergence of digital signage and interactive apps? Or is the future simply a matter of coexistence of related, yet distinct technologies?

Understanding the fundamental differences between interactive applications and digital signage provides some insight into where convergence might occur. This table summarizes the high level comparisons:

Digital Signage
Interactive apps
One-to-many
One-to-one
Mostly dispensing information
Collecting and dispensing information
Synchronus operation, driven centrally
Asynchronus operation, driven by user
A call to action
A transaction
Impressions and results difficult to measure
Engagement and often results collected on the fly
Fundamentally, a presentation
Fundamentally, an application

At a high level, digital signage is a one-to-many form of communication, usually executed with large format screens. Conversely, interactive applications are generally one-to-one in nature, and as such are more often found on smaller format displays. The objective of digital signage tends to be to inform, sell and reinforce brand, while interactive apps generally have a transaction as the end game. Digital signage tends to be a scheduled, synchronus presentation, managed centrally. Kiosks are asynchronus applications, operated by the user.

While there are distinct differences between the two technologies, there have been some hints of convergence, or perhaps adaptation. We have seen digital signage software co-exist on kiosk devices, driving the screen with dynamic, centrally-controlled content when the device is idle. Back end tools can manage digital content that might be used in either environment. On-demand capabilities have appeared in digital signage, whereby a content loop can be suspended and a menu of stored videos can be accessed with a remote control.
User generated content (UGC), generally in the form of SMS messages or Twitter tweets displayed on a digital sign, have been hailed as a sign of convergence. But while it has its uses and some sizzle, UGC does not make digital signage one-to-one or truly interactive, and does not take it out of the presentation realm into the application realm.

Key non-technical reasons that the technologies are unlikely to evolve into one application stream are these: First, kiosks tend to be internally owned by operational functions, while digital signage is usually marketing-centric. As such, the budgets, buying cycles and objectives are quite different. Second, kiosks tend to be owned by the venue owners, where we still see a large number of digital signage networks owned by third parties. Again, this drives decision making into different hands. Additionally, it makes integration with corporate systems more likely for kiosks, as companies are loathe to integrate strategic internal systems with third party-controlled applications. Finally, privacy concerns, especially in health care and corporate environments, makes it less likely that interactive applications will be deployed in a one-to-many, digital signage type environment.

Mobile tools that leverage the smartphones carried by so many consumers have the potential to bridge the chasm between digital signage and kiosk applications from a content-centric angle. Digital signage content with calls to an SMS campaign or related URL can result in opt-in interactivity where the user is identified and receives additional information and offers. The emergence of 2D barcodes may be the best use of the often-controversial sidebar. Imagine the barcode displayed alongside a playing advertisement, allowing users to capture the code with their cell cams, and then receive coupons or other offers. These tools, perhaps along with Bluetooth (usage of which has lagged in the USA) will make digital signage active, but not fully interactive.

There are many reasons why digital signage and interactive applications are unlikely to fully converge. By their fundamental natures they strive to meet different objectives, require different development skills, and are generally implemented by different functional owners within organizations. Despite their differences, there are clear opportunities for each technology to learn lessons from the other. The market (defined as technology buyers) has not demanded that they converge, and the technical, organizational and functional obstacles to true convergence make such a requirement unlikely for the foreseeable future. Digital signage and kiosks will continue to coexist. Buyers who “force” or assume convergence may very well sub-optimize both their interactive and digital signage capabilities.
Posted by: Ken Goldberg AT 10:07 am   |  Permalink   |  0 Comments  |  
Monday, 23 November 2009

Arrow Electronics and Seiko Instruments recently announced a partnership that makes Arrow an authorized distributor for Seiko’s line of receipt and ticket printers. The agreement is meant to bolster Arrow’s solution offering for kiosk designers.
 
From a distribution standpoint, Arrow carries a menu of kiosk components from leading manufacturers, such as displays, printers, power supplies and computing engines. Arrow OEM Computing Solutions (OCS) also provides kiosk vendors with an array of value-added services, addressing each of the phases required to bring a kiosk to market. The company says these outsourcing capabilities include design assistance and prototype development, integration and manufacturing, logistics, installation and post-sales support.
 
We sat down with George Papajohn, director of marketing for Arrow OCS, to discuss the need for outsourcing in the kiosk industry and to explore the potential impact these services can have on a kiosk vendor’s business.    
 
What outsourcing services are kiosk vendors asking for?
 
Kiosk designers’ requirements tend to be fairly broad in scope. Fundamentally, the need is for a reliable distributor with technical competency and strong manufacturer relationships. The distributor has to be able to recommend and deliver proven components that perform reliably in the field and don’t add integration complexity. The ability to offer the right financing programs is another imperative. Cash flow requirements cannot be overlooked. I would also say that scalability is a recurring theme.

For example, a smaller kiosk designer can develop a fantastic concept and prove it with a successful pilot program. And when it does go well, they might be faced with the enviable but perhaps daunting prospect of supporting a giant retailer. Not every kiosk designer can afford to maintain the capacity, logistics and support capabilities needed for a hiccup-free deployment on such a large scale. And we all know how difficult it can be when the end-customer introduces late design changes. The level of complexity and need for scale can spike fairly rapidly in this industry. With a robust outsourcing partner, the designer has a single supply source to rely on, and has access to integration facilities that can immediately scale to meet individual project needs.  

How does outsourcing impact a kiosk vendor’s business?

The right outsourcing partner can align themselves with a kiosk designer’s business and deliver a program that meets each project’s needs, in terms of components, value-added services and financing. It boils down to augmenting the designer’s internal capabilities on-demand, reducing overhead costs and eliminating headaches. This frees up the kiosk entrepreneur to focus on their true talents: product innovation and bringing in new business.

How do end-customers perceive a third party’s involvement in the project? 

I think the majority of customers are aware of the important contributions made by third parties in the supply chain. Distributors, contract manufacturers and logistics providers all play critical roles. A comprehensive outsourcing solution basically consolidates these elements. Some customers refer to this as having “one throat to choke” if an issue comes up. Regardless of the players involved, my perception is that customers want seamless execution, without unnecessary costs.   
 
Have outsourcing requirements been evolving?

With the recession, obviously most solutions providers have been feeling added pressure when it comes to cost and financing issues. Beyond that, there is no question that the breadth of self-service applications has continued to expand. This makes it even more important to align with the most capable suppliers, so that the right products are available to support these increasingly innovative solutions. 
 
How do you see this business in 2010?

The analyst reports we’ve looked at tend to predict growth for self-service in 2010. And there is no question that self-service technology provides a tangible bottom-line impact for end users. We anticipate this will certainly continue fueling new projects, and we are working hard to be able to anticipate and respond to customers’ continuing needs for value-added capabilities on a global scale

Posted by: George Papajohn AT 01:38 pm   |  Permalink   |  0 Comments  |  
Wednesday, 18 November 2009

Digital signage expert Keith Kelsen, founder of MediaTile, today launched a new initiative entitled “The 5th Screen Project,” an endeavor geared toward driving digital signage deployments and moving the industry forward.
 
As part of the initiative, Kelsen also will publish a book focused on content for digital signage. “Unleashing the Power of Digital Signage — Content Strategies for the 5th Screen,” is the first comprehensive book on digital signage content and will be published by Focal Press.
 
Kelsen describes digital signage as the fifth screen, with the other four being TV, computer, cinema and mobile.
 
The 5th Screen Project is comprised of three parts:

  • Leveraging the forthcoming book to educate the market on achieving content optimization
  • Continued development of content best practices through Kelsen’s chair position with the Digital Signage Association
  • Heading a stealth project related to a massive shift in media development and delivery

The 5th Screen Project began over a year ago as Kelsen began writing the book based on extensive interviews with industry leaders who research new media methodologies. Kelsen also took over as chair of the Digital Signage Association’s Content Best Practices committee in 2008 and was named the 2008 Digital Signage Man of the Year.
 
As part of the 5th Screen Project launch, Kelsen also stepped away from day-to-day operations of the MediaTile Company and handed control to newly appointed CEO Simon Wilson.
 
With the announcement of the project, Kelsen also has stepped down from his chairman of the board position at MediaTile and is now chairman and CEO of the newly formed 5thScreen Corp.
 
Kelsen announced the 5th Screen Project today at the Strategy Institute’s “Building Your Digital Signage Business” conference in Chicago, where he serves as chairperson for the two-day event.
 
“The fullest potential for digital signage has gone mostly untapped, and my vision is that this project will deliver a substantial uplift to deployments by concentrating on the critical elements for success,” said Kelsen. “Taking on this challenge to further drive the industry forward, and at greater pace, comes at a time in our industry that I consider to be the tipping point.”
 
  

Posted by: Bill Yackey AT 12:44 pm   |  Permalink   |  0 Comments  |  
Sunday, 15 November 2009

Supermarket giant Tesco recently created a buzz in the industry by opening a concept store (in Kingsley, Northampton) with just self-checkout lanes and no cashiers. Understandably, the reaction to this initiative from various quarters has been mixed. While Tesco claims that customers have reacted positively to the idea, workers’ unions have predictably expressed serious concerns over the implications of completely eliminating cashiers at the checkout point.

This move shouldn’t come as a surprise to anyone tracking the evolution of self-service in the retail sector. In fact, it was entirely along expected lines. Despite the sizeable initial investment, there has been a clear shift towards self-checkout since the turn of this century, especially by big-box chains. Retailers are studying ways to attract new customers (in addition to retaining existing ones) and in this context, self-checkout has been positioned as a technology solution that can drive up customer satisfaction levels, leading to a more lasting relationship. Not to mention the cost savings.

And therein lies the rub.

Studies reveal that 20 percent to 30 percent of the payroll in retail is typically directed toward cashiers. With self-checkout, this figure can be brought down considerably. The key is to get a commitment to the cause at all levels, from top management to store managers and cashiers. While it’s true that self-service lanes would create some redundancies, the primary aim is to redeploy resources to service-oriented areas in the store. The redistribution of cost savings to other productive areas needs to be clearly articulated to store-level staff for this to work.

And there are the operational realities, of course. Retailers often tend to understaff self-checkout lanes, which can cause considerable delays if inexperienced users create a bottleneck. More often than not, consumers who become confused or embarrassed about their inability to complete a transaction tend to avoid self-checkout in the future. This makes the initial few transactions crucial from the retailer’s perspective. Studies also indicate that self-checkout systems lead to a marked decrease in impulse purchases — low-priced products such as candy, mints, chocolates, soda, water, chips and gum are placed around the cash counters. This can be attributed to the fact that customers have to focus on the checkout process completely. Inevitably, there are nagging security issues that need to be addressed as well.

None of this detracts from the obvious value proposition of self-checkout — when designed and implemented correctly, it can enhance the customer experience at the store and drive top-line growth. Most importantly, it leads to an increase in labor productivity and resource utilization. Labor productivity essentially refers to two aspects: The first is to remove the labor element itself, as an obvious cost-cutting measure. The second is to redirect the labor or resource into other departments where it can be better utilized, such as restocking shelves, bagging groceries or helping customers as they make purchases. Counter-intuitively, self-checkout can end up enhancing personalized service at the store, although it might appear to be leading to impersonalization. The consumer experience, always driven by speed, is made more efficient as customers can get out of the store faster. The privacy and convenience provided by these systems doesn’t hurt either.

The bottom line

Customers like choice. Studies show they are growing increasingly comfortable with self-service systems, such as ATMs and kiosks at airport terminals. Self-checkout, if offered alongside an optimal number of staff cashiers, is a definite positive. With time, the number of cashiers needed to supervise checkout lanes will decrease. In fact, the future might be even more radically different once RFID/mobile-POS/smartphone-enabled checkouts gain prevalence. Although the industry is not ready for a widespread rollout of self-service-only stores, this is the right time to experiment. Besides, the marginal cost-savings offered by self-checkout might be too good to pass up on during these tough economic times.

Aravindh Vanchesan is a program manager with the Frost & Sullivan North American ICT practice. He focuses on monitoring and analyzing emerging trends, technologies and dynamics in retail markets worldwide.

Posted by: Aravindh Vanchesan AT 01:35 pm   |  Permalink   |  0 Comments  |  
Wednesday, 11 November 2009

Last week I was sent an article from the Consumerist entitled “Bumblebee Tuna Tricks You Into Watching Commercials At The Grocery Store.” The article, which was filed under the Consumerists’ “Badvertising” section, is a commentary from a reader that encountered some in-store digital media from Bumblebee Tuna at his local Safeway store.

The display was a small shelf-edge screen with a silver button above, which upon pushing, caused the screen to play a 30-second Bumblebee Tuna TV commercial.

The writer’s reaction? “No coupons. No cooking ideas. No direct engagement with the shopper. Just the same, unimaginative advertising penetrating deeper into our everyday experiences - as if the market isn't saturated enough. I don't know how this could possibly be effective, but apparently they think it will be.”

Its no wonder the writer was upset – this is a BAD in-store digital signage installation! If you read this site or any other industry portal, you will see that we spend countless hours try to send the message to deployers to create compelling content, don’t repurpose 30-second TV ads and to give the shopper a reason to watch the screen.

The Consumerist digs this kind of stuff, but these kinds of articles don’t reflect well on the digital signage industry, especially when it is trying to battle its way into media budgets.

This article does serve as a great focus group, however. At this time of writing this, there were 38 comments to the post, and not too many of them were positive. For example:

“[In-store screens] were slightly annoying at Wal-Mart, but I expected as much from them. When they started showing up in Kroger and Publix a few months later they became downright absurd. The problem with the second wave is that some of them are not button-activated, but start blazing away whenever you walk by.”

“What a waste of store resources. And how annoying would it be to try to get past someone in the aisle watching that?”

“Hopefully these things test out to be a failed ad concept and in 6 months we'll forget all about them.”

Here’s the thing – it seems the writer would actually be open to the media if it were useful in some way. Take his quote above. He is looking for coupons, cooking ideas and direct engagement.

Here is another commenter’s response: “The bizarre part, in my opinion, is that they could do something cool with this…For example, what if there was a short puzzle you had to solve to get a coupon code or something?”

Bingo – in order for in-store digital media to work, there has to be a compelling reason for the shopper to engage with it. Thirty-second commercials and cheap ad spots don’t cut it with today’s modern shopper. And for those directly involved with retail digital signage, take some time to go through the 38 comments. Chances are these are the opinions of some of your customers.

*Note: When I read this article, I immediately contacted Paul Flanigan and Laura Davis-Taylor, two retail experts I work with often, to get their commentary. Their opinions on this subject are published below:

Paul Flanigan, Preset Group:

“Being an industry insider, I consider this a wonderful little focus group. Reading the article and the comments shows that customers do care very much about how they are treated with digital signs in a retail environment, and shows the vitriol when it goes wrong.

Overall, this is about as bad an example of digital signage or customer engagement at retail as I have ever seen, and I agree with several of the comments. This does nothing good for the industry as a whole. Instead, it puts many of us on the defensive to explain or justify why this is in the store.

There are several negative issues with this experience, from the fact that the reader pushed the button out of curiosity (instead of a desire) to the end result of complete disengagement (and ultimately sharing online with others). I’m willing to bet the reader did not purchase any Bumblebee Tuna. Seeing the photo of the display and seeing not only his reaction to the sign but the comments, it’s pretty easy to see that there was very little, if any, strategy or thought put into this. And that’s bad.

The single biggest reason the shoppers find this annoying is because it doesn’t offer anything to enhance the store experience, anything different from what the shoppers are already experiencing with other media. The reader and comments suggest exactly what it should be doing, providing something deeper than advertisement, something that would move a customer closer to a purchase decision in favor of the tuna. HogwartsAlum sums it up best: “If I were to watch a video of a recipe that looked kind of good and the product were right in front of me, I would probably reach out and take one.”

Worst of all is the fact that the manager would consider removing it because it does nothing but anger his shoppers, meaning it most certainly does not move product.

But, this is a great way to start the conversation of how ad agencies, brands, and retailers must work together to understand the environment and craft messaging much more appropriate. This is a world that agencies of all kinds must embrace to be competitive and valued in the eyes of their client, the brand, and the retailer.

I imagine that this will be used by several industry educators to explain what not to do when putting signage in the store.”

Laura Davis-Taylor, Retail Media Consulting, Inc.:

“My one key takeaway: “Just because you can, it doesn’t mean that you should”.

I will bet my bottom dollar that an ad agency that has no in-store experience came up with this utterly useless and contextually irrelevant promotion and it’s projects like these that are a black eye to our industry.

The author hit the nail on the head when he said that he hopes that someone figures out a way to deliver useful, informative or somewhat interesting information with these types of emerging digital media tools. People are busy, they are overwhelmed and they are under served. The last thing that they want to encounter is more “visual spam” in a world in which they encounter 3 – 4,000 media messages a day—most of which are not helpful or useful in any way.

One of the commentaries aptly stated that “the bizarre part is that they could easily do something cool with this” and “they could easily use this tech to engage people instead of just piss them off.”

It’s truly that simple. No retailer should EVER let a CPG put something like this into their aisles unless they have dug deep to understand what might help or delight their shopper and put some real-world testing into play to ensure that it’s readily accepted.

If shoppers love the experience, it becomes a fun or rewarding part of their shopping visit. If they hate it, they do things like write about how awful it was and spread the word to whomever will listen.

Let’s hope articles like these make brands wake up before we jeopardize what can be a really wonderful shopper help tool. (And ad agencies, get out of the store!!!)

Posted by: Bill Yackey AT 12:48 pm   |  Permalink   |  0 Comments  |  
Wednesday, 11 November 2009

Sir Martin Sorrell, WPP Group CEO, made several key points that relate to Digital Out-of-Home (DOOH) while delivering the opening keynote to a packed house at Ad-Tech in New York this week. WPP employs 145,000 marketing agency professional in 2,400 offices in 107 countries.

“The good news about new media is that it is one-to-one, but the bad news is that it is one-to-one,” making it harder to reach the “audience of many," Sorrell said.
 
Digital out-of-home does indeed offer high reach to an “audience-of-many” while providing the precision of demographic and location-based, day-part, out-of-home targeting. The combination of a large installed base of displays at points of purchase, wait, transit and gathering along with concise message targeting is an inherent strength of digital signage and DOOH. The network operators comprising the Out-of-Home Video Advertising Bureau (OVAB) deliver an estimated 3 billion-plus venue traffic impressions per month in more than 59,000 venues across all major markets and network rrepresentation agencies such as Adcentricity, SeeSaw Networks and rVue make media planning and placement easy.

Agencies can “have their cake and eat it too” by using DOOH. A brand can be positioned using placement and content strategy at both specific and multiple points along a communications continuum of “one-to-one” versus “one-to-many.”

Sorrell noted that “agencies are going to become much more involved in the development of 'content' and all of its implications.” This points to a refocusing of brand messaging by agencies, which are, after all, both guardian and builder of brand equity.

Bill Ratcliffe, formerly of the WPP analytics provider Millward Brown is credited with noting that “the power of digital signage is to both brand and merchandise at the same time”.   

“The lines between advertising and editorial are going to become much more blurred,” Sorrell added.

DOOH can readily accommodate “sponsored content” which can provide advertiser profiles with value to the viewer and the display location provider at the same time. For example, while credit card advertising is often restricted on campuses, messaging aimed at improving financial-management skills could be sponsored by a particular card service provider.

As the pressure on all media to deliver more value increases, Digital Out-of-Home is already positioned where leaders of the agency “puck” want it to go. Win-win-win on the part of brands, agencies and media companies is offered by DOOH.

Posted by: Lyle Bunn AT 10:08 am   |  Permalink   |  0 Comments  |  
Monday, 09 November 2009
The current crisis has further enhanced the focus that business organizations have always placed on cutting costs and raising efficiency. This naturally also applies to banks, which are increasingly opting to automate their processes and, in their search for additional savings potential, need support from professional IT providers.
 
Optimized management of cash streams based on end-to-end cash cycle management makes it possible for financial institutions to reduce costs and improve transparency and security over the long term — especially if cash cycles are analyzed across banking and retail sectors.
 
This assumption is based on detailed reviews and process cost analyses, which have been updated continuously over recent years. Parallel to the increase in cashless payments with credit and bank cards, the trend for consumers to use cash continues unabated: In Europe, eight out of 10 transactions are handled in cash. The annual increase in euro banknotes, according to the European Central Bank, is 9 percent — EUR 677 billion now in circulation. Set against this, the volume of USD notes in circulation rose 42 percent from 2000 to 2007, and GBP notes rose by 50 percent.
 
The current global economic crisis has led to forecasts that actually anticipate a progressive short-term rise in the use of cash. This is indicated by the rising volume of cash in circulation and the increase in cash withdrawals from ATMs.
 
In absolute terms, the use of cash goes hand in hand with a high cost base. A study published by the European Payment Council quotes the cost of cash transactions in Europe at EUR 50 billion. According to Wincor's research, cash transactions showed a rate of EUR 11.9 billion for Germany — breaking down into EUR 4.2 billion in the banking sector and EUR 7.7 billion in the retail segment.
 
Against this backdrop, the ECB published the European Recycling Framework in 2007 to give banks more scope and flexibility in banknote processing. It allows the cash cycle to be shortened if certain requirements are met — banknotes that are accepted in banking and retail scenarios can be paid out again, provided they pass forgery and fitness tests. This framework agreement is likely to prompt other central banks to follow the example set by the central banks in the United Kingdom and Spain and to phase themselves out of the central cash provisioning process.
 
Whereas around 80 percent of the cash in circulation today is still managed at a central point, the plan is to reduce this figure to 50 percent in the future. This reorganization will involve a steep rise in charges for retail banks that choose to let the central bank process their cash. In Germany, the vastly diminished net of Bundesbank branches means that banks will have to expect longer journeys and considerably higher costs for transport, cash processing and interest. The European Recycling Framework disposes that FIs may now outsource their cash handling activities to a certified cash center or handle them themselves with their own staff.
 
But the personnel costs incurred when internal bank staff handle cash already account for the largest chunk — more than 60 percent — on the cost side, so that automating cash transactions is by far the most effective lever for cutting costs in cash cycle management.
 
Focus on the entire cash cycle
 
The cash cycle is a special part of the supply chain, in which the product, cash, has to be made available at the right time, in the right amount using a minimum of resources. On this basis, rationalization measures should start at the point where most of the costs are incurred in the cash handling process: in the branches. The object should be to relieve staff in retail stores and bank branches of routine manual cash handling work. This must focus first and foremost on manual processes, in which cash is counted, sorted and packaged according to the four-eyes rule.
 
A first and relatively simple step toward reducing costs is to shift personnel-intensive services away from the counter onto self-service machines. ATMs and automated teller safes with a cash recycling functionality that meet legal requirements already implement the core aspect of the European Recycling Framework. They shorten the cash cycle right at the start, a step that guarantees major cost savings. Systems that check deposited notes for authenticity and fitness before dispensing them again to customers allow banks to achieve savings of between EUR 40,000 and EUR 100,000 per branch.
 
In a project that Wincor Nixdorf handled with a big international bank, deploying systems with a recycling function successfully reduced the number of cash-in-transit journeys by one-third and the cost of cash procurement by 30 percent. Optimization of replenishment volumes and intervals represents another cost lever.
 
Comprehensive cash cycle management actually goes further than this. It analyzes the entire process chain, including cash provisioning processes across the banking and retail sectors and reductions in the cash cycle between banks and retail stores.
 
In a project with Shell Germany, cash taken at up to 1,300 service stations was used to pay out money to bank customers at Postbank.
 
Further cross-sector models and scenarios are conceivable. Cash that is accepted in a retail outlet could be used to replenish nearby ATMs, provided that cash handling is based on intelligent systems that process the cash automatically, generate an audit trail and dispense with the need to re-sort cash holdings manually.
 
The prime objective of a cash cycle management solution must always be to guarantee transparency, quality, security and reduced costs across the entire cash cycle. Analysis represents the first step in an end-to-end process evaluation in the development of individually optimized solutions. This is the basis for designing individual optimization concepts that, with the aid of appropriate hardware and software and a standardized portfolio of services, manage the cash cycle.
Posted by: Uwe Krause AT 01:33 pm   |  Permalink   |  0 Comments  |  
Wednesday, 04 November 2009
I often get requests for digital signage case studies that show sales lift – of any kind (A recent conversation: "One percent! I don’t care if it’s even one percent!") Most of these folks are digital signage companies or marketers looking to sell systems and need hard evidence that digital signage works when selling products.

Here I am going to feature two case studies that do just that. One is a case study from YCD Multimedia that I have been pointing people to for awhile now, and the other is a recently released study from the Wall Street Journal Network and Starcom for its 2008 Blackberry campaign.

Aroma Espresso sales boosted through YCD digital merchandising (2008)

Since Aroma Espresso Bar began using YCD Multimedia’s cash display screen, the chain has experienced a 25-35 percent overall sales increase. In this case, customer-facing screens were placed in front of the POS systems in order to influence customer decisions. Furthermore, Aroma has experienced a sales increase in the following categories:
 
• 70 percent increase on promoted desserts
• 30 percent increase on promoted flavored mineral water
• 50 percent increase on coffee and cake promotions
 
Aroma is an international espresso chain with over 80 locations in Israel, New York City, and Toronto, Canada. Aroma uses YCD’s digital media solution to increase revenue with point of sale, deliver a coherent brand experience, and provide customers with on-site entertainment. The cash display screens provide Aroma with a direct promotional channel that can be easily measured.

Wall Street Journal DOOH network creates 16% sales boost for Blackberry

The Wall Street Journal Network released a case study about its 2008 DOOH/place-based media campaign with Blackberry that resulted in a 16 percent sales lift from those who engaged in the program.

Last year, Starcom, while working for Blackberry, bought a program of media on the WSJ Network and also coordinated 15 place-based events in three cities: Atlanta, Philadelphia and San Francisco. The events that reached 90,000 customers and resulted in 7,000 direct interactions with customers. The events resulted in 3,000 gathered leads.

WSJ saw that average purchase intent grew 51 percent and brand engagement went up 61 percent. Nearly three months later, attendees were surveyed about their purchases and it was found that there was a 16 percent sell-through for Blackberrys from those that attended the place-based events. This case study was profiled last week at the OVAB Digital Media Summit in New York City by Erin Simino of Starcom Worldwide and Robert Passikoff, Ph.D., of Brand Keys Inc.

Compared to a control group who had not seen ads or attended the event, sales from attendees were about eight times higher.

Posted by: Bill Yackey AT 12:51 pm   |  Permalink   |  0 Comments  |  
Monday, 02 November 2009

The global economic crisis — coupled with increasing competition and rising customer expectation — has compelled the aviation industry to devise innovative and cost-saving solutions. As such, airlines all over the world are looking to technology to generate more demand and drive down costs.

Self-check-in services are helping airlines cut costs and improve customer experience. Moreover, according to IATA’s 2009 Corporate Air Travel Survey, more than 50 percent of passengers worldwide want more self-service options. Customers feel more empowered while using self-check-in services and save time at the airports. Online check-in, kiosks and mobile technology are ushering in a new era of customer self-service, while self-service kiosks are increasingly becoming more and more popular, as proven by their increased usage. Kiosks are also working well in tandem with online and mobile technologies.

According to the SITA/Air Transport World Passenger Self Service Study, kiosk check-in usage is set to rise over the years and interactive kiosks will increasingly shift to the forefront of self-service. Kiosks not only benefit people who do not check-in online, but can also be used to provide multiple functionalities at the airport — like car rental or hotel check-in. Moreover, in the near future kiosks may become excellent avenues through which ancillary services might be purchased.

Another area where kiosks will play a huge role is in the process of self-tagging baggage. IATA, with its Fast Travel Program, will immensely improve and enhance passenger self-service through kiosks performing the functions such as printing bag tags, scanning documents, automating boarding gates and reporting missing baggage. Furthermore, the advent of CUPPS (Common Use Passenger Processing System) architecture — technology that enables airlines and handling agents to access their own applications from multiple workstations and peripherals throughout the airport that are shared by all users — will help continue to bring about increased efficiencies and cost savings.

In addition to kiosks, mobile technology will continue to take the world by storm. Mobile technology has a distinct advantage over kiosks — our mobile phone is always with us. It is thus very convenient to use one’s phone for various services. Mobile phones can be used not just for checking in but also to complete the entire booking process. They can also be used for the sale of ancillary services like hotels, cars and also for timetables, notifications, alerts, social networking and much more.

According to a 2009 SITA IT Trends survey, 80 percent of the airlines surveyed are planning to offer mobile check-in capabilities by 2012. What’s more, IATA has targeted 100 percent Bar Coded Boarding Passes (BCBP) by 2010. These facts alone guarantee the future of self-service technologies at the airport.

As network access speeds become ever faster and smart phones become increasingly powerful, the future of mobile services is poised to become even more popular than kiosk and Web check-in. Now, mobile check-in users consist of business and frequent travelers and smart phone users. However, this trend is sure to change as more and more leisure travelers are also purchasing smart phones.

The writer is senior business associate with NIIT Technologies.

Posted by: Kanishka Sharma AT 01:31 pm   |  Permalink   |  0 Comments  |  
Tuesday, 27 October 2009
Digital out-of-home (DOOH) is the result of media evolution over the years. First came outdoor, before TV and PC. For hundreds of years, bill posting signs to advertise has been in our out of home experience. Think about the Barnum and Bailey or the Wild Bill Hickok show posters in the late 1800’s. Even before that, in Egypt, papyrus was used to create wall posters for sales messages thousands of years ago. In a sense, out-of-home is the oldest form of advertising.

In the 1920’s came the automobile, as did the roadside signs and the barn-side painted ads (Think “Mail Pouch Tobacco” and “Burma Shave”). This truly launched the out-of-home nomenclature among the industry.

Fast forward to the mid 1960s.Out-of-home advertising again became part of the advertising world’s nomenclature simply to differentiate it from TV which was becoming more influential. OOH was used to describe everything from magazines at the dentist office to billboards.

In the 1970s, out-of-home media was used quite extensively by advertising agencies for billboards. In the late 70’s the first Light Emitting Diode Television Screen was invented, which was the predecessor to LED Billboards. By the mid 1990s we entered the digital age of media and digital out-of-home was developed as a term used by agencies again to describe digital billboards and other screens such as those in point of transit (not necessarily networked).

Meanwhile, from 1995 through 2005, other types of advertising networks were being launched, like NGN and LED screens in Times Square and were sometimes called “animated and digital signs.” This is where the technologists and entrepreneurs were building networks and calling it “digital signage,” taking the technology approach to naming this new industry.
Another phase that needs to be thrown into the mix was narrowcasting. This was also used by many at the time to describe a new industry. And who could forget the launch of FRED, or Foto Realistic Electronic Displays in 1997?

Then the first Digital Signage Expo in San Francisco was launched in spring of 2004, cementing the name for the industry. Later in the fall of 2004 at a meeting in NYC, the name “digital signage” was still being discussed among leaders in the industry. Everyone was still looking to hang their hat on a name for the industry and many did not want digital signage. At the time, the industry was referring to itself as “digital signage” so the majority had made the decision to stick with the name digital signage simply because of technology companies that had marketing money invested in the name.

In the time frame from 2005-2008 most agencies were referring to it as digital out-of-home simply because it fit their historic nomenclature out-of-home advertising. Today most agencies think of it as DOOH and many in the industry are referring to it as digital out-of-home when it refers to ad-based networks. The agencies are driving this. More of the industry itself is referring to in-store placements and internal communications as digital signage. There is a distinct difference between ad based networks (DOOH) and non-ad based networks (digital signage).

In 2009 we are seeing the name DOOH starting to incorporate mobile or any DOOH strategy that ends up on a display. Today digital signage is commonly replaced with DOOH referring to it in context of the digital signage medium.
In summary, digital out-of-home is anything that is digitally shown on any display. Mobile falls into this category as does digital signage, but all related to ad-based networks.

I predict that over time digital signage will be replaced by DOOH in relationship to ad-based networks, where as corporate communication and in-store networks will continue to refer to the industry as digital signage.
Posted by: Keith Kelsen AT 10:10 am   |  Permalink   |  0 Comments  |  
Monday, 26 October 2009

In the ongoing battle to attract and retain consumer mindshare, retailers are increasingly turning to innovative marketing mediums to engage and stay top-of-mind with consumers. Gone are the days of unlocking the door and turning on the radio; today’s retailers are pressing fast-forward to fully customized soundtracks. Paper POP table tents and static signage are being replaced by sophisticated digital media networks.

Smart companies are implementing ways to take the in-store experience beyond the lease line to extend brand affinity, drive consumer behavior and provide relevant lifestyle content to the consumer. All these advancements aim to enhance the shopping experience, lifting it to more than just a trip to a store, but rather a theatrical experience where purchasing merchandise is only part of the journey.

Not only are these solutions successful at engaging consumers, but they have also been proven to extend dwell time and increase brand awareness – key factors in ongoing loyalty and long-term buying relationships. Keeping consumers inside the store is even more important today than it has been in past years. The current economic downturn has meant a loss in revenue, so on those days when consumers are out and about, it is imperative that a retailer attract them, keep them in store, and close the sale. Just as important is that, as your customers go mobile, so must your brand.

A recent Retail Systems Research report ("Walking the Razor’s Edge: Managing the Store Experience in an Economic Singularity," June 2009) states 70 percent of retailers surveyed said they use in-store technologies to maintain or improve the customer experience and extend that experience past the lease line. According to the same report, two-thirds of the retailers surveyed said they have reduced their payrolls in the wake of the economic slide, but those same two-thirds of retailers surveyed have not changed the expenditures devoted to in-store technology.

So, what are some key elements of the "store as theater" retailers can take advantage of to increase mindshare, and stay connected and engaged with their customers?

The eyes have it

Digital signage is becoming the fastest-growing segment of retail media and advertisers are taking note; a 2007 Forrester survey found 72 percent of advertisers are looking at in-store media as an alternative to traditional advertising. In-store digital signage has the power to effectively relay brand messages to consumers by providing the message diversification needed to captivate shoppers in a new way.

With digital signage networks, advertisers can target consumers in different parts of a store, in different locations, in different ways, at different times of the day, delivering some of the most target-specific visual marketing yet. For example, signage content at an athletic retailer might run footage and/or related product advertising in the footwear section of the store, while the exercise equipment section highlights an instructional video on a specific piece of equipment. According to industry research, in-store messaging drives a 40-percent uptick in sales. It does this because it has the ability to be personal and connect with a consumer on a different level.

Digital signage increases traffic, which in turn increases the capacity to capture the consumer. Gaining a shopper’s attention by placing that consumer into the messaging is a key factor in increasing brand awareness and sales. For instance, a person who is passionate about surfing may see themselves as the focal point of a sign on display at their local surf shop. They connect with the image and are therefore drawn to that store, creating a more loyal following.

They’re all ears

Much like digital signage has the ability to draw a shopper’s attention through visual elements, music attracts consumers through emotion and sound. Customized playlists that put brand to music have the ability to focus on specific demographics, catering to a certain genre and style while staying true to your brand essence. And with choices ranging from commercial satellite subscriptions and pre-arranged "mixes" to regularly updated fully custom programming, there is an option to fit every environment and budget.

In-store music is another area that has benefitted from technology. While many retailers still opt for their programming to be delivered via CD, more and more are choosing to have their tunes delivered over the Internet. Internet delivery has a number of advantages, including ease-of-use and fewer requirements of the on-site store employees. More sophisticated systems/services even allow for track selection and message insertion right from a Web browser.

In selecting a music provider, it is vital to make sure their service enables a level of customization that will fit your current and future needs. Things like day-parting — arranging music for different vibes to coincide for different times of the day — and a true understanding of how to convey your brand via music can make or break the in-store experience. Finally, make sure your chosen provider is current with their licensing agreements. In-store music is "public performance", and leading providers can handle all licensing so you know you’re legal.

Brand on the run

It is more important than ever that retailers implement strategies to take the in-store experience to consumers, wherever they are, to extend brand engagement beyond the lease line. This "anywhere concept" truly extends the lease line of a retailer by allowing consumers to be exposed to branded entertainment media at any moment, whether its an hour or a week after the consumer has left the store.

Mobile, Web radio, branded podcasts, artist promotions and compilation CDs are powerful vehicles for reaching consumers. They provide the means to remain engaged with consumers across multiple touch points, while delivering personalized content that extends brand visibility and affinity. Whether cooking dinner in their kitchen, out for a jog, or sitting in their cubicle at work, an entertainment media campaign keeps your brand in front of consumers on their terms, making sure you stay top-of-mind.

Retailers that can target consumers with multiple touch points at various points of the day and week, in various locations and regions, with branded content and messaging are the retailers who become most successful. These retailers have learned that, for consumers, the shopping experience is not just about selling products — it’s about creating a shopping experience which is fun and exciting, and establishes a true brand connection.

Craig Hubbell is executive vice president of media services for PlayNetwork Inc., where he is responsible for all media services, including music services, video display, and advertising and entertainment services.

Posted by: Craig Hubbell AT 01:29 pm   |  Permalink   |  0 Comments  |  
Thursday, 22 October 2009
It seems that the number of digital signage press releases on the wire is constantly increasing. So why is so much of it so bad?

The industry executives I speak with almost uniformly admit they know they could and should do better, but don’t have the time or resources. Coming from technology, ad sales and retail backgrounds, they also haven’t the insight or experience to recognize the good from the bad.

In the interest of helping better shape the message, here are a few tips:  

Figure out what makes your company unique, and go hard with it

For whatever reason this is a “me, too” business, with most vendors marketing themselves on the same general range of features and capabilities that their competitors are also trumpeting.  It’s hard to stand out from the pack if all you have to half-heartedly report is the written equivalent of, “Yeah, ummm, we do that stuff, too.”

There will be something your firm has developed, or work your team has done with a client, that is at least uncommon and worthy of a little marketing noise. Maybe your company had to figure out a solution that involved GPS and mass transit? That experience and capability is far more intriguing than telling the world your platform does all that stuff everybody else does, too.

Get to the point

Anyone who has been involved in this sector for a while knows how important it is to have good programming that quickly captures the attention of viewers. The same thing applies with a company’s written communications. Between emails, RSS feeds, tweets and texts, people are carpet-bombed all day with marketing messages. That means your message better make its point quickly, or it will be passed by.

Empty phrases that clutter the opening lines of announcements need to be dropped.  The point of your communication can’t be buried somewhere in the third paragraph of your e-mailer. You can’t write something that people need to read twice just to figure out, because they won’t .

Put your key messages in context

When you are banging out your key features and benefits messages, and announcements about new gadgets and gizmos, make sure you do the extra work to explain what that means for your prospective customers.

When your company celebrates the release of a new energy efficient combination of PC and display panel in an all-in-one package, don’t stop there. It’s better described as a technology combination capable of dropping energy consumption for a signage deployment by as much as 25%.

Adding 250 more screens and locations doesn’t mean your ad network is now in 600 locations in five states.  The message for prospective advertisers, the ones you’re after, is that the addition of 250 sites means your highly-targeted digital out of home media network is now reaching 200,000 affluent consumers every week.

Think through the whole communications chain

How many times have you read a press release, or the news story that spilled out of it, that was effective enough to send you to the company Website to find out more, only to find there was no “more” to be found?

Marketing and media communications have to be carried through the whole chain. If there’s an announcement, it needs to already be up on the Website and easy to find. The sales people need to be briefed on what it is about so that they can respond knowledgeably and not feel like doofuses. They also need material, ready to go, they can send out as follow-ups to calls, and it shouldn’t be just the same thing the prospects just read.

Meanwhile, existing clients need and expect to get early word of new goodies from their vendor, and to first learn of it on some blog.
   
Choose your words with care

There are powerful phrases, and there are empty phrases. Good writers choose their words carefully, and think about things like the rhythm and emotion of the message. Most of the people writing copy for Websites, email updates and press releases are doing so not because they like writing, but because they have to ... so even if takes forever to prepare, those people spend little time actually thinking about the message.

That’s how the industry has ended up with a vast sea of empty phrases and buzzwords about leading, turnkey solutions and revolutionary, state of the art development.  If someone only has to write copy every now and then, there’s a natural tendency to look around and borrow on what other companies are doing. They read three press releases starting off with “leading provider” and figure they better get that in there, too. They see Websites that talk “turnkey” and figure that needs to get in there. The result, every day and everywhere, is yet more of the same blabber.

Whether it’s Website copy, email blasts or press releases, whoever gets charged with doing the writing should ignore what else is out there, forget they ever read phrases like “best of breed” and “taken to the next level”, and think through the messages that would actually resonate with prospective customers and partners.

It’s an after-thought for a lot of companies, but developing the right message that helps drive product awareness, build credibility and boost sales needs the same attention to detail as product and market development. You can have a kickass product, a fabulous network footprint, or do amazing creative, but if you do a bad job of getting the word out, few people will know.
Posted by: David Haynes AT 11:54 am   |  Permalink   |  0 Comments  |  
Wednesday, 21 October 2009

Several years ago, there was not a term for LCD and plasma screens that provided information in public spaces. But as time passed, the term “digital signage” rose to the top of industry nomenclature and became the standard.

We seem to be faced a similar situation again. The rise of installations and interest in advertising on digital signage networks has spawned a new term: digital out-of-home, also known as DOOH. But is this really what the industry wants it to be called? Ad agencies can confuse DOOH with traditional out-of-home (OOH). Others think it sounds too “Homer Simpson.”

DigitalSignageToday.com gathered experts in the digital signage and digital out-of-home industries to discuss their opinions on the definition of DOOH.

Keith Kelsen, MediaTile:

Today digital signage is commonly replaced with digital out-of-home, referring to it in the context of the digital signage medium. Digital out-of-home is anything that is digitally shown on any display. Mobile falls into this category, as does digital signage, but all are related to ad-based networks. I predict that over time digital signage will be replaced by DOOH in relationship to ad-based networks, whereas corporate communication and in-store networks will continue to refer to the industry as digital signage.

Mike DiFranza, Captivate Network:

Digital out-of-home (DOOH) is a very broad term that I believe is often misunderstood. DOOH is really made up of at least two distinct categories: Digital signage (which includes electronic billboards) and digital place-based content networks.

The first category is found on roadsides,and we think of them as “glance media” opportunities for advertisers targeting mass audiences.

The second category, of which we consider Captivate Network to be a part, targets niche audiences in a particular venue and provides customized content and promotions for that channel. For example, Captivate Network might run ads on local weekend getaways because our research shows that the vast majority of office professionals do their vacation planning while at work.

DOOH content is “digital," in that it is typically distributed through a digital infrastructure and is therefore more targetable and interactive than more traditional media. We believe this explains the comparatively higher viewer engagement and ad effectiveness scores of DOOH versus other media channels.

Doug Scott, Reach Media Group:

From my standpoint, I would draw a distinction between the “umbrella” category: Digital out-of-home and sub-categories such as digital billboards, digital location-based media, etc.
So, I would define digital out-of-home as “digital signage displaying content and/or advertising in places away from the home.”

I would define digital location-based media as “digital networks of screens displaying contextually relevant content and/or advertising in locations away from home with extended dwell times.”

I would define digital billboards as “digital screens away from home displaying generally static advertising to consumers in environments with limited or no dwell time.”

Stephen Randall, LocaModa:

Digital out-of-home refers to dynamic media distributed across placed-based networks in venues including but not limited to cafes, bars, restaurants, health clubs, colleges, arenas and public spaces. DOOH networks typically feature independently addressable screens, kiosks, jukeboxes and/or jumbotrons. DOOH media benefits location owners and advertisers alike in being able to engage customers and/or audiences and extend the reach and effectiveness of marketing messages.

Ashley Flaska, NEC Display Solutions:

DOOH is any signage that is running content and/or advertising in a public space. This could be four-inch shelf talkers in a grocery store all the way to massive LED billboards on the side of the road and everything digital in between. The differentiation is the word “digital.” Regular “outdoor” equals static signage — static billboards, static signage on the sides of buses or buildings, static signs at bus stops or in airports, static taxi toppers, just to name a few. Displays in the DOOH space have to be powered by a media player or PC in order to accept “digital assets.”

Lyle Bunn, BUNN Co.:

A myriad of descriptors are still being used, though the term digital out-of-home (DOOH) has gained broad acceptance in use to describe networks that are primarily supported by advertising revenues, since advertising has typically been assigned from the “out-of-home” budget. Such networks operate on a for-profit basis and are typically owned by the location provider or investors. The Out-of-Home Video Advertising Bureau (OVAB) membership accounts for more than 400,000 dynamic, location-based video displays, which are available to present messages paid for by advertisers. The term “in-store TV” has been used to help tap into TV budget allocations and “the outernet” also has been used to help DOOH networks access online ad spending. The term digital signage serves as an umbrella term or is applied to networks that are typically funded by internal communications or operational budgets for patron, visitor, staff, student or community communications.

Janice L. Litvinoff, Cisco:

The DOOH market consists of any digital display outside of the home, used for the sale of advertising “spots” or “impressions.” DOOH is a unique intersection between advertising, digital signage and traditional out-of-home. For the advertising market, DOOH is just another digital-advertising medium and is more targeted than television and print. For digital signage, DOOH is an ad-based business model, different from other models such as sales/marketing, corporate communications, and sports/entertainment, to name a few. For the traditional out-of-home market, DOOH is simply the digital form of media used on billboards or other street furniture.

Bill Collins, DecisionPoint Media Insights:

For the purpose of this definition, the terms “digital signage” networks and “digital out-of-home” networks can be used interchangeably, but with one exception. The exception: when screen networks are deployed inside corporate buildings largely for human-resource and corporate-communication purposes, this is digital signage, but it cannot be accurately referred to as digital out-of-home.

Digital signage is comprised of networked electronic displays (such as LCD, LED, plasma or projection technology) that show information, advertising and other messages that are relevant to the specific venue or geographic location where the displays are visible to viewers. Digital signage can be found in public and private environments — both indoors and outdoors — alongside roadsides and at other venues such as retail stores, hotels, hospitals, shopping malls, motion-picture theaters and inside corporate buildings. Messages on digital signage networks always include visual images (sometimes moving images, sometimes a succession of static images). These messages may also include audio. Although most digital signage networks are connected across distances via the Internet or satellite communication and are controlled technically from one central network operations center, for the purposes of this definition of digital signage, we also will include the so-called “sneaker-net” networks. For these “sneaker nets,” the operator of the digital signage network drives the content to the screens from DVDs, memory chips or other memory devices that are physically connected to the electronic displays on-site.

Posted by: Bill Yackey AT 10:11 am   |  Permalink   |  0 Comments  |  
Monday, 19 October 2009
The average credit union member is 49 years old and is likely to be a very loyal customer. But credit unions need to do a better job of attracting new, younger members, says Karen Morgan, executive vice president of San Francisco-based oFlows Inc. OFlows works with credit unions to help promote paperless transactions — pushing more “green” operations.
 
“The credit union industry needs to do a better job of explaining to members what the difference between a credit union and a bank is,” Morgan said during her opening presentation at the Credit Union Services & Products Forum in San Diego. “They need to develop campaigns that get the word out about what they have to offer, and they need to do a better job of appealing to a younger audience.”
 
Are credit unions actively driving traffic to their Web sites, and is the user experience on those sites enjoyable? And what about mobile banking? Are credit unions exploiting the mobile channel?
 
Those were some of the questions Morgan asked of the 80 or so credit unions represented Monday during the forum’s opening day. Unfortunately, a lot of credit unions have not been able to successfully appeal to a diverse membership and attract the 18- to 35-year-old age group, while not turning the 45- to 54-year-old age group away.
 
One misconception younger consumers have, Morgan says, is that credit unions have too few ATMs and branches. In reality, because of cooperative alliances, such as shared branching and on-us ATM transactions through co-op arrangements, credit unions actually offer more convenience than some of the nation’s largest banks. But credit unions are not getting the word out.
 
“Credit unions actually have the largest ATM networks in the United States,” Morgan said.
 
Leading credit union ATM networks, such as Co-Op Financial Services’ Co-Op Network and Credit Union 24, have large ATM networks. The Co-Op Network includes surcharge-free member access at 28,000 ATMs in the United States, and Credit Union 24’s network includes more than 100,000 ATMs nationally and internationally.
 
“We need to promote the fact that we have a far-reaching network,” Morgan said.
 
Marketing will be key for credit unions going forward, she says, as will enhanced technology.
 
I, too, gave a presentation yesterday about the need for credit unions to enhance their self-service channels and optimize their branches with more assisted self-service. Many conference attendees seemed reluctant to see the need for the leap.
 
But attracting younger members, or even unbanked consumers, will require a different approach — whether it is through stronger collaboration with retailers and ISOs for more off-premises deployments that offer advanced functions or through more mobile marketing.
 
Morgan says catchy marketing campaigns, such as the slogan oFlows helped one of its credit unions in Colorado develop, “ATM Fees Really Suck,” are going to garner attention among younger age groups. She also suggested that mobile campaigns, such as the ATM-locator SMS/texting campaign that some of her credit union customers promoted last year, can make a big difference.
 
After launching the “ATMATM” texting campaign, participating credit unions, Morgan said, immediately noticed an uptick in ATM transactions. The texting feature was quickly adopted by younger members.
 
Also, credit unions that launched campaigns that appealed to younger users, such as the “ATM Fees Really Suck” campaign, did notice an increase in new members between the ages of 18 and 35.
 
“We were able to increase assets for our credit unions as a result of these campaigns,” Morgan said.
 
Delivery channels need to be interactive and consistent, and technology will play an ever-increasing role — whether through self-service or the mobile channel. Morgan and I agree on that front.
 
More users, regardless of age and gender, prefer online banking. Making the leap to mobile banking won't be so difficult, since smart phones allow mobile browsing — the online and mobile experiences are similar if not the same.
 
And on the self-service front, basic transactions, such as cash deposits and cash withdrawals, can be moved to a self-service device very easily. I suggested during my presentation that even more complex transactions, such as funds transfers and bill payments also could be moved to the self-service channel — freeing tellers for more complex transactions and up-sell interactions with members.
 
Deposit-automation technology is the gateway to a whole host of new transactions. And the green element cannot be ignored. By removing envelopes from the transaction, credit unions improve efficiency and reduce paper. It’s something members, especially younger members, will appreciate.
 
No one wants to bank in an environment perceived to be outdated or boring. To stay ahead of the curve, credit unions will have to be savvy and show their members that they can be cutting edge.
Posted by: Tracy Kitten AT 01:27 pm   |  Permalink   |  0 Comments  |  
Tuesday, 13 October 2009
Digital signage is more than cool — it’s smart. Companies around the world are realizing that digital signage is a good investment, not only because it adds a high-tech edge to a venue, but because it addresses the specific business needs of increasing revenue and decreasing costs.

When talking about digital signage, the conversation usually turns quickly to advertising-based networks. Digital signage is an advertiser’s dream. It targets an ad displayed based on the audience who will view it by using an endless number of variables, including time of day, location of the ad, weather, sales system data and even the characteristics of the person standing in front of the screen.

As any good marketer knows, the more targeted the message, the better chance of compelling the desired response. But with traditional media, it has been too expensive to be that targeted.  Digital signage changes the game with a level of targeting that is unmatched by any other medium. Plus, it can be used to increase revenue in other ways than advertising. It can lengthen customer visits, improve customer experiences and increase brand awareness, all of which can increase revenue.

Despite the costs associated with hardware, software and services for digital signage, it can actually save customers money. Traditional signage incurs a large expense for printing and shipping to various locations. And, unfortunately, a lot of that printed signage is never displayed or is displayed improperly. Digital signage eliminates the need for any action by anyone at the location of the signage, giving companies 100-percent compliance with provided signage.

Here is an example. Rikstoto, a horse race betting agency in Norway, was printing thousands of flyers daily and shipping them to convenience stores throughout Norway. Once Riksoto implemented a digital signage network, it decreased its costs dramatically and increased its revenue far more than expected.

Other companies have saved money by using digital signage to communicate with employees not typically connected to e-mail, provide remote training, provide self-service kiosks and more.

So, the question isn’t if digital signage will go mainstream, it’s when. Companies ranging in size from the very tiny such as the diner where you eat breakfast on the weekends to multi-billion dollar international giants like IKEA, Burger King and Rabobank are running digital signage networks today. They are the smart ones. They get to make money with digital signage and save money with digital signage. Plus they get the added benefit of being on the cutting edge of this technology, whereas companies who wait five to ten years to start digital signage networks will be playing catch-up with these forward-thinking enterprises.
Posted by: Andrea Waldin AT 10:12 am   |  Permalink   |  0 Comments  |  
Monday, 12 October 2009
Mobile banking is the next major, logical step in retail banking. And the exponentially increasing adoption rates prove its growing popularity. But how ready are financial institutions to choose a mobile-banking solution? Are they evaluating the options based on short-term knowledge of the technology, or do they truly understand the power this channel has to build and solidify customer relationships in the next two to five years? And have they truly considered what these new relationships can mean, not only to the customer experience but also to bottom-line profitability?

To truly understand, let’s take a look at a very real mobile-banking scenario: A consumer approaches an ATM to withdraw $200 from his checking account. His balance following this transaction will be $300. Because he has an auto loan from the same FI and also uses online bill payment, the FI determines that his balance will not cover his $325 car payment that is due in two days. A text alert is immediately sends a text message to his mobile phone to confirm he wants to proceed with the transaction, potentially saving him an unnecessary overdraft fee.

Never have financial institutions — or any other organizations for that matter — had a better opportunity to relate so intimately and relevantly with customers or members.

To fully grasp the impact, consider the long-term benefits of such an intimate customer relationship. Also consider the efficiency with which this relationship is delivered, when compared with other marketing efforts that can cost thousands of dollars with returns of less than 2 percent.
 
Today’s mobile-banking functionality represents merely a sliver of what the channel ultimately can do. For the FI, the mobile phone as a channel is really a proxy for the consumer. Wherever the phone is, the consumer also is. These days, half the world’s population is carrying a mobile phone. 

So how can an FI best utilize this channel? The ones that will succeed with their mobile-banking deployment are those that use the channel for the purposes of timely, contextual and relevant messages to consumers.

How FIs capitalize on the mobile revolution
 
The real value in mobile banking goes far beyond simple account balance inquiries, transfers and alerts. Sure, there’s immediate payback to the FI in migrating these basic transactions away from costlier teller or call center alternatives, but the most important role mobile plays for FIs is in relationship building. It’s in integrating other delivery channels to give consumers new, value-added services and unprecedented convenience and control. It’s in providing a consumer a greater sense of security during an ATM transaction by authenticating the user. And it’s in facilitating payments as a means of avoiding a late fee or as an alternative to more expensive, less convenient options.

Channel collaboration
 
By leveraging existing ATM technology, FIs can capture consumer preferences and integrate that data with back-end customer relationship-management systems. Marketing offers, for example, can be timely, in context and immediate — all of which is enabled by the nature of the mobile channel. For that reason, it is possible to achieve double-digit response rates that dwarf those of traditional direct-marketing tactics.

With marketing via mobile phones, there are many more data points that can be collected, which helps FIs customize their communications. These increasingly customized communications yield more intimate relationships. And this integrated, immediate approach helps FIs bolster service and promote cross-selling opportunities to consumers who rely on mobile devices and those who are underbanked or don’t have convenient access to brick-and-mortar establishments.
  
Facilitating payments

Mobile banking as a channel strategy allows FIs to provide value-added services in helping consumers manage their money. Consider the wallet-management philosophy that some FIs have applied as an extension to online banking. It provides consumers with seamless access to their finances, along with intuitive, tangible and direct control of their money through tools, graphs and interactive features that help track spending and other activity. Expanding this concept to mobile banking and the ATM enables a new service once only intended for the Web that can benefit consumers in how they use other delivery channels. Adding mobile banking to wallet management enables the immediacy factor and two-way text alerts to dramatically improve the service FIs provide to their most committed customers and members.

Offering new services
 
Person-to-person, or P2P, payments, which enable consumers to make and receive payments with one another electronically, is just one of the new opportunities FIs can offer to strengthen the consumer relationship. In the United States alone, account-to-account transactions are a $320 billion industry. Mobile banking allows FIs to provide this service more conveniently and less expensively than existing wire-transfer methods by sending money to an individual’s phone number. By leveraging existing technology, P2P transactions are conducted on a mobile phone and a code is sent to the intended party’s phone. The person is then able to go to an ATM, enter the code and receive the cash. The phone becomes the information conduit to make this transaction happen seamlessly, while the ATM allows the cash transfer to take place in real-time.

Enhancing security
 
An added security layer that mobile banking offers FIs and consumers addresses a high-profile area of vulnerability: skimming. For example, the end-user approaches an ATM to take out cash; he enters his PIN and instantly receives a text message requiring him to enter a one-time six-digit code at the terminal to complete the transaction. This consumer card-control solution utilizes one channel to protect what is happening in another. Other mobile banking security tactics include proximity-based alerts, which further mitigate fraud due to skimming. This innovative security software can validate the card being used at an ATM, as well as the location or proximity of the accountholder’s mobile phone in relation to that specific ATM. If the software can’t detect this relationship, the transaction is terminated.
 
Developing loyalty and profitability
 
Mobile banking provides unprecedented opportunities to build relationships with customers. It does this by delivering timely, contextual and meaningful messages in a very personal way. Mobile banking is a catalyst for developing a new level of loyalty and intimacy for FIs with their customers and members, and for building a new level of profitability. To achieve this, however, FIs need a partner that understands, shares and drives the same vision. An FI’s mobile-banking partner must have the expertise to implement and sustain a complete mobile-banking channel strategy and support its technology. But more importantly, it must understand the full potential this offering brings to FIs and consumers alike. Mobile banking truly is the next generation in banking.
  
Robert Usner is senior director for global market strategy and planning for Diebold Inc.
Posted by: Bob Usner AT 01:24 pm   |  Permalink   |  0 Comments  |  
Wednesday, 07 October 2009
Those who closely follow the digital signage industry and run the tradeshow circuit know that the expo floor is just one of the eventful places at a tradeshow. Most of the real value in these tradeshows is found outside of the expo hall in the breakout conferences.

For the most part, digital signage tradeshows over the past several years have realized this and expanded their conference sessions greatly. There are even conferences that focus exclusively on only sessions and panel discussions.

Over the past several years, I have spoken at several of these conferences and tradeshows and attended many more. Recently I was asked to speak during both days of a digital signage event, followed by presentations from a number of vendors exhibiting there.

I’m not saying that my presentation was better than anyone else’s, but what I can tell you is that during my presentation, I spent about 20 seconds talking about my company and another 20 minutes talking about the state of the DOOH industry. This is one reason I think my session was better attended than most others during the event.

(View the presentation on SlideShare here.)

Many of the presenters who followed gave some information about their area of expertise, but spent a majority of the time basically giving us masked sales pitches on their products or services. I will not use any specific names in this column, but I can say I have seen this at every major conference.

This is not an isolated incident – I have seen this at just about every conference I have attended since I started covering this industry in 2007.

These presentations are intended to give industry experts a platform to share their expertise and provide thought leadership in the industry. They are designed to be an incredible value-add to the tradeshow, and people are paying premium prices to attend them. I believe that value is being diminished each time we are “bait and switched” into listening to five minutes of “insight” and then 15 minutes of the company’s sales presentation.
 
To the speakers: Understand that your message will go much further if you provide attendees interesting, relevant and insightful information from your field of expertise. In the end, it will position you as an expert and provide more value than trying to get the audience to buy your product. Sell on the tradeshow floor, tell in the conference room.

To the show organizers: The pre-show screening process for PowerPoints needs to be more rigorous. In the end, it is up to the conference organizers to ensure attendees are getting the most bang for their buck when it comes to these sessions. Especially now, as travel budgets are being cut, this is more important than ever.

I think many of the shows realize this, and are doing a good job of enhancing the conference portions of their tradeshows going into 2010. I’m encouraged by some of the speakers and session titles being announced in news releases. Let’s just make sure we get what we came for.
Posted by: Bill Yackey AT 10:13 am   |  Permalink   |  0 Comments  |  
Monday, 05 October 2009
Though a recent state-of-the-industry study from Summit Research Associates reports languishing global kiosk installations, Summit founder Francie Mendelsohn believes the industry will see growth again starting in 2010. So why not use this fresh beginning to go one step further and embrace the growing demand for digital delivery and mobile self-service?
 
We all know kiosk adoption isn't a matter of getting apprehensive users to understand the technology anymore. They've proven that they comprehend and even prefer self-service. But for consumers to remain confident that anything a clerk can do they can do better, solutions providers and application developers must expand their ideas about what self-service means and give users more — and different — options.
 
In her analysis of the DVD kiosk segment, Mendelsohn warns that the application will be eclipsed by the digital delivery of films in upcoming years. In other words, while DVD kiosk brands are either suing Hollywood studios or wheeling and dealing with them, shoppers are wondering when digital distribution will be a reality. Not a day goes by that I don't see a Tweet from a redbox customer asking when she'll be able to download the movies she wants to watch instead of traveling to a kiosk, waiting in line and hoping the disc is in stock.
 
According to Video Business, Sony Home Entertainment and Universal Studios both already offer video on-demand service in the home through cable pay-per-view provider iN Demand, and both studios are working with others in Hollywood to provide a Web-based VOD service soon. To get a piece of the pie, self-service providers must find a viable way to deliver films digitally to consumers as well.
 
MOD Systems has gotten a foot in the door on the digital download front with an upcoming pilot deployment of kiosks that allow users to download movies to an SD card, which they then plug into their televisions. While the MOD pilot is a step in the right direction for the industry, I would guess that a small percentage of consumers own TVs with SD card slots and built-in media players, potentially making the solution impractical on a large scale.
 
These kinds of ideas are a start, but self-service providers have to figure out a way to offer digital distribution of films in a manner that makes sense for users and comes naturally to the consumer experience. And that may mean we need to let the definition of self-service evolve beyond the kiosk to accommodate the experience the technologically discerning consumer has come to expect.
 
Also in the Summit report, Mendelsohn says airline self-service will continue to move toward offering mobile capabilities — some carriers in Canada and Asia already offer the technology, and one U.S. carrier is testing it.
 
According to recent data from SITA, a provider of communications and I.T. solutions for the air-transport industry, 44 percent of passengers indicated positive feelings toward mobile self-check-in, and 66 percent of self-service check-in users said they would prefer an electronic boarding pass over a paper version. So while airlines are trying to figure out what else they can charge a fee for, travelers are wondering when they'll finally be able to head straight for security with their boarding passes on their smart phones.
 
But the beauty is that, although savvy movie lovers and travelers may be clamoring for the next big thing in self-service technology, the movement won't cannibalize current kiosk offerings. Kiosk developers have hit on something special, and self-service as we know it now isn't going anywhere.
 
For instance, SITA's survey also found that at Atlanta's Hartsfield-Jackson Airport — which the company says is the world's busiest — a record 83.8 percent of passengers used self-service check-in. And, compared to the nearly half of travelers surveyed who said they felt positive about mobile check-in, an impressive two-thirds said the same about kiosk check-in.
 
Perhaps Dominique El Bez, SITA's director of portfolio marketing, said it best when I asked how kiosks are to stay relevant as technology and consumer demand change around them.  
 
"It is not about doing the same thing from a different channel," he said. "It is about doing things differently. Kiosk providers have to adapt rapidly and must consider the kiosk as a component of a holistic self-service transformation."
 
Caroline Cooper is editor of KioskMarketplace.com and SelfServiceWorld.com. To submit a comment, please e-mail her at .
Posted by: Caroline Cooper AT 01:21 pm   |  Permalink   |  0 Comments  |  
Monday, 28 September 2009

It isn’t often that we truly can compare apples to apples when it comes to kiosks. There are many reasons: The applications on the kiosks are different (retail versus financial services, for example). The hardware and software manufacturers are not the same. The placements within the businesses are so different that a real comparison would be unfair.

Recently, however, we did have the rare opportunity to compare two kiosks in two deployments that presented a level playing field. Both kiosks belong to the retail self-checkout vertical market, and both use the same hardware and software from NCR. Furthermore, they are located in the checkout lanes in large big box retailers—Ikea and Lowe’s—and both use the kiosks as an integral part of their customer experience strategy. The difference is that one provides a positive experience while the other leaves the customer frustrated.

Although the exterior appearance of the kiosks is slightly different to allow each retailer to leverage its brand—logos, colors, fonts—the kiosks essentially look the same and operate in the same manner. The usage process is identical: Customers scan the barcode on their items, or key them in, and move the product down to the end for bagging. When all the items have been successfully scanned, customers pay for their purchases, collect their receipt and proceed to the exit.

The kiosk at Ikea was frustrating to use. The built-in scanner did not work, despite repeated attempts, so I tried to use the hand held scanner. That attempt was not initially successful, either, until an employee came by and said I needed to hold the scanner about six inches from the barcode. I asked her "How was I supposed to know that? There is nothing on the screen to indicate that this is how the thing works." She shot me an angry look and walked away. I was serious. The secret to self-service—any kind of self service, including candy vending machines—is don’t make me think. As I looked around at other customers at nearby kiosks, I saw that several were equally thwarted in their attempts to check out. They were looking for another kiosk to use. But once I learned how to use the scanner, I was able to complete the check-out process without incident.

Later that day, I used the kiosk at Lowe’s with no problem. The built-in scanner worked perfectly, and I was able to check myself out quickly and easily. Admittedly, now that I was proficient at using the NCR checkout kiosks from my visit to Ikea, the process was easier to complete.
 
One problem with the kiosks at both stores was that the numeric keypad was not laid out in the format we all understand, the layout used worldwide on phones. This one is laid out more like the keypad on a computer keyboard. It is not the worst fault one could imagine, but the unusual configuration does slow down a user.

Why was one experience so much better than the other, given that the hardware and user interface were the same? We believe it is because the kiosks at Lowe’s are better maintained and all seemed to work without any difficulty or hiccup. Statistics from our recently published flagship report, the seventh edition of "Kiosks and Interactive Technology," show that the overwhelming majority of kiosk deployers say they maintain their kiosks either directly (using store personnel) or through third-party providers. But having a maintenance contract and actually having preventive or routine maintenance performed on a regular basis are two entirely different things.

What can we conclude? Lowe’s seems to apply more resources to keeping its kiosks fully operational. As far as I could tell, the kiosks all worked flawlessly. The Ikea units were problematic; several customers (in addition to myself) began looking for another kiosk the moment we encountered repeated difficulties. The store, even on a Tuesday morning, was quite busy, and all the other kiosks were in use, so we had to make do. Customers are not given the luxury of finding a human to check them out—it is use the kiosk or leave empty-handed. In a number of cases over the years, we have seen people give up and leave the store, or find a human-assisted checkout line.

Negative experiences can have a significant impact on the likelihood a customer will return to shop another day. But while Lowe’s customers always have the choice of visiting a Home Depot or smaller hardware stores, Ikea customers are less fortunate. The chain simply has no real competition. The choices are too vast, the designs are too appealing and, most importantly, the prices are too low, for their customers to take their business elsewhere. They will return, grumbling about their less-than-happy experience at the checkout counter, but they will be back. It would be nice to know that in the future, they will find kiosks that are as easy to use as those at Lowe’s.

Francie Mendelsohn is president of Summit Research Associates

Posted by: Francie Mendelsohn AT 01:19 pm   |  Permalink   |  0 Comments  |  
Monday, 28 September 2009

An estimated 1,080,000 unique advertising spots play on Digital Out-of-Home displays across North America during 2009, based on calculations using conservative parameters.

The Digital Signage /Digital Out-of-Home (DS/DOOH) industry in North America has emerging rapidly (25-50 percent CAGR) over the past six years in particular and despite reductions of an estimated three percent in overall ad spending, ad spending on DOOH continues to grow from its 2008 level of $1.4 billion (according to PQ Media) by nine percent annually. DOOH has found itself in the “communications continuum” with other credible advertising medium such as TV, radio, Internet, print, billboard, etc. and is positioning as a “trigger device” to motivate engagement through a handheld and mobile interactivity.

The Digital Out-of-Home area of the industry, which is based on third party advertising revenues is comprised of almost 200 networks, which allow advertisers to reach targeted audiences based on demographic profile, Designated Market Area (DMA), geography and even the activity in which they are involved (shopping, transit, café, workout, attending a game, etc.) in presenting messages at points of purchase, transit and gathering.

The following provides sample characteristics of networks while indicating total industry ad volume. The estimates used are generally conservative.



DOOH advertising is sold by a wide range of organizations including:
  • Most Digital Out-of-Home networks have an internal ad sales capability.
  • Many network operators are members of the Out-of-Home Video Advertising Bureau (www.OVAB.org) or the Canadian Out-of-Home Digital Association (CODACAN www.oohdigital.ca). These associations increase the profile of DOOH to accelerate overall ad sales success.
  • Adcentricity (per www.Adcentricity.com) represents over 80 network partners with over 140,000 place-based and retail screens covering 16 main venue categories and over 70 sub-categories.
  • SeeSaw Networks, (per www.SeeSawNetworks.com) “reaches more people in more places than any other digital video network. Combining over 50 digital signage networks across 30 different types of locations, SeeSaw is the most extensive national digital video network currently in 26,000 venues nationally and growing. SeeSaw delivers over 50 million weekly gross impressions – more than primetime TV spots at a fraction of the cost”.
  • rVue (www.rVue.com) acts as a sales agent for about 20 networks.
  • Ad display on DOOH are often included in campaign proposals blended with TV, cable, radio or static billboard ads by ABC, CBS, NBC, ClearChannel and others.
  • As existing media providers (i.e. cable, print, etc) deploy DOOH networks, ad display opportunities will be bundled with “core business” ad proposals.
  • Personnel responsible for sponsorship, patron programs, merchandising and co-op programs typically add Digital Signage to their proposals when display capability is added to their facilities.
  • Other ad sales capability could be expected as media organizations seek to leverage their ad sales capabilities and infrastructure.
Given the proven results in sales lift, message recall and awareness, reduced perceived waiting times and improvement to the location experience that result from the proper use of Digital Out-of-Home, as well as the continuing growth in the number of displays, advertisers and ad sales representation, the future continues to be positive for Digital Signage/Digital Out-of-Home – “the sharpest instrument in an advertiser’s tool chest.”

Lyle Bunn is a consultant, commentator and educator in North America’s Digital Signage / Digital Out-of-Home industry.
Posted by: Lyle Bunn AT 10:34 am   |  Permalink   |  0 Comments  |  
Monday, 21 September 2009

Transactions completed by consumers in North America using self-service kiosks are projected to more than double over the next few years, according to a new research study from IHL Group.

The report, "2009 North American Self-Service Kiosks," forecasts the value of self-service kiosk transactions will grow from $775 billion this year to more than $1.6 trillion by 2013. According to Lee Holman, lead retail analyst of the IHL Group, the ongoing recession is contributing to the growth of self-service kiosks as businesses and institutions turn to the technology to keep labor costs in check. Also helping to propel the growth is consumer acceptance of self-service kiosks as what he termed "a way of life."

In particular, retailers, restaurants and transportation authorities can expect to see continued double-digit revenue growth from self-service kiosk transactions, said Holman.

The report is outstanding news for the digital signage market. As I’ve written about before in this space, pairing traditional linear digital signage with interactive capability is a powerful tool for anyone who has a message to deliver and a transaction to conduct.

That’s because such hybrid interactive digital signs can be used to promote events, merchandise and services as normal digital signs do, and with the touch of finger be transformed into interactive mode supporting self-service transactions for the very items promoted in the normal, linear digital signage presentation. For example, imagine digital signage kiosks strategically positioned around a shopping mall promoting what’s showing at the mall cinema with movie trailers, text, graphics and animation. After attracting the interest of passersby, some will decide to act on the impulse to watch a movie. With a clearly visible instruction to touch the sign to select a movie and buy tickets, the sign switches to interactive mode offering the customer the opportunity to browse movie times, select a show and purchase a ticket — maybe even dispense a coupon for concessions too.

All that’s needed to turn a linear digital sign into an interactive self-service kiosk is the right software, someone to build, test and deliver the branching and transactional aspects of the interactive presentation and any one of several different technologies that recognizes a touch to the screen as an interactive input.

One particular hybrid interactive digital signage application in a suburb of Wichita, KS, takes interactivity to an even higher level. The Walnut Valley Garden Center in Andover, KS, is using interactive digital signage to provide customers with self-service guidance on completing landscaping projects, recommending garden products based on their specific project and fulfill orders on an expeditious basis. The garden center application illustrates another important aspect of digital signage-based self-service kiosks not covered in the IHL Group report. Specifically, hybrid, interactive digital signs can be used to enhance efficiencies in areas of business such as customer service, order processing, inventory control, marketing and personnel allocation. Taken together, efficiencies in these areas can have a real impact on the bottom line of a business.

That’s a substantial bonus for businesses that stand to benefit from a more than doubling of self-service kiosk transactions over the next few years. Isn’t it time you joined the digital signage revolution?

David Little is director of business development at Keywest Technology.

Posted by: David Little AT 01:17 pm   |  Permalink   |  0 Comments  |  
Monday, 14 September 2009
Oct.1, 2009, marks the 10th anniversary of the first talking ATM installed in the United States. From that first accessible ATM’s release in 1999, there are now tens of thousands of talking ATMs around the world.
 
Here I highlight the advocacy efforts, technology developments and corporate commitments that have contributed to the proliferation of talking ATMs in the United States and around the world over the past 10 years. Please check my Web site over the next two months for more updates.
 
Blind community advocates laid the groundwork for talking ATMs in the 1980s and early 1990s, with important policy work on federal legislation and regulations. These advocates made strides with the banking industry, as well as by serving on standard-setting committees. Banks were first contacted using structured negotiations in the mid-1990s; by 1999, all of these efforts resulted in the first installed talking ATMs in the United States.
 
CCB advocacy leads to Wells Fargo’s 1999 state-wide commitment
 
Three months before the first talking ATM was installed in the United States, Wells Fargo and the California Council of the Blind announced a historic plan to install talking ATMs throughout the state. 
 
When the first 20 talking ATMs were installed at Wells in April 2000, Wells became the U.S. bank with the most talking ATMs in the country. 
 
In 2002, Wells Fargo announced state-wide plans for Talking ATMs in Iowa. In 2003, the bank announced that its talking ATMs also would provide spoken instruction in Spanish. By 2009, all of Wells’ more than 7,000 ATMs are talking ATMs.
 
1999: First U.S. talking ATM installed in San Francisco City Hall
 
The first talking ATM in the United States was built by Canadian accessibility company T-Base Communications Inc. for the San Francisco Federal Credit Union. The San Francisco Chronicle reported the ATM's installation at San Francisco City Hall, part of San Francisco’s plan to make City Hall fully accessible.
 
Len Fowler, then a T-Base employee, flew to San Francisco with the parts and assembled the audio aspects of the Diebold Inc. machine on-site.
 
T-Base got the bid, because the only 12 talking ATMs in the world at that time were owned by the Royal Bank of Canada.
California Council of the Blind’s 1999 Citibank announcement
 
One month after San Francisco’s talking ATM was up and running, the California Council of the Blind on Nov. 9, 1999, announced that Citibank had installed five talking ATMs in California. The announcement was the result of an agreement that CCB and individual CCB members had reached with the bank. Eighteen months later, Citibank announced that it had installed the first talking ATMs in New York. 
 
The early Citibank talking ATMs were touchscreen-only, with unique tactile input devices along the bottom of the screen. That input method, while innovative and effective at the time, proved cumbersome, and today all talking ATMs, including Citibank ATMs, have tactile keypads.
 
Bank of America’s 2000 multistate talking ATM commitment
 
Bank of America was the first bank in the country to agree to install talking ATMs in more than one state. In March 2000, B of A announced a deal with CCB to develop a plan to install talking ATMs in California and Florida and said it would work out a plan for the rest of the country the following year.
 
B of A, the California Council of the Blind and several blind individuals eventually signed three different settlement agreements, ultimately calling for the installation of talking ATMs at every U.S. B of A location. The bank is now very close to meeting that goal, with more than 12,000 talking ATMs installed across the country.
 
Lainey Feingold is managing partner with the Law Office of Lainey Ford.
Posted by: Lainey Feingold AT 01:15 pm   |  Permalink   |  0 Comments  |  
Wednesday, 09 September 2009
Digital signage and digital out-of-home is not in itself a technological breakthrough, but rather the ongoing incremental improvement of technology integration that exploits "digital" in a supply chain that includes digital content creation, management, connectivity, playout, display and measurement.

This incrementalism, which continues its rapid acceleration, means that neither ad revenue achievement or "infrastructure" come first, but are concomitant — both effected by, and effecting each other simultaneously. The presence of either of these elements supports and triggers the other.



It was never an option for a single DOOH firm to "cross the chasm" with others rapidly following as is characteristic in technology breakthroughs. Instead, a critical mass and momentum by a larger number of firms has had to be achieved almost simultaneously over the past several years, which in itself has fueled growth.
Digital signage is a vortex, accelerated by the internal forces of enabling technologies, better technology integration and scalable operations along with the external forces of the increasing pressure for communications and marketing cost effectiveness.
 
The growing numbers of networks and displays reflect the broadening at the top of the vortex, while the vortex seeks to gather up and integrate technology elements and processes with integration into other systems for better message targeting, impact measurement and other points of operational optimization and cost savings.

The growth in the number and locations of displays motivates increased advertising which enables greater infrastructure investment, resulting in an upward spiral, rather than a "chasm crossing."

The great benefit is that all end users, location providers, technology providers, system integrators and operators, and content providers "win" through participating in this upward spiral.

The genesis of DOOH has not triggered an exodus from TV or other advertising devices, but enabled the revelation that media more optimally applied means more effective communications spending. Digital signage has found its place, incrementally, into the communications continuum and is on its path in wealth creation, in the same way that every other high-value application of managing light has found its economic success since the beginning of time. DOOH allows demographic targeting at points of purchase, long dwell times and high traffic.

The expanding infrastructure of digital displays proliferates message presentation in the "digisphere," the global environment of digital addressability and connectivity where media and messaging serve people, organizations and society.

People live on the lithosphere of earth, as part of its biosphere in its atmosphere while looking up into its troposphere, stratosphere and mesosphere. The digisphere enables human success through connectivity in all these areas.

Within the digisphere, communications can be increasingly granular — in the case of digital signage and digital out-of-home, improving the message targeting to audiences and individuals by location, interest, demographic and intended action to improve the level of relevance and engagement leading to the outcome intended by the communicator.

Lyle Bunn is a highly regarded independent advisor and educator in North America’s digital signage/digital out-of-home sector.
Posted by: Lyle Bunn AT 10:35 am   |  Permalink   |  0 Comments  |  
Friday, 04 September 2009

Product packaging is a powerful and effective means of communicating a product’s potential, promise and desirability to consumers. There’s no argument about that. However, product packaging is a little overworked these days — a package must clearly list ingredients, nutrition facts, instructions for use, safety information, consumer hotlines, and make room for a bar code. And all of this is before the important stuff! It must also do a stellar job of displaying its brand, attract consumers and make them desire the product — and do this better than every other product package within view.

Until recently, product packaging has been pretty much up to the task of delivering all that is asked of it. But, with bigger stores carrying ever-larger assortments, packages need to shout louder to be heard over the competition. Compounding this problem is the admirable drive to reduce packaging, which finds manufacturers with less package ‘real estate’ to use for messaging. In some cases, there is no package to use for messaging (think bicycles or car tires) — just a tiny shelf tag to tell the story. And if your product package can’t tell its story, your product won’t make it into the cart. Consider that a recent Miller Zell study shows that 60 percent of purchase decisions are made right there in the aisle.

Interactive media systems bring products to life. Video games locked in display cases are replaced with on-demand trailers, searchable extended inventory and instant pre-ordering.
Interactive media systems bring products to life. Video games locked in display cases are replaced with on-demand trailers, searchable extended inventory and instant pre-ordering.
It’s no surprise then that we’re seeing an increasing number of retailers and brands using in-store interactive media systems to help their overworked product packaging. Interactive touchscreens offer near-infinite real estate in a compact space, which makes it possible to provide in-depth technical information, to show product demonstration videos or simply tell a product’s story. The feel-good origins of Ben & Jerry’s ice cream or the quest for innovation that led to Dyson vacuum cleaners make for compelling "aisle theatre," and are sometimes just the things that cement purchase decisions.

Another retail trend I see is the inclusion of extended inventories — products which are merchandized in the store, but only available online or via ship-to-store delivery for later pickup. This trend brings the best of web shopping to the brick-and-mortar store, but often comes without all the great sorting and filtering tools the web provides to make sense of all this choice.

Think of digital cameras, or other technical products that require some consideration like golf clubs, laptop computers or even baby carriers. Without a knowledgeable sales associate and only a shelf tag to do the talking, retailers are increasingly turning to in-store interactive screens. These assistive shopping systems guide consumers through the selection process and provide independent user ratings, product reviews, and even price comparisons. The trend toward these systems is growing, as it is preferable to maintain a single, accurate product decision tree, than to train thousands of store associates on the intricacies of a dozen or more high-touch product lines.

Looking to the future of in-store interactive systems, it’s clear the gel has not set — retailers are still discovering new ways of mixing packaging and interactive technology to connect with consumers. Decades from now when computing is truly ubiquitous, and packages are literally alive with moving images, every container could be in itself an interactive experience. Until that future arrives, in-store interactive systems may be the best way to think outside the package.

Posted by: Troy Carroll AT 01:14 pm   |  Permalink   |  0 Comments  |  
Monday, 31 August 2009

It's been more than a week since federal authorities captured the man behind the United States' largest financial data-security hack, the Heartland Payments breach. As the week unfolded, more details emerged.

The breach has been a slap in the face for the Payment Card Industry Data Security Standard, since Heartland had been given the seal of PCI certification before the cyber attack. The breach has also marred the reputations of Visa and MasterCard, and left consumers once again questioning the security of retail ATMs.

Court records revealed a direct link between the cyber breach and the Citi ATM compromise at 7-Eleven, which came to light several months ago.

More than 130 million debit and credit cards were reportedly compromised, and the 28-year-old mastermind, Albert Gonzales, behind the scheme is accused of also playing roles in the TJX Cos. and Hannaford Brothers Co. compromises.

The former Secret Service informant allegedly was able to break into networks at retailers and major financial institutions to steal card numbers and PINs.

Mainstream news reports hit with force last week, with financial advice coming from all angles and directions. Among the top precautions consumers were advised to take: Avoid retail ATMs all together, since they are incorrectly labeled as being less secure than bank-owned ATMs; don't use debit; and avoid online purchases.

In reality, the payments industry is actually very safe, and consumers are often given poor advice. But the ATM industry has done little to put itself out in front in a way that gets the truth out to the public.

The ATM Industry Association has spearheaded a few initiatives through its best practices, but much of the onus falls on the banks and credit unions, since they have direct relationships with their customers and members. ISOs also could do more positive PR.

ISOs should educate the merchants they place ATMs with, telling them to talk with their customers about the safety of retail ATMs. And getting the word out to the mainstream media is critical. It can be challenging, but the industry needs to do a better job of putting itself out in front of the cameras and having its voice heard.

ATMIA could be a great organization to lead the PR pack.

"The ATM industry as a whole is very secure," says Mike Lee, chief executive of ATMIA. "Following the mass migration to Windows XP ATMs, we have been working on new ATM software security best practices due out in mid-September. Crime will migrate increasingly to cyber space because the prize — breaking into data storage systems containing sensitive customer data — brings a big pay-off and the risks of detection may be lower than in other crimes and in other operating environments."

But most consumers don't know or care about XP ATMs and the difference between an ATM-skimming attack and a cyber hack. Most also don't understand that retail ATMs, in many ways, are more secure than their FI counterparts, since FI ATMs are unattended after-hours and get higher transaction volumes — thus making them prime targets for skimmers.

"The percentage of transactions at ATMs that are fraudulent is miniscule relative to fraudulent transactions to credit cards," says Sam Ditzion, chief executive of Tremont Capital Group, a strategic planning and acquisition advisory firm that specializes in the ATM industry.

And what about the notions that debit is less secure than credit and online transactions are bad? Neither claim is founded.

Yes. Debit is vulnerable, but the consumer never pays the price, unless the suspicious charge or withdrawal is not reported to the FI. Even then, the vast majority of suspicious transactions and breaches are captured by the bank or credit union before the customer or member even notices. And the FI always absorbs the cost.

The same is true of online transactions. Advising consumers to stop buying goods online is ridiculous. More, not fewer, transactions will occur online over the coming months and years. Online purchases are convenient and secure. And if a card is compromised, again, the FI bears the loss.

"I have never heard of an example in which a victim of skimming fraud did not get a complete refund from their bank very quickly," Ditzion said. "So sure, consumers need to be vigilant and review their statements, but if you see that your account got compromised, your bank will credit your account."

Lee told me last week that this breach may be the nudge the United States needs to make a move toward EMV (the Europay, MasterCard, Visa standard) — which could be a good thing.

"We have seen a fraud migration toward non-EMV compliant markets," Lee said. "There is no bullet-proof vest that prevents all attacks by criminals on our things of value, whether cash, cards or online payments."

Posted by: Tracy Kitten AT 01:10 pm   |  Permalink   |  0 Comments  |  
Wednesday, 26 August 2009
There has been a great deal of talk over recent years that the digital signage industry is finally “crossing the chasm” of early adopters and pioneers into the mainstream. We believe that this process is now underway and that the growth in the industry that has often been predicted is materializing.
 
We believe that this is based around five key factors:
 
a) Clearer understanding of the benefits of digital signage by sector.
 
When any new medium arises, it tends to use paradigms from old media to launch the new medium. For example, television borrowed from theatre and the Internet borrowed from magazines. This continues for a while until the new medium begins to create its own vocabulary and changes things in line with the way consumers use the new medium.
 
Similarly the DOOH space initially used the paradigms of billboards and television when it first launched. While these paradigms may be appropriate in certain situations, it is only now beginning to re-invent itself as its own medium meeting the specific needs of consumers in a place-based way.
 
There is now a much clearer focus on understanding the role and objectives of the network it is an advertising, merchandising and information network with clearer metrics on measuring the ROI.
 
This also spills through into understanding how the signage network will work in different environments and how the customer should be addressed. Advertising has classically gone through four phases: interruption, entertainment, engagement and dialogue. In the first phase, the ad interrupts what the consumer is doing and often forces them to watch the ad. This was the classical television advertising model of the seventies where consumers had no choice but to view the ad.
 
The eighties marked the start of entertaining advertising where the consumer wanted to see the ad and received a payoff from it. The Internet moved things along in the nineties towards an engagement model where the consumer focused on ads that interested them and they became more engaged with the products. Finally in the last few years brands have realized that advertising is about a dialogue with the consumer. Mobile and social networking technologies facilitate this ongoing dialogue.
 
Digital signage can also use these models effectively in different environments. For instance, in environments with a fast moving audience (outdoor, transport hubs, malls), the interrupt model still dominates the out of home space. In areas with a higher dwell time (cinemas, beauty salons), you start seeing more of an entertainment and engagement model while in other specific areas of healthcare, some retail environments and food services you can now move towards an engagement and dialogue model.
 
The dialogue model is being used effectively by some digital signage providers. For example, EnQii partner with Ping Mobile, who link the digital signage software to their mobile marketing infrastructure. This allows viewers of digital signage ads to respond and interact using their cellular or mobile handheld technology.
 
This type of strategic analysis of the networks allows the operator to ensure the best content is delivered in the most appropriate fashion to get the desired result.
 
b) Maturing of the technology and content
 
Another area that is driving the industry forward is the maturing technology. Historically, the industry has moved from unconnected DVD based networks to simple connected networks to more complex networks with sophisticated advertising scheduling.
 
Going forward, it will be important that the network owner has technology that utilizes the basics – it needs to be scalable, reliable and secure. But it also needs to be an open platform that allows third party and internally developed applications to link to it to provide cost and revenue benefits. EnQii, for example, has always been a believer in open API’s (Application Program Interfaces), which allows customers to create front ends that link to the software so that they can link into their own workflows. This also allows linkages to “best of breed” systems such as ordering systems for digital menu boards, wayfinding, ePOS and queuing systems on an as needed basis.
 
Finally, the technology needs to be easy to use, but complex enough to perform all the key tasks needed. This is no mean feat, as the software has to be used by marketing professionals as well as systems administrators. The wrong design fill frustrates both types of users, whereas the right design will ensure neither of them notice the complexity.
 
The content has also matured. Initially networks often put up TV or stills that they had available. However, current networks such as Footlocker, Care Media, Harley Davidson, and the WHEN network are realizing that ultimately what matters is that what is seen on the screen and a deep understanding of customer behavior will allow the networks to get the best results.
 
c) ‘Serious’ companies beginning to invest in signage networks
 
As is typical for companies “crossing the chasm”, network operators have gone from an entrepreneur with a dream and some family funding to large multinational companies beginning to invest as well as financial companies putting serious investment behind networks.
 
This is important because a lot of early failures in the industry’s experimental years have been from entrepreneurs who secured a good estate and some financing, but they made the mistake of assuming that they could build advertising revenues as they rolled their network out. Typically ad revenues come in on a stepped basis over time. Ideally, networks need a certain critical mass which is dependent on the advertising strategy (national, regional, local) and the desirability of the demographic before receiving any revenues. Hence, there is a need for adequate funding to bridge the gap to that critical mass as opposed to assuming ad revenues will flow as soon as just a few locations are installed.
 
In the last six months we have seen companies like McDonald’s and well-financed companies like Care Media and Zoom all invest in the space. These rollouts bode well for the industry, especially in recessionary times. The food services sector, healthcare, hair salons and a few others continue to do well in a soft economy as the network operators realize the importance of staying close to the consumer and influencing their purchases when dollars are tight.
 
Finally, the ad agencies have also started to set up dedicated divisions for digital out of home with Kinetic and Posterscope taking the lead in this area.
 
d) ‘Serious’ suppliers providing a full service
 
The flip side of serious network owners is that of serious suppliers. Historically the digital signage industry was a bit of a cottage industry. Over recent years this has changed and EnQii was set up specifically to create a leadership position in the space. The focus moved from hardware to communications – having a deep understanding of what signage works and what does not and how to get the best return. Operating as a global player and being well funded became the focus in order to be able to invest in the best technology for the customers. It became about creating the best partnerships and offering a full service solution to large networks. The idea is to let the networks do what they do best – monetizing their customer by offering the best service and content while allowing the service provider to do the rest and minimize the risk of the venture.
 
e) The view from China
 
Finally, the growth of DOOH in the Chinese market has proved that there is a real business there. Focus Media is generating close to $400m a year in revenues and has bypassed many of the agencies to go directly to advertisers for a large portion of this money. AirMedia had revenues of $119m and Vision had revenues of over $100m. While some dynamics in China are different – for instance, there is a higher propensity for out of home consumption – it proves that there is real money to be made in these businesses.
 
In summary, optimism remains about the growth of the DOOH sector and the belief that it will continue to accelerate as all involved learn more about the medium and how the consumer interacts with it.
Posted by: Ajay Chowdhury AT 10:37 am   |  Permalink   |  0 Comments  |  
Monday, 24 August 2009
There has been a great deal of talk over recent years that the digital signage industry is finally “crossing the chasm” of early adopters and pioneers into the mainstream. We believe that this process is now underway and that the growth in the industry that has often been predicted is materializing.
 
We believe that this is based around five key factors:
 
a) Clearer understanding of the benefits of digital signage by sector.
 
When any new medium arises, it tends to use paradigms from old media to launch the new medium. For example, television borrowed from theatre and the Internet borrowed from magazines. This continues for a while until the new medium begins to create its own vocabulary and changes things in line with the way consumers use the new medium.
 
Similarly the DOOH space initially used the paradigms of billboards and television when it first launched. While these paradigms may be appropriate in certain situations, it is only now beginning to re-invent itself as its own medium meeting the specific needs of consumers in a place-based way.
 
There is now a much clearer focus on understanding the role and objectives of the network it is an advertising, merchandising and information network with clearer metrics on measuring the ROI.
 
This also spills through into understanding how the signage network will work in different environments and how the customer should be addressed. Advertising has classically gone through four phases: interruption, entertainment, engagement and dialogue. In the first phase, the ad interrupts what the consumer is doing and often forces them to watch the ad. This was the classical television advertising model of the seventies where consumers had no choice but to view the ad.
 
The eighties marked the start of entertaining advertising where the consumer wanted to see the ad and received a payoff from it. The Internet moved things along in the nineties towards an engagement model where the consumer focused on ads that interested them and they became more engaged with the products. Finally in the last few years brands have realized that advertising is about a dialogue with the consumer. Mobile and social networking technologies facilitate this ongoing dialogue.
 
Digital signage can also use these models effectively in different environments. For instance, in environments with a fast moving audience (outdoor, transport hubs, malls), the interrupt model still dominates the out of home space. In areas with a higher dwell time (cinemas, beauty salons), you start seeing more of an entertainment and engagement model while in other specific areas of healthcare, some retail environments and food services you can now move towards an engagement and dialogue model.
 
The dialogue model is being used effectively by some digital signage providers. For example, EnQii partner with Ping Mobile, who link the digital signage software to their mobile marketing infrastructure. This allows viewers of digital signage ads to respond and interact using their cellular or mobile handheld technology.
 
This type of strategic analysis of the networks allows the operator to ensure the best content is delivered in the most appropriate fashion to get the desired result.
 
b) Maturing of the technology and content
 
Another area that is driving the industry forward is the maturing technology. Historically, the industry has moved from unconnected DVD based networks to simple connected networks to more complex networks with sophisticated advertising scheduling.
 
Going forward, it will be important that the network owner has technology that utilizes the basics – it needs to be scalable, reliable and secure. But it also needs to be an open platform that allows third party and internally developed applications to link to it to provide cost and revenue benefits. EnQii, for example, has always been a believer in open API’s (Application Program Interfaces), which allows customers to create front ends that link to the software so that they can link into their own workflows. This also allows linkages to “best of breed” systems such as ordering systems for digital menu boards, wayfinding, ePOS and queuing systems on an as needed basis.
 
Finally, the technology needs to be easy to use, but complex enough to perform all the key tasks needed. This is no mean feat, as the software has to be used by marketing professionals as well as systems administrators. The wrong design fill frustrates both types of users, whereas the right design will ensure neither of them notice the complexity.
 
The content has also matured. Initially networks often put up TV or stills that they had available. However, current networks such as Footlocker, Care Media, Harley Davidson, and the WHEN network are realizing that ultimately what matters is that what is seen on the screen and a deep understanding of customer behavior will allow the networks to get the best results.
 
c) ‘Serious’ companies beginning to invest in signage networks
 
As is typical for companies “crossing the chasm”, network operators have gone from an entrepreneur with a dream and some family funding to large multinational companies beginning to invest as well as financial companies putting serious investment behind networks.
 
This is important because a lot of early failures in the industry’s experimental years have been from entrepreneurs who secured a good estate and some financing, but they made the mistake of assuming that they could build advertising revenues as they rolled their network out. Typically ad revenues come in on a stepped basis over time. Ideally, networks need a certain critical mass which is dependent on the advertising strategy (national, regional, local) and the desirability of the demographic before receiving any revenues. Hence, there is a need for adequate funding to bridge the gap to that critical mass as opposed to assuming ad revenues will flow as soon as just a few locations are installed.
 
In the last six months we have seen companies like McDonald’s and well-financed companies like Care Media and Zoom all invest in the space. These rollouts bode well for the industry, especially in recessionary times. The food services sector, healthcare, hair salons and a few others continue to do well in a soft economy as the network operators realize the importance of staying close to the consumer and influencing their purchases when dollars are tight.
 
Finally, the ad agencies have also started to set up dedicated divisions for digital out of home with Kinetic and Posterscope taking the lead in this area.
 
d) ‘Serious’ suppliers providing a full service
 
The flip side of serious network owners is that of serious suppliers. Historically the digital signage industry was a bit of a cottage industry. Over recent years this has changed and EnQii was set up specifically to create a leadership position in the space. The focus moved from hardware to communications – having a deep understanding of what signage works and what does not and how to get the best return. Operating as a global player and being well funded became the focus in order to be able to invest in the best technology for the customers. It became about creating the best partnerships and offering a full service solution to large networks. The idea is to let the networks do what they do best – monetizing their customer by offering the best service and content while allowing the service provider to do the rest and minimize the risk of the venture.
 
e) The view from China
 
Finally, the growth of DOOH in the Chinese market has proved that there is a real business there. Focus Media is generating close to $400m a year in revenues and has bypassed many of the agencies to go directly to advertisers for a large portion of this money. AirMedia had revenues of $119m and Vision had revenues of over $100m. While some dynamics in China are different – for instance, there is a higher propensity for out of home consumption – it proves that there is real money to be made in these businesses.
 
In summary, optimism remains about the growth of the DOOH sector and the belief that it will continue to accelerate as all involved learn more about the medium and how the consumer interacts with it.
Posted by: Ajay Chowdhury AT 01:09 pm   |  Permalink   |  0 Comments  |  
Monday, 17 August 2009

Although the credit card processing industry is extremely complicated, most people believe that they are experts in credit card use. After all, we all use credit cards to buy presents for our spouse and to pay for dinner at restaurants. Additionally, we all use ATM debit cards to withdraw money from our bank accounts. However, the credit card processing industry is far more complicated than it seems and in order to maximize self-service equipment profitability, it is necessary to understand how the credit card industry actually works.

The credit card processing industry consists of two primary aspects. One aspect is credit card issuance, which consists of providing credit cards, and the resulting credit, to card users. The other aspect is merchant acquisition. Merchant acquisition consists of signing up merchants to process their credit card transactions through a specific member bank.

Prior to suggesting methods to increase credit card revenue for self-service equipment operators, I should explain the manner in which credit card processing activity is compensated. In order to process credit card transactions, the Card Associations (Visa, MasterCard, and the like) contract with various banks (known as member banks) to provide processing services to merchants. Each member bank contracts with various Independent Sales Organizations ("ISO") to solicit merchants to contract with that member bank. Each ISO contracts with smaller ISOs and has its own agents for such solicitation. In turn, the smaller ISOs have their own agents and may also have their own ISOs. Larger ISOs are often sponsored by the member bank to also become Card Association members. The rights of the various merchant solicitation entities differ based upon their contractual arrangements and their position in the merchant acquisition hierarchy.

When a merchant agrees to process through a member bank and during the life of the resulting processing relationship, the contracting merchant may be charged various fees. Additionally, each time the merchant processes a credit card transaction, the merchant is charged a fee for the transaction. Finally, when a new merchant is enrolled, the merchant may be sold or given a POS terminal and other equipment to enable processing. These charges to the merchant constitute the revenue which is divided among the various players in the merchant acquisition process.

However, each payment stream is divided differently. Generally, the various fees are divided among the various ISOs and agents involved in enrolling the merchant and sometimes the member bank also shares in such revenue. Such fees are generally implemented by the ISO or agent and may be waived at their discretion. The credit card processing fees (transaction charges) are divided among the relevant Card Association, the member bank, and each ISO and agent in the acquisition chain of the individual merchant. The amount received by each participant is determined by the contractual relationship between the parties. For example, assume that a merchant processes a transaction which generates processing fees and that the merchant was enrolled by an agent of a second tier ISO. A portion of the fee is paid to the Card Association. The remainder of the fee is retained by the member bank.

The member bank retains its portion of the fee and transfers the balance of the fee to the primary ISO on a monthly basis. The primary ISO retains its portion of the fee and transfers the balance to the secondary ISO which solicited the merchant on a monthly basis. The secondary ISO retains its portion of the fee and pays the balance to the agent who actually enrolled the merchant. Although each fee consists of only pennies, the volume of transactions can make the business very profitable.

Furthermore, once a merchant is enrolled, the payment of processing fees (known as residuals) continues through the life of the merchant-member bank relationship. During this period, except for the member bank and sometimes the primary ISO, very little is required to be done by the other entities in the merchant acquisition chain to receive their residual payment.

Finally, since most self-service equipment has the credit card processing capabilities built in, the issue of the sale or distribution of processing equipment rarely comes into play. However, where the ISO provides free equipment to obtain the account, the absence of the need for such equipment is a saving to the ISO.

The foregoing is an extremely simplified version of the manner in which the merchant acquisition process is compensated. However, an understanding of the process suggests various methods to maximize a self-service equipment operator's or provider's profitability from the use of credit cards. Some of the available methods are as follows:

1. Negotiate. Processing rates and fees vary substantially throughout the industry. There are many different ISOs and agents who are attempting to obtain your credit card processing business. After all, signing up a merchant can generate a long term profit stream with little additional work. Therefore, you should be aware of competitive rates in the industry and the type of fees being charged. Although every salesperson you meet will tell you that his rates and fees are the best available, only one of them can be telling you the truth. For example, some programs charge set-up fees and annual fees and some do not. It is important to obtain a full understanding of what you will be expected to pay in writing. If there are fees being requested, there are alternate processors that may not charge such fees. Just because you are contacted directly by a salesperson does not mean that he will offer you the best terms. Also, you should be careful to limit your contractual commitment to the location for which you are requesting processing services. However, please understand that you are entering into a contractual commitment for a fixed amount of time. If you breach your commitment and the processing volume is significant enough, the processor will file suit to enforce the agreement. Washor and Associates has filed such suits on behalf of various ISOs.

2. Understand. Often there are provisions in the merchant agreement which may have an unexpected adverse effect upon your business. Therefore, you need to read and understand the merchant agreement before you sign it. If the term is too long, you may be stuck with an unsatisfactory processing arrangement for a long time. If the terms relating to chargeback are unreasonable, you may have your ability to perform credit card processing severely restricted.

We recently had a small incubator client who had been quite successful with various platform based businesses. The client opened up a new business which was less successful. It stopped soliciting new customers and continued to service existing customers only. However, the percentage of chargebacks increased because no new clients were being signed up to offset the number of chargeback transactions. Its ISO refused to process for his new business and ceased processing for his old businesses despite their generating close to $500,000 in monthly business with minimal chargebacks. Furthermore, the ISO TMF'd (put on industry list of merchants who were terminated by their processors) the client which made it virtually impossible for him to obtain an American processing for his businesses. In order to obtain an American processing relationship for his businesses, Washor and Associates had to contact the individual in charge of merchant acquisition for a large member bank. The client obtained the processing relationship but at increased rates. This could have been avoided if the client had understood the terms of his merchant agreement and he had spoken to the ISO before launching his new product .

Likewise, many ISOs charge merchants for permitting the merchants to monitor their own account activity. This should be discussed with the salesperson and the liabilities and cost imposed from such activity fully understood.

Finally, almost every member bank and many large ISOs have their own merchant agreements. Each agreement is different and although they appear to be boilerplate, they should be carefully reviewed before being executed and any problem provision should be discussed.

3. Join the Party. Assuming that your processing volume is large enough, there is no reason that you can not become an ISO or an agent.

If you are an operator of sufficient self-service equipment, many ISOs would be willing to enroll you as a secondary ISO or an agent. If your volume is large enough, there are some member banks that would do so as well. As an ISO or agent, you would be reimbursed the portion of your processing fees which would go to the ISO or agent which enrolls you. Since it is generally the ISO or agent which sets the various fees charged to merchants, you should be able to avoid the bulk of these fees and obtain a lower processing rate by enrolling yourself. In this regard, you should be aware that there is no special knowledge, education, training, or license required. Although if you desire to become an ISO, you will need to satisfy the Association requirements for being designated as an ISO. Of course, the value of this tactic will depend upon your actual processing volume and the type of business in which you engage.

If you are a seller or a lessor of self-service equipment, it might prove profitable for you to become an ISO and contractually to require the merchants purchasing or leasing your equipment to process credit card transactions through you. Of course, the profitability of this tactic would depend upon the number of units which you sell or lease and the type of business for which the equipment is used. This strategy is more complicated than the other strategies suggested in this article and requires marketing skill in addition to legal documentation. However, this strategy should enable you to give the purchasers or lessors of your equipment better processing rates than they would be able to obtain on their own and if properly structured, could be extremely profitable for you.

Finally, it is important to keep in mind that I have presented a complicated industry in a very simplistic fashion and that implementing the foregoing strategies requires time, effort, and a thorough understanding of the process. In other words, some of the foregoing strategies are easier to suggest than they are to carry out. Nonetheless, every self-service equipment operator using credit card processing can engage in comparative shopping and negotiate to obtain better transaction pricing and fewer fees. There is no reason to pay more than necessary for credit card processing.

Lawrence Washor is an attorney at Washor and Associates, a firm that specializes in the self-service, ATM, and credit card-processing industries.

Posted by: Lawrence I. Washor AT 01:07 pm   |  Permalink   |  0 Comments  |  
Wednesday, 12 August 2009
We live in incredibly complex times – and that’s a good thing.

Complexity suffers from bad press. A New York Times story on restructuring General Motors observes that GM “is a very, very complicated company,” and it’s not meant as a compliment. Advocates for tax reform pin an encyclopedia of ills on today’s “unbelievably complicated” code. An IT firm selling “autonomic policy management” software regards “complex business systems” as something to be “cured.”

Simplicity, on the other hand, is overrated – and sometimes unattainable, as digital signage system strategists well know. There is a big difference between helping users navigate complex spaces or buying decisions via a simple, no-learning-curve interface – and oversimplifying a complex challenge. The first is a design triumph, the second dishonest. People in our business like to tell each other, “keep it simple,” but simplicity is often just a code word for narrower choice.

And consumers like choice. They vote in favor of more diverse options all the time. Highly complex systems and processes, from Amazon.com to airline yield management to, yes, the build-to-order methodology at GM, evolve in response to consumer demand. They deliver vast customer and shareholder value: diversity of choice, degrees of customization and fulfillment speed unimaginable until recently. Very few consumers campaign for Baskin-Robbins to knock its 31 flavors down to vanilla and chocolate, or for Cover Girl to reduce its lipstick catalog to a straightforward red or pink. The virtues of business complexity far outweigh the drawbacks.

As product specifications, consumer buying decisions, financial transactions, and personalized, profile-based pricing offers grow more complex, chaos is a natural risk. Chaos is complexity’s evil twin, and it repels customers as surely as the products of complex systems lure them.

There is too much chaos in business environments today – customization processes run amok. But gross simplification is usually the wrong impulse. An oversimplified screen-based buying process may omit lucrative up-sell and cross-sell opportunities, for example. An oversimplified content management solution may not permit addressable, real-time pricing changes, leaving store screens out of sync with direct mail campaigns or online offers.

Besides, customers gravitate to providers that deliver personalized, responsive results on express timetables. Taking refuge in simplistic solutions is not only unrealistic, it’s bad business. (Credit Amazon and FedEx for conditioning us all to expect we can order nearly any product under the sun for delivery tomorrow morning; in that case, as in so many others, complex systems – albeit mostly masked from public view – are the consumer’s best friend.) In this marketplace, paring back customization options is not a winning strategy.

Excellence lies with masking complexity, not murdering it. The key competency that sets experience designers apart in this complex era is the degree to which they can identify, assess and mitigate chaos without compromising the desirable complexities of a business that satisfies customers and makes money.

This happens partly through elegant interface design. But even more important is a strategic sense of the client’s business; it’s difficult, we feel, for a solution provider to excel without complementing design and technology expertise with strategy.

This is a fantastic time to be working in this sector of the communications business. The best self-service process designers and visual information architects are developing new forms of literacy – entirely new languages to inform, entertain and sell to consumers. The words “complex” and “complicated” aren’t slights; when describing productive businesses with satisfied customers, they’re high compliments. Self-service and signage solutions that harness digital systems to deliver complex products and services via apparently simple and rapidly gratifying processes – that’s what best-in-class means today.

Tom Farmer and partner Jodi Swanson run Solid State Information Design (www.solidstateid.com), a research and consulting firm that helps connect digital signage providers with clients and end users. Erik Knutson is president of Design Laboratory, Inc., a leading professional services firm and Solid State client.
Posted by: Tom Farmer & Erik Knutson AT 10:39 am   |  Permalink   |  0 Comments  |  
Monday, 03 August 2009

When it comes to sales, tried and true rules have been tested and proven. Below is a list of the top five mistakes I see salespeople across industries and professions commonly make. By addressing these issues with your sales force, you can dramatically improve your sales, in ATMs and anything else.

No. 1: Not listening

Salespeople often talk themselves right out of a sale because they are talking and not listening. Salespeople should spend a short amount of time talking about themselves, your company and the solution that your product provides. In fact, a salesperson should talk no more than 40 percent of the time when working with a prospect. The prospect, on the other hand, should talk more than 60 percent of the time about his business, his customers and his challenges.

The salesperson must ask questions that demonstrate she really cares about the potential client's specific needs. If your salesperson is actively engaged in listening, she will have a much higher understanding of the prospect and the prospect's needs.

To be actively listening, your salesperson has to listen to the words, as well as the physical gestures, the voice tone and context. Salespeople with excellent listening skills are able to easily identify a client's real needs and the solutions to fill those needs. The best salespeople are great listeners. When we think of a terrible salesperson, we often think of the stereotypical used-car salesman, who just can't stop talking. So, suggest to your salespeople that they stop talking and start listening.

No. 2: Failing to prospect for new customers

Many salespeople underestimate the importance of prospecting. They need to know that constant prospecting will produce a consistent flow of customers to your business. Even when business is great, salespeople need to prospect for new customers. Inconsistent prospecting is one of the most common mistakes salespeople make. Salespeople must devote a certain percentage of their work week to prospecting for new, qualified customers.

The best way to find new customers is by scheduling a specific portion of your calendar to prospecting only. If done right, the pipeline will be full of new prospects, and thus reduce the common peaks and valleys that occur in sales.

No. 3: Not asking for the order

People want to work with people (and businesses) who genuinely want their business. The easiest way to demonstrate that your company wants the prospect's business is to just ask for it.

A salesperson's presentation should be designed to get a commitment from the client. After investing time, qualifying the customer, explaining and demonstrating how your company's product or service will solve the prospect's problem, it's time to ask the prospect to make a purchase. The salesperson's job is not done until he has confidently asked for, and earned, the order.

I'm surprised at how often a salesperson will do everything well in her presentation and then sheepishly ask for the order. And some salespeople never ask for the order at all.

An "ask" can be the nudge your customer or potential customer needs to make the final positive buying decision. Your salesperson has an obligation to ask for business. The salesperson does not have to be pushy, but should respectfully and with great confidence ask for an order.

Not asking for a buy shows some lack of confidence. The customer won't know if the salesperson is apprehensive about the price, the product, the service or her company. Your salesperson has to ask for the order at the end of his presentation to earn the client's confidence.

No. 4: Failing to follow up

Just because a prospect decides not to buy today does not mean he won't be a buyer in the future. If the prospect is an interested, qualified, potential customer, then someone will sell that prospect, eventually. Your salesperson has done the work, so it should be your salesperson that earns the business, when it comes.

Your company and salesperson have to be the supplier this customer thinks of when he's ready to invest. The way you earn this business is to have a consistent and persistent follow-up program. Most salespeople don't consistently follow up. But following up is a critical step in the selling process.

Your salesperson already has a relationship with this potential customer; build on that relationship. Only the salesperson can convert this missed opportunity into a future sale. Following up should be an integral part of all of our corporate-sales strategies. Customers and prospects are already interested, why would we let them go? The chances of closing a warmed-up lead is much higher than chasing down a new or cold lead. Timely follow up will lead to more sales with fewer leads.

No. 5: Wasting time

Salespeople often waste time in three ways. First, they often chase down non-producing prospects. Some prospects will never buy or invest. To earn any money, some prospects will dissect every one of your profit centers and drain whatever profit you deserve and keep the profit as their own. These "profit parasites," as I call them, need to be encouraged to take their business to your competitor. These non-productive prospects will be happy to take your profit and waste your time.

The second time waster: Not walking away from the "wrong" client. Some potential clients are the extremely high maintenance with very low profit potential. Sales professionals know the "wrong clients" will add a lot of stress on support staff and co-workers. This added stress from these clients can have a negative effect on future sales. The "wrong clients" tie up phone lines, fill up mailboxes and slow down progress.

The third time waster is ineffective time management. A salesperson's main asset is time. When salespeople measure every minute as a profit or a loss, they will see new opportunities. We need to stop spending our time on non-profit-producing activities. The wildly successful and the poorest salespeople have exactly the same amount of time; obviously only one is using her time effectively.

Have your salespeople invest in one of the many time-management programs and use it properly. When salespeople really see how much of their work time is needlessly spent on non-profit-driven activities, they can adjust their schedules and sell much more.

In conclusion, we can teach our salespeople time management and listening skills. Our sales team members also can learn to look out for and steer clear of "profit parasites" and the "wrong customers." Salespeople who can't or won't confidently ask for the order may need to be retrained, remotivated or removed.

Profitable customers think they buy logically, but most of them actually buy emotionally, and a sale is a transfer of emotion. Your salespeople need confidence to seamlessly transfer that emotion to customers so customers can confidently buy products.

Damien Fitzgerald owns DTD Marketing, a marketing and consulting firm that focuses on the ATM field.

Posted by: Damien Fitzgerald AT 01:04 pm   |  Permalink   |  0 Comments  |  
Wednesday, 29 July 2009
Our industry has been showing some serious signs of maturity lately. Breathless press releases touting 20 location deals have been supplanted by news of consolidations on the network side, thinning of the ranks on the vendor side, and even initial attacks from privacy advocates that signal acceptance of the technology just as much as fear of its reach. Business activity during a deep global recession has been surprisingly brisk. If there is one missing piece from the puzzle that would transform the industry in a permanent and significant way, it would be the meaningful acceptance of digital signage by media planners and buyers.

To be sure, there have been signs of movement and nice tests from very big brands, perhaps most notably Schering-Plough. And make no mistake, some networks are consistently selling advertising, although there is no doubt each would benefit from higher CPMs that increased demand might lead to for them. But one does not get the sense (yet) that digital signage as a media is a part of the plan for most media buyers and brands. Anyone who navigates through the web will intuitively know that the major automobile companies have internet advertising as a budgeted part of their media plan. There are certain sites that are more or less permanent parts of their Internet buy, probably signaling measurable ROI. And it is clear that buyers will test new and ostensibly attractive sites in hope of finding a winner. In any case, there is little doubt that Chevrolet, for example, has a certain number of millions earmarked for web-based advertising. That same clear evidence of an earmarked budget for digital signage has just not become obvious. It is fair to say that certain networks have developed relationships with some brands that are mutually beneficial, but there is a long way to go. When we get there, the better networks will realize higher rates, and the developing networks will get more chances to prove their value.

There are many signs that it is not just wishful thinking to imagine digital signage having a visible slice of the pie chart at the quarterly budget meetings. Inside our industry, more and more ad-selling businesses are popping up to compete with the leading DS aggregators, Adcentricity and SeeSaw. While their models and value propositions may differ, the emergence of offerings like rVue and Entourage certainly indicate that investors and entrepreneurs see opportunity, and there will be others. Alliances of networks in related businesses have also cropped up, in an effort to cross sell advertising and to gain expanded reach. These will work, where the quality of the networks working together is uniformly high. We have already seen alliances of the nearly dead that will not fool anyone.

Externally, there also appear to be signs that there is more than hope. In an excellent, must-read blog post, MediaPost editor-at-large Diane Mermigas examines the apparent movement from traditional TV upfront buying to a strategy of “scatter” buying. Indeed TV ad buying seems to be moving to a just-in-time mentality, even if spot costs in the scatter market are higher than upfront costs. The logic would appear to be that buying the right spots as needed (with the luxury of determining need dynamically) is worth a premium. The fragmentation of TV audiences, universally referenced in digital signage pitches, is finally resonating as well. Mermigas observes:

“The ever-dwindling ratings and audience shares continue to be a drag on advertiser enthusiasm. More advertisers are feeling comfortable with more targeted, quantifiable ad placement online and a collective multimedia strategy that includes TV.”

Hmmmm. That sure is music to my ears, coming from someone who lives in traditional media. Ms. Mermigas quotes OMD’s CEO Alan Cohen from an interview in AdAge this week, "This situation has made us look at some alternatives that will give clients the ability to reach broad audiences in a different way." Somebody buy that man a drink! This is a tidal movement. While digital signage may be hidden behind words like “alternatives” and “multimedia”, we appear to be on the radar where it matters.

TV advertising has absorbed billions of dollars annually for decades. That industry is clearly undergoing fundamental changes, driven by advertisers’ desire and ability to target ever more efficiently. You can bet the TV networks will respond with better deals upfront, and probably punitive rates for high demand scatter spots. But the die seems to be cast, and advertisers and their media buyers are looking our way. Mermigas ends her post by saying, “…advertisers, agencies and media companies are embracing alternatives that will hold long after the recovery is underway.”

As digital signage networks position themselves to receive that embrace with quality offerings, standard metrics and tangible results, the last piece of the maturity puzzle will fall into place. When it does, things just won’t be the same, in a very good way.
Posted by: Ken Goldberg AT 10:39 am   |  Permalink   |  0 Comments  |  
Monday, 27 July 2009
Much was revealed from a survey of European banks with digital signage performed this spring by digital marketing agency John Ryan. The company compiled the findings and presented them in a webinar last month entitled "Digital Signage in Retail Financial Services: What John Ryan’s European Survey Means for Your Bank.”
 
The panel for the presentation consisted of Paco Underhill, Envirosell founder and CEO, Mike Hiatt, former director of Wal-Mart's "SMART" digital media network, and Bob Steele, vice chairman of John Ryan.
 
Although many good points were made in the hour-long presentation and Q&A, there were three key points that emerged from the research and conversation:
 
3_TellerChannel.jpg
A John Ryan digital signage installation at Caja Mediterráneo.
Insight #1: Early adopters are facing real challenges in creating, localizing, and managing content.
 
It seems that the enthusiasm for digital signage for European bank branches is there – the survey said that 90 percent have deployed digital signage or are planning to deploy soon – but the real challenge comes after the fact. Keeping content fresh, or “feeding the monster,” as it is sometimes called, seems to be causing the most grief for deployers.
 
“The very promise of this medium – the ability to narrowly target fresh and relevant messaging – is far more laborious than expected,” Steele said. “Even more banks would be using digital signage for in-branch messaging if they could find an easy way to do it.”
 
The reasons cited for not keeping content fresh were many: lack of tools, management systems not being Web-accessible, a lack of internal workflow systems and a lack of awareness about how to manage the medium.
 
Few bank branches are going to have staff whose sole task is to update the digital signage content. But there are other ways of keeping it fresh without extra personnel.
 
Steele talked about the Japanese bank Toyota Financial Services, where kiosks were put in place that encouraged female patrons to share their views on family finances. Responses are dynamically posted on the media wall behind the kiosks. Thus, the content is always fresh and completely user-generated.
 
Steele also mentioned some other ways to easily update content: link to the Web so that updates automatically update screens; Use weekly sales results to determine what promotions appear in the content; Provide portals for segment managers to update templates specific to their branch or segment; Use content from external news sources, but be sure to visually render them in your brand format.
 
Insight #2: Relevance is the new king.
 
The word “relevance” seems to be taking over “content” in the digital signage cliché “Content is king,” and rightfully so.
 
“At Wal-Mart, when we tested more relevant content, customers responded favorably,” Mike Hiatt said. “Even the most simple use of context helps patrons understand that the content is specifically for them, and it’s not broadcast TV. Content is something they can act on.”
 
So what is relevance? According to Steele, it’s the result of putting marketing analytics to work in the branch for the first time. In other words, banks can now take action on improving in-branch communication based on what their customers want.
 
4_InformationPoint.jpg
Signage over ATMs at Caja Mediterráneo.
He cited the example of Caja Mediterráneo, which offers its Channel CAM network in 500 European branches. However, no two branches play the same content and each branch can control what is shown locally. Messages are displayed in any one of eight different languages, depending on the location. About 70 percent of the content is public service information, such as local employment and real-estate listings. The rest is bank promotions and brand messages, and most of that is based on individual branch sales performance from the previous week.
 
Relevance isn’t just about the content, either. It can also come in the form of screen placement within the branch.
 
“When we consider relevance we also have to think about where and when content will seem most relevant to the bank customer,” Paco Underhill said. “We have recognized customers are actually more receptive to messages after they have accomplished their mission at the branch. One of the classic issues with marketing messages is to recognize that the journey from the back of the branch to the front is often one of the most important places to communicate.”
 
Insight #3: Digital signage represents strategy from the top down, but the tactics have to come from the floor up.
 
This is a two way street for the bank executives who pull the trigger on a digital signage network and the managers and employees who have to run them. Branch employees have to embrace the technology when it is installed.
 
“One of the issues with digital signage is getting the branches themselves to buy into the larger concept,” Underhill said. “They need to see that the screen isn’t something that is given to them from on high, but is a fundamental, essential part of their business.”
 
On the floor level, Underhill says that branches need to work to be a place where the bank and the customer can touch, and digital signage can help facilitate that. He says that especially in this economic climate, banks need to “Recognize the role of the branch in the financial education of its customer base. We need our customers to be more sophisticated and in tune with what the idea of money is and what the management of money is.”
Posted by: Bill Yackey AT 01:03 pm   |  Permalink   |  0 Comments  |  
Monday, 20 July 2009

Deployment agreements define the legal relationship between a supplier of self-service equipment and the owner of the site where the equipment is deployed. Deployment agreements are deceptively simple. After all, most people believe that it cannot be difficult to prepare an agreement to place a machine in a specific location. Furthermore, every equipment supplier uses some version of a deployment agreement and most suppliers have never had a problem with their agreement. However, on those occasions where a problem arises, the terms of the deployment agreement will define the legal responsibilities of the participants and problems arise more frequently than most people would believe.

Every deployment agreement should cover four basic areas. They are: (1) the business relationship between the parties; (2) the obligations, if any, of the supplier subsequent to deployment; (3) the presence of electronic transaction processing; and (4) the allocation of risk between the supplier and the owner of the site.

Initially, the deployment agreement should detail the business relationship between the parties. The agreement must spell out whether the equipment is being purchased, leased, or merely deployed at the site and the payment arrangements. Obviously, it is the financial terms that make the arrangement profitable for the parties. Of course, in cash purchase situations, the payment terms are fairly straight forward. However, in installment purchase, lease, and simple deployment situations, the financial terms are not always as carefully spelled out. Furthermore, in the case of small entity site owners, the identity of the entity's principals is determined and if possible, the principals provide suitable guarantees. There is nothing worse than trying to collect monies from an insolvent deployment site owner. If there is to be a division of revenue between the supplier and the site owner, the terms of such division must be carefully spelled out. This is especially true where the deployed equipment is owned by a third party who is paying the site owner to deploy the equipment at the site.

In a non-purchase situation, the term of the agreement must also be clearly thought out. I recently saw an agreement in which the term was "forever." Apparently, millions of years from now, the ATM machine will still be deployed at the site. The type of merchandise being dispensed, the nature of the area in which the machine is to be located, and the ownership of the site should contribute to the determination of the deployment term. There also should be consideration to circumstances under which deployed equipment can be moved before the end of the term. Occasionally, disputes arise when a site is closed for remodeling or the business being run at the site is changed (such as a drug store to a pool hall). This also is important where the neighborhood changes such as when the Lakers stopped playing at the forum in Inglewood.

Furthermore, many deployment agreements do not contain certain "boilerplate" provisions which are contained in most contracts. These include: (1) a choice of law provision which sets forth the state whose law will govern the interpretation of the agreement. The law of every state is not the same and many states have specific provisions applicable to deployment agreements. Also, in certain circumstances, the Uniform Commercial Code may apply and as adopted, the Code varies from state to state; (2) an entirety provision which states that the entire agreement between the parties is contained in the written agreement. This provision is designed to prevent one party from claiming that oral promises were made which are not contained in the agreement. Several years ago, a dispute arose relating to a CAT Scan Machine where the entirety provision was not included in the agreement. Its absence led to six years of litigation over claims that oral commitments had been made relating to the payment of the lease; (3) a choice of venue provision which sets forth the state in which any dispute between the parties under the agreement is to be resolved. An equipment supplier should pick a convenient state and county forum in order to avoid having potentially to defend suits in many different forums, including small forums where the supplier may be home-towned. Several years ago, I served as an expert in a dispute where a large merchant filed suit in his hometown in rural Colorado. At the trial, the judge admittedly ignored Colorado law in order to help the local resident merchant. Likewise, a decision should be made as to whether the prevailing party should be allowed to recover its attorney's fees in any such dispute. This should be determined based upon the relative economic strengths of the parties and who is likely to commence suit; and (4) a provision stating that the waiver of one breach shall not constitute a waiver of subsequent breaches.

Likewise, the agreement should set forth any specific requirements for the deployed equipment such as telephone or electrical requirements, any exclusivity requirement in connection with the deployed equipment, the times and hours that the access to the equipment should be available (in non-purchase situations), and the like.

Second, any post-deployment obligations of the supplier should be carefully spelled out. This relates to maintenance and repair of the equipment, stocking machine with cash or merchandise, and removing cash or merchandise. If such obligations exist, the responsibility of the site owner to cooperate with the supplier should also be spelled out. Finally, if the site owner is to pay for such services, the site owner's payment obligation must also be carefully spelled out.

Third, many self-service machines (including ATM machines) provide electronic transaction processing (credit card) services. Unfortunately, the deployment agreements generally do not deal with this issue. Electronic transaction processing is big business which generates substantial revenue in residuals to those involved. Generally, deployment agreements fail to spell out who is entitled to receive residual revenue, responsibility for chargebacks, processing rates, and the like. Processing is done by many different banks and different independent sales organizations. The level of customer service, processing rates, add-on fees, and the like varies from processor to processor. Many sites already have credit card processing relationships and they continue with that relationship for the site. Significant revenue can be earned by specifying an appropriate processing relationship in those situations where the deployed equipment is not owned directly by the merchant. Furthermore, if the obligations of the supplier to the site include maintenance or risk management, it is especially important that the processing relationship contains online monitoring capabilities. Also, the owner of the site must make certain that the processing relationship proceeds smoothly since any significant failure or chargeback history could cause the owner of the site to lose its own ability to process credit cards.

Fourth, risk allocation should be a significant issue in any deployment agreement, as follows:

1. Limitations on liability. Most agreements contain a disclaimer limiting the types of damages that can be collected in the event the equipment malfunctions or the equipment is not properly maintained. Such disclaimers normally limit damages to direct losses incurred and exclude lost profits, indirect damages, consequential damages, and the like. Such clauses also normally state that there are no warranties which are not included in the actual agreement. Such provisions can also operate to prevent litigation by limiting the amount and type of imaginative damages that a lawyer can concoct.

2. Damage to equipment and operating losses. The agreement should spell out who is responsible for damage to the equipment. This is especially relevant where the equipment is damaged by a site customer, by a fire or similar natural disaster, or abuse. Likewise, responsibility for operating losses due to vandals or other causes should be defined. Some years ago, an armored car company lost in excess of $70,000 collected on its rounds, including funds for stocking ATM machines. The agreement did not specify responsibility for the loss between the site which owned the machine and the supplier which performed maintenance services. When the funds could not be recovered from the armored car company, the machine supplier had to absorb the loss.

3. Products liability and injury claims. The ingenuity of the human race knows no bounds. No matter how carefully designed equipment, users will manage to catch their hand in the machine, cut themselves on the machine, have the item dispensed drop on them causing injury, or suffer some other misfortune. The deployment agreement should allocate responsibility for such claimed injuries. (See insurance below.)

Also, depending upon the item being dispensed, such items may cause injury to a purchaser. Such injuries run the gamut of a child cutting himself on a plush toy to a adult eating a bad piece of beef jerky. Under most state laws, both the site owner and the equipment supplier are deemed to be in the chain of distribution except in an outright purchase agreement. This means that both may be held responsible under the theory of strict liability. Depending on the products being dispensed, the agreement should specify who has primary responsibility for any such injury and make arrangements for appropriate insurance coverage.

4. Insurance. Relatively inexpensive insurance can be obtained to cover personal injury and products liability. Generally, personal injury claims are covered by existing insurance carried by the site owner. Adding the supplier to the insurance as an additional insured should be relatively simple. Likewise, where the equipment supplier provides post-deployment services, the supplier should have insurance covering same. Obviously, it is in the suppliers interest to makes its own coverage secondary to that of the site owner. As to products claims, the costs of such insurance will vary depending upon the product being dispensed. As with the insurance for personal injury, existing insurance may cover any such claims. This should be explored and resolved as part of the deployment agreement.

Finally, many of the issues involving the structure of deployment agreements can be resolved through the use of common sense. In any instance where a key term appears to be missing, the parties should attempt to reach an agreement as to that term. Likewise, although the use of form agreements is common, not all form agreements apply to every situation. The item being dispensed should make sense for the location where the equipment is to be deployed and the financial terms of the agreement should make economic sense. Unfortunately, common sense is not that common.
 
is an attorney at Washor and Associates, a firm that specializes in the self-service, ATM and credit card-processing industries.
Posted by: Lawrence I. Washor AT 12:00 pm   |  Permalink   |  0 Comments  |  
Tuesday, 14 July 2009
Danoo announced last week that it acquired IdeaCast, a provider of advertising in the rapidly expanding captive television category. As part of the deal, National CineMedia, LLC (NCM), operator of the largest digital cinema network in North America for cinema advertising, and Kleiner Perkins Caufield & Byers (KPCB), a venture capital firm, will each hold a minority interest in the new company.

This deal breaks new ground because, to date, National CineMedia has been the most profitable large-scale innovator in the U.S. Digital out-of-home (Digital OOH) sector. With this deal, NCM has found in Danoo a smaller, well-funded and innovative partner that can help the cinema-advertising giant expand outside of its very strong base inside movie multiplexes.

NCM has scale, growing revenues, a big market cap, and a strong sales force with six to seven years of experience successfully selling Digital OOH advertising in the U.S. market. According to the terms of the sale, both NCM and Danoo’s leading investor, the Silicon Valley-based venture-capital firm Kleiner Perkins Caufield & Byers (KPCB), will hold minority interests in the new combined company. Both the venture capital (VC) firm and Denver-based NCM will have seats on the merged company’s board of directors.  Mediaweek’s Katy Bachman reports that  “Conveniently, Danoo’s new New York City office will be across the hall from NCM.”  Danoo’s corporate office is located in San Francisco. IdeaCast is based in Chicago.

National CineMedia: Bringing cinema ads into mainstream advertising

During the last 6-7 years, NCM has leveraged digital-projection technology, satellite communications and the Internet to completely transform and rationalize the cinema advertising business in the USA. Prior to this digital transformation, cinema advertising was a stepchild in the U.S. advertising family. Now cinema advertising is growing rapidly, delivering a highly desirable leisure-time demographic to advertisers much more easily than was done with old-style movie-house advertising which was comprised of slide advertising and 60-second Coca-Cola ads on scratchy, 35mm reel-to-reel prints.
 
By leveraging these new digital technologies, NCM created a Digital out-of-home network that counts annual advertising revenues in the hundreds of millions of dollars.

For example, in its most recent quarter, NCM reported quarterly advertising revenue of $60.1 million, compared to $53.7 million in revenue for the comparable 1st quarter of 2008. NCM's national theater network includes approximately 16,800 screens in more than 1,325 theatres in 46 of the 50 states, reaching more than 660 million moviegoers in 2008. A publicly held company (NASDAQ), NCM has a market capitalization of $543 million. This market heft dwarfs the size of any other U.S. Digital OOH network.

For the overall U.S. digital-cinema industry (which includes NCM’s chief competitor, Screenvision) total advertising revenue reached more than $571 million during 2008, according to the Cinema Advertising Council (CAC). The CAC reported last month that total revenues from U.S. cinema advertising has grown an average of 21.5 percent per year since 2002, with 2008 revenues reaching a level that is almost triple that of 2002.

This means that in 2008, this $571 million in U.S. cinema-based advertising revenue was greater than the total ad revenue generated by all of the other U.S. screen-media networks at retail and out-of-home which operate outside the multiplexes.

Although for many years NCM has been seen by many industry observers as part of the emerging Digital OOH sector, up to now it has largely defined itself as a cinema-advertising firm. For example, although NCM was a founding member of the CAC in 2003, it has thus far declined to join the Out-of-Home Video Advertising Bureau (OVAB), the leading U.S. industry body which promotes Digital OOH as an advertising medium.  [Danoo is a member of OVAB.]
With NCM’s minority investment in the Danoo/IdeaCast merger, and its green light to cross-sell ads on both its network and the Danoo/IdeaCast networks, NCM is clearly stepping up its involvement with the larger Digital out-of-home or advertising-based “Digital Signage” media sector. This shift started two years ago, in June 2007 when NCM invested a few million dollars in IdeaCast. In May of this year, NCM announced in its Q1 2009 conference call that it had acquired 100 percent of IdeaCast’s secured debt.
 
During that May 12 call with investors and analyst, NCM’s chairman and president, CEO Kurt C. Hall, explained how the company hopes to leverage the larger Digital out-of-home industry into what he called a “new growth engine for NCM in the future.” In an interview with Mediaweek’s Katy Bachman published July 6, Hall added, “Cinema is ahead in the Digital OOH space, but clearly two to four years down the road, we’ll be looking to add growth. We see [NCM’s interest in merged Danoo/IdeaCast enterprise] as an incubation platform for NCM.”
 
National CineMedia grew out of Regal CineMedia, which was founded in 2002 as a subsidiary of Regal Entertainment Group, part of Denver billionaire Philip Anschutz’s vast holdings. Anschutz, with an estimated net worth of $8 billion, ranked 36th on Fortune Magazine’s 2008 list of the richest people in the USA.
 
Danoo CEO: “We’re getting to real scale.”

In the Mediaweek article cited above, it reports, “Aileen Lee, a partner with Kleiner Perkins [Danoo’s VC investor] who has served as CEO of Danoo for two years, will head up the combined company until a new CEO is named. Jason Brown, president of sales and marketing for IdeaCast, will manage sales for the combined company. ‘It’s an amazingly complementary fit,’” Mediaweek quotes Lee as saying. 
The article says that Danoo began discussions with NCM about one year ago. ‘We’re getting to real scale,’ Lee said.
 
That “scale,” as the Danoo CEO describes it, would include the following:

    * IdeaCast’s Health Club TV network which is installed in approximately1,000 health clubs across more than 100 local markets, 
    * IdeaCast’s Airline TV network, which in-flight airline passengers travelling on JetBlue, Frontier and Continental airlines can view on 7,800 seatbacks,
    * Danoo’s City Network, which is currently located in about 850 coffeehouses in Boston, New York City, Chicago, Los Angeles and the San Francisco Bay area, and
    * Danoo’s new Traveler network, which it is currently rolling out to newsstands and gift shops at about 25 major U.S. airports such as Atlanta, Los Angeles and San Francisco.
    * Danoo will have what the company calls “synergies with NCM’s network in terms of technical infrastructure, operational support and sales staff.

NCM scale + Danoo innovation + VC cash + smartphone interactivity = a game changer

To understand how and why this deal is a watershed, it first must be pointed out that Danoo, with less than 1,000 screens prior to this deal, still is not a particularly large network. Currently many Digital OOH networks in the USA and around the world beam content to audiences that are much bigger than Danoo’s reach.

However, when one takes a closer look at Danoo – its innovative use of user-contributed and interactive content, its 30-person team (both technical and creative) based in China, along with its very deep pockets and management expertise from its Silicon Valley-based VC firm – it’s clear that the Danoo/NCM collaboration is an emerging game-changer for the U.S. Digital out-of-home media sector. Consider the following about National CineMedia and Danoo:

Last year National CineMedia (NCM) created a new consumer website, www.ncm.com, which engages movie-goers about the movies shown in theaters where NCM offers its “First Look” content block of programming and advertising that is shown before the start of the feature films.  This new website includes a list of movie show times, a chance to view special interviews and features about current movie releases, and a social-media component a la Facebook.com that allows movie fans to interact and socialize.

On July 3, NCM launched an interactive polling promotion called “r8 it” where movie-goers are invited to use their mobile phones to rate some aspect of the movie that they just viewed. This invitation to “r8 it” is issued during NCM’s First Look pre-feature programming, on digital screens in the lobbies and also via print handouts which movie-goers receive at the box office when they buy their movie tickets. The results of the “r8 it” ratings are posted on the new NCM website and on a new “r8 it” smart-phone application. Winners receive free movie tickets for one year.

More than any other Digital out-of-home network operator, NCM has developed significant expertise in simulcasting concerts and entertainment events, as well as in event management and sampling. As Digital OOH networks start to take more seriously the notion of “enhancing the customer experience,” these extra competencies that NCM brings to the table should play a more important role in the Digital OOH medium.
 
Although many Digital out-of-home media companies talk a good game about creating localized content, Danoo actually employs local editors who are based in the cities where the network is deployed (San Francisco/Oakland, Los Angeles, Chicago, NYC and Boston). According to Danoo CEO Aileen Lee, these editors “curate” local news, events and culture, harvesting local information to publish on the Danoo screens. Lee said that these local editors compile this information from user-generated content and via direct data feeds from local published sources which are cited on the Danoo screens.
 
Danoo leads the Digital OOH sector in attracting user-generated content.  This content, which Lee calls “user-contributed content,” is now ubiquitous on the web but still rare in Digital OOH. Danoo recruits these contributions by inviting its local audiences to post photos, videos and information about local events via the www.danoo.com/participate tab on the Danoo home page. According to the Danoo web site, contributions to its “Photo Gallery” are published in five-photo sets. User-contributed videos which “work without sound” are limited to no more than two minutes in length. Danoo says that up to 25 percent of its on-screen content in what it calls “relevant categories” is user-contributed.

Danoo – perhaps more than any other Digital OOH network serving U.S. audiences – is leveraging talent outside the USA. This talent based in Beijing, China – both technical and creative – is helping Danoo control costs and produce quality content with the localization and in the volume that the medium requires. Danoo employs 30 staff people in Beijing. According to Aileen Lee, five of those people are full-time creative people, working largely with 2D, FLASH and motion graphics. Three people in Beijing are program managers, with the remaining staff doing software development work (Danoo’s network is controlled by its own home-grown software). In order to facilitate communication between the Beijing-based staff and the San Francisco-based staff, the Danoo CEO said that at least three people from Danoo’s technical/creative team on both sides of the Pacific are bilingual and have experience living in both cultures. Lee herself is an Asian American who spent time at Fudan University in Shanghai.

Danoo’s venture-capital backer, Kleiner Perkins, has a very strong track record in bankrolling successful companies going back more than 35 years. According to Lee, the VC firm vetted many investment proposals submitted by advertising-based Digital out-of-home networks before it decided to give its imprimatur to Danoo. Since its founding in 1972, Kleiner Perkins has provided early-stage financing and management assistance for well-known firms such as Amazon.com, AOL, Compaq, Drugstore.com, Genentech, Google, Lotus Development, Macromedia, Sun Microsystems Verifone and Zagat. 

Today, Kleiner Perkins (KPCB) is leading the financial sector in the funding of Apple iPhone-related technologies which potentially could speed the development of interactive features to enhance Digital out-of-home networks.  This year Danoo announced some significant initiatives -- which Aileen Lee said are producing “great results” – to encourage Danoo viewers to use their smartphones to interact with and download content from the Danoo screens. Recently KCPB created the “KPCB iFund,” which the VC firm calls “a $100M investment initiative that will fund market-changing ideas and products that extend the revolutionary new iPhone and iPod touch platform.” According to the venture-capital firm, the new $100M investment fund will target “location-based services, social networking, mCommerce (including advertising and payments), communication, and entertainment,” which sounds like a snug fit for Danoo.

Danoo does not express much interest in developing networks where the viewing experience is more ambient (for example inside clothing stores). According to Aileen Lee, Danoo likes venues such as airports, coffee shops, movie theaters, and other places because viewers are clearly captive, and thus “have the ability to engage” with screen networks. Danoo, Lee said, prefers to serve what it calls a “consistent and high-quality audience” which targets “hard-to-reach mobile, urban professionals and frequent fliers.”

For any corporate merger, the devil often emerges in the difficult details of corporate governance, geography and cultural differences. This new merger, too, will struggle with those issues. It could fail like many other mergers that we’ve seen in the media business (think AOL and Time Warner). However, because of the money, talent and experience that Danoo and National CineMedia bring to the table, this deal among Danoo, IdeaCast and NCM should be one of the best seen to date in the U.S. Digital out-of-home media sector. This new collaboration may spur the entire Digital OOH sector to innovate and serve its audiences and advertisers in some very exciting new ways.
 

Bill Collins is principal of DecisionPoint Media Insights (www.decisionpointmedia.com). DecisionPoint produces custom audience research for Digital Signage networks. It also provides B2B go-to-market strategy consulting for companies that market B2B products and  services to the Digital Signage industry. Bill Collins can be reached at .
Posted by: Bill Collins AT 10:41 am   |  Permalink   |  0 Comments  |  
Monday, 13 July 2009

Danoo announced last week that it acquired IdeaCast, a provider of advertising in the rapidly expanding captive television category. As part of the deal, National CineMedia, LLC (NCM), operator of the largest digital cinema network in North America for cinema advertising, and Kleiner Perkins Caufield & Byers (KPCB), a venture capital firm, will each hold a minority interest in the new company.

This deal breaks new ground because, to date, National CineMedia has been the most profitable large-scale innovator in the U.S. Digital out-of-home (Digital OOH) sector. With this deal, NCM has found in Danoo a smaller, well-funded and innovative partner that can help the cinema-advertising giant expand outside of its very strong base inside movie multiplexes.

NCM has scale, growing revenues, a big market cap, and a strong sales force with six to seven years of experience successfully selling Digital OOH advertising in the U.S. market. According to the terms of the sale, both NCM and Danoo’s leading investor, the Silicon Valley-based venture-capital firm Kleiner Perkins Caufield & Byers (KPCB), will hold minority interests in the new combined company. Both the venture capital (VC) firm and Denver-based NCM will have seats on the merged company’s board of directors.  Mediaweek’s Katy Bachman reports that  “Conveniently, Danoo’s new New York City office will be across the hall from NCM.”  Danoo’s corporate office is located in San Francisco. IdeaCast is based in Chicago.

National CineMedia: Bringing cinema ads into mainstream advertising

During the last 6-7 years, NCM has leveraged digital-projection technology, satellite communications and the Internet to completely transform and rationalize the cinema advertising business in the USA. Prior to this digital transformation, cinema advertising was a stepchild in the U.S. advertising family. Now cinema advertising is growing rapidly, delivering a highly desirable leisure-time demographic to advertisers much more easily than was done with old-style movie-house advertising which was comprised of slide advertising and 60-second Coca-Cola ads on scratchy, 35mm reel-to-reel prints.
 
By leveraging these new digital technologies, NCM created a Digital out-of-home network that counts annual advertising revenues in the hundreds of millions of dollars. 

For example, in its most recent quarter, NCM reported quarterly advertising revenue of $60.1 million, compared to $53.7 million in revenue for the comparable 1st quarter of 2008. NCM's national theater network includes approximately 16,800 screens in more than 1,325 theatres in 46 of the 50 states, reaching more than 660 million moviegoers in 2008. A publicly held company (NASDAQ), NCM has a market capitalization of $543 million. This market heft dwarfs the size of any other U.S. Digital OOH network.

For the overall U.S. digital-cinema industry (which includes NCM’s chief competitor, Screenvision) total advertising revenue reached more than $571 million during 2008, according to the Cinema Advertising Council (CAC). The CAC reported last month that total revenues from U.S. cinema advertising has grown an average of 21.5 percent per year since 2002, with 2008 revenues reaching a level that is almost triple that of 2002.

This means that in 2008, this $571 million in U.S. cinema-based advertising revenue was greater than the total ad revenue generated by all of the other U.S. screen-media networks at retail and out-of-home which operate outside the multiplexes.

Although for many years NCM has been seen by many industry observers as part of the emerging Digital OOH sector, up to now it has largely defined itself as a cinema-advertising firm. For example, although NCM was a founding member of the CAC in 2003, it has thus far declined to join the Out-of-Home Video Advertising Bureau (OVAB), the leading U.S. industry body which promotes Digital OOH as an advertising medium.  [Danoo is a member of OVAB.]

With NCM’s minority investment in the Danoo/IdeaCast merger, and its green light to cross-sell ads on both its network and the Danoo/IdeaCast networks, NCM is clearly stepping up its involvement with the larger Digital out-of-home or advertising-based “Digital Signage” media sector. This shift started two years ago, in June 2007 when NCM invested a few million dollars in IdeaCast. In May of this year, NCM announced in its Q1 2009 conference call that it had acquired 100 percent of IdeaCast’s secured debt.
 
During that May 12 call with investors and analyst, NCM’s chairman and president, CEO Kurt C. Hall, explained how the company hopes to leverage the larger Digital out-of-home industry into what he called a “new growth engine for NCM in the future.” In an interview with Mediaweek’s Katy Bachman published July 6, Hall added, “Cinema is ahead in the Digital OOH space, but clearly two to four years down the road, we’ll be looking to add growth. We see [NCM’s interest in merged Danoo/IdeaCast enterprise] as an incubation platform for NCM.”
 
National CineMedia grew out of Regal CineMedia, which was founded in 2002 as a subsidiary of Regal Entertainment Group, part of Denver billionaire Philip Anschutz’s vast holdings. Anschutz, with an estimated net worth of $8 billion, ranked 36th on Fortune Magazine’s 2008 list of the richest people in the USA.
 
Danoo CEO: “We’re getting to real scale.”

In the Mediaweek article cited above, it reports, “Aileen Lee, a partner with Kleiner Perkins [Danoo’s VC investor] who has served as CEO of Danoo for two years, will head up the combined company until a new CEO is named. Jason Brown, president of sales and marketing for IdeaCast, will manage sales for the combined company. ‘It’s an amazingly complementary fit,’” Mediaweek quotes Lee as saying.  

The article says that Danoo began discussions with NCM about one year ago. ‘We’re getting to real scale,’ Lee said.
 
That “scale,” as the Danoo CEO describes it, would include the following:
  • IdeaCast’s Health Club TV network which is installed in approximately1,000 health clubs across more than 100 local markets,  
  • IdeaCast’s Airline TV network, which in-flight airline passengers travelling on JetBlue, Frontier and Continental airlines can view on 7,800 seatbacks,
  • Danoo’s City Network, which is currently located in about 850 coffeehouses in Boston, New York City, Chicago, Los Angeles and the San Francisco Bay area, and
  • Danoo’s new Traveler network, which it is currently rolling out to newsstands and gift shops at about 25 major U.S. airports such as Atlanta, Los Angeles and San Francisco. 
  • Danoo will have what the company calls “synergies with NCM’s network in terms of technical infrastructure, operational support and sales staff.
NCM scale + Danoo innovation + VC cash + smartphone interactivity = a game changer

To understand how and why this deal is a watershed, it first must be pointed out that Danoo, with less than 1,000 screens prior to this deal, still is not a particularly large network. Currently many Digital OOH networks in the USA and around the world beam content to audiences that are much bigger than Danoo’s reach.

However, when one takes a closer look at Danoo – its innovative use of user-contributed and interactive content, its 30-person team (both technical and creative) based in China, along with its very deep pockets and management expertise from its Silicon Valley-based VC firm – it’s clear that the Danoo/NCM collaboration is an emerging game-changer for the U.S. Digital out-of-home media sector. Consider the following about National CineMedia and Danoo:

Last year National CineMedia (NCM) created a new consumer website, www.ncm.com, which engages movie-goers about the movies shown in theaters where NCM offers its “First Look” content block of programming and advertising that is shown before the start of the feature films.  This new website includes a list of movie show times, a chance to view special interviews and features about current movie releases, and a social-media component a la Facebook.com that allows movie fans to interact and socialize.

On July 3, NCM launched an interactive polling promotion called “r8 it” where movie-goers are invited to use their mobile phones to rate some aspect of the movie that they just viewed. This invitation to “r8 it” is issued during NCM’s First Look pre-feature programming, on digital screens in the lobbies and also via print handouts which movie-goers receive at the box office when they buy their movie tickets. The results of the “r8 it” ratings are posted on the new NCM website and on a new “r8 it” smart-phone application. Winners receive free movie tickets for one year.

More than any other Digital out-of-home network operator, NCM has developed significant expertise in simulcasting concerts and entertainment events, as well as in event management and sampling. As Digital OOH networks start to take more seriously the notion of “enhancing the customer experience,” these extra competencies that NCM brings to the table should play a more important role in the Digital OOH medium.

Although many Digital out-of-home media companies talk a good game about creating localized content, Danoo actually employs local editors who are based in the cities where the network is deployed (San Francisco/Oakland, Los Angeles, Chicago, NYC and Boston). According to Danoo CEO Aileen Lee, these editors “curate” local news, events and culture, harvesting local information to publish on the Danoo screens. Lee said that these local editors compile this information from user-generated content and via direct data feeds from local published sources which are cited on the Danoo screens.

Danoo leads the Digital OOH sector in attracting user-generated content.  This content, which Lee calls “user-contributed content,” is now ubiquitous on the web but still rare in Digital OOH. Danoo recruits these contributions by inviting its local audiences to post photos, videos and information about local events via the www.danoo.com/participate tab on the Danoo home page. According to the Danoo web site, contributions to its “Photo Gallery” are published in five-photo sets. User-contributed videos which “work without sound” are limited to no more than two minutes in length. Danoo says that up to 25 percent of its on-screen content in what it calls “relevant categories” is user-contributed.

Danoo – perhaps more than any other Digital OOH network serving U.S. audiences – is leveraging talent outside the USA. This talent based in Beijing, China – both technical and creative – is helping Danoo control costs and produce quality content with the localization and in the volume that the medium requires. Danoo employs 30 staff people in Beijing. According to Aileen Lee, five of those people are full-time creative people, working largely with 2D, FLASH and motion graphics. Three people in Beijing are program managers, with the remaining staff doing software development work (Danoo’s network is controlled by its own home-grown software). In order to facilitate communication between the Beijing-based staff and the San Francisco-based staff, the Danoo CEO said that at least three people from Danoo’s technical/creative team on both sides of the Pacific are bilingual and have experience living in both cultures. Lee herself is an Asian American who spent time at Fudan University in Shanghai.

Danoo’s venture-capital backer, Kleiner Perkins, has a very strong track record in bankrolling successful companies going back more than 35 years. According to Lee, the VC firm vetted many investment proposals submitted by advertising-based Digital out-of-home networks before it decided to give its imprimatur to Danoo. Since its founding in 1972, Kleiner Perkins has provided early-stage financing and management assistance for well-known firms such as Amazon.com, AOL, Compaq, Drugstore.com, Genentech, Google, Lotus Development, Macromedia, Sun Microsystems Verifone and Zagat.  

Today, Kleiner Perkins (KPCB) is leading the financial sector in the funding of Apple iPhone-related technologies which potentially could speed the development of interactive features to enhance Digital out-of-home networks.  This year Danoo announced some significant initiatives -- which Aileen Lee said are producing “great results” – to encourage Danoo viewers to use their smartphones to interact with and download content from the Danoo screens. Recently KCPB created the “KPCB iFund,” which the VC firm calls “a $100M investment initiative that will fund market-changing ideas and products that extend the revolutionary new iPhone and iPod touch platform.” According to the venture-capital firm, the new $100M investment fund will target “location-based services, social networking, mCommerce (including advertising and payments), communication, and entertainment,” which sounds like a snug fit for Danoo.

Danoo does not express much interest in developing networks where the viewing experience is more ambient (for example inside clothing stores). According to Aileen Lee, Danoo likes venues such as airports, coffee shops, movie theaters, and other places because viewers are clearly captive, and thus “have the ability to engage” with screen networks. Danoo, Lee said, prefers to serve what it calls a “consistent and high-quality audience” which targets “hard-to-reach mobile, urban professionals and frequent fliers.”

For any corporate merger, the devil often emerges in the difficult details of corporate governance, geography and cultural differences. This new merger, too, will struggle with those issues. It could fail like many other mergers that we’ve seen in the media business (think AOL and Time Warner). However, because of the money, talent and experience that Danoo and National CineMedia bring to the table, this deal among Danoo, IdeaCast and NCM should be one of the best seen to date in the U.S. Digital out-of-home media sector. This new collaboration may spur the entire Digital OOH sector to innovate and serve its audiences and advertisers in some very exciting new ways.

Bill Collins is principal of DecisionPoint Media Insights of Cincinnati, Ohio, USA. The company produces custom research and consulting on digital media networks that are deployed at retail and out of home.

Posted by: Bill Collins AT 12:56 pm   |  Permalink   |  0 Comments  |  
Monday, 06 July 2009
Banking machine applications that involve paper transport include check processing, billing and currency handling. All this equipment, particularly ATMs, requires precise movement and paper capture at high speeds and volumes, and the machines must retain these capabilities under hostile climatic conditions. Extreme heat and humidity, as well as extreme cold and dry conditions, create changes in electrostatic levels and friction in paper-transport equipment, which can cause jams and double-feeds. For the engineers who select rollers, belts, and pads for ATMs, consistent conductivity and levels of friction are vital considerations in both original and replacement parts.
 
Dr_Albert_Chiang_edited-1.jpg
Albert C. Chiang
High-performance urethane is ideal for these applications. It has clear advantages over traditional materials like rubber or silicone for rollers, wheels, belts, and pads. Urethane provides excellent shock and vibration dampening, abrasion and wear resistance, great durability and high mechanical strength.
 
More important to ATM manufacturers and replacement-part suppliers, it offers customizable levels of conductivity and of coefficient of friction, both of which greatly increase equipment reliability and performance and eliminate the need for overly tight tolerances in design. 
 
 
Controlling conductivity
 
The most commonly practiced method of making urethanes semi-conductive is by “doping”: adding select amounts of conductive materials to the mix during part manufacture. While this does adjust the electrostatic properties of the part, each additive comes with its own drawbacks.
 
Adding carbon controls conductivity, but late in the life of the part, the carbon can stain the paper it is transferring. High-voltage vacuum coating fiber offers a limited two-dimensional (surface) conductivity control, but it is expensive. Conductive metal dispersion using powdered metal in blends from 10 percent to 80 percent controls electrostatic properties fairly well, but it is difficult to achieve uniform distribution of the powder during parts manufacture, since the metal tends to settle.
 
Mearthane_belt.jpg
Urethane belt manufactured by MPC. The urethane can be customized for electrostatic properties, coefficient of friction, and hardness to suit all paper-handling tasks.
Ammonium salt additives address static, but their conductive properties vary considerably with humidity — and at high humidity, they make the surface of the part sticky.
 
The molecular method
 
The best way to customize conductivity is to modify the urethane structure at the molecular level, making the material itself semiconductive instead of relying on additives.
 
Urethane parts customized in this way have a volume resistivity of 5E5 to 5E10 at a hardness of 5 Shore A -80 Shore D for solid urethanes, and 20 Shore 00 to 90 Shore A for foam. The same method can be used to create parts that are completely antistatic. Combined with a customized and constant coefficient of friction, the electrostatic properties of these parts ensure precise movement of paper at high speeds, eliminating double-feeds, feed failures, or jamming, which errors in conveying checks or currency and require costly machine service.
 
Getting a grip on paper transport
 
Mearthane_gear.jpg
Urethane gear manufactured by MPC. The urethane can be customized for electrostatic properties, coefficient of friction, and hardness to suit all paper-handling tasks.
Customization of urethane can be useful above the molecular level, where controlling the grip of a belt or a roller is critical — especially for high-speed paper transport systems such as ATMs. Chemically modifying the urethane molecules during manufacture can increase the part’s coefficient of friction, making it greater than rubber or silicone parts of similar hardness.
 
The proper coefficient of friction enables a part to grab one piece of paper at a time, move it a precise distance, and let go at the exact right moment, throughout the long life of the part. Such chemically based performance is achieved through decades of experience and fine-tuning of the formulations and manufacturing processes.
 
Semiconductive urethane parts for paper-transport tasks create the best balance of precision static control, coefficient of friction, abrasion resistance and toughness to ensure long-lasting, jam-free performance in ATM equipment. The result for the ATM manufacturer and service supplier is increased equipment accuracy and precision, reduced downtime and need for service calls and replacement parts and greater customer satisfaction.
Posted by: Albert C. Chiang AT 12:53 pm   |  Permalink   |  0 Comments  |  
Tuesday, 30 June 2009
A major strength of place-based digital networks has always been their highly localized footprint. However, this strength is also a challenge when it comes to creating high-impact national advertising campaigns. With new networks springing up across the country in dozens of different categories, what has been missing is a way to tie these different networks together and create a single national media platform.

At SeeSaw Networks, we aggregate these disparate place-based digital networks to create a single, viable, national advertising platform. In 2009, we have grown to over 50 networks, reaching a scale that has changed the way advertisers view place-based digital video advertising. We also added new technology to facilitate very efficient and effective campaign targeting, planning and execution. Today, when companies plan their national media campaigns, it’s not uncommon for broadcast-oriented media planners and advertisers to look at what SeeSaw has to offer and say, “I can plan and buy this media like television.” Similarly, digital media planners and buyers say, “This fits perfectly with my web and mobile strategies.”

The three keys to the evolution of the SeeSaw place-based digital video advertising solution – national scale, precision targeting tools, and technology and processes for planning and execution – also reveal key benefits of this media for advertisers.

How big is big enough?

Using third-party data from sources such as Nielsen and Arbitron, and OVAB’s recently released guidelines, SeeSaw’s aggregated network delivers more than 50 million weekly gross impressions across 200+ DMAs in over 30 different types of places like gas stations, coffee shops, grocery stores, health clubs, transit centers and hair salons, to name a few. This puts place-based digital advertising spots on a scale that is equivalent to a couple of TV spots on a blockbuster primetime show such as American Idol and well on our way toward reaching Super Bowl scale with 100 million gross impressions in 2010.
With this kind of national scale at their disposal, advertisers and media planners understand they can extend their reach by incorporating place-based digital video advertising into their advertising campaign. This allows advertisers to connect with on-the-go consumers in a new and more effective way while they are out and about in places where they work, shop, socialize and play.

Target practice makes perfect

But clearly, scale is not enough today. In this economic environment, advertisers and their agencies are under pressure to make their marketing spend as efficient and effective as possible. And agencies are obliged to make the most of available resources and work as efficiently as possible on their client’s behalf. SeeSaw’s Life Pattern Marketing methodology combined with the precision marketing capabilities of SeeSawAds.com enables advertisers to reach audiences far more effectively and streamlines the process for agencies to build truly national place-based digital advertising campaigns.

What’s exciting about the combination of a large-scale national platform and precision targeting is the way it enables brands to think strategically about their national campaigns while delivering a far more relevant message to individual consumers. For advertisers, it’s the ability to think nationally and locally at the same time, eliminating the inefficiencies and waste of ‘shotgun style’ national advertising campaigns.

For consumers it’s about personal relevance. A typical knock on advertising is that too much of it is disruptive. But it’s only disruptive when it isn’t relevant to the target audience. Consumers actually like to learn about the products and services that can improve the quality of their lives, especially if they encounter ads at the right time and place. With precisely targeted place-based digital advertising campaigns, advertisers can reach more of their target audience in contextually relevant settings, so the audience is more likely to be aware of and be receptive to the messages. Consider an agency developing a campaign to promote a manufacturer’s protein bar. After developing the core messaging and creative concept, the team is able to use copy splitting to refine the message for the different types of venues: “Stay Energized!” in health clubs, “Fuel Up!” in gas stations or “Energy On the Go!” for convenience stores, for example.

A plan for success

Another important step in the evolution of the place-based digital video advertising platform is the development of new SeeSaw planning and execution services, that provides one plan, one proof-of-delivery, and one invoice that until now would have required consolidating information from potentially over 30 different networks. The SeeSaw campaign process helps agencies easily and quickly work through the following steps:

Ideation – Because place-based digital video advertising helps advertisers reach a specific audience segment in many types of places, it is critical for media planners to have the greatest flexibility in how they solve their clients’ communication challenges. SeeSaw’s Life Pattern Marketing methodology reveals where target consumers go and what they do throughout their busy week, allowing media planners to target only the most appropriate networks and venues. SeeSaw’s technology then lets media planners easily review detailed information on every affiliate network and create different scenarios for achieving their objectives. Based on this knowledge, companies can be very precise in setting priorities and establishing budgets based on geographic area, demographic profile and venue targets. This level of detailed planning has never before been possible with place-based digital media on a national scale.

Optimization – Each plan on SeeSawAds.com is optimized to meet the specific media objective for a particular campaign. Once an initial campaign plan is complete, SeeSaw’s technology also lets planners optimize it by creating “what-if” scenarios that show the impact various changes (in venues, campaign length, creative specs, frequency, etc.) will have on the cost, number of impressions, and reach. Planning can also include developing a campaign flighting schedule based on individual life patterns and an effective frequency for optimal message impact.

Buy – Once the optimal media plan is finalized, it can be purchased with a single insertion order across multiple networks. This single order can eliminate days or even weeks of calling each network and issuing separate insertion orders. It is also possible to set up schedule reminders and notifications for delivery of creative, creative quality management, format conversions, final content delivery, campaign launch and campaign end.

Go Live – Over the course of the campaign, the SeeSaw operations team works with the our affiliate networks to assure the campaign is executing to spec. Agencies can relax knowing everything from creative format conversions for the different networks, to pre-campaign checks, to ownership of ad-flighting and rotation is being managed on a day to day basis to assure a quality customer experience.

Completion – SeeSaw delivers a single, comprehensive proof-of-performance report, eliminating the need for the agency to rationalize thousands of plays across thousands of venues over several weeks or months. Instead, SeeSaw lets agencies focus on analyzing campaign results and creating the next opportunity for their clients.

For national advertisers that have challenged their media planning teams with finding new ways to more effectively and efficiently reach their consumers, place-based digital video advertising offers an effective way to grab the attention of people where they work, play and socialize. By using SeeSaw’s national network, Life Pattern Marketing methodology and precision targeting capabilities to create cost effective digital video campaigns with national reach, agencies can deliver one of the most powerful ways to connect with people in today’s media landscape.
Posted by: Rocky Gunderson AT 10:46 am   |  Permalink   |  0 Comments  |  
Monday, 29 June 2009
Consumers could be forgiven for thinking that the ATM is the most archaic and least-invested in banking channel, particularly as financial institutions worldwide increasingly appear to be focusing on more modern points of customer interaction, such as Internet and mobile banking.
 
However, those within the ATM industry are only too aware of the costly renewal that the ATM channel has undergone due to the migration to the Windows-based operating system. The forced migration from IBM's OS/2 has resulted in Windows becoming the global ATM operating system of choice, almost by default. When the Windows migration was first implemented, a raft of services were highly anticipated. But banks, for the most part, have chosen to focus on upgrading the operating system and communications infrastructure rather than the software driving the functionality at the ATM.
 
Far from the stagnant channel that customers perceive the ATM to be, banks' IT departments have been working overtime in recent years to bring significant changes to back-office technology. In many countries, the cessation of support of IBM's OS/2 platform for ATMs was just one catalyst for the required investment. The mandated introduction of EMV smart cards in many countries also has resulted in widespread systems updates and expenditure on new software and hardware capable of the necessary encryption processing.
 
While implementing these required updates, there has been an obvious business case for banks to review their strategies, and most institutions have made moves toward adopting a multivendor approach to their ATM networks. In this regard, the migration towards a modern, open standards-based infrastructure has given ATM deployers more control over their networks and provides a good canvas to rethink their software strategies to unlock the value from their recent infrastructure investment.
 
The popularity of accessing cash at the ATM seems to have only increased due to the current economic climate. With consumers tightening their purse strings and the increased focus on budgeting, a U.K. survey conducted by Level Four in December 2008 found that the majority of consumers feel most in control of their budgets when relying on cash from ATMs.
 
With the popularity of the ATM showing few signs of waning and the investment to update legacy systems and modernize the ATM operating system in place, the question remains, isn't it time for banks to consider the benefits of new software architectures to reduce the functionality gap at the ATM?
 
The business case
 
In the current economic environment and with consumer confidence in the banking sector still shaky, banks are looking to increase customer service, ensure customer retention and maximize ROI. The ATM is a key platform through which banks can support these objectives.
 
Research suggests that by 2008, more than 60 percent of banks in the United States and Western Europe had migrated to the Windows operating system and this number is steadily increasing. Through the move to Windows and open standards, ATM deployers have already made the foundation investment required to support advanced ATM functionality. While technology investment is being reviewed across the financial sector, banks should capitalize on the previous investment in ATM infrastructures to bring the benefits of sophisticated high-bandwidth networks and high-specification hardware and software to the end-user through more advanced functionality.
 
Coupled with the technology drivers supporting the development of more advanced ATM services, banks across the world are currently facing a growing pressure to deliver faster, cheaper and more secure banking channels to their ever-demanding customers. Facing procurement pressure to adopt an open standards-based Windows operating system to reduce costs and increase vendor choice, as well as customer pressure to improve services, banks are rightly beginning to view software as the key differentiator in an increasingly competitive marketplace. With the challenge of customer retention a big focus for 2009 and beyond, ATM deployers are now considering the customer services benefits that a modern ATM network can bring — effectively a retrospective business case for the "forced" investment in hardware and communications infrastructure.
 
What are banks already developing?
 
As the number of channels a bank offers its customers continues to increase and diversify, ATM deployers are seeking ways to ensure the ATM doesn't lose its foothold in the market. One key way to do this is by supplementing the vital cash dispensing capabilities with additional value-added services. In order to recoup their recent investment in hardware and infrastructure, ATM deployers must harness the revenue potential of their upgraded ATM networks as an important route towards a multichannel banking strategy, fulfilling present and future consumer requirements.
 
A new technology that is being integrated into the functionality of the ATM in some countries is contactless payment top-up. As contactless technology gathers momentum, particularly in the transportation sector, there is an opportunity for ATM deployers to enhance the ATM to support this new functionality.
 
Cash machines are a natural choice for contactless card top-up and balance services, particularly in the countries where contactless adoption is becoming more widespread. Mass transit top-up functionality at the ATM is live in France and Spain, for example, and provides a revenue generating opportunity for the banks, as well as increased customer convenience through a wider range of terminals to top-up the cards. The ATM is an obvious channel to exploit owing to the established network of terminals already in place, which offer customers convenient, familiar and secure transactions.
 
ATM deployers worldwide that take advantage of contactless functionality will benefit by driving increased traffic to those cash machines that are fitted with contactless readers, making this a potential competitive differentiator for banks who wish to increase interchange revenues.
 
Cell phone top-up in the U.K. is another example of advanced ATM functionality already in practice that illustrates the value of improving ATM services to banks and customers. Making use of the national VocaLink network, a great majority of U.K. ATMs provide the facility to top-up cell phones that are on a pay-as-you-go model, directly debiting customers' accounts as they pay at the ATM terminal.
 
These examples reveal the potential of the ATM to become an enhanced self-service device, supporting the wider lifestyle needs of customers such as travel payment and cell phone billing.
 
Using the ATM beyond its central role as a cash machine leverages much of the core functionality already built in to the terminal. Indeed, the growing sophistication of deposit automation technology is close to making the "bank branch in a box" a reality. Enabling the movement of money between accounts, bill payments and person-to-person money transfers are all future opportunities for the ATM to better support the wider bank branch activities. Providing such services at the ATM would not only be cost effective to the bank, by reducing customer reliance on the branch, but also be beneficial to customers, enabling them to access services from multiple locations on a 24/7 basis.
 
The benefits that can be achieved through maximizing the increasingly sophisticated software platforms on the ATM are regionally diverse. While there are many examples of innovation at the ATM in North America and Western Europe, there is also a strong incentive for countries with less advanced economic infrastructures to utilize the ATM as an opportunity to better serve unbanked populations or enable international money transfers for migrant workers. In remote regions where access to branch banking is limited, the ATM becomes an even more powerful tool through which financial services can be delivered. Beyond the convenience and customer retention advantages sought by economically developed markets, in less advanced regions the ATM can be a financial lifeline.
 
Crystal ball gazing
 
Banks are currently deploying some of the aforementioned innovations in different locations around the world, made possible by the upgrades to ATM infrastructures that have already taken place largely due to the Windows migration and subsequent back-office renovations. As ATM software technology continues to develop and hardware manufacturers continue to innovate in deposit automation and contactless functionality, there is potential to integrate even more sophisticated additional services into the ATM.
 
The ATM of the future will focus on personalization. Using a modern software platform, banks will be able to offer a dynamic experience to cardholders based on who they are as individuals — for example, targeting promotional material at specific age ranges or offering loan agreements based on personal credit ratings. ATM deployers will benefit from the ability to exercise greater control over the services that are available to customers. For example, services will be tailored to customers depending on their location, the time of day that they are visiting the ATM and even their past ATM habits such as a certain cash withdrawal amount.
 
Banks will inevitably start to consider the ATM as a vital delivery channel to allow cardholders to download additional applications on their smart cards.  Banks' ATM networks provide a trusted and secure point of customer interaction through which multiple payment types, identity and loyalty applications can be downloaded onto smart cards as more banks roll out multi-application cards.  Banks have been trying for several years, through the introduction of such services as mobile phone top-up, to showcase the ATM as more than a simple "cash and dash" machine.  Providing a platform on which new applications can be quickly and conveniently added to existing smart cards will reinforce this message and help position the ATM as the cornerstone of a multi-channel banking strategy.
 
Cash is (still) king
 
Now that much infrastructure investment has been made in the ATM channel, banks need to consider how they can maximize ROI by implementing new and innovative services in order to bring revenue and customer benefits. Moving away from the legacy software applications in favor of software based on modern architectures and open standards provides banks with significant cost advantages and ATM deployers with a path to recoup the investment in infrastructure made over the last few years.
 
Despite the obvious benefits that modern ATM architecture brings to functionality, it is vital that banks do not neglect the main focus of the channel — dispensing cash. Banks must ensure that any additional services provided at the ATM are not rolled out to the detriment of efficient and reliable cash delivery. ATM deployers must consider the strategic placement of additional ATM services, for example, avoiding peak periods in busy trains stations, or particularly well-visited terminals. Consumers also should expect to see more kiosk-type devices, which offer a wide range of banking services, but potentially without the ability to dispense cash.
 
However, while the need to maintain the core cash capabilities of the ATM is clear, deployers must focus on exploiting existing investment in this channel. Few banks are currently taking advantage of the increasingly sophisticated infrastructure behind the ATM. With an increased need to provide exceptional customer service while maximizing ROI, banks should look to advanced ATM functionality as a key differentiator. Advanced ATM software can help unlock the value and potential of the network and provide an additional revenue stream through the banks most frequent customer touchpoint.
 
Martin Macmillan is the business development director of Level Four Software in the United Kingdom.
Posted by: Martin Macmillan AT 12:51 pm   |  Permalink   |  0 Comments  |  
Tuesday, 23 June 2009
This column is excerpted from the 2009 Self-Service Consumer Survey, sponsored by Self-Service & Kiosk Association.
 
From using ATMs to scanning groceries in self-service lines, we consumers are clearly comfortable with do-it-yourself options that save us money and time. Computer literate and technologically savvy, many of us also scour the Internet for information and services — often about medical concerns.
 
These trends are playing a pivotal role in the transformation of the healthcare system in the United States. Already devotees of blood pressure checks in drugstores, consumers are moving from "passive patient" to "engaged participant," with growing numbers eager to explore the next generation of convenient self-screening and monitoring options in the retail environment.
 
Some may question whether this new direction is good for the physical health of the consumer and the fiscal health of the market. But as industry leaders recognize the opportunities and the lead generation created by the change from a patient-oriented to a consumer-driven market, a win-win situation is emerging.
 
The development and availability of self-service health screenings can encourage consumers to catch problems early, when they are usually most treatable. It may also help consumers identify risk factors to prevent future health disorders, saving them money in the long run.
 
Providing consumers with health information and initial self-service screenings does not eliminate the need for thorough exams and testing by professionals. Rather, the opposite is true. If marketed correctly, these self-service screenings can generate leads by educating consumers about which healthcare services they need and move them onto the appropriate healthcare track for professional care.
 
The healthcare industry’s business-as-usual strategies of the past are simply not meeting current needs. One example: vision care. Regular eye exams can help detect problems early by assessing and treating vision problems and spotting eye diseases at a more treatable stage. The problem is that most Americans are uninformed about the need for regular eye examinations. In fact, according to the American Optometric Association, most people seek professional eye care only every 36 to 48 months — about half as often as recommended. Recent self-screening vision tests of 6,000 people in Georgia showed that 30 percent of them had never had an eye exam — and 80 percent of those using the free kiosk screening device were directed to see an eye care professional.
 
According to Prevent Blindness of America, the economic impact of vision problems in the U.S. is estimated at $51.4 billion. Dr. Kevin Lavery, a leading ophthalmologist and former FDA investigator who has taught eye surgery around the world, said that up to 50 percent of glaucoma cases go undiagnosed — and yet when left untreated, this disease can cause blindness.
 
It is crucial to educate consumers on how regular eye exams can help them preserve eye health and reduce expenses for future medical care, because disorders can be diagnosed and treated at earlier stages. Furthermore, if consumers understood and acted upon the need for regular eye exams, the U.S. vision care market, currently valued at more than $25 billion, would benefit substantially.
 
In the current healthcare climate, we need to use technological innovations to engage consumers in new ways. To do this, we must understand what they want and need. For example, data shows that nearly 38 percent of Baby Boomers would use a retail health clinic. And a new survey by the Deloitte Center for Health Solutions concludes that many consumers desire wider access to healthcare in retail settings. While expressing anxiety about future healthcare costs, people are searching for services that save them money and offer convenience.
 
We need to close the gap between what consumers want and what they are currently getting by partnering with the healthcare professional community. Offering self-service screenings and monitoring at convenient business and retail locations makes sense, especially if we incorporate user-friendly technology to make the experience satisfying and informative. The sponsorship of these technologies will actually encourage consumers to schedule more office visits with a healthcare professional.
 
This will lead to better preventive healthcare for consumers and a stronger economic marketplace for those of us in the healthcare industry.
 
Bart Foster is CEO and founder of SoloHealth, an emerging company in Atlanta that is positioned to capitalize on the growing consumer preference for self-directed healthcare services. SoloHealth's inaugural product is EyeSite, an interactive kiosk that provides vision health information, as well as a customized vision report. Click here to see a video about the kiosk. In 2008, EyeSite won three Self-Service Excellence Awards, including Best in Show, at KioskCom Self Service Expo.
Posted by: Bart Foster AT 12:49 pm   |  Permalink   |  0 Comments  |  
Wednesday, 17 June 2009
Keith Kelsen is executive chairman of the board of The MediaTile Company and chair of the Content Committee for the Digital Signage Association.

In January of 2009, I wrote the year’s "Top 10 Digital Signage Trends." I thought I would revisit my predictions to see what I had missed; what had I predicted correctly and what incorrectly?

As it turns out, I scored an 8 out of 10, having missed two trends that are now apparent. Following is a revised Top 10 (plus one additional) Trends for 2009:

Trend #1: Content is the next main talking point for the industry

As an industry, we now have great, proven technology to deliver messages across DOOH networks, so now what? Dare I say it? I have to! "Content is king." Why? Since prehistoric times, as evidenced in cave paintings, people have used images, placed where others would encounter them, to communicate important information. For more than 120 years, rapid advances in technology have transformed human communication, delivering information faster and to a greater degree of relevance. The technology that has led us to a new medium, digital signage, has become commonplace. Now, more than ever before, "the message is the medium." The content running across screens provides digital signage its moment to shine. As a new medium, digital signage needs to define its own creative approach to content. This will be a pivotal year for great content.

I am still very bullish on this prediction, and given the amount of attention focused on content in trade events, discussions and shows, content is THE No. 1 issue of the year (and I believe for decades to come). Quoting my industry colleague, Lyle Bunn, at the Digital Signage Expo (DSE), "Content was of primary education and exhibit focus for the first time at an industry-wide event." In a Web survey conducted by my staff, of 227 companies claiming to create digital signage content, only 47 actually could provide samples demonstrating a basic understanding of content for digital signage.

Trend #2 Traditional broadcasters are getting into the digital signage marketplace

With the television industry facing an unprecedented downturn, manufacturers and producers of content are looking to expand and capitalize on the DOOH/digital signage industry. It is the natural evolution as a new media develops that many companies put resources into testing the market. Some jump in with both feet as they have no other alternative. Production houses employ expert creative teams that can bring top-quality content into the world of digital signage. Some will have to play catch-up; some will leverage Web and Flash skills to optimize great content for this new medium, for maximum impact and to achieve unprecedented returns. We will likely see acquisitions coming from the TV broadcasting industry, with companies essentially buying their way into the market to make up for lost time in the DOOH industry, around technology and production.

This trend is becoming increasingly apparent. At the National Association of Broadcasters, Harris, a traditional TV hardware manufacturer, announced the advent of Punctuate for digital signage, to provide digital signage solutions for a McDonald's pilot. Wegener Corporation, a leading provider of equipment for television, audio and data distribution networks worldwide, announced at DSE this year that it will provide a technology preview of the WEGENER iPump 525 IP Media Player and WEGENER Compel Connect. We see CNN Health News and ABC Health News transmitted in digital signage deployments across hospitals and doctors' offices. NBC also creates content for college campus networks. A number of production companies have also entered the creative side of the equation to do what they do best: create content.

Trend #3 Agencies are awaking to the power of digital signage

Many agencies are realizing that DOOH is a valuable area to explore. It is a difficult transition from traditional media to DOOH. Some agencies are prompting brands to buy into this burgeoning market. Open software platforms for the DOOH market will excel as they allow cross network placement, helping agencies drive more comfort and scale widely across the digital signage landscape. Agencies are also realizing that DOOH includes more than digital billboards; that it extends beyond this early digital signage incarnation. DOOH is being used to build brand networks at the shelf and in-store, to capture the consumer at the best possible time: at the point of decision. In-store media is the new frontier for agencies looking to expand product presence and increase sales at the shelf. The good news is that the media is measurable with real sales-lift as proof. In-store media is more than just capturing "eyeballs" and branding, it is about the merchandising and selling of product — not to mention the resultant tremendous in-store associate training benefits gained at the same time.

A number of agencies are being turned upside down given current economic volatility, and need to rethink strategies for achieving the best ROI for their ad dollars. Jack Sullivan of StarCom Worldwide (one such agency) had this to say about the Digital Signage Expo: "DSE was relevant, provocative, a harbinger of new digital media choices and reflective of the emerging array of new and exciting media." Other well known agencies attended DSE and KioskCom Self Service Expo and The Digital Sigange Show to help them further understand the opportunities of this new medium. Also quoted from the DSE was Gwen Morrison, WPP (The Store), "Digital Signage Expo had a great mix of industry, agency and brand advertiser representatives, and provided the latest news on technology and communications applications."

At the recent Strategy Institute "Content Summit" on digital signage, there were more than a dozen agencies presenting or in attendance. And, last week, we saw EnQii declare itself in the "agency business" along with MediaTile's announcement of its agency content training program and the Ad Council's new clearing house for public service announcements (PSAs) for digital signage at PSAcasting.org. Companies such as SeeSaw Networks and Adcentricity continue to capture large gains on the agency side by capturing budgets for aggregated networks.

The real proof point? TV upfronts are down. Barclays Capital predicted in April that upfront spending would decline 15 percent from 2008 to $7.4 billion. In the UK, advertising revenues to the television companies are forecast to be 14 percent lower this year than in 2008. Newspapers are off 28 percent in the United States and digital signage network ad sales are up as much as 40 percent for a number of networks, and some are folding.

Trend #4 Brands are shifting money to this market from traditional TV

Major brands are moving into the market, right now. Once traditional TV viewership declined, they began looking for more effective messaging. This trend began last year when a few brands bypassed their agencies and began experimenting directly with DOOH. Building brand networks in-store at the shelf is a critical part of this strategy. For brands to survive and retain customers, they must spend money at the point of sale, or risk losing customers to generic brands. Once lost, a customer is tough to win back — and expensive. This trend will grow geometrically as sales become hotly contested.

For brands, the real proof points are scattered around the world, in retail outlets, stores, chains and other locations. More and more we see brand displays incorporating digital signage networks and their own brand TV-like channels at the shelf. Samsung is an example of a brand sold on DOOH, and their recent new product launch campaign was 95 percent comprised of DOOH media. The results were "fantastic," according to Rob Gorrie of Adcentricity. These are real proof points that will drive brands and their agencies to digital signage buys. The trend of reallocating budgets from TV to the shelf and DOOH networks is progressing. (Budgets are also coming from traditional POP.) Major players are spending aggressively now to maximize their ad dollars and protect their brands.

Trend #5 Cross-platform and interaction with cell phones is critical

In the past year, blue tooth and text message integration passed its experimental and pilot phases. The connection and symbiotic relationship between display and cell phone will continue to grow with more deployments in 2009. Consumers are ready to utilize this technology today. Personalizing features by offering coupons and other media on handsets will further drive sales at the shelf. Tracking these interactions to measure the success of a network will also play a part in the overall success of the campaign. Digital signage will take a front seat in this area, adding value to the entire digital communications grid.

So far this year we have seen a few outdoor applications involving mobile SMS and digital signage, including OutCast (formerly FuelCast). There are signs of change, however. Danoo is rolling out to 100 locations. "Download rates tend to be below 1 percent online, but we're seeing 3 percent," said Doug Scott, vice president of marketing for Danoo. For those users that set their mobile phones to "discoverable mode," making it easy for them to receive messages, download rates soared to 30 percent. Twitter and tweets are increasingly popular and pervasive, and digital signage vendors are moving quickly to integrate this and other social mediums. At a recent auto show, Volvo used Twitter and brought the results to digital signage. This trend is inclusive of mobile, but with a new Twitter-twist.

Trend #6 Interactivity and measurement

Along with interaction with cell phones, interactive engaging technologies will propel the industry to enhance new consumer experiences, from touchscreens to floor screens, to window touchscreens to gesture-enabled interaction. The engagement of the consumer adds tactile experiences to visual experiences, and helps to create an emotional connection with the brand and product. As was the case with cell phones, 2009 will see more than simple small pilot projects; it will boast large-scale rollouts vying for consumer attention, ramped up to unprecedented levels. Measurement proves the maturity of the industry and is key in 2009. Data collected from interactive solutions and delivered upstream will give DOOH another powerful asset in the form of market intelligence and direct consumer feedback, for marketers and agencies to measure the success of their campaigns.

Here, we have seen impressive rollouts (over 300 in some cases) involving touchscreens across retail with brands. Touchscreen interactivity is being used for Touch Tune's and Ecast's networks in bars using jukeboxes. We have seen some very cool gesture-enabled interactions. However, this has not reached scale as of mid-year. I expect more to come from this very exciting area for digital signage in the remainder of 2009 and 2010.

Trend #7 Data-driven content or ad search for DOOH

As an increasing number of large networks emerge online, and the number of displays grows geometrically, creation of individual playlists that are relevant to a specific display and associated audience will become a thing of the past. Just as with Internet search engines, metadata for content and screens will ultimately be matched for the right time, place, target and behavioral attitudes. This will allow access to databases that have ad content and remove the complexities from decision-making focused upon when, where and why. This will establish the industry as leading edge, not trailing edge.

Technology is definitely starting to conquer this opportunity and there are a few companies doing something about it. The real question is when the software is in place, how will content be created, tagged and placed on the network? I expect to see content created in a more layered fashion, and digital assets locally assembled in more automated ways.

Trend #8 Cost of LCD and players is entering next phase of cost down

LCD's are declining in price and have been for the past six years. This is a trend which will continue. Innovations on the media player side will also bring pricing down. Quality is still a significant factor, and will be critical in keeping networks up and operational 24/7. Declining cost is not a substitute for reliable and scalable technology. Total investment and ROI still require a quality platform.

Clearly, overall costs are coming down…but right now, LCD pricing is slightly on the rise.

Trend #9 Consolidation and failures will continue

In these unprecedented economic conditions there will be failures and consolidations in 2009. This is both good for the industry and bad. Though we may see failures undermining the integrity of the industry, the pieces will be picked up and business models changed to improve the industry overall in 2009; the prevailing economic situation will simply accelerate this evolutionary process. There will be success for companies that are established, have good business models and have the cash flow to endure. 2010 will be the year of winners in the end game, where a few companies dominate the market.

The industry is in a state of contradiction, enduring some layoffs and failures, while at the same time supporting large-scale rolls-out and awarded contracts. The industry is defying economic gravity in terms of growth, but there are simply too many companies competing for business, with even more entering the space from outside. I am still of the mind that the industry is headed for increasing consolidation.

Trend #10 Growth for the industry is positive

Notwithstanding my previous comments, industry growth will be moderate. Digital signage networks have the opportunity to reduce costs, save resources and communicate powerful messages. These are attributes that will spur continued growth as companies worldwide re-evaluate every element of their communication plans. Looking closely at the models and businesses that benefit by taking advantage of digital signage technology will be the key. Making the case to use digital signage is our job as an industry, and this will be yet another year of growth.

Sales are up compared to 2008. I continue to see the growth despite the contrast of failures. This is a common theme in an industry that is on its way.

Trend #11 The print industry seeks digital

This is a new prediction, and one of importance. I have seen several news items that indicate this as a viable trend. The first example: a deal between Fast Signs and Scala. Here, a traditional sign company is looking to capitalize on the overall success of digital signage. As with all acquisitions, this will require a fair amount of training for internal employees to overcome a significant learning curve. Another interesting and recently announced "print-related" deal comes out of Canada: ICON Print's (a large-format printer for environmental graphics, retail POP, grand format outdoor banners, vehicle graphics and fabric printing) acquisition of GridCast, a digital signage integrator.
Posted by: Keith Kelsen AT 10:48 am   |  Permalink   |  0 Comments  |  
Monday, 15 June 2009

Multitouch interfaces, as well as immersive experiences, are revolutionizing the self-service industry, and full-body tracking by 3D cameras will soon be added to the mix. These technologies draw customers into the action, first by sheer fascination and then through the satisfaction of being able to control, personalize and improve the quality of their interactive experience.
 
Cutting-edge 3D trackers have just begun to be introduced in motion-controlled self-service systems for high-traffic retail and public spaces. They help cut above the clutter that competes for consumers' attention. With 3D technology, customers are enticed to navigate advertising and entertainment content with full 3D gestures.
 
This refreshingly natural and intuitive ability to access information by gesturing in the air has created a more ergonomic, hygienic and, ultimately, more engaging consumer experience. Using just their hands, consumers can move items back and forth and sideways or even grab at virtual objects in mid-air. This kind of interactive user experience is far more exciting than a traditional touchscreen interface. And immersive technology, such as when the user actually sees his video image onscreen as he interacts with the display, creates an even more personal and exciting customer experience.
 
Even better, multitouch interactivity is adding a whole new dimension to a world where 'single user/single point' display control was once the norm. With a multitouch interface, multiple users can access information on an interactive display simultaneously, and each user can use two hands to do several things at once on a display. Because people generally use two hands in the everyday world, multitouch is a very natural, intuitive and comfortable interface.
 
By making simple rotating and dragging gestures, the user can control dynamic multimedia content, access product information, view advertising, play games, create special effects or manipulate images. Without a doubt, multitouch technology creates a world of possibilities for innovative and highly engaging multiplayer, multiuser and collaborative interactive experiences.
 
All these technologies are based on cameras, which offer the added benefit of being able to deliver user metrics for reporting and analytics purposes. 

But how can multitouch, immersive technologies and 3D technologies go beyond mere novelty, so they actually build brand awareness and loyalty and even convert passersby to customers? Here are just a few scenarios that are made possible with these technologies:

  • As shoppers approach a retail window, they are beckoned to enter a virtual store, complete with an authentic 3D replica of the store's interior, aisles and merchandise. With a tilt of their hand, customers fly through the aisles, grabbing in mid-air to see the image of their own hand actually reach for and pick up products, which they are free to shake, twist, open or turn upside down. Each motion the user makes is rendered instantly onscreen for a real-time experience that entices customers to enter the store and make their purchase.   
  • Tourists can enjoy a real-life virtual tour with the implementation of 3D depth-sensing, wayfinding systems. Visitors experience the thrill of a fly-by with an overhead view of a life-like 3D representation of their destination, complete with the ability to navigate key attractions. With a flick of the wrist or slight hand gesture, visitors can go, stop, change directions, fly through the cityscape or duck inside hotels, restaurants or other points of interest for an up-close and personal view of amenities and offerings before heading off to experience the real thing.
  • Customers can test drive new products with a 3D, interactive in-store display to gain a virtual user experience before they buy. Brand marketers can dramatically dial up the "cool" factor, kick start new product launches and create an experiential shopping environment that generates buzz and enhances viral and word-of-mouth marketing.
  • Entertainment venues can provide immersive, interactive experiences that help educate and entertain guests: Little sluggers can take a swing at a Major League-caliber fastball and then order tickets to an upcoming game. Aspiring explorers can navigate craters on the moon or traverse the jungles of Malaysia. Restaurant patrons can enjoy virtual games while relaxing with their favorite beverage and order refills right from their seat. With user-guided 3D environments that can be integrated into surfaces like tabletops, bars, walls and floors, the possibilities are endless.

Clearly, 3D and multitouch technologies provide loads of interactive and memorable fun for the consumer. But more than that, they also provide substantial economic benefits to the business that deploys them. Inventory costs can be reduced as real-world product displays are replaced with virtual ones. Sales-conversion costs can be cut as consumers conduct product research virtually, leaving associates free to close and cash out sales. Revenues can increase substantially as robust self-service kiosks allow stores to sell products and serve customers 24/7 through storefront windows, even when doors are closed. Printing expenses can be reduced, as consumers no longer require brochures to view offerings or explore options.
 
The list of economic benefits is long and grows over time, but there's no question that the fuller, richer experiences offered by these technologies entice more customers to browse longer and make them more inclined to purchase.

Posted by: Vincent John Vincent AT 12:48 pm   |  Permalink   |  0 Comments  |  
Monday, 08 June 2009
Awareness of environmental issues is at an all-time high, and it is fueling a dramatic market shift. Venture capitalists are pouring huge investments into early-stage clean technology providers, and I.T. industry titans, such as HP, IBM, Dell and Apple, are actively marketing energy-efficient green technologies. Environmental initiatives are also being championed at multiple levels of government, most notably through federal economic stimulus funding. A similar phenomenon is happening at the local level. In 2008, for example, Dallas received national attention for becoming the first U.S. city to achieve ISO 14000 certification for "broad scale" operations.

As a self-service technology manufacturer or solution provider looking to benefit from the momentum toward greater environmental awareness, you face important questions. Will going green benefit your business? How do you convey a credible environmental message to customers and business partners? Which green initiative is the right one to pursue? For answers, look to the globally recognized ISO 14000 family of standards for implementing an environmental management system, or EMS.

A global standard

ISO 14000 is published by the International Organization for Standardization, or ISO, the same group responsible for the ubiquitous ISO 9000 quality-management family of standards. The first two standards, ISO 14001:2004 and ISO 14004:2004, deal with EMS. ISO 14001:2004 provides the specifications for an EMS, and ISO 14004:2004 gives general EMS guidelines.

Since its inception in the 1990s, tens of thousands of organizations around the world have achieved ISO 14001:2004 certification. But until recently, this initiative has been less visible in North America. According to the most recent ISO Survey of Certifications, this region has contributed less than 5 percent of the total worldwide ISO 14001:2004 certifications.     

The premise of ISO 14001:2004 is straightforward. It aims to "provide a framework for a holistic, strategic approach to the organization's environmental policy, plans and actions." Because it is based on a generic framework for implementing an EMS, without dictating business-specific environmental performance levels, certification is available to virtually any organization, including start-up companies, multinational corporations, government entities and nonprofit organizations.

Initially, an EMS provides an organization with a baseline measurement of the impact of business operations on the environment. Programs can then be put in place to improve on this baseline starting with internally defined goals. The intent of the standard is to give an organization a way to measure progress against these targets. It also provides a common reference when communicating with customers, stakeholders and employees about progress made in reducing environmental impact.

Benefits of compliance

Adopting an ISO-compliant EMS can have a measurable bottom-line impact on your business. Implementation will result in a substantive, actionable framework for continually improving environmental performance and optimizing variable costs for waste management, energy usage, raw materials and distribution. This message resonates particularly well with larger manufacturers. In fact, for those companies with highly optimized production and supply-chain processes, reducing variable operating costs can be viewed as the next logical step to ensuring continued competition in the global economy.

For VARs and other self-service technology solution providers, the opportunity to reduce manufacturing costs may be less compelling based on the nature or scale of your operation. For you, the key financial consideration is the potential for incremental revenue. With increased market awareness of environmental issues and growing demand for a greener approach to business, cultivating an eco-friendly brand can boost top-line results.

Achieving this goal, however, requires that your organization's green credentials be perceived as credible in the marketplace. ISO 14001:2004 addresses this by providing a globally accepted designation that clearly demonstrates your company's commitment to reducing its environmental impact. When competing for business with environmentally conscious buyers, ISO 14001:2004-certified manufacturers — and solution providers that partner with certified suppliers — have a clear advantage over competitors that lack this green authenticity.

Market momentum is building for eco-friendly business solutions, and ISO 14001:2004 represents a globally accepted designation for your eco-friendly organization. It gives manufacturers a framework for continually reducing variable costs, and it helps all organizations elevate their standing with environmentally conscious buyers. If you are looking for a competitive edge, consider ISO 14001:2004 certification, and be sure to partner with certified suppliers.

Adam Ortlieb is associate director of marketing for Seiko Instruments' Thermal Printer division. He can be reached at .
Posted by: Adam Ortlieb AT 12:46 pm   |  Permalink   |  0 Comments  |  
Monday, 01 June 2009

As more and more technology is introduced to the marketplace, consumers have become increasingly fickle about technology adoption. Gone are the times when a company could develop a widget with all the bells and whistles that could still be profitable, even though it took an end user three weeks to figure out how to change any of the settings. Think of the old VHS players, and how most people couldn’t even set the clocks. It has become more and more important to develop a product that is usable and intuitive to the end user; in fact, I would argue that entire companies have failed because their products have lacked these characteristics.

Usability and the user experience are critical to the success of any new consumer technology. These are even more critical in a kiosk program, which directly interacts with a consumer and is meant to be successful in a self-service manner, without human assistance. If someone tries to use a kiosk, whether it is an airline check-in kiosk, rental car kiosk, hotel kiosk or health screening kiosks and the experience isn’t nailed down, they won’t become a repeat user, or worse, they will discourage others from using it.

The understanding of technology companies around the user experience is becoming ever more obvious. Look at the leaps in improvement seen in cell phone navigation or GPS use. Only a handful of years ago, these devices had owners’ manuals that were thicker than most college engineering text books, and it took an end user every page to figure out how to use them. Now, one can typically pick up the device and intuitively navigate through the most basic and heavily used functions without much effort.

While I would argue that this is more art than science, there is an element of human factor analysis and determining someone’s mental model that aids designers in determining how to create a great user experience. There are a handful of firms that really understand how technology and human interaction can be done seamlessly to create a rich experience.

SoloHealth’s Experience

At SoloHealth we are developing a novel, new-to-the-world device. EyeSite is a self-service vision screening kiosk meant to educate consumers on the importance of eye health and motivate them to get comprehensive eye exams. The service is free for consumers and typically placed in high-traffic retail environments. We have discovered, first hand, the importance of the user experience.

We are asking consumers to interact with technology in a way that they have never done before. While most people have taken a traditional eye exam or screening, either at their eye care practitioner or early in school, they have always had instructions and continuous feedback about the process, usually from live people. So when we automate the process and leave the pace, process, inputs and interpretation to the end user, it leaves room for frustration, misunderstanding and worst of all, abandonment.

One of the best things that we at SoloHealth have done is to spend a good amount of time developing the user experience through quick and dirty testing, before spending one minute writing software code. This is the single biggest piece of advice I can give to another kiosk, or product, developer. Test your product as easily and efficiently as you can. In our case we created a paper mockup of various screen designs and ran a host of novice users through the paper mockup. We could quickly iterate our designs, message, application flow and communication tools in a matter of minutes. This helped us get 80 percent of the experience nailed down before investing any time or dollars in to the software. As most people know, iterating a product through multiple prototypes is very timely and costly.

Once we had a product that worked and a user experience with which we were comfortable, we tested just one kiosk. This way we could gauge real consumer experiences and refine the product further, before getting too many units produced and having to manage a network. Our motto was 80 percent and go, and churn, baby, churn!

We are continuously measuring completion rate and where in the program a user drops out of the application, as well as conducting intercept tests to understand consumer reaction and overall consumer satisfaction of the user experience. We constantly test new ways to communicate information, including different button styles, locations on the screen, simpler screen layouts, etc. The continuous improvement process is never-ending, and the minute you take your eye off of your product and the consumer behavior, you leave the door open for your competition.

As technology gets more sophisticated, consumers do as well, but their innate human behavior still influences how they use products. If you can find the mental model through which the majority of consumers look at life and the lens through which they filter things, you can harness this to your advantage.

The writer is vice president of operations and development for SoloHealth.

Posted by: Stephen Kendig AT 12:43 pm   |  Permalink   |  0 Comments  |  
Tuesday, 26 May 2009
Since the inception of Check 21 in October 2004, adoption of remote deposit capture has been steady among financial institutions that cater to business customers.
 
According to Celent, 75 percent of all U.S. FIs are expected to be remote capture-enabled by the end of 2008. With the rapid and widespread embrace of commercial RDC, many financial institutions are interested in exploring the new frontier of this capability: consumer remote deposit capture.
 
Technologies are now available that enable FIs to securely process checks sent via ordinary scanners, thus opening the doors to RDC for consumers and small business owners. On this front, Celent says that 7 percent of FIs report already having either a complete solution or a pilot program up and running; meanwhile, 15 percent report plans for a consumer RDC solution and 22 percent say they would consider such a solution.
 
RobMacMahon_NEW.jpg
Rob MacMahon
For many FIs contemplating this offering, questions still abound. To determine whether a consumer RDC program is right for your institution, and to ensure a smooth execution, a few key steps should be followed.
 
Identify your customer base
 
To assess the potential for success with a consumer RDC program, it is important to first evaluate your existing customer base, as well as potential new customers. For customers acclimated to off-hour banking solutions such as online banking, or for those who live far from a branch, consumer RDC could be a welcome offering. Evaluating your customers can also help you analyze overall risk and define the ideal customer to target in your marketing efforts.
 
Qualify your customer base
 
Diligent "know your customer" policies are extremely important in consumer RDC programs. While advanced safeguards are incorporated in the software developed for these programs, mitigating risk lies largely in the hands of the FI. Take inventory of the risk management controls that are currently in place at your institution, and consider a risk strategy designed specifically for a consumer RDC program. First and foremost, you'll need to set criteria to determine a customer's eligibility for this offering. For example, prerequisites for access to a consumer RDC application could include good credit and a long and positive history with your institution.
 
Take inventory of your security and monitoring capabilities
 
As previously mentioned, consumer RDC software solutions should include security features that allow your FI to control the flow of remote deposits in real time and customize the security criteria. This ensures that any deposits submitted for processing that do not meet the set standards are flagged and held until cleared by an authorized employee.
 
The crucial element then becomes identifying designated and qualified staff to monitor and control the software. Smooth deployment depends on your employees' understanding of and adherence to all protocol related to your RDC program.
 
Deploy your consumer RDC program
 
The final element of a successful consumer RDC program is smooth integration of the application into your FI's existing system. The key to a seamless inclusion of a consumer RDC program is that the software is easily installed and integrated into other back-end processes. Furthermore, the application should be easy and straightforward for the end user to encourage adoption among your target customers.
 
As the most rapidly adopted technology in the history of the financial services industry, the potential is there for remote deposit capture to become a successful consumer application. As with any new technology, before considering a consumer RDC program for your institution, several factors must be taken into consideration. With a firm understanding of your institution's customer base, risk controls, employees and, last but certainly not least, the technologies and processes through which you plan to execute the program, a successful consumer RDC program launch is within reach.
 
Robert MacMahon is senior business development manager of payments and imaging solutions for Diebold ImageWay, the deposit automation and imaging division of Diebold Inc.
Posted by: Robert MacMahon AT 12:41 pm   |  Permalink   |  0 Comments  |  
Wednesday, 20 May 2009
Okay, so I'm not as clever as David Letterman, but on the other hand, I am hoping that my list will be more useful, at least for those looking at the design of a digital in-store media network, aka, in-store TV.  
 
Since the advent of the first in-store TV network earlier in this decade, much time and talk has been given to finding the right model for digital signage at retail.  Early designs have brought about mixed results. Much of the criticism came from shoppers who either resented more ads being pushed at them or, at the very least, felt it was a nuisance.  
 
Many of these early in-store TV models weighed heavily on funneling some above-the-line brand advertising dollars into retailer coffers. And to avoid conflicts with co-op and trade dollars already tapped from supplier brands, many of the ads were from brands not even sold by the retailer and therefore out of sync with the shopper's mind-set.  Do I really want to see a car advertisement when I am buying my groceries? I think not.  
 
While advertising revenue remains a viable consideration when retailers design their in-store TV network, programming it should not be the dominant reason for its existence. And when it's done, brands should be selected that are relevant or entertaining to the shopper. For example, if a major pet-supply retailer ran a trailer for the Disney release of "Beverly Hills Chihuahua," I am confident shoppers would see that as an enhancer to the shopping experience.
 
Before I get into my top eleven reasons for a retailer to implement a digital in-store media network, let's look at what has contributed to this trend: Wal-Mart & Tesco TV.
 
Both retailers deserve a lot of credit for being early movers in this area.  The experiences gained, with a few bumps along the way, have made the path smoother for future implementations. Over the last year both retailers have launched next-generation designs that have incorporated several key modifications.  

-    Lower the screens to get viewing down to shopper sight-lines.
-    Evaluate the shopper journey and place screens in locations where they can easily be seen.
-    Place merchandise in close proximity of the screens so shoppers make the connection and it can better influence the purchase decision.
-    Manage the audio so that the soundtrack is shopper and store employee-friendly.
-    Align length of media spots to complement shopping traffic, emphasizing brevity with 5-second spots in traffic areas.
-    Present content that focuses on the shoppers' mindset, needs and demographic.    
-    Invite shoppers to purchase promoted products with strong call-to-actions.
  
Now with the road ahead having been traveled by several major implementations that have helped define best practices, retailers can now approach this shopper marketing and communications medium with greater confidence.  
 
So whether you are taking the plunge with a full rollout or designing a pilot to test the performance within your environment, I encourage you to consider the following benefits.  Then design the implementation and content programming to generate the results you want to emphasize.
      
#1. Enhance the shopping experience

Shoppers vote with their feet, a positive and enjoyable shopping experience helps to develop a loyal patron.  When digital in-store media is properly executed, the shopper reaction is very positive.  

- According to OXT's (Online Testing Exchange) July '07 Study, digital signage catches the attention of more people than any other comparable advertising medium and was found to be more entertaining than any other except TV.

- According to Arbitron Research (9/04 Study), more than three-quarters (+75%) of retail video viewers find the screens helpful, 42 percent of retail-video viewers would prefer to shop at a store that has video displays versus one without.

#2. Increase in-store conversion and product sales

Retailers are in the business of selling goods, plain and simple.  Digital in-store media networks are now proven to move the sales needle.  Many studies from researchers such as OXT, The Platt Retail Institute, Forrester, Nielsen and Arbitron now empirically show the influence on sales.

- According to Nielsen Research (9/06 Supermarket/Grocery Consumer Behavior Study), "68 percent of those surveyed said in-store messages would help sway their product purchasing decisions. Further, 44 percent said they would switch a product they previously intended to buy for one being featured."

- According to Arbitron Research (9/04 Study), "Nearly a third (29 percent) of retail-video viewers have made an unplanned purchase after seeing a product featured on the in-store video display."

#3. Build your store brand

To counter the "sea of sameness" between competing retailers, many are putting increased emphasis on their own store brands. In-store TV can be a powerful communication and promotional medium to convey the in-store brand essence and value.   

#4. Reduce perceived wait-time for customers

Whether it is in a check-out, pharmacy, or service desk queue, or simply waiting for your wife to try on another blouse to go with a new skirt, no one is a big fan of waiting.  If you can reduce "perceived" wait time you win. According to a study done by BTV+ "Virtually every use of digital signage display generates . a 40-60 percent reduction in perceived wait time."   

#5. Drive traffic to your Web site  

Leveraging both the in-store and web-based shopper touch-points, "Clicks and Mortar", to drive sales and loyalty is now an essential part of many retailers strategies.  In-store TV is a digital on-ramp, an opportunity to introduce to your shoppers your on-line presence and promote cross-channel engagement.   

#6. Strengthen relationships with your community

"Narrowcasting" capabilities of this medium enables you to pinpoint unique messages down to the location (even more granular day-part by screen).  Take advantage of that by serving up content that connects at a local level.  This can be as simple as local news, weather, collage and high-school sports, and community sponsorships.  Put some teeth into your "we are a part of the community" messaging.  

#7. Reduce point-of-purchase expenses and in-store clutter

Clutter and environmental conservation are two issues that often go hand-in-hand, and retailers are grappling with ways to ensure shoppers get their messages while not having their stores look like a used car lot on President's Day.  Digital media that attracts more attention than static signs can help to clear up those aisles while lowering the costs related to printing, shipping, in-store compliance and disposal.  It also supports more frequent and targeted messaging, which is not practical with traditional static signage.   

#8. Improve employee communication and training

Retailers are very aware of the high cost of employee turnover.  One of the most formidable challenges retailers face are 80 - 120 percent turnover of in-store personnel.  The cost of hiring and training combined with the cost of poor customer service is enormous.  
 
Retailers realize that they can "sweat the asset" of a digital in-store media network to improve employee communications and lower turnover rates.  Off-hour programs can pay huge dividends: daily team message, customer service and sales techniques, career profiles, product safety and recall information, and straight-forward training content that support the store manager.  Some retailers are even looking to their supplier community to sponsor training, for example "Speaking to shoppers about pet nutrition brought to you by Iams," making them a revenue generation source as well.     

#9. Strengthen your mobile marketing/loyalty program

Retailers are addressing a new breed of shopper. A shopper who has ready access to all sorts of information, who can stand in your store and do competitive price comparisons or look up consumer product reviews on their mobile devices.  Their shopping list, their coupons - virtually everything - can be accessed via that mobile device.  

Conversely, you can reach them with useful information such as promotions, event updates, and last-minute over-inventory blow-out sales through this device. However, there is a delicate line between annoyance and attraction when it comes to a device that is regarded as highly personal as a person's mobile device.  

Therefore, people need to explicitly opt into a program.  Like e-commerce, digital in-store media can be a powerful way to promote adoption and begin to grow that highly coveted mobile marketing list of shoppers.  

#10. Influence inventory and supply chain efficiencies

One of the most powerful benefits of this media is to do just-in-time messaging and leverage its ability to drive incremental sales to move over-inventoried product at the specific store level.  Take, for example, women's apparel. When the next season's fashions are due, last season's line starts to make its way toward the back of the store, getting markdowns along the way.  
 
Pre-markdown, heavy-up promotion of that line in the stores with excess inventory, thus selling more product at full margin.  This also applies to product over-inventoried at the distribution center, using the digital in-store media to pull product through the supply chain.  

#11. Generate new revenue by selling advertising space

Why #11?  Because where 1-10 address core retail operating and promotional considerations, this point is outside of a typical retailer's traditional competencies. It is also not for everyone, retailers with all store brands or a heavy emphasis on their brand and shopping experience may feel that any level of advertising fights with their marketing and décor.  
 
For many, the right model is a hybrid that brings in appropriate and viewer-minded advertising.  When it is done right in can be a powerful incremental revenue generator.  Studies are showing that out-of-home video advertising network spending in the US reached $1.28 billion in 2007 and are projected to reach $3.22 billion by 2011.   Do it right and you can get a piece of this action.  Do it wrong and your shoppers will have a piece of you.
Posted by: Stuart Armstrong AT 10:49 am   |  Permalink   |  0 Comments  |  
Tuesday, 19 May 2009

The self-service and kiosk industry is alive and well, in spite of the difficult economy. KioskCom and the biannual Self-Service & Kiosk Association Advisory Board meeting, held recently in Las Vegas, is always a good opportunity to get a pulse of the industry.

Joel Davis, CEO of JD Events, reported on numbers for KioskCom: 1,382 qualified attendees. Davis said that while it might be tempting to let anyone in the show to keep the numbers up, the organizers stuck to their policy of only approving buyers so as to retain the quality of the audience. So while attendance may have been down from 2008, it still meant that there were plenty of good folks for the 162 exhibitors to talk to.

I reported on membership growth. Through our deployer membership campaign, we’ve added over 100 deployers since August and we project that deployer members will exceed vendor members in the Association by the end of the year as planned.

Chris Rezendes of VDC Research presented some very interesting figures on the size and projected growth of the industry. The self-service market in North America in 2008 was a healthy $4.9 billion and projected to grow to $9.8 billion by 2013. Rezendes noted that these numbers include all spending associated with self-service implementation, including hardware, software and services.

I also reported on our foray into social media with LinkedIn and Twitter. Our SSKA LinkedIn Group, established on April 10, 2008, now has 366 members and counting. It’s free to join; I encourage you to join the group, get connected to other members, post discussions, news and job opportunities. You can also follow me on Twitter at http://twitter.com/daviddrain.

The SSKA board re-elected Miller Newton of Netkey to a second year as president and elected vice presidents from the deployer, vendor and international communities. We also welcomed newly elected board members and, with "fresh blood" come new ideas. Board members expressed enthusiasm for promoting membership in the Association, but requested an "elevator pitch." These talking points can be summarized as follows:

1. Advocacy. The Association advocates for the use self-service technology, which saves consumers time, deployers money and improves the customer experience. Since we are the voice of the self-service industry, we’ve been called upon by the likes of Newsweek, CBS MarketWatch, the Seattle Post-Intelligencer, Airport Innovation magazine and Credit Union Business magazine.

2. Education. We want deployers of self-service technology to be successful, so we arm them with valuable information through this website and through newsletters and our library of members-only best practices. Deployer membership is currently free, so there’s no reason not to join. Our Speakers Bureau helps connect conferences and trade shows seeking speakers and our member experts.

3. Networking. Both deployers and vendors of self-service technology benefit greatly by meeting other people in this space and we facilitate that — whether it’s through board or committee service, membership luncheons like the one we held on May 5 or the Buyer’s Summit we co-sponsored at KioskCom, or through virtual opportunities like LinkedIn. We will help you meet other members to get business done.

SSKA co-sponsored the Self Service Excellence Awards with KioskCom where we inducted three more members into the SSKA Hall of Fame:

  • Gregg Kaplan, president & chief operating officer, Coinstar (former CEO of Redbox)
  • Rick Malone, founder and president of KIOSK Information Systems
  • Bradley Walker, founder and CEO, Nanonation

On May 7, I moderated a panel called "What Self-Service Technology Do Customers Really Want?" with panelists Jared Miller of Continental Airlines and Janet Sherlock of AMR Research. I presented some of the findings from our recent survey of over 1,000 consumers.

Read also: KIOSKCOM: Survey data revealed to show attendees 

We’re beginning a series of free webinars, so mark your calendar for our first webinar we are planning for June 16 called "Survivor’s Guide to Deploying Kiosks," led by Janet Webster, president of Creative Solutions Consulting (formerly with US Postal Service) and featuring an all-deployer panel:

  • Sarah Canepa Bang, CEO, Financial Service Centers Cooperative
  • Greg Clore, vice president, information technology, Dave & Buster's
  • Faith MacPherson, director, HR transactional services, Avery Dennison

So as you can see, we’re not sticking our heads in the sand, waiting for the economy to turn around. There are plenty of reasons to be optimistic about the opportunities in this great industry and Association of ours.

Read also: KIOSKCOM: SSKA advisory board holds elections, annual meeting

Posted by: David Drain AT 12:36 pm   |  Permalink   |  0 Comments  |  
Monday, 11 May 2009
If customer-data security was a big issue before, it became gargantuan in 2007, following the infamous TJX Companies security breach. More than 45 million customer records were compromised, causing the company to spend more than $20 million investigating the breach, notifying customers and hiring lawyers for multiple lawsuits.
 
The crisis caught the attention of virtually everyone — from consumers, who heard numerous stories and warnings from multiple media, to retailers and other handlers of customer data. No longer could the need to protect financial information be treated as a secondary concern.
 
Enter the Payment Card Industry Data Security Standard, developed by a council of multiple financial institutions to enhance payment-account data security. It includes guidelines for user authentication, firewalls, encryption, anti-virus measures and more.
 
Despite the increased focus, however, one path of credit card and other information from the consumer to the back office of the store and the bank has not seen enough attention: the kiosk.
 
Kiosk manufacturers and software developers in self-service should understand the importance of a secure kiosk network and how it affects their customers, and be prepared to introduce the right partners to help customers build, deploy and manage a robust kiosk network to meet the requirements of PCI DSS.
 
Kiosk deployers and endusers should not only understand how to best secure their networks to comply with PCI DSS, but also assign someone on their teams, or even hire connectivity and security experts, to assume ultimate responsibility for securing the kiosk network and the customer data it captures and transmits.
 
The formation of the PCI council was announced in September 2006 and comprises American Express, Discover Financial Services, JCB International, MasterCard Worldwide and Visa Inc. This article will look at a specific segment of PCI’s complex body of rules and regulations and discuss the firewall and network components that are recommended to secure a kiosk network.
 
Relevant issues include protecting data at rest (storing information like credit cards) and in motion (sending credit card info for processing). Playing into that is whether the network is connected to the payment center or corporate headquarters by a wireless (cellular) or wired (DSL, cable) network, and what equipment and security setting is best for securing the data and protecting the network from intruders?
 
Firewalls
 
In the years of experience providing network expertise to the self-service industry, we at TeraNova have seen kiosk deployers utilize both software-based firewalls and hardware-based firewalls in the kiosk to secure the data that is captured from the user. Here is some perspective on both:
 
Software. Many kiosk deployers utilize software-based firewalls to protect their networks from vulnerabilities because it’s less costly. They simply use the server/processing unit inside the kiosk (often a computer with a Windows operating system) to ward off viruses, worms, trojans, bots, and other sorts of computer malware. They can block certain popular ports of entry such as port 80 and others. These deployers do not want to incur additional equipment or maintenance costs required to set up a separate firewall to launch a hardware-based VPN tunnel with encryption algorithms available to “scramble" the data in motion.
 
This relates directly to the TJX debacle. According to InformationWeek, poorly secured in-store computer kiosks were partly to blame for acting as gateways to the company's IT systems. The kiosks, located in many of TJX's retail stores, let people apply for jobs electronically, and they were connected directly to the company's network and servers. These kiosks were not protected by firewalls. An anonymous source said, "The people who started the breach opened up the back of those terminals and used USB drives to load software onto those terminals.”
 
The source said the USB drives contained a utility program that let the intruder or intruders take control of these computer kiosks, essentially turning each kiosk into a remote terminal that could connect into the main network. The firewalls on TJX's main network weren't set to defend against malicious traffic coming from the kiosks.
 
According to Corey Nachreiner, senior network security analyst at WatchGuard Technologies Inc., a manufacturer of firewalls and other network security products, if someone is protecting a mobile computer, like a laptop used for business travel, then a software firewall combined with other security software might be “good enough.”
 
If, however, someone is protecting a computer or network of computers that is not mobile, like a kiosk system, a hardware firewall often provides better protection.
 
Hardware. Software firewalls are designed to be just firewalls: They often can't block email or Web-based malware. “Malware” can be defined as software designed to infiltrate or damage a computer system without the owner's consent. If malware does infect a system with a software firewall, the malware can easily bypass that software firewall, or just simply turn it off.
 
In the past, many worms, trojans and bot clients were designed to actually add policies to various popular software firewalls, thus bypassing the software firewall and allowing malicious traffic to enter and exit the network at will. If the software firewall lives on the system (server/PC in the kiosk) and the malware infects the system, then the malware can easily reconfigure the firewall. If one has an external hardware firewall, even if malware does infect one of the internal systems, it can't make policy changes to that firewall, since it's external to the system.
 
With kiosks, the security goal is often two-fold. The system needs to be protected from Internet and network threats, but also from the kiosk users as well. A kiosk is typically designed to only allow users to perform specific actions. Often, these types of kiosk systems implement security controls that try to prevent users from gaining unauthorized access to certain areas of the kiosks operating system.
 
Unfortunately, kiosk attackers have become experts at bypassing these restrictions and gaining unauthorized access to the operating system. If someone uses only a software firewall on the kiosk, and an attacker is able to bypass the local security restrictions, the attacker gains full control of that software firewall, and can disable it with ease. However, if a hardware firewall is used outside the kiosk, even if a local user gains access to the kiosk, he cannot disable the firewall.
 
In addition, software firewalls are sometimes ineffective at preventing attacks that target a system’s operating system. Since a software firewall runs on top of an operating system, the operating system usually has to handle network traffic before the software firewall does. If certain components of that operating system suffer from security vulnerabilities, attackers could exploit them before the attack traffic actually reaches the software firewall. At that point, the hacker has already created a path to the kiosk processor.
 
story continues below... advertisement
 

 
Data_security_and_PCI.jpg  

Data Security and Privacy:
Best Practices for Protecting Customer Information through PCI

Consumers are going to become more and more aware of the need to be smart with their electronic data. Rising reports of identity theft will continue to remind consumers that they need to pay careful attention to where, when and how they use their cards — and in whose hands, virtual or otherwise, they are willing to place those cards. For their part, retailers will need to bring their practices up to speed while educating their customers about the steps they are taking and the processes they are implementing. That means working through the hive of complexity that is PCI, then passing along the essence of it to customers in language that they will understand.
 

 
Order your copy today!
 

Airborne attacks
 
Let's take another look at how the hackers got into the TJX Companies' network.
 
According to The Wall Street Journal, another separate entry point was an improperly secured Wi-Fi network the thieves accessed from the parking lot of a Marshall's store in St. Paul, Minn. The thieves reportedly used a wireless data-poaching tactic called "wardriving" and exploited the deficiencies of the aging Wired Equivalent Privacy (WEP) wireless security protocol. Although WEP is a security algorithm that can be enabled to secure the Wi-Fi network (802.11), it is susceptible to hacking.
 
Do not confuse Wi-Fi with cellular. Cellular refers to data that is transmitted directly between a device and a carrier's cell tower. Wi-Fi is the name of a popular wireless networking technology to provide high speed Internet and network connections in a wireless local area network (WLAN) using the 802.11 standards.
 
WEP a security protocol for Wi-Fi is based on a 64-bit or 128-bit shared key algorithm. WPA (Wi-Fi Protected Access) on the other hand, is an enhanced wireless encryption mechanism. But even WPA can have inherent weaknesses, although it is much more difficult to crack than WEP. The danger is that if an access point is hacked, the hackers can now sniff all the packets on the private Wi-Fi network.
 
There are a number of measures that can be applied with WPA to ensure higher barriers to hacking. For example, one can choose a long pass phrase over a simple password, and make sure it isn’t composed of common words; a “brute force” dictionary program can run all common English words to uncover the pass phrase. If the hacker retrieves the pass phrase, they render the WPA security useless or at least highly vulnerable.
 
Builders of kiosk networks must be careful how they lock down their 802.11 security. Kiosk deployers may be leveraging a customer's Local Area Network (LAN) and using 802.11 (Wi-Fi) to broadcast that connectivity to the kiosks. Or they might bring in their own network but broadcast to multiple kiosks in the location. Either way, they need to secure the Wi-Fi portion of the LAN and the data as it is tunneled, encrypted, and transmitted across the Wide Area Network (WAN) to its destination, such as a payment processing center.
 
In fact, most security experts would not recommend the use of Wi-Fi unless there is a very specific and business critical reason to do so. If so, it's important that the wireless traffic be on a separate VLAN or network segment. Also be sure the WPA/WPA2 encryption and appropriate authentication as dictated by the PCI-DSS are enabled. In some cases, using Wi-Fi can add cmore PCI-compliance burden than it would cost to run DSL/able or use a single cellular connection for each kiosk.
 
Point of capture
 
Jason Sweitzer, president of Tempus Technologies Inc., says, “Assessment of PCI compliance is a point in time.”
 
Tempus Technologies  is a technology vendor that focuses on point of sale applications, data warehousing, and payment processing for retail companies.
 
Indeed, PCI compliance is a moving target, and companies need experts and managed solutions to take the complexity and costs out of the ongoing exercise of maintaining security. Certifying costs are high, and if a deployer doesn’t know what he is doing, not only is he in jeopardy of non-compliance and potential security breaches, but is spending more to process credit card payments. For a mistake in processing, the transactions can go from being charged at 1.5 percent to 3 percent from the merchant bank.
 
Here are some potential solutions for security at the point of capture as well as for protecting the data at rest.
  • Sweitze says Magnesafe technology, which encrypts track data on the head of the card reader, allows for the transmission of data without ever having unencrypted data on the kiosk network. This is one line of defense. Then the data should travel across an IPSec tunnel with at least Triple DES encryption to the data center. Again, this requires either a software-enabled tunnel and firewall or a standalone device that can launch the tunnel, encrypt the data and protect against intruders on the network.
  • File integrity management products can “protect” data at rest, such as preventing it from being changed and providing alerts when the data is tampered with. This essentially ensures the “virgin” state of the kiosk so that the only programs that can run on the machines are the ones that have been loaded. Even if the kiosk network becomes compromised, the malware cannot run its programs.

How are other kiosk deployers handing the PCI compliance issues? Alex Doumani, vice president of engineering for Coinstar, says fraud and security are constant concerns, and they have invested heavily not only in PCI compliance but also in multiple layers of authentication and encryption for access and data transfer between the kiosks and the Coinstar data centers.

Smaller deployers of kiosks, however, need to watch the costs of deploying their networks and auditing for PCI, carefully weighing potential security risks and the need for more robust security options against doing the bare minimum for the network’s security. With the use of the proper network equipment, purchasing a few affordable managed services, and leveraging industry experts, those deployers will be able to offload the complexities of designing, deploying, and maintaining a secure network. For a reasonable cost, they can ensure they don't fall behind on security requirements to protect their company and their customers’ assets.
 
Natasha Royer Coons is the managing director of TeraNova Consulting Group Inc. To submit a comment about this commentary, please e-mail .
Posted by: Natasha Royer Coons AT 12:31 pm   |  Permalink   |  0 Comments  |  
Wednesday, 06 May 2009
Last month, I was invited to visit the Microsoft Retail Experience Center near the company's headquarters in Redmond, Wash. We've talked about the REC before, as well as shared with you a video walkthrough, but I didn't want to miss the opportunity to see it first-hand.

It's a truly remarkable retail test lab, one that could easily be mistaken for a real electronics superstore, but you'd never know it if you drove by: The 20,000-square-foot facility is tucked away inside an unmarked building with no Microsoft signage anywhere to be seen. It's an invitation-only affair, a place where the company can bring retailers, partners and focus groups to test-run merchandising strategies and in-store technologies.

Stephen Sparrow, Microsoft's senior industry marketing manager for U.S. retail, is the driving force behind the center. He said his emphasis is on making the retail experience more connected, a word he uses a lot. It's at the core of his philosophy of what retail must become in order to thrive ? connecting stores with one another, with their employees, and with their customers.

"Disney used to say, when you're on a Disney cruise line, we'd better be able to recognize you as someone who just dropped four grand on a cruise," he said. "(We want to) create a world where you have more transparency, where you can deliver the right information and business insights to the right person, in an actionable way, when they need it and where they need it."

SLIDESHOW: Take a look inside the Microsoft Retail Experience Center

The store itself is a faux electronics store, replete with big-screen TVs, laptops, Xbox games and boxed software. But beneath the surface, the emphasis on connectedness bubbles up in some unique and new ways.

Take the shopping cart, with integrated touchscreen. Anyone who has attended a retail trade show in recent years has seen any number of such smart carts, but here it is integrated with the store's loyalty program to connect store database with shopper from the moment the shopping experience begins. An interactive store map, with turn-by-turn directions, not only delivers the shopper to the right place but builds an ever-growing pool of behavioral data.

Most of the products the shopper passes by in the store bear a Microsoft Tag, a technology that Sparrow calls "leveraged capital" ? a unique example of an in-store technology that the customer paid for himself, the cell phone. Giving a shopper a handheld scanner is one thing, but utilizing a device that is already in his pocket is quite another.

Giant touchscreens dot the walls, allowing customers to browse never-ending catalogs in a very intuitive fashion. Similarly hands-on experiences are served up by a Surface tabletop computer. In each instance, the devices in the store are pulling from the same central database, which not only insures a consistent experience, it saves the retailer time and money ? a screenshot or a product photo or a box cover need only be scanned once, and can then be automatically resized and repurposed for whatever touchpoint needs it.

Making the supply chain fully visible from source to shelf requires tagging, and in a perfect world, retailers will have RFID tags applied by the manufacturer. But for smaller retailers or those with a manageable assortment of products (or perhaps assortments from a large number of sources), the answer lies at the back of the REC. A desk bears a computer station with an RFID printer; as products come in the back door, a staffer prints a tag for each one and applies it to the box. Boxes are walked through a pair of reader gates, and from that moment on, the store is aware of each and every product for sale in the house.

In the back office, the database is mined through a data-rich but easy-to-understand management dashboard. From a single location, a manager can see any idiosyncrasy at the device level, and can make smart scheduling decisions. Color-coded feeds give real-time sales data, out-of-stock alerts, camera arrays, and even comparison charts detailing other stores in the network.

Sparrow pointed out that it's not just customers that benefit from the connected experience ? it empowers store managers to do their job better.

"You look at store managers ? retailers typically take their best sales rep and make him the manager and put him behind a desk with a Monday morning report," he said. "We say, give him that report mobile. And do it quickly, so he can get back on the sales floor, helping customers."

Sparrow said the REC is a "living, breathing facility," one that is evolving over time. In recent weeks, his team has begun experimenting with interactive storefront windows and new merchandising strategies.

"We understand that it's all about the customer? how do you help them find what they need," he said. "And how do you help the employee help that customer."
Posted by: James Bickers AT 10:50 am   |  Permalink   |  0 Comments  |  
Monday, 04 May 2009

Given the current economic situation, it’s more important than ever to cost-effectively deliver the right message to the right audience at the right time. Instead of focusing only on the traditional platforms of television, radio, newspapers and magazines, marketers are excited about the ability to use new digital media — via the Internet, digital screens and mobile phones — to reach people wherever they are during their busy day, and in the right context.

Coffee shops, gas stations, ballparks, gyms, subway stations and grocery stores — this medium is everywhere your audience is. Including “place-based” digital advertising in an integrated marketing campaign delivers a highly targeted value message to your consumer and builds overall cost-effectiveness into your campaign, all while providing precision targeting unthinkable just a few years ago.

Place-based digital video has emerged as an extremely effective branding tool. According to research by OTX, 44 percent of adults said they paid some or a lot of attention to place-based digital video advertising, placing it ahead of billboards, the Internet and mobile phones, and on par with magazines, radio and newspapers. And 63 percent of adults reported that place-based digital advertising “catches their attention” — more than any other media.

Historically, the lack of national reach across multiple locations made it very difficult for national brands to incorporate place-based digital video advertising into their marketing strategy. Some companies, however, have begun aggregating individual networks to create a truly national advertising platform — very similar to what’s happened with Internet advertising. An aggregated network approach can deliver more than 50 million weekly gross impressions across nearly 30,000 locations around the country — all from one network.

Beyond massive scale, an aggregated network offers the ability to add sophisticated planning algorithms and Web-based planning applications across multiple networks to make it easy to plan, optimize, buy, manage and measure place-based digital video advertising campaigns. These technologies make it possible for national brands to evaluate the strategic benefits of the medium and quickly plan how to use it to complement integrated marketing programs.

So what does placed-based digital video advertising bring to integrated marketing campaigns? The ability to target timely messages to precisely defined, but elusive mobile consumer segments while they are out and about, working, shopping and socializing. Think of the impact your message will have on your customers in the context of their daily life patterns. Whether it’s pumping gas in the morning, shopping for groceries in the afternoon, exercising after work, or socializing in bars and restaurants in the evening, you can intercept them at relevant touch points in their day.

Life pattern marketing
 
SSN_AffinityNetworks1_resized.jpg
Life Pattern Marketing allows advertisers to map routines and traits of a target audiences.
Life Pattern Marketing helps advertisers use behavioral targeting to more cost-effectively deliver relevant ads to a highly customized consumer segment. It isn’t enough to know only demographic characteristics — it’s more important to understand what consumers do and where they go.

Studying the Life Patterns of various consumer segments reveals what they do during a busy day, enabling marketers to identify a customized Life Pattern for the audience they want to reach. Imagine the power of reaching “Alpha Moms” with a relevant message while they are out during their busy day, or “College Students” in a completely different set of locations — where they are most likely to gather on and around campus.

Geo-targeting

Another technology developed for place-based digital advertising, geo-targeting, allows marketers to customize a geographic area more aligned with strategic business needs and more cost-effective than broad-based media. This unprecedented precision gives marketers much greater flexibility, allowing them to go beyond specifying large geographic markets and instead communicate more effectively with the people most likely to be interested in their products.

Geo-targeting makes it possible for national brands to use placed-based digital video advertising to market goods and services only to consumers who can actually purchase them. For example, a telecommunications company can run a campaign targeting specific zip codes where its service is provided or around all its store locations to announce a new product or service. In the same way, a restaurant chain can target a Life Pattern in close proximity to its restaurants when the consumers are out and about and more likely to make a decision to eat out. Geo-targeting minimizes wasted impressions and lets marketers focus spend where it will have the most impact.

Geo-targeting and Life Pattern Marketing enable marketers to extend integrated marketing campaigns with highly focused and cost-effective place-based digital video advertising that can deliver specific messages in contextually relevant settings. What better time to tell Alpha Moms of a sale or special promotion than when she is out shopping? Can you think of a better time to reach College Students with an ad announcing a new computer or mobile phone than when they are on and around campus with friends?

Let’s say an automobile company wants to drive young urban professionals who live or work within a certain radius (five miles, 10 miles, etc.) to its dealerships. Using Life Pattern Marketing and geo-targeting, the automaker can design an interactive campaign that runs in targeted local spots around the dealership to reach this audience. With SMS, the automobile company can use opt-in text messaging to provide the target consumers with the location of the nearest dealership.

When evaluating the cost of adding placed-based digital video advertising into the marketing mix, it’s worth noting that most digital video ads can be easily produced using existing assets, so they don’t require a significant investment in new creative. In fact, by incorporating existing text, flash-based graphics and existing video assets, placed-based digital video advertising becomes an integral part of fully integrated marketing campaigns, delivering the same brand messages directly to target audiences in places with greater contextual relevance and immediacy.

There’s no substitute for reaching customers during those fleeting moments when they are open to receiving messages during their busy day. Since bombarding audiences with frequent, non-specific messages may actually result in more resentment than awareness, leveraging today’s new place-based, micro-targeted approaches will pay off in spades. Place-based digital video advertising is a powerful, proven media, and with today’s newest tools for planning, optimizing, buying, and managing campaigns, this media should find a home in most integrated marketing programs.

Peter Bowen is CEO and co-founder of SeeSaw Networks.

This article was originally published at the Promotion Marketing Association (PMA) Annual Integrated Marketing Conference on March 10, 2009, as part of series of thought leadership articles from marketing leaders to educate and marketers and media planners about integrated marketing planning and practices.

Posted by: Peter Bowen AT 12:29 pm   |  Permalink   |  0 Comments  |  
Tuesday, 28 April 2009

In the days leading up to Screen Media Expo in London, the DailyDOOH blog published an article entitled What To Do In London The Day Before Screen Expo, which highlighted some of the most interesting and worthwhile installations in the city.

Thanks to the very efficient Underground subway system, I was able to see some of the sites myself before and after the expo. 

St. Pancras Passenger Information Points
I took the EuroStar in from Paris to St. Pancras station, so the first installation I saw was the St. Pancras Passenger Information points, 11 of which are set up in walkways of London’s newly-renovated train station. The kiosks are equipped on each side with two NEC screens, a 32-inch interactive unit and a 46-inch display in portrait mode.




Oxford Street
Walking up and down one of London’s busiest corridors shoppers and commuters can find screens galore, many of them in the windows of cell phone providers such as O2, the Carphone Warehouse and Vodafone. Most notably, Eyeconic and WindowGain installed double-decker rear projection screens in late 2007 directly across from the Oxford Circus station. Interestingly, they were running the same content as WALK’s StreetlevelTV by Motomedia.




Digital Escalator Panels
With installations in 12 of London’s Underground stations, there’s no doubt anyone in the DOOH industry has missed CBS Outdoor’s digital escalator panels
from Esprit Digital and Digital View. Shown here are panels from Bond St. station (going up) and Knightsbridge station (going down).





Inamo
The coolest (and most delicious) stop on the tour was Inamo, a hip restaurant and nightclub in London’s Soho neighborhood. Using projection and a built-in touchpad, diners can order see the menu (and what each item would look like on the plate!) and then order food and drink directly from their table. The table also allows you to set the background image, view a live “chef cam,” check local movie times and find the nearest train stations.





Westfield London
Westfield is London’s newest shopping mall and is nicely located near Olympia, where Screen Media Expo was held. Much has been made of BF Group’s installation of CBS Outdoor pods at Westfield last year
, which are placed about every 100 feet in the main walkways of the mall. There are also some interactive wayfinding kiosks and installations from Carlipa Group in the Marks & Spencer and Debenhams at Westfield, but the bobbies didn’t take kindly to my filming so this tour stop was cut short!




Harrod’s
Fortunately, one of the world’s most famous department stores has a bit more liberal video policy, so my visit to Harrod’s was a bit more worthwhile. The entire store is decked out with LG screens used for wayfinding and branding. The famous Egyptian escalator features digital signage in between every floor and large screen at each landing. In the electronics retail area Harrod’s has installed a gesture-based LG-branded floor screen that changed content about every two minutes.





Victoria Station
This station, one of many that Titan Outdoor has outfitted in London, features a huge LED Transvision screen in the central area as well as 17 digital posters scattered throughout the station.





Heathrow Express
This train goes back and forth from Heathrow to London Paddington in 15 minutes and has become a lifesaver when I’m running late. The train features on-board screens running informational and entertainment content, as shown in the video below. I only took the train one-way from Paddington to the airport this time around, but if you are going the other way you can see a Sidetrack Technologies installation of 360 LED bars over 450 meters of tunnel that flash as the train goes by and creates a video ad that looks like its running alongside the train car.

To see a video of London’s SideTrack installation, click here.



There are two stops on the DailyDOOH tour I wasn’t able to make – Heathrow Terminal 5, because I was flying to the U.S. out of Terminal 2, and the Walkabout bars near the Thames in Central London. You can read more about those in original blog post.

Posted by: Bill Yackey AT 12:15 pm   |  Permalink   |  0 Comments  |  
Tuesday, 21 April 2009
In 1939, the first television was demonstrated at the World’s Fair in New York. According to Nielsen, it wasn’t until 1950 that television audience measurement was developed, and it was another four years until active measurement occurred.

From the 1990s to today, the internet industry has matured in engagement and measurement, but it has taken place over at least 15 years of incredible work by every discipline involved.

There is a lot of attention being paid to proper measurement of Out-Of-Home (OOH) messaging networks. It is a young and growing industry with a lot of key players from every discipline trying to figure the best business model for prosperity.

After attending the Digital Signage Expo and Global Shop, reading through dozens of white papers and articles, listening to the best and brightest minds of this industry, and finding more questions than answers, I wonder: Do we really need to worry about measurement right now? Rome was not built in a day.

What tools do we have to measure?

Last year, the Out-of-Home Video Advertising Bureau (OVAB) introduced the first comprehensive set of guidelines designed to understand the value of an audience in a given space at a given time. On page 24 of the OVAB Audience Metrics Guidelines, it states, “Three constituencies have been involved: research providers, media sellers, and media buyers.”

Were venues (network owners) involved? If so, which ones? I know of at least one retailer on the Fortune 100 list that was not in this discussion.

In Measurement and Analysis for Digital Signage, author James Bickers writes that “OVAB plans to enforce adherence to the guidelines among its 38 member companies and to promote best audience measurement practices across the entire digital signage community.” (Note: I cite this white paper a few more times in this article, referring to it simply as Measurement.)

What about that community? What about the hundreds, or thousands, of networks that are not OVAB members or OVAB compliant? How will these guidelines be enforced? Do networks have to pay the huge OVAB dues to get accreditation for compliance? Would an advertiser avoid a non-compliant venue? Would an advertiser avoid a retailer on the Fortune 100 list?

Dave Haynes, the brilliant mind behind the Sixteen:Nine blog, wrote an article on February 14, Are you OVAB compliant? Nope…, citing Nurlan Urazbaev of BroadSign and his concerns that the guidelines are “heavy going,” that networks must work with a third party to properly measure the average unit audience, and the fear that, “there will be companies who will start claiming ‘compliance’ for PR reasons, without even reading the guidelines requirements.”

This is coming from someone very active with OVAB.

We know of Wal-Mart’s decision to pull out from the PRISM project, and Nielsen’s eventual decision to shut it down. We also know about POPAI’s MARI (Marketing at Retail Initiative) project. Bill Gerba’s article on January 27, Measuring Out-of-Home Media and DOOH without Nielsen PRISM, suggests MARI may move forward after initial obstacles.

According to Janet Stilson’s article on MediaWeek.com, Coming Into Focus, The Traffic Audit Bureau’s “Eyes On” measurement initiative (“Four years and $20 million in the making”) is set to release ratings on the outdoor industry. This is for outdoor billboards, but what if the results are so solid that brick-and-mortar venues take notice and adapt these measurement metrics to their own environments? It’s traffic, right?

Teri Moore from Digital Dirt wrote in her article, The Measuring Matrix - What’s Real and Are We Ready to Take the Red Pill?, that, understanding the evolution of technology and standards, “…we immediately enforced strict ROI guidelines…allowing us to report accurate measurements to advertisers.”

In Measurement, Scott Templeton, senior vice president of Business Development for Intellimat (now LevelVision), said that he “…has attracted brand and new product introduction money from Coke and Pepsi because I had a digital network and proven track record.”

Rob Winston, senior account manager with Arbitron Outdoor, is quoted in Measurement saying, “Digital signage is not easy to buy. Each network is offering its own unique value proposition and must therefore be evaluated individually. The grocery network, restaurant/bar network, transit network, mall network, waiting room network, etc… are all used differently and have their own merits. Learning, evaluating and deciding on all of these individual networks is hard work for advertisers.”

Bill Yackey, editor of Digital Signage Today, wrote about research and audience metrics last December. In his article, Research Key to Providing DOOH Audience Metrics, he quotes Suzanne Alicea, President of OVAB, stating, “The guidelines are just that. They’re not strict standards at this point. They essentially outline the information you should be reporting. This information should be common across any audience study from any researcher for any network.”

Did Ms. Moore and Mr. Templeton use OVAB’s measurement guidelines? If not, what was their measurement matrix? If it’s different, and if it’s successful, and if OVAB’s guidelines are only guidelines and not rules, why should they move toward a different set of metrics? Because someone else said they should?
Here’s the dangerous part: If one method of metric measurement shows a positive return on the investment, but the other method does not, who should we believe?

The shopper mindset

We know that a shopper’s behavior in certain environments is affected by digital messaging. OVAB’s guidelines provide results for measuring the size of an audience in a given space, and Nielsen research does a terrific job of telling me that digital signage changes behaviors. But what changed the behavior? And how was it changed?

If content is king, then the content should have a measurable effect on audience perception. It’s acceptable to measure the number of people in a given space at a given time, but impact is the missing link.

I believe this is the most important aspect of true audience measurement to consider. How an audience member acts in one location is radically different than how he/she acts in another. Example: You go to Target, a “needs” based destination, to pick up toilet paper and baby food and a pair of socks because you need them.

Your mindset is very different when you go to Best Buy, a “wants” based destination, where you’re looking for a new mobile phone that makes your life easier and looks better on your hip than that old clunker you have right now. If the same spot is running (say, a film trailer for a DVD release) in both locations, and you see it and comprehend it, how can I measure that one location had greater impact than the other?

Herb Sorensen, Ph.D., global scientific director for TNS Sorensen, wrote a superb article, Deconstructing the Shopping Trip (so far!), on understanding the shopper’s mindset during a shopping trip. He writes that a shopping trip “…can be divided into search and selection, with search having two components, the first of which is cruising, which consists of a macro search for the area in the store where sought merchandise is located.  This cruising typically constitutes something like 60 percent of the shoppers trip.”

So 60 percent of my time is already taken by wandering around, even though I may know what I want.

Further he writes, “The search and select paradigm highlights the twin barriers to purchase that retailers and their brand suppliers erect:

• Where is the . . ?
• Which one of these . . ?

The first of these plagues the shopper when store layout does not match the shopper’s natural navigational practices and the second when it is unclear which of many options is the right one for the shopper.”

As a shopper, does digital signage fix any of this for me? That’s very debatable. If it does, can we truly measure it?

Jim Lucas, executive vice president/director of Draftfcb’s Shopper Marketing division, writes in his article, Retail’s Ecosystem, that, “…there are thousands of elements - i.e., products, navigational signage, format, layout, departments, aisles, shelf organization, displays, digital signage, interactive kiosks, etc. - all sharing the same habitat. In short, there are hundreds of communications vying for the shopper’s attention.”

David Drain, executive director of the Digital Signage Association, wrote in his article, The Psychology of Digital Signage, about research by Brian Brooks and Kelly Caravan from 3M. Trying to understand the psychology of branding and promotion, Mr. Brooks said, “Branding doesn’t just change our emotional experience, but literally our physical reaction.” Mr. Brooks’s research suggests that a customer’s eyes will focus on desirable areas of the store based on colors.

To this point, I would lean toward charging top-tier brands premium rates on my program if they already have an advantage before the customer even steps foot in the store, especially if I have a private label brand that I want to promote as well. Or would metrics force me into “one-rate-fits-all?”

In Mr. Yackey’s article, he writes about Danoo and its results after commissioning Arbitron to study audience engagement. Seeking to understand the engagement with promoting FOX’s show House, the study found that, “…the ads drove a 25 percent increase in intent to watch among their audiences.”

Here are my questions: Where was Danoo showing this promotion and what other content was around these particular spots? What if I sell the House TV series on DVD? What if I promote a competing drama right before or after promoting House? What if I show a clip of grass growing before the House spot and a clip of paint drying after?

Nikki Baird, managing partner at Retail Systems Research wrote a brief article, Marketing Metrics in the Age of Social Media. After speaking at the Digital Signage Expo she wrote, “…we came to the conclusion that performance is ultimately what matters - because how can you really justify digital in-store media on anything else, given the context of being at the shelf - at the point of decision? But in order to understand the levers that move response, we must make that ‘deep’ effort to understand the why behind the buy.”

Currently, Bill Gerba is writing a series of articles based on his outstanding presentation at Digital Signage Expo. Writing in his article, Digital Signage Screen Placement: Understanding Store Layout, I think he sums up the challenge quite nicely: “Even if you do everything you possibly can to properly integrate your screens into a venue, the differences in personalities, demographics and mentalities of the viewers from one place to the next can make a huge difference.”

It seems we’re rushing to measure something we don’t fully comprehend. We have a corporate phrase for this: Ready. Fire. Aim.

Where do we go from here?

The OOH industry is young and still trying to figure out its place in our culture, still trying to figure out why people act the way they do in certain situations, trying to figure out that elusive connection.

At a time when technology and content are finally developing a synergy that enhances the experience, is it truly imperative that we start measuring right away? This industry is growing so fast that any statistical measurement done today could be obsolete within a few years, if not a few months.

Network operators and venues are in no hurry to become metric compliant; media planners and buyers don’t fully understand the medium yet; agencies are still working toward a full understanding of creative and compelling communication techniques for OOH; OVAB is trying to enforce compliance with only a few dozen members; and there are other companies out there with different and perhaps stronger methods for measurement and definition.

This feels like I should grade my daughter on calculus while she’s still learning to count to 10.
With economy so low, now is not a good time to measure or set metrics based on audience participation with OOH messaging. Clearly the traffic is skewed; huge numbers of people are using mass transit and watching point-of-transit messaging, but retail and point-of-sale traffic has disappeared.

There are probably hundreds of theories and technologies around measuring an audience and message impact. With these theories come dozens of terms and definitions that, even for one who loves to read white papers, make me scratch my head. I have cited 13 sources for this post, and I’m certain I haven’t even scratched a byte out of the digital iceberg.

My take: Wait two more years. Before we jump into the necessity of measurement and compliance, let’s consider our current and future situations. We constantly preach that we should build a strategy first, so let’s do it. For retail, now could not be a worse time to measure customer engagement, so let’s wait for the numbers to come back. Let’s hear every voice from every discipline — the technology providers, the venues and agencies, regardless of size, the research organizations, and every other key player. The more we learn about optimal customer engagement, the better prepared we will be to hit the market in full “bull” mode and apply proper measurement techniques that benefit every discipline.
Posted by: Paul Flanigan AT 10:51 am   |  Permalink   |  0 Comments  |  
Tuesday, 14 April 2009

The following is a preview excerpt from our 2009 Self-Service Consumer Survey, to be made available later this month. –Ed.

The self-service industry has come to a crossroads of customer service and technological innovation.

Over the past two decades, banks and airlines have led the way with ATMs and kiosks, with retail, medical, hotels and ticketing embracing self-service technology in ever greater numbers. Now, we are close to the tipping point of full adoption of self-service technology, similar to where we were in the mid-1990s, when the Internet and e-commerce became inextricably linked to consumer behavior.

The primary evidence of this arrival is that customer requests for self-service are increasing throughout most service-transaction industries. Kiosks are no longer a fad but rather a requirement for many (albeit not all) customers.

None of this is lost on hospitality professionals.

"The depth and range of self-service solutions in the hospitality industry has grown over the last year," said an article in Hospitality Technology. "Consumers are more interested and motivated to use self-service kiosks, and both hotel and restaurant operators are making significant strides in respect to rolling out solutions. While self-service solutions still have limited availability in hotels and even fewer restaurants, the number of rollouts planned will increase markedly over the next four years."

The customer speaks

The same reasons that make self-service popular elsewhere also apply to its applications in hospitality. Consumers want more choices and convenience, and benefit from shorter lines, less waiting and faster service. Control is another big factor. Some consumers just want the choice to do it on their own and maintain control over the experience. While these systems will never replace personalized customer service, they are flexible and offer an increasing number of consumers fast and reliable service. Service companies, then, need to offer guests the option to initiate a transaction and not stop at the reception desk, if that's what they choose to do.

"Hoteliers are seeing that self-service will become an expectation for consumers and therefore a critical component of their business strategies," also according to the above report.

Among technology options, mobile is showing significant promise. "It’s clear that mobile is the gateway to how airlines will interact with their customers in the future for almost anything," said Henry H. Harteveldt, a vice president with Forrester Research. As airlines led the way with kiosk deployment, we can predict that customers will be increasingly demanding mobile technology at the hotel.

A survey performed by market research firm TNS in December 2007 states that when given a choice of checking in to a hotel up to 24 hours prior to arrival via the Internet or a mobile device, 36 percent of respondents preferred the PC, 20 percent preferred the mobile device and 24 percent expressed no clear preference. Hoteliers wanting to move guests to mobile check-in may consider including top-rated options such as "upgrade room" and "choose room based on floor maps," the respondents indicated.

Getting it right

Self-service technology has now passed the "nice-to-have" and early-adopter stages. An ever-increasing number of customers expect transactive, interactive, efficient and elegant user-friendly technology to be available during the full cycle of customer interaction. It should be implemented from the first remote touchpoints through transaction completion.

Key issues to consider for successful self-service transactions are:

  • Kiosk deployment. Ensure that the units are available where customers want them, at as many touchpoints as possible.
  • Increased functionality. Adopt the most comprehensive units as possible and retrofit currently deployed kiosks with the latest functionality.
  • Wireless. Wireless kiosks will increase your customer capture as they provide the flexibility to adapt to changing customer patterns. In short, you can put them where you need them, when you need them there.
  • Web and mobile access, with barcode functionality
  • Mobile messaging and marketing. Develop a mobile message strategy to bring the customer into the transaction at the earliest possible touchpoint.

Notwithstanding the appeal of the kiosk and the novelty of mobile technology, hospitality professionals should not neglect the Web.

Web check-in provides guests the ability to remotely use a computer or mobile device to check in to the hotel. This is a direct evolution of the customer hotel experience. Customers worldwide are becoming more and more connected via PC, laptop and mobile phones. The customer has already shown increasing adoption of Web check-in for airline boarding passes. Also, according to a study by Compete Inc., hotel guests want and expect branded Web sites to provide a better "total travel experience." Further, one-third said online check-in was significant to them.

"Service enhancements that are geared to making the pre-arrival experience easier for business guests, such as online check-in, continue to be important guest satisfaction factors," said Linda Hirneise, hotel practice partner for J.D. Power and Associates. 

Peter Slifka is a business consultant with more than 20 years’ experience in operations and corporate disciplines. Most recently, he focused on the self-service initiatives for the Starwood Hotels, implementing kiosk programs for Sheraton, W Hotels, Le Méridien, Four Points, Aloft & Element brands.

Posted by: Peter Slifka AT 12:12 pm   |  Permalink   |  0 Comments  |  
Thursday, 02 April 2009
Given the current economic situation, it’s more important than ever to cost-effectively deliver the right message to the right audience at the right time. Instead of focusing only on the traditional platforms of television, radio, newspapers and magazines, marketers are excited about the ability to use new digital media — via the Internet, digital screens and mobile phones — to reach people wherever they are during their busy day, and in the right context.

Coffee shops, gas stations, ballparks, gyms, subway stations and grocery stores — this medium is everywhere your audience is. Including “place-based” digital advertising in an integrated marketing campaign delivers a highly targeted value message to your consumer and builds overall cost-effectiveness into your campaign, all while providing precision targeting unthinkable just a few years ago.

Place-based digital video has emerged as an extremely effective branding tool. According to research by OTX, 44 percent of adults said they paid some or a lot of attention to place-based digital video advertising, placing it ahead of billboards, the Internet and mobile phones, and on par with magazines, radio and newspapers. And 63 percent of adults reported that place-based digital advertising “catches their attention” — more than any other media.

Historically, the lack of national reach across multiple locations made it very difficult for national brands to incorporate place-based digital video advertising into their marketing strategy. Some companies, however, have begun aggregating individual networks to create a truly national advertising platform — very similar to what’s happened with Internet advertising. An aggregated network approach can deliver more than 50 million weekly gross impressions across nearly 30,000 locations around the country — all from one network.

Beyond massive scale, an aggregated network offers the ability to add sophisticated planning algorithms and Web-based planning applications across multiple networks to make it easy to plan, optimize, buy, manage and measure place-based digital video advertising campaigns. These technologies make it possible for national brands to evaluate the strategic benefits of the medium and quickly plan how to use it to complement integrated marketing programs.

So what does placed-based digital video advertising bring to integrated marketing campaigns? The ability to target timely messages to precisely defined, but elusive mobile consumer segments while they are out and about, working, shopping and socializing. Think of the impact your message will have on your customers in the context of their daily life patterns. Whether it’s pumping gas in the morning, shopping for groceries in the afternoon, exercising after work, or socializing in bars and restaurants in the evening, you can intercept them at relevant touch points in their day.

Life pattern marketing
 
Life Pattern Marketing allows advertisers to map routines and traits of a target audiences.
Life Pattern Marketing helps advertisers use behavioral targeting to more cost-effectively deliver relevant ads to a highly customized consumer segment. It isn’t enough to know only demographic characteristics — it’s more important to understand what consumers do and where they go.

Read also: DirecTV blimp elevates SeeSaw’s ‘Life Patterns’ for DOOH media

Studying the Life Patterns of various consumer segments reveals what they do during a busy day, enabling marketers to identify a customized Life Pattern for the audience they want to reach. Imagine the power of reaching “Alpha Moms” with a relevant message while they are out during their busy day, or “College Students” in a completely different set of locations — where they are most likely to gather on and around campus.

Geo-targeting

Another technology developed for place-based digital advertising, geo-targeting, allows marketers to customize a geographic area more aligned with strategic business needs and more cost-effective than broad-based media. This unprecedented precision gives marketers much greater flexibility, allowing them to go beyond specifying large geographic markets and instead communicate more effectively with the people most likely to be interested in their products.

Geo-targeting makes it possible for national brands to use placed-based digital video advertising to market goods and services only to consumers who can actually purchase them. For example, a telecommunications company can run a campaign targeting specific zip codes where its service is provided or around all its store locations to announce a new product or service. In the same way, a restaurant chain can target a Life Pattern in close proximity to its restaurants when the consumers are out and about and more likely to make a decision to eat out. Geo-targeting minimizes wasted impressions and lets marketers focus spend where it will have the most impact.

Geo-targeting and Life Pattern Marketing enable marketers to extend integrated marketing campaigns with highly focused and cost-effective place-based digital video advertising that can deliver specific messages in contextually relevant settings. What better time to tell Alpha Moms of a sale or special promotion than when she is out shopping? Can you think of a better time to reach College Students with an ad announcing a new computer or mobile phone than when they are on and around campus with friends?

Let’s say an automobile company wants to drive young urban professionals who live or work within a certain radius (five miles, 10 miles, etc.) to its dealerships. Using Life Pattern Marketing and geo-targeting, the automaker can design an interactive campaign that runs in targeted local spots around the dealership to reach this audience. With SMS, the automobile company can use opt-in text messaging to provide the target consumers with the location of the nearest dealership.

When evaluating the cost of adding placed-based digital video advertising into the marketing mix, it’s worth noting that most digital video ads can be easily produced using existing assets, so they don’t require a significant investment in new creative. In fact, by incorporating existing text, flash-based graphics and existing video assets, placed-based digital video advertising becomes an integral part of fully integrated marketing campaigns, delivering the same brand messages directly to target audiences in places with greater contextual relevance and immediacy.

There’s no substitute for reaching customers during those fleeting moments when they are open to receiving messages during their busy day. Since bombarding audiences with frequent, non-specific messages may actually result in more resentment than awareness, leveraging today’s new place-based, micro-targeted approaches will pay off in spades. Place-based digital video advertising is a powerful, proven media, and with today’s newest tools for planning, optimizing, buying, and managing campaigns, this media should find a home in most integrated marketing programs.

Peter Bowen is CEO and co-founder of SeeSaw Networks.

This article was originally published at the Promotion Marketing Association (PMA) Annual Integrated Marketing Conference on March 10, 2009, as part of series of thought leadership articles from marketing leaders to educate and marketers and media planners about integrated marketing planning and practices.

Posted by: Peter Bowen AT 10:53 am   |  Permalink   |  0 Comments  |  
Tuesday, 31 March 2009
At its simplest, self-service is any application that allows the end-user to perform a task with minimal supervision of the application owner.
 
In this context, the very first Web site was a self-service solution. These early Web sites contained nothing more than static information, but it enabled a consumer sitting at home to learn about a company’s products without tying up company staff. Nowadays, Web sites are infinitely more useful, and it makes sense for companies to extend that self-service utility to the public kiosk realm. But useful as Web sites are as a self-service tool, Web sites and touchscreen hardware in particular do not mix.
 
When the vast majority of Web sites were developed, the user in mind was sitting behind a standard computer complete with keyboard and mouse. Today, perhaps, those developers are designing sites for users to view on a cell phone. But the one user likely not on their minds is the one standing at a kiosk, trying to interact with the site via a touchscreen. After all, the typical user’s finger is probably more than 100 times wider than the mouse pointer the Web site was designed to use. This fact alone likely makes the Web site unusable in a touchscreen environment.
 
What should be kept in mind, however, is that the touchscreen interface is not the only means by which kiosk users can interact with Web sites.
 
Touchscreens are great for presenting uncluttered and simple interfaces that don’t require significant text input. When text input is required, a touchscreen application must use a virtual keyboard: a graphic representation displayed on the screen that requires a user to hunt and peck using a single finger. This can be frustrating and slow to the user but a reasonable compromise when the input is minimal.
 
But what about uses that require significant text input, such as job applications? If the goal is to maximize the number of applicants, using a touchscreen should be avoided. The caveat stands regardless of whether the form is Web-based.

 

Pairing web and kiosk

 
Most obviously, self-service devices and Web sites work well together when the content of the Web site already is aligned with the goals of the self-service project. Fitting examples include: product-ordering retail kiosks that allow users to order a product not in stock, gift registry kiosks, HR kiosks that use the company's existing 401k and benefits applications, web-banking kiosks and informational kiosks in tourist spots, churches, college campuses and company lobbies.
 
Fortunately, there are many kiosk software products that enable browser-based content to be efficiently deployed to a self-service kiosk. Kiosk software titles can provide many features, but the most important ones are those that replace the existing browser software, lock down the PC, control where a user can browse, provide alternative navigation toolbars, manage the user’s session to remove any trace of users when they leave, and interface with specialized kiosk hardware.
 
There are many reasons to go the software route instead of considering other, more extreme measures.
 
CONTENT. Why re-invent the wheel if the content already exists? Especially now, ROI is paramount in determining project viability. Rewriting the display layer of an existing application can cripple the ROI of the project. A visitor center kiosk is a good example. The local tourism bureau likely already has an existing Web site with links to all the local attractions. Why recreate that content and pay for it anew?
 
INTERFACES. Why confuse the user with a different interface? For a financial institution with online banking that their clients regularly use from home, a second user interface designed for a self-service kiosk will only confuse those clients and force them to learn two different interfaces that perform the same functions.
 
OPERATIONS. Maintaining a second user interface can cause operational problems. Often the organization responsible for the company’s Web site is not the same organization responsible for the self-service kiosk. With two interfaces, the business logic and Web site interface will be owned by the Web site organization. And they may not notify the kiosk organization when the business logic changes, thus breaking the self-service interface. Irate kiosk customers may be the first indication of the problem.
 
THIRD PARTIES. Applications from outside vendors can prevent the development of an alternate self-service user interface. HR self-service applications are a perfect example. Most companies deploy a third party HR solution, which they don’t control, so they are severely limited in how the user interface can be modified.
 
There is a middle way between the issues above and the extreme of forgoing the application of Web content to a self-service device. Kiosk software provides a solution that is convenient for the deployer, friendly to ROI and comparatively fast to put to use.
Posted by: Jim Kruper AT 12:07 pm   |  Permalink   |  0 Comments  |  
Tuesday, 24 March 2009
The following commentary appears in the ATM Future Trends Report 2009: A comprehensive look at the ATM industry over the next five years, published by ATM Marketplace.
 
In global banking and financial circles, retail banking has proven to be a relatively stable factor in the partially volatile banking sector. At least in the short term, we expect further growth in this area of banking, which in recent years has experienced a renaissance worldwide.
 
This outlook is based on our belief that the basic trends in the retail banking sector will remain the same for many players during the present economic crisis. Most retail banks, for instance, will continue to face fierce competition. To grow their business, they aim to expand their customer base. At the same time, they plan to invest in optimizing processes to reduce costs.
 
Despite these robust conditions in the medium term, we acknowledge that retail banking could be impacted in the short term by the unfavorable situation in the financial sector and by a possible weakening of the overall economy. That said, we expect growing competition to lead to additional opportunities for Wincor Nixdorf in the medium term. Subsequently, we will continue to make significant investments in research and development in order to expand our portfolio of IT-based innovative solutions for retail banks. Here are a few market trends as we see them.
 
Self-service and automation continue to advance
 
More and more processes are being automated or transferred to self-service systems such as ATMs. While banking customers benefit from faster service, standardized processes help banks streamline their operations. One example from the United States is the automated processing of checks through self-service systems. The technology reduces not only the amount of time customers spend waiting at the counter, but also the enormous transaction costs, ranging from about 39 cents to $1.70 per check. A factor further driving automation is the huge costs for banks of cash handling.
 
Branches remain highly valuable
 
Despite the growing importance of other sales channels, the branch remains the “personal face” of the retail bank to its customers and its most important contact and sales channel. Particularly in established markets such as Germany, Europe and North America, banks are modernizing their branch networks and creating additional services via self-service systems, for example. The goal is to retain existing customers and win new ones. In numerous emerging markets, retail banks are expanding their footprint through branches and self-service offerings.
 
The mix of various sales channels is becoming more important
 
Increasingly, customers are deciding for themselves which channel to use to contact their bank. Adapting to this behavior will become a key success factor for banks. Many of them already use customized software to combine their sales channels and unify applications across all channels and various devices. With this software, banks benefit from features such as improved information from the individual channels and the capability to use this information across channels.
 
Intensifying customer contacts, also through ATMs
 
Market studies show that banks in a number of countries risk losing direct contact with their customers. In the United States, for instance, only one third of all retail bank customers seek personal advice from their bank. In the United Kingdom the figure is even lower: just one tenth. In Germany, our home market, around 85 percent of all standard transactions, such as cash withdrawals, are now processed at self-service terminals. Since self-service systems, and in particular ATMs, have become the most heavily used channel to contact banks, it makes sense to use these systems to communicate individually with customers.
The first step in this process is to gather information about the users of the various sales channels and process this information consistently and individually on a common software platform such as PCE. With these solutions, banks have access to individual customer data to create targeted advertising campaigns. As such, self-service systems — designed primarily to automate processes — can be used by banks as highly effective communication tools to promote their own products such as loans and insurance. Also, independent ATM deployers can use them to generate additional revenue through third-party advertising.
 
Searching for new means and possibilities
 
These examples show that there is plenty of activity happening around self-service systems like ATMs — activity that is totally independent of the current financial and economic crisis. At the same time, they illustrate how companies in the ATM space have the potential to drive change through innovation and help customers deal with the many challenges they face. In these difficult times, we view it as both an opportunity and an obligation to explore new paths for the success of our customers. Mutual trust grows in these times of special challenges.
 
Eckard Heidloff began his career in 1983 at Nixdorf Computer AG. He was named president and CEO of Wincor Nixdorf AG in January 2007.
Posted by: Eckard Heidloff AT 12:06 pm   |  Permalink   |  0 Comments  |  
Tuesday, 24 March 2009
This article is an excerpt of white paper published by Reflect Systems, TracyLocke and DPMI.  To download a copy of the complete white paper, click here.
 
During the middle of the 19th century, newspapers and magazines were read by only a small, literate minority. It was at that time that the first commercial mass communications medium emerged in Western Europe and North America. That new commercial mass medium was the department store.
 
As this new retail medium developed in the USA, department-store barons such as Marshall Field in Chicago and John Wanamaker in Philadelphia built retail palaces that communicated to the native-born and immigrant masses both the practical utility of ready-made, store-bought consumer goods and the allure and glamour of what today we might refer to as the “mass consumer culture.”
 
Reflect Systems digital signage at the Verizon Experience store.
For many Americans of that day, the department store medium was experienced much like a rare window into what today we might call the “Lifestyles of the Rich and Famous.” That concept – the store itself as a communications medium – was powerful, it was engaging and it was ultimately more successful than any other communications medium deployed by retailers before or since.
 
Enter the 20th century: mass media expands beyond retail
 
By the beginning of the 20th century, the retailers’ monopoly on mass consumer media via the brick-and-mortar department store had faded. As literacy increased and the technologies for printing, electric power generation and transportation matured, U.S. newspapers and magazines were transformed.
 
During this period, department stores needed the newspapers and magazines to reach more customers, and the press needed the advertising revenue from the department stores. As a result of that partnership between commercial mass media and department-store retail, the American mass consumer culture began to emerge.
 
By the end of the 20th century, the mass-media scene was no longer dominated by the leading retailers of that time, such as Walmart, Sears, JCPenney and Kmart. Instead, the media scene outside of the brick-and-mortar retail stores was largely controlled by highly profitable mega media corporations such as Viacom, News Corporation, Gannett, Time Warner and GE/NBC.

Digital technology and the fragmentation of mass media create a new digital media space for retailers
 
In our new 21st century, this high concentration of media power in the hands of the mega media corporations is clearly in flux. Today this shrinking and fragmentation of the mass audience for newspapers, network TV and radio creates a big opportunity for retailers. North American retailers now have an opportunity to incorporate shopper-friendly digital media technologies (audio and/or video) into their stores and reclaim the historic role of the retail store as the leading mass consumer medium.
 
A Reflect installation at the Borders Digital Life concept store.
Retail anthropologist Paco Underhill describes the retail store as a “three-dimensional TV commercial” and a “walk-in container for words and thoughts and messages and ideas.” In order to avoid confusing shoppers, Underhill notes that “Every store is a collection of zones, and you’ve got to map them out” before producing any messages – digital or analog – for shoppers.
 
When retailers bring digital media networks into their stores, they can avoid many of the early mistakes that were made with online retailing during the 1990s. Today retailers can test the waters by developing version 1.0 of their in-store networks in pilot mode at a small number of stores. These pilots can provide retailers with validation that in-store digital media networks really can engage shoppers in their stores.
 
When planning an in-store digital media network, retailers should ask themselves two questions: “Why do we want a network?” and “What are our goals for the network?” To plan the network, the company should complete a comprehensive Business Planning process. Next management needs to select the right software to control the network and recruit a competent media production house to produce audio/video content for the network.
 
The medium is the message and the Chief Marketing Officer owns that message

For any retailer, the Chief Marketing Officer (CMO) should own and control the messaging and branding that is delivered to shoppers by the in-store digital network. When creating the network, it is inevitable that the marketing department will find itself in conflict with other departments.  These conflicts can be managed successfully if senior management understands the issues and provides effective leadership to the company and local store managers.
 
In-store pilots of digital media networks work best if they last about 90 days and are staged in about ten stores located in two distinct local markets. Within each store, shoppers need to see the network screens in three types of store zones where shoppers find themselves in a different mindset or “mode.” These are the “pass-by mode,” the “dwell-time mode” and the “interactive mode.”

The critical factor of any in-store digital media network – whether it’s in pilot or in a full nationwide deployment – is creating the right content that meets shoppers’ needs. To develop that content, retailers should start by reviewing the company’s brand/style guide. Next they should work with the company’s creative agency to create a brand/style for the in-store network that dovetails with the company’s overall brand and style.
 
To evaluate the in-store pilot, retailers should recruit a research team to survey shoppers in order to learn what they think about the network and its content. This research will address three questions:
  • Are shoppers aware that the network exists?
  • What do shoppers like and dislike about the network?
  • Has the network successfully changed shoppers’ behavior in ways that meet the needs of the business?
As the pioneer U.S. retailer Marshall Field is credited as saying in his heyday, good retail practice can be summarized in two simple statements. The first statement is “Give the lady what she wants” and the second statement is “The customer is always right.” When in-store digital media networks enable modern shoppers to feel that they are being treated right and getting exactly what they want, then this new technology and new-media content will integrate itself seamlessly into the retail landscape.
 
Bill Collins is principal of DecisionPoint Media Insights (DPMI), which produces custom research and consulting on digital media networks that are deployed at retail and out-of-home. 
 
Dorothy Allan is senior vice president for retail strategy at TracyLocke, a full-service marketing agency based in Dallas. Dorothy is currently driving the TracyLocke Engagement Strategy, developing shopper personas and recommending relevant touch points for their clients’ shoppers.
Posted by: Bill Collins AT 10:55 am   |  Permalink   |  0 Comments  |  
Tuesday, 17 March 2009
The following is an excerpt from 2009 ATM Future Trends Report: A comprehensive look at the ATM industry over the next five years, published by ATM Marketplace.
 
As ATM Marketplace unveils its latest edition of its Future Trends report, a variety of factors are accelerating and enhancing the financial services environment. Notably, consumers expect ubiquity in touchpoints and an ability to engage in a relationship with their financial institutions.
 
To make them available, financial institutions need to implement a merged-channel strategy that combines online, mobile and point-of-service options, such as the combined power of ATMs, kiosks, call centers and branches. Choice, speed and flexibility are now merely the price of admission, while multi-channel is the next hill to climb for those who want to maintain and acquire new customers over the next decade.
 
These factors are bringing rise to a number of new trends.
  • Software-as-a-service (SaaS) will become more important in providing organizations with cost-effective, secure and highly available applications for online and mobile channels via hosting. SaaS enables banks to keep pace with the latest innovations and consumer needs while executing transactions at a fraction of a bank’s start-up investment.
  • Online and mobile banking, supported by the expansion of broadband communication access, are becoming more than mainstream; they are becoming a mainstay. Mobile devices and applications and their always-on convenience represent the biggest opportunity to reach a permanently alerted mobile and global consumer.
  • Environmental responsibilities will need to be addressed through existing technological improvements and new innovation, such as two-sided thermal printing. Near-field communications (NFC) will help merge the experiences of branch banking, online banking, mobile banking and beyond, into the retail environment as a payment device.
Industries everywhere are rising to the challenge of serving customers when, where and how they want to be served. But simply providing alternative channels is not enough; consumers expect those channels to work together. Whether buying an airline ticket or paying their bills, consumers now move through their daily lives purchasing products, services and information through a variety of channels. More often than not, they will begin a transaction on one channel and complete it using another. Increasingly, people now have flexibility and expect it in whichever channel they use, based on personal preference, the nature of the transaction and the time and location of the service they need.
 
Consumers will choose financial services providers that empower them to manage their lives through such options. Customers want a faster, easier and more personalized interaction with their bank. They want to bank when and where it’s convenient for them — whether at noon or midnight. Home or branch. ATM or mobile. Call-center or kiosk.
 
For financial institutions, this means their mobile banking experience must look and feel like their online banking experience, with applications that offer critical services on the go. Targeted product offers that are provided online must be in concert with offers delivered via the ATM channel. Consumers are moving too quickly and have too many other inputs in their lives to deal with fragmented marketing experiences that have no relationship to their needs.
 
The upside for financial institutions that do respond to more integrated approaches is enormous. The downside to those who do not is a future of reduced loyalty and a declining customer base. Banks that do not offer a rich merged-channel capability will fall behind the competition and risk their own relevance. We already know that the more touchpoints consumers have with their banks, the more likely they are to stay with those banks. A study carried out by Opinion Research Corporation found that 43 percent of consumers are more likely to choose a financial institution that offers multi-channel self-service. The uniformity of experiences and communications will make it easier and faster to interact with customers, whom no one can afford to lose. Institutions also can use channels to reach new customers that have been excluded from financial services through the traditional channel approach — an important opportunity in the current economic downturn to create new relationships and core-deposit growth.
 
As consumers turn to financial institutions for more choice in how they connect, interact and transact with a myriad of companies, the future is how banks will deliver a powerful, integrated consumer experience that builds customer loyalty.
 
William (Bill) Nuti is chairman and chief executive officer (CEO) of NCR Corporation.
Posted by: Bill Nuti AT 12:04 pm   |  Permalink   |  0 Comments  |  
Thursday, 12 March 2009
Two years ago Sean Andersen was brought on board the Interactive Services team at Six Flags Theme Parks and was issued a challenge. The company was refreshing all of its in-park digital signage and launching the Six Flags TV network and he was going to lead the charge. Whether he knew it at the time or not, Andersen had become Six Flags' internal champion for digital signage.
"Internal champion" is the term that those in the digital signage industry use to identify the project manager and liaison within the company deploying the digital signage. Aside from managing all of the internal complexities that go along with a digital signage installation, these individuals also must have a firm understanding of the industry they are working with – from screens to content to environmental planning.
 
Two types of champions
Six Flags TV is now installed in seven of Six Flags' theme parks nationwide and is the result of Andersen's internal championing.
 
While the internal champion will be the face of the project within his company, there is usually someone above him that is championing the project from the helm.
 
"You need a senior-level executive that has the vision, the financial resources, the organizational position and the authority to deliver a project that includes many cross-functional aspects," said Rebecca Walt, VP Consulting Services, Out-of-Home Digital Media at Reflect Systems Inc. "This key role is called the executive sponsor."
 
The executive sponsor must have several key qualities:
 
1. The authority to execute projects. "The executive sponsor brings other stakeholders to the project such as finance, IT, marketing, advertising, security and other lines of business that may be impacted or could participate," said Lyle Bunn, a digital signage consultant and author of the SPEED digital signage training program.
 
2. Budget authority. The executive has to have the ability to turn the switch and spend the money on the project. This usually requires close ties with the CEO and CFO and influence over decisions made with the company's budget.
 
3. Business management skills. He or she doesn't have to have an MBA, but the executive sponsor must have good management skills and business sense in order to have the rest of the company buy in. At the end of the day, the sponsor is going to have to prove a business case for the network.

The internal champion
The internal champion can operate under many monikers – change agent, line of business manager or project manager. Internal champions can come from many departments in the deploying company – marketing, IT, merchandising, to name a few – but what is most important is that the digital signage becomes one of these internal champions' sole responsibilities.
"I believe that in order for a digital signage system to be properly managed and properly refreshed with timely and meaningful content, someone must have 'skin in the game,'" said Mike White, president of Multi-Media Services. "Unless someone's job evaluation and potentially compensation is tied directly to the responsibility of that person, it will likely not be successfully managed and supported."
Internal champions must:
 
1. Have cross-departmental functionality. The internal champion must coordinate stakeholders in technology, merchandising, store operations, advertising, marketing and other departments to work on the project. He or she has to have the people skills to get them on board, get commitments, delegate responsibility and be the go-to person in the company for all things digital signage.
 
2. Have an understanding of digital signage and new media. Oftentimes internal champions are brought on board to specifically head up a digital signage project based on their experiences with similar projects, as in Sean Andersen's case.
 
"The person needs to be excited or motivated to work with technology and embrace digital signage," White said. "They must understand that digital signage is more than just a bunch of fun technology."
 
3. Have business acumen. The internal champion needs to be one of the most organized and detail-oriented people in the company.
 
"They need the passion and the skill set to keenly focus on aligning the efforts to the business goals," Walt said.


Bill Yackey is editor of Digital Signage Today.
Posted by: Bill Yackey AT 10:56 am   |  Permalink   |  0 Comments  |  
Tuesday, 10 March 2009
In the past, I've ranted about kiosks that are not working. Sometimes that is due to hardware failures, and sometimes those failures are not the fault of the hardware provider. Any time you have electronics plugged into A/C outlets there is a risk of lightening strikes, power surges, brown outs, and more commonly: dirty power. All of these electrical issues can cause hardware to fail, or act abnormally, or even cause the operating system or software to have "issues."
Tim_Burke2.jpg
 
Now a customer who has deployed these kiosks in their retail store, or office building, etc., has probably contracted with a software developer and a separate hardware provider. They may have even used another company for networking, installation or Internet access. So there are a lot of people to point fingers at when things go wrong. Sometimes it is better to use a total kiosk integrator (see my company as an example) who can provide software, hardware and installation so that the customer only has one butt to kick when things go awry. And that integrator will often know what element is causing the problem, and just fix it rather than start the finger pointing game. But a situation like "dirty power" or "line noise" can be hard to troubleshoot, and can make things happen that are unexplainable without a lot of investigation.
 
This is why it is often a prudent investment to use an A/C line conditioner to prevent this right up front, no matter if you are the integrator or the customer that is buying the kiosk. A small investment (around $150-$175 per unit for a good one) will keep your kiosk from having downtime, possibly losing data or at least losing opportunities when a customer is ready to interact. That could be hundreds or thousands of dollars lost and your reputation tarnished. The small investment makes your total cost of ownership (TOC) lower because, over the life of your kiosk deployment, you will make fewer service calls out in the field, have fewer wasted hours trying to troubleshoot, and fewer wasted hours shooting emails back and forth trying to determine what went wrong. That's hard to see up front when you are planning and budgeting for a deployment, but I hope you will think of this now and save yourself, your partners and your customers a lot of grief.
 
We are, after all, talking about computer hardware / software in an public space, often un-manned or un-managed. There are enough ways for it to fail like vandalism or sabatoge, that you have a hard time fighting. Why leave open a unprotected A/C line (which you can defend) and have that be the cause of failure? Also, if you are using a cabled ethernet connection, this is another source of danger, as sometimes the surges come across the network or phone lines and not the A/C lines. Protect those points of entry too. I'm not talking about a simple power surge protector here, I'm talking about a quality line conditioner which will prevent line noise or dirty electricity. And they will often have a surge protector built in as well.
 
As an example, our firm has a client who uses kiosks in a mobile marketing campaign for many large brands. They have non-IT savy staff members traveling all over north America setting up for consumer-facing events. One day a field team called and said that the kiosk had failed. Three quarters of the screen was black, and the software could be seen only on one quadrant. Well, there were lots of ideas as to why this would happen, such as high heat since it was outdoors in a parking lot under a tent. But the temperatures were well within tested temperatures and should not have caused it to fail.
 
We had our onsite warranty team go and replace the unit.
 
When the unit was tested later, it worked just fine, even outside in the sun. We later found that they were running the power to the computer kiosk from a generator. Generators are great mobile power sources, but often produce dirty electric sinewaves. A line conditioner was the fix.
 
There are many available from companies such as tripp lite, APC, ESP and many more. We like the guys at ESP whose product is being integrated more and more in the kiosk industry, often as an option by hardware fabricators. Their products are inside of many large NCR ATM machines, behind a lot of large corporate copiers and expensive electronics. This stuff works great. We even use it to protect our phone system. Our company sells these as an option for new kiosks and can provide them with leased or rented kiosks too. It just makes sense. Now they can be a bit big, so hiding them will take a few more inches than a surge protector, but its worth the protection and the uptime you will not ever think about.
 
Peace of mind? Or prudent planning? As long as you protect your investment and your reputation, I think you're one smart kiosk integrator!
 
Tim Burke is the owner of Electronic Art. This column originally appeared here.
Posted by: Tim Burke AT 12:01 pm   |  Permalink   |  0 Comments  |  
Tuesday, 03 March 2009
Self-service healthcare is not an oxymoron. In fact, it just might be an opportunity whose time has come. Driven by significant advances in Internet, mobile and kiosk technologies, and the rise of the "Information Omnivore" — a well-informed, empowered consumer — the time seems ripe for emergence of personalized self-service healthcare, where consumers play a more active role in the evaluation and management of their medical well-being.
 
As smart technology, infused with intelligence, continues to make pertinent information more accessible, healthcare experts believe such progress could ultimately lead to increased compliance to treatment regimes, a healthier population and potentially lower healthcare costs. In some quarters, it is already happening. Self-service technology is currently available to help healthcare patients register for services, retrieve information, navigate their way through a facility and settle accounts.
 
This consumerization of healthcare could mean it won't be long before patients expect the same level of self-service convenience in healthcare that they can now get in an airport or a traditional retail store and a growing number of other industries. I am convinced that if self-service can be linked to patients' primary care doctors and the doctor-patient relationship in a meaningful way, it can be a very powerful healthcare offering. Just as self-service kiosks for airplanes are linked to the airlines.
 
Technology providers who aggressively pursue solutions that meet these emerging expectations could help clients reduce their costs and improve overall staff productivity. Such health management tools could help clinicians and patients alike benefit from the availability of patient information. Technology could be the catalyst needed to move information from the doctor's file folder to an easily accessible self-service kiosk, or online Web browser.
 
An interesting healthcare trend I've noticed recently is the rapid growth of retail clinics in such places as strip malls, CVS stores, Wal-Marts, shopping centers and other locations. During 2007, there were roughly 750 of these clinics in the U.S., all run by licensed physicians managing a group of licensed practical nurses. The total represents growth of almost four times the number that existed in 2006, with analysts predicting the number of clinics to continue their annual growth in double-digits even in tough economic times.
 
Yet, in spite of its promise, self-service healthcare has several inhibitors, including privacy regulations, initial cost of capital, a clear return on investment and overall user acceptance. However, we believe that the focus on healthcare reform and cost reduction on a broader scale will trickle down and begin to manifest itself in leveraging self-service solutions to improve both cost and efficiency. In addition, growing consumer dissatisfaction with such things as the inconvenient process of waiting rooms, paperwork, calls to insurance companies and pre-authorizations, could help accelerate the deployment of self-service solutions.
 
As self-service continues to spread rapidly across multiple industries, healthcare truly represents the next major frontier. Consumers are getting more and more comfortable with self-service technology. They enjoy the option of "serving themselves" for many common tasks. Self-service is now viewed by many consumers as a critical element of outstanding consumer service. The most familiar examples include ATMs, check-in at airports and self-checkout systems in retail stores.
 
When talking about the consumerization of self-service, we see a combination of touch points for consumer interaction, such as the home computer, mobile devices and kiosks in multiple industry establishments. With multiple interaction points, it is important to ensure a common brand image, data sharing and integration to back-end systems, to make certain that the consumer receives a consistent and intuitive experience regardless of where and how they interact with your business.
 
The proliferation of self-service technology in the healthcare industry presents both a challenge and opportunity. A key challenge is growing user confidence and acceptance — a much higher threshold to overcome than self-service solutions for a grocery store or apparel retailer. More is at stake if something goes wrong. A challenge to businesses deploying self-service solutions is choosing the right platform. The platform capabilities and other critical requirements must be in place to ensure the solution is deployed successfully — scalability, performance, open standards, security, integration with other health information systems, and systems management to name a few. Consumers will not accept self-service options that are not reliable or secure, or that have slow performance. The software infrastructure is also critical to ensuring the self-service solutions can connect with the appropriate back-end systems such as patient records.
 
Challenges notwithstanding, I am convinced that the opportunities are endless. Consumers are projected to spend over $1 trillion through self-service kiosks by 2011, according to IHL Research, which affirms a September 2007 IBM study that showed consumers becoming more and more comfortable with self-service as a way to access additional resources when it is convenient for them.
  • Eighty-one percent of consumers indicated their reasons for choosing to use self-service technology over human interaction is that it allowed them to access information and services outside of normal business hours.
  • Sixty-nine percent said they expect more and more businesses to offer a self-service option.
  • Fifty-two percent revealed they are very comfortable using self-service technology, with roughly 50 percent indicating their usage of self-service devices had gone up during the past year.
  • Almost half of consumers would use self-service technology in lieu of human interaction to get more personal information such as accessing human resources or benefits information at work (45 percent) and checking in and reviewing medical history at a doctor's office (40 percent).
  • More than 33 percent of consumers said they would like additional resources available to them while they shop.
As is the case with a number of today's service establishments, there might not always be a person waiting to answer your questions, or the waiting line might be too long, causing you to leave. Studies have shown that consumers will wait a maximum of 3-4 minutes before they get frustrated and potentially leave. What if you're at a drug store and the line is several people deep? All you want to know is whether to take certain non-prescription medication with your prescription medicine. A kiosk could help you get your question answered almost instantly. And self-service kiosks are more private. There are medical questions and issues you just don't want to talk about to a live person, but you may need the information. In some cases, you can search it out online, however, if you're in store, an in-store kiosk could be used.
 
It's about providing smarter, more convenient solutions for consumers. Although it's not the only solution, self-service kiosks could serve as a valuable extension to access information from electronic medical records systems, and to obtain prescription information, and other online customer data, products and services.
 
Self-service could be just what the doctor ordered — a fast and convenient option for consumers, and a boon for innovative, consumer-driven IT vendors ready and willing to pursue an opportunity that I believe is the next great frontier for a growing self-service economy.
Posted by: Norma Wolcott AT 11:00 am   |  Permalink   |  
Tuesday, 24 February 2009
Automated deposit, ATM services outsourcing, branch optimization: these are all relatively new concepts that are on the minds of financial institutions everywhere. David Bucci, senior vice president for Diebold Inc., shares his thoughts on how they'll shape the future of ATM services.

 

Posted by: David Bucci AT 11:39 am   |  Permalink   |  0 Comments  |  
Tuesday, 17 February 2009
It's all well and good for a retailer to decide to implement self-service, but it's not just a one-step process. More often than not, the deployer's POS system and inventory databases - often referred to as "middleware" - are archaic legacy systems that need to be updated before a single kiosk can hit the floor. Either the middleware isn't secure or sophisticated enough to interface with the new technology.
 
Norma Wolcott, kiosk business line executive for IBM Corp., explains how some retailers often underestimate the importance of reliable middleware.


Posted by: Norma Wolcott AT 11:45 am   |  Permalink   |  0 Comments  |  
Tuesday, 10 February 2009
As I traveled home from a ski trip to Canada the other day, I took note of the self-service technology used in the airports. Airports are the largest deployers of kiosks, digital signage and vending that I've come across: Some more than others, obviously. I noticed recently that the Cincinnati airport has taken the time to add a new item to its self-service arsenal: an Internet enabled payphone.
 
PayPhone1.jpg
It had a nice hardware form factor, and the interface was OK, but really the design of it looked to be about 10 years old. The unit is produced by a company called Super Pay Phone.
 
As I walked up to it, I noticed it had a Windows message onscreen. It had evidently recently applied an automatic Windows update and had frozen at a Windors prompt asking whether the user wanted to perform a necessary reboot now or later. I touched the "reboot" button and the unit shut down and went through its start-up process.
 
There are many reasons why this is bad, including the fact that it allows hackers to see the operating system (to know how to penetrate it). The system forfeits all kinds of additional pertinent information to the hacker during the start-up procedure, including the option to get into the BIOS (which should be password protected with a unique password).
 
This unit is obviously not PCI compliant.
 
All of this could be fixed simply by changing the automatic Windows update method to only update late at night (3am) and automatically reboot. Or it could be modified to disallow all automPayPhone2.jpgatic updates, leaving that task to a network administrator.
 
Years ago we priced similar units for Cincinnati Bell, a company that was thinking of replacing all of its traditional payphones with Internet enabled devices. At the time, they just couldn't justify replacing a $300-$600 dollar device with a $3500 device (times thousands). Now, you can hardly find any payphones on the street, and you can only find them occasionally inside. But the smaller start-ups such as Smart Pay Phones may take away the Bell presence in this marketplace, and quickly. It will be interesting to see the rate of adoption of these smart devices that provide greater service than a traditional pay phone. A small company trying to grow a market and network can pay for the devices with advertising and cost cutting (compared to Bell's often expensive overhead) with leasing of hardware, and Internet access.
 
I think the hardware is pretty nice, but a few tweaks to interface and security would make this much better. I'd love to know what kind of usage it gets. I doubt it is much. Those few travelers who don't have a cell phone or those who are interested in the "gadget" aspect of the phone will enjoy it, but I frankly would not be likely to use it. What about you? Would you use a device such as this when travelling? How about around your home town? E-mail me and let me know.
 
This commentary originally appeared here.
Posted by: Tim Burke AT 11:48 am   |  Permalink   |  0 Comments  |  
Tuesday, 03 February 2009
One of the most important aspects of a kiosk deployment is the enclosure that protects the kiosk from its environment. Karl Jackson, sales director at ITS Enclosures, provides an overview of his company's product line and takes a baseball bat to an enclosure. Click below to watch.
Posted by: Karl Jackson AT 11:50 am   |  Permalink   |  0 Comments  |  
Tuesday, 03 February 2009
Self-service isn't just an 'outdoor' feature, when it comes to banks. Uwe Krause of Wincor Nixdorf explains how automated deposit can be brought inside the bank branch in a self-service - or assisted self-service - application.

Posted by: Uwe Krause AT 09:56 am   |  Permalink   |  0 Comments  |  
Friday, 30 January 2009
A major strength of place-based digital networks has always been their highly localized footprint. However, this strength is also a challenge when it comes to creating high-impact national advertising campaigns. With new networks springing up across the country in dozens of different categories, what has been missing is a way to tie these different networks together and create a single national media platform.

At SeeSaw Networks, we aggregate these disparate place-based digital networks to create a single, viable, national advertising platform. In 2009, we have grown to over 50 networks, reaching a scale that has changed the way advertisers view place-based digital video advertising. We also added new technology to facilitate very efficient and effective campaign targeting, planning and execution. Today, when companies plan their national media campaigns, it’s not uncommon for broadcast-oriented media planners and advertisers to look at what SeeSaw has to offer and say, “I can plan and buy this media like television.” Similarly, digital media planners and buyers say, “This fits perfectly with my web and mobile strategies.”

The three keys to the evolution of the SeeSaw place-based digital video advertising solution – national scale, precision targeting tools, and technology and processes for planning and execution – also reveal key benefits of this media for advertisers.

How big is big enough?

Using third-party data from sources such as Nielsen and Arbitron, and OVAB’s recently released guidelines, SeeSaw’s aggregated network delivers more than 50 million weekly gross impressions across 200+ DMAs in over 30 different types of places like gas stations, coffee shops, grocery stores, health clubs, transit centers and hair salons, to name a few. This puts place-based digital advertising spots on a scale that is equivalent to a couple of TV spots on a blockbuster primetime show such as American Idol and well on our way toward reaching Super Bowl scale with 100 million gross impressions in 2010.
With this kind of national scale at their disposal, advertisers and media planners understand they can extend their reach by incorporating place-based digital video advertising into their advertising campaign. This allows advertisers to connect with on-the-go consumers in a new and more effective way while they are out and about in places where they work, shop, socialize and play.

Target practice makes perfect

But clearly, scale is not enough today. In this economic environment, advertisers and their agencies are under pressure to make their marketing spend as efficient and effective as possible. And agencies are obliged to make the most of available resources and work as efficiently as possible on their client’s behalf. SeeSaw’s Life Pattern Marketing methodology combined with the precision marketing capabilities of SeeSawAds.com enables advertisers to reach audiences far more effectively and streamlines the process for agencies to build truly national place-based digital advertising campaigns.

What’s exciting about the combination of a large-scale national platform and precision targeting is the way it enables brands to think strategically about their national campaigns while delivering a far more relevant message to individual consumers. For advertisers, it’s the ability to think nationally and locally at the same time, eliminating the inefficiencies and waste of ‘shotgun style’ national advertising campaigns.

For consumers it’s about personal relevance. A typical knock on advertising is that too much of it is disruptive. But it’s only disruptive when it isn’t relevant to the target audience. Consumers actually like to learn about the products and services that can improve the quality of their lives, especially if they encounter ads at the right time and place. With precisely targeted place-based digital advertising campaigns, advertisers can reach more of their target audience in contextually relevant settings, so the audience is more likely to be aware of and be receptive to the messages. Consider an agency developing a campaign to promote a manufacturer’s protein bar. After developing the core messaging and creative concept, the team is able to use copy splitting to refine the message for the different types of venues: “Stay Energized!” in health clubs, “Fuel Up!” in gas stations or “Energy On the Go!” for convenience stores, for example.

A plan for success

Another important step in the evolution of the place-based digital video advertising platform is the development of new SeeSaw planning and execution services, that provides one plan, one proof-of-delivery, and one invoice that until now would have required consolidating information from potentially over 30 different networks. The SeeSaw campaign process helps agencies easily and quickly work through the following steps:

Ideation – Because place-based digital video advertising helps advertisers reach a specific audience segment in many types of places, it is critical for media planners to have the greatest flexibility in how they solve their clients’ communication challenges. SeeSaw’s Life Pattern Marketing methodology reveals where target consumers go and what they do throughout their busy week, allowing media planners to target only the most appropriate networks and venues. SeeSaw’s technology then lets media planners easily review detailed information on every affiliate network and create different scenarios for achieving their objectives. Based on this knowledge, companies can be very precise in setting priorities and establishing budgets based on geographic area, demographic profile and venue targets. This level of detailed planning has never before been possible with place-based digital media on a national scale.

Optimization – Each plan on SeeSawAds.com is optimized to meet the specific media objective for a particular campaign. Once an initial campaign plan is complete, SeeSaw’s technology also lets planners optimize it by creating “what-if” scenarios that show the impact various changes (in venues, campaign length, creative specs, frequency, etc.) will have on the cost, number of impressions, and reach. Planning can also include developing a campaign flighting schedule based on individual life patterns and an effective frequency for optimal message impact.

Buy – Once the optimal media plan is finalized, it can be purchased with a single insertion order across multiple networks. This single order can eliminate days or even weeks of calling each network and issuing separate insertion orders. It is also possible to set up schedule reminders and notifications for delivery of creative, creative quality management, format conversions, final content delivery, campaign launch and campaign end.

Go Live – Over the course of the campaign, the SeeSaw operations team works with the our affiliate networks to assure the campaign is executing to spec. Agencies can relax knowing everything from creative format conversions for the different networks, to pre-campaign checks, to ownership of ad-flighting and rotation is being managed on a day to day basis to assure a quality customer experience.

Completion – SeeSaw delivers a single, comprehensive proof-of-performance report, eliminating the need for the agency to rationalize thousands of plays across thousands of venues over several weeks or months. Instead, SeeSaw lets agencies focus on analyzing campaign results and creating the next opportunity for their clients.

For national advertisers that have challenged their media planning teams with finding new ways to more effectively and efficiently reach their consumers, place-based digital video advertising offers an effective way to grab the attention of people where they work, play and socialize. By using SeeSaw’s national network, Life Pattern Marketing methodology and precision targeting capabilities to create cost effective digital video campaigns with national reach, agencies can deliver one of the most powerful ways to connect with people in today’s media landscape.
Posted by: Rocky Gunderson AT 10:44 am   |  Permalink   |  0 Comments  |  
Tuesday, 27 January 2009

Learn more about the exhibitors at this year's NRF show at Retail Customer Experience: Part 1, Part 2, Part 3

One exhibit that drew a lot of buzz at NRF this year was the wine kiosk at the Curiosk Marketing Solutions booth. The wine kiosk allows a retail customer to scan a bottle of wine to get additional information about the wine, ensuring a wise purchase. Users can get tasting notes, food pairing information and can create a preset or typed personal greeting to attach to the bottle of wine if given as a gift. Josh Rosen of Curiosk shows how.

Posted by: Josh Rosen AT 02:40 pm   |  Permalink   |  0 Comments  |  
Tuesday, 20 January 2009
A decade ago, the self-checkout unit was a relatively new concept. Now, one can't walk through a Meijer, Kroger or Home Depot without seeing them. From information kiosks to wayfinding stations, self-service permeates the retail experience. What prompted this seismic shift? Norma Wolcott, self-service business line executive for IBM Corp., explains why she believes self-service is a natural response to consumer demand.

Posted by: Norma Wolcott AT 10:00 am   |  Permalink   |  0 Comments  |  
Tuesday, 13 January 2009
2008 has come and gone, ushering in some of the most practical self-service applications to ever hit the industry. There were the rising stars – the redboxes, the SoloHealths and the Mod Systems of the world. But as the old saying goes, not every elevator makes it to the top floor. There were other deployments that ...
 
Well ...
 
Let's just say that when the votes are tallied and final story of mankind's achievement is told, they'll certainly raise some eyebrows.
 
In just a moment, you're going to read about some of those kiosks. I can tell you the who, the what - and in some cases - the where.
 
What I can't tell you is why.
 
And therein lies the tale. Some of them have legitmate purposes, while others call into question their being. All of them are characterized by a quirky edge. For the truth of the matter is, these deployments have one leg in objective reality, and the other in that shadowy realm mere mortals refer to simply as "the unknown."
 
…And now they're subheads on SelfService.org's "Weirdest of 2008" list.

#5 – Student Performance Kiosks.
For most shoppers, the local grocery store is an open inventory of food, supplies, clothing – the bare necessities of life. But things are different in Grand Valley, Colo. – particularly in a little area known to the locals as School District 51. Six City Market grocery stores populate the district, each containing computer kiosks. But you won't be able to pay your bills or purchase gift cards here. Instead, these kiosks tell you about your children. According to The Daily Sentinel, parents can use the kiosks to look up their child's school grades, attendance records, assignments and lunch expenditures. And they don't dispense prepaid phone cards, they schedule parent-teacher conferences. It's an unexpected partnership between City Market, the county government and Bresnan Communications. Practical, you say? Maybe so. But if you're a middle school student worried about the grade you got on that Ernest Hemmingway book report, you might think twice before asking mom and dad to swing by the grocery store to pick up some Wheaties ...
 
#4 – Self-service book binding kiosks.
There's nothing new or inherently bizarre about swiping your card and having a kiosk dispense the latest entry in a long list of summer reading. But deep in the heart of New York City – a bustling metropolis where unsuspecting men and women in well-tailored business suits scurry about their mundane tasks – one company is building a horse of a different color. For the Espresso book ATM created by On Demand Books doesn't just dispense the books – it builds them for you. It accepts pdf files from the user, prints, mills, aligns, glues and dispenses professionally bound books in only seven minutes. Book covers come in four colors. It may be something for the local Kinko's to consider, but don't look for it at the airport anytime soon.
 
#3 – Carbon offset kiosks.
Submitted for your approval: a world held in the unmerciful grip of an economic recession. As businesses fight bankruptcy like gladiators in some ancient coliseum, men and women struggle to hold on to what little currency they have. Against this backdrop, one San Francisco company, 3Degrees, unveils a kiosk that takes the user's money and, in exchange, provides them with a certificate of no tangible benefit whatsoever. So it is with the carbon offset kiosks now deployed at the San Francisco International Airport. Travelers guilt-ridden with the knowledge that their flight spewed harmful carbon emissions into the atmosphere can volunteer to swipe their cards and pay compensation in the form of carbon offsets. I don't name this kiosk to call into question the value of ecological responsibility. Instead, mine is an issue of timing, for the time at which the kiosks are deployed is the one time consumers can't afford to use them. It's an irony found only on the SelfService.org "Weirdest of 2008" list.
 
#2 – The Robot kiosk.
You can't judge a book by its cover. Whoever penned that adage probably wasn't looking at this Robot kiosk designed by NEC and demonstrated at the iEXPO 2008 trade show in Japan. The kiosk is a replica of a life-sized android.
 
But it just dispenses tickets -- it's not alive, you say. Don't be so sure. According to pinktentacle.com, the kiosk can use facial recognition technology to identify, single out and target ads to individuals. It's not without its critics, however.
 
As a blogger on dvice.com stated, "Clearly, it's jut a ticket kiosk. It's not a robot. It can't walk around, it isn't sentient. It's just shaped like a robot, and we aren't fooled by it. Those legs are just for decoration. Weak, Japan."
 
Tough medicine from a skeptic or frantic words fueled by fear? In any case, if you happen to be at an amusement park and get the strange feeling something – or someone – is looking over your shoulder, don't panic. Just reach into your wallet, pull out your credit card and buy a ticket to that jazz concert…before those lifeless eyes zero in on you.
 
#1 – Marijuana kiosks.
Chalk this deployment up as something that could only happen in Los Angeles. A series of kiosks deploys medical marijuana – cash for hash, so to speak. Not only did this deployment catch the eye of us at SelfService.org, but it also raised eyebrows at the U.N.'s International Narcotics Control Board in Vienna, who quickly ruled that the machines are illegal and should be shut down. Let's just say it's one more notch in a long tally of self-service experiments that maybe should have never made if off the drawing board.
 
So there you have it – five kiosk deployments that served as monuments to the bizarre in 2008. As we plunge headlong into 2009, we have no doubt that there will be even more wacky and fantastic entries for this year's list. If you happen to be at a seminar, a trade show or just picking up groceries on a Saturday afternoon and you stumble upon a kiosk deployment that doesn't quite fit the mold, don't panic. There's no need to hide the children. Just snap a picture, write a brief description and e-mail it to .
Posted by: Travis K. Kircher AT 10:00 am   |  Permalink   |  0 Comments  |  
Wednesday, 07 January 2009
As deployers and vendors look to maximize the value of self-service in the coming year, it helps to take a look back at what did (and didn't) work in 2008. As editor of SelfService.org, I've compiled some of the stories that rocked the industry last year. Here is Part II of that list.
 
Click here to view Part I.
 
#5: Hackers smash Citibank ATM-server, steal $750,000.
February was a black month for Citibank as two Brooklyn men allegedly made hundreds of fraudulent withdrawals from New York City ATMs. They reportedly pocketed at least $750,000 in cash. The significance of the thefts? Experts say this ATM crime spree is the first to be publicly linked to the breach of a major U.S. bank's systems.
 
#4: NCR debuts SelfServ kiosk, ATM lines.
In January, NCR announced the release of the SelfServ ATM, its first new line of ATM in a decade. The SelfServ ATM features, among other things, the ability to accept bulk check deposits. It also comes equipped with so-called self-healing technology – technology that enables the ATM to recover from some malfunctions via a remotely-managed reboot.
 
The SelfServ 60 kiosk was unveiled in October at KioskCom Self Service Expo. It integrates Intel vPro technology, including the next-generation Intel Core 2 Duo processor and Mobile Intel GM45 Express chipset, enabling it to run more advanced and engaging applications than its predecessor, the EasyPoint 42 kiosk.
 
#3: EyeSite kiosks help health care industry 'see' the light.
It was early in 2008 when EyeSite kiosks first broke into the national scene. Developed by startup SoloHealth, the EyeSite kiosk provides the user with a self-service eye exam. Though not a substitute for a professional eye exam, the kiosks do give the user a general idea of the quality of his vision and spotlights the dangers of conditions such as cataracts, glaucoma and macular degeneration. The EyeSite kiosk was developed via a partnership with Netkey and KIOSK Information Systems.
 
#2: Redbox and Universal Studios go head-to-head.
In August, representatives of Universal Studios showed up unexpectedly at the headquarters of redbox with an ultimatum: Sign a revenue sharing agreement limiting the types of DVDs that could be stocked in redbox kiosks, as well as the amount charged for them, or Universal would cut off sales of its DVDs by commercial distributors. Redbox refused to sign the agreement and in November, filed a lawsuit against Universal, alleging that the distribution company was improperly interfering with a business relationship.
 
The lawsuit highlights the dramatic effect DVD kiosks are having in entertainment industry. The lack of overhead means DVD kiosks are able to offer DVD rentals for $1 a day – a dramatically cheaper price than that charged by brick-and-mortar stores. 
 
#1: Recession strikes the world economy.
There's no denying that the economic downturn that struck in the last financial quarter of 2008 will have a significant impact on the self-service industry. The jury is still out: Will companies turn to self-service in an effort to cut labor costs, or will they shy away, fearing the initial costs of new deployments?
 
"We're on the eve of, probably, the greatest financial crisis of our time. In retrospect, I don't think we've ever seen anything like this since World War II," said V. Miller Newton, president of the Self-Service & Kiosk Association, while at KioskCom Self Service Expo in October. "Companies are definitely hunkering down. They're gonna cut costs … they're gonna be budget conscious … but I believe self-service is a critical component and a must-have in this economic downturn."
Posted by: Travis K. Kircher AT 10:00 am   |  Permalink   |  0 Comments  |  
Tuesday, 06 January 2009
As deployers and vendors look to maximize the value of self-service in the coming year, it helps to take a look back at what did (and didn't) work in 2008. As editor of SelfService.org, I've compiled some of the stories that rocked the industry last year. Here is Part I of that list.
 
Click here to view Part II.
 
#10: The Green Movement
There's no doubt that troubling weather patterns and dire warnings from some in the scientific community generated significant public concern about manmade carbon emissions. As a result, the heat was on for the manufacturing industry to take positive action to "greenify" their plants.
 
Companies in the self-service industry were no exception. As a result, NCR and IBM completely revamped their production processes to comply with Restriction of Hazardous Substances (ROHS) standards. NEXTEP SYSTEMS halted its practice of burying kiosks in landfills. Olea debuted a kiosk made from organic waste materials like cardboard and plastic. And NCR developed thermal technology enabling kiosks to print on both sides of receipts, thereby cutting back on paper waste.
 
#9: The Self-Service & Kiosk Association gets a new president
In April, Alex Richardson relinquished his role as president of the Self-Service & Kiosk Association to become president of the Digital Technology Alliance. As a result, the Advisory Board elected V. Miller Newton, chief executive of software vendor Netkey, to take the reigns as president.
 
Newton is widely recognized for playing a pivotal role in the success of Monster.com and told SelfService.org in a July interview that "I think it's somewhat important that we communicate the value and ROI of self-service in the marketplace. It's an extremely important initiative for companies, in terms of better service at a lower cost."
 
#8: 11 suspects indicted for infamous TJX card breach
The word came down from the U.S. Department of Justice in August: 11 suspects from five different countries had been indicted for allegedly using POS systems, wireless networks and self-service kiosks from a host of big-name retailers to steal cardholder data from roughly 45 million consumers. Affected retailers included names like TJ Maxx, BJs Wholesale Club, OfficeMax, Boston Market and Barnes & Noble. The thefts were uncovered in late 2006. Those charged included three U.S. citizens, one Estonian, three Ukrainians, two citizens from the Peoples Republic of China and one from Belarus.
 
#7: Self-Service & Kiosk Association introduces Best Practices Library
The TJX indictments prompted some self-service deployers to take a harder look at kiosk security, and the renewed emphasis couldn’t have come at a better time. One month earlier, in July, the Self-Service & Kiosk Association announced the release of its Best Practices Library – a collection of 10 online documents outlining best practices related to topics such as kiosk enclosures, photo kiosks, remote monitoring and system security. The library is available to association members only and can be accessed here.
 
#6: Mobile e-ticketing takes a big step forward
In Oct. 2007, the International Air Transport Association (IATA) passed a mandate for its 230 member airlines to replace magnetic stripe and one-dimensional barcode ticketing with boarding passes with two-dimensional barcodes. The adoption of that new technology paved the way for e-ticketing – the ability of the airlines to transmit scannable electronic boarding passes directly to the traveler’s cell phone display. Several airlines have since trialed the technology, including Continental Airlines, Northwest Airlines, Delta Airlines, Air Canada, British Midland Airways, Japan Airlines, China Southern Airlines and others.
Posted by: Travis K. Kircher AT 10:00 am   |  Permalink   |  0 Comments  |  
Tuesday, 30 December 2008
That is the question that was posed to exhibitors of KioskCom Self Service Expo in October by Mark Freed of J.D. Events, the show's owner and operator. It was a good question because there is often a blurring of the line between the two. Historically, digital signage was on LCD or plasma panels and mounted high on a wall, while kiosks were various computer screens from 8- to 19-inches and were usually touchscreen interactive. But when you consider LCD technology that has become cheaper and more commonplace, coupled with the use of touch overlays that are capable of being used on 42- to 60-inch screens, well, it's not a stretch to say that digital signage is interactive, and essentially a very large screen kiosk.
 
Or is it?
 
Digital signage can be interactive, and I think that is what determines what you call your project. Digital signage management tools often limit the amount of full programmable interaction you can create to accomplish your goals. After all, the main difference between kiosk management software and digital signage management software is that DS tools allow for scheduling of content into predefined zones or templates. A kiosk application is not expecting "scheduled content" and the way that information is laid out on screen can be most anything imaginable. So if you are running a system with a digital management tool you should think of your application as digital signage or perhaps interactive digital signage.
 
If you are using a kiosk management tool, well, it could be a kiosk. But it could also be simple digital signage. It's confusing, I know. Even for those of us in the industry, the lines between them are gray.
 
Some digital signage management tools such as Scala are highly programmable and allow for integration of Javascript, VbScript or Python scripting to extend the dynamic content from a database. Not all management tools allow for this level of robust flexibility. The flipside is that Scala is dramatically more expensive than simpler digital signage management tools, which means it is often used for enterprise level signage.
 
So when is a project digital signage and when is it a kiosk? The show made it a contest for exhibitors to come up with an interesting answer. Below are some of those answers. The winner was Dr. Robert DeVargas, chief financial officer of Eternal Interactive LLC. He made his answer a bit of prose which I enjoy:
 
Is it signage or a kiosk? The answer's tricky to tell;
For everything a kiosk is, the signage is as well.
There is one trait to ponder, that may put this to rest;
It's not how each one functions, but how they're used the best.
For it's signage at a distance, for many eyes to see;
But when a user's on it, a kiosk it must be.
 
Thanks, Dr. DeVargas, for a good, quippy response. Below are some of the other responses:
 
"Digital signage is a kiosk when its message contains a call to action that can be immediately acted upon by interacting with the same sign."
                                        --Jeff Brinson
                                                      Presentation Concepts Corp.
 
"Kiosks and digital signage share the same mandate of attracting, engaging and communicating with today's hi-tech consumer offering everyone universal and ubiquitous access to the benefits of the digital economy. This new culture of fast-paced individuals who manage their lifestyles through technology ... have indeed spawned the age of the kiosk and digital signage as a means of meeting their unique needs for digital engagement in the public sector."
                                        --Doug B Matatall
                                           iPhoenix Corporation
 
"When is a kiosk digital signage? When you see it hanging 10 feet off the ground where you can’t touch it. (Good for physical security concerns, bad for interactivity)."
                                        --Tim Burke (author of this Perspective)
 
"Q: When Is A Kiosk Digital Signage?
A: A kiosk is digital signage when it is networked to other kiosks and large-format displays, and showcases digital content in any form. Additionally, a kiosk qualifies as digital signage if it is tightly integrated with, and strategically complements, a digital out-of-home media network, regardless of its size, placement, or environment. Finally, if consumers can't tell the difference, and respond positively to displayed content, then the kiosk is digital signage. Today, marketers do not need to choose one or the other. Rather, cost-effective kiosk and digital signage applications may be seamlessly deployed side-by-side, working closely together to stimulate consumer behavior."
                                        --Ian McKenzie
                                                      Dynamax Technologies
 
"When you can attach an ROI and you know what channel the sale came from."
                                        --Lou Boudreau
                                                     SkyMall Corporate Office
 
As you can see, the answer depends on whom you ask.
Posted by: Tim Burke AT 12:27 pm   |  Permalink   |  0 Comments  |  
Friday, 19 December 2008
Self-service and customer service -- the two are not mutually exclusive concepts. Experticity has proven that with its innovative self-service solution that enables retail customers to speak live one-on-one with off-site customer service representatives via kiosk. Watch as Matt Scoble, vice president of business development for Experticity, demonstrates this solution on an NCR SelfServ 60 kiosk.

Posted by: Matt Scoble AT 12:25 pm   |  Permalink   |  0 Comments  |  
Tuesday, 16 December 2008
Whether it's a survey kiosk or a check-in kiosk, an important facet of any self-service deployment is the ability of the user to input information. Digital touchscreen technology has made it possible for the user to type in his information on a virtual keyboard shown on a touchscreen monitor. Is the high-tech option the best to use, or are old-fashioned tactile keyboards the better choice? Tim Burke, owner of Electronic Art, explains the advantages of each option on an IBM Anyplace kiosk.

Posted by: Tim Burke AT 12:24 pm   |  Permalink   |  0 Comments  |  
Tuesday, 09 December 2008
Ever since redbox planted its first DVD rental kiosk, self-service deployers have been jockeying for space in the competitive landscape of the digital entertainment industry. Much has been made of Blockbuster's announcement in August that it would use NCR's Express Entertainment kiosk as a platform in its attempt to compete against redbox. Jola Moss, NCR's entertainment industry and solution marketing director, demos the Express Entertainment kiosk and comments on the future of the digital entertainment industry.

Posted by: Jola Moss AT 12:22 pm   |  Permalink   |  0 Comments  |  
Thursday, 04 December 2008
If you can imagine 140 football fields, you have an idea why digital out-of-home network advertising is becoming hotter every day.

That’s how much area it would take to lay out all 900,000 of the digital signs expected in the market by the end of 2009 if each were a 40-inch display.

“That’s 6.3 million square feet of dynamic digital display area,” marveled Dale Smith, senior director of business development at Peerless Industries Inc.

Size isn’t the only thing that matters, however, among a number of factors fueling the growth of the networks. Proof-of-performance has improved dramatically, more ad space is available to sell, planning and placing the ad content has never been easier, and an increasing number and diversity of media-buying divisions are writing checks, taking money from pockets typically emptied into TV and Internet buys.

Proof of the boom: the Out-of-home Video Advertising Bureau, whose members include many of the largest DOOH networks, reports that video advertising networks are a $1.01 billion industry now and growing at 25.4 percent annually. The Bureau predicts the industry will be at $3.2 billion before 2012.

Buyers, sellers tuning in

NBC, ABC and CBS have been promoting DOOH ad placement to their advertising clients, often bundled with TV network proposals. Cable system and billboard ad sales organizations have been ramping up their efforts, and print media is expected to engage DOOH ad sales as a way of leveraging their sales organizations.

But some media buyers and planners are looking for a different way. Brand managers, agencies, creative houses and others have become frustrated with the high amount of effort it takes to place ad campaigns that take fullest advantage of the medium. Here, network operators have an opportunity to capitalize on the sharpening of their own marketing kits, proposals and analytics.

“A fact of modern life and commerce is that better approaches will be used,” said Shelley Palmer, media guru and author of the best-seller “Television Disrupted,” when addressing a packed house at the NEC Digital Solutions Summit in late August. “Digital out-of-home is powerful because of its placement at point-of-event such as purchase, decision or attention. As an addressable media, it exploits the digital communications supply chain to provide better message targeting capability – the holy grail of the advertising.”

DOOH network account execs easily could fill a media buyer’s calendar, and ad placement is becoming increasingly easy. Industry associations such as OVAB and www.OOHDigital.ca offer direction to many networks.

And DOOH ad sales agencies such as Adcentricity, SeeSaw Networks, Charter Media and MediaPlace offer convenience to media planners and buyers. New entrants to this service area such as rVue, UnSoldSpace.com and AdSemble suggest that the administration in using DOOH for advertising will become more streamlined.

Not only are placement options becoming more sophisticated, so is the understanding of the medium’s potential. Rocky Gunderson, vice president of SeeSaw Networks, said he is seeing companies using DOOH in ways more sophisticated than ever before, and believes the model is moving beyond place-based advertising into more strategic communications.

“That’s really exciting, particularly when from a creative perspective you see how effectively digital-signage can deliver a relevant, timely message,” he said. “When you add to that the explosive growth in digital-signage companies, increasing the venue choices brands have to advertise in, this media now has the reach of TV with the target-ability of the Internet. Planning teams are beginning to stand up and take notice.”

Rob Gorrie, president of Adcentricity, agrees.

“Today there’s a better understanding of the digital OOH medium, and folks are more comfortable with how to use it,” said. “This is what’s driving demand for digital OOH. And it’s about time.”

Lyle Bunn is a commentator, contributor and consultant to North America’s DOOH industry.

Posted by: Lyle Bunn AT 11:00 am   |  Permalink   |  0 Comments  |  
Tuesday, 02 December 2008

I love Southwest Airlines. The low fares are great. The egalitarian boarding system is great — even after they implemented the new numbering system. Snacks and meals? No big deal. Airports have restaurants. The main things to me are a cheap seat, getting where I’m going on time with as little trouble as possible, and dealing with employees who give a damn about me and what I want.

That's why I was so disappointed with a recent change Southwest made to its beverage service.

I fly enough with Southwest and drink so little on planes that I usually have some coupons in my computer bag for that occasional glass (or two) of bourbon I'll tip back on a late-night flight home. But if I don't, I like to pay cash. It's easy. If I charge something, there are receipts to worry about, and I harbor this secret dread that something will be wrong with my credit card and the attendant will yell out in the cabin that I’ve been declined.

But if I'm buying drinks for a client on a flight, or if I've left all my cash in Las Vegas, the card is good, too.

Bottom line: I like choice. And Southwest has taken away one small sliver of it. Now, if I don't have coupons, I'm forced to swipe. In the words of the immortal poet David Spade, "me no likey."

Making matters worse, the explanation just doesn't feel right to me. In justifications published in news accounts as well as announced over cabin P.A. systems, the airline says it went to credit-only payment because customers wanted it.

Nonsense. Do some travelers want to pay by card? Of course they do. But it's hard to believe there were many travelers clamoring for the elimination of the cash option. Did a single flyer utter the words, "Please, don't let me pay by cash. Force me to use my card?" I doubt it. Once my current stack of coupons goes, I may never have another drink while I roam about the country. (I might not have anyway, since they stopped serving Maker's Mark. But that's another column for another kind of Web site.)

Here's the point for self-service deployers: Keep customer options open. And if you do shut an option down, level with the customer about why you’re doing it.

I would never shop at a grocery store that is self-serve check-out only. Sometimes I don't even know what kind of fruit my wife has tossed into the cart, let alone how much it costs. Sometimes a box is too big and I don't want to fuss with getting it out of the car before I get to my car. Sometimes I just get lonely, for heaven's sake, and like a cute cashier to ring me out!

But even worse, though, is when I want to use self-service and walk through a store with rows of self-service checkout stands sitting closed, red LEDs warning me away as though there were some latent danger lurking beneath the cold scanners and inside the folds of plastic bags. If you're going to deploy self-service, have enough of it available that the option is a meaningful one.

Same thing for hotels and others: If you're going to offer self-service, have enough of it for the option to be meaningful. And while we still shouldn't have to say this, make sure the kiosks are working.

Home Depot learned the choice lesson the hard way a couple of years ago, when the CEO oversaw a mammoth self-service deployment that overtook, rather than augment, the human side of the checkout process. Customer-service ratings fell. Sales dropped. And soon enough, the CEO was printing resumes, perhaps (one hopes) at a self-service copier somewhere.

Must customers have everything? No. They don't. Despite the gotta-have-it-all hype used to describe the modern consumer, truth is, most folks know there are limits to what stores — and airlines — can and cannot do. What is important, however, is to make available everything feasible. And if you're not going to do so, to fess up on why, and prepare for the consequences.

Posted by: Joesph Grove AT 12:20 pm   |  Permalink   |  0 Comments  |  
Tuesday, 25 November 2008
You may have read what Universal Studios decided to do on its summer vacation: take on redbox, the successful DVD rental kiosk operator. On a late August day, reps from Universal decided to show up on redbox's doorstep and demand that company execs sign an agreement – that was a lose/lose situation for redbox – by the next day.
 
Why exactly Universal decided to confront redbox in this way is not clear, but what is clear is redbox would no longer be competitive with Blockbuster and other video rental outlets on renting Universal's videos if it has to wait 45 days after the release date to rent those not-so-new releases to the public.
 
Did Blockbuster complain to Universal? That was my first reaction, but I guess that wouldn't make sense if Blockbuster is also getting into kiosks.
 
I'm sure Universal's distributors – VPD and Ingram – were not too thrilled with Universal's actions since redbox is a big customer, but what can they do? Universal is certainly the Goliath in this drama.
 
But redbox has put a rock in its sling and aimed it right back at Universal by filing a lawsuit claiming infringements on redbox's rights to DVDs it's purchased, violating antitrust laws and interfering with its relationship with its suppliers.
 
Did Universal want a bigger cut of the profits? According to the lawsuit, Universal wants 40 percent of redbox's rental revenues on Universal's videos.
 
The lawsuit also reveals some interesting statistics:
  • redbox had 125 kiosks in 2004, had nearly 6500 by the end of 2007 and expects to exceed 12,000 kiosks by the end of 2008.
  • To date, consumers have rented more than 200 million DVDs from redbox.
  • Consumers average approximately 50 DVD rentals per day per kiosk.
  • Consumer demand has supported redbox' s expansion such that redbox has installed a new kiosk, on average, every 90 minutes somewhere in the United States this year to date. As part of this expansion, redbox has hired over 600 new employees this year.
While Universal is the first studio to try this tactic, I'm sure the other studios are watching with interest. Should Universal win, they'll probably follow suit and that could seriously undermine redbox, DVDPlay and other DVD kiosk operators' ability to compete with the likes of Blockbuster, Netflix and Apple iTunes.
 
Personally, I'm a big fan of DVD rental kiosks. Ever since I rented my first videos from redbox in November 2006, I've been a loyal customer. The price/value relationship is too good to beat; I'm also a fan of self-service kiosks in general and I'm still mad about those late fees video stores charged me over the years. (Full disclosure: redbox chief executive Gregg Kaplan joined the Association's Advisory Board in April 2007.)
 
DVDPlay says that Universal asked them to sign a similar agreement and they've refused, so a least there's some solidarity among some of the DVD kiosk players, though Polar Frog Digital's chief executive Todd Rosenbaum takes a different point of view, which I don't really buy. He complains that redbox doesn't pay licensing fees and then admits his firm (which makes DVD burn-on-demand kiosks) doesn't either. He also claims redbox buys "closeouts of products," which may be true for some of their DVDs, but the majority of their products seem to be new releases.
 
Let's hope David (redbox) prevails against this Goliath (Universal) for the sake of our industry and for the sake of the consumer.
 
Read also: Redbox says it won't bow to Universal.
Read also: Bullish on DVD rental kiosks.
Posted by: David Drain AT 12:18 pm   |  Permalink   |  0 Comments  |  
Thursday, 20 November 2008
This opinion is in response to Residents angered over bright L.A. digital billboards, posted on Digital Signage Today from the New York Times on Nov. 6, 2008.

Digital billboards have gotten a bad rap in the past few years. People from all over the country are fighting with their state governments over the installation of digital billboards in place of traditional static billboards, but since only a small percentage of the nation’s 450,000 billboards are digital, many have not even seen this new technology in person. I am here to say, give digital a chance.

There is one thing you have to realize about Clear Channel, Lamar, CBS Outdoor and other digital billboard providers: They aren’t trying to make your town Las Vegas or Times Square.

Digital billboards on the sides of highways have Federal Highway Administration Standards that they have to follow. They cannot contain flashing, intermittent, or moving lights, only static digital images. Often times, the static digital images are of such high resolution that they are indistinguishable from standard billboards.

Also, the FHA says that those images can only change every four to ten seconds, so for someone traveling at 65 mph, there is a good chance they will not even see the billboard change at all while passing it.

Regardless, studies from Virginia Tech University and Tantala Associates have shown that digital billboards do little to change driving habits and that “digital billboards have no statistically significant relationship with the occurrence of accidents.”

That being said, there is no FHA regulation concerning the brightness of billboards, only a statement issued that says signs should be "not unreasonably bright for the safety of the motoring public." But many of the complaints come from nearby residents who say they are too bright for their proximity to residential neighborhoods. As digital billboards begin to proliferate, I think that nighttime brightness is an issue and standards should be in place to lower the lumens at night.

Good for advertisers and the public

It’s true that digital billboards can mean good things for advertisers. Tracy Libertino, an analyst with Accuvia Consulting, said 94 percent of those who saw a digital billboard recalled the product being advertised, versus 43 percent for static billboards. But maybe you don’t advertise, so why do you care?

Digital billboards have ability to provide immediate information, which means they can be (and have been) used for public safety purposes. On Feb. 12, 2007, a 14-year-old Minnesota girl went missing. Several digital billboards in the area immediately ran a multimedia Amber Alert and the girl was found the next day.

In Huntsville, Ala. last year, police started a manhunt for a registered sex offender. Lamar Advertising Co. and the local Crimestoppers organization ran suspect sketches on several digital billboards in the region and within several hours the suspect was captured.

Digital billboards can also serve as real-time traffic updaters, an upgrade from the huge orange-lighted screens that hover over highways presently. With a bigger screen, digital billboards will allow more information to be provided to drivers than was possible on the previous boards.

The claims that digital billboards cause traffic safety problems are unsupported. Also, I think that residents should be considered regarding the brightness of digital billboards, but let’s not forget that standard billboards are illuminated at night with high-bright halogen lights. Digital or not, that issue is not going away. 

Bill Yackey is editor of DigitalSignageToday.com.

Posted by: Bill Yackey AT 11:02 am   |  Permalink   |  0 Comments  |  
Tuesday, 18 November 2008
It's the holy grail of any business that deals in cash: the closed loop cash management system. When cash moves from customer to till, and from till to bank, businesses must ensure that the cash's exposure to threats like theft are minimized. It's even more important when cash is stored in a self-service device, such as a kiosk. How can that cash be protected? Ed McGunn, president and chief executive of Corporate Safe Specialists, explains how kiosks can be secured.

Posted by: Ed McGunn AT 12:16 pm   |  Permalink   |  0 Comments  |  
Wednesday, 12 November 2008
I’m finally getting a chance to wind down after a whirlwind week in New York at The Digital Signage Show. I’ve been to a lot of tradeshows over the years (see right), and I have to say that this was a world-class event.

I’ve been going to KioskComs for three years now. The organizer, JD Events, in my opinion has always done a good job supporting the kiosk side of things. Two years ago, they added a digital signage component, which was met with a lot of criticism from the industry. The first digital signage event wasn’t much to write home about – I  believe it was one aisle with some digital signage vendors, and still a lot of crossover from the kiosk side.

It’s interesting to see how the event has morphed over the past two years, however. The perception in the industry for The Digital Signage Show has completely changed. This year’s event was a “must attend,” drawing companies from all over the U.S. and attendees from other countries. It was even deemed worthwhile enough to pull some journalists from overseas. I think we can safely say that it is no longer a regional show.

It was reflected in the attendance also. Joel Davis of JD Events said that qualified attendee registration was up five percent.

I think the reason for the growth is rooted in the quality of the educational sessions that occur during the show. Lawrence Dvorchik et al. have obviously been working to come up with some unique attractions, and its paying off.

The Cooking Up Content session was very well-received and was the highlight of the education tracks. Moderator Lyle Bunn walked attendees through a complete demonstration of content development over the two days at the show. All the while, exhibitors could look in on designers from Show + Tell, Cisco and Heads & Tails as they pieced the spots together on the show floor.

The Tech Tracks were also very well attended – they are going to need more seats for these in the future.

The main conference sessions went off well because they were graced with names like Target, Coca-Cola and Justice Clothing Stores. These folks were bombarded with questions following each session. Bottom line: People want to hear about real-world experiences from big-name users. Keep them coming!

The DIGI Awards was touted as a digital signage highlight, but failed to live up to any expectation. There were about 15 in the audience, and the award winners were monotonously rambled off over a 45-minute time frame. Neither the show, nor the hosts of the awards provided attendees or press with the list of winners following the announcements.

(I worked to jot down each award winner, but failed to complete the list accurately. I posted an accurate list today, though.)

I sat next to, and was able to commiserate with Dave Haynes, who also commented: “The crowd for the awards was very thin and the event had all the glitz of the grand opening of an auto body shop in Brainerd.” I suggest JD Events put some time into bringing these awards up to par with their own Excellence Awards or DSE’s Apex Awards if they are going to continue to host them.

Other than that, a good show. Hats off to JD Events.
Posted by: Bill Yackey AT 12:46 pm   |  Permalink   |  0 Comments  |  
Tuesday, 11 November 2008
As the Nasdaq continues to fall and industry players scramble for bailout money, what does the future hold for the self-service industry? V. Miller Newton, president of the Self-Service & Kiosk Association, comments on the gravity of the situation, while offering a ray of hope.
 
Click below to watch.

Posted by: V. Miller Newton AT 12:14 pm   |  Permalink   |  0 Comments  |  
Thursday, 06 November 2008

EnQii president says digital signage product in consumers' hands and money in merchants' wallets

Stuart Armstrong, president of EnQii Americas, explains how conversion is a key metric for retailers. This involves getting consumers to walk out of the store with at least one item, if not more. Can digital signage make that happen? Find out in this two-part video series.


Part I:

Part II:

Posted by: Stuart Armstrong AT 05:47 pm   |  Permalink   |  0 Comments  |  
Tuesday, 04 November 2008
Since it was launched in July, the Self-Service & Kiosk Association's membership drive to bring new user/deployers into the fold has resulted in more than 70 new members. The list contains high-profile names like Delta Air Lines, Fifth Third Bank and the U.S. Navy. The drive continues — and at KioskCom in New York City, executive director David Drain was ready to showcase the many benefits that membership provides to deployers. Click the video below to learn more.

Posted by: David Drain AT 12:13 pm   |  Permalink   |  0 Comments  |  
Tuesday, 28 October 2008
Ron Delnevo, managing director of independent ATM operator Bank Machine Ltd., says new research into contactless cards shows that cash remains a viable and strong payment choice for consumers.
 
According to APACS, the United Kingdom's payments association, in 2007, six out of 10 payments were made with cash.
 
"I find it truly risible that Visa is promoting their latest research, which shows that 41 percent of people in a contactless trial felt it was an easier and faster way to pay for small items than cash," Delnevo said. "This of course means that 59 percent of consumers, in fact, think that cash remains the most convenient payment method. They are simply promoting the fact that, after spending tens of millions of pounds on research, development and advertising, they have made a 1 percent difference to consumer habits. I am not sure I would be claiming this as a big success and would consider it, frankly, a waste of corporate cash."
 
Delnevo says the only solid conclusion from the payWave trial was that users had security concerns about the use of contactless payment methods. That conclusion, Delnevo says, echoes the results of a survey carried out when contactless cards were launched in the United Kingdom, finding that 70 percent of people believed that the introduction of contactless systems would increase fraud. 
 
"At a time when everyone should be watching what they are spending, and in the midst of a worrying rise in debt, it is all the more cynical for card issuers to continue to promote the use of contactless cards — fully aware that research now proves that consumers spend more on cards than they do when using cash, even if they can’t afford to do so," Delnevo said. "Moreover, when the British taxpayer will now be picking up the bill for the reckless behavior of financial institutions, banks have a responsibility more than ever to the public — and that includes encouraging sensible spending habits."
 
According to research conducted by New York University and the University of Maryland, people often are prepared to pay significantly more when they know that they can pay by card.
 
Additionally, increased fees from MasterCard, announced this week, also are expected to take a toll on the card industry, Delnevo says. Retailers in the United Kingdom complained this week that MasterCard doubled the fees it charges, causing financial drains on U.K. shop owners.
 
"This increase in charges confirms that both retailers and the British public should be extremely wary of relying on plastic cards," Delnevo said. "Cash remains the most popular means of purchase in the U.K., and now we see why. Cash is completely within the control of the consumer in every respect, whereas with cards, it is a case of 'spend too much now and shed tears later.'"
Posted by: Ron Delnevo AT 12:10 pm   |  Permalink   |  0 Comments  |  
Thursday, 23 October 2008
We’ve all seen them when entering a retail store: the small displays placed at ceiling level at the store entrance that show security footage, letting all who enter know that they are being watched. But while screens designed for loss prevention can deter theft, unfortunately, they can also be insulting or set an inhospitable tone for patrons.


Through the use of digital signage, displays used for loss prevention can also be used to run content that creates brand loyalty and encourages sales lift through, promotions, digital merchandising and cross-selling.

In essence, one screen is used for multiple purposes. First, running dynamic and relevant content will serve traditional digital signage roles such as welcoming patrons and serving as advertising space. Interspersed with that content is live security footage designed to curb theft.

The technology could be a welcomed one for the retail industry. Total retail losses are approximately $37.4 billion annually, with shoplifting conservatively estimated to account for 30 to 40 percent of total retail shrink/losses, according to University of Florida and Hayes International surveys.

Often times, shoplifting and theft directly by or enabled by staff can be a bigger problem for retailers than shopper theft. Surveyed companies apprehended one in every 27.9 employees for theft, based on 1.85 million employees. On a per-case average, dishonest employees steal approximately 6.6 times the amount stolen by shoplifters ($851.44 vs. $128.71).

Fight crime with content

No good examples of multi-purpose displays for loss prevention yet exist, although several large retailers are investigating possible approaches. The potential that exists to use one system to support the goals of the other, as well as optimize staffing, store layout and merchandising, is yet to be realized.

But even before integration of the technology infrastructure, the content alone can provide an improvement.

Even a one-second message integrated into the loss prevention display could gain attention, (probably more than the security view alone), to welcome customers and enable the transition into shopping and buying mode. The message could be the store logo, brand tag line or short promotional ad. In addition to welcoming the customer and potentially delivering ad revenues, such messages could serve to complicate thieves' attempts to determine camera angles and unviewed areas of the store.

Content on digital signage displays can help achieve loss prevention goals, in particular with the inherent ability to daypart and schedule message presentation. 

Before store opening, staff can be targeted with messages aimed at reducing internal theft. Content could aim to reinforce their awareness that security cameras and recording devices are used at check-out, in aisles and stockroom areas to reduce theft and to remind staff of actions that could follow detection.

Patrons could be reminded to be cautious with their purses or other valuables to prevent theft by other patrons. Or customers could be encouraged to report suspicious behavior or reminded that shoplifting increases the cost of goods. Digital signage displays in store areas of high shrinkage could remind patrons of what loss prevention staff are looking for, such as merchandise being hidden or not presented at checkout, prices being changed, packaging being damaged, etc.

Lyle Bunn is principal and strategy architect with Bunn Co. and is a regular contributor to Digital Signage Today.

Posted by: Lyle Bunn AT 11:15 am   |  Permalink   |  0 Comments  |  
Tuesday, 21 October 2008
In the self-service supply chain, whether you are a manufacturer of kiosks, a software developer for self-service applications or a kiosk deployer, the question of how to deploy kiosks in third-party retail locations rapidly and cost-effectively becomes a concern. More specifically, during deployment, what is your connectivity strategy? How do you plan or help your customers prepare for supporting a multitude of applications without a time-consuming and costly network implementation?
 
The network itself is leveraged to support kiosk applications that range from the most basic and low-bandwidth applications such as monitoring uptime and remote desktop access to rich, multi-media applications that require enormous bursts of data — and, of course, the all-important transactional application of credit card processing that is low bandwidth but critically important both from a revenue and security perspective.
 
As connectivity is essential, previous choices for kiosk networks entailed either 1) leveraging the retailer’s own store network, or 2) bringing in your own hardline solutions such as DSL. DSL can be purchased via national aggregators for coast-to-coast deployments and are single carrier billed. But lower-cost DSL networks via the LECs (local exchange carriers) or Regional Bells have to be procured, billed and supported region-to-region across many carriers.
 
It is important to identify the right partner to support these types of labor-intensive hard-line deployments, which require the dedication of telecom-savvy project management resources through all the stages, but especially during the implementation at a third-party retail location where inside wiring is required to run the connectivity up to the kiosk.
 
Leveraging the in-store network, although alluring as it’s "free," is filled with potential "gotchas." For the kiosk deployer, relying on the customer’s network is difficult to support or manage as they have no control. For example, if the customer's IT department changed a port or altered a few firewall rules, the kiosks may not be able to connect anymore. This change may not have been communicated to the kiosk deployer. The result is that the kiosk is offline and not delivering services.
 
Many retailers do not want more circuits being dropped or wiring to be done for a kiosk solution. Many enterprise retailers demand that a kiosk deployer stay off of their store network because of security.
 
Self-service needs a connectivity model that does not rely on coordination with store managers and personnel.
 
Increasingly sophisticated cellular routing technology (3G routers) and the ability to leverage robust and somewhat ubiquitous networks via the predominant CDMA-based carriers such as Sprint and Verizon Wireless — building "kiosk wide area networks" leveraging wireless connectivity as the backbone — has now become a viable option. For example, with Sprint's REV A technology, peak download speeds are at 3 megs (equivalent to two T1's) and upload speeds of 1.8 megs are attainable. However it is better to plan the kiosk network and the ability to support your applications based on a more conservative approach of an average of 800kbps download and 400kbps upload.
 
Atlanta-based SoloHealth chose a wireless solution for its self-service eye-exam kiosks, currently piloted in some of the nation's largest retailers. Stephen Kendig, head of operations and development for SoloHealth, offered his thoughts about wireless connectivity.
 
COONS: What are the top three concerns you have as a kiosk deployer?
 
KENDIG: Our initial concerns deploying our kiosks were around consumer acceptance of the innovative technology and application that we were bringing to the market. After a few months and several thousand of users, it appears that we are really on to something. Once the consumer's need has been identified and met, ensuring that you have a stable platform is paramount. Without a stable platform, your solution may work, but it's not scalable.
 
COONS: How will or has wireless connectivity helped in reducing any of those concerns?
 
KENDIG: The cellular wireless connectivity solution that our wireless solutions provider advised us on has really helped to ensure that we have a stable platform. As with any new technology, remote diagnostics and continuous monitoring are critical to identifying and eliminating issues before they become rampant. Wireless connectivity allows us to test our kiosks in multiple locations in any store, and in almost any environment, without the limitations of a hard wire or limited range of small wireless networks.
 
COONS: Why did you consider using wireless connectivity to deploy the network in the first place?
 
KENDIG: We made the decision based on three key factors. We didn't want to be reliant on our customers' infrastructure and potential IT concerns, we wanted maximum flexibility of where we could locate our kiosk within our different end environments, and we needed connectivity that was reliable and under our control.
 
COONS: How have you handled PCI and security concerns?
 
KENDIG: Our security concerns are managed through our leading kiosk software platform, the Netkey Runtime application. They have done a brilliant job of staying ahead of the potential hackers and bringing industry-leading technology to the kiosk space.
 
For Tom Weaver, chief marketing officer of Denver-based KIOSK Information Systems, having a wireless solution available for clients has removed barriers to sales and driven additional turnkey values.
 
Jamie Cuthbert, president of Toronto-based Saitech International, and Roger Van Maris, Saitech's vice president, say it was important for their informational kiosks to provide consistent and top-quality experiences to the consumer and the sales associate who uses the kiosk to look up information in the tire center. In order to achieve this, the content needed to be timely and up-to-date, which required reliable and relatively unrestricted access to the kiosks.
 
"Wireless gave us the control over our kiosks without concern over infrastructure or security issues within a retailer's home network," Cuthbert said. 
 
For Tim Walsh, chief executive of Ready Credit Corp., based in Eden Prairie, Minn., leveraging a wireless solution allowed for a rapid, non-intrusive and simultaneous deployment of multiple pilots with national retailers at an increased rate of 135 percent over hard-wired solutions for their financial services kiosks.
 
At the end of the day, no matter where the deployer sits in the self service ecosystem of suppliers, vendors and deployers, connectivity must come into play. Better to plan for it up front with telecom professionals and leverage the simplest and most cost-effective plan so that either the deployer’s or the customer's kiosks aren't stuck in a corner gathering dust. Instead, they are mobile and can be easily positioned to leverage the sweet spot for the best foot traffic and the highest number of transactions. 
 
Natasha Royer Coons is the managing director of TeraNova Consulting Group, which provides fully managed telecom solutions to the self-service and retail verticals.
Posted by: Natasha Royer Coons AT 12:09 pm   |  Permalink   |  0 Comments  |  
Monday, 13 October 2008
Our company often has prospects looking for kiosk hardware or software who have not thought through the entire experience. This includes not considering the amount of information on screen that a person is willing to read while standing at a kiosk, or considering how the person interacts with the software.
 
A common example is the keyboard. The basic question, "Should I have a keyboard on my kiosk?" doesn't seem to go through their minds, so it's our job to help them think through this when we consult for them.
 
Think about it. You have a touchscreen kiosk with a killer app that is going to make your company money, reward your customers, streamline operations, etc. Why do you need a keyboard when you can just have an onscreen keyboard?
 
In our experience, there are some pros and cons to having only a touchscreen keyboard. By relying on the touch keyboard, you will need to consider the interface and how much real estate it will consume onscreen. This means you have less space for your content or the form fields where the user will enter data. It also increases your software development budget, as the keyboard needs to be integrated, customized to your branding, etc.
 
But one of the biggest reasons not to use an onscreen keyboard for your kiosk is your customer. As long as you only are asking for small amounts of data, an onscreen keyboard is great. But if you are asking for much typing from the customer, we have found that the adoption rate or completion rate drops considerably. Nobody wants to enter as much data as they would on a Web page, when using a touch keyboard. The user is not accustomed to the flat surface that is perpendicular to the ground, and they will type much slower. A traditional keyboard sits flat and with proper ergonomics, a person can type very fast.
 
So if you are asking for a good deal of typing from your customers, consider a tradtional tactile qwerty keyboard. While users will still type slower than what they are used to when they are in their comfy chair in front of their desk, it will be more natural for them and you will get better participation in your programs. There are many different styles to chose from, and each kiosk vendor has their own preferences based upon testing, availability, durability, etc.
 
At Electronic Art, we integrated a smaller keyboard with a built-in trackpad, which requires less cleaning than a trackball and has no moving parts. We believe more people are comfortable with a trackpad that is similar to laptops, than an ball system. The keyboard is not hardened or vandal resistant, but it is also about one-sixth of the cost of a hardened keyboard. We rarely have problems with them, and when we do, it is easy to replace.
 
Hardened keyboards or vandal-resistant keyboards are very cool. They are well engineered to resist spills, prying off of keys, breakage, and they are made to take many more cycles of up/down on the keys. There are many reasons to consider using them, such as when you have a kiosk in an unattended environment like a shopping mall. But if you are using it in a monitored area, such as a retail shop, you may find them to be overkill. They also are often harder to depress (slightly) and flat without finger curves on top, which can lead some users to type slower, or it can leave them with a negative experience that makes them feel uncomfortable. Some models are also not in a typical configuration, so the space bar or control keys are in places you would not expect. They add $200-$450 to the cost of a kiosk on average. There are both ruggedized plastic or metal versions depending on your risk tolerance.
 
Another cool keyboard concept is the software/hardware from Staco Switch that allows onscreen keyboards to feel as if you are really touching a button. It sounds impossible, but when touching the screen it gives the right vibrations to your brain, making you feel like you just depressed a physical button. I'm so hoping to get a customer that will want to integrate this great attention getter into their applications. It would be great on kiosks or touchscreen digital signage.
 
Recently, our technical director passed on a link to me about a brand new methodology of using onscreen keyboards called Swype. While in it's infancy, it seems really cool. Instead of touching each letter individually, you draw a path between letters and a word matching search engine provides predictive text to speed up your typing. CNet did a quick video on their site about it from the TechCrunch50 show. It would not work for every project, and introducing a new mindset on input may confuse your customers, so you should only use it when appropriate to your audience. And expect to have to give assistance while people learn it, but it can provide an impactful wow factor to your edgy project!
 
So no matter if you plan to use a physical keyboard or an onscreen keyboard, consider your customer. What will they prefer, and what will be most intuitive and easy for them. Test with A/B testing if you have a budget. But don't let the input method get in the way of your killer app and kiosk's success.
 
Tim Burke is the owner of Electronic Art.
Posted by: Tim Burke AT 12:08 pm   |  Permalink   |  0 Comments  |  
Thursday, 09 October 2008
The word concomitance means "co-existing" or "affecting while simultaneously effected by." As such, the word is an apt descriptor for the expanding relationship between digital signage and cellular technology.

The positioning of out-of-home digital signage has this concomitance generating keen interest, indicated by the planning and spending of ad agencies, brand managers, network operators and wireless carriers.
 
With one billion mobile devices being shipped annually, they constitute the largest segment of the consumer electronics device market, according to Stuart Carlaw, vice president and research director of ABI Research. That means cellular and other wireless merits consideration by the digital signage industry.
 
The benefits of triggering a download or mobile transaction provide brands with the high levels of engagement that accelerate brand-building. Communicators are catching onto this fast.

Mobile: the future of advertising
 
Jupiter Research reported the North American mobile commerce revenue in 2007 to be $505 million and forecasts it to grow to $1.9 billion in 2010. This is fueled by increased adoption of mobile Internet.
 
Comscore TKG projects growth to 92 million users in 2012 from 32 million in 2007, with highest usage, at 45 percent, being the Millenials demographic of hard-to-reach 18-24-year-olds. The next group, 27-40-year-old Gen X-ers, represents 27 percent of users, and 41-50-year-old “Baby Boomers” represent 17 percent. 
 
The IBM Institute for Business Value Analysis reported that the highest compound annual growth rates (CAGR) for global advertising spending are being realized in mobile advertising at 41 percent, followed by 20 percent for Internet and 19 percent for each of interactive TV and in-game advertising.   
 
Wireless carriers are taking note of the high value that they can bring to digital signage while it simultaneously returns the favor. Concomitance of the two media means a co-existing "win" for every part of the supply chain, from network suppliers to operators to advertisers to viewers.
 
"Cellular and mobile broadband use for media networks leverages the network reach, reliability and security built into networks, like the Nationwide Sprint network, that successfully carry millions of digital transmissions daily," said Steve Rowley, director of indirect distribution for Sprint. "Digital signage will increasingly take advantage of what cellular offers."
 
Walsh Wireless, a Sprint reseller, is one provider that is looking specifically at optimizing and using cellular technology to enhance digital signage.
 
"End users of digital signage want to focus on their core business of retail, hospitality or services, and benefit from the ease and confidence that gaining a complete, turnkey display network can provide," said Chick Walsh, chief strategy officer of Walsh Wireless.
 
Three benefits of cellular/digital signage concomitance
 
There are three benefits for carriers seeking more average revenue per user (ARPR) from digital signage-cellular integration.
 
1. Taking advantage of cellular networks. The first key benefit is using cellular networks to connect digital signs. Using cellular connectivity offers speed and ease to deploy, location flexibility and a lower cost of operating a network.
 
Companies such as MediaTile, Adshift and NEC are providing cellular-enabled "digital-signage-in-a-box" products, and system integrators such as Walsh Wireless are bringing the two technologies together. 
 
"The use of cellular connectivity for digital signage underpins the rapid path toward more flexible deployment and lower costs of operations," said Keith Kelsen, chief executive of MediaTile.
 
2. Using screens for a mobile call to action. A second benefit is found in mobile phone downloads that can be triggered by digital signage content. The words "text to download" provide viewer engagement and dramatically extend the value of digital signage.
 
The download could be a schedule, procedure, information, coupon, wallpaper or ringtone. Reference has been made to digital signage being a "middle media" that explains this communications supply-chain positioning of digital signage. 
 
3. Digital signage as a mobile merchandising tool. The third benefit is in the mobile Internet browsing sessions and mobile transactions that can be triggered by digital signage. 
 
Optinion Research Corp. said that one out of three U.S. mobile users are currently accessing the Web with their mobiles, and 50 percent of those people are doing so three or more times per week. 
 
Hossein Mousavi, EVP & co-founder of mporia, an m-commerce provider, reports that merchants of all sizes are moving to mobile Web to enable mobile commerce, with a 300-percent adoption rate of merchant subscriptions per quarter.
 
Communications supply chains are a continuously growing and optimizing entity. As digital signage is increasingly geared toward information provisioning, cellular and other forms of wireless, such as WiFi, Bluetooth, WiMax and satellite, will optimize the application while reducing deployment and operating complexity and cost. Cellular will both offer and enjoy benefits – "concomitance."

Lyle Bunn is the principal and strategy architect of Bunn Co. and a noted authority in the digital signage industry.

Posted by: Lyle Bunn AT 11:16 am   |  Permalink   |  0 Comments  |  
Tuesday, 07 October 2008
It has been an active discussion topic and frequently asked question within screen media network communities for some time now. A decade after I saw the first digital signage screen by Captivate Network in an elevator at ACNiesen's headquarters, the rate for digital signage advertising is still a puzzle that no one — not even a savvy ad agency executive — can provide a clear formula for calculating.
 
Why can't we just adopt the traditional cost per thousand impressions (CPM) rate for the established medium as a baseline? Not so simple.
 
JimmyDunSSO.jpg
Pricing ad placement is not a clear-cut science to begin with. While the ad rates for established media, posters, newspapers, magazines and TV have many considerations (viewership, demographics, ad size, running length, etc.), the ad pricing on digital signage screens inherits almost all attributes from the traditional mediums, but also involves many new dimensions.  
 
Through the use of targeted and on-demand content distribution technologies over the broadband infrastructure, the narrowcasting nature of digital signage networks provides an effective way of reaching and engaging audiences with relevant content catered screen-by-screen to specific locations and viewers’ interests. Some well-implemented networks even allow direct interaction with viewers through interactive screens or cell phones for in-depth one-on-one communication and tracking.
 
No one will argue that the screens with targeted audience and viewer engaging technologies have better value and effectiveness in direct comparison to the traditional media such as posters, billboards and broadcast TV. But that does not mean you can demand two or three times the cost of the equivalent billboard or TV ads with similar viewer counts.
 
The price of any successful product is based on the following three stages — conditions, if you will. The ad product on digital signage screens is no exception.
 
1.      Market acceptance: While we are seeing evidence that sponsors are very interested in digital signage screens, the advertising companies are not fully jumping onboard simply due to the lack of historical statistical records and immature tracking methods. It is easier to justify the cost of a $2.5 million 30-second spot during the Super Bowl than a $1,000 monthly cost on a well-located digital signage screen. However, the recent activities of digital signage network deployments by large international ad agencies indicate that advertising on digital signage screens is entering the mainstream market.
 
2.      Return on investment: Since return is directly related to the pricing, more case studies must be done by major research firms on successful deployments. The interactive viewer engaging and tracking technologies deployed on the screens will further add value in both effectiveness and precise tracking of sponsor dollars.
 
3.      Demand: Better managed and well-covered high-value networks with focused demographics and geographic coverage will translate to higher demand, therefore higher price on ads.
 
As the industry moves along, the market will set the pricing structure in the near future.
 
In practical matters for deciding the pricing at the current stage, the equivalent size print billboards at a similar location should be a good measure in pricing the ads on digital signage screens. Based on the experience of our clients, not counting the large LED billboards, the acceptable monthly rates on LCD or plasma screens are ranging from $100 for a typical community or retail location to $5,000 for a focused high-value demographic venue with limited ads per screen.
 
It is critical for any digital signage network startups, large or small, to have a long term financial plan along with a deployment strategy that focuses on maximizing the network value on the deployment investments. Here's some advice for building the value of the screen time:
  • Stay focused on vertical markets and geographic coverage. Leverage committed financial resources to maximize the screen count and audience reach.
  • Ensure content quality and relevance.
  • Choose technology partners carefully. The cheap solution may not necessary be a good choice.
  • Partner with peer networks and established media companies in sharing the resources including viewer coverage, contents and sponsors.
Jimmy Dun is the vice president of business development for Dynasign Corporation.
 
Read also: The top 10 digital signage deployment mistakes.
Posted by: Jimmy Dun AT 12:05 pm   |  Permalink   |  0 Comments  |  
Tuesday, 30 September 2008
Picture this: You are at the airport. You have arrived the obligatory hour to two hours early. The lines are long. An important business meeting awaits 3,000 miles away. You finally make your way to the check-in kiosk, only to find that it won't read your identification card.
 
You try to get the attention of the airline attendant. You are frustrated. The airline attendant is frustrated. The guy in line behind you is frustrated. The clock is ticking and that security line is not getting any shorter. How could this happen? 
 
Our daily transactions with kiosks are automatic. We rarely think twice when we insert our debit card into an ATM. However, when we encounter a malfunctioning or out-of-service kiosk, we take notice. This disruption to what should be a smooth transaction can cause a costly frustration that tarnishes not only our experience, but also the brand impression.
 
As a customer-facing technology, kiosks represent a brand experience. Customers immediately form an opinion based on this experience. Kiosk deployers simply can't afford downtime, but to maintain a kiosk involves more than the basic repair to the equipment and that is a cost that many deployers can't afford.
 
A recent report from Summit Research Associates found that 31 percent of third-party providers assume the repair role for kiosk deployers. That is a trend that has continued to grow over the past few years. A smart trend.
 
As chief executive of ExpressPoint Technology Services for a number of years, I have witnessed the difficulties that companies face when challenged with repair issues. They need a service provider that is dependable and reliable. They expect the highest quality and quick turnaround. They rely on flexibility and customized programs to meet their unique needs. For kiosk deployers, the pressure for the equipment to be available creates additional challenges including the need for the most current hardware, accurate repair to minimize the domino failure effect, faster high tech peripherals and proper installation immediately. Maintaining an in-house service and repair staff can be time consuming and costly. Simply put, outsourcing your kiosk repair to an OEM or a third- party service provider is smart because it saves you money.
 
A good kiosk service provider will have a variety of capabilities in place including:
  • A full-time planning and forecasting team to guarantee parts are available and warehoused onsite or at stocking locations near your field service teams, reducing freight and keeping your fuel costs down.
  • Cost saving programs such as Advance Exchange allow for parts to be sent within 24 hours, eliminating downtime.
  • An innovative engineering staff that researches the kiosk industry and equipment is essential in order for your kiosk to receive the most current updates and maintenance technology, ensuring the right peripherals are integrated.
  • Warranty management services to make sure that you never have to pay for a part that is covered.

As I watch the kiosk industry continue to grow and develop new technologies I feel very strongly that now, more than ever, it is important to find an experienced and innovative kiosk service provider before the equipment fails. Whether you outsource your repair service to an OEM or third-party service provider you are reducing downtime, saving money and securing customer loyalty and confidence.  
 
Always a smart choice.

David Anderson is the chief executive of ExpressPoint Technology Services Inc., and an association member.
Posted by: David Anderson AT 12:04 pm   |  Permalink   |  0 Comments  |  
Thursday, 25 September 2008
There is no question that the sign sector has made tremendous advances in recent years: revolutionary production methods and tools, the introduction of new, cost-effective technologies and the ability to create more eye-catching, attention-grabbing content in less time than ever before. In concert with this progress, the digital signage space has similarly become much more attractive and sophisticated as a result of significant groundbreaking innovations in hardware, software and middleware technologies. In fact, it is this dazzling array of technology that lies at the core of any digital signage deployment and serves as its most visible characteristic.

In spite of these marvelous advances, the digital signage sector is in danger if its primary approach does not change, and change immediately.

The issue at hand is what I call The Digital Signage Fallacy, and it is a major misconception that currently plagues this maturing market. The Digital Signage Fallacy goes like this:  Content producers say "content is king;" technology companies say "technology is key;" and media owners say "location is everything."

However, any technology supplier knows that digital signage is not solely about the technology behind the network. Moreover, companies throughout the digital signage ecosystem – from screen manufacturers, to software providers, to systems integrators – are selling these solutions almost exclusively based on the technical specifications and requirements of individual network components, such as displays, content management software and middleware. This is the wrong approach, and the incorrect stance to take. Why is this so?

To be clear, it goes without saying that technology is an inherent part of any digital signage installation, and thus should never be ignored. That said, the industry needs greater focus on what the installation makes possible and accomplishes from a traditional marketing perspective, and that requires deep knowledge and expertise in creating and implementing sound marketing strategies. What many forget is that digital signage is yet another element of the marketing mix, alongside print, broadcast, online advertising, direct mail, viral marketing, sales promotion and public relations, to name just a few tactics. From shelf-edge LCD pricing to massive outdoor billboards, the requirements of the delivery mechanism remain the same. It is the objectives of clients, media owners, retailers and other entities that will change to accommodate the demands of their customers:  the media investment companies, media buyers and planners, and most importantly, the consumer brands.

To properly sell a deployment to an end customer, the solutions provider must convince the prospect that digital signage is truly a viable marketing communications vehicle, and one that can effectively target the right audience, at the right time, with the right content. This is a given, but additionally the prospect must also be convinced that the network can achieve very specific marketing objectives, as part of a fully-integrated campaign. It is essential that users are able to see a return on investment from this technology AND that the digital signage solution will make their lives easier. In the end, the adoption of a more strategic perspective in considering the purchase of a digital signage network will help the prospect make the difference between its success…and its failure.

Moreover, players in this space often ignore the fact that the aforementioned network components, in most cases, are essentially commodities, with not much differentiation between them – at least from the buyer's point of view. That is not to say that there are no real differences in terms of quality, performance, features and functionality. Absolutely there are, and most often, the buyer knows it. The bottom line is that the intrinsic value of the digital signage network does not originate from the sum of its parts, but rather its ability to fulfill a specific role in the company's marketing mix, and its performance in meeting core reach, frequency and brand awareness objectives. Ultimately, marketing strategy determines which tactics to utilize, along with how, when and where they are implemented.

In summation, in the words of one client, "People do not change the station they travel from because of an LED screen; the audience and footfall remain constant." It is the knowledge built up over 25 years in the industry that allows media owners to make the best use of the technology, and the technology must be flexible enough to deliver what the experts want. Technology has played a very important role in the advent of digital signage to date, and will continue to do so as the industry’s growth accelerates.

However, the sector should not lose sight of the critical importance of marketing strategy in the sales cycle, and how digital signage can realistically support and add value to, a given company's integrated marketing program. Just as with countless other industry segments across the globe, digital signage players must harness the power and flexibility of technological advancements for the betterment of the industry overall.

Ian McKenzie is chief executive officer of Dynamax Technologies Ltd., a leading global digital signage solutions provider and a member of the Digital Signage Association. He can be reached at .

Posted by: Ian McKenzie AT 11:20 am   |  Permalink   |  0 Comments  |  
Tuesday, 23 September 2008
Although I'll never be selected to get anywhere near the U.S. Ryder Cup Team, I do love the game of golf. In fact, I recently had the opportunity to enjoy it at Torrey Pines in San Diego, Calif., as I strolled up and down the dunes and watched the play at the USGA's 2008 U.S. Open.
 
This is where I found myself this past June.
 
When some very generous friends from the Digital Signage Association invited me to join them to see how the pros swing (thanks Ed Hovsepian of Visual Incite!), I couldn’t resist stealing some time away from the office. Besides, it would give me a chance to visit with two of my favorite San Diegonians: Sylvia and Peter Berens, co-founders of Apunix.
 
 
Apunix.jpg
Sylvia Berens (pictured right) shows off an Apunix deli-ordering kiosk with an Apunix executive employee.
If you're an association member and you've never heard Sylvia's name mentioned, you probably haven't been an association member for very long. She was there when we started the Self-Service & Kiosk Association at Bay Hill in Orlando back in 2001. Sylvia is practically a matriarch of the self-service industry, and has been an SSKA board and executive committee member for all these years. I can't count the number of times Sylvia has piped in to contribute valuable insight to our association meetings, and we've only benefited from her pearls of wisdom.
 
So it was a no-brainer for me to swing by Apunix while I was in the neighborhood.
 
I have to say, the first thing I discovered was that there's much more to Sylvia than entrepreneurship, software and revenue projections. In fact her company (co-founded with husband, Peter) is no longer her most precious commodity. For that distinction, you have to look to the three rambunctious bundles of joy that light up her home: daughters Malika, 15; Madina, 12; and Zarina, 9.
 
Sylvia and Peter travelled all the way to Kazakhstan to adopt these precious youngsters — children who didn't know a word of English. Today, they speak it fluently. They're going through all the wonderful experiences that kids their age should — making new friends, enjoying sports and excelling in school. When I met with Sylvia, she was coordinating a last-day-of-school party to catapult the kids into summer vacation. Not exactly what you'd expect from a hard-nosed capitalist, but in the Berens family, kids come before dollar signs.
 
Sylvia was kind enough to give me the grand tour of the Apunix facility — and it's very professional! Located in the northern suburbs of San Diego, the series of offices practically buzzes with quiet activity from its workforce of 20 employees working on some of the most interesting self-service applications around.
 
There's a lot going on at Apunix. One of the most interesting projects they've been involved with is the creation of a customized, made-from-scratch software platform for Sun Microsystems' visitor check-in kiosks. That platform — which does not run on the Windows operating system — makes use of Linux and Sun's Java solution and was created using a toolkit Apunix developed for the self-service industry. It's a totally unique system, and we covered it extensively on Self-Service World. Click here to read more about it. When I think back on my IBM days, I recognize just how difficult it is to build something like that from the ground up. Peter and Sylvia have reason to take pride in their work.
 
Another thing that struck me was the sheer breadth of self-service options they have. Sylvia showed me kiosks of all shapes and sizes, from a $500 handset used to place food orders, to hefty play-and-win kiosks destined for casino game rooms. If anyone ever thought the self-service industry was slowing down, one visit to Apunix would blow those misconceptions away.
 
Ever the good steward, Sylvia is even getting into the environmental protection business. In conjunction with UC Davis, Apunix has developed touchscreen kiosks that show users how to take care of home and garden pests — prairie dogs, ground squirrels, groundhogs and the like — in an environmentally-friendly manner. They're already appearing in county offices, county fairs and Home Depots in the area.
 
I left Apunix confident in the company's leadership position and in the self-service industry as a whole. What a privilege it is to be working with innovators like Sylvia and Peter Berens. Thank you both for the direction you've given the association thus far – and here's to many more years of collaboration in the future.
 
Now if only I could find someone to help me with my putting!
Posted by: Dick Good AT 12:00 pm   |  Permalink   |  0 Comments  |  
Tuesday, 16 September 2008
When you are planning a kiosk project, it's unlikely that the first thing that comes to mind is the operating system you will use to run the kiosks, unless you are the chief technology officer or the IT admin in charge of assisting with the project. The first thing you should consider is what the application should accomplish, what value it brings to the consumer and your business. But at some point when you know what it is going to do, you will start to discuss how it is going to do these things, and that is when the technology choices begin.
 
The choice of operating system may not matter at all to you, but it is good to be informed of the choices available and the pros and cons of each choice. This choice will become critical when you have issues such as integration with existing systems, ease of management by your internal team (if managed internally), security and cost. If you have a third party company managing the kiosks for you as part of an annual maintenance agreement, and it doesn't integrate directly with existing systems, then again, this may not matter to you and you should go with what that vendor is most familiar with and capable of managing efficiently.

As in the world of home and business desktop computers, there are a few main contenders in the kiosk marketplace: Microsoft Windows, Linux and yes... sometimes (but rarely) Apple. Each with varying flavors, customized versions or overlaying shell applications.
 
Microsoft Windows
 
Just as in the rest of the world, my guess would be that most public kiosks run on a flavor of Windows. However, most kiosk deployers would never use only basic Windows security methods to lock down the system or provide application maintenance and monitoring. Most kiosks running Windows use it as the base operating system (OS), and apply another OS over top of it (Shell) to create an environment tailored to the special kiosk needs. Also, it should be stated that often, kiosks run on Windows Embedded, which is a scaled back version of XP that is much cheaper to license and doesn't include a lot of consumer-oriented overhead. This version of XP is pretty stable and can be tailored to different industries. Windows and most of their Shell operating systems have a remote desktop feature that enables IT admins to work with the kiosks, much like they would any other Windows-based server or desktop computer. Leveraging the same IT staff for system management of your kiosks can make a lot of sense.

There is also Windows CE for kiosks, which I've never liked. Like Linux, it can have a small footprint, but it is also so restrictive for most software developers that it often is only a good idea for basic kiosk content. This traditionally mobile phone platform seems too lightweight for most flashy or interactive applications.
 
Examples of companies that use Windows-based platforms include:
SiteKiosk
Netkey
Kioware
Netstop Pro
 
Linux
 
While Linux-based kiosks may be a bit more stable and less likely to be hacked, that is always based on the assumption that your IT administrator is talented. That is why so many Windows systems get hacked or are poorly implemented: So many systems are managed by inexperienced IT staff. Linux by nature takes a greater understanding to implement and manage by "true believer geeks" which means that they often have been meticulous in looking at all of the patches, and best security practices. Not always (but often) this is the case.
 
Often with a Linux-based kiosk OS, they are pretty easy to implement and don't actually require a lot of geek knowledge. Some is helpful, but not required. Only when you start doing a lot of custom work or integration with third-party components, hardware, etc., would it be necessary. If you are a "true believer geek" you could potentially use an open source Linux operating system straight up... but in my opinion you'd be reinventing the wheel and would spend much time building what is already built, and frankly would make as much sense as using Windows by itself. Linux also has an "embedded" version and, frankly, often has a smaller footprint than Windows.
 
An example of a company that uses a Linux-based platform:
Wirespring
 
Apple
I've seen a few Mac-based kiosks such as one at the NYC WTC memorial, but not many others. Now that Mac is a Linux-based computer OS, I could see this being a decent platform for kiosks as long as you program for this type of environment. Perhaps we'll see more Mac kiosks in the future.
 
Examples:
WKiosk by App4Mac
 
Kiosks / Digital signage: Yes, sometimes the same operating system can be used for digital signage or kiosks... but digital signage content is often "scheduled" content — meaning it is remotely managed to play some content at different times of day, day of week, holidays, etc. In this case, a Kiosk OS usually doesn't have this feature built in, as most kiosks do not require scheduling. Watch for an upcoming article on digital signage operating systems.
 
Final thoughts: Does it really matter in your kiosk? Content is still king and can be OS agnostic such as Flash, video, HTML, etc. It matters most when it comes to who will manage the systems going forward and what expertise they bring to the team. It may also matter if the people writing the software need it to work with some Windows-based tools like IE, ActiveX, .NET, or other Windows-specific technology. Otherwise, you probably could deploy content to either platform, but you want to make this "architecture" decision BEFORE you begin building the software.
Posted by: Tim Burke AT 11:00 am   |  Permalink   |  0 Comments  |  
Thursday, 11 September 2008

As an industry, we have reached the next level. We are beyond technology. In other words, our clients know what digital signage is, they know that the technology works and that it works well. 

So, welcome to the new world of content for digital signage. 

Content is now a major concern for every network operator. Ultimately, it does not matter what great technology we have behind the scenes. It matters what content is on the display. This drives the brand equity, the consumer experience, the sales uplift or the corporate messaging.

This is a new media. Digital Signage media is special. It is not TV and it's not a PC. It's not a newspaper circular, either. This is Digital Signage, and content created for this industry is new, refreshing and different from any other medium we have encountered. This new media will be around for decades to come.

Once your network is up, how do you keep feeding the monster? The key to keeping ahead of content demands is to develop assets up front. Create key graphic elements and templates, and create a large library of them. Have them on hand and available to manipulate. Keep it fresh. Know your campaign objectives for the quarter, for the year and create the relative content sooner rather than later. The better your planning for content, the more successful your digital signage implementation will be. Create 15- and 30-second spots for the same message.  

Create a multitude of assets that can be tapped into at any time. Design a series of templates that can be easily adapted in many different ways. Create graphic elements that can be assembled in a variety of ways to change the look slightly. Having elements on hand will keep you ready and rolling with relative content, which can be refreshed and varied. Consider a series of community messages, and just good-old eye candy that gives customers a reprieve from their daily grind. Give them something to smile about. Do get your product message out, but spice it up and offer something more. This will help your brand equity.

You probably already have content assets in your possession, and can potentially utilize these pieces to create media for this new and exciting medium. Here are some considerations:

  • Take inventory of all assets you currently have in print, Web and electronic formats.
  • Expand on themes and create new assets for digital signage. Use Flash primarily to create cost-effective pieces.
  • Create many graphic elements and templates that can be used throughout the year.
  • Create specific branding pieces of different lengths: 15-second and 30-second spots.
  • Create specific bite-sized product pieces to spark interest, 15- and 30-seconds in length.
  • Create specific community awareness pieces, such as events the store participates in every year.
  • Create, purchase or subscribe to content featuring seasonal, holiday and eye-candy visuals.
  • Subscribe to services such as news and weather.
  • Synchronize all programs with planned campaigns for marketing, in-store marketing and advertising to leverage themes used throughout the quarter and the year.
  • Remember that content refresh can be done with external data feeds.
  • Consider the degree of localization that will be required.
  • Consider whether interactive content is likely to form part of any playlist(s).
  • Enlist professionals to assist in the planning and creation of elements that will leverage your messages.

Keep in mind that digital signage is different from print and TV, and when the content is good, the results are great!

Keith Kelsen is CEO of The MediaTile Company and chairs the Content Best Practices Committee for the Digital Signage Association.

Posted by: Keith Kelsen AT 11:21 am   |  Permalink   |  0 Comments  |  
Tuesday, 09 September 2008
As I enter my 14th year of promoting the benefits of deploying self-service kiosks, and now digital signage, the phrase "the more things change, the more they stay the same" continues to resonate in my mind.
 
While the technologies and functions for each deployment continue to change and reach into new markets, there is a base component that remains the same — building from the past.  Regardless of where your program is set to launch or who your target is, researching and understanding the past successes and failures of the customer-facing technology (CFT) programs that preceded the new application continues to play a primary role in the deployment process. 
 
Having been involved with many of these deployments from both the buyer's side and seller's side, it is very apparent that those who had a well-conceived strategy based on analyzing previous successes and failures experienced greater results than those who attempted to start from scratch. While there is nothing wrong with wanting to create a new direction or concept for your deployment, the core belief that a clear understanding of customer and employee behavior and trends serves as major strategic asset to ensuring your success the first time out, still holds true just as much today as it did 10 years ago.
 
Self-service and kiosk deployments studied preceding CFT initiatives — from ATMs to the Internet to early kiosks — as part of their development process. I believe that the Digital Out-of-Home (DOOH) signage industry stands to gain significantly by following suit and learning from the trials and tribulations encountered by the kiosk and self-service industry.
 
Yes, I can hear professionals in the Digital OOH market now: "Sacrilege! Kiosks have nothing to do with digital signage! Don't even speak of it! Heretic! Traitor!" 
 
My reply to these individuals can be summed up in one word: Nonsense. 
 
It's nonsense that Digital OOH deployments should avoid building off of the lessons learned by other kiosk initiatives because kiosks are an interactive customer facing technology, just as Digital OOH is categorized as either an interactive (touch) or non-interactive (static/passive) customer-facing technology.
 
For 13 years I've been involved at all levels of the Customer-Facing Technology industry, dealing in everything from kiosks to Web sites to handhelds to digital signage. I've worked with thousands of deployers and purchasers, and just as many technology and service providers. I have conducted extensive research and industry analysis, and even demonstrated the benefits of these customer-facing technologies to professionals serving arenas in the mainstream universe, such as retail, hotels, travel, government, food service, etc. 
 
My work has brought a number of "hot button" DOOH issues to my attention, including:
  • Securing funding and appropriate technology for the project.
  • Gaining complete organizational support, from senior/executive level buy-off to employee acceptance.
  • Improving the customer experience.
  • Creating relevant and engaging content, and ensuring your content is presented in the right context.
  • Providing ROI metrics to purchasers and advertisers.
  • Increasing revenues with the deployment while reducing operational expenses.
I can say with full confidence that these same issues have been brought up within the kiosk industry as well. The only difference is that the kiosk market has discussed and analyzed these issues in great detail, and gone on to implement successful action plans to remedy the problems. More importantly, the research and results are now used as the platform for many DOOH deployments.
 
A review of some recently published comments also highlight the belief that digital signage deployments and kiosks face similar issues — as do all customer-facing technology deployments:
  1. "Consumers need the promise of relevant information if they are going to engage a kiosk” — Bill Lynch, Source Technologies.
  2. "Whoever is championing the deployment of digital media must get buy-in from, and work in tandem with, IT." — ISM Retail.
  3. "The goal with of integrating any systems with your digital media network should be consistency — removing pricing discrepancies or avoiding the advertisement of non-stocks, for instance." — Ken Goldberg, CEO, Real Digital Media (RDM).
Kiosks and digital signage share an incredible amount of analogous DNA, and are often deployed simultaneously. Organizations that embrace learning from the histories and actions have proven this point with their successes, and they have loudly proclaimed that events which encourage strategic discussions around multiple CFT deployments and promote interaction, analysis and knowledge-sharing have significantly helped them to quickly and efficiently launch and succeed with their CFT projects.
Posted by: Lawrence Dvorchik AT 11:58 am   |  Permalink   |  0 Comments  |  
Wednesday, 03 September 2008
You know the saying, "You get what you put into it"? That is certainly true of participating in the Self-Service & Kiosk Association. Since I often counsel our vendor members about how to get the most out of their membership, I thought I would put it down into a top-10 list. I'm sure there are more than 10, but this is a good start.
 
1. Write a carefully crafted company description for your membership-directory listing. Include all the keywords individuals might use to search the Internet to find you. Make sure we have a clean company logo. Review your listing periodically to make sure it's up to date and let us know of any changes.
 
2. Send us press releases on a regular basis. Every time your company lands an important, new client; launches a new product; wins an award; speaks at a conference; or makes an important hire, tell us about it and we'll publish your news on our Web site.
 
3. Submit case studies for publication. People love to read real-world stories about how companies implemented a new technology successfully. It doesn't have to be long. Simply describe the scope of the project, any challenges faced, the solution provided and the results. Include at least one high quality photograph.
 
4. Write a "Perspective." You're an expert in your field. You can help the industry by writing about what you know best. Or give your opinion on an industry trend in this 500- to 1,000-word column. If you've ever written a blog post (or read one), you can write a "Perspective." We have editors on staff that can take care of the grammar and punctuation. The article will contain your picture and reference your company.
 
5. Take action on sales leads received. Each week we'll send you sales leads that are generated through our Web site. Carefully review these for opportunities that fit your company's offerings. Even if the lead is not requesting your specific product, the sender may still want to hear from you. The  company that submitted the request may not know that it needs your product until you inform them! Consider adding the contact information from leads to your database and/or company-newsletter distribution list.
 
6. Use the project-help form to receive quotes and information from fellow members. No one company does it all. You can use the same online form users do to find information about products needed for the project you're working on.
 
7. Sign up your staff to receive our e-newsletter. You can sign up as many people on your staff as you wish. Just send us a list of names and email addresses, and we'll add them to our distribution list. Your staff will stay abreast of industry news and trends. They'll thank you for it!
 
8. Use the Member logo. Promote your membership in the Association by using the member logo on your website, business cards, brochures, etc. At major industry trade shows we participate in, we'll have a floor decal for your booth to publicize your membership.
 
9. Join a committee. Have you been looking for a chance to get involved, meet other people and help advance industry issues? Now is your opportunity! If you have an area of interest not currently covered by one of our committees, please let us know; we may want to organize a committee or task force to address that topic.
 
10. Ask us! Do you have a question you can't find the answer to? If we don't know the answer, we'll probably know where to find it. Is there someone you would like to meet, or do you need help contacting a company or finding a particular product? We are happy to make an introduction for you or provide the contact details needed. 
 
As you see, it takes a little work on your part to take advantage of all that membership in our Association has to offer. But I promise you, it will be worth it.
Posted by: David Drain AT 11:57 am   |  Permalink   |  0 Comments  |  
Monday, 25 August 2008
I'm often surprised by the size and immobility of many kiosks I encounter in my daily travels. Somewhat like the pillars at Stonehenge, they beckon from afar, yet they also obstruct the view and limit alternate uses of the surrounding space. Sure, there often are reasons for this —peripherals need to be concealed, security concerns addressed, branding efforts made.
 
However, as one observes users of all shapes and sizes contorting themselves to view a fixed-position screen, not to mention non-users continually circumnavigating the monoliths, there might be a better way. A strong case often can be made for what I like to think of as "the kiosk that isn't there," a kiosk installation that provides the necessary functionality without consuming excessive space and adding visual clutter to a room. A kiosk that can be accessed when needed, but which doesn't obstruct the flow of foot traffic or limit use of the space.
 
Recent years have seen the introduction of high-quality all-in-one kiosk units that combine monitor and computer into one compact package. These units offer strategic advantages over set ups that require separate monitors and computers, advantages that become even more attractive when the kiosks are mounted to a wall or vertical surface:
  • The primary benefit of an enclosureless kiosk is the minimized footprint. If the kiosk is wall-mounted, the footprint disappears entirely. Space always is tight, so many store operators might jump at the chance to free space currently occupied by an enclosure, especially if they can do so without giving up kiosk functionality. They get to have their kiosk and floorspace, too.
  • Usability and accessibility can be dramatically enhanced, particularly if a height-adjustable mounting arm is used. This type of mount 'floats' the kiosk in the air, allowing the user to effortlessly raise and lower the screen. This enables users of varying sizes to each achieve an optimal viewing angle.
  • Easy repositioning and stowing of the kiosk means that the space can have multiple uses. This provides flexibility for the retailer, essential in a fast-changing business environment.
  • Shipping costs are reduced, since eliminating the enclosure reduces total kiosk weight and bulk.
  • In spite of the lack of enclosure, kiosk security and cable management can be maintained, and even enhanced, if the mounting solution incorporates cable management and quality security features.
We have worked with many remarkable kiosk implementations that have taken advantage of this footprint-free setup, and have been amazed by the variety of uses, as well as the resulting benefits to users and kiosk owners. A retailer added kiosk-based music listening stations without sacrificing valuable floor space. A fast-food restaurant added in-booth kiosks without having to remove seating. A gaming operation added unobtrusive table-side betting. The possibilities seem endless.
 
If you are researching mounting solutions for your kiosk, here are a few points to keep in mind as you evaluate contending products:
  • Seek out durable, high-quality products. You expect your kiosks to maximize uptime, so you should expect the same from your mounts. Ask the provider about cycle-testing results to be sure you are purchasing a product that has been put through the ringer (before your users do it themselves).
  • Think about the aesthetics. Does the mount fit stylistically with the overall space? A high-end retailer, for example, likely will want something that aligns with the desired store image. At the least, the mount should be unobtrusive so as not to take away from the brand image.
  • Seek a vendor with the ability to customize product to meet your project requirements. You don't need to settle for off-the-shelf solutions if you partner with a vendor experienced in customizing its product.
  • Keep it simple. You need mounts that are easy for installers to work with, and easy for users to operate. The key word is 'intuitive.' You can assume that anything too complicated will not be used correctly, if at all.
To be sure, an enclosureless kiosk is not right for every project — you wouldn't want to distribute cash this way, for example. However, for applications that don't require peripherals beyond monitor, computer and perhaps a keyboard, it's definitely worth taking a look at the kiosk that isn't there.
 
Joe Tosolt is the Marketing Manager for Innovative Office Products. Innovative has incorporated years of experience in mounting solutions into a leading line of flexible mounts for monitors and kiosks. Custom mount design services are available.
Posted by: Joe Tosolt AT 11:55 am   |  Permalink   |  0 Comments  |  
Monday, 18 August 2008
Fear. Uncertainty. Doubt.
 
These three words have collectively become known as the FUD factor.
 
From a technology standpoint, you can trace FUD all the way back to the mainframe computing era when IBM instilled FUD in its customers to eschew superior products in favor of the old guard. As the saying goes, "Nobody ever got fired for buying IBM."
DL_Baron.jpg
When it comes to self-service, there is a new species of FUD on the horizon. But this time, it's not being waged between technology vendors. Rather, this FUD emanates from the consumers themselves, who increasingly feel alienated by technology innovations that they perceive to hinder human interactions. 

Today's consumer often wants it both ways. They demand knowledgeable customer service agents to be at their beck and call. Yet when service is delivered via a new technology — whether it's a touchscreen kiosk in an airport, a virtual concierge service or the self-checkout in your local grocery store — a consumer's initial reaction is often one of trepidation.
We fear that which we do not know or understand. 

I speak from firsthand experience. My company, Experticity, develops technology that delivers live, two-way video interactions between consumers and expert sales agents who can be served up from any remote location. When starting the company, I realized there would be many technology obstacles to surmount: from creating a seamless experience where the nuance and context of real-world interactions could be properly relayed, to the challenge of delivering crisp video over slower retail networks.
 
What I hadn't fully anticipated was the irrational fear that many consumers instinctively feel when encountering new and unfamiliar technology.

Over the past few years, I've observed three core dimensions to this particular brand of FUD:
 
1. Terminator syndrome: Yes, that Terminator! Where the machines rise up to brutally enslave humanity. To many, self-service technologies represent the end of "high-touch" customer service and the emergence of a scary new world where people are no longer in charge.
 
2. On hold, no one can hear you scream. Okay, that's a rip off from the movie Alien but it's a sentiment that most of us can relate to. Where most self-service implementations fall short is when customers feel like they have no option for human intervention, and opt out of the transaction.
 
3. Is there anybody out there? One of the common misperceptions regarding self-service technologies is that they're ultimately designed to replace real people. In reality, these technologies are meant to augment and support those working the front line, enabling them to deliver superior customer service.
 
Of course, these fears are often irrational and unfounded. Most fears are. But it's still a problem because, as any good marketer knows, perception is reality. The bottom line is that we as human beings are not accustomed to dealing with change. More often than not, we don't like it, even if it means it will make our lives easier in the long run.  But as we have seen with every new technology from the cotton gin through ATMs, fax machines, PCs and, yes, self-checkout, there is a period and process of education and familiarization. Microsoft and Apple recognize this fact. Each time they introduce a new operating system or product, they spend a great deal of money and resources to re-educate their user base because they understand that people don't like to re-learn what they already know.

For purveyors of self-service technologies, fighting FUD is critical to long-term market success. It's less about changing behaviors than it is about evolving attitudes. Here are a few best practices that we've learned along the way that can be applied to a variety of self-service technology scenarios:
 
1. Prominent signage with clear instructions — When introducing a new self-service technology into a store environment, it's vital that customers understand what the technology is and how exactly it will benefit them. Will it save time? Provide better information? Assume nothing and spell it out in a clear, compelling and consumer-friendly manner.

2. Train the front line — When grocery stores began implementing self-checkout technologies, one of the hard lessons they learned was that customers quickly grew frustrated and upset if there wasn't someone available to assist them. A well-trained front line worker also can be a great ambassador for introducing self-service technologies to help nip FUD in the bud. 

3. Know your audience — Gender, socio-economic status and general comfort with technology are just a few aspects that have a bearing on how a new technology will be received and ultimately embraced. One size does not fit all. Spending time upfront conducting small focus groups will help demonstrate how consumers will react to new technologies. (One of the interesting things we discovered when we first began testing our technology was that people had been conditioned never to touch a computer screen. Consequently, we had to make it very obvious that it was okay to touch the screen!)

4. Extend the brand experience — Creating a seamless brand experience — from the store door across the store floor and even once the consumer has got the product home — will go a long way toward ensuring that shoppers engage with new technologies. By working closely with merchandising managers to ensure that branding is consistent, consumers will be less averse to trying something new.

5. Be patient — Rome wasn't built in a day. There's a comfort curve with every new technology implementation so expect that it will take between six and 12 months, on average, before new in-store technologies enjoy widespread adoption. Be sure to test self-service technologies in different parts of the store to better understand where and how customers are most likely to use them.
 
The next generation of self-service technologies undoubtedly will improve business efficiency.  We have found that adding Experticity's live, on-screen person element, expanding "self-service" to "assisted service," not only makes the technology warmer and more user-friendly, but also enables far more effective deployment and distribution of costly expert service. However, what promises to improve the experience for one person might strike fear into the heart of another. Through thoughtful, effective implementation, we can strike a balance and eliminate the FUD factor once and for all.
 
D.L. Baron is founder and chief executive of Experticity, a developer of live on-screen expert staffing and remote service technologies.
Posted by: D.L. Baron AT 11:53 am   |  Permalink   |  0 Comments  |  
Thursday, 14 August 2008

Jimmy Dun is the vice president of business development for Dynasign Corporation.

It has been an active discussion topic and frequently asked question within screen media network communities for some time now. A decade after I saw the first digital signage screen by Captivate Network in an elevator at ACNiesen’s headquarters, the rate for digital signage advertising is still a puzzle that no one  not even a savvy ad agency executive  can provide a clear formula for calculating.

Why can’t we just adopt the traditional cost per thousand impressions (CPM) rate for the established medium as a baseline? Not so simple.

Pricing ad placement is not a clear-cut science to begin with. While the ad rates for established media, posters, newspapers, magazines and TV has many considerations (viewership, demographics, ad size, running length, etc.), the ad pricing on digital signage screens inherits almost all attributes from the traditional mediums, but also involves many new dimensions.  

Through the use of targeted and on-demand content distribution technologies over the broadband infrastructure, the narrowcasting nature of digital signage networks provides an effective way of reaching and engaging audiences with relevant content catered screen-by-screen to specific locations and viewers’ interests. Some well-implemented networks even allow direct interaction with viewers through interactive screens or cell phones for in-depth one-on-one communication and tracking.

No one will argue that the screens with targeted audience and viewer engaging technologies have better value and effectiveness in direct comparison to the traditional media such as posters, billboards and broadcasting TV screens. But that does not mean you can demand two or three times the cost of the equivalent billboard or TV ads with similar viewer counts.

The price of any successful product is based on the following three stages  conditions if you will. The ad product on digital signage screens is no exception.

1.      Market acceptance – While we are seeing signs that sponsors are very interested in the digital signage screens, the advertising companies are not fully jumping onboard simply due to the lack of historical statistical records and immature tracking methods. It is easier to justify the cost of a $2.5 million 30-second spot during the Super Bowl game than a $1000 monthly cost on a well-located digital signage screen. However, the recent activities of digital signage network deployments by large international ad agencies indicate that the advertising on digital signage screens is entering the mainstream market.

2.      Return on investment – Since return is directly related to the pricing, more case studies must be done by major research firms on successful deployments. The interactive viewer engaging and tracking technologies deployed on the screens will further add value in both effectiveness and precise tracking of sponsor dollars.

3.      Demand – Better managed and well-covered high-value networks with focused demographics and geographic coverage will translate to higher demand, therefore higher price on ads.

As the industry moves along, the market will set the pricing structure in the near future.

In practical matters for deciding the pricing at the current stage, the equivalent size print billboards at a similar location should be a good measure in pricing the ads on digital signage screens. Based on the experience of our clients, not counting the large LED billboards, the acceptable monthly rates on LCD or plasma screens are ranging from $100 for a typical community or retail location to $5,000 for a focused high-value demographic venue with limited ads per screen.

It is critical for any digital signage network startups, large or small, to have a long term financial plan along with a deployment strategy that focuses on maximizing the network value on the deployment investments. Here's some advice for building the value of the screen time:

  • Stay focused on vertical markets and geographic coverage. Leverage committed financial resources to maximize the screen count and audience reach.
  • Content quality and relevancy.
  • Choose technology partners carefully. The cheap solution may not necessary be a good choice.
  • Partner with peer networks and established media companies in sharing the resources including viewer coverage, contents and sponsors.

 

Posted by: Jimmy Dun AT 11:23 am   |  Permalink   |  0 Comments  |  
Tuesday, 12 August 2008

Has this ever happened to you? 
 
You walk into a store or a business and see on a display counter or lobby desk a dilapidated PC sitting forlornly, unused and unappreciated, only to realize the poor PC is intended to provide self-service? 

Or perhaps instead it is a beautifully branded specialty kiosk, but with a screen that is either dead, showing the Windows desktop or — having been hacked — is displaying something entirely inappropriate?  James_Kruper.jpg

Both are classic self-service failures, and I always wonder what circumstances transpired to cause these outcomes. Deep down inside, I also wonder whether the outcome would have been different had I been involved in the project.

I like to think the answer is always a resounding "Yes!," but sometimes it isn't that simple. 
 
What is clear is that failed self-service projects are, by definition, very public and highly visible disasters for our industry. Everyone who comes into that store or business sees the failure. The self-service market is growing rapidly and is remarkably well-accepted by the general public, so I don't believe the occasional project failure is overly threatening to the health of the industry. However, I do believe the industry could be even further along its penetration curve if there were more successful projects.

The three-legged stool
 
There are many ways that a project can fail. Perhaps the most obvious is a poorly designed application. However, I will address two others: Hardware and kiosk system software.

When describing a successful project to a new deployer, I often use the analogy of a three-legged stool. The three legs are the software application, the hardware and the kiosk system software.

Without all three legs, the stool will topple.

The software application leg is almost always present because this leg typically is what drove creation of the project in the first place. Without an application, there is no project. It may be a poorly designed application, but at least it exists.

The hardware leg is the physical manifestation of the project and generally takes the form of standard kiosk-industry components and perhaps a company-branded OEM enclosure. Sometimes, but not very often, a standard PC with perhaps a touchscreen display is appropriate. Due to the capital-intensive nature of kiosk hardware, this leg too often is compromised. This can cause the kiosk to be used less than it theoretically could be, or in the worst case, be totally unuseable.

The kiosk system software is the most likely leg to be missing because it generally is invisible to the user, so deployers either think the software is unnecessary or aren't aware it exists.

What is kiosk system software? It is a software layer that locks down the computer and prevents users from going places they shouldn't. It can perform usage logging, which reports how often the application is being used, and remote monitoring, which checks that the kiosk is always up and running without error. In short, it is what ensures the software application is always available to the user.

If the deployer develops the project from the perspective of the user, he may miss the need for system software entirely. Or, a deployer may decide he can develop a partial homegrown solution such as using OS system policies to lock down the computer. Sometimes, the software application is developed to also provide kiosk system software functionality; however, that requires very specialized knowledge and experience, and with many self-service applications being browser-based, it is very difficult to combine the two software legs of the stool.

Project on the rebound
 
We get many desperate phone calls after a project has been deployed. 

Generally, either the hardware leg or the kiosk system software leg of the stool is missing. Sometimes, both legs are missing. Hardware vendors know that one of two outcomes will occur when the hardware leg is missing: The deployer eventually will find the money to invest in hardware, or the project will be cancelled as a failure. The former is not ideal, but at least the proper hardware eventually is purchased. The latter is the true tragedy because the opportunity has been lost and how long will it be before that organization tries again? 

Because the kiosk system software leg is not as capital intensive as hardware, generally as soon as the light bulb turns on in the deployer's head, the problem is resolved.

Unfortunately, sometimes the light bulb never turns on.

A call to action
 
What can be done? Education will go a long way. Both hardware and software vendors need to ensure that their clients fully understand the need for all three legs of the stool: Application, hardware and system software. I know that I am guilty of occasionally focusing too much on the software aspect of a project, but it isn't done purposely. Often a deployer will contact me, but they are talking to me for my software expertise. They don't necessarily want to talk to me about hardware, and sometimes that is where the discussion ends. 

As an industry, we need to concentrate on keeping the discussion going.

James Kruper is the president of Analytical Design Solutions Inc., one of the association's vendor members. Check out his previous column, which was published in April: Self-service and digital signage can co-exist.

Posted by: James Kruper AT 11:49 am   |  Permalink   |  0 Comments  |  
Tuesday, 05 August 2008
EDITOR'S NOTE: View comments on this commentary and post your own by clicking here.
 
I've been musing for some time now about kiosks and the ability to go green. Last year, IBM announced that they were going to make their new IBM AnyPlace kiosks more green and environmentally friendly. At first you think ... it's a computer, how green could it be? Well, for starters they are using more recycled plastic, lower power consumption CPUs, no paints in their finishes, and processes that take less energy to produce parts. This is a good start toward green; I love it when a big corporation refines its product and processes to be more efficient.
 
Another kiosk hardware vendor, Olea, has produced a kiosk enclosure out of sorghum plants. It was first shown at the NRF in Jan 2008 and again at KioskCom 2008. While not a production-ready unit, it shows that it can be done. Their enclosure looked like a box made out of bamboo, but it was actually an engineered panel made from sorghum waste material. That is a great idea and our hats are off to Olea for engineering this enclosure. The concept gets our creative juices flowing about how to make a more environmentally friendly kiosk.
 
I guess when steel is required for security and durability in public spaces, we could try to use only recycled steel for our enclosures. But what about alternative materials such as the laminated plant panels Olea created; is there a good green kiosk material, such as this, out there that we can use? If you know of any good environmentally friendly materials that can be used structurally, pass on the idea. Perhaps we will build it. As I continue to muse about the topic, I wonder where I can go to learn more about green building materials? I suppose it would be the same trade shows that builders and architects attend? There must be a central place to locate these types of materials. I just have to hunt them down.
 
Other industries are using green materials to build their products, and I'd love to see some examples that may spark ideas for our kiosk industry. Readers, what have you seen out there? Does your company produce green materials? If so, comment below or e-mail me your thoughts.
 
Tim Burke is the owner of Electronic Art. This column first appeared on his blog, "Kiosks Changing Self-Service."
 
Read also: Five steps to a greener kiosk.
Read also: IBM retail tech goes green.
Posted by: Tim Burke AT 11:49 am   |  Permalink   |  0 Comments  |  
Thursday, 31 July 2008

If you ever want to know how well a given business program is working, you can spend money on focus groups and surveys. Or, you can just ask a child.

My five-year-old son and I were walking through Wal-Mart the other day, when he noticed the "Wal-Mart TV" screens for the first time. We've spent plenty of hours in Wal-Marts before, but the screens had always escaped his gaze (perhaps because they're mounted at heights that give an adult a neck-ache).

But today, he says to me: "Daddy, that's the TV channel that only shows commercials."

An exclamation mark appeared in the air over my head. Why yes, son, that’s right – it's a TV channel with no programs, only commercials.

Now honestly, how many of you would watch such a channel if you were at home? A few of you might have just raised your hands – marketers and ad-men and ad-women and connoisseurs of the art form of the commercial – but for most of us, a network of all commercials, all the time is a nightmare that sends us scrambling for the big, friendly TiVo button.

But there is no TiVo button in a store, only a growing number of screens that the shopper cannot get away from.

In-store media is a powerful tool, and when it is properly done, consumers love it. When the content is entertaining and place-appropriate, it feels like a benefit to the shopper. When the content is nothing but ads, it feels like an intrusion into the shopper's privacy.

Blame the all-too-human nature to be pennywise and pound-foolish. Many retailers, having just written the not-insignificant check for the screens and the software and the installation of their new digital signage program, turn to face the content beast and say, "Oh, wait, we can save some money here by using ads we're already running on television or the Web."

And yes, you can. You can also hire terrible customer service people to save a few dollars in the short-term. How well does that strategy work?

In-store media, evolving thing that it is, is a massively complex touch point between you and your customer. Give it the attention and intelligence it deserves. Do not let it become your company's version of the TV channel that only shows commercials.

James Bickers is editor of Retail Customer Experience magazine.

Posted by: James Bickers AT 11:24 am   |  Permalink   |  0 Comments  |  
Wednesday, 30 July 2008

Some go to Las Vegas to get married or to gamble. I go to Vegas for digital signage and self-service trade shows. On my return from Vegas in April, I rushed backed from New York’s JFK airport in order to avoid the traffic gridlock posed by the visit by the Pope and to see the new Microsoft Surface installation at the AT&T phone store.

The much-anticipated Microsoft Surface touch table had landed at five AT&T stores in New York, Atlanta, San Antonio and San Francisco.

Much had been written in the trade press about the production delays. It appeared that it had to do with Microsoft running a Betty Crocker Bake-off contest between the original partner, T-mobile and AT&T Mobility.

AT&T won and my congrats to Ralph de la Vega, president and CEO, AT&T Mobility for understanding what it takes to win in today’s competitive environment. (You may recall that AT&T also was the first partner with Apple’s iPhone.)

You can see how the MS Surface application works at the AT&T site by clicking here.

How do I like it?

I’ve been excited by multi-touch technology ever since I saw Jeff Han’s video (now used by CNN Political TV coverage). Not a lot has been written about some of the pioneering competitive technology created by GestureTeks MultiTouch Application or Savant’s AV control touch table. Again, Microsoft has borrowed inventions from other industry innovators and sewn together an affordable, commercially available hardware and software product offering. The Apple iPhone interface also raised the bar on consumer interactive applications.

What is the secret to the AT&T Surface Application?

It’s not about the technology. It’s about the creative application, fused with savvy in-store merchandising skills. The AT&T and Microsoft team (and perhaps a few clever contractors), produced a kiosk application that provides real value to consumers and store associates. The AT&T store salesperson was able to demonstrate dozens of different phone configurations, colors and coverage maps in a matter of seconds—without giving me five different paper brochures.

One market that will be intensely interested in this new digital application will be the self-service industry.

I’ve been involved in this industry for over two decades and love to innovate. And as founder of Netkey and Managing Director of SMP, I’ve worked on over 200 interactive kiosk projects around the world.

The AT&T Surface installation the self-service world.

No longer will self-service deployers be satisfied with simple kiosk pedestals or wall mounted units. They will request the amazing digital features of MS Surface: Multi-touch, product tag initiated information, relevant digital merchandising interfaces — in table top or wall mounted configurations.

My advice to my colleagues in the digital signage industry? Learn from Microsoft. Very soon, those in the self-service industry will be turning off their computers, getting out of their offices and taking their teams to visit AT&T stores to play with the MS Surface Application. They will want the features it offers. Follow Microsoft’s example: Don’t copy, but instead enhance and improve on their application for your own specific industry market, and you just might beat them...and win over those self-service customers. 

Or you might want to leapfrog Microsoft and start thinking about mobile devices. The Apple iPhone, with its rich, multi-touch interface, may be the next battleground for the in-store customer.

Technology will always change every 90 days, but I can safely make predictions about who will win the KioskCom 2009 Best of Show Award, the NRF Best of Show Award, GlobalShop Best of Shop or any other retail merchandising award category. And the winner is, AT&T Mobility.

Posted by: Alex Richardson AT 11:25 am   |  Permalink   |  0 Comments  |  
Tuesday, 29 July 2008
I just got off the phone with yet another panicked customer. The story is always the same: their focus in the design of their self-service system is on the exterior appearance, on the screen size, on the housing color and on the many outer options that they have to select. 
 
It's not until the last minute that they remember the largely hidden printer. 
 
"It's just a module we can drop in to our beautiful cabinet, right?"
 
The panic begins when they realize how wrong they are.
 
Due to my position with HECON/Hengstler and my long association with the printer industry, my perspective is clearly from the printer point of view. However, I've spoken to other suppliers of the internal kiosk elements, and they have the same problem. Designers too often assume that the printer, bill or coin acceptor, card reader, bar code scanner, etc., can be easily added as an afterthought. Unfortunately, that’s rarely the case. 
 
Since I'm a printer guy, I'll use a printer application to make my point, but please remember that this applies to every technical component in the kiosk.
 
First, to begin selecting the printer we have to determine some basics, and the fastest way to do that is to ask about the application. What does the customer want to print? Maps? Receipts? Bridal registry listings? Vouchers that can be exchanged for cash? Web pages? 
 
These answers help us to focus on the paper width that must be printed. Web pages and bridal registry output is usually letter-sized (8½ inches wide).  Maps might be 8½ inches, or might be narrower. Vouchers and receipts are usually narrow, typically falling into the 2-3/8 inches (60 mm) or 3¼ inches (80-82.5 mm) paper width ranges. 
 
Also, maps and Web pages may require color; then again, with the increased operating costs, they may not. Receipts and vouchers are usually black and white.
 
So we've determined the technology that's needed (laser for color and thermal for black and white) and the paper width. Both these choices impact the basic kiosk design, as space must be allowed for the printer and special attention must be paid to cooling if a laser printer is used. 
 
But this is just the first step. Let's assume that we've settled on a 60 mm receipt printer in thermal technology. HECON/Hengstler eXtendo series thermal printers are ideal for such an application. This new line of printers has a very wide feature set, so the customer has a lot of choices that will allow him to minimize his costs while still buying the features he needs.
 
The next question is, "How much printing is going to be done?" In other words:
  • How long is the average receipt?
  • How many receipts will be printed on an average day?
  • How frequently are you willing to replace the paper?
These three questions together determine the size of the paper roll, one of the issues frequently overlooked by kiosk designers. Say you'll print an average of 100 six-inch receipts a day, and that a technician visits the kiosk once a month.
 
100 receipts x 6 inches/receipt x 1/12 foot/inch x 30 days = 1500 feet.
 
Assuming a one-inch diameter core and 60 g/m² thermal paper, that's a roll diameter of approximately 7.8 inches. This means that the kiosk enclosure itself must allow enough room for both the printer and a paper roll almost 8 inches in diameter.  That's something that would certainly be useful to know while you were designing the enclosure!
 
How fast do we need to print? 
 
Let me guess…you're thinking, "As fast as possible, stupid!" 
 
Not necessarily. The size (and therefore the cost) of the power supply operating the kiosk and the printer is dependent upon print speed. The faster you print, the more current you need. If this forces the designer to move to the next larger power supply, then you've increased your costs, perhaps unnecessarily. In some applications, a very fast print speed is critical. For example, if people are queued up to board a train, and you are printing tickets, you may want to allow only a few seconds per passenger in order to get them on board quickly. But in most cases, print speed is not that critical. 
 
Let's take our example. A six-inch receipt printing at 250 mm/second will take 0.61 seconds to print.  The same receipt at 125 mm/second (half the original speed) takes 1.22 seconds. Is it worth the extra cost to save your customer 0.61 seconds waiting for his receipt?
 
With the subject of print speed we are really talking about output speed. This assumes that we can get the data into the printer faster than the printer can print it. To ensure this, we must select an interface that will transfer data quickly enough. The options include USB, parallel and serial. The option you choose depends upon the type of printing you do (either using a driver, which prints everything as though it were graphics, or using the internal character set of the printer.)
 
We still haven't addressed many issues that have to be considered. Is a cutter needed? How about a presenter? If there is no presenter, how will you prevent vandalism? You can drop the receipt into a chute, but that must be part of the enclosure design. How many USB ports do you have available? Serial ports? Is your operating system Windows, Linux, or something else?
 
Hopefully you're getting my point. The manufacturers and suppliers of the components in your kiosk are a valuable resource to help you make the best decisions in your design. Involving the suppliers of all the kiosk components early on in the deployment ensures the most cost-effective, timely design effort…and keeps you out of panic mode!
Posted by: Charles B. Levinski AT 11:47 am   |  Permalink   |  0 Comments  |  
Tuesday, 22 July 2008
EDITOR'S NOTE: To view comments on this article and submit your own, CLICK HERE.
 
If you ever want to know how well a given business program is working, you can spend money on focus groups and surveys. Or, you can just ask a child.

My five-year-old son and I were walking through Wal-Mart the other day, when he noticed the "Wal-Mart TV" screens for the first time. We've spent plenty of hours in Wal-Marts before, but the screens had always escaped his gaze (perhaps because they're mounted at heights that give an adult a neck-ache).

But today, he says to me: "Daddy, that's the TV channel that only shows commercials."

An exclamation mark appeared in the air over my head. Why yes, son, that’s right – it's a TV channel with no programs, only commercials.

Now honestly, how many of you would watch such a channel if you were at home? A few of you might have just raised your hands – marketers and ad-men and ad-women and connoisseurs of the art form of the commercial – but for most of us, a network of all commercials, all the time is a nightmare that sends us scrambling for the big, friendly TiVo button.

But there is no TiVo button in a store, only a growing number of screens that the shopper cannot get away from.

In-store media is a powerful tool, and when it is properly done, consumers love it. When the content is entertaining and place-appropriate, it feels like a benefit to the shopper. When the content is nothing but ads, it feels like an intrusion into the shopper's privacy.

Blame the all-too-human nature to be pennywise and pound-foolish. Many retailers, having just written the not-insignificant check for the screens and the software and the installation of their new digital signage program, turn to face the content beast and say, "Oh, wait, we can save some money here by using ads we're already running on television or the Web."

And yes, you can. You can also hire terrible customer service people to save a few dollars in the short-term. How well does that strategy work?

In-store media, evolving thing that it is, is a massively complex touch point between you and your customer. Give it the attention and intelligence it deserves. Do not let it become your company's version of the TV channel that only shows commercials.
 
SEE ALSO: The top 10 digital signage deployment blunders
Posted by: James Bickers AT 11:45 am   |  Permalink   |  0 Comments  |  
Friday, 18 July 2008

It should be no surprise that the National Association of Broadcasters (NAB) would sponsor one of the first books to explain the business of digital signage. Out-of-home digital displays offer a powerful extension of or a cost-effective alternative to television advertising.
 
The great benefit is in the degree to which “Digital Signage: Software, Networks, Advertising, and Displays: A Primer for Understanding the Business” (NAB Executive Technology Briefings) by Jimmy Schaeffler, describes digital signage. Also beneficial are explanations on how it fits into the marketing and communications mix, and what to consider when investing, deploying or using this medium.
 
No matter what it is called — dynamic display, retail TV, narrowcasting or electronic signage — digital signage has accelerating momentum as a powerful marketing, staff and patron communications instrument.
 
While I am pleased to have been one of the people mentioned, the book includes references to many, many of the people, suppliers, networks, advertisers and organizations that comprise the billion-dollar industry.
 
Digital signage is described in a holistic perspective. Schaeffler describes the medium as a business and business-enabler in communications industries such as broadcast, print publishing and Internet.
 
It describes various business models for digital signage in a wide range of applications including retail, transportation, hospitality, banking, education, automotive, houses of worship, medical, consumer services and staff, visitor and patron communications. It also references deployments around the world with a focus on North America, Asia, Europe and South America.
 
The history and emergence of digital signage are addressed by reflecting on the use of videotape runway shows used by New York fashion houses in the late 70’s. The current state of deployments and ad spending presented in the early chapters help to clarify the megatrend toward out-of-home dynamic display.
 
The characteristics and inherent capabilities of digital signage are well articulated, along with trends and key reasons that are driving the exponential growth of digital signage.
 
Ways in which digital signage fits naturally into communications campaigns are presented in case studies. Numerous examples of digital signage are provided, including the Mayo Clinic, emebaVet, Gas Station TV, Clear Channel Outdoor and others. These examples point to areas of unique value provided in the planning of networks.
 
The technology infrastructure and key considerations for network design, integration and deployment are explained implicitly, but the focus is on describing the business of digital signage, the “what” and “why,” rather than the “how.”

As digital signage grows, system integrators, content producers and network operators are getting on the bandwagon. This book is a “must read” for such companies and those seeking to leverage existing offerings, organization or infrastructure to serve or diversify into this new market.
 
The book is well-written for and applicable to brand managers, communications professionals, advertising agencies, media planners and media buyers for whom digital media and display are part of their future.
 
“Digital Signage: Software, Networks, Advertising, and Displays: A Primer for Understanding the Business” (NAB Executive Briefing Series) by Jimmy Schaeffler is published by Focal Press. It can be purchased by clicking here.

Lyle Bunn, Principal & Strategy Architect of Bunn Co., is a noted authority on the digital signage industry.

Posted by: Lyle Bunn AT 11:25 am   |  Permalink   |  0 Comments  |  
Tuesday, 15 July 2008
EDITOR'S NOTE: To read user comments on this article and post your own, CLICK HERE.
 
It wasn't until 1997 when cash-recycling ATMs, developed in the 1970s in Japan and Korea, made their way to Europe. They began cropping up, primarily, in France, the Netherlands, Switzerland, Germany and Italy.
 
Yet up until recently, only 10 percent of all ATMs in those countries accepted automated deposits, and only about half were able to recirculate money after the notes and coins had been checked for quality and forgery.
 
New branch concepts and steadily increasing cost pressure soon gave a boost to automated deposits, which were originally described as superfluous and impractical.
 
Studies show that 96 percent of all deposits in Europe are made via self-service. And contrary to popular belief, business customers are not the only ones to use deposit technology. In large cities, such as Berlin, it is predominantly private customers who make self-service deposits.
 
It's not surprising that recycling systems have a higher growth rate than conventional ATMs in Europe, even though the latter are far higher in number. But it is becoming increasingly obvious that both cash systems complement each other usefully.
 
Cash-recycling systems are fail-safe, and the emergence of cassette technology, which results in higher recycling volumes and shorter transaction times, has also aided cash-recycling acceptance rates.
 
New cassette-based and drum-based systems are making their ways into the market. Sales for cassette-based systems are up, but the same is true of drum-based systems, and for good reason. With the same required space, the drum can accommodate more denominations, and experts see the ability to handle up to five denominations as a necessity for branches interested in cash recycling. Five cassettes are virtually compulsory, since everything depends on greater flexibility where the number of denominations paid in and out is concerned.
 
Furthermore, networked devices make it easier to comply with money-laundering regulations because they automatically reject invalid deposits. Previously, breaches were only noticed during post-processing.
 
Rigorous fight against costs
 
Even more important are the quantifiable advantages financial institutions of all sizes are now experiencing with cash recycling. Consistency pays off, in terms of higher self-service quotas for deposit and dispensing transactions, and in terms of cost.
 
Dresdner Bank was the first major bank to completely change over to recycling technology. The bank now saves around €2 million annually.

On average, the intervals for cash replenishment and removal at ATMs increase by a factor of between three and four. With cash-recycling ATMs, instead of twice a week, cash-in-transit companies or employees only need to go to each location every other week.
 
The cutback results in savings of €600 per month. In ideal locations, where there is a high degree of correspondence between money paid in and money paid out, it is even possible to reach intervals of five weeks and more.
 
Around 80 percent of a bank's ATM savings, once cash-recycling is implemented, can be traced back to the automation of cash handling. This not only eliminates the need for post-processing in the form of sorting, checking and the effort of searching for discrepancies, it also significantly reduces staff time at the teller terminal or cash desk.
 
One savings bank with a balance-sheet total of €1 billion was able to reduce two-full tellers. In relation to night safes, another financial institution saved €16,000 annually on each installation.
 
Payback period of 2-3 years
 
Investments in recycling technology pay off after two or three years — faster than some decision-makers in banks ever thought possible.
 
After 10 years, the technology is no longer in its infancy. Retail Banking Research expect cash-recycling at self-service terminals in Europe to grow 30 percent in 2008. According to current estimates, that rate of growth will increase by 170 percent by 2010 and 215 percent by 2017.
 
The positive trend can be attributed to several factors. New branch structures, whatever they may look like in detail, envision the shift of routine transactions to self-service terminals. The move affects coin acceptance and cash-recycling systems, and a coin function or a coin sidecar, already have been introduced in the market.
 
The European Central Bank also has provided a secure basis with its recycling framework. 
 
"It significantly broadens the maneuvering room for banks and savings banks in terms of shaping their cash processes," said Niels Riedel, a banknote expert at ECB.
 
In addition, financial institutions are increasingly putting their faith in recycling technology.
 
Most systems rank with a 96 percent to 97 percent level of reliability. And integration of recycling systems into cash management helps optimize processes.
 
In light of ongoing cost pressures, this will be reason enough for combined deposit/dispensing machines to gain ground and replace basic cash dispensers. The high investment costs pale in comparison to the rewards.
 
Multifunctionality also is playing a role, with more and more demands from domestic and international markets. Similar to basic cash dispensing ATMs, recycling systems are being equipped with passbook processing and check-deposit functionalities in order to completely automate cash processes.
 
Single-purpose or multifunctional — the general conditions on site play an important role in this decision.
Posted by: Uwe Krause AT 11:44 am   |  Permalink   |  0 Comments  |  
Tuesday, 08 July 2008
Design is an interesting thing because it is so subjective. Everyone has an opinion on design, what they like, what they prefer, even if they don't understand what drives their opinions. Sometimes kiosk interface design can become very complex, hard to navigate and frankly too much to look at. Often, simple is better. It's better because it is easy for the viewer to understand the purpose, and easier for their eyes to focus on important content.
 
Design can set the mood. Visually simple design can set a calming mood and affect the user's experience. Busy designs or designs with heavy animation can create a sense of high energy and can be good for kiosks with a multimedia or entertainment purpose. But either way, design should be strategic with the goals and the user in mind. If budget allows, do focus groups or A/B testing to see which designs provide the desired results or actions by the guests.
 
Just be careful of the dreaded "design by committee" which is when multiple people within a corporate setting feel they have to interject their own design ideas, and in the end you get a Frankenstein design, which often is poor. Trust talented design professionals who went to school for design and know how to effectively engage. Just be sure to give them all of the strategic goals up front so they can consider them when conceiving the designs.
 
While I'm not a good designer myself, I did attend art college and know how the creative process works (I ended up in photography). I also have managed interactive teams with design agencies for nearly 10 years for major brands, and know both the account executive side of things as well as the designer or producer side of things. Give a good designer the right information, and you'll be happy with the results.
 
In my blog, I often reference kiosks I see out in the real world, and the image shown here is from a local Verizon Wireless store near my home. I took the images with a camera phone so please excuse the quality. This check-in kiosk is simple in design, which makes it easy to understand and the guest quickly can perform the task at hand. Branding is consistent with VZW's other corporate material and onscreen media. Our company has done mobile marketing kiosks for Verizon Wireless and while the design is a bit more creative on ours, you would still tie the two together in regards to branding.
 
The purpose of this kiosk was to quickly get the patrons to the store into a queue for service.
 
The store always is busy, and they find it to be most effective to get them into the system and then allow them to wander the store until their name is called or posted on digital signage in the store. This prevents them from standing in a physical line, when they could be exploring new phones and accessories or making impulse purchases. It was pretty effective and made the process clear.
 
More images of the interface are available on my Flickr account here: http://www.flickr.com/photos/21792517@N02/2176776060/ along with other retail examples.
 
The photos show the hardware, as well as the onscreen interface to allow the guest to self-serve and get checked in.
 
Check-in kiosks are a common form of self-service. We have developed check-in kiosks for an American Express sponsored event where guests registered online before the event, and checked in at the kiosks once at the event. They confirmed their information and registered for the door prize at the kiosks. They also filled out a short survey that enabled us to gather yet more demographics and learn more about them. Amex and other sponsors had onscreen branding and expo information. The beauty of this type of setup is that it allows you to measure attendance, build your profiles of your guests for remarketing purposes later, provide automated sweepstakes winners on site and more. All done electronically, not by hand and by paper, thus speeding up the time for turn around of data for data mining, removing double keying and lowering error rates.
 
Check-in kiosks can take many shapes, event check-in, hotel check-in or retail check-in such as this example above. How might your company use check-in kiosks?
 
Tim Burke is the owner of Electronic Art. This column first appeared on his blog, "Kiosks Changing Self-Service."
Posted by: Tim Burke AT 11:40 am   |  Permalink   |  0 Comments  |  
Tuesday, 01 July 2008
What is a kiosk?
 
Sounds like a simple question, but different people have perspectives that are relative to their world. The other day, our designer spoke to a person who called about a kiosk. After much discussion, he determined she was looking for a kiosk booth, like you see at the mall, to sell jewelry in. He politely told her we work with computer kiosks, which took her by surprise as she wasn't sure what that was!
 
Believe me: This is common.
 
Another type of kiosk is for posting hand bills and flyers in outdoor public spaces. These often are littered with staples and thumbtacks.
 
The computer kiosk industry has several variations to think about, too. Often, I see ATM machines that have upgraded their screens to full-color touchscreens, and even can vend postage stamps. The ATM industry is taking advantage of touchscreen technology to provide a better customer experience, and to allow them to use more impactful advertising and design on the screen. Every touchpoint with the client is important.
 
Speaking of vending, many vending machines are now a quasi-kiosk mix. They often use a touchscreen interface to engage and assist the consumer, showing them how to complete a transaction. In the end, they still are a vending machine with mechanical levers and switches to release the appropriate product through the cabinetry.
 
But in the not-too-distant future, I think you will see vending machines take on a more multi-faceted role in assisted selling, surveys, product promotion and more. They have the real estate, so why not? If you go to the supermarket, you likely will see vending kiosks for DVD rentals, or the famous Coinstar spare change exchange machines. Their interfaces are nicely done, and they often have a small amount of promotion taking place. Every touchpoint with the client is important.
 
Often, a self-service kiosk may be used to provide you with an encoded mag-stripe card, such as a store loyalty card or a membership card tied to your digital account. It's not exactly vending, since you are not there to buy a product. Instead, it's more of a "dispensing kiosk." It may allow you to create a membership account, manage your preferences, gain points by watching a promotional commercial and, yes, dispense your loyalty card. You'll use that card when purchasing to get discounts or coupons, and the store will better understand their customers' buying habits by store, region, time of year, etc. And you can revisit the kiosk to swipe that card and edit your preferences, all through an account card dispensed to you via the kiosk.
 
Occasionally kiosks are transactional, allowing you to purchase at the kiosk. Perhaps you are in a retail store, but need to buy something they don't keep in stock. Square footage isn't cheap, and they keep those very large or rarely purchased items in a warehouse. But you may be able to browse the full product catalog at the kiosk and actually pay for the item and have it shipped to the store or to your door. This is a great way for retailers to avoid losing your sale just because you couldn't find the right item on the shelf.
 
Often, kiosks simply are self-service informational devices. Browse through a list of recommended items that would go great with the item you just scanned at the shelf, or learn about why certain types of hair styles need a particular conditioner. Find out about a health issue, or which wine goes best with spicy flank steak (I recommend the Malbec from Argentina in the International wines department).
 
A more recent use for kiosks is the help desk or concierge concept. A self-service kiosk to find information or solutions, and when you need an actual person to help you, you touch a "live agent" icon to do an instant video chat with a helpful and knowledgeable staff member who gives you the personal touch that sometimes still is essential to an interaction with clients.
 
Convergence. I guess that is what I am really talking about. In many ways, a kiosk is more than a kiosk. It often will take advantage of multiple technologies to make the shopping experience a good one. Once the mall kiosks start integrating computer kiosks that vend items, that's when it gets kinda hard to describe! My blog is devoted to discussing computer kiosks in general, and that often means the integration of several hardware components, software drivers and a pool of vendors to bring a total solution together. Kiosks now are being used to supplement digital signage, or interact with cell phones via SMS or e-mail. Every day we are challenged with a new concept from a client that has a unique need, with a convergence of unique hardware components, branding needs and custom software requirements. We enjoy the unique nature of each challenge, and the resulting solution.
 
Tim Burke is the owner of Electronic Art. This column first appeared on his blog, "Kiosks Changing Self-Service."
Posted by: Tim Burke AT 11:38 am   |  Permalink   |  0 Comments  |  
Tuesday, 24 June 2008
EDITOR'S NOTE: Click here to read user comments on this topic, or post your own.
 
So, you’ve decided your business or institution will be well served by adding a new digital signage network. Now what?
 
Where to turn and what to do can be confusing, especially if you’re responsible for your organization’s communications or IT department but don’t really know anything about a digital sign. While there are many good companies in business to help you achieve your goals, you can make the endeavor easier and far more successful if you avoid the problems many before you have encountered when rolling out and maintaining their digital signage networks.
 
Having worked with hundreds of customers on their digital signage needs, we at Keywest Technology have seen a lot of difficulties that easily could have been avoided — along with the associated delays and added expense — with a little knowledge up front. As the saying goes, forewarned is forearmed. So, keep these top 10 digital signage pitfalls in mind as you plan your new digital signage network to make the experience smooth and rewarding.

No. 1: Lack of a clear purpose
 
Someone in your organization has read that digital signage can make marketing messaging more effective. It can reach potential customers at the point of purchase, promote desired behavior, target different demographic groups associated with different times of the day, and do many other wonderful things.
 
But what exactly does your organization need to accomplish with digital signage? That’s the seminal question. Without clearly defining the purpose of a digital signage network, it is impossible to find success in any phase of its deployment or use.
 
Taking the time up front to define the expectations for the system and to write them out on paper for the approval of key management will provide direction and focus effort on attainable goals. Struggling to fulfill a nebulous purpose for the digital signage network will rack up unnecessary expense and leave everyone connected with the project frustrated.

No. 2: Taking on digital signage as an IT project
 
Digital signage network. The very words sound IT oriented. While there’s a lot of IT technology involved with digital signage, taking on a digital signage network as an IT project is dangerous.
 
While highly skilled, the typical IT manager does not have the background nor the experience needed to roll out a successful digital signage network. There’s a powerful temptation on the part of IT managers to look at digital signage playback as if it were a Microsoft PowerPoint presentation. It isn’t.
 
PowerPoint does an excellent job at making business presentations, but how many TV stations rely on PowerPoint to create and playback the programs, commercials, news and promotions you see nightly? Exactly zero. With respect to playing back video, graphics, text and animation, layering multiple visual elements and building and maintaining a playout schedule, a digital signage network is more like a TV station than a boardroom with a projector and a PowerPoint presentation. Keep that in mind if an IT manager volunteers to take on your organization’s digital signage project. 

No. 3: Lack of content
 
Congratulations. You have a digital signage network. What are you going to display? Having a digital signage network without content is like having a newspaper without print. There’s just a whole lot of nothing and an overwhelming sense of emptiness.
 
Communicating in some form must be part of the reason behind the decision to add a digital signage network. However, there is no communication without content. Fortunately, many organizations have existing resources to draw upon that can be repurposed as digital signage content. Logos, commercials, promotional video, print advertising, plans and drawings all can be reused in whole or in part to communicate a message on a digital signage network.
 
Additionally, RSS Internet feeds are a tremendous resource for updating a digital signage network with fresh, “newsy” content, weather and sports scores that can give an audience a reason to take a second or third look.
 
Regardless of where it comes from, content is critical to the success of a digital signage network. Knowing where it will come from is as important as actually having the digital signage network in place. 

No. 4: No one assigned to manage the project
 
While it’s not like designing the International Space Station, putting a digital signage network in place can be a complex undertaking. For that reason, it’s essential that any business or organization taking on a digital signage network assign someone to manage the project. Having an individual identified to own the project will minimize the impact of the unforeseen problems that inevitably creep into any complex undertaking.
 
Just as bad as having no one assigned to manage the project is its closely related cousin: management by committee. Offering up conflicting directions from multiple individuals will leave your system integrator bewildered and your project incomplete. 

No. 5: No one to update content
 
While RSS feeds and subscriptions to news wire services are two sources of fresh information for a digital signage network, where will updated content conveying your company’s specific messages and current offerings come from?
 
A digital signage network that attracts attention has an insatiable appetite for fresh content. Thus, it’s essential that an organization taking on a digital signage network assign a qualified, competent person to the task of creating that content. Without someone in charge of the network’s content, the text, graphics and video being displayed soon will grow tired. Stale content will have the opposite of the desired result for a digital sign. It actually will drive viewers away and impart a sense of “been there, done that” that will be difficult to reverse.
 
No. 6: Taking the cheap way out
 
There’s nothing wrong with being budget conscious about a digital signage installation; however, selecting products, including displays, controllers and software, and services such as content creation solely on their price tags can result in a system that in the long run will cost an organization dearly.
 
Systems designed solely on the price of the component miss the point. Digital signage networks are about communicating information — perhaps a marketing message, maps and directions or instructions — to their intended audience. Spending money on an inexpensive system just because it’s cheap could cost a business or organization far more in lost opportunities than the money saved. 

No. 7: Not knowing the locations of the signs
 
Knowing where your organization wants to locate the flat panel monitors in its digital signage network is important for a few reasons. First, locating the digital signage content players needed depends on where the sign or signs it’s controlling are located. The length of cable that's running between the player and the sign must be taken into account. Clearly defining the location of the signs will allow you to minimize construction/renovation expense and avoid paying for “do overs.”
 
Second, understanding exactly where the signs will be positioned will make it easier to understand what will be needed to mount the flat panels in use. Are wall studs available where a sign will be located? Or, will a freestanding structure be required? What’s the condition of the wall studs? Is electrical power available? What’s the status of ambient light sources? Will a window or skylight need to be shaded to reduce glare?
 
Third, not knowing where the signs need to be located may be a symptom of a bigger problem: namely, not having a clear idea about the purpose of the digital signage installation.

No. 8: Installers without general contractor capability
 
Installing digital signage can be messy. Drywall and plaster may need to be cut. New electrical plugs with isolated grounds may need to be installed. Beyond those obvious construction challenges, less apparent structural modifications may be required. Those can vary from relocating HVAC ducts to reenforcing walls.
 
For that reason, choosing a digital signage installer without the skill and experience to serve as a general contractor for the project can be a big mistake. Depending on the specific installation, it’s not unreasonable to assume carpenters, electricians, plumbers and even heating and cooling contractors might need to be involved to make necessary structural modifications. Having an installer who can serve as a general contractor to bring those diverse resources together and manage them properly can save lots of time and expense. 

No. 9: Failing to allot adequate time to learn the system
 
Far too often, the people responsible for new digital signage installations at businesses or organizations are so excited about their systems that they can’t wait to show them off to upper management. After all, a significant sum of money went into making the digital signage network a reality. So showing it off as soon as possible only seems natural.
 
However, creating content for a digital signage system, scheduling it and making changes to playback along the way require some skill. It takes time to be properly trained to use a digital signage network. Failing to allocate sufficient time to learn how to use the system not only could be embarrassing in front of management, but disastrous to your communications efforts with the general public, if they’re your first audience.

No. 10: Failing to keep future expansion in mind at the time of initial design
 
Designing yourself into a box when first contemplating a digital signage network can be costly. Without casting an eye towards future needs, it’s possible that portions of the network might need to be replaced before they’ve been amortized to accommodate expansion.
 
Without exception, experience shows that businesses and organizations that fund the addition of digital signage networks express interest in expanding their systems after they’re installed.
 
*                                  *                                   *
 
There you have it, the top 10 digital signage pitfalls. Take these lessons to heart as you proceed with your digital signage rollout, and you’re much more likely to have a successful experience. More importantly, your company or institution will avoid costly mistakes that will delay the installation and prevent your communications from having their desired effect.
Posted by: David Little AT 11:36 am   |  Permalink   |  0 Comments  |  
Wednesday, 18 June 2008

When I first heard the word "multilayering," my mother’s famous layered bean dip came to mind. My mouth began to water. But as the conversation with our engineering department continued, I realized we were talking about a new technology, not a mid-afternoon snack.

Then what is multilayering? A good visual starting point is CNN. If you have ever watched a live CNN news broadcast, you have experienced multi-layering. Your television screen is divided into multiple zones displaying various content simultaneously.

A typical CNN screenshot has live news coverage, a scrolling headline along the bottom of the screen next to the current time and ad space or station identification. Screenshots change to accommodate the news. For instance, a financial segment may feature a scrolling stock ticker and the day's opening or closing numbers.

Multilayering in digital signage is very similar. With this new technology, your digital signage can be more than a single, simple image on a screen. You now have the capabilities of playing video and Web-browser content simultaneously.

Multilayering allows you to play HD video, advertisement banners and news information on the same screen (separate HTTP server required).

There are many benefits to multilayering in the context of digital signage. Being able to feature both Web and video simultaneously adds to the appeal of your campaign. With a variety of Web and video information playing, attracting and maintaining your target audience becomes easier. You reach a wider demographic with a variety of displayed content.

Another benefit of multi-layering is the ability to sell ad space. You can increase the profitability of your digital signage campaign by selling revenue generating advertising.

Katy Dailey is the communications specialist for CE labs, which is soon to debut its MP400A HD digital media player with a multilayering option.

Posted by: Katy Dailey AT 11:26 am   |  Permalink   |  0 Comments  |  
Tuesday, 17 June 2008
EDITOR'S NOTE:  Click here to read user comments on this topic, or post your own.
 
These days, it seems there are few establishments in which consumers can't pay with plastic.
 
Yet while credit and debit cards are increasingly popular, the volume and value of cash in circulation is on the rise as well. In today's retail environment, cash remains a popular form of payment and consumers expect to be able to use cash in transactions — particularly at kiosks.
 
This is not surprising, given the benefits of cash. Both kiosk users and deployers appreciate the ease and cost of cash transactions: low-cost for the deployer, free for the consumer and typically fast and hassle-free. Cash requires no infrastructure to function as a means of payment. In the process of automating, can one afford to ignore cash?
 
Users and deployers appreciate the offline nature of cash. Unlike credit or debit cards, electronic check or ACH transactions, cash transactions are settled immediately. Cash also is anonymous, exchangeable for cash without leaving a "link" between transactions and has a high rate of acceptability.
  
For the consumer or merchant concerned about security and safety, cash presents a low fraud risk. Easily and quickly verifiable, cash protects from the threat of loss due to counterfeit bills. Cash is maintained and regulated by the state and losses due to fraud are quite low.
 
The informal, or unregulated, economy is cash driven. By some estimates, informal trade is as much as 30 percent of our GDP. If cash as a means of exchange is taken away, access to these customers dries up. In a unautomated environment where cash in an option as a means of exchange, cash consumers are prospective customers. Removing cash as a payment option may mean losing these customers.
 
Despite the growing popularity of alternative modes of payment, cash remains key to retail and should be included in any payment automation plan. Consumers expect that this traditional payment option will be available, and a certain segment of the population — including those without banks — always will prefer cash. To reap the full benefit of automation, be sure that cash is in the mix.
Posted by: Kirk Nelson AT 11:34 am   |  Permalink   |  0 Comments  |  
Tuesday, 10 June 2008
EDITOR'S NOTE:  Click here to read user comments on this story and post your own.
 
My paternal grandmother used to open a novel at the back page in order to read the ending of the story first. So I will give you the ending of this article upfront and then work my way back, unveiling in the process the secret of cash’s enduring popularity.
 
Here is the conclusion: There is virtually zero chance that cash will be withdrawn from society within the next generation. That is, in the next 25 years. And in all likelihood, there could easily be another hundred years of cash.
 Mike_Lee.jpg
This conclusion is only remarkable because there is a widespread perception in financial services that cash’s days are numbered. People talk vaguely about the cashless society. Some folk seem to believe that plastic and digital forms of money are set to replace cash.
 
Upon analysis of the true nature of cash and on what is driving global demand for cash, however, this conventional wisdom turns out to be based on a myth.  It is a fantasy which has been promoted largely by the card-issuing sector because it has a vested interest in the demise of cash.
 
But the cashless society is about as real a possibility as the paperless office. At this stage, it belongs in the realms of science fiction.
 
As head of the ATM Industry Association, which represents a broad spectrum of the ATM marketplace in about 50 countries, last year I sought out a futures analysis of cash. After all, cash remains the lifeblood of the approximately 1.7 million ATMs worldwide, since about 70 percent of all ATM transactions are cash withdrawals.
 
But I half expected to read evidence that the cash industry had about 10 to 20 years of life left in it. I soon found that the story of cash, like all good stories, has a twist to it, an amazing element of surprise.
 
During my months of research, I was astounded to discover that all the indicators showed that cash appears to have a bright and unlimited future. The conditions keeping it in production are much stronger than all the growth inhibitors and threats to its existence.
 
A cash tour
 
It is true that overall global market share for cash as a form of payment declined in the latter part of the 20th century — because of the advent of the credit card, POS terminals, Internet banking and new options such as prepaid cards and mobile banking. Yet the value and volume of cash continues to climb throughout the developed and developing worlds.
 
One source told me that the estimated annual demand for new banknotes is 1 billion. The Bank of England, European Central Bank and U.S. Federal Reserve System all report that U.K. sterling, the euro and U.S. dollar currency in circulation continue to increase.
 
The United Kingdom’s payments association, APACS, reports that 91 percent of payments in Britain worth less than £10 are made in cash, that’s compared to 5 percent made by debit and 2 percent by credit. In fact, Visa estimates that $1.3 trillion per year is spent on small ticket items.
 
According to De La Rue Currency, annually conducts a payments survey, says cash remains the preferred means of payment for 58 percent of the U.K., particularly where small-value payments are concerned. And cash accounts for two-thirds of all personal payments by volume in the U.K. In 2006 alone, £36.3 billion in cash was spent in supermarkets. Even for payments exceeding £50, Britons are more likely to use cash than credit. And nearly 2 million Britons are still paid in cash on a weekly basis, according to APACS. 
 
Click here to view user comments on this story and post your own.

By the end of 2004, the value of notes in circulation in the U.K. exceeded £36 billion, a 45 percent increase from 1999.
 
One of the most pervasive myths about cash is that its usage is declining in advanced economies.
 
But that false view assumes that cash is for less-advanced, developing countries. Let us take Europe as an example. This continent has done more than any other region of the world to encourage the decline of cash.
 
The European Commission and European Payments Council are promoting non-cash payments through the creation of a cashless payment system called the Single Euro Payment Area. And in France, authorities have limited use of cash by law, e.g., saying that transactions exceeding €3,000 may not be conducted in cash and wages may not be paid in cash.
 
Yet Europeans continue to draw more and more cash every year.
 
The European Union has set a benchmark of between 200-230 non-cash transactions per inhabitant per year, while Spain, Italy and Poland see fewer than 100 non-cash transactions annually. Across 17 European countries, the average person makes a modest 49 card transactions per year. And he European Payments Council estimates there were about 360 billion cash transactions in 2003, compared to 60 billion non-cash transaction that same year.
 
Euros in circulation also are growing at a rapid pace. Europe’s volume of cash has grown about 20 percent per year since the euro’s introduction in 2002; by 2006, 1.3 billion euros were in the market. In the euro zone, volumes of low-denomination notes have been increasing at a 5 percent per annum — a rate higher than inflation.
 
Advanced countries like the United States, Japan and the U.K. maintain resilient cash usage. The Bank for International Settlements reported in September 1999 said notes and coins as a share of gross domestic product rose from 1990 to 1997 in Japan, Germany, Canada, the United States, the United Kingdom, Italy and Australia.
 
And according to the U.S. Treasury, paper currency continues to climb in America, from $380 for every American in 1975, to $2,578 in banknotes per American by 2005. In addition, an extra $35 billion in coins is rolling around, clearly supporting a deluge of circulating cash in the world’s greatest economy. The value of U.S. dollars in circulation increased 400 percent between 1980 and 2005, from $160 billion to $700 billion.
 
Japan, the world’s second-largest economy, is cash-dominated. Only 36 non-cash transactions are made per person per year, compared to 288 per capita in the United States — and 119 those are conducted in the form of checks.
 
In so-called “transitional” countries, such as the former Soviet Union, cash dominates in volume and value.
 
And in Australia, cash remains the payment method of choice for small retail transactions and money transfers between individuals. In fact, the ratio of currency to GDP is increasing in Australia, up to 4 percent in 2004 from 3.5 percent in previous decades. Cash payments make up 40 percent of value for all retail payments in Australia; and in food and convenience stores, cash accounts for about 56 percent of all sales.
 
In South Africa, the Reserve Bank reports annual increases of 10 percent in the demand for cash. Two-thirds of all transactions are still conducted in cash, with R55 billion worth of banknotes in circulation and up to R3 billion in cash exchanging hands every day. About 91 percent of South Africans use cash to pay for groceries, while 4 percent use debit, 3 percent use credit and 1 percent use store-value cards.
 
The increased global demand for cash is good news for the ATM industry, because the cash machine remains cash’s primary distribution channel. In the U.K., 87 cash withdrawals at ATMs are made every second. In 2006, U.K. consumers withdrew £180 billion in cash from ATMs, with average withdrawal value being £65.
 
According to World Payments Report 2006, the aggregate number and value of ATM cash withdrawals grew at an annual rate of 5.9 percent and 7.1 percent, respectively, from 2000 to 2004.
 
Scan Coin, a global leader in cash processing, reports that cash handling is increasing by between 2 percent and 10 percent in most industrialized nations, and the percentages are much higher I less-advanced countries.
 
And cash-recycling technology is expected to improve future cash efficiencies.
 
England’s Retail Banking Research says cash-recycling at self-service terminals in Europe is expected to grow 30 percent in 2008. According to current estimates, that rate of growth will increase by 170 percent by 2010 and 215 percent by 2017.
 
Manufacturing the myth
 
So what’s driving the cashless society myth?
 
Futures thinking tends to overestimate technological change and to underestimate the role people, culture and society. The simple truth is that most visionaries of the cashless society don’t understand the history of cash.
 
The use of coin stretches back to Lydia in the 7th century B.C. And paper-currency’s origin can be traced to China’s Tang Dynasty circa 618 A.D.
 
How many other technologies can claim to have survived that kind of span?
It’s the simplicity of cash that has resulted in its longevity. Cash produces instant results virtually anywhere on earth. That is an immense strength.
 
Cash is not a technology that easily reaches exhaustion because of resource depletion. And cash has a strong resistance to substitution.
 
In 1979, Michael E. Porter of Harvard Business School developed a theory of five forces that shape the competitive environment for businesses and products. One force that threatened businesses was product substitution, which would make it more likely for customers to switch to product alternatives, especially when prices increase.
 
Porter outlined components of product substitution, including a buyer’s propensity to substitute, the price of substitutes, switching costs, and the perceived level of product differentiation. Given that cash has proved to be an inter-epochal technology, how has it fared against the threat of substitution?
 
The check was first product designed to substitute cash, and it was extensively used for the first time in Holland in the early 1500s. But in five centuries, the paper check has failed to replace cash.
 
And then there is the credit card, which came out of a New York restaurant in the 1950s. The credit card has been a remarkable piece of technology, but it may be comparatively short-lived, because of its inherent risk. And the economic downswing isn’t expected to help credit’s cause. In fact, in China, the world’s future superpower, credit is not regarded as real money — real money in Chinese culture is cash in the bank.
 
The credit card, too, then, like the cheque, has failed to topple cash.
 
Whether we talk about mobile payments, Internet payments or gift cards, the more each one is likely to absorb some market share of some payment technology. The payments landscape is multichannel, and somewhat cannibalistic. But no one payment device, whether an electronic funds transfer, a mobile phone or a prepaid card, that can substitute for cash.
 
Cash is:
  • Valuable
  • Fee-free for consumers
  • Tangible
  • Carries certainty of acceptance as legal tender
  • Settlement-immediate
  • Free of credit risk
  • A public asset regulated by the central bank
  • Anonymous and cannot be tracked
  • Easy to access and use
  • Universal
  • Interchangeable with other cash
Cash also is fast.
 
ATM_Chart.jpg
Source: 2006 Study by Central Banks of Belgium and the Netherlands
 
Such speed is important in retailing. McDonald’s has reported that shaving six seconds off transaction times brings about a 1 percent increase in sales. Global remittances also are driving the use of cash.
 
The World Bank estimates that the total amount of remittances sent home in 2005 to developing countries by workers abroad reached $173 billion. That estimate is now estimated to be closer to $310 billion.
 
The good thing about remittances is that they help bridge the divide between the wealthy and poor. Levels of poverty have declined in countries that receive remittances on a large scale. Recipients use the money they’re sent to improve their children’s education and to provide living accommodation.
 
Remittances are often received in cash, sometimes via ATMs.
 
Tourism also is driving the use of cash. In 2003, tourism represented 6 percent of the world’s export of goods and services. And tourists prefer to use local currency when they travel abroad.
An estimated 70 percent of Chinese tourists prefer cash on their travels.
 
And if remittance and tourism aren’t convincing enough, the future existence of cash is virtually guaranteed by the growing role of the informal sector — defined as economic trade not registered for taxation.
 
The informal sector, which excludes organized crime, is growing in developed, developing and transitional countries. In the EU, 48 million workers are part of the informal sector. In India, informal-sector trade provides more than 90 percent of employment with some 360 million workers. In South Africa, 25 percent of the labour force works in the informal economy, responsible for 10 percent of all retail sales.
 
And in Russia, the informal sector makes up 14 percent of the country’s total employment. This table shows the significant role of informal trade in the global economy.
ATM_Chart2.jpg 
Figure: Average size of Informal Economy around the world measured as a percentage of GDP
 
The global average size of informal trade is about 30 percent of GDP.
 
Which government is seriously going to try to eradicate that level of trade from within its boundaries and thus risk pushing up its unemployment rate and poverty levels?
 
Mike Lee is the chief executive officer of ATMIA.
Posted by: Mike Lee AT 11:32 am   |  Permalink   |  0 Comments  |  
Thursday, 05 June 2008

Today’s customers expect more from their shopping, dining and travel experiences. Interrupting customers with unwanted or uninspired messaging can wreck a brand and the experience in the process. Yet, too many companies view digital signage as a standalone solution to simply deliver advertising. While study after study has shown that digital signage drives sales and increases awareness, to stand out and deliver more, companies need to move beyond the simple advertising model to a model that is focused on amplifying the overall customer experience.

When was the last time you heard a customer walk into a venue and say, "Wow, I wish I could see MORE advertising." Chances are most customers are not salivating at the chance to see a bevy of promotions continuously paraded in front of them. Why? Because when customers enter a venue, the first question they implicitly ask themselves is "What’s in it for me?" Advertising alone rarely answers that question positively. Because of this, companies need to look to satisfy both customer and business objectives. Luckily, today’s technologies can help companies achieve both results by creating cost effective experiences that empower, engage and excite customers.

From digital signage to kiosks to smart shelves and audio solutions, many technologies can be used to create compelling and immersive customer experiences. Digital signage should not be looked at as a silo solution, but as one of many technologies that can be integrated and leveraged to deliver value to the customer and the business with each interaction. These interactions have the power to enhance the brand, differentiate offerings and drive loyalty. The key is amplifying customer experience to keep customers coming back for more.

The Four Experience Amplifiers

The more companies can make an experience personal and targeted, the more likely a customer will perceive value in the interaction. Satisfied customers spread the word and share the experience with others. The more a customer experience creates a "wow", the more likely the experience will be talked about or shared. In today’s social networked, mobile con-nected marketplace, nothing is more effective than having satisfied customers market for you. By creating experiences that are "talk-worthy" you can amplify the results.

To deliver results that meet both customer and business objectives, there are four key experience amplifiers that companies should look to implement:

  • The Experience must be Engaging
    First and foremost, the experience needs to grab customer attention and resonate with the expectations for the environment and brand. It has to immerse customers with relevant information and provide a reason for them to interact with the technology. Engaging experiences excite customers. Excited customers come back again and again.

  • The Experience must be Empowering
    Another way to amplify the customer experience is to empower the customer to take action. Whether it's an interactive screen or a smart shelf that triggers media based on what product a customer picks up, giving the customer the power to drive the transaction makes the experience more dynamic and personal.

  • The Experience must be Intelligent
    To amplify the experience more, companies can leverage intelligent technology to deliver intelligent experiences for the customer. The great thing about today’s technologies is that virtually everything can be measured, monitored and modified as needed to match the desires and goals of customers, while delivering quantifiable business results. Customers benefit by having relevant data and information presented as part of their interaction with the company, products and brand. Companies benefit by being able to take proactive action based on changing customer demand or the competitive environment.

  • The Experience must be Integrated
    The ultimate in customer experience amplification is when multiple technology touchpoints become part of a seamless, integrated experience. Regardless of where or when a customer interacts with the company, he or she is presented with experiences that match each desire and goal, while the systems driving these interactions share common data, media and intelligence. The result is unique touchpoints throughout an environment that anticipate and build upon each other to deliver value to all.

Innovative companies are learning that experience-based technologies are vital to creating the next generation of long-term profitable customer relationships. Moving from standalone, ad-based models to integrated, experience-based models will hold the key to the future of digital signage and the companies deploying these solutions.

Brian Ardinger is the senior vice president and chief marketing officer at Nanonation, a software company creating customer experience technologies from kiosks to digital signage.

Posted by: Brian Ardinger AT 11:27 am   |  Permalink   |  0 Comments  |  
Tuesday, 03 June 2008
Recently we traveled to pitch a kiosk concept to a very large prospect and the meetings went well. We brought along an IBM AnyPlace kiosk to demonstrate some of our recent custom kiosk applications to the client, which we do often. It gives them an idea of the type of applications they could build, shows them the level of design quality we can perform and allows them to touch and feel some actual hardware. The IBM kiosk is retail hardened and can take a lot of abuse and constant interaction.
 
But then we put it up against Delta airlines and the TSA.
126-Taft-022-762521.jpg
After packing it in a foam-lined hardshell travel case (TSA locked), we checked the kiosk with our other baggage for our return flight home. All seemed well until we opened the case a week later to prep the kiosk for our next pitch.
 
The kiosk screen was broken!
 
Imagine the shock ... and anger. You always wonder how roughly they treat your luggage, and now we have a gauge of the high level of abuse. This glass is not cheap or fragile. It's touch stuff with lots of coatings, etc. (You can review IBM's specs at: http://www.03.ibm.com/products/retail/products/anyplace/index.html.)

As you can see from the picture, it must have taken a hard and heavy blow from a sharp object or corner of another package. But through our hardshell case? That takes some effort. And now that it is a week or more past our return flight, I don't know if we can issue any kind of complaint or claim. I doubt they will cover this, so I am simply down one unit and out a lot of money. My next step is to see what IBM will charge to repair the unit for me. They have great warranty service, but this should not be covered, obviously.

Shipping electronics is always risky business, and passenger airlines are not in the habit of being gentle with the luggage in their care. I'm sure this would be a bit less likely with a carrier such as UPS/FedEx who handle a lot of fragile items daily. An airline is expecting clothing and golf clubs most of the time. We ship a lot of kiosks via common carrier and rarely have any problems. But we are going to have to re-evaluate how we travel with the kiosks on passenger airlines. We are currently evaluating other types of hard shell cases that we can check with the airlines, and will likely come up with a good solution that we will resell to other customers.

How about you, have you had similar experiences? Do you have mobile kiosks and need to protect them? How do you travel with them? Respond to my blog post and share your thoughts and experiences.

Tim Burke is on the owner of Electronic Art. His blog can be viewed here.

Posted by: Tim Burke AT 11:30 am   |  Permalink   |  0 Comments  |  
Wednesday, 28 May 2008
I recently returned from Essen, Germany for the co-located shows Kiosk Europe Expo and Digital Signage Expo (the latter not to be confused with the show of the same name that took place in Las Vegas earlier this year). You can view a slideshow of images taken from the show.
 
After walking the show floor, I was left with two main impressions: (1) Apple’s iPhone and Microsoft’s Surface have got people thinking about multi-touch, and (2) Europe continues to produce unique kiosk designs.
 
First, I’ll talk about multi-touch offerings seen at the show:
 
Franhofer Institute, a research and development firm, had a multi-touch table application in the Self-Service Futures Parlour. Like MS Surface, several people can interact with the table at the same time, “grabbing” photos and increasing or decreasing its size with two fingers. The interesting application here was the use of architectural designs. Once you selected a place on one of the floor plans, another window displayed a 3-D rendering from which you could pan and zoom.
 
Hamburg University participated in the Self-Service Futures Parlour as well and students demonstrated a multi-touch screen they developed based on infrared frames, which can be mounted onto a standard LCD or plasma screen. They also developed an interesting gesture: using three figures in a vertical or horizontal motion to give you the ability to flip a picture over.
 
Nexio, based in Korea, develops infrared touch technology and showed a multi-point touch screen using infrared. The demonstration was using Google Earth and by using two fingers over the navigation control, you could change the view from “top down” to the “horizon” view and of course zoom in and out as well as rotate the Earth on its axis.
 
NextWindow, an SSKA member based in New Zealand, incorporated its digital whiteboard feature along with photos that you can move and resize using multi-touch. An online demonstration is available.
 
Now to some of the interesting kiosk designs at the show:
 
DigiQuipment had two interesting kiosk designs that are being used side by side in a bank location. First was an orange pod-shaped kiosk that hangs from the ceiling. The enclosure design provides privacy for the financial transaction. Next to the pod kiosk was a matching orange leather ottoman with a kiosk mounted to it, which is intended to entertain children while the adult conducts business with the pod kiosk.
 
Friendlyway, a German kiosk company celebrating its 10th year in the business, has developed a mobile kiosk with a locking brake similar to those on airport luggage carts. The idea here is that the customer can roll the kiosk around with them as he or she strolls through an automobile dealership or museum. Compared with a handheld device, it is unlikely the customer would be taking this device home with them.
 
Innova, from Istanbul, Turkey, has a kiosk made from polyester that only weighs 23 Kg (about 51 lbs.). Its sleek, curvy design comes in an array of colors.
 
Changing the world, one kiosk at a time
 
Sometimes kiosks are developed simply to make the world a better place.
 
DigiQuipment, the Dutch company mentioned above, also makes a kiosk to go into a classroom as a “stand in” for a child with a long-term illness. The kiosk, mounted with a camera on top, allows the student to see what’s going on in the classroom and for the teacher and classmates to interact with the child.
 
No one has a more daunting challenge of closing the digital divide than those trying to reach rural Africa. Enter Grant Cambridge, an engineering technologist with Meraka Institute of South Africa. Cambridge and his organization have developed a program called Digital Doorway, which endeavors to place a computer kiosk in remote South African villages. In many cases, this is the first time people in these villages have seen or used a computer.
 
The kiosks must be made to withstand the rigors of its environment, namely dust and vandalism. The students teach themselves how to use the computer and soon are able to learn about the rest of the world beyond their village. In a presentation on the project, Cambridge shared several stories of how the kiosk impacted people’s lives, both young and old, for the better.
 
By mid June, Digital Doorway plans to have 300 kiosks in the field.
Posted by: David Drain AT 11:28 am   |  Permalink   |  0 Comments  |  
Wednesday, 21 May 2008
So, you’ve decided your business or institution will be well served by adding a new digital signage network. Now what?

Where to turn and what to do can be confusing, especially if you’re responsible for your organization’s communications or IT department but don’t really know anything about a digital sign. While there are many good companies in business to help you achieve your goals, you can make the endeavor easier and far more successful if you avoid the problems many before you have encountered when rolling out and maintaining their digital signage networks.

Having worked with hundreds of customers on their digital signage needs, we at Keywest Technology have seen a lot of difficulties that could easily have been avoided  along with the associated delays and added expense  with a little knowledge up front. As the saying goes, forewarned is forearmed. So, keep these top 10 digital signage pitfalls in mind as you plan your new digital signage network to make the experience smooth and rewarding.


No. 1: Lack of a clear purpose

Someone in your organization has read that digital signage can make marketing messaging more effective. It can reach potential customers at the point of purchase, promote desired behavior, target different demographic groups associated with different times of the day, and do many other wonderful things.

But what exactly does your organization need to accomplish with digital signage? That’s the seminal question. Without clearly defining the purpose of a digital signage network, it is impossible to find success in any phase of its deployment or use.

Taking the time up front to define the expectations for the system and write them out on paper for the approval of key management will provide direction and focus effort on attainable goals. Struggling to fulfill a nebulous purpose for the digital signage network will rack up unnecessary expense and leave everyone connected with the project frustrated.


No. 2: Taking on digital signage as an IT project

Digital signage network. The very words sound IT oriented. While there’s a lot of IT technology involved with digital signage, taking on a digital signage network as an IT project is dangerous.

While highly skilled, the typical IT manager does not have the background nor the experience needed to roll out a successful digital signage network. There’s a powerful temptation on the part of IT managers to look at digital signage playback as if it were a Microsoft PowerPoint presentation. It isn’t.

PowerPoint does an excellent job at making business presentations, but how many TV stations rely on PowerPoint to create and playback the programs, commercials, news and promotions you see nightly? Exactly zero. With respect to playing back video, graphics, text and animation, layering multiple visual elements and building and maintaining a playout schedule, a digital signage network is much more like a TV station than a boardroom with a projector and a PowerPoint presentation. Keep that in mind if an IT manager volunteers to take on your organization’s digital signage project. 


No. 3: Lack of content

Congratulations. You have a digital signage network. What are you going to display? Having a digital signage network without content is like having a newspaper without print. There’s just a whole lot of nothing and an overwhelming sense of emptiness.

Communicating in some form must be part of the reason behind the decision to add a digital signage network. However, there is no communication without content. Fortunately, many organizations have existing resources to draw upon that can be repurposed as digital signage content. Logos, commercials, promotional video, print advertising, plans and drawings can all be reused in whole or in part to communicate a message on a digital signage network.

Additionally, RSS Internet feeds are a tremendous resource for updating a digital signage network with fresh “newsy” content, weather and sports scores that can give an audience a reason to take a second or third look.

Regardless of where it comes from, content is critical to the success of a digital signage network. Knowing where it will come from is as important as actually having the digital signage network in place. 


No. 4: No one assigned to manage the project

While it’s not like designing the International Space Station, putting a digital signage network in place can be a complex undertaking. For that reason, it’s essential that any business or organization taking on a digital signage network assign someone to manage the project. Having an individual identified to own the project will minimize the impact of the unforeseen problems that inevitably creep into any complex undertaking.

Just as bad as having no one assigned to manage the project is its closely related cousin: management by committee. Offering up conflicting directions from multiple individuals will leave your system integrator bewildered and your project incomplete. 


No. 5: No one to update content

While RSS feeds and subscriptions to news wire services are two sources of fresh information for a digital signage network, where will updated content conveying your company’s specific messages and current offerings come from?

A digital signage network that attracts attention has an insatiable appetite for fresh content. Thus, it’s essential that an organization taking on a digital signage network assign a qualified, competent person to the task of creating that content. Without someone in charge of the network’s content, the text, graphics and video being displayed will soon grow tired. Stale content will have the opposite of the desired result for a digital sign. It actually will drive viewers away and impart a sense of “been there, done that” that will be difficult to reverse.

No. 6: Taking the cheap way out

There’s nothing wrong with being budget conscious about a digital signage installation; however, selecting products, including displays, controllers and software, and services like content creation solely on their price tag can result in a system that in the long run will cost an organization dearly.

Systems designed solely on the price of the component miss the point. Digital signage networks are about communicating information  perhaps a marketing message, maps and directions or instructions  to their intended audience. Spending money on an inexpensive system just because it’s cheap could cost a business or organization far more in lost opportunities than the money saved. 


No. 7: Not knowing the locations of the signs

Knowing where your organization wants to locate the flat panel monitors in its digital signage network is important for a few reasons. First, locating the digital signage content players needed depends on where the sign or signs it’s controlling are located. The length of cable that's running between the player and the sign must be taken into account. Clearly defining the location of the signs will allow you to minimize construction/renovation expense and avoid paying for “do overs.”

Second, understanding exactly where the signs will be positioned will make it easier to understand what will be needed to mount the flat panels in use. Are wall studs available where a sign will be located? Or, will a freestanding structure be required? What’s the condition of the wall studs? Is electrical power available? What’s the status of ambient light sources? Will a window or skylight need to be shaded to reduce glare?

Third, not knowing where the signs need to be located may be a symptom of a bigger problem: namely, not having a clear idea about the purpose of the digital signage installation.


No. 8: Installers without general contractor capability

Installing digital signage can be messy. Drywall and plaster may need to be cut. New electrical plugs with isolated grounds may need to be installed. Beyond those obvious construction challenges, less apparent structural modifications may be required. Those can vary from relocating HVAC ducts to re-enforcing walls.

For that reason, choosing a digital signage installer without the skill and experience to serve as a general contractor for the project can be a big mistake. Depending on the specific installation, it’s not unreasonable to assume carpenters, electricians, plumbers and even heating and cooling contractors might need to be involved to make necessary structural modifications. Having an installer who can serve as a general contractor to bring those diverse resources together and manage them properly can save lots of time and expense. 


No. 9: Failing to allot adequate time to learn the system

Far too often, the people responsible for new digital signage installations at businesses or organizations are so excited about their systems that they can’t wait to show them off to upper management. After all, a significant sum of money went into making the digital signage network a reality. So showing it off as soon as possible only seems natural.

However, creating content for a digital signage system, scheduling it and making changes to playback along the way require some skill. It takes time to be properly trained to use a digital signage network. Failing to allocate sufficient time to learn how to use the system not only could be embarrassing in front of management, but disastrous to your communications efforts with the general public, if they’re your first audience.


No. 10: Failing to keep future expansion in mind at the time of initial design

Designing yourself into a box when first contemplating a digital signage network can be costly. Without casting an eye towards future needs, it’s possible that portions of the network might need to be replaced before they’ve been amortized to accommodate expansion.

Without exception, experience shows that businesses and organizations that fund the addition of digital signage networks express interest in expanding their systems after they’re installed.

*                                  *                                   *

There you have it, the Top 10 Digital Signage Pitfalls. Take these lessons to heart as you proceed with your digital signage rollout, and you’re much more likely to have a successful experience. More importantly, your company or institution will avoid costly mistakes that will delay the installation and prevent your communications from having their desired effect.

David Little is the director of marketing for Keywest Technology.

Posted by: David Little AT 11:28 am   |  Permalink   |  0 Comments  |  
Monday, 19 May 2008
Sometimes, when I speak at conferences, I joke about some of the long-standing traditions we have at the Postal Service: "More than 230 years of tradition unmarred by progress.” 
 
Beyond that self-deprecating attempt at humor, I’m proud to say that there has been significant progress over the years – from simple innovations like self-adhesive stamps and flat-rate priority mail boxes to more complex ones like automated mail sorting and printing postage online. 
 
The Postal Service also has made progress with the testing and deployment of large, complex communication networks. In 1996, we introduced Postal Vision, an employee communications network that now is integrated with our USPS-TV network. As an “early adopter” of digital signage, we began testing the impact of digital vs. static menu boards in retail lobbies in 1999. And in 2003, we laid the groundwork for a test of digital signage that began in selected post offices in 2004 – The Post Office Channel. This third effort took advantage of the advances that had taken place in a growing medium including content delivery methods and the declining costs of technology.
 
One of our challenges is to improve the customer experience in more than 32,000 retail locations. Digital signage can have a positive impact on the retail environment in several ways. One opportunity is to increase the range of information available to customers while they are waiting to be served. The Post Office Channel features product and service messages to educate and inform retail customers. For example, one message compares the product features of overnight express mail and two-to-three-day priority mail. Another compares delivery confirmation to signature confirmation and shows which form to use depending on which service the customer chooses.
 
A second opportunity is to redirect customers and actually change customer behavior. Part of the long-standing tradition of how customers behave in our retail space is that many are totally focused on getting in the full-service queue and getting served as quickly as possible. That sounds reasonable. 
 
But what if there are 10 people in line and all you need are some stamps? Can digital signage help change customer behavior and redirect them to the Automated Postal Center (APC), a fully automated kiosk that not only sells stamps but also allows customers to mail packages?
 
We focused on changing this customer behavior specifically by including a digital screen at the main entrance to each of the test sites. Nicknamed the “Stop and Turn” device, it is a 30-inch screen hung portrait fashion in a custom mount. The content on this screen is all very short (3-5 seconds), bright colors, and designed to catch the eye of customers as they walk into the post office. It’s also very direct in its messages. “Jump the line. Ship packages at the APC.” Or, “Get out of line. Buy stamps at vending.”
 
In addition to 2,500 APCs, the Postal Service offers 70,000 alternate access locations where customers can buy stamps or mail packages without ever setting foot in a Post Office. This includes supermarkets, drug stores, convenience stores, ATMs and a robust online commerce site at usps.com.
 
We established four key metrics for our digital signage test: revenue lift in products promoted on the screens, actual and perceived wait time in line, customer satisfaction and shift to alternate access. For the fourth metric, we defined success in three ways:
  • Re-direct traffic away from full-service
  • Increase number of customers using self-service options (APCs and vending machines)
  • Increase awareness and usage of alternate access channels for purchasing stamps and other simple transactions

The shift to alternate access channels was the most successful result in the test. The Post Office Channel had a positive impact on redirecting customers to in-store self-service options. Customers who saw the Stop and Turn screen were more likely to use vending (8.7% vs. 6.5%) and the APC (7.4% vs. 3.4%). 

We also tracked revenue changes in the test sites as compared to alternate access locations within a five-mile radius. We measured customer awareness of the availability of alternate access locations before we installed the digital signage and again post-installation and found that awareness rose by 22 percent. Revenue from stamp sales declined at the test sites and increased at alternate access locations within the five-mile trade area, indicating that customers were getting the message that they did not have to come to the Post Office to complete a simple transaction such as buying stamps.
 
Similar findings were reported by the Platt Retail Institute in a February 2008 working paper entitled, “Test Results from a Bank Branch Digital Communications Network.” In this study, ATM use at test branches increased following introduction of digital signage. Customer visits to tellers decreased by 8.3 percent in the test sites as compared to a control group of bank branches without digital signage. Customers who viewed the digital signage messages were more aware of which forms needed to be completed and what type of identification was required, thus decreasing wait time in line and improving teller productivity.
 
Our research results are consistent with this bank-based study. Digital signage can have an impact on changing ingrained customer behavior. And the Postal Service will continue to innovate and make progress in the years to come.
 
Margot A. Myers is the manager of retail in-store programs for the U.S. Postal Service.
Posted by: Margot A. Myers AT 11:27 am   |  Permalink   |  0 Comments  |  
Monday, 12 May 2008

Is this country teetering on the edge of a recession?


Depends on who you talk to, I guess. If you believe this doomsday YouTube rant by the always-animated Jim Cramer, host of MSNBC’s “Mad Money”, (and if I were you, I’d check it out because it’s pretty darn funny toward the end) then you’re probably ready to make a run on the bank and hide in your bomb shelter.


On the other hand, as I write this, the stock market just closed with the Dow Jones Industrial Average up over 200 points at 12849.


Unlike so many other things in life, the state of the economy often depends solely upon your perception of it.


But there are few things that are eminently clear: Gas prices are up, food prices are up and it’s fairly likely that consumers – and retailers – in the future are going to be watch-dogging their wallets like Ebenezer Scrooge in a Dollar Store. What’s more, watching the stock market vacillate between the nosebleed section and the abyss on a day-to-day basis reminds me of that time in the eighth grade when I got stuck on the back seat of the pirate ship ride at King’s Island. You know, the one where the ship keeps swinging back and forth and your stomach and esophagus switch places?


Something is amiss and we can’t blame it on what Ben Bernanke had for lunch anymore. (FYI, it’s now a week after I first started writing this, and the Dow Jones Industrial Average is up 190 points, but gas is at $3.75 a gallon.)


So some people in the self-service industry – whether they’ll admit it or not – are quietly asking: What would happen to the industry if the economy goes sour, or even slips into recession? Will we see fewer self-service deployments or more?


I’m not an economist, but I’m willing to bet the latter. (FYI, the stock market just plummeted 115 points. Hey look – oil is $123 a barrel!) After all, business has been, is and always will be about the bottom line.

 

And self-service helps the bottom line.

 

Retailers that deploy self-service are able to save on labor costs. Airlines can staff fewer attendants wherever self-service check-in kiosks are deployed. Self-checkout terminals at Meijer mean human cashiers are becoming an endangered species by the midnight hour. And just imagine how much cheaper it is to staff the electronics department when you’ve got a fleet of photo kiosks in place.

 

True, the initial investment cost of a widespread self-service deployment can be substantial, but it’s just a one-time investment. Cost-conscious retailers that have never entered the space may be hesitant to take the plunge for the first time if they see the value of the dollar continue to plummet, the Dow Jones fall several hundred points or the cost of gas rise to $126 per barrel (the latter of which just happened for the first time this morning.) But I think the reluctant ones will be in the minority.

 

That’s my opinion, anyway. But then I’m not an analyst. Kerry Bodine of Forrester Research is – one who focuses on retail customer experience.

 

Like anyone these days, she’s hesitant to predict either sunny skies or doom and gloom for any industry in the economy before us. I asked her about my armchair theory that a recession would cause companies to consider replacing human labor with self-service technology. She offered a more tempered assessment.

 

“It might – it might – present some new business to the industry,” said Bodine. “There’s certainly that possibility and there are certainly firms that may think that. Whether or not I think it’s going to be a boon to the self-service industry, I can’t go as far as to say that.”

 

What she worries about is a downturn in the quality of self-service deployments as companies eager to cut costs in a tight economy might decide to shortcut certain design processes and make a beeline straight for assembly and deployment. Design is something Bodine says some kiosk manufacturers have a hard enough time focusing on in a good economy – in a sub-standard one, she says it’s almost certain to suffer.

 

“I spend a lot of time looking at the kiosk industry, and compared with other self-service technology channels like the Web, the kiosk industry is really far behind in terms of understanding some of these design processes and methodologies,” she said.

 

Specifically, she’s referring to methodologies that focus on identifying and pleasing the prospective kiosk user, such as conducting ethnographic research, usability testing, focus groups and analytics. Unfortunately, she says some kiosk deployers and manufacturers have such a tenuous grasp of R&D that they don’t know which methodologies to use.

 

“If you want to know if your system is easy to use, you can’t run a focus group to find that out. That’s something that I do see in the kiosk industry a lot,” she said. “They use focus groups for everything because it’s really the one primary tool that they understand. Instead you should either be conducting an expert review…running a usability lab test – there are a lot of ways to evaluate usability, but not through a focus group.”

 

Bodine fears the economy may drive some companies to eliminate usability testing altogether and rush substandard deployments to market. She says this approach could seriously hurt the industry.

 

“If they’re not building something that people are going to want to use in the first place, that whole investment is for naught,” she said. “It’s really about two things: Design the right thing, and design the thing right. All of that just takes a really good understanding of user-centered design process, and I do think that’s a challenge for the kiosk industry.

 

“The firms that are going to make it…are the firms that can really tie whatever application they’re working on with real business methods. The firms that can put some rigor on that, I think, probably don’t have much to worry about.”

 

So I guess the moral of the story – on this day when the Dow is now down 126 points – is that consumers will always want good products. They’re not going to spend their hard-earned dollars on a self-service solution that doesn’t fit their needs perfectly. If – and I emphasize if – the economy does sink into a recession, we’re all going to be looking for costs to cut.

 

But research and development shouldn’t be one of them.

Posted by: Travis K. Kircher AT 11:25 am   |  Permalink   |  0 Comments  |  
Wednesday, 07 May 2008
Sometimes, when I speak at conferences, I joke about some of the long-standing traditions we have at the Postal Service: "More than 230 years of tradition unmarred by progress.” 

Beyond that self-deprecating attempt at humor, I’m proud to say that there has been significant progress over the years – from simple innovations like self-adhesive stamps and flat-rate priority mail boxes to more complex ones like automated mail sorting and printing postage online. 

The Postal Service also has made progress with the testing and deployment of large, complex communication networks. In 1996, we introduced Postal Vision, an employee communications network that now is integrated with our USPS-TV network. As an “early adopter” of digital signage, we began testing the impact of digital vs. static menu boards in retail lobbies in 1999. And in 2003, we laid the groundwork for a test of digital signage that began in selected post offices in 2004 – The Post Office Channel. This third effort took advantage of the advances that had taken place in a growing medium including content delivery methods and the declining costs of technology.

One of our challenges is to improve the customer experience in more than 32,000 retail locations. Digital signage can have a positive impact on the retail environment in several ways. One opportunity is to increase the range of information available to customers while they are waiting to be served. The Post Office Channel features product and service messages to educate and inform retail customers. For example, one message compares the product features of overnight express mail and two-to-three-day priority mail. Another compares delivery confirmation to signature confirmation and shows which form to use depending on which service the customer chooses.

A second opportunity is to redirect customers and actually change customer behavior. Part of the long-standing tradition of how customers behave in our retail space is that many are totally focused on getting in the full-service queue and getting served as quickly as possible. That sounds reasonable. 

But what if there are 10 people in line and all you need are some stamps? Can digital signage help change customer behavior and redirect them to the Automated Postal Center (APC), a fully automated kiosk that not only sells stamps but also allows customers to mail packages?

We focused on changing this customer behavior specifically by including a digital screen at the main entrance to each of the test sites. Nicknamed the “Stop and Turn” device, it is a 30-inch screen hung portrait fashion in a custom mount. The content on this screen is all very short (3-5 seconds), bright colors, and designed to catch the eye of customers as they walk into the post office. It’s also very direct in its messages. “Jump the line. Ship packages at the APC.” Or, “Get out of line. Buy stamps at vending.”

In addition to 2,500 APCs, the Postal Service offers 70,000 alternate access locations where customers can buy stamps or mail packages without ever setting foot in a Post Office. This includes supermarkets, drug stores, convenience stores, ATMs and a robust online commerce site at usps.com.

We established four key metrics for our digital signage test: revenue lift in products promoted on the screens, actual and perceived wait time in line, customer satisfaction and shift to alternate access. For the fourth metric, we defined success in three ways:

  • Re-direct traffic away from full-service
  • Increase number of customers using self-service options (APCs and vending machines)
  • Increase awareness and usage of alternate access channels for purchasing stamps and other simple transactions

The shift to alternate access channels was the most successful result in the test. The Post Office Channel had a positive impact on redirecting customers to in-store self-service options. Customers who saw the Stop and Turn screen were more likely to use vending (8.7% vs. 6.5%) and the APC (7.4% vs. 3.4%). 

We also tracked revenue changes in the test sites as compared to alternate access locations within a five-mile radius. We measured customer awareness of the availability of alternate access locations before we installed the digital signage and again post-installation and found that awareness rose by 22 percent. Revenue from stamp sales declined at the test sites and increased at alternate access locations within the five-mile trade area, indicating that customers were getting the message that they did not have to come to the Post Office to complete a simple transaction such as buying stamps.

Similar findings were reported by the Platt Retail Institute in a February 2008 working paper entitled, “Test Results from a Bank Branch Digital Communications Network.” In this study, ATM use at test branches increased following introduction of digital signage. Customer visits to tellers decreased by 8.3 percent in the test sites as compared to a control group of bank branches without digital signage. Customers who viewed the digital signage messages were more aware of which forms needed to be completed and what type of identification was required, thus decreasing wait time in line and improving teller productivity.

Our research results are consistent with this bank-based study. Digital signage can have an impact on changing ingrained customer behavior. And the Postal Service will continue to innovate and make progress in the years to come.

Margot A. Myers is the manager of retail in-store programs for the U.S. Postal Service.

Posted by: Margot A. Myers AT 11:31 am   |  Permalink   |  0 Comments  |  
Monday, 05 May 2008
Whatever your business, you're almost certainly familiar with the benefits of self-service kiosks. Conducting transactions via an automated platform cuts staffing costs, boosts efficiency and creates added convenience for your customers. Thanks to these advantages, self-service payment systems are becoming marketplace staples.
 
Perhaps you've considered kiosks for your company. You've investigated costs and calculated the potential ROI. But have you developed a kiosk customer strategy?
 
Consumer acceptance of any automated payment platform is critical to your program's success and profitability. Before designing your kiosk, you must understand what the consumer will minimally accept and how he or she will respond to new options. For which types of transactions will customers use kiosks? Will customers demand person-to-person transactions in some cases? What do customers anticipate regarding forms of payment accepted? The forms of change offered? Before you build, develop a plan to manage and meet customer expectations.
 
If you build it, will they come? And will they stay?

There are plenty of cases in which customers prefer automated transactions at the point of sale. Personally, I prefer to use an automated platform at quick-service restaurants rather than interact with a cashier — I think my order is processed faster and more accurately when I input the data myself. On the other hand, I rarely use ATMs because I prefer to deal with a teller who knows me and understands the transactions I want to complete. I'm especially uncomfortable using ATMs for complex transactions, such as paying my mortgage.
 
I also have preferences about forms of payment at a kiosk. While I often choose the convenience of a credit card, in some cases I pay by check. In other circumstances, I prefer the anonymity of cash. And when I use cash, I want my change in cash, too — not as a credit on my next bill or purchase.
 
Consider your customer base and current POS model. Will a new kiosk meet current expectations? And if it doesn't, will customers leave?
 
Your kiosk strategy

When crafting a kiosk strategy, first choose between partial or total automation. Partial automation is ideal if a significant segment of customers will not accept automation of all transactions, or if you don't want to offer a full range of payment options at the kiosk. You could, for instance, automate only credit card transactions, accepting other forms of payment via cashiers. This solution allows for simpler kiosks, but does not completely eliminate staffing costs.
 
A total-automation solution, on the other hand, may create greater efficiency for customers and a greater ROI for you as wait times are reduced and staffing costs disappear. Total automation, however, requires a more complex platform if you intend to accept multiple forms of payment.
 
This brings us to your next decision: selecting accepted forms of payment and methods for providing change. Consider the types of payment and change to which your customers are accustomed. Offering fewer options may cut your costs, but how will customers react? Will the consumer accept a diminished set of offerings in an automated platform or will the reduced flexibility generate resentment?
 
Keeping options open

An ideal successful kiosk will process every type of transaction available through a company's current point of sale model. Consumers expect consistent payment and change options, regardless of transaction medium.
 
Should you limit types of payment accepted at a kiosk, consider implementing a consumer education program prior to launch. At a minimum, provide clear signage regarding payment and change issuance. If a customer waits in line to pay by credit card only to discover at the last minute that the kiosk is cash-only, frustration will result.
 
You also should consider cost-effective, customer-satisfying kiosk upgrades. In the United States, the credit-card-only platform is straightforward and fairly common and could be offered, for example, as part of a high-speed experience at a retail location. But for a reasonable cost, you could add a Triple-DES PIN pad, enabling PIN-debit transactions as well.
 
Show them the money

If, in a traditional transaction, I pay for a $12.75 purchase with a $20 bill, I expect the cashier to provide $7.25 change — in cash. Customers will expect automated platforms to provide change in cash, too.
 
If your kiosk doesn't include a change dispenser, this should be disclosed prior to payment. You should carefully consider customer reaction. Some bill-payment kiosks, for example, credit overpayment to the next month's bill, but customers generally respond negatively. For a compromise solution, place a "bill breaker" adjacent to your kiosk. Consumers can pay using the smallest possible denominations, limiting their exposure to $0.99 at the most.
 
Customer reaction determines success

In short, consumer acceptance will define the success of kiosk deployment. If the automated platform does not handle my preferred form of payment or does not provide change in the form I expect, I may not use it. If I'm forced to use it, through the elimination of other options, I may resent it. Neither are desirable results.
 
Automating a point of sale requires careful study of consumer expectations. When planning your deployment strategy, your ROI model must take into account the level of automation that can be achieved with the component mix selected for the platform. The key question, in essence: Is a simpler platform, with a limited set of payment and change options for highly targeted consumers, more beneficial than a complex platform with many payment and change options that targets a larger set of consumers?
 
The answers depend on your line of business, your location, your current POS model and other factors specific to your situation. The good news is that answers can be found through careful research — and that you don't have to find them on your own.  Work with your management team and kiosk designer, an expert in the field who can point you to products and components suited to your needs. With collective input and careful consideration of customer expectations, you can build kiosks that will serve your customers and your company well.
Posted by: AT 11:22 am   |  Permalink   |  0 Comments  |  
Monday, 28 April 2008

You know the saying, "you get what you put into it"? That is certainly true of participating in the Digital Signage Association. Since I often counsel our vendor members on how to get the most out of their membership, I thought I would put it down into a top-10 list. I’m sure there are more than 10, but this is a good start.

1. Write a carefully crafted company description for your membership directory listing. Include all the keywords individuals might use to search the Internet to find you. Make sure we have a clean company logo. Review your listing periodically to make sure it’s up-to-date and let us know of any changes.

2. Send us press releases on a regular basis. Every time your company lands an important new client, launches a new product, wins an award, speaks at a conference or makes an important hire, tell us about it and we’ll publish your news on our Web site.

3. Submit case studies for publication. People love to read real-world stories of how companies implemented a new technology successfully. It doesn’t have to be long. Simply describe the scope of the project, any challenges faced, the solution provided and the results. Include at least one high quality photograph.

4. Write a “Perspective” article. You’re an expert in your field. You can help the industry by writing about what you know best. Or give your opinion on an industry trend in this 500- to 1,000-word column. If you’ve ever written a blog post (or read one), you can write a “Perspective” article. We have editors on staff that can take care of the grammar and punctuation. The article will contain your picture and reference to your company.

5. Take action on sales leads received. Each week we’ll send you sales leads that are generated through our website. Carefully review these for opportunities that fit your company’s offerings. Even if the lead is not requesting your specific product, they may still want to hear from you. They may not know they need your product until you inform them! Consider adding the contact information from leads to your database and/or your company newsletter distribution list.

6. Use the project help form to receive quotes and information from fellow members. No one company does it all. You can use the same online form users do to find information on products needed for the project you’re working on.

7. Sign up your staff to receive our e-newsletter. You can sign up as many people on your staff as you wish. Just send us a list of names and email addresses and we’ll add them to our distribution list. Your staff will stay abreast of industry news and trends. They’ll thank you for it!

8. Use the Member logo. Promote your membership in the Association by using the member logo on your website, business cards, brochures, etc. At major industry trade shows we participate in, we’ll have a floor decal for your booth to publicize your membership.

9. Join a committee. Have you been looking for a chance to get involved, meet other people and help advance industry issues? Now is your opportunity! If you have an area of interest not currently covered by one of our committees, please let us know; we may want to organize a committee or task force to address that topic.

10. Ask us! Do you have a question you can’t find the answer to? If we don’t know the answer, we’ll probably know where to find it. Is there someone you would like to meet, or do you need help contacting a company or finding a particular product? We are happy to make an introduction for you or provide the contact details needed.  

As you see, it takes a little work on your part to take advantage of all that membership in our Association has to offer. But I promise you it will be worth it.

David Drain is the executive director of the Digital Signage Association.

Posted by: David Drain AT 11:22 am   |  Permalink   |  0 Comments  |  
Monday, 28 April 2008

Some go to Las Vegas to get married or to gamble. I go to Vegas to renew my kiosk vows at the annual convention and KioskCom Awards event. On my return from Vegas, I rushed backed from New York’s JFK airport in order to avoid the traffic gridlock posed by the visit by the Pope and to see the new Microsoft Surface installation at the AT&T phone store.Alex_Richardson.jpg

The much-anticipated Microsoft Surface touch table landed at five AT&T stores this week in New York, Atlanta, San Antonio and San Francisco.

Much has been written in the trade press about the production delays. It appears that it had to do with Microsoft running a Betty Crocker Bake-off contest between the original partner, T-mobile and AT&T Mobility.

AT&T won and my congrats to Ralph de la Vega, president and CEO, AT&T Mobility for understanding what it takes to win in today’s competitive environment. (You may recall that AT&T also was the first partner with Apple’s iPhone.)

You can see how the MS Surface application works at the AT&T site by clicking here.

How do I like it?

I’ve been excited by multi-touch technology ever since I saw Jeff Han’s video (now used by CNN Political TV coverage). Not a lot has been written about some of the pioneering competitive technology created by GestureTeks MultiTouch Application or Savant’s AV control touch table. Again, Microsoft has borrowed inventions from other industry innovators and sewn together an affordable, commercially available hardware and software product offering. The Apple iPhone interface also raised the bar on consumer interactive applications.

What is the secret to the AT&T Surface Application?

It’s not about the technology. It’s about the creative application, fused with savvy in-store merchandising skills. The AT&T and Microsoft team (and perhaps a few clever contractors), produced a kiosk application that provides real value to consumers and store associates. The AT&T store salesperson was able to demonstrate dozens of different phone configurations, colors and coverage maps in a matter of seconds—without giving me 5 different paper brochures.

How will this change the kiosk world?

I’ve been involved in this industry for over two decades and love to innovate. And as founder of Netkey and Managing Director of SMP, I’ve worked on over 200 interactive kiosk projects around the world.

The AT&T Surface installation will change the kiosk world.

No longer will your customers want simple kiosk pedestals or wall mounted units. Your customers will request the amazing features of MS Surface: Multi-touch, product tag initiated information, relevant digital merchandising interfaces — in table top or wall mounted configurations.

My advice to my kiosk colleagues? Turn off your computers, get out of the office and take your entire team to visit an AT&T store to play with the MS Surface Application. Follow Microsoft’s example: Don’t copy, but instead enhance and improve on their application for your own specific industry market, and you just might beat them.

Or you might want to leapfrog Microsoft and start thinking about mobile devices. The Apple iPhone, with its rich, multi-touch interface, may be the next battleground for the in-store customer.

Technology will always change every 90 days, but I can safely make predictions about who will win the KioskCom 2009 Best of Show Award, the NRF Best of Show Award, GlobalShop Best of Shop or any other retail merchandising award category. And the winner is, AT&T Mobility.

Posted by: Alex Richardson AT 11:19 am   |  Permalink   |  0 Comments  |  
Monday, 21 April 2008
Criminals are constantly "upgrading" - enhancing their strategies and weapons for attacks on ATMs, among other channels. Companies wanting to thwart criminal attacks need to upgrade, too, with ingenious mechanical and electronic means of defense.
 UweKrause.jpg
Security is booming. The segment is chalking up double-digit growth rates, mainly in the banking sector. However, this isn't surprising when we consider that no other industry is exposed to such refined and brutal attacks by criminals, and that no other depends so greatly for its success on the trust of its customers and the security of their assets.
 
In addition, those in charge at financial institutions face considerable personal consequences if they neglect bank security.
 
Today's branches tend to have only insignificant amounts of cash easily accessible in conventional teller cash drawers. For this reason, more and more attacks are directed at electronic and mechanical equipment at banks and savings banks.
 
The culprits are brutal, mobile and use increasingly refined tactics. At risk are primarily ATMs, IT systems, transport routes and data networks. Also critical is the dramatic rise in theft of cards and PIN data, which can be used for withdrawing money abroad.
 
The situation will not ease in the near future: More and more machines are being installed, and increasingly at off-premise and highly frequented locations. Moreover, storage volumes keep growing. State-of-the-art systems can hold 12,000 banknotes, and even that amount is on the rise.
 
Luckily, preventive measures are having an impact. But it is a race in which the criminal community has a head start, at least for now. 
 
The trend toward manipulating ATMs, mainly by skimming PIN and card data, remains unbroken, despite refined protective measures.

For a long time, Germany was a target for most fraudsters. Credit cards normally used abroad for self-service transactions traditionally promised far greater gain for criminals. Losses from such attacks in Germany are only around one-tenth of the 95 million euros lost every year in the United Kingdom to card fraud. 
 

Anti-skimming: mechanical and electronic protection
 
But Europe's push to EMV appears to be motivating criminals to train their sights more strongly on the Federal Republic of Germany. Industry estimates now suggest that ATMs play a role in about 15 percent of all cases of identity theft. Up to now, banks have shouldered the losses. Now the losses are too great for the banks to continue to bear the financial load.
 
A customer's PIN can be stolen using a commercially available mini-camera hidden in a fire alarm, light box or brochure rack. The card data can be read using a skimming device, with the captured data and PIN mailed or sent by mobile phone to another country, where the information is used to plunder a cardholder's account.
 
Such crime sprees can easily cause losses in the high six-digit range.
 
Several offerings can protect cardholders at the ATM, however.
 
Some institutions prefer mechanical defenses. Common anti-skimming card throats prevent skimming devices from being attached to ATMs. These new throats are designed so that they cannot be broken or cut out of the machine.
 
Those types of throats are popular in Germany. In other countries, financial institutions tend to rely more heavily on intelligent sensors located inside the card slot that do not alter the appearance of the ATM. These sensors monitor signs of manipulation and sound the alarm if anything has been altered.
 

ATM video surveillance
 
New criminal tricks have also helped bring about a revival in the cash-out camera, which complements surveillance with portrait and room cameras.
 
The tiny cash-out camera, positioned at the height of the output slot, has two functions. First, it records attempts by customers to defraud the bank by removing only part of a bundle of notes (causing the rest to be deposited in the reject tray). Second, it is an effective antidote to cash trapping, also known as reversal fraud.
 
With cash trapping, the output slot is obstructed so that customers making cash withdrawals cannot take their money. The trapped cash is then removed later by the criminal. Now with integrated image-recognition software, FIs are alerted as soon as an obstruction mechanism has been mounted on the ATM. The ATM is then shut down by the FI or operator.
 
But what about other types of scams, such as those that involve a group of fraudsters who work to distract an ATM user?
 
The remedy to that type of fraud is a security area around the ATM, one that is constantly monitored by a camera. If someone enters the zone, a warning appears on the ATM's screen. The customer can then assess the situation and decide whether to break off the transaction or complete it.
 
What about fraud that moves beyond the physical? Standard operating systems are gaining a growing foothold in network operations, meaning that ATM networks have become gateways that are easy to open, thus allowing criminals access to sensitive customer data. The result is a huge increase in the risk of unauthorized access.
 
Wincor Nixdorf, for instance, has developed virtual private networks that securely protect branches and host systems against data interception and internal misuse. Because it works on the principle that anything that is not explicitly permitted is forbidden, an attack, no matter how ingenious, cannot unfold.
 
A further step toward enhancing the security of transactions is the Secure Cash Out Procedure, which prevents cash from being withdrawn if there is an internal attack or if a trojan is infiltrated from the outside. Cash is dispensed only if data has been exchanged between the bank's host system and the cash-out application and the transaction has been approved.
 

Ink staining on the rise
 
FIs' and off-premise operators' ATMs in Germany and other countries are introducing ink staining (also called maculation) at the ATM. For a long time, this approach met with a lukewarm response; but an upswing in ATM violence has brought about a change of heart and provided the impetus for refinements in maculation technology.
 
The staining process can be triggered not only in response to blast waves or a change in location, but also if and when criminals weld open the rear panel of the ATM. Admittedly, the greatest protective effect offered by maculation is deterrence.
 
Stolen cash amounts are declining, and the number of attacks on branches and ATMs is stagnating in some areas. But theft activities are simply shifting to another stage. Cash-in-transit operators are targets more often than they were in the past. To combat that type of crime, locating systems based on mobile communications complements security mechanisms in cassettes, attaché cases and cash boxes.
 
Using GSM mobile phone technology, which has been introduced in more than 130 countries, a security center can precisely track criminals. If the microphone is activated remotely, security forces can even hear what the thieves are saying.
 

RFID chips: total control
 
Contactless radio frequency identification tags are expected to offer a new dimension of security. According to the latest RFID Report by consulting firm Eurospace, RFID technology will be used in marketing and distribution, as well as in tracking transports and vehicles.
 
The capabilities that RFID chips offer for logistics are being examined for the banking industry, since FIs and insurers want to pinpoint the location of the cash being transported. Errors in replenishment processes and the transportation of cash cassettes can practically be eliminated.
 
Wincor Nixdorf estimates that up to 2 percent of replenishment operations for cash cassettes are carried out incorrectly: The cash volume in the cassettes is recorded incorrectly, the cassettes are mixed up or the cash simply disappears en route.
 

Centrally monitoring the ATM network
 
Financial institutions should take proactive measures to protect their overall networks. To that end, they need to understand risk factors and revealing fraud patterns. For example, a certain number of aborted transactions may indicate that preparations for manipulation are under way.
 
Thieves, driven by their high level of criminal energy, are always a step ahead, however quickly the forces of law try to keep up with them.
Posted by: Uwe Krause AT 10:54 am   |  Permalink   |  
Monday, 14 April 2008
As the owner of a company that publishes kiosk system software and develops custom self-service kiosk applications, it has been interesting to me to watch the convergence of the digital signage and self-service kiosk industries. Although kiosks are typically designed for interactivity and digital signage is not, it is apparent to me that the kiosk industry has a lot to offer to digital signage.
 James_Kruper.jpg
Digital signage gives the opportunity for signage to evolve from static to dynamic; static branding can become animated, a static advertisement can become a video commercial, maps can be instantly updated with latest information, and current news can be easily displayed. Perhaps most importantly, content can be readily modified.
 
With the convergence of digital signage and self-service kiosks, now dynamic digital signage can become interactive. Self-service kiosk applications exist to provide a seamless user interface, enabling a kiosk user to perform a task. Similarly, the digital ad that draws a user to the kiosk can now be extended to enable the user to find out more information about the product and ultimately place an order. Or, a user can drill into a ticker tape news item and read the complete story. The ability to make digital signage interactive enables more information to be transferred ultimately improving the ROI of the deployment.
 
The first inkling of things to come occurred several years ago when LCD display prices dropped to enable kiosks to economically have second monitors – typically a big, beautiful widescreen LCD mounted above the kiosk. This gave the kiosk deployer an interesting choice. The second monitor could be used to enhance and expand the functionality of the application running on the primary monitor - for example, by providing context sensitive help, displaying detailed product information, or providing additional dynamic branding for the kiosk. Or, the second monitor could be used as an independent revenue stream by selling advertising.
 
Whereas, advertising had long been sold for display on a kiosk’s primary screen especially for display during periods of inactivity, the second monitor enabled constant advertising exposure and most importantly during periods of kiosk activity, when a potential customer is at the kiosk and most ready to be influenced.
 
Interactive Pandora’s Box
 
While making digital signage interactive has many obvious benefits, it also opens up many self-service kiosk issues that need to be addressed. The most important include the need for the user to be kept away from the operating system and network, to clear the user’s confidential information, and to reset the application after the user leaves. These are significant requirements to add to a digital signage application but fortunately long ago solved by the kiosk industry, so there is no need to reinvent the wheel.
 
As with self-service kiosks, the only thing worse than having a digital signage installation broken down, is not knowing your digital signage installation is broken down. ROI is a key determinant of the success of a project and when a kiosk or digital signage unit is sitting with a dark screen, ROI plummets. Fortunately, the kiosk industry has a solution whereby the kiosk regularly pings a centralized server saying ‘Here I am alive and well’ and typically sends a statistical snapshot of its health for proof. When a kiosk stops pinging, the centralized server sends out the alarm. The technology is readily transferable to a digital signage installation.
 
Similarly, the nature of digital signage is one of dynamic content and the requirement for content to change regularly. Depending on the complexity and size of the digital content and the quality of the internet connection, content can be hosted either locally at the digital signage location or at a remote server. When content is hosted locally, there needs to be a robust method to update content. Once again, this dilemma has been resolved within the kiosk industry, and the technology is readily transferable to a digital signage installation.
 
Not just a one-way street
 
Lest one believe that only the kiosk industry has technology to share with digital signage, the digital signage industry has helped the kiosk industry in at least one way by popularizing the concept of a computer on a wall. The first digital signage implementations were generally a display unit hooked up to a DVD player or to a closed circuit media network, but especially with the advent of PCs small enough to be packaged onto the back of a display unit, digital signage displays are more commonly PC driven which receive content directly from the Internet. Similarly, self service kiosk applications are increasingly either wall mounted or desktop displays instead of being floor mounted, thus freeing up valuable floor space and increasing viable installation locations.
 
One source of instability that plagues both kiosk self-service and digital signage is the quality of digital media players. Whereas the typical industry standard media player was designed for a user sitting at their desk playing a video file over a relatively short period of time, the media player in a kiosk or digital signage application must play a video for an extended period of time, perhaps measured in months.
 
Many industry standard media players and/or codecs are not up to the task of extended play.  They tend to leak memory and resources in a manner that a user sitting at their desk would not notice, but can bring a kiosk or digital signage application to its knees over an extended period of time.  In the kiosk industry, sophisticated kiosk system software monitors these applications and when necessary restarts the application or reboots the computer; however, the user experience of having an application freeze due to depleted system resources, then get restarted by the kiosk system software is not ideal, and it would be far better for everyone involved if the industry’s media players/codecs were better written.
 
In summary, as digital signage applications move toward increasing interactivity, I believe the self-service kiosk industry has a lot to offer the digital signage industry and the convergence of solutions is a positive step forward for both industries.
Posted by: James Kruper AT 10:47 am   |  Permalink   |  0 Comments  |  
Thursday, 10 April 2008
Last week I found myself probably way too excited to be playing the latest video game in Tom Clancy’s series, Rainbow Six Vegas 2 for Xbox. My brother and I sat down to get our mission briefing from our virtual commander, which to my surprise was brought to us via a “Cisco Digital Signage” screen.

 
Later that night I was again in front of the TV, but watching one of the many games of the NCAA Tournament. When the game cut to a commercial break, the first ad featured a woman being greeted by an interactive digital sign on the street, and another man passing by an interactive shop window. The tagline at the end: “Cisco – Welcome to the human network.”

It’s not just that Cisco seems to be showing up in all kinds of entertainment mediums. It’s that Cisco is bringing digital signage to the forefront when advertising or doing product placement in those mediums.
 
My guess is that most people who have left their houses in the past year have encountered digital signage at some point. Ask someone if they’ve seen screen ads in airport terminals and they will shake their head “yes,” but tell them you’re in the “digital signage” industry and you’ll probably get raised eye brows.
 
For those of us involved in the industry “digital signage” is a term we hear every day. But the greater public has not yet accepted it as a term for out-of-home advertising.
 
This will change in the future. Think back to a few years ago when flatscreen TVs became popular. They were known simply as flat panels or flatscreens to most people. Now ask someone about their next TV purchase and they’ll ramble off the differences in LCD vs. plasma, 1080i vs. 720p and HDMI vs. RGB.
 
As digital signage proliferates into the mainstream, familiarity with the nuances of the medium among the public will grow, as it did with flatscreen TVs.
 
At this point, Cisco seems to be pushing that process along nicely. In addition to the digital signage placement in Rainbow Six Vegas 2, Cisco is also work closely with major networks such as CBS, FOX and NBC to integrate its products into TV shows, such as "Heroes" and "CSI." Click here to see video from Cisco on CBS.
 
On the virtual front, Cisco is responsible for incorporating digital signage into the popular online role-playing game Second Life. Cisco digital signage and the company’s TelePresence product are located on CSI Island, where Second Life players can solve crimes in the same fashion as the TV show.
 
While industry members know the list of “big hitters” in digital signage, Cisco’s product placement strategy and advertising plan is positioning them as one of the top dogs for digital signage in the eyes of the public.
 
"Cisco is illustrating that they 'get it' in terms of the advancement of digital signage and its place in ad display spending,” said Lyle Bunn, strategy architect with Bunn Co. “Digital signage allows for better message targeting, which will increasingly be based on dynamic ad provisioning. This is the domain of enabling technologies. Internet cookies, cable TV viewing history and cognitive recognition for digital signage all have the same objectives, and each is based on technology supporting target marketing. Message targeting is becoming a back-office technology where ads are pulled from storage and displayed based on pre-set 'if-then' display rules. This is a domain of practice that Cisco understands well and will help advance aggressively."

Bill Yackey is the editor of Digital Signage Today.

Posted by: Bill Yackey AT 11:34 am   |  Permalink   |  0 Comments  |  
Monday, 07 April 2008
As I was thinking about what to write for this piece, I was dialing into the first of the two weekly conference calls we use to keep our dealer kiosk program running smoothly. When we started back in 2001, I had no idea how important these calls would be, or that we would still be doing them several years later.Robert__Plante_2.jpg
 
It struck me that the relevant analogy for a kiosk program might be an iceberg. The bulk and complexity of most programs largely are unseen. Be advised, however, that running one is not unusually difficult. It’s just that, like many other things in life, there’s a lot more to it. And it helps if you are prepared to work through it all.

BMW’s kiosk programs have won 21 industry awards over the last few years. Along the way, we’ve learned a few things. I will try to share some of that learning with the caveat that I can only describe the BMW experience. Hopefully, others will find some useful nuggets in this tale.

For BMW, the obvious underlying kiosk elements were fixture design, kiosk operating technology, hardware, high-speed Internet connectivity and help desk support for each of these essentials. In today’s marketplace, these things all are readily available. But once you have these elements together, it’s very important to remember that they all are there only to support the content — which is all the customer sees. More about content in a moment.

The other key elements of a successful program are less tangible. It should go without saying that management support is essential — so communication on this front needs to be ongoing. Team building among your vendors and internal staff takes time but pays big dividends. Communication to key user groups also is essential. Communication to other stakeholder groups within your organization that could participate or benefit from the program also will help it to succeed. The other element often overlooked but very important is training. Teach your user groups how to benefit from the program.

And then there is content, often referred to as the Graphic User Interface or GUI, (pronounced "gooey") — that’s geek-speak for what the customer sees on the screen. Many deployers have a hard time getting this part right. It comes at the end of the whole kiosk building process when money and time are often limited, so it gets rushed, cheapened or is not well thought out. Yet on-screen content is the most important part of the program.  It’s all the customer sees. Equally important, ongoing content costs need to be estimated and communicated so decision makers fully are aware of what it will take to maintain that content over the life of the program.
 
For some applications, a few simple screens may be all that’s needed. However, even in these cases those screens should be designed by a graphic artist who understands the medium. Do not let your technology provider do it. Remember, what’s on the screen is what makes things happen. It pays to do it well.
 
For a brand marketer like BMW, there is so much more to it. We think of our kiosks as a private, interactive video channel that must engage our customers’ heads and hearts, with an occasional visceral response thrown in. That works out to be high quality video, much of it produced specifically for the channel. Or if it’s re-purposed video, edited for the channel. “Informative,” “entertaining,” “brief,” and “updated often” are words we live by — "all meat" as Law & Order’s Dick Wolfe would say. These kiosks have a voracious appetite that we feed constantly.
As we said at the beginning, a kiosk is like an iceberg. For most projects there’s more to it than you might think at first. But if you do everything well, kiosks really work. So read, learn and go for it. Below are some real-life concrete examples of what’s involved, the steps we went through for our most recent BMW dealer kiosk deployment. And I may have missed a few along the way:

  • Fixture design competition
  • Prototype technology partner selection
  • Prototype content partner selection
  • Hardware spec
  • Prototype build
  • Prototype technology build
  • Prototype content build
  • Internal review with management
  • Internal review with BMW IT
  • Preview with feedback survey at X5 launch dealer meeting
  • RFP for dealer project to select fixture partner, technology partner, content partner
  • Bid review and partner selection with Purchasing and internal management
  • Team building and weekly conference calls with all partners begins
  • Ongoing face-to-face meetings with Reality Pictures, the content partner team. Communication and meetings with this partner are frequent, ongoing and will continue for the life of the project. While all the moving parts are important, content is really the only thing the customer sees. It must be entertaining, informative and brief. Most importantly, it must be frequently updated.
  • Two revised prototypes: fixture, technology and content builds.
  • Prototypes deployed in two BMW Centers within driving distance of BMW HQ
  • Ongoing weekly review of prototype installations with Center personnel, team partners, BMW management and BMW field staff (6 weeks)
  • Ongoing communication about program with BMW field staff begins
  • BMW’s training group engaged. They review prototype installations and create a training video on kiosk use for dealer sales personnel
  • Key learnings incorporated into revised fixture, technology and content builds
  • BMW IT reviews technology and participates in a major way in planning for connectivity and support for beta test.
  • Weekly support conference calls begin with BMW IT, BMW’s connectivity vendors Reynolds & Reynolds, ADP and Reality Interactive, the program’s technology partner
  • Beta test deployment: 11 dealers nationwide selected from list of major problem sites from previous program
  • Key learnings from beta test incorporated and rollout begins
  • Two weekly conference calls continue — one with all build partners, the other with all support partners. Regular calls with all build partners will eventually discontinue. 
  • Weekly calls with support partners will be ongoing for the life of the program.
  • Internal communication about the program — especially success stories — is ongoing.
  • Internal presentations for management about various aspects of the program, new content etc., also ongoing
  • Meetings with BMW field staff, dealer groups and dealer sales personnel, ongoing.
Clearly a kiosk project is more than it appears. Deployers should understand that the iceberg is deeper than they think and should be quick to get a handle on all time and preparation that is involved. If they don't, they run the risk of a "hull breach" and a kiosk project that sinks into the depths.
 
Robert Plante is the kiosk programs manager for BMW of North America LLC.
Posted by: Robert Plante AT 10:45 am   |  Permalink   |  0 Comments  |  
Monday, 31 March 2008
As the editor of Self-Service World, one of the many things that my colleague, Patrick Avery, does on a daily basis is comb the Web for stories that involve the self-service industry. Not too long ago, he found this gem, reported by the Isle of Man Newspapers:

                  British airline to charge those who don’t use kiosk

 

                  FlyBe has announced it may charge passengers in the future for using its check-in desks at Ronaldsway Airport . The airline plans to install self-service kiosks to speed up the process of checking in for flights. A spokesman for FlyBe said that passengers who wanted to continue to use the traditional check-in desk rather than the self-service kiosks could be charged for doing so in the future.

 
The story quotes an anonymous source who works for the airline as saying: “We have long been on record as saying that those passengers who want the personal service of a check-in desk or prefer to use one out of habit will be costing other passengers a lot of money.”
 
In essence:  Use self-service — or else.
 
At the risk of sounding like one of my high school English teachers (who on more than one occasion threatened to “staple my tongue to the Belvedere,” a local Louisville, Ky., landmark), I think there are two things we can glean from this story.
 
The first is the monumental significance of what the airline is proposing. A year ago — maybe two — the airline industry had representatives standing next to check-in kiosks, urging weary travelers to try the new-fangled self-service devices for the first time. Travelers were skeptical. What was up with these new devices? How did they work? Were they reliable? If I’m a passenger with reservations on a non-stop flight to Boise, is this kiosk going to print out a boarding pass for the red-eye to Tel Aviv?
 
And what about security? How could we be sure these self-service devices weren’t going to let the guy with two feet of firecracker wick trailing out of his Nikes get on the nearest 747?
 
Time has since allayed these uncertainties. Not only are the kiosks quick and easy to use, but they also cut down on check-in queues and, according to Air Canada, save on labor costs. What’s more, some custom-use self-service kiosks can in some ways actually help to improve airport security by providing a scanned record of passengers’ passports and other travel documents. And since even malevolent travelers with suspicious shoes still have to face live security screeners, there aren’t too many worries that the kiosks are going to be a free pass for anyone who walks in the door.
 
The bottom line is that the kiosks are a success. And it is because they are a success that FlyBe airlines is thinking about charging its customers who try to avoid the kiosks. It used to be that the onus was on the airline to prove that the kiosks were beneficial. Now it’s on the traveler to prove that they’re not. That says something about technology adoption.
 
The second thing I noticed about the article is the glaring use of the qualifier “may.” It’s not that FlyBe is going to start charging fans of live service ... but it "may."
 
Again, at the risk of sounding like my aforementioned high-school English teacher (who, after reviewing our test grades on another occasion, threatened to throw herself off the Second Street Bridge — another local landmark) that qualifier makes a world of difference.
 
Congress may balance the budget next year. We may have a manned mission to Mars by 2020 (although this story makes the prospect seem less likely). There may be another Star Wars movie. At this moment, Bigfoot may be at your home, sitting in your Lazy-Boy eating your nachos.
 
So what does “may” tell us here?
 
FlyBe is absolutely, positively, 100-percent certain that charging the kiosk-averse is the right thing to do ... but even FlyBe has its doubts. That’s why the “may” is there. (Given the hesitation, one wonders why the airline chose to announce its intentions at all. I mean, why give away the fact that you may or may not do something? Perhaps it was a test.)
 
It’s an interesting crossroads for the airline — and airlines everywhere, I suppose.
 
FlyBe will be seen either as a pioneer or that dog in the Aesop fable that dropped the bone in the creek while trying to steal from its own reflection.
 
So how will consumers see it? Economists will say that depends on which side of the demand curve the proposal falls on. I’ve racked my brain trying to come up with an example of a similar crossroads in another industry, and I keep coming back to the Internet. After online ordering took off, merchants started dishing out significant discounts to customers who chose to buy online rather than in the physical store. Maybe this is like that.
 
Looking at FlyBe’s proposal, one can see pros and cons.
 
The Pros: Adoption will increase; costs will decrease. FlyBe could potentially save more in labor costs. Since fewer customers will visit the check-in desk, FlyBe will need fewer attendants. On the consumer side, travelers will probably be able to move through the check-in process more quickly. Additionally, people who may have been afraid of the technology in the past will now have an impetus to check it out, and discover just how user-friendly it can be.
  
The Cons: FlyBe runs the risk of backlash. Purists who insist on speaking to a human being at the check-in desk might rebel and seek out a different airline.
 
Either way, however, FlyBe is considering a policy that demonstrates just how far self-service has come. Are self-service check-in kiosks ready to become mandatory devices? Are consumers ready for it? Are the airlines ready for it? Is FlyBe’s proposal good for the industry?

What do you think? Send your comments (anonymously if you like) to and I’ll consider posting them in my next column.
Posted by: Travis K. Kircher AT 10:39 am   |  Permalink   |  0 Comments  |  
Monday, 24 March 2008
After being an untried and largely unknown medium for a long time, digital signage successfully has claimed a prominent place in the array of new media offerings and is well on its way to becoming a standard part of media plans.

Digital billboards are driving the rapid expansion of outdoor advertising, and shopper marketing has been boosted by implementations of digital signage networks in retail. Both outdoor/out-of-home advertising and shopper marketing are now rivaling the Internet as the fastest growing advertising medium.

While screens are the most visible component of digital signage, the critical part of any network is the software that powers it.

Digital signage is the first and the only medium that effectively can reach the elusive consumers while they are out of home, and especially while they are shopping. The ability to customize each message to audiences at any location and even in any area within a location is another unique value that it brings to marketers. However, these requirements, combined with the need to constantly expand, pose a great challenge to operators in terms of network management.

One of the obstacles to faster growth has been the lack of software platforms that could accommodate all of the functionality without being cost-prohibitive to network owners.

Several hundred digital signage software providers claim their products can meet all of the requirements, which confuses the buyers and delays the RFP process. Only a few dozen applications actually are deployed to operate networks.

Since those who comprise the digital signage industry still are in the process of searching for standards and efficient business models, even the most evolved software products are not perfect yet, but a few providers lead the way and have a sizable market penetration. Growing networks will help settle the dust and only big software players will remain. Who will they be and which distribution model will they use?


Software Distribution Models

The current enterprise software applications for digital signage can be grouped as follows: applications that are built in-house, software-in-a-box (“shrink-wrapped”) and 3rd-party-hosted solutions.

In early deployments, many network operators tended to be a ‘one-stop shop’, doing everything from IT to content creation, media distribution and ad sales. It did not take long for them to realize that being in the software or network maintenance business distracted their resources from the core objectives of making money on their media space. Some companies, however, already had made large investments in technology prior to defining a viable business model and the type of software that can fill their needs.

Today, digital signage operators are increasingly gravitating toward becoming ‘lean and mean’ media companies rather than being a technology provider. A lot of legacy in-house software products now are being replaced by third-party applications and many look to outsource most of their IT responsibilities, similar to the way TV broadcast networks do it.

With ‘build your own’ solutions largely on their way out, the competition among third-party products now is between ‘shrink-wrapped’ (aka ‘on-premises’) software and hosted solutions (aka ASP, On-Demand and SaaS).

In the End, It’s All About the Total Cost of Ownership

Here are a few numbers from research data showing the drawbacks of the traditional software models:

The Shortcomings of Legacy, On-Premise Apps

They have Deployment Challenges:
• 31.1% of software projects cancelled before completed.
• 52.7% of projects cost nearly 190% of original estimates.
• 30-50% of software costs spent on integration.

There are Operational Costs:
• Maintenance & management costs >10x original license fee.
• Escalating hardware & staff support costs.
• Over provisioning and under-utilization of software licenses.

Economic/Budgetary Pressures:
• Need to reduce IT costs and increase business benefits.
(Source: THINKstrategies, Inc. ©2008)

All of the above-listed issues essentially boil down to the costs that are getting out of control. They are characteristic of all industries where On-Premise software is used, including digital signage network management. If we extrapolate the current digital signage trends into the near future, we’ll see that managing networks the old way is likely to get even more expensive:

a) Networks will become bigger, more complex and more targeted.

b) The complexity of managing the media space inventory, targeting and scheduling content, multiversioning and a broad variety of campaign scenarios will require richer functionality, higher stability, reliability and security.

c) Competition will force network operations to focus more on making money on the media space and less on maintaining the network.

d) Network growth will put increasing pressure on in-house support and maintenance (for users of on-premise software).

e) Integration with third parties will require more in-house resources (for users of on-premise software).

f) Network operations roles will be more diverse and more narrowly defined (role-specific tasks); the difference between media management and technical jobs will be more pronounced.

g) Fast pace of change in digital signage as a medium and development of standards and metrics will require frequent updates.

The concept of SaaS has been gaining ground lately as the model that best meets the cost-cutting and efficiency demands of expanding digital signage networks.

What Is SaaS?

The term Software as a Service sprang into existence around 2004 to describe the latest generation of earlier models such as ASP or Application Service Provider, and On Demand software. According to Wikipedia, SaaS is “a low-cost way for businesses to obtain the same benefits of commercially licensed, internally operated software without the associated complexity and high initial cost. … SaaS applications are generally priced on a per-user basis, sometimes with a relatively small minimum number of users, and often with additional fees for extra bandwidth and storage. SaaS revenue streams to the vendor are therefore lower initially than traditional software license fees, but are also recurring, and therefore viewed as more predictable, much like maintenance fees for licensed software.”

The SaaS model first originated outside of the digital signage field and has proven beyond doubt that it is the most efficient way of asset management in areas like accounting, CRM, sales operations management and many others.

SaaS is devoid of the problems associated with ‘on-premises’ and even the earlier ‘hosted’ models such as ASP and On-Demand. According to Christopher W. Cabrera, a noted industry expert and CEO of Xactly Corp., “SaaS offers customers an undisputable value and time to market advantage over traditional enterprise models, including no hardware, no maintenance fees, minimal implementation fees and, most importantly, no fees for software upgrades. This means new features are available to customers instantaneously, as soon as they are live, saving customers from high upgrade costs while ensuring they’ll never trail behind on older releases of software.

SaaS is breathing new life into technologies that were too expensive for the masses in a traditional enterprise model. The fast-growing Sales Performance Management market is living proof.”

SaaS appears to closely match the nature of digital signage business.

Inspired by a Wired magazine formula, Expired→Tired→Wired, we can draw an illustration of how evolution of software models applies to the changing business models in digital signage:


Evolution in Digital Signage Projects:

Expired

• Pilot Phase

• All Content Channels Identical

• Build Software Application
 

Tired

• Testing Phase

• Multiple Channels, Same Content

• On Premise Application 

Desired

• Deployment Phase

• Dynamic Schedules, Day Parts, Localization

• SaaS

Now let’s see how a SaaS solution can resolve the typical challenges of digital signage networks:

• Networks don’t have to invest into additional IT infrastructure; the software company already had done that for them.

• Networks do not need to manage a server, content distribution or a database, which incur high hardware, personnel and bandwidth costs.

• Software as a Service approach significantly reduces deployment costs, maintenance overhead and time to market.

• Operators can focus on their core business and not worry about technical aspects of a network.

• Networks are always using the latest technology and business methods, as software upgrades are included in the contract at no extra charge.

• The SaaS model breaks up an upfront software licensing cost into low monthly fees.

According to analyst Jeff Kaplan, even IT departments today see Services as the Solution: “In the past, the IT department was the biggest barrier to managed services and SaaS adoption. Many IT professionals were afraid these on-demand solutions would eliminate their jobs. Now, a growing proportion of IT people see managed services and SaaS as a way to out-task mundane work or overcome complex application/technology deployment and maintenance responsibilities. As they learn to take advantage of these on-demand solutions, IT departments will finally be able to put their daily firefights aside and focus on addressing the strategic needs of their business users.”

The other two of the previous concerns causing IT departments’ resistance to SaaS  security and reliability  are no longer valid either:

• Web systems are reliable enough: Despite sporadic outages and slow-downs, most people are willing to use the public Internet, the HTTP and the TCP/IP stack to deliver business functions to end users. (Wikipedia)

• Security is sufficiently well trusted and transparent: With the broad adoption of SSL, organizations have a way of reaching their applications without the complexity and burden of end-user configurations or VPNs.(Wikipedia)

All of the above is corroborative evidence that quality SaaS platforms are capable of satisfying operational requirements of rapidly evolving digital signage networks, while offering a significantly lower cost of ownership than other software models.

Brian Dusho is the executive vice president and chief strategy officer of BroadSign International. David Womeldorf is the executive vice president of marketing and products for BroadSign International.

Posted by: Brian Dusho and David Womeldorf AT 11:35 am   |  Permalink   |  0 Comments  |  
Tuesday, 18 March 2008
You've probably seen a kiosk that has an error message on its screen or even a kiosk that has a blank screen. A non-functioning kiosk is worse than no kiosk at all. It undermines the consumer's trust in a reliable source of content or their trust in the capabilities of the provider.
 
Sure, we all pretty much understand that computers are not perfect and will need some maintenance from time to time, and that not every company has world-class IT support teams. But you can implement systems that will alert your team when something goes awry, or reboots itself in an attempt to clear the problem. Sadly, many companies that implement kiosks don't want to consider these possibilities, or they are the first thing in the budget that gets axed when trying to make the numbers work. Ongoing maintenance and support are important considerations. On-site warranty from hardware manufacturers, combined with good software infrastructure and a plan, are the basics of maximizing uptime.
 
But one thing that is perhaps even worse than a non-functioning kiosk is a kiosk that is well designed, has good signage, has a good purpose and then fails to deliver on its promise. I recently saw an example of this at Cincinnati's airport. As you enter the baggage claim area there are two large stations of three kiosks each that promise the visitor hotel information and courtesy phones. When you approach the screen, you see three links: Hotel Courtesy Phone, Visitor Information and Kiosk/Airport advertising information. Obviously, this was put together by whoever has a lock on airport advertising, otherwise why would you give that last topic such importance for a visitor kiosk? When you click on “Hotel Courtesy Phone” you get a page with a bunch of logos of local hotels and basic information on them. This is helpful content for the traveler. If you click a button, it promises to call that hotel for you so you can book a room.
 
But the phone dialing did not work.
 
So I tried the Visitor Information in hopes of finding out what to do around town, where to eat, shop and perhaps some quick local history. Nope. The page loaded with a simple but terrible message: "Content coming soon."
 
I can tell you that these kiosks had already been deployed for months, and still there was no content.
 
I was disappointed. I was let down by the content provider, not the hardware or operating system. It was simply a lazy provider of content that did not live up to their promise to the consumer.
 
I wanted to voice my dissatisfaction so I clicked the third link to learn about airport advertising and find the company responsible for the content. But guess what, I found the same "Content coming soon" message on this screen. So even if I wanted to add my hotel to the list, or find out how to help this content provider, I could not. I had to shake my head and let out a slight chuckle that can only come from someone in the business. I should have sat nearby to see how many other visitors would come away from the kiosks with a positive experience. I'm sure I'd have been sitting for many hours.
 
I was able to find the name of the company responsible for the kiosks and I attempted to look up its Web site on my Blackberry browser. The site was empty too.
 
Ugh.
 
However, I just checked it again from my PC at work and it forwards to another site which is also light in actual content, and overly complex in design. They will show rate cards for some items, but not the kiosks. They do digital signage and promotions within the airport. It appears that this is their first airport market.
 
The kiosk hardware is nice enough, these use a good brand of kiosk enclosures, with touchscreens and phone handsets. I even liked how the power cords were nicely covered where they run into the wall and plugged into a power source in a room behind the wall. Nicely done! So I can find no fault in the hardware installation, no fault in the operating system and the screen design was even decent. But the most basic element, the content, was limited or missing. The opportunity was there, and they missed it. How many people tried to get some value from these kiosks during their first months of deployment and were also disappointed? Those visitors will likely never walk up to those kiosks again. You get one chance to make a first impression and you had better not mess it up. A returning guest at your kiosk will cut you a break when you have a temporary hardware/software failure, but that's because they already like the product you deliver, which is the content. A first-time guest will not give you any slack and will not likely return.
 
Editor's note:  This essay was originally published on Tim Burke's blog in an entry dated Monday, Nov. 5, 2007. Since then, Burke says he was contacted by the content provider, who gave him the following statement:
 
"We are not offended at all. In fact, we appreciated the input. 
 
The kiosks are intended to be a fun and simple communication device for passengers to reach hotels, and not as much an informative device. But you make some valid points. We shouldn't have advertised the fact that we have visitor information and not have any. Buttons that don't work are worse than no buttons at all. This is something we would have never known without your input."
 
Burke praised the content provider's response and noted that these are common issues that deployers are frequently plagued with. Issues notwithstanding, he added that it's important for deployers to make sure that content is prepared before launching the deployment.
 
Tim Burke is on the owner of Electronic Art. His blog can be viewed here.
Posted by: Tim Burke AT 10:37 am   |  Permalink   |  0 Comments  |  
Monday, 10 March 2008

Companies often ask me two important questions about digital signage: What is the future of the technology and how can you prepare for it? My answer to them is simple. The future of digital signage is a networked, interactive high-definition video experience.  The best way to prepare for it is by creating a robust, video-ready network that is managed centrally and is scalable across the organization.

Digital signage technology soon will move beyond static messaging and be driven by dynamic, visually striking video.  This surge in video communications will provide companies with an exciting opportunity to rethink the way they reach customers and employees, but more importantly, it will require companies to prepare their networks for this new, video-based way of communicating. To remain relevant and effective, video communications will need to be updated frequently, efficiently, and affordably—and therefore, will be best controlled directly by a user on the network.

Almost all aspects of digital signage can be managed remotely right from the desktop via a comprehensive, video-ready network. Organizations, then, easily can create, manage, publish, and access high-quality digital media for compelling communications to employees, customers, partners, and other key audiences. Through rapid message creation, they will be able to respond quickly and with flexibility to new business opportunities, challenges, and circumstances. This capability can boost employee productivity and efficiency, both for employees creating content and for those viewing it.

Just as importantly, a video-ready network allows for the full integration of digital media capabilities with a wide variety of established and emerging applications. I’ve listed three of many key applications below, all of which have tremendous potential to improve how organizations connect and share information with employees, customers, and business partners.

Desktop video. Many organizations keep their workforce informed by communicating messages via a company intranet to individuals at their desks. When integrated with digital signage, desktop video adds a new dimension to digital media communications. Employees are able to receive the most up-to-date information, delivered in a thorough and compelling way, right to their desktops—and this same messaging can also be delivered to conference rooms, break rooms, or public locations.

Video surveillance. Organizations can leverage the same video-ready network to integrate digital signage and video surveillance capabilities. Through this integration, companies can easily gather critical video analytic data, such as the audience size in front of a digital sign, where the audience’s eyes are focused on the sign, and the average dwell time in front of a sign. In addition, companies can learn key demographic information about viewers, including their genders and approximate ages. This type of data can greatly assist businesses in their sales and marketing efforts.

Telepresence. Telepresence is an innovative technology that combines high-quality audio and high-definition video to create an immersive virtual experience for conducting true virtual meetings.  The large displays used for telepresence meetings also behave as digital signs when not in use for meetings. Therefore, a business easily can use the same displays to switch back and forth between meeting and signage applications, as the need requires.

Indeed, many companies are eager to begin or grow their deployments of video-based digital signage. Therefore, they often want to know what they can do today to prepare as this market continues to accelerate.  I suggest that organizations take the following steps right away:

  • Assess the potential impact of digital media on their existing network infrastructure. Before making an implementation decision, organizations should determine if their networks are video-ready and capable of supporting intelligent content distribution. This analysis may lead organizations to address or upgrade such network elements as quality of service, bandwidth, and hardware.

  • Decide which business processes will need to be changed or optimized so that digital media can be implemented effectively. Digital media can greatly improve day-to-day operations, message distribution, and media management in many different ways through many diverse locations. Therefore, organizations will have to decide how signage will be deployed, managed, and consumed.

    Get a sense of the type of resources that will be needed to deploy and operate digital media. Many organizations will decide to contract with a trusted partner to plan and implement the solution. Others will utilize in-house IT staff, which may require additional training. In either case, it’s best to begin these resource planning processes as early as possible.

Digital signage is a rapidly evolving technology that will continue to grow and play a greater role for businesses worldwide.  Digital media – created, managed, and distributed right from the network – will be at the center of this evolution, as it enables a wide variety of innovative applications. Organizations, therefore, should begin to assess today how network-based digital signage can help them achieve their business and communication goals and, in the process, determine if their networks are optimized for this exciting future.

Thomas Wyatt is the general manager of digital media systems for Cisco Systems Inc.

Posted by: Thomas Wyatt AT 11:37 am   |  Permalink   |  0 Comments  |  
Tuesday, 04 March 2008
I’ve been in the self-service kiosk industry for nearly 15 years and completed hundreds of kiosk projects. The first kiosk project I was involved with was funded by the California Department of Transportation (Caltrans) right after the Northridge earthquake in 1994. 
derek_fretheim2.jpg
In those days, a state-of-the art kiosk used an IBM 286 with the largest available hard drive, which at that time, consisted of 4GB. If you wanted rich media content with video, you had to master large laser discs — quite an expensive proposition when you want to change or modify content. This was the pre-Internet era when a dedicated T-1 line cost $2,200 per month. Back in 1994, the ability of physically handicapped individuals to access a kiosk was not really considered on any project. No real surprise, since regulations often occur after something is developed or demand creates equal access rules. 
 
Sure ADA was law, but hardly anyone knew how to decipher it.

Today, it is a much different story. The advances in technology are evident with that same hard drive (memory) being easily found in a camera card or USB micro drive. Multiple kiosks are found in nearly every grocery store for various types of applications. 
 
It’s true for regulations as well. The American Disabilities Act (ADA) is in full force with a number of rules applying to kiosks.

ADA History
 
Signed into law by President George Bush Sr. on July 26, 1990, the Americans with Disabilities Act (ADA) is undeniably the most comprehensive formulation of disability rights in the history of the United States or of any other nation. More than 50 million Americans have some kind of physical, sensory, cognitive or mental disability. At its core, the Americans with Disabilities Act prohibits discrimination on the basis of disability in the areas of employment, public services provided by state and local governments, public services operated by private entities, transportation and telecommunications.
 
 ADA regulations place far-reaching provisions and definite laws for employment, state and local government, transportation, public accommodations and telecommunications. ADA law has three specific titles. Title I addresses employment and prohibits discrimination against individuals with disabilities. Title II addresses access to programs, activities and services of public entities and prohibits discrimination against individuals with disabilities. Title III addresses public accommodations by private business and prohibits discrimination against individuals with disabilities.
 
 
Who Regulates ADA?
 
The US Architectural & Transportation Barriers Compliance Board (ATBCB) or "Access Board" oversees the Americans with Disabilities Act and related matters such as compliance issues, clarification, guidance etc. The ADA accessibility guidelines specifically mention ATMs, but not kiosks. The question is whether ADA and accessibility guidelines cover kiosks and information transaction machines (ITMs), as well as ATMs. The conclusion from the Accessibility Board is that interactive kiosks are covered under ADA, and that the accessibility guidelines are the best relevant guidance available.

So let’s break down ADA specific to kiosks and determine if ADA law applies to your self-service project. We’ll start by asking a few qualifying questions.

1. Is the kiosk going to be used in a public environment? If Yes, ADA applies.

2. Is the kiosk going to be used internally only for employee use? If Yes, ADA applies.

3. Is the kiosk operated by a Federal, State, City or other governmental organization? If Yes, ADA applies.

4. Does the kiosk or any portion of the project receive any Federal funds?  If, Yes, ADA applies.  In addition, Section 508 Guidelines are in force.
 
ADA and Kiosks
 
Let’s break down ADA as it applies to kiosks. Basically, ADA laws ensure the kiosk owner will provide equal access for persons with disabilities. This means hearing and visually impaired individuals and persons with physical disabilities who may be confined to a wheelchair must have access in the same manner that an individual who has no physical disability does. In a self-service kiosk application, this not only applies to accessibility to the kiosk but also to the touchscreen and other peripherals, such as a keyboard, bill acceptor, printer, etc.
 
Redbox.JPG

This Redbox kiosk meets current ADA regulations.

First, let’s review access to the kiosk. ADA law states there must be clear accessibility to the kiosk. In other words, enough room so a person in a wheelchair can maneuver to the screen and gain access.  The law requires at least 34-inches of clear space directly in front of the kiosk for persons in wheel chairs.  If there is a requirement for access from the side, then there must be 34-inches of clear side access as well. 
 
Second, let’s review access to the touchscreen and components. The law provides ranges of maximum and minimum height for components with unobstructed and obstructed forward reach and unobstructed and obstructed side reach.  
 
"Unobstructed reach" can be defined as a kiosk system that has no large protruding extension which would prevent or hinder a person interacting with the component. "Obstructed reach" is defined as a kiosk system that would contain a large shelf/counter and/or have a recessed monitor that would limit access to the component by the user. Here are front reach and side reach access as defined in ADA law:

• Front reach unobstructed access — Minimum of 15-inches from the floor and maximum of 48-inches high from the floor.

• Front reach obstructed access — Set back of zero to 20-inches with maximum of 48-inches high from the floor for the component. The law will allow a set back of 25-inches, but the maximum height drops to 44-inches high from the floor.

• Side reach unobstructed access — Maximum of 48-inches from the floor.

• Side reach obstructed access — Set back of zero to 10 inches with maximum of 48 inches from the floor for the component. If the set back is within the range of 10 inches to 24 inches, then the maximum height drops to 44 inches from the floor.

Here’s where ADA gets tricky. Placement of components also determines maximum height. A shelf should range from 28 inches to a maximum of 32 inches from the floor. This should serve as a good benchmark for input components such as a keyboard, credit-card reader, pin pad, etc. Additionally, individual components or functions may require guidance outside of simple access to the kiosk and its components. For example, if the kiosk has a telephone handset, then ADA specifies the type of handset and functional requirements needed. Likewise, if the application has audio, then ADA defines how to address individuals with a hearing impairment. Lastly, signage elements for components and directions placed on the kiosk will require raised characters and other provisions listed in ADA Chapter 7.

In summary, I have yet to see any project be exempt from ADA regulations, so I am very confident ADA applies to any kiosk project. The process of understanding ADA can be complicated so it is important you conduct proper research to determine the kiosk meets ADA law. I encourage you to use the “if then” process for every component and function. Build a matrix to ensure compliance. The matrix should be something like: If your kiosk uses a touchscreen, then the maximum height of the monitor should not exceed 48 inches. If it's using a touchscreen, then these (Specify) type(s) of touch technologies comply with ADA. If it uses a shelf, then the maximum height of the shelf should not exceed 32 inches. If it uses a telephone handset, then the height shall conform to ADA guidelines (Chapter 3, 308 Reach Ranges) and audio controls must meet guidelines (Chapter 7, 704 Telephones). The process of understanding ADA can be overwhelming, but with proper research and planning, complying with ADA law can be accomplished.
 
Online Resources
ADA Home Page
Reach Ranges
Accessibility Standards for Accessible Design
Section 508 - Federal Buying Standards
Posted by: Derek Fretheim AT 10:35 am   |  Permalink   |  0 Comments  |  
Thursday, 21 February 2008

When I was in high-school, I worked for my father in a family business: a small engineering firm that designed and fabricated materials handling systems for conveyors.

One thing you can find in abundance at any engineering firm is computers. We had roughly two dozen of them, running top-grade software like AutoCad — an engineer’s first love, next to Star Wars and Lego blocks.  There was one thing that these computers shared in common:  they all ran on the old DOS platforms.

One day I showed up for work and happened to mention that our freshman computer class was learning something different. It was a program (I don’t think anyone knew the phrase “operating system” yet) called Windows, and it was — in my expert adolescent opinion — “cool”.   For a start, it wasn’t text-based. It had just enough icons and graphics to get the video-game-addicted neurons in my brain fired up about typing up that Word document. It was, in essence, the next “New Thing”.

Those were the days when a kid could start a riot simply by stepping into a cafeteria filled with IT personnel and casually suggesting that Windows had better diagnostics tools than DOS. In five minutes’ time, the room would be split into two camps, spaghetti would be everywhere and you could easily cut to the front of the line to pick up your Twinkies. Ah, those were times.

Of course we all know how that debate ended.

*  *  *

When I think of the current state of the digital signage industry, my mind goes back to those days. It can be safely said that — in advertising circles at least — digital signage is the next New Thing. It’s breathing life back into an advertising market previously ravaged by the declining print industry and a dramatic drop in the number of viewers who still watch television commercials. (I think there are three now, and if they see one more ad for ABC’s “Eli Stone”, I’m afraid someone is going to end up in the emergency room.)

And yet the comparison doesn’t hold. Windows was a brilliant success because it was — well — Windows. There could only be one Microsoft and as much as everyone hated – and still hates – to admit it, there could only be one operating system.

That’s not the case for digital signage.

There is an army of content providers, hardware providers, software providers, integrated solutions providers and network providers — ranging from Fortune 500 companies to three-man startups — all claiming to offer an exclusive chunk of the New Thing. Some of them are good, and some of them are, well, less so. It’s almost like the California gold rush must have been: that shiny pebble the prospector offered you might have been gold, or it might have been just a shiny pebble.

Far too many deployers are assuming that, just because it’s new, they can deploy digital signage in any way, shape or form and it will be kissed by the prize of success. They have the Windows mentality:  The project has to work. After all, it’s digital signage.

Their problem, I suspect, is that they don’t understand the life cycle of an industry.

*  *  *

Think back to when the Internet first came into being. In those early days, marketing departments and management consultants were all chanting the same mantra:  If you want to survive in the new economy, you’d better have a Web site.

True advice, but how many breathtakingly pointless Web sites were thrust before us — sites with outdated content, bad links, e-mail addresses that went nowhere and information we didn’t need — all so a company could say they had something on the Web to show that they were progressive and on the leading edge?

And they were. The Internet was a brand new medium, with no rules or standards. It still had the ‘wow-factor’. When it came to the information superhighway, all you had to do to impress was show up.

But you can’t sustain an industry on the wow factor for very long. After the dot.com bubble burst, we quickly learned that we had the mantra wrong. We should have said: If you want to survive in the new economy, you’d better have a relevant Web site.

Remember the old IBM commercial? The young Web developer is excitedly showing the corporate sales associate the spinning, flaming logo he designed for the company’s Web site. It was visually dynamic. It looked cool. But the sales associate, unimpressed, says what the site really needs is an online order platform that links the site with the company’s POS system.

There is a long pause.

“I don’t know how to do that,” the kid says, gulping hard and looking like a deer in headlights.

The Web developers who survived the test of time figured out how to do That. They understand that the Internet industry is about more than just looking cool. Now it’s all about applications that actually fulfill a need:  the Googles, Mapquests and eBays of the world. How long had the Internet been in place before Steve Chen, Chad Hurley and Jawed Karim had the bright idea to create a site where people upload and share their own videos? Nine years? Ten years? They ended up selling YouTube to Google for $1.65 billion.


*  *  *

That, I think, is where digital signage is today. Some people are still bowed over by the sight of it, and who can blame them? It’s visually dynamic. It looks cool. But that won’t last forever. Soon the honeymoon will be over and digital signage content will have to be relevant and useful or the consumer walking through the crowded mall will simply relegate it to the blind spot of their minds.

When this happens, except a harvesting similar to what we saw with the Internet. It will still be a thriving industry, but many of the frivolous, less relevant deployments will be weeded out with Darwinian efficiency.

How can an industry leader make sure that they’re on the winning side when it’s all said and done?

I’ve thought about this, and more and more I believe the deployer’s greatest tools aren’t displays and players, but a paper and pencil. Take a few moments to sit down quietly and jot down as many verticals as you can think of:  hospitals, movie theaters, bookstores, car dealerships, jewelry stores, community centers…

Now next to each vertical, write down its specific communications needs. A hospital has to provide its patients and their families with directions from the lobby to the maternity ward. A car dealership has to show its prospective customers what the interior and the exterior of its newest model looks like. A movie theater has to advertise its movies and show how much a jumbo bucket of popcorn costs. A church has to inform its members about upcoming events. A concession stand needs to link its digital menuboards with its POS system.

These are applications. These are the golden nuggets perspective signage deployers will be willing to pay good money for. These are the Googles, the Mapquests and the YouTubes of the digital signage industry.

There are still countless verticals that have yet to be reached by digital signage, with countless applications yet to be discovered. The deployers left standing when it’s all said and done will not simply be creative. They will be practical. They’ll be practical enough to identify a need – a real need – and creative enough to come up with the solution.

Posted by: Travis K. Kircher AT 11:38 am   |  Permalink   |  0 Comments  |  
Tuesday, 19 February 2008
Anyone who thinks self-service is a boring industry obviously hasn’t been reading the news lately.
 
Seriously. I’ve seen some real zingers cross my e-mail in the past few weeks. Check out this Associated Press story, for example. No, there’s no need to hit that refresh button, you read it right. A drug store in Los Angeles has deployed self-service kiosks to dispense medical marijuana. Hash for cash, so to speak. Not only did this controversial deployment raise the eyebrows of some of us here in the office, but it also caught the attention of the good folks at the U.N.’s International Narcotics Control Board in Vienna, who quickly ruled that the machines are illegal and should be shut down. Given that the U.N. has no binding legislative authority in California, it’s doubtful anyone at the drug store is pulling the plug just yet.
 
Then there’s this story coming out of Union City, Ind. Anyone who’s been in this industry for more than two weeks knows all about the DVD rental kiosks now available at fast food joints. The kiosks enable users to rent copies of the latest movie releases which are viewable for a pre-specified rental period. Well apparently, they’ve stirred quite a controversy in this one little town. It seems parents are worried that the kiosks will provide minors with unsupervised access to movies containing adult material — that Little Johnnie and his preschool buddies might decide to pick up “Fatal Attraction” with their happy meals. So the townsfolk took their case to City Hall and when the city threatened the deployer with a public nuisance citation, the deployer decided to remove all R-rated movie titles from the kiosk’s stock.
 
These news stories were the material of some great philosophical chatter around the coffee machine here, and not surprisingly, were among the most widely read stories on SelfService.org. I don’t mention them here to declare who was right or who was wrong in each instance, but to make a valid business point. These two seemingly unrelated stories both dredge up an issue that will become increasingly important as self-service continues to grow.
 
That issue can be summed up in one word: culpability.
 
*                      *                      *
 
Sure, kiosk deployers know exactly how their products are to be used as well as who is supposed to use them (and who isn’t). But what if the kiosk user decides to take matters into their own hands? What if a disgruntled teenager hits your drug store kiosk and overdoses on Tylenol? Suppose a man who isn’t suffering from any medical condition manages to get a packet from the marijuana kiosk and is arrested later that night in another state? Add to that the people who inadvertently get into trouble, such as the five-year-old who slips a few quarters into a machine, buys a laser pen and burns out his retina.
 
They’re all disturbing cases, but what do they mean for the deployers? Are they liable for civil damages just because the consumer abused (or misunderstood) the use of the product?
 
I took the question to Gail Ritzert, a partner at Havkins Rosenfeld Ritzert & Varriale LLP, a law firm in New York.
 
Ritzert, an expert in product liability law, likened products purchased through a self-service kiosk to products bought online or via a more conventional vending machine. In these cases, she said the responsibility is on the deployer or site administrator to take “reasonable” precautions to make sure that the consumer who is purchasing the product is who they should be … and knows how to use it.
 
“This kiosk, while it’s not a person, is standing in the place of a seller or a store that is distributing the product,” she said. “What reasonable steps were in place to make sure that you did what could be done to eliminate the person who should not have access to what the product is?”
 
Unfortunately, she says the legal definition of “reasonable” can vary on a case-by-case basis.
 
“What I would say to the manufacturers and those who are distributing the product is: Make sure that you check the product because you’re not going to have control over the person who uses the machine,” she said. “That being said, depending upon the software that is used, there are some things that could probably be built in to make sure that there are certain triggers on different things.”
 
Making sure all of the products in the kiosk have proper warning labels can be a good start, she says. She adds that — for some age-specific products — it might be a good idea to require the consumer to verify that they are above a certain age range. This can be done via a push button or touchscreen interface.
 
While that may not stop underage consumers from obtaining something they shouldn’t, it will likely demonstrate — to a jury if necessary — that the deployer was taking some steps to protect them.
 
“We can’t eliminate all misuse,” she said. “But again, the question it comes down to is: Were reasonable steps taken to make sure that directions or age appropriateness were followed?”
 
*                      *                      *
 
In the meantime, keep your eyes on the developments in Los Angeles and in Union City. The outcomes in both instances will no doubt have a significant impact on the types of products that will or won’t be offered at a kiosk near you in the future. In the meantime, feel free to check SelfService.org for all the latest on these two cases. We’ll be here to “hash” out the details.
Posted by: Travis K. Kircher AT 10:30 am   |  Permalink   |  0 Comments  |  
Tuesday, 12 February 2008
Digital signage takes on many forms, depending on its purpose. The most common is a passive advertisement such as an ad for retail products or the latest branded slogan that reinforces an overall ad campaign. It may be signage in a museum telling you of upcoming exhibits, or even digital food menus at a coffee shop. You'll see examples of these hanging high in the rafters and out of reach to keep people from tampering with the electronics. Occasionally you'll see them at eye level in hotels and casinos but behind safety glass in a wall or freestanding enclosure. This is probably the easiest form of digital signage for consumers and marketers to get their heads around, but there is so much more that is possible.
 
My favorite form of digital signage is active, not passive signage — signage that entices you to touch and engage, not just passively view. Being a company that focuses on kiosks and digital signage, we try to show our customers that digital signage can be just as interactive as kiosk software. You can even think of it as a large screen kiosk, and you'll start to understand the possibilities. Digital signage can educate your customer on your products, survey their opinions on your brand, reward them with coupons or sweepstakes entries and entertain them. Digital signage can even become transactional.  
 
Whatever the application, the advantage of interactive digital signage is that the guest actively controls their experience instead of passively viewing a message. Bring those sign panels out of the rafters and down to eye level. Let the customer touch your brand.
 
Another advantage of interactive digital signage is that its effectiveness can be easily measured.
 
Measurement of signage content can be extremely difficult when you’re working with a passive system. Advertisers have an ad or commercial that they want to enable across signage networks, but how do they know that the audience is being reached? Often they build their measurement on how many "eyes" may have seen it, or fluctuations in store sales (think Wal-Mart TV which can directly show sales increases during the weeks you advertise). 
 
But imagine if you tracked fingers instead of eyes. You would do this by having signage content combined with a bit of software, and software is ultimately measurable as proven on the web. Take into account the number of interactions, the time of day at which those interactions take place and the content that is displayed during those interactions. By examining this data, you can quickly determine when and how your signage deployments are most effective.
 
For example, if you are Victoria's Secret and you want to reach a particular group of women, you could have touchable signage that shows the latest glossy ad with an incentive to touch for discounts on the latest innovative bra you are promoting. If you think of a Web page with an incentive to "click here for a coupon" it’s the same except you say “touch here” instead, as there is no mouse. The screen can then split and be part signage and part interactive to show the latest bra in its various configurations and assist customers in determining the proper product. You could also provide them with a coupon for 20% off as an incentive to buy. While they’re there, use the signage to ask them a few quick questions (very few to keep them engaged) such as "Do you own this product already?", "Have you purchased from Victoria's Secret within the past 3 months?" or other information you may want to know about the particular consumers who look at the signage. After they’ve answered the questions, give them a reward. Print a coupon next to the sign or send it to their cell phone or email. You can even link that email back to your web site to have another touch point to further build a profile on this digital signage customer. 
 
I think you get the idea. The signage can now measure many aspects of the eyes that are viewing the content and the fingers that touch your brand.
 
But hold the horses. Not every digital signage project should be interactive. Passive is sometimes the right media method. You may want a larger number of people to see your message, and having it too low and blocked by a crowd would reduce the number of eyes. Your goals may not include a measurable component. You may just need to entertain and extend your brand. This goal — and many others — would be better served in a traditional manner. You can overcome the height difficulties by putting a portion of the sign higher than the average person's height and have the screen split with the interactive touch portion in the lower half. That will keep some of your messaging in the upper half that is viewable to the surrounding crowd while your guest interacts with the lower half. Sometimes a combination of passive and active media is the most powerful combination.
 
Another issue when considering interactive signage is the cost. Hardware costs are much higher because the screen now has to have a touch interface and perhaps a more powerful PC driving functionality. That hardware is lower to the ground, and is in some ways more vulnerable to vandalism — or at the very least — will need occasional screen cleaning, so your total cost of ownership may include a few more service calls if the signage is in an unattended area. 
 
And of course, there are higher costs in the design and construction of the functionality. The rewards however can often outweigh these concerns when you consider a measurable increase in sales and the ability to engage your customer. Every project should be evaluated independently for feasibility and value.
 
There are many different ways to bring interactivity to your signage. You'll commonly see examples of interactive digital signage such as way finding tools that allow guests to navigate your office, tradeshow, hospital, or mall.   Others include advertising for restaurants that can provide menus and take dinner reservations at the same time, or real estate signage that shows video clips while allowing consumers to preview listings at the same screen. 
 
Think about your product and then think about your customer. What would be of value to them? Determine if interactive signage would add value and solve a problem. Do the proper due diligence and then pick good vendors that have both the design capabilities and programming capability to turn your passive ho-hum experience to an engaging active experience.
 
Tim Burke is on the board of directors for the Digital Signage Association and owner of Electronic Art. His blog can be viewed here. You can meet Tim at the Digital Signage Expo on February 27th & 28th showing touchable applications in DT Research’s booth #442.  Stop by to discuss this article and see examples.
Posted by: Tim Burke AT 11:39 am   |  Permalink   |  0 Comments  |  
Monday, 04 February 2008
It was an accident really.
 
I’m not a lawbreaker – at least not at heart. Up until now (except for a few too many speeding tickets and a hefty library fine) my record has been spotless.  Kircher_Mug2.jpg
 
But the other day at the grocery store, I just…
 
Well, I just lost it.
 
It was the Saturday before Christmas. I had a basket full of junk food and I was ready to check out. Being one of the faithful few who still believe it’s absolutely immoral to go through the express lane with more than 12 items, I got in line at one of those “unlimited goods” self-checkout U-scan terminals.
 
The line was long. When I finally got to use the terminal, the woman behind me was all too willing to dish out Christmas cheer by crowding me with her shopping cart. Her frozen stare screamed two words without actually saying them: Hurry up. I scanned my 15 items and looked at the price: $31 and change. Moving as quickly as I could, I scooted over to the end of the terminal to bag my own goods. Then I was out the door.
 
I was halfway through the frigid parking lot before it dawned on me that I forgot to pay.
 
I've just stolen groceries, I thought. I’m a criminal. A shoplifter. Any minute now, a cop with an uncanny resemblance to Joe Friday is going to plant my nose in the pavement, take me downtown and book me in a cell with rats the size of small dogs.
 
The bottom line is I turned around, marched right back into the store and threw myself on the mercy of the court. The kind, old lady behind the service desk was more than happy to run my debit card and let bygones be bygones.
 
It was embarrassing, but it got me thinking.
 
According to this article by the Press Association, the U.K.’s national news agency, roughly 2 million Britons admitted to stealing goods when using supermarket self-checkout terminals. The admissions came during a survey conducted by British security firm G4S. That’s a disturbingly high number, but not entirely unexpected. It’s much easier to abscond with the crown jewels when the Royal Guard is looking the other way. The term “self-service” means exactly that: You serve yourself. There are no cashiers giving you one-on-one supervision at the POS.
 
When you put it that way, it’s not surprising that dishonest people choose to behave dishonestly. But what about the poor saps like me who aren’t looking for loopholes — we just happen to trip and fall through them?
 
The store was crowded, noisy and I was in a hurry. Add to that the fact that this was one of the high-volume U-scans with a long ramp: the bagging area is several feet away from the touchscreen terminal, where the speaker is located. In a crowded store, it can be difficult to hear the speaker’s constant mantra of, “Please select payment method … Please select payment method … Please select payment method” from that distance.
 
Fortunately for the store, one alert cashier happened to spot my faux pas and call after me. Unfortunately for the store, she wasn’t very athletic and I was out of earshot by the time she made it to the door.
 
I hate to say it, but it was easy for me to snatch, grab and make my escape: So easy that I did it inadvertently. And if it’s easy to do it now, then what about in the future when we take self-service to the next level?
 
For instance, take a look at this story written by my colleague, Patrick Avery, editor of Self-Service World. It paints a vivid picture of the future of retail self-service: a future in which checkout lanes are eliminated altogether and customers carry handheld barcode scanners which enable them to check, bag, and pay as they go.
 
No supervision.
 
One can just imagine the security challenges that will face the industry then. How many people will try to run off with the scanners? How many will forget about them and accidentally leave them in their shopping cart or purse? (Perhaps a carefully-placed RFID tag could be used as an alarm trigger if someone tried walk out the door with an unauthorized scanner.)
 
The ultimate in self-service checkout, of course, is described by Joseph Grove in this story, in which the handheld scanner is done away with altogether in favor of a system which would instantaneously detect, scan and price all the items in your grocery cart.
 
Assuming those groceries have an RFID tag. Sure, most grocery items can be fitted with the tag, but are you going to stick one on everything? What about produce? How do you put an RFID tag on a grapefruit?
 
Don’t get me wrong: far be it from me to shoot down progress. I’m counting down the days until RFID checkout becomes the norm. We just have to realize that, as we give consumers more freedom and less supervision, we’re going to have to confront some issues head-on.
 
Some things we can learn from all this:
 
Lesson No. 1: Security for a self-service device means more than stopping the malevolent malcontent who wants to make a grab at getting some free groceries. Sometimes it means having a “fool-proof” plan in place to keep klutzes like me from throwing a cog in the works — and getting some free groceries.
 
Lesson No. 2: Self-service is an amazing technology, but it will never completely replace the vigilant employee. If ever there was an argument for having your employees closely involved with the implementation of your self-service project, my Christmas experience does a pretty good job of qualifying.
 
Lesson No. 3: As the self-service industry moves forward, security will continue to be a pressing issue. The more the industry empowers consumers (including the malevolent and incompetent ones), the harder it will have to work to seal any security gaps. That means being proactive and spotting those gaps before the bad guys do.
 
I’m sure the hardware and software gurus will be burning the midnight oil over the next couple of years as we take it to the next level. And I’m sure they’ll make the transition as smooth and secure as possible.
 
In closing, I just want to get one thing straight. After reading this commentary, you may be left wondering whether or not this editor is a crook.
 
Well, I’m not a crook.
Posted by: Travis K. Kircher AT 10:26 am   |  Permalink   |  0 Comments  |  
Tuesday, 29 January 2008

Bill Gerba, president of WireSpring Technologies, regularly blogs about digital signage at Wirespring.com. The following column, dated Jan. 14, 2008, first appeared on that site here.

About a week ago, a fairly seismic shift occurred in the ad-driven digital signage market. NBC, which already provides content and sells ads on various digital signage networks, decided that they would hold the first-ever "upfront" for digital out-of-home media. Their goal? To sell the majority of their ad inventory in a single session. Citing the TV writers strike and a shift in advertiser interests, NBC representatives suggested that content and ads on their screens will reach people "more than 3 billion times" in 2008, making them an ideal place to spend ad money. Ad Age initially reported the news (here's a copy from Google in case that link stops working), and I wrote an article for Digital Signage News to encourage some dialogue about it. After a week of other folks sharing their opinions, a few clear schools of thought emerged -- each championed by someone coming from a different part of our industry. They're all worth considering, and I'll summarize them below, but ultimately I'd like to leave it up to you to decide whether NBC's move is a good thing for the digital signage community... or not.

While I'm certainly impressed with NBC's aggressiveness and confidence in their ability to sell their digital screen space just like TV, I dislike the idea of trying to squash our shiny new medium into a decades-old framework invented when there were only three significant sources of inventory (namely ABC, NBC and CBS), and it took months and tons of cash to produce an acceptable-looking spot that tied into an existing campaign. Further, having to buy space upfront, while nice for padding NBC's coffers, does little for advertisers who might not know exactly when or where they want their out-of-home spots to run. After all, one of the biggest benefits of advertising on digital signs is that they let advertisers deliver content to the right audience at the right place and at the right time, but even the best marketers can't always predict what the right time is. With our medium they don't have to, since screens can be updated virtually instantly, giving advertisers the ability to respond to changes in product demand or consumer opinion faster than they ever could on TV. Likewise, content for digital signs can take advantage of new technologies like Flash, HTML and dynamic data sources that allow for quick revisions and favor last-minute insertion.

I do think that getting media buyers and planners interested in our sector is a good thing, and I certainly appreciate that NBC is one of the few companies that can virtually force that rather stalwart group to change direction. At the same time, I have a bad feeling that a purely supply-driven model won't work to our industry's favor in the long run, and this could be the event that starts us down that path. I would have much preferred to see NBC adopt a more open bidding system (maybe through eBay's ad auction) that better unlocks the "timeliness value" of digital signage content. In fact, Motomedia's David Weinfeld left a comment more or less in agreement with this perspective. His take on NBC's position is that despite lots of chest-thumping, nobody else has gotten the digital signage ad sales model right, so they're merely falling back on what they know:

"The reason that large media companies, such as NBC and, arguably, PRN, are choosing how this media is being sold initially is that many screen networks are still struggling to monetize their viewership. NBC has the size to be, what is known in the financial industry as, a market maker. They have the relationships and the clout to make a digital out-of-home upfront profitable, even though it is not the correct advertising sales model for our industry.

The digital signage industry does not yet include enough seasoned advertising sales professionals to direct the ship toward bountiful advertising revenue. Many networks, both good and bad, grew from entrepreneurs who identified the potential growth of our space. These individuals, however, lack the advertising sales expertise to effectively position their networks. Large advertisers want metrics and a national footprint before agreeing to make an investment in a digital out-of-home network. There are numerous networks in our industry that I believe were started with the 'if you build, they will come' mentality toward advertisers. This, of course, has proven to be a faulty string of logic.

NBC is calling the shots because they are the elephant in the room. It's the job of network owners, unified network groups, such as Seesaw and Adcentricity, and digital signage industry associations to stand up and come up with a better model. Because if we don't, big media will come in and take over control of our industry. The question comes down to: is this what network owners want? Do they want to build out networks and sell to the likes of Clear Channel, CBS, etc.? Or would they rather decide the direction of an industry they have put in the time and energy to build?"

In our free market economy, everyone's free to compete, but he who makes the most money wins. The problem in our industry is the corollary to that rule, which basically says that he who starts out with the most money is probably going to make the most money, especially when there's a huge gap in spendable cash between him and the next guy. That's essentially the situation that we have right now. After all, NBC's parent company is GE, #6 on the Fortune 500. Of course, that still leaves five spots for bigger companies, and a certain retailer in that group is pretty heavily invested in digital signage advertising :)

The discussion certainly didn't end there. Fellow blogger Rob Gorrie felt that even the small companies working on solving the ad sales problem could have been more successful had they merely listened to what ad buyers were asking for:

"Behind the scenes, the major Outdoor players are all saying that if we (Networks, organizations and associations) don't dictate standards (for sales, measurement, content, etc) THEY will because they feel we're screwing this medium up by stagnating it and not making decisions/squabbling.

Forcing a sale model does not a medium make but it IS a start....especially for getting attention.

One of the problems I run into regularly on the Network side is that this medium has been sold a particular way for 5+ years by the Network Vanguard/The 'adults' in the playground. Understandably, they don't want to change how they do things (you wouldn't either if you did something a certain way for 5 years and were just starting to see some success).

The agencies have been saying what they want for 3 years and we haven't been listening...or at least it doesn't look that way to them. I've seen a lot of lip service given to media agencies by some major Networks but very little change in how the Networks actually do business."

Cooperation between technology providers, agencies, industry organizations and the networks themselves is certainly a big challenge these days. It's a frequent topic of conversation for POPAI's Digital Signage Advocacy Group, though admittedly we've made little progress in figuring out how to solve it.

A third argument came from Ben Caswell of BannerCaswell Productions. He suggests that we might be looking in altogether the wrong place, since:

"Targeted entertainment will drive the industry.

It is not driving it yet so the 'up fronts' or -- in Rob's case -- pitches to media buyers are selling ad time on Networks that until very very very recently was a medium strictly for advertising.

Content in the DS space meant moving ads. Until the last 6 months, very few were thinking NBC/CBS/ABC content, least of all those companies themselves...

So when an ad buyer says 'when it gets like TV' -- and to complement Rob's ad sales interpretation -- what I hear is 'when there is a reason to think that people want to watch the network,' i.e. when there is targeted entertainment, then we will buy time. Because content drives eyeballs and where eyeballs are the advertisers will be sure to follow.

The 'moving ads'...or 'poster plus' networks will continue to thrive on remnant buys. Go Seesaw.

However, the premium buys will come only for networks with enough of a dwell time to entertain with programming that is not flash, powerpoint, adobe photoshop or simply OTHER ads."

I certainly like that notion from a "purist" perspective, but the capitalist/pragmatist in me feels that advertising will drive the content on many of these networks, and not the other way around.

One thing's for sure: with NBC making the first big move, everyone else -- and I mean everyone -- is now in a reactive mode, not a proactive one. The other TV networks, the big media conglomerates and even those retailers who have secret desires to become media companies will either have to step up and play by NBC's rules, run with a model set forth by one of the smaller companies in our fledgling industry, or forge their own path. Indeed, there's a tremendous opportunity for inter- and intra-industry cooperation that could yield a more cohesive set of offerings, better compatibility between networks, and stronger buy-in from agencies. But there's also a chance that every company will decide to do their own thing, fostering the fragmentation that seems to define us nowadays.

So, what do you think...

  • Is NBC's upfront good or bad for our industry?

  • Will it have a major impact on future events, or is it just a one-off deal?

  • Which companies (if any) will respond, and how?


Bill Gerba is the CEO and co-founder of WireSpring Technologies Inc.

Posted by: Bill Gerba AT 11:40 am   |  Permalink   |  0 Comments  |  
Monday, 21 January 2008
For the last several months, I’ve been collecting and reviewing news reports about the world’s migration toward EMV compliance — the smart-chip-card standard that Europay International, MasterCard Worldwide, Visa International collaborated in 1999 to create.  Tracy_Kitten_3a.jpg
 
EMV isn’t new, but it continues to garner its fair share of media attention, and a number of software-testing vendors in the ATM space have taken an interest. So, I like to keep an eye on how the migration is developing, all the while wondering if and when the United States will make a move.
 
Snap: If you’re a retailer or banker, don’t sigh. The United States doesn’t appear to be making any movement, and Visa and MasterCard aren’t expected to put any pressure on card issuers and retailers anytime soon.
 
Canada’s migration to EMV has reportedly progressed smoothly. A number of factors, including experience gained from the United Kingdom’s migration and the fact that Canada has one electronic funds transfer network, Interac Association, have contributed to Canada’s success, says Ian Kerr, chief executive of England-based Level Four Software Ltd.
 
Level Four is working with banks in the United Kingdom, Canada and other parts of the world as those countries make the move to EMV. Other companies, such as Canada-based Phoenix Interactive Design Inc. and United States-based ACI Worldwide Inc. also are working with financial institutions throughout the world to help reach EMV compliance.
 
And as more domestic migrations occur, they begin to move at an accelerated adoption pace, simply because the industry is learning as it moves along.
 
“In the U.K., the testing piece was the last thing we did,” Kerr said. “We learned from that experience, and it's a lesson we’ve been able to use when we move toward EMV in other countries, like Canada. Now we test earlier.”
 
In fact, Canada’s success thus far bodes well for meeting the compliance deadline of 2012. Unlike the U.K., where the 2006 deadline was missed by banks and retailers alike, Canada appears to be on target.
 
Mexico’s EMV compliance deadline was the end of 2007. I guess we’ll soon hear how that country fared.
 
So where does that leave the United States? Well, somewhere in the middle, literally.
 
Contactless and EMV
 
We see more of a push in the United States for contactless payments. MasterCard this week announced that First Hawaiian Bank ($12.5 billion in assets) is issuing its PayPass debit card, which Giesecke & Devrient is providing. 
 
G&D specializes in smart cards. To date, it says it has supplied more than 10 million contactless payment cards to U.S. banks, and 2008 is expected to be a year of contactless growth in the United States.
 
MasterCard Worldwide also sees opportunity for its PayPass cards, which now total 20 million, along with 80,000 merchant-acceptance locations, in 20 countries.
 
In 2005, the Smart Card Alliance recognized Chase Bank USA for its innovation in the contactless space for the issuance of its “blink” credit card. Chase was recognized because its “blink” introduction marked one of the first innovative moves in the U.S. payment card space in more than a decade.
 
“We expect a huge change in smart cards used in payment applications between 2004 and 2010 and that will be driven by take-up of contactless payment cards in the United States ,” said Karthik Nagarajan, senior analyst for Frost & Sullivan, in “Americas Smart Card Market Analysis,” 2005.
There’s no question that fraud spurred the push for EMV adoption in countries throughout the world. Credit fraud has long been a problem in the United Kingdom. After the introduction of chip and PIN in 2004, the U.K. reported a 25 percent drop in card fraud within two years. The replacement of the easy-to-copy mag-stripe is to thank, according to the U.K. payments association APACS.
And while some recent industry reports have questioned how effective the smart chip will continue to be at curbing fraud, there’s little question that it’s more secure than the mag-stripe.
 
The same can’t be said for near-field communication, on which basic contactless cards are based. Radio frequency identification, which is typically used, has been challenged by a number of industry experts who claim it can easily be intercepted. While some argue that RFID transmissions can be encrypted like any other type of communications frequency, the mere openness of it all has left many skeptics unsatisfied that the technology is safe.
 
And though the technology that governs RFID and smart chips is, on a basic level, the same, the RFID chip fundamentally differs from the smart chip, which in and of itself is a mini-computer, capable of sending and receiving transmissions. The RFID, on the other hand, is very basic and dumb, only capable of receiving messages.
 
So, the United States is expected to continue down its road of contactless adoption, a stage that was set a few years back when Citibank introduced its “blink” card. But the move is a curious one, to say the least.
 
The argument against EMV migration in the States has largely fallen on the huge investment retailers and bankers would have to make. The costs associated with purchasing EMV-compliant POS systems and issuing EMV-compliant cards has made migration cost prohibitive, without having high card-fraud numbers nudging the initiative. But a move to RFID contactless puts a similar financial demand on retailers and bankers. POS systems must be replaced and cards must be reissued.
 
My question: Why are Visa and MasterCard allowing the United States to take a baby step when a leap makes more sense?
 
Tracy Kitten is the editor of ATM Marketplace.
Posted by: Tracy Kitten AT 10:22 am   |  Permalink   |  3 Comments  |  
Tuesday, 15 January 2008
Determining the return on investment of a digital signage network isn't always easy.
 
Ask a savvy investor to divulge the five-year average return on the mutual fund he's using for his 401k investment, and he'll rattle off the answer quicker than the Fed can print money.
 
Ask a farmer how much a given fertilizer costs and how much bigger his crop yield is because of it, and he'll respond with more certitude than the rooster that crows at dawn.
 
But ask a digital signage network operator about the return on investment (ROI) of his digital signage system, and the answer may be tinged with a degree of uncertainty and hesitation.
     
Why? Because in many ways the factors that go into determining the ROI of digital signage can be a bit, for lack of a better term, "squishy." Figuring out the ROI of digital signage can be like walking through a heavily rain-soaked field: You know eventually you'll reach something firm on which to build your next step, but getting to that solid foundation can be a little tenuous.
 
Wouldn't it be great if it were as simple as looking at the cash spent to set up and maintain the network, measuring the cash generated or saved by the digital signage network, dividing the latter by the former and coming up with a return? While that might be practical in some digital signage applications, the "squishiness" of many others makes arriving at the return on investment of a digital signage network much more difficult.
 
To illustrate the difference, consider these two scenarios: a casino that's replacing all printed promotional signage with digital signage and a corporation setting up a digital signage network to communicate with employees.
 
In the casino scenario, the gaming facility typically spends $300,000 annually to print promotional signs, plus an additional $50,000 annually for the salaries of employees who replace old signs with new signs to update patrons on the constantly changing entertainment acts, restaurant specials and casino promotions.
 
By replacing the traditional signs with a digital signage network, the casino will have a one-time expense for the cost of the LCD or plasma panels, the digital signage media players, network cabling, routers, and ancillary hardware. Let's set that one-time cost at $300,000, and throw in $50,000 annually to maintain the network.
 
For the sake of this scenario, the cost of creating content will be virtually the same. Graphic artists using Adobe Photoshop and InDesign to create print ads will now use Adobe Photoshop, Premiere and Flash to create content for the digital signage network.
 
Figuring out the five-year return on this digital signage network is a snap: $1.75 million in printing and labor savings ($350,000 x 5) divided by $550,000 ($300,000 for the initial installation and $50,000 x 5 years for maintenance) = 318 percent return for five years, or about 64 percent annual return.
 
While there could be other factors impacting the total ROI of this system (such as advertising revenue from allied businesses wishing to advertise on the network) this scenario illustrates that there can be a straightforward ROI assigned to some digital signage applications.
 
Squishy comes into play in scenario No. 2, the corporate digital signage network. A corporation installs a modest digital signage network that includes a sign to greet visitors in the lobby, several digital door cards to identify what's booked for various conference rooms and a digital sign in the corporate lunchroom.
 
The squishy factor in this scenario relates to identifying and measuring employee and visitor behavior as it relates to the digital signage network. Did a visitor to the company feel more welcomed when she saw a personal greeting on the sign in the lobby? Did that feeling translate in even the smallest of ways to a more productive meeting with the person she was there to meet? Did that translate into some monetary value?
 
Do the signs used as digital door cards inform the people of the right conference to attend? Do they reduce interruptions, help meetings to start and end on time, and in so doing improve productivity? Can that be measured? What's the monetary value?
 
Does the sign in the lunchroom create a degree of loyalty to the company by recognizing achievement? Does it improve the experience of employees by keeping them better informed of what's going on in and around the premises? Is there a monetary value that can be measured?
 
These sorts of benefits are much more difficult to reduce to a simple ROI equation because they're squishy. But just because they are squishy doesn't mean they are not important or real. Being squishy just means it's harder to identify the true ROI of the digital signage network, not that there is no ROI.
 
David Little is the director of marketing for Keywest Technology. This commentary originally appeared on the Keywest Technology Digital Signage Blog.
Posted by: David Little AT 11:43 am   |  Permalink   |  0 Comments  |  
Tuesday, 08 January 2008
Bill Gerba, president of WireSpring Technologies, regularly blogs about digital signage at Wirespring.com. The following column first appeared on that site here.
 
Happy New Year, folks. Here's to a happy, healthy and prosperous 2008 for all. For many, the new year brings with it connotations of renewal, a fresh start, infinite possibilities... and zillions of blog posts with top-10 lists and predictions for the coming months. While I'm as much an optimist as the next guy (oh, stop laughing already), I'm not much for making predictions. Maybe it's because I recognize the futility of trying to do the impossible. Maybe I don't want to trap WireSpring in a self-fulfilling prophecy that belies its full potential. Or maybe it's just because I'm always wrong. But regardless of the underlying cause, I'm not kicking off the first post of 2008 with some corny industry predictions. Instead, today I want to talk about the innovation (or lack thereof) taking place in the kiosk and digital signage markets.

Admittedly, talking about innovation itself isn't very innovative -- I actually got the idea from this month's
HUB magazine, which focuses on marketing innovation. As Editor-in-Chief Tim Manners quips, "talking about innovation is kind of like the marketing equivalent of talking about the weather. You know the old joke: Everybody talks about the weather but nobody ever does anything about it." Whether looking at marketing in general or the tiny microcosm of digital out-of-home media like kiosks and digital signage, I think Manners' observation holds true. There's certainly a lot of activity in the marketplace right now, both for interactive kiosks and non-interactive digital signage. But does any of it show the hallmarks of innovation? Does anything out there today make it past the "Gee, that's a neat demo" phase into the "Duh, now why didn't I think of that?" territory that so often marks a truly innovative idea? I can't think of a single thing in the last twelve months that's firmly planted in the latter category, though a few come close. For example:

Not very innovative - New and different form factors: 2007 saw the aggressive expansion of one company's interactive digital signage installations in taxis, on buildings, in public toilets and urinals, on the floor, on the ceiling, and even mounted on people. Are any of these ideas interesting? Sure, they all are. Are they truly innovative? Not in my book. Unique signage placement, even when bundled with (or reliant upon) a unique business model, hasn't solved any of our well-known industry-wide problems, nor has it opened up (or created) significant new markets or otherwise advanced the state of the industry. Likewise, when highly-touted OLED and electronic paper technology makes new screen shapes and mounting options available in a few years, they may offer significant technological innovations, but little industry innovation.

Somewhat innovative - DS that appeals to more than one sense: And throwing up a pair of speakers to complement your hanging LCD screen isn't what I'm talking about. The past couple of years saw some interesting ideas come to light, though. In particular, directional sound came of age, with Wal-Mart Mexico deploying something like 5,000 hypersonic sound speakers to reduce employee fatigue and improve audio targeting in their digital signage network back in late 2006. (Full disclosure: Wal-Mart Mexico is one of our customers
.) Since then, a number of other large deployments have followed suit. Directional sound represents not only technological innovation (which has been in the works for years, of course), but also a solution to problems that previously plagued installations. 2007 also marked the advent of scent marketing, with Japan's NTT testing a digital sign platform that could match specific scents with audio and video promotions. I don't think this tech is quite ready for prime-time, but it has a lot of potential for driving sales of food, drinks, perfume, and other products where smell is a big part of the customer experience.

A little more innovative - Interactive store windows: Although it only spanned a few locations, the interactive store window deployment at Ralph Lauren Polo stores this year scored some major headlines, not only in the interactive kiosk circuit but also in weighty, mainstream publications like the Wall Street Journal. On the surface, it looked quite innovative: a huge, dynamic screen that users could interact with simply by touching the store window. In reality though, the true innovation was smaller: let passers-by shop the store after hours. That particular piece has been done many times before, and in a number of different ways -- just think ATMs. Still, it brought the solution to 5th avenue and the New York Open, garnered some positive press for the self-service industry, and from a technical standpoint was visually stunning. Still, we've encountered through-glass touchscreens and rear-projection onto storefront windows a number of times before, so I'd have to say that the combination of these elements was clever and eye-catching, but not something I'd call highly innovative.

Quite innovative - The rise of ad aggregators: In an attempt to solve one of the biggest problems plaguing the
ad-driven digital signage community, companies like SeeSaw Networks, Adcentricity and Artisan Live started working on ways to make buying time on screen networks easy for media planners and buyers. While each company has some successes to talk about, we're still a ways away from a digital signage media buy being as foolproof as it needs to be in order to see mass adoption over on Madison Ave (if in fact that would ever happen, and it probably wouldn't). Still, each of these companies (and others, I'm sure) are introducing unique solutions to a highly complex problem, and while the overall concept of "Let's take a bunch of little networks and sell them like one big one" might seem obvious, I'm sure it's quite the colossal undertaking, requiring all sorts of business, finance and technical acumen.

Most innovative yet - Direct feedback/interaction via mobile phones: It certainly wasn't invented in 2007, and it might even be old hat by now, but every time I see a particularly well-done piece of content that has a call to action featuring an SMS coupon or feedback form, I'm impressed. This technique addresses one of the most difficult problems for digital signage vendors: proving out an ROI. With a direct feedback mechanism, advertisers have an accurate gauge of how many people actually were engaged by their ads, and they even have the opportunity to collect some information about them. For viewers who aren't interested, there's no negative consequence. For those who are, participation is just a text message away. Considering the mobile phone and SMS penetration rate in the industrialized world, very few are excluded. Of course, the method isn't perfect: it still requires some effort on the user's part, and it doesn't do anything to address those individuals who were engaged, but not enough to whip out their mobile. But of all the solutions I've seen so far for measuring engaged audiences, this is my favorite.

All considered, this year is likely to bring many incremental improvements to the solutions I've covered above, and that's a good thing. Part of becoming a mature industry is realizing that it's not always necessary to reinvent the wheel. In fact, the best approach is often to learn from (and work from) the accomplishments of others. But there's always the chance that we'll see some real innovation happening -- solutions to the "big problems" that we all face every day:
calculating ROI, measuring impact (heck, merely defining "impact" would be great), engaging more viewers, and delivering messages to those viewers effectively.
Posted by: Bill Gerba AT 10:19 am   |  Permalink   |  0 Comments  |  
Wednesday, 02 January 2008
It all happened on my first day at NetWorld Alliance.
 
I had just wrapped a new-employee orientation meeting and was making my way back to my cubicle when my cell phone buzzed. It was a text message from my older brother.
 
It said: “(J)Soy rod mrkm o contsta.”
 
I sighed. The message was obviously Spanish and my brother — an  electrical engineer who works in the materials-handling business — had just spent several weeks in Mexico on an extended business trip. He arrived back in the States yesterday. No doubt he was now trying to impress me with that all-encompassing grasp of the Spanish language he picked up during the trip. My own Spanish vocabulary is somewhat limited (mostly to words describing products in the Mexican food industry) so I had no idea what it said.
 
I never replied, but I brought it up with my brother during a phone conversation that evening.
 
“I never sent you any text messages,” my brother exclaimed. “Which phone did it come from? My business phone or my personal phone?”
 
“The personal one,” I said. “The one with the 550- number.”
 
“No way,” my brother replied. “That phone is still in my suitcase. I never once took it out during the whole trip.”
 
Confused, he unzipped his suitcase and peered inside. Sure enough:  the phone was missing. At some point during the trip — probably at the airport — some fiend had gone rummaging around in my brother’s luggage and stole his cell phone. Now the thief was sending text messages like a madman, possibly with the intent of taunting people on my brother’s contact list. There was no doubt that he’d soon be dialing all sorts of international calls — calls to Zimbabwe and Sweden and tiny little republics — all at my brother’s expense. There was only one thing to do.
 
Within minutes, my brother was calling up his service provider and cutting off service to the stolen phone.
 
There’s a happy ending to the story. The phone was cut off immediately and he wasn’t charged for the text messages. Thankfully he discovered the phone was missing before the thief was able to use it to organize resistance leaders on distant continents wanting to rebel against the high cost of paper clips. No big losses, other than the cost of the phone itself.
 
But the incident did give me pause.
 
As the self-service industry veers closer and closer to the concept of mobile banking, there’s going to have to be a fundamental shift in the way we view our personal wireless devices, such as cell phones, blackberries and PDAs. The core concept of mobile banking is that consumers will be able to use these devices to interact with ATMs, and to make wireless transactions. Taken to the next level, that could mean that the cellular phone could ultimately replace the credit card.
 
If that’s the case, then we’re going to have to treat our cell phones with the same care we treat our credit cards.
 
You wouldn’t forget and leave your Visa card lying in a stall in a public restroom. You wouldn’t let it fall between the seat and the center console of your car and you certainly wouldn’t loan it to a friend to use on a Friday night trip into town.
 
The same must hold true for our mobile devices. They’re not just compact wireless telephones anymore. They provide access to our e-mail accounts, our personal records — and soon — our bank accounts. They’re like tiny laptop computers that hang on our belts.
 
And like any other electronic device, they can be stolen.
 
That means the onus is on industry leaders to find new and innovative ways to block malevolent hackers from stealing cell phones and mining them for priceless personal data. It means that — as mobile banking becomes a reality — we educate consumers about how they can protect themselves against identity theft. And it means there has to be a clear channel of communication between ATM manufacturers, cell phone manufacturers, cellular service providers, financial institutions and ISOs — in  short, all of the industries that are working together to make mobile banking a reality.
 
(J)Soy rod mrkm o contsta.
Posted by: Travis K. Kircher AT 10:33 pm   |  Permalink   |  0 Comments  |  
Monday, 17 December 2007
 
Tim Burke, CEO of Electronic Art, regularly blogs about self-service on his company's Web site. The following column first appeared on that site here.
 
A recent NPR story talked about the use of a cell phone as an airplane boarding pass. Essentially, a message is sent to a passenger’s phone with a two-dimensional bar code, which serves as his boarding pass information. The ticket agent then scans the screen just as he would a paper boarding pass.

The use of a cell phone as a means of identification has big potential in the future. Imagine a kiosk or interactive digital sign being able to scan and recognize you by a bar code you were sent via e-mail. Or it may be able to recognize you via Bluetooth or similar technology. Imagine a kiosk that allows you to sign up for a program or service, receive a code via e-mail or SMS within moments and interact with the kiosk or purchase your product without cash or credit cards. This technology has a lot of potential uses and it is just waiting for companies to adopt it in an engaging way that provides real value to the consumer.

I recently became aware of a pay-by-phone service called MocaPay, which allows you to sign up for an account online and add cash to your account from your credit or debit card. You can then go to any merchant that accepts MocaPay and purchase with your phone. It works like this: You send an SMS to MocaPay with your PIN number, and it responds with a code number that is good for 15 minutes. You give the code to the merchant and walk away with your product. Your account is debited once you have used the code. The service doesn't cost you anything to use; the costs are charged to the merchant at a rate similar to a credit card transaction. Could this be the new Visa?

This young company is primarily targeting the early adopters who already embrace cell phones and SMS messaging. They are growing in U.S. cities with large college campuses, where this target market is ripe. They get the merchants and universities to sign up to allow this audience to purchase with their phones.

All great stuff, great ideas. Now we need customers and deployers to figure out when it's appropriate to integrate these tools for their projects. Could this be you?
Posted by: TIm Burke AT 10:58 am   |  Permalink   |  0 Comments  |  
Tuesday, 11 December 2007
Auto-maker BMW has been using informational kiosks for years in airports, malls and health clubs, as well as in dealership showrooms, to generate buzz for upcoming model releases. The man behind a lot of the buzz is Robert Plante, BMW kiosk programs manager for BMW of North America. Plante personally designed the company’s innovative wireless kiosks and pioneered the idea of using cell phone technology to wirelessly connect those kiosks. Now he answers 10 questions about one of the self-service industry’s highest-profile deployments.
 
How has BMW used self-service?
 
The goal of BMW’s kiosks is to provide information about our vehicles to customers. The kiosks give interactive descriptions of the vehicles, the products associated with those vehicles and about programs aimed at getting customers behind the wheel or to experience the brand. Our dealer kiosk program, which has won eight major industry awards since its first deployment, is being phased out and replaced by a new kiosk program that combines the functionality of an interactive, Web-based kiosk with the big-screen impact of digital signage. We also have an award-winning wireless kiosk program that we use to support product launches and experiential programs. These are deployed in malls, airports and other public spaces.
 
How were you involved in implementing the kiosks?
 
I was hands-on throughout. I oversaw the kiosk design, production, training and deployment — and remain deeply involved in the creation, design and distribution of all content. I also supervise the help-desk support.
 
When did BMW decide self-service would be beneficial?
 
We decided to use self-service several years ago. Our brand became a technology leader in the automobile market with more complex products, and we wanted to reflect that in our showrooms.
 
Who are the major suppliers of your self-service technology?
 
It was a collaboration of several vendors. Czarnowski and Frank Mayer & Associates designed the fixtures. Reality Interactive developed the technology/software. Reality Pictures provided the screen design and video content, and we went with Lenovo and Sony for the hardware.
 
What problems were the kiosks designed to solve?
 
We wanted the kiosks to communicate the romance, excitement and sheer joy of the BMW driving experience and to make the safety and technology easy to understand and to promote the experiential programs.
 
What steps did BMW take to deploy the kiosks?
 
We started with research, attended trade shows, studied other kiosk programs and held a design competition. We have an ongoing effort to build vendor team unity, design prototypes, increase field staff exposure, improve dealer communication, continue training, beta testing and content fixes.
 
What has been the biggest advantage of having kiosks? Are there any disadvantages or complaints?
 
The kiosks are a private, high-impact, targeted information highway to our customers and dealers. We can add new content within 24 hours — and, when necessary, even faster. Technical problems with Internet connectivity are a minor ongoing headache.
 
What kind of feedback have you received from car buyers?
 
We have heard excellent feedback so far.
 
Have you seen good ROI on your investment?
 
ROI on in-dealer kiosks is difficult to measure as these kiosks are more of a branding and information tool. Sales people seem to love it, though, so the kiosks are helping the sales process. The ROI on wireless kiosks is unbelievable.
 
What do you think is the future of self-service in a sales setting?
 
As vehicles become more complex, the landscape becomes more competitive and kiosk technology becomes better, the use of this tool only will grow.
Posted by: Robert Plante AT 11:01 am   |  Permalink   |  0 Comments  |  
Tuesday, 04 December 2007
James Bickers

In the early 1980s, Games magazine used an experimental bit of technology to raise the eyebrows of its readers.

Taking advantage of a printing technology that was cutting edge at the time (and still seldom used today), the magazine customized one of the puzzles within its pages with the actual name of the subscriber. The result was an entire community of readers who were dumbfounded to solve a puzzle, only to find their name included in the solution.
 
Flash forward two decades later to the first major-label song to be released as an official MP3 download without digital copy protection. The song was “A Public Affair” by Jessica Simpson, and aside from the DRM issue, it was notable for another reason: Simpson recorded hundreds of different names for one particular lyric. The end result was that customers could buy a song in which the star was singing directly to them, addressing them by name.
 
A novelty? In both cases, most certainly. But both examples lead to a finer point: Make customers feel special, and you will make an impact. For any interaction you have with them, do all you can to make it all about them. If you ask customers to swipe a loyalty card through a device and then fail to greet them by their name, you’re missing an opportunity. Dale Carnegie was right: The sweetest sound to any person is the sound of his own name.
 
Interactive digital signage represents one of the newest, most exciting ways to make this happen since the introduction of on-demand printing. By adding a layer of interactivity to out-of-home digital media, businesses can engage their customers in a very high-impact transaction — one that can be memorable on every level — while still taking care of business.
 
Recent months have seen several companies experiment with through-the-window touchscreens, which allow shoppers outside a store to determine what is shown on-screen inside. Kiosks connected to public screen networks allow patrons to queue up preferences for the larger viewing public. And we only are at the beginning of the exploration of SMS’s potential, a potential that seems limitless given the proliferation of capable cell phones and equally capable thumbs.
 
The move from one-to-many messaging to one-to-one messaging is as big a shift as business has ever encountered. Technology makes it possible, but it is the people behind the technology that make it make sense. If the builders and deployers of these systems can keep their focus primarily on the people who will be using them, they are destined to succeed in ways not yet fully comprehended.
Posted by: James Bickers AT 11:43 am   |  Permalink   |  0 Comments  |  
Tuesday, 04 December 2007
In the early 1980s, Games magazine used an experimental bit of technology to raise the eyebrows of its readers.
 
Taking advantage of a printing technology that was cutting edge at the time (and still seldom used today), the magazine customized one of the puzzles within its pages with the actual name of the subscriber. The result was an entire community of readers who were dumbfounded to solve a puzzle, only to find their name included in the solution.
 
Flash forward two decades later to the first major-label song to be released as an official MP3 download without digital copy protection. The song was “A Public Affair” by Jessica Simpson, and aside from the DRM issue, it was notable for another reason: Simpson recorded hundreds of different names for one particular lyric. The end result was that customers could buy a song in which the star was singing directly to them, addressing them by name.
 
A novelty? In both cases, most certainly. But both examples lead to a finer point: Make customers feel special, and you will make an impact. For any interaction you have with them, do all you can to make it all about them. If you ask customers to swipe a loyalty card through a device and then fail to greet them by their name, you’re missing an opportunity. Dale Carnegie was right: The sweetest sound to any person is the sound of his own name.
 
Interactive digital signage represents one of the newest, most exciting ways to make this happen since the introduction of on-demand printing. By adding a layer of interactivity to out-of-home digital media, businesses can engage their customers in a very high-impact transaction — one that can be memorable on every level — while still taking care of business.
 
Recent months have seen several companies experiment with through-the-window touchscreens, which allow shoppers outside a store to determine what is shown on-screen inside. Kiosks connected to public screen networks allow patrons to queue up preferences for the larger viewing public. And we only are at the beginning of the exploration of SMS’s potential, a potential that seems limitless given the proliferation of capable cell phones and equally capable thumbs.
 
The move from one-to-many messaging to one-to-one messaging is as big a shift as business has ever encountered. Technology makes it possible, but it is the people behind the technology that make it make sense. If the builders and deployers of these systems can keep their focus primarily on the people who will be using them, they are destined to succeed in ways not yet fully comprehended.
Posted by: James Bickers AT 11:04 am   |  Permalink   |  0 Comments  |  
Tuesday, 27 November 2007
Last year about this time, I talked to my staff about making some professional resolutions. You know, we’d commit to reading a business-themed book a quarter, or to joining and becoming active in a professional organization. I thought we could benefit from sharing these resolutions and following up on them from time to time throughout the year.
 
It lasted a month.
 
If your position has the power to influence your self-service deployments, odds are you could make some changes to them in 2008 that would make the machines more useful to their users and therefore better for your company’s bottom line. With optimism that you’ll have better success than I did in 2007, here are five resolutions you can make, each with self-service in mind:
 
1. Be a user and a watcher. Have you gone into one of your locations and tried your kiosk? How about the self-service devices at other businesses? Pay attention to how the experience yours delivers fares on its own and in comparison. I recently used a self-checkout kiosk at a local library. Things worked great until it asked the password for my library card — a question not made at the counter. I bet 90 percent of would-be users don’t know their library card passwords. Yet, the librarian had just complained she had no idea why the machines weren’t used more.
 
2. Take cash. Wherever you can, whenever you can. The United States Postal Service is having trouble getting customers to use the award-winning Automated Postal Center kiosk, which takes cards but no bills or coins. Yet, as we reported on Self-Service World.com, USPS officials know most users want to pay cash for postage.
 
3. Do inspections. My route to work passes only one gas station, and filling up anywhere else is a hassle. But I’ve gone stretches where I’ve driven out of my way to avoid the more convenient pumps. Why? Because the receipts on the self-serve pumps always are out of paper. Whatever your kiosks may do, they probably have something that can run out or break or get so dirty no one wants to touch it. If your deployment is too big to inspect personally, assign people to help. Or investigate one of the many services available that can empower you with remote-monitoring abilities.
 
4. Visit a tradeshow. There’s no substitute for kicking the tires in person. Visiting a show is a great way to see the latest in technology and applications, and to hear industry experts and other deployers share their lessons. Another benefit: It will re-invigorate your enthusiasm for the technology.
 
5. Be nice to the people who work with the kiosks. It doesn’t matter how great your self-service technology is if you don’t have happy, helpful employees working for you, too. And since many workers see self-service as a threat, acknowledging their value becomes even more important. It’s a sad thing for a business when a customer leaves believing the kiosk was the friendliest help there.
 
Who knows whether you’ll follow-through with any of these. The main thing is to be aware there’s always something you could be doing better.
Posted by: Joseph Grove AT 11:07 am   |  Permalink   |  0 Comments  |  
Monday, 19 November 2007
 
It’s a familiar scene in many houses on the fourth Thursday in November: Relatives young and old chat together, cousins and siblings play football in the back yard, and the introverts watch old Westerns in the basement. In the kitchen, an assortment of gourmet gurus peel aluminum foil off the Thanksgiving dishes they’ve prepared.
 
But how does an inexperienced cook even begin to contribute to the family feast?
 
One place to start is the grocery. Recipe and shopping kiosks come to the aid of those in dire need of culinary support. During the month leading up to Thanksgiving, some self-service devices provide recipes and shopping lists of ingredients for such culinary emergencies.
 
ShoptoCook, a provider of turnkey meal content kiosks, places a seasonal button on its kiosks, which are deployed in more than 200 grocery and retail stores. Leading up to Thanksgiving, the recipes there provide dozens of basic recipes for turkey, stuffing, vegetables and deserts. Advanced dishes, not for first-timers, also are available.
 
“It’s during that whole holiday season that people need help with what to cook,” said John Picard, chief operating officer of ShoptoCook Inc. “Many are interested in trying something new.”
 
In fact, Picard said, many experienced cooks want to impress and entertain their guests with new recipes. ShoptoCook’s kiosk provides an assortment of new deserts and side dishes that were not an option the year before.
 
And when the feast is finished, the kiosk even has ideas for the leftovers.
 
“The seasonal buttons are very popular,” Picard said. “It is a key part of what we offer.”
 
Giant Food Stores, a deployer of several self-service solutions, offers its own Shopping Solutions and Recipe Solutions kiosks. The search capability lets eager hosts search for innovative Thanksgiving recipes. Its kiosks include recipes for roast turkey with corn bread stuffing, pumpkin pie, cranberry relish, roasted zucchini and yam casserole. Many of the recipes also come with preparation and nutrition information.
 
For those looking to interject some healthy alternatives into their Thanksgiving feast for friends and family with special dietary requirements, Portland, Ore.-based Healthnotes Inc.’s “Fresh Ideas” kiosks offer tips and recipes on fresh foods and health-related products. The Healthnotes kiosks include content on fresh foods, organics, diets, supplements and medications, as well as science-based product recommendations for managing health conditions, and even wines.
 
Connoisseurs who are especially serious about what they toast their turkey with can find kiosks that exclusively offer beverage assistance. According to a June Newsweek story, roughly half a dozen companies are testing and marketing interactive touchscreen wine kiosks for placement in grocery and liquor stores, as well as in wine shops. The kiosks allow shoppers to search for wines by name, grape, region, price or menu compatibility.
 
No matter what your experience level in the kitchen, self-service tools can help bring together a fine dining experience.

Posted by: Patrick Avery AT 11:10 am   |  Permalink   |  0 Comments  |  
Tuesday, 13 November 2007
The National Association of Convenience Store trade show is a smorgasbord of M&M’s, salted soft pretzels, adult magazines and gas pump displays. But the annual expo also draws its share of self-service companies and deployers.
 
This year’s NACS conference was no different on that end. However, many of the self-service devices on display were products that have been on the market for more than a year, not up and coming, innovative products that usually take over the trade show circuit. Some of those kiosks might have added features like multiple languages but they were hardly re-imagined.
 
Is this a sign that the kiosk market is running out of steam and product ideas are running dry? The answer is most likely not.
 
Many of the companies in attendance at NACS are entering the convenience store space for the first time. Coinstar, which owns half of DVD rental company redbox along with McDonald’s, showcased the DVD-rental kiosk. Coinstar and redbox announced plans at NACS to deploy more than two dozen DVD-rental kiosks in convenience stores across the United States. Coinstar plans to have 300 of the kiosks in place by the end of 2007.
 
NCR, Triton and others in the ATM space are also landing in c-stores. They have already been there for years, but are continuing to deploy more and more, particular in smaller grocery chains.
 
A traditional, successful kiosk solution bodes well for convenience stores. In a retail environment where quick is best, a kiosk that is user friendly and familiar will get customers in and out of the store speedily. A complicated, yet innovative, kiosk would no doubt look very attractive in a c-store space, but likely confuse those in a hurry.
 
This is not to say that a multi-dimensional, never before seen, kiosk couldn’t make it. Something like a gift-card kiosk or the digital media kiosk MAX BOX could give c-store patrons something they are looking for and not have them loitering.
 
As mobile and Internet self-service makes its way into the market more prominently (some would already say they are the most prominent), it will be interesting to see what happens to the standalone kiosk. I’m not sure you will see customers use their cell phones to text in an order for a pop and a candy bar. Likewise, an Internet site to preorder your gasoline and get a sandwich at the c-store deli is unlikely.
 
So I imagine the tried and true kiosks that have worked successfully for years and have ingrained themselves in key markets will be around.
Posted by: Patrick Avery AT 11:11 am   |  Permalink   |  0 Comments  |  
Monday, 05 November 2007
 
Information collected at the cash register is a rich pool of data that can help retailers ratchet up the effectiveness of their digital signage networks.
 
The concept is simple: Take the millions of lines of time-stamped playlist data from the signage network, place them alongside the millions of lines of time-stamped sales data from the POS, and compare. Look for patterns that reveal which bits of content are having an impact on sales.
 
"As soon as the tools for analyzing POS data against campaign schedules and specific content become standardized and easy to use, this metric will beat any other ROI measurements in retail digital signage," said Nurlan Urazbaev, director of marketing for BroadSign International.
 
The challenges
 
While the data is on the network, waiting to be mined, most retailers are not using it. Bill Gerba, president of WireSpring Technologies, said about one-third to one-half of retailers with digital-signage networks are doing meaningful analysis of their playlist/POS correlation. The number is considerably higher for retailers that include self-service and kiosks in the mix, "probably because the kiosks are driving some kind of transaction that’s of a high value to them, and they want to know how to convert it better," he said.
 
Pure digital signage may not be transactional in nature, but its output data still can be analyzed and solid information can be extrapolated. What happened to sales of a specific brand of cookies when its ads were run — and what happened at the same time to the generics? Which spots provided the largest surges in sales of advertised products, and how did time-of-day have an impact? All of these can be tangibly measured when playlist data is taken out of its silo and placed alongside the real-world store data.
 
"Integrating digital signage systems to in-store systems is vital to the success of the concept," said Dick Trask, director of public relations for Scala. "Digital signage needs to become an integral part of the in-store marketing strategy and not a lone wolf vying for recognition."
 
Two major challenges exist for retailers: IT capabilities and the flexibility to react to what is learned.
 
In large corporations, IT bandwidth is less of a problem, since there usually are programmers in-house already familiar with the POS system and the way it stores data. For instance, Trask said the U.K. grocery chain Tesco built its own middleware between its POS and digital signage systems. Smaller retailers may have a tougher time creating this bridge.
 
Understanding the broad view of which types of content are having the biggest impact on sales can be a major asset for the creative team — and can provide solid data to executives on the value of the signage network.
 
A third-party solution
 
For companies unable or unwilling to build their own POS/digital signage analysis tools, there is at least one turnkey third-party solution. Helmed by former executives from Microsoft, MSN and Amazon, DS-IQ’s analytics engine correlates digital signage and POS data, outputting it to a set of custom dashboards on the Web.
 
"While a campaign is still in-flight, you can get detailed feedback on precisely what is working and what’s not, while there’s still time to make a positive difference," said June Eva Peoples, vice president of business development for DS-IQ.
 
One possible downside, Gerba said, is that retailers can be reluctant to open their POS data to outside entities.
 
Peoples would not reveal pricing for the DS-IQ service, but said it "more than pays for itself by optimizing category sales lift."

Posted by: James Bickers AT 11:12 am   |  Permalink   |  0 Comments  |  
Monday, 29 October 2007
Two financial institutions (FIs) sought to enhance customer service; one through self-service and the other through assisted-service. Both approaches enabled the FIs to reduce wait times for customers and free up staff time for higher value activities. For one credit union, it also saves space in compact in-store branches.
 
Self-service
 
BECU (formerly Boeing Employees’ Credit Union) in Seattle has moved to a self-service route. The largest credit union in Washington State with more than $7 billion in assets, BECU serves more than 500,000 members from 37 “tellerless” in-store branches.
 
These tellerless branches are half the size of a typical in-store branch, ranging from 350–400 square feet, yet fulfill all the functions of one. BECU has used self-service technology to allow it to fit more functionality into the smaller footprint it has available in many supermarkets.
 
Each tellerless branch consists of two workstations and an ATM, as well as a few Internet kiosks to demonstrate online banking, and a phone to reach the call center. The employees at these branches are consultants who cross-sell products, rather than tellers who process transactions. The consultants are available to service, educate and advise BECU’s members.
 
For example, if a member brings a deposit to the consultant, the consultant will teach the member how to use the ATM to make deposits. (If the customer doesn’t have an ATM card, the consultant drops the customer’s deposit into an “Express Box,” which is swept daily and processed in the back office.) If a member wants a balance transfer, the consultant escorts the member to the online banking kiosk, where the consultant teaches the member how to use online banking.
 
Consultants demonstrate the low-cost channels to members on a continuous basis, but do not directly handle transactions.
 
These branches represent what Celent believes to be one successful future path of in-store banking: They are designed to grow the customer base and then deepen relationships within that base.
 
Assisted service
 
First Citizens Bank in Raleigh, N.C., has 340 branches in North Carolina, Virginia, West Virginia, Tennessee and Maryland. The bank, with $16 billion in assets and 5,000 employees, has been piloting assisted service.
 
The new system provides an integrated assisted-service environment where customers use the ATM-like interface to “tee-up” their transaction. The teller completes the transaction by collecting the deposit or dispensing the cash. Typically, one teller alternates between two customer stations.
 
As part of the introduction to assisted-service, the bank created a concierge position within the branch to route customers to the appropriate area of the bank and explain assisted service. The concierge worked exclusively with assisted-service customers during the first 60 days of roll out at each branch. This was one key to the project’s success.
 
Initially, tellers and customers were concerned about teller job security. Customers had relationships with the tellers and did not want those tellers replaced by machines. Tellers were told that the technology helped reduce customer wait times and it allowed staff to migrate from transactional to service positions — all while maintaining First Citizens’ focus on customer service. As a result, customer feedback was positive.
 
Business results also were positive. Simple transactions were handled more quickly and staff was redeployed to higher value concierge positions. Now about one-fourth of all assisted-service-appropriate transactions are going through the assisted-service line. FCB’s goal is to drive this number to 60 percent.
 
The conclusion from both financial institutions is that self-service and assisted service can play a role at the branch. There are many ways to deploy assisted service, but to do it successfully requires people trained to assist the customers through this transition.
 
The author is a senior analyst for consulting firm Celent LLC's banking group and is based in the firm's San Francisco office.
Posted by: Bart Narter AT 11:42 am   |  Permalink   |  0 Comments  |  
Monday, 15 October 2007
We’ve all been there. Put a dollar bill in the acceptor, wait a second, then it spits it back out. Smooth out the corners, try another bill. Repeat process and hope the wind isn’t blowing or you’re chasing your buck down the street. Worst case scenario is that it doesn’t even attempt to take the dollar and you walk away without an Almond Joy.
 
It was actually the opposite kind of experience that instigated my investigation into bill acceptors. I was using a U-Scan system at a grocery store and paid in cash (which I almost never do anymore). I put the first bill in, waited for the regurgitation, but instead it smoothly took my cash and credited me for the transaction.
 
I was surprised, so later that night I bought a Coke from a vending machine and had similarly good experience, which begs the question: Why do some bill acceptors gladly accept my cash while others spit it back at me?
 
To get an inside look into the inner-workings of bill acceptors, I spoke with Alec Shekhar, Americas marketing manager at MEI. MEI has a large market share of bill acceptors in vending machines, self-checkouts, kiosks, retail safes and casino gaming machines.
 
The answer to the question is not complicated, Shekhar said. Vending machines have been around for 20-30 years and while a lot of machines have been updated or replaced, there still are machines out there with old technology in them.
 
“In the past, magnetic readers and bill recognition technology were not as robust,” Shekhar said. “New optical technology is being put into today’s bill acceptors that can better recognize worn or creased bills.”
 
Most people have put their money into a bill acceptor at some point, but may not understand the inter-workings. Customers begin by putting their bill into the slot, also known as the bezel, which triggers the acceptor to grab the bill.
 
A bill acceptor’s main purpose is to take currency, but also to validate it, and there are two available means for doing so. Once inside, an optical scan system verifies a bill by finding “identifiers” in the paper that are placed there by the mint during manufacturing.
 
A magnetic scan looks for magnetic signatures given off by the ink on the bill. If authenticated, the bill is deposited in a cash box or cassette located behind the acceptor. The whole process takes one to three seconds.
 
The aesthetics of bill acceptors have generally remained the same over the years; it is the authentication technology which caused our bill regurgitation in the past. Shekhar said recognition technology began greatly improving around 1995. Since then most of the old bill acceptors have been switched out. 
 
There has been a shift in the market from magnetic to optical technology in the past 20 years. Shekhar said that MEI exclusively deals with optical scan technology because those acceptors never touch the bill, which prevents jams. Magnetic scanning systems are more apt to be fooled by counterfeit bills, even now. They also tend to easily reject bills that are worn.
 
Another reason why I’m having better customer experience with bill acceptors at self-checkouts is because the quality — and price point — of acceptors in those machines is higher. Quality-wise, there are several levels of bill acceptors. The top tier lines are used mostly in self-checkouts and casino gaming machines because of their reliability.
 
“Especially in a casino setting, the acceptors have to take the bill because if not, people just won’t gamble on that machine, likewise with self-checkout,” Shekhar said.
 
Vending machines, on the other hand, generally have lower-tier bill acceptors installed in them, which is one of the reasons we’ve struggled with them in the past. Also consider that many vending machines are outside and that rain, light and other environmental conditions have an effect on the performance of the bill acceptor.
 
An obvious, yet not immediately considered reason that self-checkout bill acceptors tend to outperform those of vending machines is because people generally use smaller denominations of money in vending machines. Singles and five dollar bills see more circulation and are usually more worn than say, twenties, which Shekhar says he sees a lot of in self-checkout cash boxes.
 
Lastly, consider the last time a bill acceptor wouldn’t take any of your bills. When I took a step back and thought about it, I realized it’s probably been several years. Shekhar said it’s like that with most people.
 
“People have long memories,” he said. "When it comes to bill acceptors, they’re seeing memories from the past.”
Posted by: Bill Yackey AT 11:44 am   |  Permalink   |  0 Comments  |  
Monday, 08 October 2007
 
RoboTom’s, developed by the York, Pa.-based Shipley Stores LLC and opened in September 2001, is considered by many to be the first fully automated convenience store in the United States. Although it closed in 2004, the idea of an automated store lives on as convenience stores continue to examine how vending can minimize labor and real estate costs and maximize consumer satisfaction.
 
Shipley’s designed RoboTom’s sites to be a complete convenience experience with several vending machines offering convenience-store staples and hot food items such as pizza, while also providing unattended fueling.
 
How did Shipley’s come up with the idea of RoboTom? “We had a location that we really didn’t know what to do with at the time,” said Roger Fuller, Shipley’s store systems administrator.
 
“We got initial good reaction, but I don’t think the community was ready for that — to go to an unmanned convenience store and get their oil and milk out of the same machine, even though they never touched each other. We were a few years ahead of where our community was ready to be,” he said.
 
In another market, Shipley’s opened a second, scaled down RoboTom’s that enjoyed better customer reception. Still, the base wasn’t there and the company discontinued its operations.
 
But the story of vending doesn’t end there. In 2003, the National Association of Convenience Stores (NACS) profiled three more entrants into vending:
  • Redbox, a small-footprint vending operation outside a handful of McDonald’s restaurants in the Washington, D.C., area featured dozens of convenience items and even DVD rentals. Its original format was, like RoboTom’s, discontinued in 2004, but redbox continues to evolve.
  • In the United Kingdom, grocery chain J Sainsbury opened a fully automated, 130-SKU vending operation outside of one of its convenience stores. The vending option was intended for customers who wanted to shop in the wee hours, when the convenience store was closed. To Sainsbury’s surprise, it became popular with customers at all times, even when the convenience store was open.
  • SmartMart, in Memphis, Tenn., opened in 2003 as the world’s first fully automated drive-thru convenience store where customers can select from 2,000 items via touchscreen. For age-restricted product sales, an interactive video system is used to verify the customer’s age.
And last year the vending story continued as NACS profiled Shop24, located on the campus of Morrisville College in upstate New York.
 
Shop24 is not a new concept — its units are installed in seven countries and have recorded more than 60 million consumer transactions in 160 locations throughout Europe. However, its U.S. debut was November 2005 at Morrisville College, where it offered students and employees 24-hour access to 200 items, from soda to milk to iPod download cards. 
 
The reason for installing Shop24 was pure economics, said Glenn Gaslin, general manager of the Morrisville Auxiliary Corporation, which manages student services. For 15 years the school operated a convenience store with limited hours of operation, and its sales never covered its expenses. “We were losing money, and we weren’t providing the service I thought we should provide,” he said. “When we made a decision to install Shop24, we knew that the students would like this.”
 
By making Shop24 and all of the other vending machines capable of accepting student IDs for payment, sales rocketed. “They absolutely love it. Our sales increased 40 percent just by adding the card swipe on the machine. They don’t have to carry cash. All they need is their ID card. It’s the same card they use to get into their residence hall room and into a lot of the classrooms,” Gaslin said.
 
Shop24 also stocks sandwiches and students find them a convenient option at any hour.” They get the munchies at two in the morning. This is available to them. They come right down, put their card in, and they got a sub and off they go.”
 
“I don’t think it’s a 100-percent replacement for a convenience store, where you can go in and if you want to buy a coffee and set it up for the exact amount of sugar and cream that you want and shop around what you want for a snack,” Gaslin said. “But it will replace the 24-hour need — the convenience store that’s open 24 hours a day and does $10 in sales between midnight and five in the morning.”
 
“It’s just a convenience store that’s run by a computer and a robot.”
 
Shipley’s Fuller said, “[RoboTom’s] was a good concept. We learned that the customer was just not ready for that concept in the convenience store industry.”
 
But as more entrants have begun to evolve the concept, it appears that the customer is warming up to the idea.
 
Jeff Lenard is NACS vice president of communications and oversees media relations, communications and marketing on behalf of the convenience and petroleum retailing industry.

Posted by: Jeff Lenard AT 11:46 am   |  Permalink   |  0 Comments  |  
Tuesday, 02 October 2007
At the In-Store Marketing Expo in Chicago last week, I attended a session called “Measuring and Continuously Improving Digital Sign Network ROI.” The presenters were Brian Brooks and Kelly Canavan of 3M.
 
Brooks, with PhDs in cognitive psychology and neuroscience, has taken his knowledge of how the brain works and applied it to measuring the effectiveness of digital signage. To make his case, Brooks laid the groundwork by reporting on experiments that were done to measure what is going on at the brain level as it relates to branding.
 
In a blind taste test, consumers were asked to describe the Coke or Pepsi they were given versus a “generic” brand. What they discovered is that the taste testers thought that the Coke or Pepsi tasted better than the generic brand even though in fact the “generic” was really Coke or Pepsi. “Branding doesn’t just change our emotional experience, but literally our physical reaction,” he said.
 
Brooks and 3M claim to have developed a method, using “vision science technologies,” to engineer a physical environment to achieve the desired results. In other words, 3M says they can take what they’ve learned in the lab – with humans wearing special goggles detecting eye movement – and apply it to real environments without humans and goggles.
 
As an example, Brooks showed a picture of a typical big box store and with numbers, showed the first four places the eyes would look. In this case, to a static sign on a table, then on to other static signage. The next picture showed the same scene, only this time a digital sign was added. Since the digital sign had a brown color on the page, the eye traveled to other places first and the digital sign last. But once the color on the digital sign was changed to yellow, the eye went to the sign first.
 
As Brooks would explain the science, Canavan would interject or interpret how it was relevant to the business world. When we walk into a store, “it’s not that we’re trying to decide what to look at, we’re trying to decide what to ignore,” explained Canavan.
 
Canavan went on to present case studies of hotel and foodservice environments which benefited from the implementation of digital signage. In the first pilot, a hotel was looking to increase sales at its restaurants. Sales increased 15-35% per day when digital signage content was used to promote the restaurants.
 
In the second pilot, the objective was to drive foot traffic to a specific station in a corporate cafeteria. When that station and a particular product were featured on digital signs, 27.8% more consumers went to the desired station and sales of the featured product increased five times.
 
With these vision science principles and tools, 3M asserts you can determine the best sign location and creative content for those screens. By conducting experiments in the field and analyzing the data, Canavan contends, you can determine the cause-and-effect relationships and make methodical adjustments for improvement.
 
We all know there’s an art to effective marketing, but now there’s a little more science to it.
Posted by: David Drain AT 11:51 am   |  Permalink   |  0 Comments  |  
Tuesday, 02 October 2007

At the In-Store Marketing Expo in Chicago last week, I attended a session called “Measuring and Continuously Improving Digital Sign Network ROI.” The presenters were Brian Brooks and Kelly Canavan of 3M.

Brooks, with PhDs in cognitive psychology and neuroscience, has taken his knowledge of how the brain works and applied it to measuring the effectiveness of digital signage. To make his case, Brooks laid the groundwork by reporting on experiments that were done to measure what is going on at the brain level as it relates to branding.
 
In a blind taste test, consumers were asked to describe the Coke or Pepsi they were given versus a “generic” brand. What they discovered is that the taste testers thought that the Coke or Pepsi tasted better than the generic brand even though in fact the “generic” was really Coke or Pepsi. “Branding doesn’t just change our emotional experience, but literally our physical reaction,” he said.
 
Brooks and 3M claim to have developed a method, using “vision science technologies,” to engineer a physical environment to achieve the desired results. In other words, 3M says they can take what they’ve learned in the lab – with humans wearing special goggles detecting eye movement – and apply it to real environments without humans and goggles.
 
As an example, Brooks showed a picture of a typical big box store and with numbers, showed the first four places the eyes would look. In this case, to a static sign on a table, then on to other static signage. The next picture showed the same scene, only this time a digital sign was added. Since the digital sign had a brown color on the page, the eye traveled to other places first and the digital sign last. But once the color on the digital sign was changed to yellow, the eye went to the sign first.
 
As Brooks would explain the science, Canavan would interject or interpret how it was relevant to the business world. When we walk into a store, “it’s not that we’re trying to decide what to look at, we’re trying to decide what to ignore,” explained Canavan.
 
Canavan went on to present case studies of hotel and foodservice environments which benefited from the implementation of digital signage. In the first pilot, a hotel was looking to increase sales at its restaurants. Sales increased 15-35% per day when digital signage content was used to promote the restaurants.
 
In the second pilot, the objective was to drive foot traffic to a specific station in a corporate cafeteria. When that station and a particular product were featured on digital signs, 27.8% more consumers went to the desired station and sales of the featured product increased five times.
 
With these vision science principles and tools, 3M asserts you can determine the best sign location and creative content for those screens. By conducting experiments in the field and analyzing the data, Canavan contends, you can determine the cause-and-effect relationships and make methodical adjustments for improvement.
 
We all know there’s an art to effective marketing, but now there’s a little more science to it.
Posted by: David Drain AT 11:44 am   |  Permalink   |  0 Comments  |  
Monday, 24 September 2007
Lief Larson is a media technologist residing in Minneapolis. He is also the founder and former editor-in-chief of Kiosk magazine, the forerunner of Self-Service World magazine.
 
The concept of “self-service 2.0” is a forward-thinking vision for the possible interactive and visual displays of tomorrow, based on technology that exists today.
 
Kiosk and self-service technology is evolving. Over the next 12 months to 24 months the industry likely will experience a turning point for new technologies and applications that add a new level of convenience and accessibility to people’s lives — think: thin client, RFID, kiosk/digital display convergence, data transport, customer sensing and other tools.
 
Here’s a look at where the technology may be headed:
 
Hardware/Software
 
For years, those in the kiosk realm have predicted the advent of thin client/small form factor devices, yet boxy terminals continue their prevalence. A peek around the corner may see software that primarily resided on kiosk hardware slowly disappearing in favor of Web-based, software-as-service platforms. In this scenario, the terminal only needs to be able to connect to the Web and to a limited number of local software applications, such as drivers for hardware add-ons like credit card readers and printers.
 
The advantages of thin client are lower hardware costs and less chance for downtime — fewer parts mean less probability of failure. What hardware remains in the kiosk enclosure will be small and stable. Look for ultra-compact embedded hardware such as mini/pico-ITX and panel PCs in 17 inches to 22 inches for under $999 to blaze trails in this area.
 
Convergence
 
The kiosk terminal (interactive) and digital signage (non-interactive) will combine. Previously at a kiosk terminal users would navigate and control it with interface tools, whereas a digital sign simply would display information without any user control or interactivity. An emerging trend in digital displays allows users to immerse themselves in the experience by interacting with digital signage through user triggers such as multitouch screens, cell phones and RFID.
 
Kiosk and digital signage company Nanonation, for example, has provided cutting-edge applications for Royal Caribbean Cruise Lines and Umpqua Bank.
 
Brian Ardinger, Nanonation’s senior vice president of marketing, said the key is to not interrupt the customer experience, but to enhance the environment with information, images and intuitive systems. “By giving customers access to the information and marketing tools necessary when they ask for it or when they are naturally interacting with something is more powerful than hoping a person sees the right loop at the right time.”
 
Self-Service 2.0 Applications
 
• At self-service kiosks, concert-goers use USB sticks to buy, download and take home live recordings of the event after the show. Although this technology has been around for years, hundreds of thousands of people now carry USB sticks; they have become the single most popular means of physically transporting data files. The music group Barenaked Ladies have been selling DRM-free concert music for USB sticks. Thumb drives and mobile media memory sticks soon also may allow customers to take information away from environments such as retail stores.
 
• Sequoia Media Group launched myMovieMaker, a service now available at Wal-Mart stores that instantly transforms consumer digital photos into personalized DVD movies. The service uses Hollywood-style effects and themed storyboards to empower customers with professional movie production. It is likely that soon we will see advanced kiosk functionalities that address marketplace trends, such as developing video for sites like YouTube and customizing large-ticket purchases such as cars and furniture.
 
• French video rental giant CPFK has developed the Moovyplay system to rent movies for 30 days using a portable hard drive. A customer loads up the drive at an in-store kiosk, then plugs it into a docking station connected to his TV set. The first-generation drives, which are about the size of a BlackBerry device, can store up to 14GB of data, enough to hold about 40 movies at DVD quality. Users pay for the movies with a prepaid card, and revenue is split between the studios and the retailer. Household pipelines are bandwidth-limited for high-definition file sizes, which may present opportunities for kiosks to help put file transfers into the hands of consumers through large file transport devices. Is anyone else scared by the word “teraflop”?
 
• Freedom Shopping is a state-of-the-art self-checkout retail kiosk that uses RFID technology for speedy checkouts. There is no learning curve for the shopper — simply approach the kiosk with the items to check-out and a helpful voice guides the shopper through an effortless transaction. We have just reached the true opportunity of RFID in self-service. Expect dozens of new test applications that work through RFID to roll out over the next 18 months.
 
• LocaModa is developing technology that works with self-service kiosks and other out-of-home networks such as Wi-Fi hotspots, narrowcast digital signage and IP-based entertainment networks (from jukeboxes to cinemas) that can be leveraged to provide interactivity, presence and commerce for mobile consumers. The next generation self-service movement calls for cell phones and connected PDAs to act as remote controls for calling up information.
 
• Rogers Wireless, a leading telecom communications company in Canada, is using in-store kiosks that act as an extension of the sales force, educating and captivating customers and increasing potential sales opportunities. The interactive touchscreens, working in tandem with motion-sensing technology, inform consumers about specific products of interest to them. Whether trying to determine when a customer is near your self-service terminal or digital display, or triggering applications, sensing technology offers a huge chance to intuitively engage customers at the moment of opportunity.
Posted by: Lief Larson AT 11:53 am   |  Permalink   |  0 Comments  |  
Monday, 17 September 2007
Bill Gerba, president of WireSpring Technologies, regularly blogs about digital signage at Wirespring.com. The following column first appeared on that site here.
 
By now, you've probably heard about last year's massive security breach at TJX (the parent company of TJ Maxx, Marshalls and a few other), which resulted in the theft of millions of credit card numbers and other pieces of personally identifiable information. As the different versions of the story have come and gone, the culprits were either hackers sitting in a nearby parking lot who infiltrated an unsecured wireless network, fake kiosk repair men who installed phony keypads to steal credit card numbers and PIN codes, or ex-employees who had access to key records and resources. But a new twist covered by Information Week and StorefrontBacktalk suggests that problems with TJX's in-store security practices (or lack thereof) allowed the attackers to use job application kiosks as a vector into the corporate network. Regardless of what the actual method of attack turns out to be, you never want to leave those doors open. And since virtually every digital signage and kiosk network relies on having networked devices somewhere in the store, now seems like a good time to review some dos and dont's for in-store computer security.

Depending on which version of the TJX kiosk story that you believe, hackers either replaced an encrypted PIN pad, inserted hardware keystroke loggers, used USB key drives to inject malicious software, or some combination of the three. This brings to mind a couple of guidelines that should always be remembered when placing computers in places where unauthorized people can get to them:
 
Lock 'em down. If you're putting a self-service kiosk on the sales floor and expect your customers to interact with it, you'd better be sure that any cables are securely fastened, unused ports are closed off (both physically and in software), and any access doors or panels are secured with a key or combination lock. In one version of the TJX story, phony tech staff physically tinkered with the kiosks, but in every version it should not have been physically possible to even install the device (USB key drive, fake PIN pad or keystroke logger). To prevent this, secure and cover all cables and openings. Even better, use an all-in-one appliance like IBM's Anyplace Kiosk with an on-screen keyboard for data entry. This eliminates the need for most external peripherals, and the ports seal up nicely, too.
 
Out of sight, out of mind. Taking item #1 a step further, if you don't need to have your computers sitting out where anybody can get at them, lock them up somewhere else. For a kiosk application, that might mean putting the CPU in a locked cabinet or closet (though the IBM Anyplace Kiosk obviates the need for this, provided you've bolted the thing down, of course). For digital signage applications, make sure your players are either sitting in a locked enclosure if they're kept behind each screen, or even better, put all of the media players in a secure room or closet, and use video distribution equipment to carry the signal to screens elsewhere in the store. One quick anecdote here: not too long ago we won a digital signage deal away from a competitor who, in addition to not having the best product for the customer's needs, also used laptops as the media players driving each screen. Unsecured laptops. Laptops that were simply cable-tied to a mounting bracket behind each screen. Let's just say that after a month-long trial period, many of the customer's "media players" had mysteriously gone missing.
 
Batten down the hatches. Visa, MasterCard, and other payment groups started catching flack for a lot of the more serious retailer data breaches a few years ago, and they responded with a new program called the PCI DSS (Payment Card Industry Data Security Standard). This applies to retailers as well as other parties, and outlines specific guidelines for handling cardholder data. For POS software and other payment-oriented applications, a special certification called PABP (Payment Application Best Practices) applies. Getting certified for PABP is an expensive and time-consuming endeavor. However, PABP certification is absolutely essential for kiosks that use credit cards for payment or identity verification, and it's also a very good idea for any computer-like device or service that comes within striking distance of a retailer's payment processing and data storage systems. Installing a spiffy new kiosk platform, or maybe a digital media network? Find out from your vendor if their software is up to snuff. Remember, even if your device doesn't actually accept credit cards, it could still be used as an attack vector to get to POS systems or other devices on the store's network that do house this data. Taking a point from the TJX story, it's also a good idea to disable any unused ports and peripherals in the computer's operating system and password-protect the BIOS, which further reduces the risk of tampering.
 
Don't forget to lock the gate! I think the most amazing and hard-to-believe version of the story came from Information Week, who suggested that USB key drives were used to install rogue programs on the kiosks. (What? The kiosk software allowed new programs to be installed?) This gave the attackers unfettered access to TJX's corporate network, as the kiosks were not separated from the rest of the network by a firewall! If this was 1991 and the Internet was still a cool toy for academics and scientists I might have let that slide. But seriously, this is 2007 and the attack in question happened quite recently. Whether you're using kiosks or not, anybody who doesn't believe that an extra Ethernet jack in the wall is a potential attack vector is deluding himself: important data should always be protected with a firewall. Forget about locking the gate. If this story is true, TJX's IT staff didn't even bother installing it.
 
This story just goes to show that no matter how many best practices guidelines and review meetings an organization has, it's all worthless without proper execution. While TJX only expects to take a modest financial hit from this breach (the $17 billion-a-year retailer is allocating less than $200M to cover all of the damages), a lot of customers and other businesses are upset over the exposure of their personal information. Worse, it stands to reason that there are other retailers out there with similar security practices, which are in desperate need of review and updating. And while security is certainly becoming an ever more important part of an IT staff's job, the proliferation of in-store computers for self-service kiosks, digital signage, Bluetooth/SMS beaconing, traffic monitoring, and security applications suggests that the problem will continue to grow.

There is some good news, though. All of the involved parties -- retailers, vendors and consumers -- have a vested interest in seeing things improve. Vendors must continue to improve their products, designing new systems and updating existing ones to make security features a high-priority. Likewise, retailers need to make sure that security plays a significant role in their policies and practices, taking advantage of new vendor-supplied solutions as they become practical and verifying that any new hardware and software purchases are compliant with the latest security mandates and standards (like PCI and PABP). And customers (that's all of us) have the most important job of all: telling retailers and vendors exactly how we feel when they slip up.
Posted by: Bill Gerba AT 11:56 am   |  Permalink   |  
Thursday, 13 September 2007
When you think about innovative companies, you’d be hard pressed to find one more notable than Google. On the outside, they are one of the leaders of search and advertising on the Internet. Behind the scenes, they are fueled by innovation.
 
While most companies keep their trade secrets, well, secret, Google is willing to broadcast its findings. The second day of Digital Signage Expo 2007 in May began with a power breakfast focused not on digital signage, but innovation. The speaker was Jim Lecinski, managing director for Google.
 
I can imagine the information was both eye-opening and welcomed by the digital signage professionals in attendance, most of who represented companies considerably smaller than Google. The presentation was comforting as it was informative, like a big brother giving his little brother advice as he enters high school.
 
Google’s innovations are seemingly endless, and obviously they’re doing something right. Lecinski broke down his company’s innovation strategy into nine notions. Each notion contains an important lesson that professionals from all parts of the digital signage and self-service spaces can learn from.
 
  1. Innovation, not instant perfection. Google believes in launching new products and ideas early and often, rather than trying to perfect those ideas behind closed doors before releasing them to the public. Then, customer feedback and popularity prove which projects are most successful.
  2. Share everything you can. Small teams that communicate openly have proved the best results for Google. They believe in transparency in the workplace so that everyone knows what everyone else is working on. (Scary, right?) They have a computer program where employees can look up names and see what others are working on, so if they have an idea to contribute they know who to talk to.
  3. You’re brilliant, we’re hiring. When Google interviews employees, Lecinski said they set the bar very high. They focus more on hiring generalists rather than specialists, as they have found generalists are more valuable and can contribute ideas to different parts of the company.
  4. Allow employees to pursue their dreams. Lecinski said Google allows its employees’ time in a 70/20/10 model. Seventy percent of the time they work on Google’s search and ad flagships; they develop new programs like Images, Desktop and Finance 20 percent of the time; and 10 percent of the time employees are allowed to pursue their own high risk/high reward projects. Lecinski said Google Earth is a result of one of those projects.
  5. Ideas come from everywhere. Sometimes Google turns to the public for new ideas. The Google mastheads, which are customized for holidays and events, are taken from non-employee submissions. One of the mastheads was designed by a 12-year-old girl.
  6. Don’t politic – use data. With all the ideas floating around Google, the best way to determine which may work is to use supportive data. As Lecinski said, “Data beats opinion.”
  7. Creativity loves restraint. Again, Google has to have some way to keep all of the employee-generated ideas streamlined towards the company’s goals. “Let people explore, but set clear boundaries for that exploration,” Lecinski said.
  8. Get users and usage – the money will follow. This goes back to one of Lecinski’s larger points, “respect for end users,” but is a principle to follow in any form of business. He says to focus on creating things that are innovative and useful for people, not something you can sell.
  9. Don’t kill projects, morph them. Google doesn’t waste ideas. Instead, they try to change and transform them into something the company finds useful.
Posted by: Bill Yackey AT 12:20 pm   |  Permalink   |  0 Comments  |  
Monday, 10 September 2007
The last several years have witnessed an explosion in emerging technology such as mobile phones, online video, rich Internet applications and social computing applications (blogs, MySpace, Second Life). But the in-person self-service industry hasn’t kept up with the pace of innovation in other channels.
 
Poor kiosk usability keeps firms focused on the basics and vendors stifle innovation by acquiescing to client demands. There are few new software applications, and only a small number of stand-out kiosks dot the sea of uninspiring physical enclosures. As a result, in-person self-service experiences leave much to be desired — and in tomorrow’s world, mediocre customer experiences just won’t cut it.
 
So what does the future of in-person self-service look like? As the focus shifts from the self-service kiosk to the self-empowered customer, in-person self-service will become device-agnostic. Look for technologies such as RFID, mobile phone cameras, wearable computing, Wi-Fi and WiMAX to integrate with one another to provide the customer with the ability to gather information or process transactions that will be based less on physical hardware and more on helping users achieve their goals. In short, the user experience will hog the spotlight.
 
Software applications will become more personal: They will understand contextual information, incorporate consumers’ personal devices, bridge offline and online experiences, and embrace consumers’ desire to connect with each other. For example:
  • When Nike launched its Nike ID custom sneakers, it worked with interactive agency R/GA to create a 22-story interactive billboard in Times Square that invited passersby to configure their own sneakers through their mobile phones — and then displayed the results for all of Times Square to see. A code sent back to the users’ phones allowed them to log on to the Nike ID Web site in order to view and purchase their masterpieces.
  • Microsoft Surface is a tabletop-embedded display that allows users to seamlessly interact with online content and personal physical objects such as cameras and cell phones through its slick, multiuser touchscreen interface.
  • At the National Retail Federation’s 2007 conference, interactive agency IconNicholson demonstrated a digital dressing room that allows shoppers in physical retail stores to solicit their friends’ opinions over the Internet when trying on clothes.
In the future, hardware elements will become more engaging. Large-scale displays will enable groups of users to consume and interact with information; new display surfaces will encourage playful interactions; and devices will merge with the environment to create more integrated experiences. For example:
  • For Virgin’s Megastore in Times Square GestureTek used a combination of overhead projectors, mirrors and cameras to develop an interactive floor display that users can manipulate by stepping on different areas of the projection.
  • FogScreen and Netkey joined forces to create an interactive fog display that can be installed in the middle of any large room. Users can draw on the “screen” or select interface elements through physical gestures, and then walk right through the display.
  • The Verizon Experience store — another concept designed and developed by R/GA — seamlessly integrates more than 70 interactive touchscreens into the architecture and interior design of the 5,000 square foot retail location.
What do these changes mean? First, savvy marketing execs won’t hesitate to take their business to proven customer experience leaders, so self-service hardware and software vendors must embrace the user-centered methods and tools of the design world or risk losing work to interactive agencies that use these methods. Second, as future in-person self-service deployments more closely marry technology with environmental design, architecture and commercial interior design experts will become the next groups of superstars. And perhaps most importantly, consumers can look forward to more engaging and meaningful self-service interactions, which will translate into improved efficiencies and increased revenues for businesses.
 
The writer is a principal analyst for Forrester Research.
Posted by: Kerry Bodine AT 12:01 pm   |  Permalink   |  0 Comments  |  
Tuesday, 04 September 2007

Successful kiosk deployment growth strategies include remote management

 

By

04 Sep 2007

In a previous job I sat next to a sales rep (thank you, open concept office planners) who always talked about the “big deal” he was about to close. He never closed any of those big deals, and in hindsight, that was probably a good thing. If he had, and the company had quickly doubled or tripled in size, it likely would have gone bankrupt within nine months.
 
Management studies suggest businesses that experience rapid growth tend to spend little or no time developing and applying a reasonable growth strategy. Without a strategy in place, businesses face a nightmare of organizational problems, including the real possibility of bankruptcy within months of the initial growth. When it comes to self-service deployments, there are four key factors to include when planning for a healthy future.
 
Service
 
Deployers often rely on store staff for routine maintenance such as refilling paper. This approach to service doesn’t work, partly because your priority (maintaining the kiosk) is not their priority. To avoid this scenario, use your remote management software to check kiosks’ status and to call stores whose kiosks are not up and running at the beginning of the day. When it’s time to distribute security patches, content updates and price changes, there’ll be no need to turn to store staff. The benefit is less about saving store employee’s time; it’s about ensuring you have the means to efficiently control the operation of your kiosks.
 
Security
 
Everyone is aware of the need for security measures on their kiosk, from Payment Card Industry security compliance to locking down the keyboard to prevent application hijacking. However, the most overlooked threat often comes from within. Disgruntled employees account for a growing number of security breaches. As your kiosk deployment grows, so will the number of people who have access. Use your remote management software to limit access and functionality for different users — each user receives a unique password and each action performed is recorded in an audit log. This may seem like Orwellian overkill, but audit logs are critical in tracing security breaches and in troubleshooting user-error problems. You’ll have no trouble finding the person responsible for posting the Christmas promotion in July!
 
Scale
 
As the size of your deployment grows, the challenge of managing day-to-day operations will increase. More customers mean more content updates, more paper jams, more of everything you need to do to keep customers happy. Myriad software options allow you to perform remote actions via a one-to-one connection from a computer, and that’s great if you don’t intend to manage more than a dozen kiosks. If it takes you 15 minutes to login to a kiosk, perform an action (diagnosis, run a report, check the paper, etc.) and call your client to let them know the results, that would mean you could handle 30 calls in the average workday. As your deployment grows, you’ll have to choose between adding staff to manage the increased workload, or using remote management software that permits one-to-many connectivity and task automation.
 
Data
 
"All we want are the facts, ma'am" was Sgt. Friday’s demand on the 1950s (and later ‘60s-‘70s) television show, Dragnet, and that’s what board members will be asking about your self-service deployment at the next annual meeting. The facts in this case are the core metrics of profit, revenue, usage and availability. You will need a reliable source for extracting this information from your self-service deployment.
 
Remote management software can collect and present customer usage data by kiosk, by region, by store, or whatever way you want to see it. The added value of tracking customer activity is that it tells you what’s on their minds, giving you the jump on the next big trend.
 
Analysts agree self-service technology is on the verge of mass adoption. That means more kiosks will be used by a greater number of industries to reach their customer base. To manage that growth, plan for tomorrow’s success today by developing a plan to help you avoid the pitfalls associated with service, security, scale and data.
 
The writer is Director of Application Solutions for Esprida Corp. where he is responsible for the integration and deployment of remote management solutions.
Posted by: Asad Jobanputra AT 12:03 pm   |  Permalink   |  0 Comments  |  
Monday, 27 August 2007
Concern over high credit card fees paid by merchants is not a new issue, particularly for those in the convenience store and petroleum retail space. But now that you can use your credit or debit card to purchase a pack of chewing gum, a newspaper from a vending machine and rent a movie from a kiosk, retailers are increasingly paying attention to how credit card transaction fees can take a large bite out of the profit on small transactions.
 
The term “micropayment” originated with e-commerce and meant payments for items less than one cent as content providers were looking for a way to charge for page views rather than accept advertising. More recently, the term has been used to mean small transactions, typically a dollar or less.
 
iTunes, which charges between 99 cents and $1.29 for songs, bills customers on a weekly basis, presumably to aggregate charges and minimize interchange fees.
 
The brouhaha around small or micro payments has been the interchange fees, which is the fees charged by card issuers like MasterCard or Visa on each transaction. Interchange fee structures can be complicated, with a flat fee plus a percentage of the transaction based on several different factors. For small payments, the percentage is not the issue, the flat fee is.
 
Recently I spoke with Eric Hoersten, vice president of information technology for redbox, which rents DVDs through a kiosk for $1 per night at various grocery store and McDonalds locations throughout the U.S. He explained to me the challenge of a fee structure that does not lend itself to lower ticket items.
 
For example, if the fixed fee is 15 cents per transaction, it’s 15% of a $1 transaction versus .005% of a $30 transaction. And that’s not counting the percentage of the transaction, which can be an additional two to three percent. This can make charging for low cost items prohibitive.
 
Hoersten believes that more retailers would leverage a cashless transaction if the fees weren’t so steep. This is ironic considering that the major card providers are pushing for more of a cashless society. The move to contactless cards is one more way to make it easier to pay with cards instead of cash. Hoersten thinks that retailers want to go more cashless since handling cash has challenges of its own and in redbox’s case, they need that credit card number in case the DVD is not returned.
 
I asked Hoersten if he had any tips for other kiosk deployers who accept credit cards for small payments. He said that how you are classified by the card issuer is important since some categories have lower fees than others.
 
Other advice:
  • Pay attention to the fees that are assessed
  • Look at how these fees are applied
  • Different types of processors can have different fees so search for one that has the best fee
  • Have a comprehensive view of the situation before entering that market
  • Interchange fees are “the deciding factor” for the category you’re in
He also pointed out that new technology and market conditions have lowered the cost. For example:
  • New communication options exist, such as cellular or IP/internet-based connections, instead of the traditional costly and slow land line.
  • Terminals and leased lines are cheaper than they used to be.
  • There is a greater ability for companies to accept credit cards and set up a merchant account.
Hoersten says that the self-service industry needs to join in the fight to lobby for fees that are not as prohibitive. He holds out hope that interchange fees will go down or that card issuers will release a rate structure that is more accommodating.
 
“In the micropayments space,” he says, “every penny makes a big difference.”
Posted by: David Drain AT 12:08 pm   |  Permalink   |  0 Comments  |  
Monday, 20 August 2007
Self-service. The term carries a connotation of sterile efficiency, of buying a product or service with little or no human interaction. Unfortunately, with self-service, customer service sometimes gets left out of the equation.
  
But gaming giant Harrah’s Entertainment Inc. has found that self-service actually is helping it improve customer service.
  
When the Las Vegas-based casino operator first ventured into self-service technology in the 1990s, the company had its eye on reducing labor costs. The company introduced ticket-based slot machines, where winnings were dispensed by way of a printed ticket rather than a stream of quarters.
  
When players were ready to cash out, they simply walked up to a payment kiosk, inserted their ticket, and walked away with their winnings.
  
“We didn’t need as many people to run around and fill machine with coins and so forth, and when we put the kiosks in, there was less of a need for cage cashiers because most of that became self-service,” said Tim Stanley, Harrah’s chief information officer. “The tradeoff was that the floor became very vacant of employees because you didn’t need all those transactional people, and it became a bit boring.”
  
Harrah’s invested some of the savings it gained through the new technology and created a new position in the operation, that of customer service ambassador.
  
“Even though we had a lot more people on the floor before self-service, they weren’t actually being friendly and talking to the customer; they were just trying to get through the transaction,” Stanley said. “We were able to create a warmer and more engaging environment, and we ended up getting better customer service and satisfaction scores as a result.”
  
Slots drive self-service
  
Harrah’s Entertainment is the largest gaming company in the world, with more than 80,000 employees and, in 2006, revenue of about $7.1 billion. The company, which merged with rival Caesars Entertainment in 2005, operates more than 40 casinos around the world, along with an assortment of hotels and golf courses.
  
Slot machines, long recognized as one of the most profitable areas of a casino operation, became an early target for self-service technology at Harrah’s.
  
“Everything around the slot experience lends itself [to self-service] and is desirable because there are a lot of them. It is a fairly interactive activity and the guests are kind of on their own and spread out,” Stanley said. “We continue to try to allow the customer to do more with self-service, whether it is ticketing, ticket redemption kiosks, bonusing or downloadable credits.”
  
Much of Harrah’s work in the self-service arena revolves around Total Rewards, the company’s card-based loyalty program. Harrah’s, which first introduced the program in 1997, was the first company in the industry to adopt a loyalty program.
  
Customers receive Total Rewards credit for the type of game they play, the average bet and length of play. Credits are then redeemable for everything from free meals at the buffet to complementary rooms and free airfare to visit a Harrah’s property.
  
“We were an early adopter of kiosks in the late 1990s when we first rolled out Total Gold, which eventually became Total Rewards,” Stanley said. “You would use the Total Gold card where you play, then go to a kiosk and put your card in and see the points you earned, and it would print out a coupon or a receipt that you would then be able to use at the restaurant or elsewhere in the casino.”
  
A bright future
  
Over time, many of those reward functions moved to the game itself, Stanley said. Guests now can view their Total Rewards information on the slot machine display.
  
The printed ticket also is falling by the wayside, Stanley said. Restaurants and shops on the casino property now have card readers so guests can swipe their cards directly.
  
“We’ve now taken those kiosks out for that purpose, but they are making their way back in for other reasons.” Stanley said. “We’ve begun using kiosk and self-service technology for restaurants, particularly the high-volume restaurants — buffets and the like.”
  
In May, the company began deploying Microsoft Surface computers in its Las Vegas properties. Initially, the coffee table-shaped computers will be used to guide guests around various Harrah’s properties, but Stanley already is planning a host of other applications for the machines.
  
Anything that keeps the guest from doing what they really came there to do has become a target for self-service, he said.
  
“We are enabling interactive displays on the games themselves, and through that you can do some basic stuff such as check your reward-card balance and the like,” he said.
  
“We are also adding features enabling you to request a beverage, ask for help, listen to music, watch TV, all sorts of interesting stuff, and the technology remembers your favorites and makes them available to you at whatever slot you happen to be at,” he said. “That is the evolution of where we are going now.”
Posted by: Richard Slawsky AT 12:13 pm   |  Permalink   |  0 Comments  |  
Friday, 03 August 2007
Rufus Connell is research director of information technology for business research and consulting firm Frost & Sullivan.
 
In recent discussions with key hardware and software vendors on the state of self-service technologies, I’ve heard the same question repeated: Why are kiosks hot in some markets, but cold in others?
 
In my observation, perhaps the most consistent factor for success is that a kiosk delivers one primary function for the end-user. For example, air travelers are trying to get on planes; airline self-check-in works. Photographers are trying to buy prints; photo kiosks work. Shoppers are trying to buy groceries, self-checkout works. Conversely, I’ve seen numerous kiosks deployed with an if-you-build-it-they-will-come mentality that never got out of trial, or if they did, never got much use.
 
Another factor that seems to make successful kiosk programs is a strong up-front commitment by senior executives. Kiosks are a complicated solution; they require coordination with an organization’s IT staff, marketing staff, on-site staff and more. Missing any one of these can be a deal breaker.
 
Solution providers tell me that one of the most common killers of a trial is that “Mr. Kiosk” leaves the client organization, and the replacement just can’t keep the key stakeholders together. When the C-Suite decides it wants kiosks, the rest of the stakeholders seem to fall in line.
 
I think the previous point is related closely to the biggest kiosk project deal breaker, which is that many organizations just are not set up for a successful kiosk program.
 
Kiosks are known to be good at linebusting, but how does one account for the employees that currently service the line? For example, we’ve seen growing penetration of kiosks in the hospitality industry, but it has been well below expectations of kiosk vendors. The problem in this application is that major hotels, where linebusting is appealing, often have unionized employees, and those unions are fighting technologies that might displace workers.
 
Large deployments of kiosks need to have a strong impact on the business. This usually will mean that the business must be willing to re-architect some of its business practices, including renegotiating contracts with suppliers, unions and more.
 
While many organizations have evaluated some sort of linebusting solution and have made the hard changes to make the process work, others are looking at kiosks to be force multipliers. They are asking kiosks to provide answers to customers that a store associate just can’t answer. But the problem here is one of data and partnerships. Where does a retailer or kiosk vendor get the data to empower the kiosk? A small handful of retailers seem to have found an answer: They are deploying kiosks and requiring their suppliers to provide content to the network.
 
So, what does all of this mean? If you want a successful kiosk program, ask these questions:
 
1. Is your application something customers already come to the store to do?
2. Can you get the right internal stakeholders on board?
3. Can your business process accommodate kiosks today, or do you need to make changes?
4. Do you have the content required to make your kiosk work, and can you keep it fresh?
 
Posted by: Rufus Connell AT 12:21 pm   |  Permalink   |  0 Comments  |  
Monday, 30 July 2007
Philip Hunter is the managing director of KioskCom Europe Self Service Expo. The 2007 Expo will be held November 6-7, 2007, at Olympia in London.
 
Although the Web has now changed the way we purchase everything from CDs and DVDs to vacations, flights and hotel bookings, people still want to get out of their houses and shop in person. After all, we are social animals.
 
However now that we have had a taste of how easy and convenient buying can be on line, we are less willing to stand in queues and have a limited choice of products and ranges when in-store. As a result, we see the rise of the “hybrid consumer."
 
There is an intense battle raging for a share of the wallet of the hybrid consumer – those moving between online and traditional interactions in search of the best customer experience. It is becoming patently clear that the Internet is not enough: successful multi-channel strategies require more than just online and traditional face-to-face options.
 
A key to satisfying the demands of the valuable hybrid is the adoption of the latest self-service technology. Indeed, the increasing number of organizations now using self-service technology are achieving a proven sales uplift of six to eight percent, as well as gaining improvements in customer service and a flexible business model. 
 
In an increasingly competitive market with fast rising customer acquisition costs, complacency demonstrated by many organizations could prove expensive. Self-service is becoming a critical component of overall strategy so as these technologies now come of age, can any customer-facing organization afford to miss out?
 
Proven model
 
There are some great success stories – notably from the airline industry. According to a recent survey by SITA, the airline industry’s move towards self-service is saving billions of dollars every year. Air Canada has confirmed it now costs $0.16 to check in travelers via a self-service kiosk as opposed to $3.68 to process the transaction via an employee.
 
And other industries are now following suit. Self-service kiosks in North American retail locations will rise 69 percent this year, according to Summit Research, and retailers show a six to eight percent increase in incremental sales when kiosks are placed in store.
 
Brave new world
 
Without doubt, the concept of self-service is changing. Gone are the days of the dated vending machine that accepted limited coin options. With the rise in secure payments via chip and PIN and the imminent arrival of card-based contactless payments to replace under-£10 cash transactions, self-service technologies are really coming of age.
 
Other innovations include the vending machine that allows customers to download music to their iPods from the same machine that sells Coke and kiosks that can recharge your mobile phone, to contactless Minority Report-style motion sensor screens where you can activate buttons, turn pages and interact without even touching a screen.
 
Flexible Business Model
 
The uplift in sales opportunity is clear. And this is a key component of the self-service model. With organizations increasingly using analytics to tailor products and services to meet the needs of the local demographic, the kiosk enables a far broader product range to be available irrespective of actual space.
 
For the retailer struggling to attain adequate space in the high street or looking to trial new formats, a kiosk provides customers with access to online catalogues that encompass a far broader range of goods than could ever be carried in store.
 
Furthermore, the kiosk provides the hybrid customer with the required speed and quality of service experience without queuing or interacting with staff.
 
However, while the technology is increasingly attractive, it is critical that organizations leverage self-service technology correctly to deliver an excellent and relevant customer experience. As a Forrester report asserts, “Kiosks are back on the retail radar screen due to increasing competition, technology advances, and changing consumer demands.”
 
However, the report continues, “Successful kiosks carry complex integration requirements and require careful consideration of consumer behavior and their attitudes toward technology. To avoid the big flop that kiosks experienced in the late '90s, kiosks require a focused approach and dedicated support; if deployed well, kiosks will yield tangible business benefits.” However, as most Web retailers now know, one bad experience means the ever fickle hybrid consumer will quickly go else where.
 
Innovative self-service technology combined with secure payment methods may attract the hybrid consumer, but getting it right first time applies as much in the kiosk as it does online. A poor or inconsistent experience, backed up by inadequate fulfillment processes will fail.
 
Self-service technologies are not just another option for the emerging multi-channel business strategy, they will be increasingly critical in redefining the entire consumer experience.
Posted by: Philip Hunter AT 12:26 pm   |  Permalink   |  0 Comments  |  
Monday, 23 July 2007
On June 29, Apple released its iPhone to the public to much ballyhoo. A colleague of mine had to have this latest techno gadget and therefore paid someone to stand in line for him for a few hours so he could be among the first to own one.
 
When I saw him, I said, “Did you buy an iPhone?”
 
“Yes,” he beamed, and then produced the sleek device from its leather holster.
 
“Can I hold it?” I asked.
 
“Sure.”
 
“Can I touch a few buttons?”
 
“Of course,” he said.
 
I ogled its slimness, curved lines and weight in my hand. Since I’d seen the demo online and the commercials on TV, I knew exactly what to do. I wanted to see the album cover flow and use the flick motion of the touchscreen. I also wanted to use the pinching technique on a photo so I could see a photo expand and contract. I turned it sideways and watched with amazement how it switched from portrait to landscape. It did everything I expected.
 
Not wanting to be greedy and run down his battery (I’d heard about the battery life), I reluctantly handed him back the phone.
 
With all the excitement and buzz the iPhone has generated, it got me thinking: what if Apple made kiosks or digital signage?
 
I’m part of the majority of American businesspersons who use a PC. I’m happy to do so (or at least not unhappy) since ignorance is bliss. I also own an iPod so I do know a little about Apple’s interface.
 
In writing about Amazon.com’s new digital rights management free music offering, Time magazine author Lev Grossman recently put it this way, “There’s no way Amazon will match the silky-smooth user experience of the iTunes store – I mean, interface design and hardware integration are what Apple does.”
 
Apple hasn’t started making kiosks and digital signage for sale to the business market, but they have started using them in their own stores. A YouTube video posting shows two gentlemen assembling the in-store iPhone “interactive booths” for AT&T stores. The kiosk stands seven feet tall and features a vertical digital sign demonstrating the applications on the iPhone with a three-and-a-half minute video loop. In signature white, the display continues the clean look and feel we have come to know.
 
In Apple stores, a digital sign in a giant iPhone shell displays the video. There are also numerous postings on YouTube of mobs standing in line at stores around the country on June 29, the release date.
 
What can we learn from all this? If Apple consulted you on your self-service, kiosk or digital signage project here’s what I think they would say:
 
1.      Make a really good product that people want or that solves a problem. Do both and you’ll be in an even better position.
2.      If you can, create new categories of products to grab market share rather than competing against existing ones.
3.      Make your product so simple that your customers don’t need an instruction manual.
4.      Technology can be sexy. Use it to your advantage.
5.      Ensure that the user interface is as good (or better) than the shell it comes in.
6.      Make it fun to use. Create a positive emotional reaction.
7.      Generate buzz for your product.
8.      Most importantly, remember that it’s all about the experience.
Posted by: David Drain AT 12:34 pm   |  Permalink   |  0 Comments  |  
Monday, 16 July 2007
As a new contributor to this site, I thought it might be helpful to devote this first article to my foundational beliefs, prejudices, thoughts and hopes around what we in the business refer to as "the Digital Signage Industry." In this way, I feel I can position this contribution for you, the reader, as well as establish my pedigree, so to speak, on why you might spend any of your valuable time reading what I have to say. This could be a dangerous strategy for a first column, but I feel compelled to give you "fair warning."
The digital signage business is still very new, as everyone will tell you. But it’s been around at least 10 years; just ask John Kirkpatrick. His fledgling company, FRED Systems, may have been the first digital signage company. I met John (now at 3M) when I was starting ActiveLight back in 1998.
 
The concept behind ActiveLight was to build a value-added distributor of advanced display products (plasma displays and large-format LCDs) that specialized in applications like digital signage. We even used the words "digital signage" in our original business plan.
 
Jeff Porter and Scala will tell you this concept has been around much longer. I believe Scala just celebrated its 20th anniversary at Digital Signage Expo, in fact. Be that as it may, I would say that digital signage has only taken on the status of an "industry" over the last few years – since around 2003.
 
That year, several things happened that kick-started this business. ActiveLight published the first Dynamic Digital Signage Resource Directory — the veritable "Yellow Pages" of the industry. It listed every company who considered themselves to be involved in digital signage at that time — around 300 companies I think. Also that year, NSCA created the Digital Signage Pavilion at the NSCA Expo, followed shortly thereafter by ExpoNation and the inaugural Digital Retailing Expo (both events sponsored by ActiveLight).
 
Thirdly, POPAI agreed to be the administrative body for the first Digital Signage Industry Association. This Association came about due to the efforts of a group of digital signage industry veterans, including Jeff Porter and John Kirkpatrick, as well as such Sean Moran of PRN, Jeff Dowell of Clarity (now of 3M), Brian Dusho (now at Broadsign), Dan Slott (Convergent/Technicolor), Manny Almagro (MarketForward) and several others who came together for a series of meetings around 2001 which I organized and dubbed as the "Digital Signage Superfriends."
 
So what does that make me? I am clearly a party to the revolution; a believer and evangelist for digital signage; a "hardware-guy-turned-marketing-man" for the future of this fledgling industry. While I no longer run ActiveLight (sold it to Electrograph in 2006) and have no direct responsibility for digital signage in my new position as vice president of business development for Planar Systems Inc., I remain a fervent believer and evangelist for digital signage, which is why I am writing this column.
 
OK, interesting history lesson, but where does that leave us in 2007? I would say that the digital signage industry has clearly evolved into a more complex and capable being than ever before. Examples of this can be seen in the headlines of stories circulating throughout the industry:
  • Wal-Mart and PRN announce expansion of the Wal-mart TV network
  • 3M acquires Mercury Online
  • Thomson acquires PRN and Convergent
  • Cisco acquires Tivela
  • Planar acquires Clarity Visual Systems
  • Target, Bank of America, Chevron (insert major brand name here) launch digital signage networks
  • Both Arbitron and Neilsen have active measurement programs to gauge the effectiveness of digital signage
  • IBM and Google host Keynote Presentations at 2007 Digital Signage Expo
These are clearly signs that the "industry" is coming of age: when blue-chip companies make significant investments through deployments and acquisitions. But even this is not the big news, in my opinion. These companies, along with the major display manufacturers — all of whom have launched digital signage products or initiatives — are reacting to the current "buzz-factor" around digital signage. The more interesting news to me is the way the new and smaller companies are re-writing the rules about digital signage into business models that the companies above (with the possible exception of Google) haven’t even thought of yet. For example:
  • SeeSaw Networks emerges as central clearinghouse for digital signage advertising on non-homogenous networks
  • Wireless Ronin goes public and establishes $90 million market cap (on less than $3 million sales)
  • Ripple lands a full page article in USA Today for its Coffeeshop Network
  • No less than three companies are competing for the gas-station-pump-top digital signage market
  • DS-IQ provides analytics middleware to dynamically measure and improve the effectiveness of digital signage networks and content
There are also cautionary tales and warning signs that we must heed if we are counting on this industry for our long-term success. Along with every success above, we could find an equally spectacular failure. I haven’t done the analysis, but I am willing to bet that a large percentage of the companies who were listed in the inaugural Digital Signage Resource Directory in 2003 either don’t exist or have morphed themselves into something else in order to survive. Are we paying attention, and what can we learn from these false-starts?
 
As I walked the floor of the Digital Signage Expo in Chicago, I was struck by the professional presence of the large companies and brands as listed above, and also by the sheer number of interesting and creative smaller companies, many of which I’d never heard of, who were staking a claim to a piece of the digital signage industry pie. My goal has always been to focus on growing the pie, and thereby benefit as my piece of that pie also grows.
 
Clearly, there are an awful lot of people and companies who feel the same way, and are devoting themselves and their companies to transitioning digital signage into the kind of industry we can all be proud to be a part of "at the beginning." I hope to highlight many of these companies, and what makes them interesting and noteworthy, in my coming articles. Please help me by dropping me a note or a question on what you are surprised by, interested in or curious about concerning the digital signage market and industry.
Posted by: Brad Gleeson AT 11:45 am   |  Permalink   |  0 Comments  |  
Friday, 13 July 2007
As a new contributor to this site, I thought it might be helpful to devote this first article to my foundational beliefs, prejudices, thoughts and hopes around what we in the business refer to as "the Digital Signage Industry." In this way, I feel I can position this contribution for you, the reader, as well as establish my pedigree, so to speak, on why you might spend any of your valuable time reading what I have to say. This could be a dangerous strategy for a first column, but I feel compelled to give you "fair warning."
 
The digital signage business is still very new, as everyone will tell you. But it’s been around at least 10 years; just ask John Kirkpatrick. His fledgling company, FRED Systems, may have been the first digital signage company. I met John (now at 3M) when I was starting ActiveLight back in 1998.
 
The concept behind ActiveLight was to build a value-added distributor of advanced display products (plasma displays and large-format LCDs) that specialized in applications like digital signage. We even used the words "digital signage" in our original business plan.
 
Jeff Porter and Scala will tell you this concept has been around much longer. I believe Scala just celebrated its 20th anniversary at Digital Signage Expo, in fact. Be that as it may, I would say that digital signage has only taken on the status of an "industry" over the last few years – since around 2003.
 
That year, several things happened that kick-started this business. ActiveLight published the first Dynamic Digital Signage Resource Directory — the veritable "Yellow Pages" of the industry. It listed every company who considered themselves to be involved in digital signage at that time — around 300 companies I think. Also that year, NSCA created the Digital Signage Pavilion at the NSCA Expo, followed shortly thereafter by ExpoNation and the inaugural Digital Retailing Expo (both events sponsored by ActiveLight).
 
Thirdly, POPAI agreed to be the administrative body for the first Digital Signage Industry Association. This Association came about due to the efforts of a group of digital signage industry veterans, including Jeff Porter and John Kirkpatrick, as well as such Sean Moran of PRN, Jeff Dowell of Clarity (now of 3M), Brian Dusho (now at Broadsign), Dan Slott (Convergent/Technicolor), Manny Almagro (MarketForward) and several others who came together for a series of meetings around 2001 which I organized and dubbed as the "Digital Signage Superfriends."
 
So what does that make me? I am clearly a party to the revolution; a believer and evangelist for digital signage; a "hardware-guy-turned-marketing-man" for the future of this fledgling industry. While I no longer run ActiveLight (sold it to Electrograph in 2006) and have no direct responsibility for digital signage in my new position as vice president of business development for Planar Systems Inc., I remain a fervent believer and evangelist for digital signage, which is why I am writing this column.
 
OK, interesting history lesson, but where does that leave us in 2007? I would say that the digital signage industry has clearly evolved into a more complex and capable being than ever before. Examples of this can be seen in the headlines of stories circulating throughout the industry:
  • Wal-Mart and PRN announce expansion of the Wal-mart TV network
  • 3M acquires Mercury Online
  • Thomson acquires PRN and Convergent
  • Cisco acquires Tivela
  • Planar acquires Clarity Visual Systems
  • Target, Bank of America, Chevron (insert major brand name here) launch digital signage networks
  • Both Arbitron and Neilsen have active measurement programs to gauge the effectiveness of digital signage
  • IBM and Google host Keynote Presentations at 2007 Digital Signage Expo
These are clearly signs that the "industry" is coming of age: when blue-chip companies make significant investments through deployments and acquisitions. But even this is not the big news, in my opinion. These companies, along with the major display manufacturers — all of whom have launched digital signage products or initiatives — are reacting to the current "buzz-factor" around digital signage. The more interesting news to me is the way the new and smaller companies are re-writing the rules about digital signage into business models that the companies above (with the possible exception of Google) haven’t even thought of yet. For example:
  • SeeSaw Networks emerges as central clearinghouse for digital signage advertising on non-homogenous networks
  • Wireless Ronin goes public and establishes $90 million market cap (on less than $3 million sales)
  • Ripple lands a full page article in USA Today for its Coffeeshop Network
  • No less than three companies are competing for the gas-station-pump-top digital signage market
  • DS-IQ provides analytics middleware to dynamically measure and improve the effectiveness of digital signage networks and content
There are also cautionary tales and warning signs that we must heed if we are counting on this industry for our long-term success. Along with every success above, we could find an equally spectacular failure. I haven’t done the analysis, but I am willing to bet that a large percentage of the companies who were listed in the inaugural Digital Signage Resource Directory in 2003 either don’t exist or have morphed themselves into something else in order to survive. Are we paying attention, and what can we learn from these false-starts?
 
As I walked the floor of the Digital Signage Expo in Chicago, I was struck by the professional presence of the large companies and brands as listed above, and also by the sheer number of interesting and creative smaller companies, many of which I’d never heard of, who were staking a claim to a piece of the digital signage industry pie. My goal has always been to focus on growing the pie, and thereby benefit as my piece of that pie also grows.
 
Clearly, there are an awful lot of people and companies who feel the same way, and are devoting themselves and their companies to transitioning digital signage into the kind of industry we can all be proud to be a part of "at the beginning." I hope to highlight many of these companies, and what makes them interesting and noteworthy, in my coming articles. Please help me by dropping me a note or a question on what you are surprised by, interested in or curious about concerning the digital signage market and industry.
 
Click here to access the SSKA Feedback Forum, where you can contact Brad in the "Ask Brad" section.
Posted by: Brad Gleeson AT 12:39 pm   |  Permalink   |  0 Comments  |  
Monday, 09 July 2007
The writer is president of Summit Research Associates Inc.
 
The kiosk industry is booming, especially in the retail sector. When digital photography kiosks are included in the count of retail kiosks, fully 50 percent of all kiosks fall into this category.
 
The key to successful kiosk deployments is location, location, location. A successful placement relies on a true understanding of shopper habits. Often deployers feel that they have placed a kiosk in the best possible location but discover that usage is far lower than expected. To get some idea why this happens, we will take a look at one of the fast-growing venues for kiosks, supermarkets.
 
Research was conducted at grocery stores in the western United States by the University of Pennsylvania’s Wharton School of Business. They concentrated on how shoppers navigate stores with their carts. Their findings should be considered when planning future kiosk deployments in these types of venues.
 
Shoppers do not weave up and down each aisle as previously thought. They zigzag to specific aisles sometimes avoiding whole areas of a store. For kiosk deployments, end caps have proven to be some of the best locations. More people see products displayed at each end of an aisle than anywhere else in a store.
 
Shoppers spend less time in the aisles than assumed; instead they stick to the perimeter of the store, using it as the main road with quick side trips to the aisles they need. As a result, products displayed at the ends of the aisles near the perimeter are vital for luring the shoppers in.
 
They also zip in and out of the aisles. Once they enter an aisle, shoppers rarely make it to the other end. As a result, products located in the center of an aisle are frequently ignored.
  
A good example validating this recommendation was found at Home Depot in a pilot project they conducted at 15 stores along the East Coast. The kiosk was not only placed in the middle of a long aisle, but it was located in a niche — set in from the aisle by three or four feet so that it was not visible from either end. People could not find the kiosk. And, even worse, there was no signage on the aisle to draw the shoppers’ attention to it.
 
Just like U.S. drivers, shoppers like to enter a store on the right or turn right as soon as they enter the store. Then shoppers prefer to shop in a counterclockwise direction. A key finding was that shoppers who enter on the left spend less time and money shopping.
 
The highly successful Giant Super Food Store kiosks, especially the flagship concept store in Camp Hill, Pa., is an excellent example of a project that has followed this advice. The more-than 91,000-square-foot store has 25 kiosks, all situated around the periphery. Customer usage and the number of transactions continues to grow each month.
Posted by: Francie Mendelsohn AT 12:40 pm   |  Permalink   |  0 Comments  |  
Monday, 02 July 2007
 
Editor’s note: The writer is executive vice president of BroadSign International.
 
The two operating systems most widely used for digital signage networks are Windows and Linux. The purpose of this article is to help you get an idea of the advantages and the total cost of ownership of both in order to make an informed decision about choosing an OS for your digital signage network.
 
Many startup network operators, trying to minimize their upfront investment burden, choose Linux because they don’t have to pay for the license. Some of them discover later that the resulting cost of running Linux is not necessarily lower than that of using Windows.

When is Linux the right choice for your network? What are the real strengths and weaknesses of each OS?
 
In terms of functionality, the two operating systems are essentially equal. The common perception, however, is that Linux is "free", or cheaper to operate than Windows. Here are some thoughts on the subject that we have summarized based on our field experience and discussions with clients.
 
Microsoft Owns Windows. Who Owns Linux?
 
Microsoft clearly dominates the market. A new Windows version appears every 2-5 years. You do have to pay for a Windows license and the fee depends on the version, i.e., XP Professional, XP Embedded, Server 2003 or Vista.

Linux, on the other hand, has no central owner and most of its components are free (as in: freedom to copy, modify, and distribute) software. This allows many amateur enthusiasts, technology companies, and non-profit organizations to extend and publish their own Linux distributions. Some of the most well-known distributions are Fedora Core/Red Hat, SuSe/Novell, and Debian/Ubuntu.
 
Each one of the major Linux distributions has a free version, however in this case support is usually limited to what the community can provide through online forums, and mailing lists. Some providers offer special enterprise versions for a fee that covers direct support from the vendor, and others offer support as an on-demand service.
 
Is Linux Truly Free?
 
The zero cost of licensing for free Linux distributions is often the most attractive aspect of this operating system choice, especially for large digital signage networks. But this may be misleading, as licensing fee is only part of the overall expenses that you have to project.
 
The most commonly overlooked cost related to deploying a network of Linux players is that of hardware support. In fact, hardware support service providers are the market to which enterprise Linux distributors are catering. All enterprise versions come with a list of officially supported hardware, and a support schedule (e.g. forward compatible for five years). This is similar to what Microsoft has been doing with new releases of Windows for well over a decade.
 
Such support is not usually available with the free versions, though notably the Ubuntu Linux distribution comes with a guarantee of forward compatibility for five years. This is why we at BroadSign have standardized our Linux offerings around this distribution.
 
However, in order to fix problems and bugs you may encounter in a free Linux distribution, you have to either wait until they are resolved by the open-source community, or invest (sometimes a lot) into custom development.
 
Standardizing on a Playback PC Configuration
 
Windows versus Linux has been one of the longest-standing debates among IT specialists. They argue about which system is more stable, more secure, or yields higher performance. We have discovered that there are no inherent overwhelming advantages in any of the two operating systems. The stability, security and efficiency of a system really depend on which environment your IT team is more proficient in: Linux or Windows.
 
One of the grave mistakes is to select a hardware platform and an operating system separately. Another one is not to test the selected hardware/OS combination for performance and endurance.
 
Most device drivers have been tuned and tested for standard desktop uses, not for usage in an appliance-style configuration. It is therefore important to test many configurations before standardizing on a playback PC.
 
If Content is King, then the Operating System is the Kingdom
 
Now in terms of content playback functionality, Windows Media is a major factor to consider when choosing between Windows and Linux for digital signage. The vast majority of digital signage software packages use Windows Media Player as their playback engine. This has the benefit of leveraging any Windows Media-specific hardware acceleration, and being able to play all the media types that are supported by Window Media Player.
 
There are downsides to Windows Media Player as well. The most obvious one is it only runs on Windows. One that is less noticeable is that it does not come standard with MPEG-2 and MPEG-4, which means that you must acquire licenses for these codecs (media formats) from an independent vendor, unless you plan on only using WMV and MPEG-1. These, among other reasons, are why here at BroadSign we developed our own playback engine that is independent of Windows Media Player. All the codecs we support (MPEG-1, MPEG-2, MPEG-4) come included with our software, and are the industry leading standard formats. If you need to play Windows Media Video, we can run this in our proprietary player on Windows as well, because in this specific case we will use Windows Media Player.
 
In all other cases BroadSign Player can run both on Windows and on Linux platforms.
 
Total Cost of Hardware Ownership
One of the biggest advantages of the Windows operating system is that it supports all the newest hardware. Because of market pressures, hardware manufacturers always develop device drivers for Windows. While some provide them for Linux, not all of many different distributions of Linux are covered.
 
Driver support in Linux is not really a problem for PC components that are in widespread usage, or that are a little older. The DIY-and-share philosophy of the Linux community and increased investments by corporations integrating Linux into their enterprise means that somebody in the world will eventually fix the problem and everyone will benefit. The shortcoming here is that you may have to wait until you get the required driver.
 
Another issue for hardware on Linux is that some hardware components are developed exclusively for Windows. An example of this is the WinModem (aka SoftModem). This modem is much less expensive than a hardware modem because it replaced the DSP chip with DSP software that runs on the PC’s CPU; software that is written by the vendor exclusively for Windows. This trend seems to be spreading into the video card market, as market leaders like Nvidia and ATI are developing extensions specifically for Windows Media.
 
The above factors may increase the total cost of hardware ownership for Linux users.
 
Conclusion
 
From a digital signage operations perspective, there are more things in common between Linux and Windows than there are differences. What is important is that you select your hardware in conjunction with your operating system and digital signage software. While Windows has an upfront licensing cost, its costs are fixed and predictable. Linux has the potential of a lower total cost of ownership, but much investment must go into the expertise for selecting the hardware platform, otherwise costs can balloon out of control.
 
In the end, regardless of the operating system you select, the most important determinant of the total cost of ownership is the competence of the team behind selecting and configuring your playback platform, as well as that of the support team.
 
There is no magic bullet that will let you dramatically cut costs if you choose Linux. If you don’t already have a Linux-savvy IT department, any cost saving on the license fee will backfire with the increased cost of training or hiring qualified people.
Posted by: Brian Dusho AT 12:45 pm   |  Permalink   |  0 Comments  |  
Monday, 02 July 2007
Editor’s note: The writer is executive vice president of BroadSign International.
 
The two operating systems most widely used for digital signage networks are Windows and Linux. The purpose of this article is to help you get an idea of the advantages and the total cost of ownership of both in order to make an informed decision about choosing an OS for your digital signage network.
 
Many startup network operators, trying to minimize their upfront investment burden, choose Linux because they don’t have to pay for the license. Some of them discover later that the resulting cost of running Linux is not necessarily lower than that of using Windows.

When is Linux the right choice for your network? What are the real strengths and weaknesses of each OS?
 
In terms of functionality, the two operating systems are essentially equal. The common perception, however, is that Linux is "free", or cheaper to operate than Windows. Here are some thoughts on the subject that we have summarized based on our field experience and discussions with clients.
 
Microsoft Owns Windows. Who Owns Linux?
 
Microsoft clearly dominates the market. A new Windows version appears every 2-5 years. You do have to pay for a Windows license and the fee depends on the version, i.e., XP Professional, XP Embedded, Server 2003 or Vista.

Linux, on the other hand, has no central owner and most of its components are free (as in: freedom to copy, modify, and distribute) software. This allows many amateur enthusiasts, technology companies, and non-profit organizations to extend and publish their own Linux distributions. Some of the most well-known distributions are Fedora Core/Red Hat, SuSe/Novell, and Debian/Ubuntu.
 
Each one of the major Linux distributions has a free version, however in this case support is usually limited to what the community can provide through online forums, and mailing lists. Some providers offer special enterprise versions for a fee that covers direct support from the vendor, and others offer support as an on-demand service.
 
Is Linux Truly Free?
 
The zero cost of licensing for free Linux distributions is often the most attractive aspect of this operating system choice, especially for large digital signage networks. But this may be misleading, as licensing fee is only part of the overall expenses that you have to project.
 
The most commonly overlooked cost related to deploying a network of Linux players is that of hardware support. In fact, hardware support service providers are the market to which enterprise Linux distributors are catering. All enterprise versions come with a list of officially supported hardware, and a support schedule (e.g. forward compatible for five years). This is similar to what Microsoft has been doing with new releases of Windows for well over a decade.
 
Such support is not usually available with the free versions, though notably the Ubuntu Linux distribution comes with a guarantee of forward compatibility for five years. This is why we at BroadSign have standardized our Linux offerings around this distribution.
 
However, in order to fix problems and bugs you may encounter in a free Linux distribution, you have to either wait until they are resolved by the open-source community, or invest (sometimes a lot) into custom development.
 
Standardizing on a Playback PC Configuration
 
Windows versus Linux has been one of the longest-standing debates among IT specialists. They argue about which system is more stable, more secure, or yields higher performance. We have discovered that there are no inherent overwhelming advantages in any of the two operating systems. The stability, security and efficiency of a system really depend on which environment your IT team is more proficient in: Linux or Windows.
 
One of the grave mistakes is to select a hardware platform and an operating system separately. Another one is not to test the selected hardware/OS combination for performance and endurance.
 
Most device drivers have been tuned and tested for standard desktop uses, not for usage in an appliance-style configuration. It is therefore important to test many configurations before standardizing on a playback PC.
 
If Content is King, then the Operating System is the Kingdom
 
Now in terms of content playback functionality, Windows Media is a major factor to consider when choosing between Windows and Linux for digital signage. The vast majority of digital signage software packages use Windows Media Player as their playback engine. This has the benefit of leveraging any Windows Media-specific hardware acceleration, and being able to play all the media types that are supported by Window Media Player.
 
There are downsides to Windows Media Player as well. The most obvious one is it only runs on Windows. One that is less noticeable is that it does not come standard with MPEG-2 and MPEG-4, which means that you must acquire licenses for these codecs (media formats) from an independent vendor, unless you plan on only using WMV and MPEG-1. These, among other reasons, are why here at BroadSign we developed our own playback engine that is independent of Windows Media Player. All the codecs we support (MPEG-1, MPEG-2, MPEG-4) come included with our software, and are the industry leading standard formats. If you need to play Windows Media Video, we can run this in our proprietary player on Windows as well, because in this specific case we will use Windows Media Player.
 
In all other cases BroadSign Player can run both on Windows and on Linux platforms.
 
Total Cost of Hardware Ownership
One of the biggest advantages of the Windows operating system is that it supports all the newest hardware. Because of market pressures, hardware manufacturers always develop device drivers for Windows. While some provide them for Linux, not all of many different distributions of Linux are covered.
 
Driver support in Linux is not really a problem for PC components that are in widespread usage, or that are a little older. The DIY-and-share philosophy of the Linux community and increased investments by corporations integrating Linux into their enterprise means that somebody in the world will eventually fix the problem and everyone will benefit. The shortcoming here is that you may have to wait until you get the required driver.
 
Another issue for hardware on Linux is that some hardware components are developed exclusively for Windows. An example of this is the WinModem (aka SoftModem). This modem is much less expensive than a hardware modem because it replaced the DSP chip with DSP software that runs on the PC’s CPU; software that is written by the vendor exclusively for Windows. This trend seems to be spreading into the video card market, as market leaders like Nvidia and ATI are developing extensions specifically for Windows Media.
 
The above factors may increase the total cost of hardware ownership for Linux users.
 
Conclusion
 
From a digital signage operations perspective, there are more things in common between Linux and Windows than there are differences. What is important is that you select your hardware in conjunction with your operating system and digital signage software. While Windows has an upfront licensing cost, its costs are fixed and predictable. Linux has the potential of a lower total cost of ownership, but much investment must go into the expertise for selecting the hardware platform, otherwise costs can balloon out of control.
 
In the end, regardless of the operating system you select, the most important determinant of the total cost of ownership is the competence of the team behind selecting and configuring your playback platform, as well as that of the support team.
 
There is no magic bullet that will let you dramatically cut costs if you choose Linux. If you don’t already have a Linux-savvy IT department, any cost saving on the license fee will backfire with the increased cost of training or hiring qualified people.
Posted by: Brian Dusho and David Womeldorf AT 11:46 am   |  Permalink   |  0 Comments  |  
Friday, 22 June 2007
The other day I was with my dad, driving our Ford F-150 around town and discussing how reliable the truck has been. I remembered hearing that most of the American-made pick-ups rank pretty high in reliability tests from year to year.
 
It hit me that perhaps one of the reasons the truck has seen less shop time than any car I have owned is that its design is very simple. There is no rain-sensing wiper blade system, no automatic parallel parking computer and no eight-speed computerized transmission. As a result, we don’t have to pay to have these high-end components fixed when they break.
 
Because of my ever-present self-service mentality, I got to thinking that successful kiosk design should follow the same model. Simpler is better and offering too many features in one kiosk can result in customer dissatisfaction and extra repairs.
 
I spoke with two kiosk vendors on this topic and they agreed. Both have seen the same thing in their respected fields.
 
Bill Lynch is vice president of Self Service Solutions for Source Technologies, a member of the SSKA Advisory Board and contributor to SelfService.org. He explained that one of the dangers for kiosk manufacturers and deployers fall into the trap of W.I.B.C.I, which stands for “Wouldn’t it be cool if…?”
 
Lynch frequently sees the phenomenon in action. He said banks and financial institutions often want to take financial kiosks beyond simple transaction processing and have them process loan applications and the like. But who wants to wait in line to cash a check while someone applies for a loan?
 
Greg Swistak, director of the Custom Solutions Group for Elo Touchsystems and member of the SSKA Advisory Board, says that overloaded kiosks are sometimes the result of engineers and technology-philes who aren’t the ones interacting with the customers.
 
“So many companies get caught up in the kiosk technology,” Swistak said. “Don’t fall in love with the technology; fall in love with the concept of self-service.”
 
The ATM industry experienced the in the ‘90s. There was a trend among deployers to tack on as many extras to ATMs as they could. The thought was that offering coupons, tickets to events, stamps and lottery tickets would boost the customer experience. The efforts failed miserably.
 
The reason? Customers who wanted to get 20 bucks out were stuck behind someone looking for Bon Jovi tickets. Too many options meant too many choices and longer wait times. Ultimately, the ATM was stripped back down to its normal (and effective) functionality.  
 
The truth is that simplicity makes things easier. Kiosks that offer too many applications and features have the potential to annoy customers more than please them. When users get lost in a myriad of options, customers spend more time at the machine and the queues tend to get longer.
 
To avoid W.I.B.C.I., consider this question: What is the original intent of your kiosk? If the purpose of your ATM is to give customers access to their money, selling concert tickets is only going to slow the process. If the purpose of your retail kiosk is to speed up checkout, than offering gift registry at the same machine will work against the purpose.
 
I’m not suggesting that people knock the excitement from the industry that comes from experimenting with cool new applications. Just remember who you’re dealing with: the potential repeat-customer who won’t come back if the line is too long.
 
So, in the end, a kiosk is like a truck. No night-vision windshield camera, no problem. As long as it works like a well-oiled machine.
Posted by: Bill Yackey AT 12:47 pm   |  Permalink   |  0 Comments  |  
Friday, 15 June 2007
 
Bill Lynch is on the Self-Service & Kiosk Association Advisory Board and vice president of Self Service Solutions for Source Technologies, a provider of financial self-service kiosks and printers.
 
Retail self-service is catching on and everyone’s getting in on the act, as evidenced by hundreds of vendors and increasing adoption rates. According to NCR, 39 percent of consumers are willing to use timesaving self-service alternatives to help reduce their wait times. Consequently, kiosks in North American retail locations have increased 69 percent since 2004, according to KioskCom's Self Service Expo. 
 
The growing momentum of self-service transactions reveals a higher confidence in non-traditional delivery channels such as self-service kiosks. All businesses should carefully evaluate their approach to self-service and consider the positive impact of deploying services through feature-rich self-service kiosks.
 
In this new culture of convenience, the real question for consumers is not “may I help you?” but “how would you like to be helped?
Consumers are becoming more comfortable interacting with kiosk technology, even in the sensitive area of money handling. In fact, they increasingly trust automation as much if not more than the traditional person-to-person service.
 
The rapid growth of self-service technology is leading to a migration of transactions from traditional retail environments to other, more convenient locations driven by consumer demand.  Thus, the kiosk becomes a customer service strategy just like online banking, personal service, call-center support, etc. The objective is to reach the customer when and where he chooses.
 
So instead of forcing kiosks on customers, the real task becomes identifying the optimal transaction solution for every activity, in any setting, then educating the customer on how to use the new technology. When kiosks provide the right technology solution for self-service, consumers are happy to embrace them once they understand how they meet their needs for convenience and service.
 
For example, let’s look at bill payment. Historically, bill payment involved someone sending a check through the mail or presenting it in-person. Today consumers who want to pay bills may chose between many options, including online bill payment, paying by mail or paying in-person with either a check, cash, debit card, credit card and money order. 
 
Despite the vast impact of the Internet and electronic payments, there remain customers who prefer to pay in-person or who do not have traditional banking relationships. In fact, this particular demographic is significant: according to the Center for Financial Services Innovation, 40 million U.S. consumers are unbanked or underbanked.
 
The kiosk is an optimal solution for delivering convenient service to the unbanked as well as for those who may have bank accounts but prefer to pay in person. The utility and wireless industry demonstrates the success of bill payment kiosks, with some providers like cable company Cox Communications having tremendous success with transitioning bill-payments from manual to automation. 
 
Bruce Beeco, director of Technical Architecture for Cox Communications said “Because these kiosks have the ability to accept all forms of payment and apply them to the accounts in real time, the kiosks are extremely popular with Cox customers. In Baton Rouge, for example, if a kiosk went down, the customer service reps would not be able to handle the workload when it comes to the sheer number of bill payments that customers make. That’s how important [the kiosks] are.”
 
Businesses embracing expanded self-service offerings realize the benefits of consumer-driven service where the customer can choose his method of business interaction. Kiosk adopters capitalize on this trend by differentiating themselves with self-service portfolios that appeal to today’s convenience-oriented consumer. In addition, self-service kiosks offer many operational benefits by reducing manual tasks for employees, which yields improvements in overhead costs, labor requirements, transaction accuracy and reduced risk of human error.
 
It is wise to approach this market shift as a response to consumer preferences for self-service transactions already evident in the marketplace. Assisted self-service is already prevalent in applications such as self-checkout lanes at grocery stores, airport self check-in lanes and gas station “pay-at-the-pump” option, where there is an attendant available to assist and sometimes help complete the transaction. Total self-service involves the customer interacting with the kiosk only, as is the case with bill payment. These options are now viewed as an “added value” to convenience and customer service. Kiosks give you an edge, not just another option. 
 
The convenience challenge
 
Once you understand the value of kiosks in providing consumer-driven service, how do you sell this concept throughout the organization? Even today, shifting management culture to emphasize customer-oriented delivery solutions rather than the traditional focus on specific technologies can still represent a significant change of thinking. 
 
Managers should emphasize self-service as a business strategy that weaves numerous technologies and distribution channels together into a self-service portfolio, rather than focusing on one specific device. Businesses will achieve more benefits by implementing the self-service solution that best matches the needs of its key customer groups.  
 
Businesses that embrace the market shift to a broad view of service options will differentiate themselves by providing more customer choice in service delivery. In this new culture of convenience, the real question for consumers is not “may I help you?” but “how would you like to be helped?” 
 
Decision makers should carefully evaluate their organization’s approach to self-service and consider the positive impact of providing these options. Kiosks are a distinct part of a company’s portfolio of self-service options and add value for progressive businesses that are willing to invest in convenient, feature-rich technologies for their customers.

Posted by: Bill Lynch AT 12:53 pm   |  Permalink   |  0 Comments  |  
Monday, 11 June 2007
The writer is a senior analyst on Forrester’s Marketing and Strategy team.
 
Retailers struggle to adapt as the online channel shifts the balance of control into consumers’ hands and increases pressure on stores to deliver superior experiences. Consumers who research products online before buying them offline will influence more than $500 billion of offline sales in 2007.
 
Now, retail’s newest sales channel, mobile, promises to change the dynamics of shopping yet again.
 
Over time, mobile will bring three new attributes to the multichannel shopping experience — portability, location awareness and ubiquity — characteristics that bring consumer control to a whole new level.
 
More than three-quarters of households in the United States (88.4 million), own at least one mobile phone; the average is two per household. As carriers continue to offer low-cost services such as prepaid and family plans and as new entrants target underserved segments, Forrester predicts household penetration in the U.S. will exceed 85 percent by the end of the decade, outstripping the Web.
 
As U.S. consumers grow comfortable with using mobile devices for activities beyond voice, the mobile channel stands to exert a greater impact on their shopping habits. Although buying products through the mobile phone still is far from becoming mainstream, using the device as a self-service tool to aid in the shopping experience is much more imminent.
 
As the form of mobile commerce with the lowest consumer risk and greatest value proposition, product search will be the starting point to mobile shopping for most consumers. Mobile applications for search and comparison are emerging to aid shoppers and give them more control at the point of decision. SCANBUY, for example, enables shoppers to compare retail prices with online prices by taking a picture of the barcode or tapping the barcode number into a downloadable mobile application. The application then retrieves prices for the product from online comparison shopping engines.
 
GPShopper, which has more than 100,000 users through its mobile application, lets consumers search for products at local stores and compare prices and promotions. NearbyNow, another local search-based application, gathers local inventory feeds from mall-based stores; when users search for specific products, the application sends back an SMS detailing which stores carry the product and whether it is in stock.
 
Mobile-based product search threatens to turn brick-and-mortar stores into showrooms for Web-tailers such as Amazon.com and other lower-priced online pure plays as consumers compare prices while in-store. So not only do retailers have to compete with low-priced online pure plays in the Web channel, now they have to do so within their stores.
 
Retailers can’t fight consumers who want to compare retail store prices to Web prices; instead, they should give consumers an incentive to identify themselves through their mobile devices when in the store, which will provide an opportunity to target in-store shoppers. This requires store-based technologies such as Bluetooth-enabled kiosks and, eventually, mobile-location-aware services that can engage consumers when they are in the store and help to prevent them from defecting to a competitor.
 
Local search also takes center stage as on-the-go consumers search for products and where to buy them. This places pressure on retailers to release local store inventory data (when available) to engines such as NearbyNow, Channel Intelligence and ShopLocal, and to begin buying keywords on local search engines and general search engines.
 
There is no rest for the weary retailer as consumers increasingly connect themselves to new channels and to each other, arming themselves with information to make smarter decisions and take control over a process that traditionally has given retailers the upper hand. Retailers that want to succeed in this new world are given little choice but to engage with consumers on their terms and use technologies of their own to grant them entrance into consumers’ connected lives.
Posted by: Tamara Mendelsohn AT 12:55 pm   |  Permalink   |  0 Comments  |  
Monday, 04 June 2007
In a span of three weeks I recently attended three major shows. Traveling between Las Vegas, Chicago and Essen, Germany, it got a good view of the state of the market in terms of self-service, kiosks and digital signage.
 
(For additional show coverage click here.)
 
Companies exhibited many practical yet innovative uses of self-service at Self Service Expo, formerly known as KioskCom. Flextronics’ Smart Auto Management (SAM) kiosk, for example, connects to a car’s onboard diagnostics and checks more than 2,000 fault codes and can make vehicle owners aware of applicable recalls or technical service bulletins.
 
I’ve heard self-service described as “turning the screen around” to the customer, and two kiosks I saw particularly reminded me of this point: United Tote’s convertible POS system specifically for pari-mutuel wagering and Apunix’s perfume kiosk for Nordstrom, which can be used by employees for assisted selling or by consumers for self-service.
 
Alamo Rent A Car’s new ad campaign is does something fresh: It highlights kiosks as a point of differentiation.
 
From what I’ve seen, I believe that many companies in the United States — especially retailers — are not asking themselves if they should implement some form of customer-facing technology, but when and how. Whether it’s to save costs or differentiate from their competitors, they don’t want to be left behind.
 
In Europe
 
Although I think most would agree that the market is more mature in North America — its 11-year history of self-service and kiosk trade shows is a strong argument — the European market is definitely coming into its own. This year, Germany’s Kiosk Europe Expo featured approximately 120 exhibitors from 26 countries, attracting companies from across Europe, Russia, China, Australia and North America.
 
At the show, it was exciting to see that companies were trying new things. I saw a new form of gesture technology, a battery-powered kiosk on wheels, large-format interactive digital signage, even a kiosk that was shaped like a pet. I saw plenty of the elegant European design we always hear about in the United States, and I saw great software applications. One, called MusicGenome, could predict a user’s music tastes with 80 percent accuracy after having the user rate a couple of sample songs.
 
Though self-service was born in Europe, with the first ATM created in England, it has thrived in North America. The United States, in particular, knows how to mass-market good ideas. Still, neither shore is a clear leader.
 
For years, Europeans have used machines to purchase train and subway tickets, as well as pay for parking, while some U.S. cities only are beginning to move in that direction. On the other hand, pay-at-the-pump has been around for years in North America, but has been slow to catch on in Europe. In the United States and Europe many service industries, such as restaurants and hotels are slow to adopt for reasons varying from language, culture, currency and user attitudes.
 
On the digital signage front, while most of the industry is still involved in broadcasting, a growing number of digital signage applications are becoming interactive by using various triggers, be it touch, motion sensors, RFID, mobile phone or others. Nanonation showed off a 65-inch touchscreen application it developed for Royal Caribbean. GestureTek also continues to develop non-traditional methods of interaction.
 
From what I’ve observed, what the self-service and digital signage industries in the United States and Europe have most in common is that they are limited only by imagination. The technology is there, or will be soon. The best applications anywhere, however, are those created to solve a problem.
Posted by: David Drain AT 12:00 pm   |  Permalink   |  0 Comments  |  
Tuesday, 29 May 2007
 
I’m not one to split hairs. I often find myself surrounded by people who want to argue the finer points of the finer things in life (“So, James, do you prefer Beluga or Sevruga caviar?” “Which Beatle do you think was the real genius – Paul McCartney or John Lennon?”). People love to obsess over minutiae, and I’m usually happy to indulge. My answers to those questions, in case you’re interested, are “whatever kind is available to me” and “George Harrison.”
 
Lately, this question has come up more often than it probably should: “Is digital signage self-service?” Or some other iteration, like “What does digital signage have to do with self-service?” or “What?! No respect for Ringo?!”
 
I digress. People are interested in classifying things, and people seem to be conflicted about whether they should consider digital signage an offshoot of self-service, or vice-versa, or not at all. My answer is simple but unsatisfying: Sometimes yes, sometimes no.
 
One of my regular haunts is a bookstore that’s just a few minutes’ drive from my house. My whole family goes there about once a week, momma and I get a coffee and take turns looking at books that interest us while the other one shepherds the kids through the Spongebob and Dora aisles. After about fifteen minutes, we switch places. It works nicely.
 
About a year ago, this particular bookstore put in some digital screens throughout the store, three of them in a very cool tandem installation behind/above the checkout counter, the rest scattered throughout the store. Aside from the obvious cool factor, the screens have steered me toward the occasional purchase that I otherwise wouldn’t have made. They’ve also reminded me about store discounts.
 
What the screens have done, in this instance, is take the place of the store circular – those little four-color handouts that sit in a stack by the front door. We used to pick one of these up and scour them for deals of the week, coupons, or anything else we felt we’d be remiss if we missed.
 
So, on perhaps a micro-level, the screens are doing my research for me, pushing the information to me rather than counting on me to “pull” it from printed material. But this argument holds true if such information is printed with ink or shown with electroncs, whether it's on a poster or a screen. Self-service? Only if the ad for Target in the Sunday paper is self-service, too.
 
When is it self-service? When it allows for true interactivity. When it's part of a system that does what all good self-service does: allow users to do for themselves what otherwise would require the involvement of others. Digital signage and self-service, hand-in-hand, are about communicating with customers, making their lives better, making it easier for them to do business with you. They are about getting a message across, and that’s always been one of the toughest things for a business to do properly.
 
“Got a lot of work to do, try to get a message through.” George Harrison’s words, by the way, not mine.

Posted by: James Bickers AT 10:07 am   |  Permalink   |  0 Comments  |  
Monday, 21 May 2007
I have bought into the idea of global warming. It took awhile, but having to blast the A/C in late March convinced me. So when I needed a new lawnmower this month, I decided to go green and buy an old-fashioned push mower — the kind where muscle, not gas, turns the wheels and spins the blades.
 
I expected them to be easy to find, given our heightened sensitivity to greenhouse gases, but they weren’t. The Wal-Mart I visited didn’t have any, and the closest Sears only had a couple, the nicer of which was on sale for $79. Burning more gas than the new mower would save me all year, I drove to a third store, a Lowe’s. That is where I met Steve.
 
Steve and the two people on the floor with him are a kiosk’s best friends. Here’s why:
 
First, Steve acknowledged me in a friendly way as soon as I walked up to him. He apologized for not seeing me first. After I told him what I was looking for, he knew exactly where the items were and showed me the two types in stock. The one comparable to the Sears model, however, was $10 more, and I told him I intended to go back for that one. And then he went to work.
 
He explained that it was his first day in the department, and he did not want to lose the sale. He found a manager and got permission to knock the 10 bucks off the price, to match the Sears price. Sold.
 
I grabbed a box with the new mower and hoisted it on my burly shoulder, and while Steve entered the information, another colleague volunteered to get a cart for me, which he did with alacrity. When I was ready to check out, only one cashier was present among a row of self-checkout units.
 
I was elated. Not only did my business matter, but the impression was that I mattered. Will I go back to Lowe’s? I can’t wait.
 
The upside for self-service can be found by contrasting the Lowe’s experience with the story that came out of Home Depot.
 
When Home Depot fired CEO Bob Nardelli in January, one factor cited was that while he embraced self-service, he did not reinvest the savings by moving displaced cashiers to the sales floor. As a result, customers abandoned the store, often saying that service and the expertise of its workers was no longer up to snuff.
 
The difference, then, between a thriving home-improvement store and a declining one may not be much more complex than this: Self-service works in some parts of the store, such as up front, when your new lawnmower has been put in the cart for you. But if you’re going to ask me to ring up myself, make sure you’ve got a Steve in back to help me pick the thing out — and sometimes go the extra mile to earn my business.
Posted by: Joseph Grove AT 10:12 am   |  Permalink   |  0 Comments  |  
Tuesday, 15 May 2007
 
*Editor's note: Mark Ozawa is managing director of Accuvia Consulting, a leading boutique consulting firm focusing on technology and systems solutions for the lodging, foodservice and retail industries around the world.
  
Guest and customer interest in self-service options continues to grow and, as a result, kiosks and other self-service devices are appearing in more and more retail, lodging and foodservice locations. Although existing technological capabilities in the user interfaces limit the ways in which devices can be used, new capabilities in technology will permit operators to find more ways to use them for self-service.
 
A very significant enhancement is coming in user interfaces. For instance, some systems coming out of the lab allow users to interact and manipulate items on a display with nothing more complicated than their fingers. Very complex tasks can be accomplished without a mouse or a keyboard. Moreover, the displays can recognize multiple points of contact at the same time and very natural finger gestures. They even can be heat sensitive and capable of interacting with multiple users at once.
 
Imagine you approach what appears to be a nice glass-topped table but it is, in fact, a large, horizontal, touchscreen. You touch an icon of a folder marked “Images.” The folder opens and a group of images spill out just as if you had taken a set of photos and dropped them on the surface of the table. Using your finger, you spread the images apart and move them around the desktop just like you would spread pictures on your table. Selecting one image, you take a picture and, using your fingers, you “pull” the opposite corners of the image. As you do so, the picture gets bigger. Then, you “spin” the image, which turns within the display. It is 3-D, so you can see all sides of the item in the image.
 
Now imagine you are seated at a table in a local restaurant. Instead of giving you a menu, the greeter touches a menu icon on your table. She “slides” a menu image with her finger and puts it in front of each diner. She clicks each image and each menu grows into full size. Each diner “turns” the pages of the menu by dragging the right edge of the page to the left.
 
Each menu item is accompanied by an image. Diners can use their fingers to “pull” the images into a larger image. By clicking a question mark icon next to the image, nutrition information appears along with preparation details. Suggestions for other items appear next to the selected ones.
 
Or, in your local clothing store, you pick out a nice shirt. You go to an interactive table and enter the item number on a keyboard displayed on the surface. An image of your shirt appears along with various icons. You are looking for other clothes in the store that might go well with this shirt, so you touch an icon and options for pants, jackets and accessories appear. You touch on the pants icon and images of various pants appear on the desktop.
 
You can manipulate each image with your fingers, making them larger and allowing you to see all sides of each garment. You “discard” those that don’t appeal to you. Selecting a pair of pants you want to see, you click the image and a 3-D map of the store appears with the location of the pants marked.
 
In your hotel room, you have an interactive tabletop instead of the traditional desk. One of the available options is an electronic concierge. Touching an icon brings up a map of the area around your hotel. You can “pull” the map in opposite directions to enlarge a section into an expanded view. Icons appear marking restaurants, bars and other points of interest.
 
You touch the icon of a restaurant that seems interesting to you and information about the restaurant appears. Because the image is 3-D, you can manipulate the map into a view of the city you can expect to see as you walk to the restaurant.
 
This new interface has two significant advantages over current technology. Most important, it is very intuitive and easy to use. Second, the interface allows the user to access deeper levels of information easily, which allows the self-service device to provide more and better data than often can be obtained from a staff person. This new interface will launch many new ways for operators to enhance customer service with self-service devices.

Posted by: Mark Ozawa AT 10:17 am   |  Permalink   |  0 Comments  |  
Monday, 07 May 2007
Let’s face it. Traveling can be stressful. No one likes long lines, crowds, a lack of information or lack of choices when going to airports. Thankfully, airports have been in the forefront of self-service to help deal with the enormous volumes of travelers that go through airports each day.
 
Checking in
 
The airline industry is constantly in the news and most of it is negative: stranded passengers, long delays, lost luggage and bankruptcies. However, airports and  airlines have really led the way in the use of self-service check-in kiosks. When introduced several years ago, airline personnel assisted customers as many interacted with the devices for the first time. Customers learned how easy they were to use and now many frequent fliers have completely embraced the technology. As airlines are now discovering, kiosks can also serve passengers in multiple languages.
 
While many customers have embraced self-service check-in, there are still large numbers of first-time or occasional flyers that need encouragement or direction in using the kiosk. For those who have become accustomed to the speed of the check-in process using a kiosk, the wait and confusion of infrequent users can be frustrating.
 
Another frustration can come when kiosks are down. US Airways learned this recently when the airline merged its reservation system with America West’s the first weekend in March. Massive delays ensued at kiosks the first few days and glitches continued throughout March.
 
Customers are not the only ones reaping the benefits of self check-in. Air Canada recently stated that it spends 16 cents to check in a traveler through a kiosk versus $3 through a staffed counter.  And the 2006 SITA survey stated that the airline industry’s move toward self-service is saving it billions of dollars.
 
Continental bragged about its 1,000th kiosk deployment last year in a press release, claiming to have more kiosks per customer than any other airline. Continental has also implemented application acceleration technology which speeds up the transaction time on kiosks.
 
Once limited to domestic flights, self-check-in is now available to international travelers as passport scanners have been added to newer models.
 
There has been much interest in common use self-service (CUSS), where airports manage the check-in kiosks rather than the airlines. Las Vegas’s McCarran Airport as well as several airports in Europe have implemented the system. The main benefit for airports is better utilization of space and flow for check-in. Another promise of CUSS is to enable more possibilities for remote check-in, such as convention centers, hotels and airport parking.
 
Safe and secure
 
After checking in, the next stage of self-service adoption is coming to security. Airports are continuing to roll-out registered traveler programs that help frequent fliers speed through security after completing a background check and paying a fee. Shoe scanners are a new addition to the effort to make going through security more effortless.
 
The U.S. and Canada have recently agreed on the use of border security kiosks through the NEXUS program at Canadian airports for travelers who cross the border frequently.
 
Biometrics is increasingly being used at security, such as iris recognition, fingerprint scans and facial recognition technology. There is also a growing acceptance of biometrics among consumers as they become more educated about its use and recognize the benefits.
 
Trying to bring it all together and simplify air travel, the Hong Kong Airport Authority, Immigration Department and Cathay Pacific are engaged in a six-month trial of a new kiosk that integrates immigration, boarding and luggage.
 
The restrictions on liquids at security have proved a challenge for airports and passengers alike. Entrepreneurial companies like Mail Safe Express have sprung up offering to ship banned items home. At Chicago O’Hare, security officers direct passengers who want to ship these items to a touchscreen kiosk. The 60-day test was deemed successful enough to implement them at nearby Midway Airport.
 
Automated retail
 
Once through security, passengers become shoppers if they have time before their flight. ZoomSystems has taken vending to a whole new level, enabling people to buy high-end items such as iPods and Bose headsets through modern vending machines. 
 
Sony has gotten into the act by selling its products through a Sony-branded kiosk called Access. At the recent GlobalShop show in Las Vegas, retail fixtures manufacturer idX displayed its new automated store, Shop Robotic. With products brightly displayed so near the glass that you feel like you can reach out and touch them, watching items be dispensed is a fascinating part of the experience.
 
At your service
 
Staffed information counters with brochure racks are a common site in airports. Chicago O’Hare has recently installed an interactive touchscreen kiosk that provides travel information to visitors. The kiosk, which officials are calling a “virtual concierge,” provides airport, hotel, transportation and weather information in seven languages.
 
Smarte Carte, makers of the ubiquitous luggage carts for rental, now outfit their lockers with touchscreens. The company has also introduced cell phone charging kiosks.
 
As the majority of passengers and airport visitors carry cell phones, it’s no surprise that pay phone usage has decreased dramatically. As a testament, some pay phone stations have been replaced by internet access kiosks. While internet access kiosks still have promise outside the U.S., within the country the growth has probably peaked since so many people carry laptops or some other wireless internet device with them.
 
Self-service business centers like PowerPort provide laptop rentals, printing, and recharging stations for electronics. For those passengers that need to recharge their body, automated massage chairs are cropping up as an additional revenue source.
 
A new product that seems perfect for airports is a self-service document shredder from RealTime Shredding. The machine quietly shreds stacks of paper (including staples or paper clips) as well as CDs. Unloading unwanted confidential documents before or after a flight could be a great service for passengers.
 
Frequent flyer enrollment
 
Qatar Airways has initiated an instant frequent-flyer enrollment kiosk for new members at Doha International Airport. Situated in the Qatar Airways Business class lounge at the airport, the kiosk dispenses membership cards immediately after passengers complete their registration.
 
Ground transportation
 
In November, Alamo Rent A Car announced that it would roll out self-service kiosks at all its locations in the U.S. after successful tests in Dallas, Las Vegas and Jacksonville, Fla. The company claims that the kiosks reduce check-in time by 50 percent compared to typical counter service. The kiosks use an ID scanning technology by Intelli-Check.
 
“Self-service eliminates one more hassle from family travel,” said Jerry Dow, Alamo's chief marketing officer in a company release. “Customers are already comfortable using the check-in kiosk for flights, using a self-service kiosk for car rental is a natural progression.”
 
Like a good employee, the kiosk always suggests an upgrade.
 
Another innovation from Smarte Carte has been a new kiosk that lets customers use their credit card for a voucher to pay for taxicab fares. The kiosk is being tested in Salt Lake City.
 
Future developments
 
Frontier Airlines announced recently that it plans to allow rebooking at kiosks for canceled flights at Denver International Airport. This could be a good way to speed up the process and enable frustrated passengers to make alternative plans.
 
Digital signage is taking the world by storm and would deserve an article all on its own to do it justice. Interactive digital signage, like the one unveiled at O’Hare last year, is an example of the possibilities out there.
 
New forms of payment are coming on the scene, ranging from vending machines that accept credit cards for micro payments to biometrics like those implemented by Pay By Touch. Payment using a cell phone has been discussed for a few years and is closer to reality. Rather than using RFID technology like contactless credit cards, chips can be added to phones that will enable them to exchange secure data (like a credit card number) with a reader.
 
While checking into a flight from home or a hotel is not new, companies like Hilton have tested check-in kiosks at airports. Could CUSS also bring major hotel properties together under one kiosk?
 
While it’s always difficult to predict the future, one thing seems certain: travel self-service is here to stay.
Posted by: David Drain AT 10:25 am   |  Permalink   |  0 Comments  |  
Monday, 30 April 2007
Rufus Connell is research director of information technology for the business research and consulting firm Frost and Sullivan. He oversees Frost and Sullivan's subscription research on network security, digital media and retail systems.
 
Many of us are familiar with the Payment Card Industry (PCI) Data Security Standard that constantly impacts retail self-service technologies such as electronic funds transfer (EFT) terminals. But fewer may be aware of the Federal Financial Institutions Examination Council’s (FFIEC) guidance on authentication in Internet banking environments.
 
In a nutshell, the FFIEC guidance called for financial institutions that conduct online services to provide strong authentication for its users by the end of 2006.
 
FFIEC didn’t stipulate a specific form of strong authentication but left that to the banks’ discretion. This means that the banks could choose some form of hardware token — like those successfully deployed by banks in Europe by Vasco and widely deployed in enterprise networks by the likes of RSA (the security division of EMC), Secure Computing and others — or some other means such as software tokens.
 
Many banks in the United States scrambled to meet the 2006 deadline and, as a result, opted to deploy solutions that combine a software token with sophisticated fraud monitoring tools, which often are backed up by challenge/response tools.
 
Today RSA is the leader in the online banking authentication space by benefit of its acquisition of Passmark and Cyota. Also in this space are a number of other competitors such as Arcot, Bharosa and others. RSA is estimated to have approximately 100 million registered users while Arcot and Bharosa are estimated to have around 40 million and 20 million users, respectively. These companies deploy technology that analyzes the location of devices that try to connect to a bank’s Web site and authenticates users via combinations of software tokens, username/password, answers to personal questions and even keyboard and mouse biometrics. Every day these and other companies develop more sophisticated tools to identify the user.
 
Implications for self-service
In Frost & Sullivan’s last survey of the kiosk industry we saw that banking and financial kiosks and Internet access terminals generated more than 10 percent of revenues from kiosk sales. These types of kiosks will be used to access Web sites that fall under the jurisdiction of the FFIEC guidance.
 
Even more importantly, a user endeavoring to access his bank’s Web site through such a terminal to conduct time-sensitive financial transactions will fail the authentication tests that already are installed at financial institutions like Wells Fargo, Countrywide, Vanguard and others.
 
The FFIEC guidance has made online banking a huge step safer for consumers everywhere, but it puts one more hurdle in front of those who want to bank from public terminals.
 
It is expected that this FFIEC guidance is likely to quickly become a best practice for all forms of consumer online services. Kiosk hardware and software vendors must take note: Work with security companies now to ensure that users accessing today’s financial Web sites, and tomorrow’s e-commerce sites, will be able to pass authentication challenges without compromising personal information.
Posted by: Rufus Connell AT 10:32 am   |  Permalink   |  0 Comments  |  
Tuesday, 24 April 2007
When deployers plan for a new kiosk deployment, it is easy to get caught up in aesthetics such as the size of the screen, design and color, overlooking some essential money-saving aspects. For vendors and end-users alike, here are several behind-the-scenes details that are often overlooked, but can make or break your next kiosk rollout.
 
Does your kiosk have a power filter?
 
Anyone who builds or owns a kiosk knows its CPU isn’t unlike the ones found in our home or office PCs. Having a kiosk freeze up can be much more costly, however.
 
A power filter is like a premium insurance package for your kiosks. Power filters protect the kiosk from power surges and spikes that can come through the electrical outlet, but also through phone and internet jacks. They also clean up “dirty power” and suppress electric noise.
 
“Electric noise is caused by things near the customer’s facility that they have no control over,” said Mike Honkomp, director of new market development for Electronic Systems Protection. "Maybe it’s in the convenience store next to the ATM machine, or next to a refrigerator where a compressor kicks on.”
 
A commercial-grade power filter provides much more protection than a common surge protector. Power filters eliminate more electric noise and have a much higher threshold in case of lightning strikes and large power spikes.
 
“A $180 investment for a power filter seems like a worthwhile investment to protect a $10,000 kiosk,” Honkomp said.
 
The best service for self-service
 
When you buy an appliance, a service plan is often included. If and when the appliance breaks down, a service person comes to your house and fixes it (between the hours of eight and four…thank you for your patience).
 
So what about your kiosk? Having a plan for service and maintenance can lower your kiosk’s downtime from days to hours. More and more companies are supporting their own service teams of certified technicians working for the company, but placed throughout the country for quick service.
 
MTI is a retail fixture company that has used RFID and targeted marketing as part of its self-service initiative. They have 100 contracted service employees around the country for system repairs, bridging the labor gap between expensive IT contractors and what Vice President Jason Goldberg calls “dusters and fluffers” – store merchandisers who don’t do repairs. MTI’s maintenance crew also performs monthly check-ups on MTI stations in their region.
 
For those deployers who do not have their own in-house maintenance service, there are companies such as Rhombus Services. Rhombus maintains a nation-wide network of qualified subcontractors specialized in kiosk repair and service.
 
Rhombus’s president, Jeff Metzger, says it is also very important to synchronize your service plan with the recommended service times for kiosk components such as printers and bill acceptors.
 
Whether contracted or in-house, you want to make sure your kiosk vendor can provide you with quick maintenance service, whether in-house or sub-contracted. You can’t afford to have a kiosk down for days particularly if you are located in a remote area, while you wait for a technician to come cross-country for a service call. Not to mention, you will most likely be paying the cost of his plane ticket.
 
Keep an eye on it with remote monitoring
 
Whether your kiosk is a revenue generator or a customer information tool, downtime is going to end up costing your business. A remote monitoring package is a very cheap and worthwhile feature often overlooked, especially during small kiosk rollouts or pilots.
 
Through programs such as Provisio’s SiteKiosk, kiosk manufacturers and deployers can monitor amounts of money accepted, printer paper levels and even gather user demographic information. Most importantly, you can be notified if your kiosk goes down through email, SMS or cell phone calls.
 
Like the service plan, remote monitoring services can be done independently or through a kiosk vendor.
 
“It’s insanity that more people don’t spend a few bucks for the service,” said Peter Snyder, managing director, International Kiosk Group, Kiosk Information Systems.
Posted by: Bill Yackey AT 10:41 am   |  Permalink   |  0 Comments  |  
Tuesday, 17 April 2007
In late March, I attended RFID World, held at the Gaylord Texan Resort near the Dallas-Fort Worth Airport. The show is in its fifth year, and I began to see more parallels to the self-service and kiosk industry. Like kiosks, radio frequency identification (RFID) technology has been around for decades, but people still wonder when it is really going to take off.
 
With about 3,000 attendees and 200 exhibitors, it would appear RFID has arrived. The fact that Wal-Mart was not present was seen as a boost to the industry rather than a mark against it. Some said it proved that RFID can stand on its own.
 
While most of the show dealt with supply chain management, there were some areas of interactivity that were relevant to self-service.
 
Best Buy CEO Robert Willett was a keynote speaker, lending more validation to the industry. Willett talked about a “massive demand for personalization” and that Best Buy’s goal was to “co-create solutions together” with its customers.
 
“We believe RFID can make a tremendous difference,” Willett said.
 
Willett’s vision is to place an RFID tag on every single product in the store. In tests, RFID has enabled Best Buy employees to spend more time on the floor rather than stocking or looking for items. Willett also mentioned smart signs in the store where data from RFID-enabled smart shelves correlate sales to the store. Shopping assistance and check-out were two other areas that can be improved with RFID technology.
 
Future plans for the $30 billion electronics giant include an expansion of its pilot, an upgrade to Generation 2 tags, improvement of tag reads and exploration of ways to use RFID to improve the customer experience.
 
Following Willett was Kevin Ashton, vice president of ThingMagic. Ashton demonstrated advances in RFID reader technology, such as RFID tags that can be read inside a tin can, inside a glass of water and tracking a colleague’s movements around the ballroom using a Google Maps application. ThingMagic’s new reader is about the size of an iPod Nano.
 
Winners of the first RFID Excellence in Business Awards were announced at RFID World on March 27, prior to the conference keynote address.
 
Of note: Eugene, Oregon-based ADASA, Inc. was given the Excellence in RFID Technology Award for its low-cost, wearable, mobile encoder, the PAD3500, which supports the encoding of tags anywhere, anytime. The device works in conjunction with ADASA’s SmartCartridge, enabling the hands-free loading and encoding of RF tags. The solution has already demonstrated business value in a pilot with SSKA member Freedom Shopping, which reduced labor by as much as 50 percent.
 
Observations from the show floor:
 
Tyco Electronics was demonstrating its RF system by showing a Nike shoe and clothing item with an RFID tag that displayed product information on an interactive digital sign.
 
German company Atlantic Zeiser showed off its smart cards, tickets and bank notes.
 
France-based IER makes printers, gate readers and kiosks for airports. Matho Li, RFID R&D & marketing manager, told me that IER made the first CUSS-compliant kiosk for the British Airport Authority.
 
Avery Dennison makes the RFID item level tags for Freedom Shopping.
 
MediaCart exhibited its interactive shopping cart in ThingMagic’s booth. (See “Media Cart deploys smart shopping cart”)
 
EnvisionWare shared part of UPM Raflatac’s booth to display their library self-service kiosk, whereby you could check in, check out and pay fines – basically “anything to do with self-service in a library,” according to Michael Monk, VP marketing and business development.
 
“We took all the data from retail, airlines … and applied it to libraries,” Monk said. EnvisionWare has 4,500 library clients in the U.S. The kiosk, designed and manufactured by Anne Reid Technologies, is multi-lingual, has a bill acceptor, card reader and, of course, an RFID reader.
 
Precision Dynamics Corp. started out manufacturing RFID wristbands and then developed a kiosk at the request of Great Wolf Lodge (an indoor water park), who wanted to allow customers to load money onto the wristband. Since the wristbands are waterproof, this is a great way for guests to pay for items at concession stands without the need to carry a wallet or purse.
 
Another feature of the kiosks is a “family locator,” which allows members of a family to locate where other members last checked in. There are currently 10 kiosks in the field, according to Douglas Bourque, RFID market development manager, including the Jacksonville Suns baseball park.
 
RFID Revolution provides consulting and training on RFID.
 
“Our goal is to make it fun, show how it’s relevant,” said Leslie Downey, company founder. “We want to help end users find opportunities and assess risks RFID might pose.”
 
The firm has a new e-learning introductory course coming out called “RFID Essentials” which Downey said is intended to be “hands on, engaging and visually exciting.”
Posted by: David Drain AT 10:47 am   |  Permalink   |  0 Comments  |  
Tuesday, 10 April 2007
Despite a massive pollen dusting from the southern pines, one of the most beautiful areas in the country in April is North Carolina. It was no coincidence that SSKA Executive Director David Drain and I chose this time of year to visit the Tar Heel State, which also happens to be a hotbed for self-service technology.
 
IBM, Research Triangle Park, N.C. — Our first meeting was with IBM in its Triangle Park complex, which is where the popular Anyplace kiosk is developed. We began by meeting with Juhi Jotwani, director of marketing and strategy for retail, who believes that the future of self-service in all industries is bright.
 
“If anyone thinks they have all the answers, they’re completely wrong,” Jotwani said. “But self-service is a high growth environment and we think it is the right industry to invest in.”
 
IBM Marketing Manager Bruce Rasa led us through one of IBM’s self-service development labs and later into its Executive Briefing Center, where IBM has set up mock retail stores to demonstrate new self-service technology using the Anyplace kiosk.
 
Joining us on our tour of IBM was Carrie Reuben from SmartVista Technologies. Her company specializes in designing software for educational programs using kiosks, and is a reseller of IBM’s Anyplace kiosk.
 
ArcaTech Systems, Mebane, N.C. – Located in tiny Mebane (rhymes with “heaven”), ArcaTech is a company of 35 employees that specializes in the integration of cash automation machines for financial institutions and retail outfits. Its cash dispensers and currency recyclers, like those used in ATM systems, act as safes that recognize, count and dispense currency of all denominations. ArcaTech has over 200 OEM customers and supplies bill dispensers to IBM for self-checkout.
 
SAS Institute, Cary, N.C. – How much would you pay for yesterday’s newspaper? Not much, right? Now, how much is tomorrow’s paper worth? – That’s how Michael Penwell of SAS describes the goal of the company’s business analytics software. Penwell, applications developer of video
 
Michael Penwell of SAS points out the features of their marketing kiosk.
communications and new media, took us on a tour of two SAS TV studios used for recording webcasts and promotions to be aired on its BetterManagement.com website.
 
SAS is the largest privately held software company with an annual revenue of $2 billion, half of which comes from outside of the US.
 
SAS has deployed 12 kiosks in its office buildings that serve mainly as marketing tools. It also use these kiosks during trade shows and run a digital signage network with similar marketing intentions.
 
ESP, Zebulon, N.C. – Electronic Systems Protection manufactures a critical kiosk component that is often overlooked by deployers: a power filter.
 
“Power filters are a staple in the office supply industry, but haven’t caught on with kiosk deployers yet,” said Mike Honkomp, director of new market development. Honkomp says regular surge protectors aren’t enough to protect kiosk units from damage caused by power spikes or lightning, not to mention electrical noise that can cause computers to freeze up like our home PCs. Power spikes can also come through phone lines and Ethernet cables, which are commonly hooked up to kiosks.
 
David Perrotta of demostrates the soldering process for ESP's circuit boards.
ESP has worked with Olea, Dekko and other kiosk manufacturers who have integrated ESP power filters into its kiosk systems. A 62-employee company, ESP does all of their manufacturing in-house.
 
Meridian Kiosks, Aberdeen, N.C. – Upon entering its showroom in the North Carolina Sandhills, I noticed Meridian’s sleek Monarch kiosk looked very familiar. And it was. I had seen it the previous day in SAS’s lobby.
 
Meridian president Chris Gilder admits his company is laying low and spending time on development rather than advertising, however, Meridian’s kiosks have been used by Mazda, Shop to Cook and Red Bull. Meridian is now showing its DS-42p, a 42-inch vertical touchscreen kiosk.
 
Like the sleek DS-42p and Monarch kiosks, Meridian believes simpler is better when it comes to design, for many reasons.
 
Meridian's DS-42p kiosk with interactive touchscreen.
“A lot of kiosks are over-designed,” Gilder said. “By doing our own in-house fabrication, we’ve been able to design out some of the cost.”
 
Gilbarco, Greensboro, N.C. – As one of the leading manufacturers of gas pumps, Gilbarco became one of the pioneers of self-service when it introduced pay-at-the-pump in the late ‘70s. After 30 years of encouraging pay-at-the-pump, convenience stores are finding they are losing revenue on food and other in-store products from people not entering the store. After recently acquiring Intermedia Kiosks, a self-ordering provider for foodservice, Gilbarco is working on new promotional ideas through its outdoor pay-at-the-pump systems.
 
Freedom Shopping, Hickory, N.C. – Freedom Shopping stood out as being a company whose entire interest exists on the cusp of future kiosk technology. It creates RFID-powered mini-marts that can allow customers to check out in as little as six seconds.
 
Designed for use in hotels and cafeterias, the mini-marts feature products tagged with RFID sensors that are instantly rung up when placed in front of a check-out kiosk. In hotels, customers can enter their name and room number and be settled up in a matter of seconds. For other applications, the kiosk features a bill acceptor and card reader.
 
For the retailer, Freedom Shopping has created a remote-managed back-end that aids in inventory and promotions. Freedom Shopping can also access this area to provide up-to-the-second maintenance. For end-users, the touchscreen features a “Live Help” button that cuts out the middle-men and connects them directly to tech support at the Hickory headquarters.
 
Source Technologies, Charlotte, N.C. – Our final stop was Source Technologies, a company that began by making bank printers and has expanded into financial self-service. Source integrates their printers and check scanners into their 3, 5, and 7 product lines of advanced financial services kiosks. Like BMW, each series is larger with more bells and whistles.
 
Glen Fossella, GM of controlled-print solutions, says Source is striving to standardize financial services kiosks, much like our PCs have standard components and standard operating systems. The goal is to be able to offer a low cost, off-the-shelf kiosk solution that may be quickly deployed.
 
Source also demonstrated its interactive kiosk planning program, which can be found on their website. As Engineering Manager Kevin Kennedy explained, the program goes beyond general help, providing 10 steps containing specific questions about integration, components, and even color. The end result is a customized kiosk idea that can be sent to Source’s developers.
Posted by: Bill Yackey AT 10:49 am   |  Permalink   |  0 Comments  |  
Friday, 30 March 2007
Kerry Bodine is a principal analyst on Forrester Research's Customer Experience team.
 
In 1999, Alan Cooper, author of “The Inmates Are Running the Asylum,” introduced the concept of personas. Personas focus designers on their customers’ needs by presenting the user as a person with a name and face, motivations and goals. This structured practice helps successful firms create products and services for real people.
 
Through Forrester’s work in the Customer Experience group, we’ve discovered that the most effective personas are:
 
Based on direct study of individual users
From a firm’s existing market segments, researchers identify real people from each segment for observational studies or in-depth interviews, gathering data from the intended users of the product or service being designed. This process captures the complex goals and behavior of customers — intelligence that surveys and typical focus groups can’t provide.
 
Presented as a story about a real person
Well-crafted personas are presented as a narrative about a single human with a name and a face. As a result, they’re easy to understand and relate to. The sign of success comes when everyone associated with the project talks about “Paul,” a man who’s worried about his baby’s first cold and needs both guidance and reassurance to buy the right kind of infants’ Tylenol.
 
Focused on enabling design decisions
Effective personas describe the attitudes, motivations, goals and behavior captured by primary research. Knowing that a customer goes out of her way to avoid sales clerks and always shops by herself can tell designers whether she wants a personal shopping assistant in her favorite online store. Demographics and channel usage are nice extras, but only if they add insight to what users want to do and how they want to do it.
 
Successful companies use personas to:
 
Align stakeholders behind a shared understanding of the customer
Because personas are an accessible, easy-to-understand and compelling interface to customer data, they help quell design debates and accurately focus project priorities. Personas provide everyone involved in design decisions — from business owners to designers and developers — with a common understanding of the people who must be able to use a product or service.
 
Guide design decisions
To design interactive systems that respond appropriately to user inputs, designers need to know user goals, attitudes, behaviors and preferences related to their activity: Personas provide that information. For example, knowing that their primary persona logs into her online account infrequently and wants to minimize the amount of time she spends managing her money enables designers to prioritize functionality like e-mail password recovery over a fund rebalancing tool.
Posted by: Kerry Bodine AT 10:58 am   |  Permalink   |  0 Comments  |  
Monday, 26 March 2007
Several years ago, Saturday Night Live ran an excellent sketch about a cable news host whose screen was gradually filled by one ticker after another. Before the routine was finished, the entire screen was covered by news crawls, stock updates and sports scores, leaving the newscaster crying out in frustration.
 
Viewers of actual news networks often might feel the same level of frustration. Too much information is, in its own way, worse than not enough. And while we have learned to multitask to the best of our abilities, human beings still can parse only so much at one time.
 
Designers of customer experiences slowly are beginning to understand this. After too many years of Web sites and kiosks that bombard users with information, awareness is starting to seep into the designer-mind that customers need aesthetics just as much as they need data. Perhaps they need it more, and just don’t know it.
 
Yes, Apple certainly gets a lot of the credit for this. Whenever the “design renaissance” is discussed, iTunes and the little MP3 players it communes with are held up as examples of design done right. And they are, but they’re certainly not the only ones — just ask any devotee of IKEA or Target or Volkswagen. Leonardo da Vinci was right: Simplicity is the ultimate sophistication.
 
Those of us in the business of conveying information to our customers — and, in turn, fielding a response from them — must fight constantly to keep clutter out of our work. That might mean fewer words, chosen more carefully; fewer images on the screen, using only the most compelling and motivating ones; fewer choices on the decision tree; fewer opportunities for something to go wrong or confuse or become tiresome.
 
At this point, I must resist the writer’s ugliest temptation, the cliché. Yes, what I’m talking about here has been said before, probably better and probably in a story called “Keep it simple,” or some variation thereof. And that’s fine, because it’s sound advice. But I would put it to you this way: Keep it elegant.
 
In everything you do — whether it is a business process or a software interface or a transaction or whatever — get rid of everything that isn’t either useful or beautiful. And work to maximize the number of things that are both.
Posted by: James Bickers AT 11:01 am   |  Permalink   |  0 Comments  |  
Monday, 19 March 2007
The writer is managing director, International Kiosk Group, for KIOSK Information Systems.
 
This was the first year KioskCom came to the Middle East venue, drawing a large crowd from all disciplines, from airlines, banks, retail and government agencies. The vast majority of attendees were decision makers and individuals very interested in employing kiosks and generated a great deal of interest in kiosk hardware as well as software.
 
From the perspective of kiosk acceptance, the Middle East is anxious and willing to use kiosks in a wide spectrum of vertical markets. Middle Easterners are not prone to wait in line and find kiosks as a useful tool in providing efficient service. Moreover, they are after quality kiosk solutions, having already been burned by Far Eastern companies providing relatively unsophisticated and lower quality kiosks.
 
In terms of kiosk implementation, the Middle East is in the early stages of kiosk deployments, though APTEC and KTS have positioned themselves as providers of kiosk hardware, installation, maintenance services, parts and remote monitoring services throughout the Gulf region. 
 
Some of the larger booths at the show were those of APTEC, KTS and SelfTech. APTEC and KTS showed the full range of standard kiosk offerings from KIOSK Information Systems while SelfTech showcased their program management support solutions for kiosk projects. APTEC and KTS also highlighted their kiosk installation, on-site maintenance and kiosk remote monitoring capabilities.
 
APTEC showed photo kiosks, a PC gaming kiosk, public information kiosks and HR solutions.  In addition, they had very attractive digital signage solutions for customer preview. The staff at the booth was most professional and knowledgeable.
 
Both APTEC and KTS were exceptionally well-versed in the unique aspects of the kiosk deployment cycle and were more than willing to provide the required consultation services, much needed in the deployment of kiosks.
 
There were many other smaller kiosk exhibitors and component manufacturers present in the 50 booths at the exposition. Friendlyway from Germany had a small presence while Slabb Kiosks of the USA and Ultimedia of France had booths showing their lines of kiosks. 
 
Several booths offered single focus solutions such as self service photo processing. Among the most prominent of component suppliers was Hemisphere West of Europe who showed a wide range of kiosk components include bill acceptors, coin acceptors, bill dispensers and printers.
 
As mentioned earlier, the Middle East is relatively new to the kiosk world. Yet, the prospects are significant given the desire for kiosk solutions and the willingness to look at all possible venues for use of kiosks. Since there are no kiosk manufacturing facilities in the Middle East at this time, kiosks are going to have to be shipped into the region from Europe, the USA or Asia. 
 
I anticipate that kiosk projects will initially be of smaller size and typically focus on self service or time savings applications. Application software developers will absolutely need to be both aware of and sensitive to the cultural issues surrounding the use of kiosks. 
Posted by: Peter Snyder AT 11:07 am   |  Permalink   |  0 Comments  |  
Tuesday, 13 March 2007
We recently gathered a group of executives in New York City for a focus meeting. The executives represented both small and large companies, some well-known brands, various market segments and varying levels of experience with the topic at hand. What they had in common was that each was responsible for the deployment of self-service technology at their firms. As an industry, we’ve come to refer to them as “deployers.”
 
During the meeting, the deployers discussed the successes and challenges in their deployments as well as needs for people in their position. We compiled a rather large list of challenges that deployers face and most of the comments fell into one or more of the following categories:
 
1.      Best Practices – Deployers want to know what other deployers and doing and what’s working for them. What’s the best way to design and layout a store? How do you ensure the right customer flow?
 
2.      Financial / ROI – While it should come as no surprise that deployers have financial issues related to deployments and the justification of the return on investment, the issue of high fees on credit card payments – especially for small transactions – was brought to the fore. Also, determining ROI on a non-financial transaction proves to be challenge.
 
3.      Integration – Integrating kiosks with existing POS systems and networks can cause unexpected and costly delays. Making sure franchisees are following the process correctly and tailoring it to local needs is also of concern.
 
4.      Logistics / Execution – Rolling out a large number of units in a short period of time can be a challenge for any vendor as well as any deployer who is trying to manage it. An international deployment adds to those challenges. One executive said he didn’t realize how many areas of the organization needed to be involved or aware of the deployment since it impacted areas that were not readily apparent at the beginning of the project. Once the technology is in the field, maintaining it and minimizing downtime is vital.
 
5.      Management / Employee / Consumer Adoption – Deployers can face challenges at many levels when trying to implement self-service, ranging from senior management to store managers to employees to consumers who are afraid of technology. The importance of training was cited as key to successful execution. Real-world success stories also help in convincing upper management.
 
6.      New Technology – Technology changes rapidly and deployers have to plan for what will work in the field for several years. Also, deployers are watching and waiting to see what impact new operating systems like Vista will have.
 
7.      Reporting / Reliable Data – One of the strengths of many self-service devices is the ability to remotely manage the device and report on its use. Interpreting the data can be another issue as well as making sure apples-to-apples comparisons are used when measuring its effectiveness. Deployers long for reliable benchmarks to see how they’re doing.
 
8.      Security – While most kiosks are indoors, they are not always monitored by employees which can leave them open to hacks, fraud and vandalism. Deployers must also stay up on privacy issues to ensure that sensitive customer data is handled correctly.
 
It was agreed that deployers need to communicate with each other in a setting that is comfortable for them to open up and share their experiences. The participants appreciated that the Association brought them together for this purpose.
 
KioskCom’s Self Service Expo Executive Deployer Summit on April 24 in Las Vegas will aim to accomplish the same thing on a larger scale. The event will be limited to deployers only; press, vendors, consultants and analysts will not be allowed to attend. If you have already deployed self-service in your operation and are looking to take it to the next level, be sure to attend.
 
One thing I’ve learned: organizations as diverse as retail, hospitality, healthcare, government and entertainment can all share something in common when they are trying to do self-service right.
Posted by: David Drain AT 11:14 am   |  Permalink   |  0 Comments  |  
Tuesday, 06 March 2007
A new trend in digital signage is emerging that combines the strength of digital signs with the interactivity of digital kiosks. For many areas, such as retail shops, the sum of the two holds greater potential for marketers than either of the individual parts.
 
Known in some circles as hybrid digital signs and by others as interactive digital signage, these combo systems can capture the attention of those nearby by playing back compelling linear content -for example an enticing commercial or news feed- and immediately switching to an interactive mode when triggered by an external input, such as the touch of a viewer, the mere presence of a passerby or even environmental conditions.
 
Like a standalone digital sign, a hybrid system allows communicators to playback a pre-built sequence of elements, including video files, graphics, text, animation and live television. Those staples of digital signage are the makings of an effective message that entices interaction with the very flat panel on which the content plays.
 
Once viewers touch the panel or step within its proximity, the hybrid sign automatically interrupts linear content playback and displays a digital kiosk-like interface that lets a shopper touch hot spots on the screen, launching a pre-built interactive branching presentation. Navigating through the presentation, shoppers can find the information they want like product recommendations, pricing and availability.
 
Depending upon the level of sophistication needed, such hybrid interactive presentations can link to a company’s servers, pulling information needed for the presentation and collecting information about the consumer that can be stored on the server.
 
For instance, a hybrid system at an automotive retailer could send an inquiry to the store’s server to access a database of recommended filters and oil viscosity specified by each car manufacturer. Matching information the customer entered about his car with the recommendations in the database, the system could check inventory for the right products, retrieve availability and pricing and present the information to the shopper standing at the hybrid sign.
 
Prior to offering that information, the system could ask the shopper to enter his name and address and to grant permission to be notified of future specials. With that data saved on the server, the retailer’s marketing department can automatically send out coupons for oil and filters when the next estimated time for an oil change rolls around.
 
What enticed the shopper to touch the screen in the first place? Perhaps it was a video playing back in linear digital signage mode of a favorite racecar driver discussing why it’s important to stay current on oil changes.
 
On the front end of customer interaction, the hybrid system cast a wide net, cycling through a playlist of content designed to sell oil, followed by tires, then batteries, air filters -the list goes on an on. Each linear segment is backed up by an interactive kiosk component that’s triggered when a shopper’s curiosity is piqued by one of these linear presentations to the point that he touches the screen. On the back end, the system uses data that’s collected to stay in touch with shoppers once they leave the store, offering special incentives to have them return. In essence, hybrid digital signage can help to extend the marketing reach of a retailer well beyond arm’s length from the display panel and into the homes of shoppers who are willing to interact.
 
One real-world example is at the Walnut Creek Garden Center in Andover, KS, where an interactive digital signage system makes it easy for customers to determine the specific lawn and landscaping products they need for their project. When the system is touched, playout switches from linear content playback to an interactive mode.
 
In interactive mode, customers sign in by providing their names and addresses, access an aerial view of their specific property from Google Maps, use their fingers to outline their project area on the map of their property, and receive specific lists of products and application recommendations for their projects from the Walnut Creek Garden Center’s vast database. Subsequently, customers are reminded with postcards and other promotional mailings of specials on products they need to apply to maintain their lawn or landscaping project.
 
Interactivity doesn’t haven’t to begin with a human touch either. Imagine a hybrid digital signage system in a ski shop at the base of mountain. Skiers donning their boots and gloves might see a digital sign in passing as it plays back linear content; however, their attention might be focused when temperature, wind and solar sensors at the top of the mountain report conditions and trigger specific presentations. Lots of sun could call up reminders about needing sun screen. Heavy snow might trigger another presentation that makes them think twice about leaving the store before having the right gloves or goggles.
 
Another practical application for interactive digital signage is in the real estate sector. Randy Dean Construction in Wichita, KS, is using a media server to market its model homes, designs and inventory more effectively to prospective home buyers.
 
The home builder is using the system in a model home to allow potential buyers to take full 360-degree virtual tours of homes, access and print floor plans, examine the company’s home inventory and access the builder’s Web site.
 
The system skillfully marries playlist management and video/audio playback of a digital signage system with the interactivity of a digital kiosk. When in linear mode, the system plays back promotional video about the home builder as well as paid video commercials from business with complementary endeavors, such as mortgage banking and home title insurance. Revenue generated from those advertisements paid for the interactive digital signage system in under a year.
 
The possibilities for interactive, hybrid digital signage are only as limited as the imagination of creative marketers. To be sure, this aspect of the digital signage market is in its infancy. However, with the recent availability of the hardware and software needed to bring together the separate worlds of kiosks and digital signage, hybrid systems will certainly play an important roll in the unfolding digital signage market.
Posted by: David Little AT 11:21 am   |  Permalink   |  0 Comments  |  
Monday, 26 February 2007
 
The complete version of this article will be published in the April issue of Self-Service World Magazine.
 
Click here to download a complete PDF chart of Alex's steps.
 
After two decades of experience as a kiosk vendor to dozens of worldwide retailers and brands, I switched roles. In 2005 I formed Selling Machine Partners, a company that partners with retailers to develop cross-channel strategies, vendor RFPs and project implementations, and, in doing so, I went from being a vendor to being a client.
 
In this new role I’ve rapidly come to the humbling realization that many of my prior assumptions about customer expectations were misguided and internally focused. And I see many of my talented vendor colleagues in the industry mirroring my mistakes and losing business to savvier, more customer-focused competitors.
 
Emerging technology decision making at large firms is governed by natural selection, a process that many kiosk providers understand but haven’t mastered.
 
Here are a few tips to better help your clients:
 
1. Know the client’s business. As a client, we expect our vendors to be in synch with our company goals, industry background, key management names and competitors. I’m amazed how often I have to prod prospective vendors to turn off their computers, get out of the office and visit our stores to gain a sense of the brand and how our customers interact with store associates.
 
2. Listen carefully and offer specific suggestions. As a client, when I explain our company’s problem and goals to a vendor, I don’t want a PDF catalog or URL with links to dozens of products in response. I want a few strong recommendations on how to solve my particular problem. I don’t have the expertise or the time to sort through product specifications.
 
Clients value strong problem-solving skills in their prospective vendors. My clients are numbed by too many long power points that never focus on a specific solution for our situation
 
3. Provide real information. My vendor heroes are seasoned technology project managers and pre-sales engineers who are authentic, brilliant, great listeners and can stick with the engagement after it is sold. As a marketing guy, I know we need the “sales” team on sales calls, but their job should be to manage the process (and get the coffee/bagels) and keep quiet during the meetings.
 
Today, clients don’t need or want to be entertained by five-star restaurants or elaborate office décor. Clients want to beat their competitors and enhance customer experience by procuring great, innovative products and services at reasonable prices.

Posted by: Alex Richardson AT 11:24 am   |  Permalink   |  0 Comments  |  
Monday, 19 February 2007
Lord knows the kind of self-service some JetBlue and Delta passengers were contemplating recently.
 
The winter storm that walloped the northeast in February grounded hundreds of planes, but the snow arrived so quickly that many flights were cancelled between leaving the gate and reaching the end of the runway. Some jets even froze to the pavement, trapping hordes of unlucky travelers on the tarmac for 10 or more hours.
 
Chainsaw? Blowtorch? After more than 10 minutes at the gate, I’m ready to begin clawing my way out of an airplane, and if the claw is at the end of a hammer, so be it. Things begin to smell on a grounded airplane. The crying of children becomes more determined. The panting for nicotine from deprived smokers becomes more desperate.
 
Travel horror stories are as common as, well, travel horror stories. Even I tell them, but when I do, it’s to fit in with grumpy road-warriors, to mask the fact that I still love to travel. The cool travelers, it seems, do nothing but gripe about it. Me, flying to London on business makes me a big shot. Most of my family is so rural, they’re more likely to suffer from tractor lag.
 
One aspect of travel you don’t hear so many complaints about these days is check-in. Self-Service World has covered it a great deal where it intersects with kiosk technology, and regular readers of this magazine and its online counterpart, SelfServiceWorld.com, know we celebrate self-service airline applications as a pioneer for the whole industry. In fact, only the ATM exceeds them in terms of helping usher in a new era in customer-facing technology and the public’s willingness to use it.
 
After 9/11, the airlines were faced with tremendous economic challenges. Bookings were down significantly, and the cost of new security measures was enormous. Necessity, the craggy mother of all inventions, foisted upon the industry a voracious search for relief. Self-service significantly sated the appetite.
 
The remedy was so effective, it has helped lift the entire industry, and promises to keep airlines at the leading edge of the business-to-consumer intersection.
 
James Bickers, Self-Service World editor, wrote this just a few months ago in an online column:
 
For British Airways, self-service has been an unqualified success.
 
British trade publication Computing is reporting that BA saw 80 percent of its traffic go through self-service check-in. A company representative said that’s well ahead of the company’s schedule, as is the move to paperless ticketing, which is now at 90-percent customer-adoption rate.
 
Good news regarding airlines and self-service has been coming fast and furious in recent weeks; just a few short days ago, Air Canada announced that it was saving some major money through the use of self-service. (The company said it spends 16 cents to check in a traveler through a kiosk, versus $3 through a staffed counter.) And a recent report by SITA stated that the airline industry’s move toward self-service is saving it billions of dollars.
 
Another aspect of the SITA survey predicted that aviation will become the world’s first totally Internet-protocol-enabled industry.
 
"This year’s Airline IT Trends survey provides the clearest evidence yet that the airlines will be the world’s first fully Web-enabled industry," Paul Coby, SITA chairman, said in a release. "IP is the underlying communication technology that enables many new applications, such as online reservation systems, so it has brought a radical change to air travel, ever since SITA developed the first Internet booking engine just over 10 years ago. It is also driving the self-service business model, which is both convenient for passengers and helps airlines keep ticket prices down."
 
Bickers ended his piece with a question that becomes more relevant every day, and the silence meeting it becomes resoundingly loud: When will other industries, such as foodservice, step up with more self-service? The airlines have proved three things: Customers use it. Self-service saves the deployer money. And sometimes it takes a financial disaster to get a business off its keister. Let’s hope that when it comes to other consumer-driven businesses, it doesn’t take the third to reveal for them the first and second.
Posted by: Joseph Grove AT 11:29 am   |  Permalink   |  0 Comments  |  
Wednesday, 14 February 2007
Recently Ric Kahn, a columnist for The Boston Globe, published a piece about his experiences with the self-service world. He spent a few days trying out all kinds of vending kiosks, self-checkout machines and even self-service massage chairs. At the end of his excursion, based on the reactions of people he talked to, he indicated that the rise of self-service will result in a future where machines will replace humans in blue-collar jobs.
 
Read the Boston Globe article here.
 
I disagree with this outlook, and here’s why.
 
Self-service is not a new concept. One of the first self-service applications, the ATM, has been around since the late ’60s, and branches or tellers have not disappeared as a result. Kahn predicts that banking jobs will decrease over the next few years. But as Tracy Kitten, editor of ATM Marketplace, a site dedicated to the global ATM market, points out, the world has actually seen a renewed interest in brick-and-mortar branches, where self-service can complement teller functions, not replace them.
 
“In the ’90s there was a buzz about multifunction ATMs that would replace branches,” Kitten said. “Those so-called ‘branches in a box’ were going to help financial institutions cut costs and reach more consumers.”
 
The reality has been quite different. What the industry has learned is that we cannot cut out the human element. Consumers still want the brick-and-mortar experience but also expect fast access to their cash, hence the still-growing popularity of the ATM. We now see other self-service devices and functions playing roles within the branch itself — allowing FIs to automate certain processes so that tellers and other branch staff can devote more time to building relationships with their customers and members.
 
Self-service machines do something that humans cannot or don’t want to do: provide services 24/7. At times, they can also cut costs for the customer. Not many people complain about having to pump their own gas, mainly because it has become a money and time saver. One swipe of a card, no waiting for attendants, in and out. A woman mentioned in Kahn’s column said she supported the idea of self-service pumps, but refused to use the self-checkout at the supermarket because it’s “just not right.” An interesting rationale, considering pay-at-the-pump and self-checkout are the exact same concept.
 
Kahn elaborates on the supermarket self-checkout aversion by mentioning retail RFID, which will allow customers to automatically purchase items on their way out the door. A sensor reads the tags on the products and automatically charges the debit card that is in the shopper’s wallet. Kahn fears that this will eliminate barcodes and the employees that scan them.
 
The truth is that RFID is essentially the same process as self-checkout, only more convenient and time-saving for the customer. Instead of cutting checkout jobs, stores are redeploying their employees into more customer-service roles. My local Kroger store just opened a Starbucks outlet, where the baristas can also be seen working in other parts of the store. The Home Depot recently ousted their CEO because sales plummeted after an implementation of self-service kiosks and a lay-off of employees. A wiser maneuver would have been to redistribute those workers throughout the store to increase conversion and use human interaction to sell more items.
 
Realistically, the self-service industry is benefiting the very people that Kahn is trying to protect. Self-service is speeding up commerce, allowing more money to be moved and at the same time improving the quality of service.
 
The fear of futurists is that self-service will lead to a cold society where humans no longer interact with each other and commerce is entirely run by machines. Sound familiar? Orwell wrote about it in 1984. Kubrick depicted it in 2001: A Space Odyssey. Luckily for us, futurists are often wrong. It is 2007, and the bleak dystopia of a machine-run world has yet to come. Faster and more convenient shopping? Now that future is here.
Posted by: Bill Yackey AT 11:35 am   |  Permalink   |  0 Comments  |  
Tuesday, 06 February 2007

Since March, I’ve been hitting the road, taking one week a month to visit companies in the self-service and kiosk industry. During those trips, I’ve had the opportunity to visit a few companies engaged in the DVD-rental kiosk business. As someone who is a big fan of movies, but not a big fan of going to the video store, I get very excited about DVD kiosks. I’ve just been waiting for a DVD kiosk to be installed near me.

 
The wait is now over. My local Albertsons in Texas now has a redbox unit. I was about to take a road trip with my wife and kids to visit her family in St. Louis, so I thought I’d stock up on some movies for the car. Since you can return the videos to any redbox nationwide and there’s a redbox in the McDonald’s near my in-laws’ house, returning them was a snap. Cost for two-day rental of three movies after $1 first-timer discount: $5. Cost of my sanity on a 12-hour drive with three kids: Priceless.
 
Redbox now has deployed more than 1,700 units throughout the United States. In addition to locations in McDonald’s and Albertsons, they’re also testing them at Walgreens and Wal-Mart. DVD kiosks are popping up everywhere, from KOA Kampgrounds to the Tokyo underground. They’re perfect for apartment complexes, university campuses and convenience stores.
 
According to Video Business Online, redbox has doubled in size over the past 12 months, and the company hopes to be in more than 20,000 locations worldwide within five years. You know how many McDonald’s and Wal-Marts there are out there; this thing could be huge. DVDPlay, one of redbox’s competitors, rented its five millionth movie in June.
 
There are a lot of companies getting into the mix. In addition to redbox and DVDPlay, I’m aware of at least 23 others vying for a piece of the $25 billion dollar video market. The kiosks range in size from two feet square with 75 DVDs to about the size of a soft drink vending machine holding up to 1,000 DVDs.
 
To entice people to try the kiosks, several vendors are offering discounts and free first-time rentals. Vendors also are offering online reservations to ensure the title you are seeking will be there when you visit the kiosk.
 
You might be wondering how will digital downloads impact the market. First, let’s look at the downloading-at-home market. While the iPod and its online store, iTunes, have revolutionized the music industry, speed and quality are two deterrents to full-length movie downloads. Plus, most people don’t want to watch a movie on a 2.5-inch screen.
 
Microsoft recently launched a movie download service for the Xbox 360, though users have reported many problems with the service. Downloading a movie can take an hour and a half or more depending on your Internet connection. Most people are too impatient to wait that long.
 
Once the legal hurdles are overcome, you could see on-demand DVD burning kiosks on the rise, increasing their potential catalog of movies 10 fold.
 
For now, the holy grail could be a combination of instant gratification from a DVD vending kiosk and the convenience of returning movies by mail a la Netflix. It will be interesting to see how this all plays out.
Posted by: David Drain AT 11:41 am   |  Permalink   |  0 Comments  |  
Tuesday, 30 January 2007
Over the past 18 months the vending kiosk has become a hit. Unlike its information-terminal cousins, these kiosks combine a user interface with robotics to deliver physical products. Let’s take a look at two such systems.
 
First on my list is the Zoom Shop from San Francisco-based Zoom Systems. Last October the company raised an additional $35 million to fund its push to automated retail leadership. If you have yet to see a Zoom Shop, you’re in for a treat. These things look like a snack vending machine on steroids. But instead of Doritos and gum, these kiosks move high-end products via a touchscreen interface and the swipe of a credit card, with a portion of the revenues going to the location owner.
 
As part of my research for this column I checked out a Zoom Shop located in a nearby Macy’s department store. Macy’s, which you may not think of as a tech-forward retail environment, has received a boost from the Zoom Shop. The ideally situated vending kiosk, tall in stature and wide in product, offered various gizmos, including iPods and related accessories. What a great way for the retailer to be associated with the hottest electronics without having to invest in a specialized gadget department.
 
Now, purchasing something like a $300 iPod from a vending machine might take a little getting used to, but the success of Zoom Shop tells us that consumers just might be ready for high-end, sophisticated vending. It is estimated that as many as 300 Zoom Shops are installed. It’s like retail-in-a-box technology and a new take on the old and proven vending machine business model — though I doubt you’ll see objects larger than what can fit in your hand anytime soon.
 
Second on my list is redbox, a renter of DVD’s through its network of about 1,800 automated vending kiosks. The company started testing the terminals in Denver back in 2004. I was fortunate to have the pursuant wide-scale deployment to McDonald’s restaurants happen in my backyard here in Minneapolis. I’ve since seen redbox show up in locations such as grocery stores.
 
The touchscreen user interface provides a selection of current or popular movie titles. With the swipe of a credit card, the machine dispenses the DVD of your choosing, which can be returned to any redbox location after viewing. Each kiosk holds more than 500 DVDs. The company also released an online rental program that works with the kiosks.
 
redbox’s business model, although simple, has turned the movie rental industry on its head. Most of us were used to renting at Blockbuster, Hollywood Video or even the neighborhood mom-and-pop video rental store for about $4.25, and others had dabbled with subscriptions to Netflix for $19.95 a month. redbox’s pricing changed everything. Now, at the redbox terminal, you can rent movies for $1 per night.
 
If you ask really nicely, I can hook you up with a copy of a study I sponsored on redbox kiosks. Sixty-six percent of users stated price as their primary reason for choosing redbox, with convenience coming in at 36 percent. An impulse to rent or selection had almost no noticeable impact, which tells me that users found value combined with accessibility as a major purchasing factor.
 
Though redbox cannibalizes sales from traditional movie rental stores, it stands on its own in terms of price over income. From Dec. 2005 to Nov. 2006 more than 15 million DVDs were rented from more than 800 redbox-equipped McDonald’s stores. Further, redbox-equipped McDonald’s locations sold 5 percent more food and drink than non-equipped locations.
 
Vending kiosks are taking off. Whether the product is $300 or $1 per night, these kiosks have proven their ability to succeed. Expect to see vending kiosks used in new and increasingly creative ways in the near future.
Posted by: Lief Larson AT 11:46 am   |  Permalink   |  0 Comments  |  
Wednesday, 24 January 2007
Those who didn’t go to the National Retail Federation show last week in New York missed a great moment for the self-service industry. Whereas at last year’s show self-service and customer-facing technology were asides to POS and back-end technology, this year they were everywhere.
 
The crowning achievement of the show was the X07 concept store’s Social Retailing application, built by IconNicholson. It not only uses high technology, it uses it to solve a problem, making it one of the best and most interesting self-service applications built to-date.
 
Digital signage was so pervasive, both from companies selling it and companies using it in their booths to sell other products and services, that it obviously has pervaded the retail industry and will become a ubiquitous merchandising tool very soon.
 
One of the best applications at the show didn’t get much press at all. Freedom Shopping’s RFID-enabled unmanned store solution, which I was shocked to learn is already active in the field, is one of those applications that really does do what a lot of companies say they could be doing. For example, we often hear hopeful things like “with our payment solution, you could even do biometric payment” and “with our RFID solution, you could automatically charge for goods when the person walks out of the store with them.” Well, Freedom Shopping is doing it. Twenty-one percent of their unmanned stores’ sales are actually fresh foods, which might seem hard to manage in a self-service operation. And they’re doing it for a price that I’ll just characterize as ridiculously cheap for what they’re selling.
 
As is often the case at tradeshows, it was great to see friends doing well. Netkey and Eurotouch both played key roles in the X07 store. Nanonation, a company that lives at the intersection of space-aged and practical, had their usual suite of forward-thinking interactive solutions. Slabb had a rebranded booth that was a little less like a kiosk-maker and a little more like a Gucci store. And a group of self-service companies, who aren’t yet discussing the details publicly, are involved in Circuit City’s 50-store live-assisted kiosk project.
Posted by: Brian Harris AT 11:54 am   |  Permalink   |  0 Comments  |  
Thursday, 18 January 2007
In part one of last week’s message, I touched on the Association’s Web site and newsletter, member visits, strategic partnerships, marketing and leads. Here is the second half of the report detailing our activities from 2006 and providing a glimpse at the year ahead.
 
Increased visibility
 
The Association is being recognized as a source of authority. Last May, I had the opportunity to moderate a session on self-service at the National Restaurant Show and was interviewed for Marketwatch Radio. Editor Bryan Harris was recently interviewed for a segment to be aired on CNBC’s program, “On the Money.” A new magazine called Airport Innovation has called on me to provide thought leadership in its inaugural issue this year. We will continue to be a media resource and seek out additional opportunities to gain exposure for the Association.
 
Professional deployer program
 
In September we reached an agreement with KioskCom whereby its Professional Society, comprised of 65 individuals engaged in the deployment of self-service, would merge into the SSKA. This merger has given us a launching pad from which to expand our professional deployer category of membership. Since the SSKA’s inception in 2001, we have been successful in recruiting vendors to join, but have not had a significant number of deployers as members. We hope to change all that with the programs and benefits we have created or will have in place soon.
 
Membership growth
 
During 2006, membership increased 46 percent, largely as a result of the merger. However, in vendor membership alone, we grew a healthy 14 percent.
 
Digital signage has been receiving a lot of attention and we are discussing the ways digital signage and self-service intersect — obviously when the technology is interactive — and perhaps complementing self-service in other ways. The Association is interested in welcoming and embracing companies in this arena and is looking at creating a Digital Signage Council and a special section within this Web site for news, information and a list of companies all in one place.
 
Elections and awards
 
Each year, half the seats on the Association’s Advisory Board are open for election and each board member elected serves a two-year term. In 2006, seven members were elected to the board and Alex Richardson of Selling Machine Partners was elected by the board for a one-year term as president. Board nominations are currently being accepted and elections will be held in February. The new board will be announced in March and officers will be appointed at the board’s first meeting in April.
 
Also each year, the Association inducts one or more individuals into its Hall of Fame. Last year, we inducted Doug Peter of St. Clair during The Self-Service & Kiosk Show in San Antonio. Our next induction will take place at one of the KioskCom shows this year.
 
Committee activity
 
The Association has a number of committees furthering our mission. I’ve mentioned Marketing and Membership, but the others include Best Practices, Research & Statistics and Standards.
 
The Best Practices Committee, headed by David Oles of Pixel Magic, is working to identify areas where best practices are needed and develop frameworks for these documents to be written, perhaps by an individual or a team of experts.
 
The Research & Statistics Committee, chaired by Miller Newton of Netkey, has set as its goal to provide timely, pertinent information and quality research to SSKA members, media and staff. The objective is to promote the industry, validate trends, enhance our image and support member needs. The first phase of the committee’s work has been to develop and publish an FAQ, list of research company reports/links, and executive summaries and/or highlighted stats from these reports. Phase two will be to develop a complete resource library and phase three will be to establish a process for a continual update of the library.
 
The Standards Committee, led by Ed McGunn of Corporate Safe Specialists, has helped establish an allied association agreement with the Petroleum Convenience Alliance for Technology Standards (PCATS) to work with us on developing and adopting standards for use in the self-service and kiosk industry.
 
As you can see, much work has been accomplished and much work remains to be done. I want to take this opportunity to encourage you to get involved in the Association to improve your business and our industry. It’s going to be a great year!
Posted by: David Drain AT 11:56 am   |  Permalink   |  0 Comments  |  
Tuesday, 09 January 2007
Now that 2006 has ended and everyone is diving into the New Year with new plans and resolutions, I thought it might be a good time to take a moment and look back at the accomplishments of 2006 and give you a preview of our plans for 2007. As President Bush prepares his State of the Union address, you can think of this as the “State of the Association.”
 
Website and e-newsletter
 
In February, we re-launched our home website, SelfService.org. The new look and feel made navigation easier and more inviting. We continue to update our website every business day and in 2006 our site averaged more than 14,000 unique visitors per month. In the last quarter of 2006, we averaged more than 17,000 unique visitors per month. With over 4,000 subscribers, we ramped up our newsletter last March from monthly to weekly. In August, we posted the free publication, “Ten Steps to Better Kiosk ROI.”
 
Part of our website’s success has been topping the search rankings. On Google, SelfService.org enjoys the number-one spot with key terms “kiosks,” “selfservice” and “kiosk association.”
 
Member visits
 
Shortly after I joined the organization last February, SSKA Chairman Dick Good charged Editor Bryan Harris and me with taking one week a month to visit member companies in the field. We’ve met with 68 companies (48 members and 20 prospective members), logging thousands of miles both in the air and on the ground. The purpose of these meetings has been to learn, meet, recruit, and write about what we saw and heard. Combined with the trade shows I’ve attended, I couldn’t ask for a better education and we met some terrific people along the way.
 
Strategic partnerships
 
Strategic partnerships have been of key importance in raising the profile of the Association, which in turn raises the profile of our members and our industry. In 2006, we partnered with the following associations and trade shows:
  • ATM Industry Association (ATMIA)
  • KioskCom
  • KioskCom Europe
  • Petroleum Convenience Alliance for Technology Standards (PCATS)
  • Photo Marketing Association (PMA)
  • Retail Systems
  • Strategy Institute (digital signage conferences)
  • Texas Petroleum Marketers and Convenience Store Association (TPCA)
  • Texas Retailers Association
In 2007, we will continue to partner with many of the groups listed above plus:
  • Digital Signage 2007
  • GlobalShop
  • RFID World
We are also in talks with other organizations and should have more to announce soon.
 
Marketing
 
Our Marketing Committee, led by Alex Richardson, developed a public awareness campaign called “The Best Service is Self-Service.” Highlighting well-known brands who have implemented self-service technologies, such as Behr Paint, BMW, the City of New Orleans and Mazda, the promotion has been featured online, in print, via email and at trade shows. This campaign is far from over, as we have more snapshots in the works.
 
Leads
 
Leads generated from our request for proposal (RFP) and request for information (RFI) engines are very important to many of our vendor members. In 2006, we delivered nearly 200 leads to our members. In October, I contacted several companies who had used our referral process to see how it was working. One California bank was “looking for a full service ‘teller’ type ATM/kiosk.” The bank’s representative said he “had several quality calls” and that his questions “were answered quickly by all.”
 
A New Jersey consulting firm was “looking a mall-based wayfinding directory solution.” After members responded to their request, the firm said, “We are moving in the right direction.” Finally, a major Las Vegas casino was “looking into a multifunctional kiosk solution and possible CUSS compliant vendors.” The response from members helped her find some viable options.
 
These are just some samplings to give you an idea of the effectiveness of the program. We will continue to do what we can to generate as many quality leads for members while providing a great service to the public. For example, we may modify the forms from time to time to ensure an efficient and effective process.
 
 
Next week, I’ll address increased visibility, membership growth, elections and awards, committee activity and the professional deployer program in part two of my State of the Association.
Posted by: David Drain AT 11:00 am   |  Permalink   |  0 Comments  |  
Tuesday, 02 January 2007
The rise of online shopping to the mainstream puts pressure on retailers to master multichannel retailing. Supporting consumer interactions across channels like catalog, call center, Web and bricks-and-mortar may seem like a no-brainer at this point, but not all firms have responded well to this challenge.
 
Although Forrester has been writing about multichannel retailing for the past five years, we continue to receive many of the same questions from e-commerce executives, VPs and chief marketing officers: What are other retailers doing, and how are they doing it? To answer these questions we spoke with retailers that have taken multichannel strides over the past few years and to North American consumers to discover the state of multichannel retailing.
 
We found that consumers increasingly shop across channels. Using the Internet in the purchase process is no longer just for the technologically elite — in fact, 88 percent of all online consumers use the Internet to research products. Researching online and buying offline, however, is a more complex activity, but such cross-channel shopping rapidly is becoming a typical behavior. More than half of online consumers engage in it.
 
While there were some improvements in 2006 by leading retailers, firms continue to play catch-up to consumer demands, implementing one-off features like buy online/pickup in-store without the foundation of a holistic multichannel strategy. But we’ve gotten to the point where multichannel retailing cannot be ignored. For the past few years, retailers have had the luxury of choosing how multichannel they want to be, but they’re about to lose this privilege. While multichannel consistency and service have been nice-to-have capabilities, consumer adoption of technology — specifically the Internet — will turn this into a requirement over the next two years.
 
Of all the multichannel retailing competencies, retailers have made the most progress in supporting the multichannel buying process — helping consumers find products. This has been an easy place for retailers to start since it is the most visible area and it provides the most tangible benefits. But lost opportunities continue. Almost half of cross-channel consumers buy from a different retailer than the one they researched. These defections represent a significant opportunity for retailers to retain customers as they cross channels.
 
Retailers have begun to tackle this problem by building self-service Web applications that bridge the channels. To help prevent consumers from switching retailers as they switch channels, Circuit City, Lowe’s and IKEA have deployed configuration applications that let consumers do the research at home, but then access their work in-store via kiosks.
 
This approach allows consumers to research at their own pace, have easy access to their work once in the store, and get help from a sales associate to confirm and augment their selections. Circuit City offers a home theater configurator, and both Lowe’s and IKEA offer kitchen configurators. IKEA allows consumers to download the application and design their kitchen offline and then upload it back to the IKEA servers when they are ready to come into the store.
 
This control over the purchase process is something that the Internet has taught consumers, and as cross-channel shopping approaches mainstream, retailers should look to kiosks and self-service applications to bridge the channel gap and help meet consumer demands.
 
Tamara Mendelsohn is an analyst on Forrester’s Consumer Markets team. For more information please contact cxp@forrester.com.
Posted by: Tamara Mendelsohn AT 12:04 pm   |  Permalink   |  0 Comments  |  
Tuesday, 19 December 2006
I just did something that never fails to make shopkeepers happy: I bought something.
 
This particular purchase was a video game console. But the fact of what it is and who bought it is only tangential to the real story here. The real story is about the point-of-decision being the only place a company can effectively reach today’s younger buyers who, despite their affinity for online buying, nonetheless are part of the more than 90 percent of customers who buy in the store.
 
The protagonist (yeah, me) is a representative of a demographic increasingly distanced from traditional media. In my case, I watch TV shows only on DVD and don’t have cable, except cable Internet. I get all my daily news from the Web. I don’t look at any kind of flyer that comes wrapped in a rubber band and, in fact, rarely check my mail because all my important correspondence comes to my inbox.
 
I’ve also learned the hard way, many times, never to trust a kid in a golf shirt when it comes to buying anything worthwhile. Ever.
 
On the Internet is where most of this story unfolds — all but the crucial finale. I spent evenings and weekends Googling tech specs and product reviews for months. Then I set about playing with kiosks as I visited retailers.
 
I walked right by the computer aisle. Though I originally wanted a new computer, a ton of online research changed my mind. To get what I wanted in a gaming PC, I would have to spend disproportionately more money than I would on a game console. What’s more, there was no kiosk or similar in-store demonstration method to help a gaming PC make its case for value.
 
The Wii demo kiosk actually turned me against buying a Wii. I was leaning heavily toward a Wii because its motion-sensing controller involves a modicum of moving around instead of sitting still while I play. But I couldn’t try the controller for myself. The kiosk just ran a static video of a school marm, hands in front of her, calmly explaining the benefits of a Wii while it cut back and forth to faceless graphical bubble men playing tennis.
 
I’m not paying $250 for mom-friendly Pong with pixel shading. So that narrowed it down to an Xbox 360 or a PlayStation 3.
 
The PS3 was soon ruled out by the New York Times, which ran a scathing review (I read it online) addressing exactly how un-fun the PS3 is for a variety of reasons that should’ve been simple for Sony to prevent.
 
At this point, with two consoles out of the running, I was beginning to think again about gaming PCs—until I came to the Xbox 360 kiosk at a Best Buy.
 
In case you ever wonder, having a screen high atop a kiosk really does work. At first I didn’t even play the demo. I watched the screen while a teenage girl and her little brother played “Madden ’07.” When they stepped off, I started thumbing through the menus and played a few demos while a middle-aged woman stood behind me and watched the screen just as I had.
 
And that did it. The look and feel of the controller, the console, the kiosk and the graphical user interface created an experience which met or exceeded all my expectations. Also, the environment was right. The kiosk caught me in a happy mood at Christmastime. And it caught me in an emotive atmosphere, surrounded by tons of others who also like spending money at Christmas. Even better, nobody was standing there trying to sell me something.
 
In all, it was a textbook example of a retail store utilizing self-service in an energized environment to impact a hard-to-reach consumer at the point-of-decision. But it leaves one crucial question unanswered: Which first-person shooter should I buy?
Posted by: Bryan Harris AT 02:42 pm   |  Permalink   |  0 Comments  |  
Tuesday, 12 December 2006
It’s December. It’s cold in most of the United States, but not in sunny Southern California, where you wouldn’t know Christmas was around the corner if not for the holiday decorations and retailer promotions. Los Angeles has a reputation for being a hotbed of activity and innovation — and the self-service technology companies I visited proved to be no different.
 
Heisei USA, Azuza, Calif. — My first meeting was with Martin Yen, who heads up business development in the United States for Heisei (pronounced HAY-SAY), a Taiwanese company with operations in Europe and Asia. Heisei opened its U.S. office three years ago. The company makes POS systems, industrial panel PCs and kiosks, including a photo kiosk that it markets in Latin America.
 
Olea, Artesia, Calif. — Olea opened over 30 years ago in an RV garage by Frank Olea’s father and uncle, who built kitchen cabinets, potty-training chairs and skateboard decks. Frank’s grandfather soon joined the company and the family affair continues today with Frank’s mother and sister also participating in the business. The company shifted to building trade show exhibits and then shifted again with 85 percent of Olea’s business now from kiosks. Olea built 625 kiosks for Henry Company’s Home Depot deployment. Olea’s e-giving kiosk for churches and non-profits like the Oregon Ballet recently garnered international press attention.
 
olea-internet-kiosks.jpg
Rows of Olea kiosks at their facility in Irvine, Calif.
 
CeroView, Irvine, Calif. — CeroView, founded by president Derek Fretheim seven years ago, designs and integrates custom and standard kiosks. The company makes both indoor and outdoor kiosk enclosures and currently has four models of photo kiosks (two of which have won awards from KioskCom). Derek’s wife Tracy is a CeroView vice president. Derek said CeroView prides itself on being innovative and he named several firsts for the industry, such as offering a standard three-year warranty. The company recently formed a marketing partnership with European kiosk maker UltiMedia, giving CeroView access to that expanding market.
 
GA Services, Irvine, Calif. — GA Services was born six years ago out of a company called General Automation. The firm started out selling hardware and providing technical support, but in the last two years switched its focus to selling services. GA president & CEO George Harris said they are placing their future in the self-service and digital signage market. Services offered include installation, maintenance, monitoring and maintenance. GA counts digital signage firms ADFLOW Networks and SignStorey and kiosk software company Netkey among its clients.
 
touch-screen-kiosk.jpg
The interior of GA Services' facility. The firm specializes in kiosk maintenance. 
 
Mitsubishi, Irvine, Calif. — I was impressed by the company’s crystal clear high-definition digital monitors in the lobby of their headquarters. I immediately spotted the photo kiosk, which was the part of the business I came to discuss with Darla Achey, marketing programs specialist. Mitsubishi makes photo kiosks for instant prints using dye sublimation and a micro-lab interface for chemical photo labs. While speed is the main benefit to printing on the spot, using the lab offers more photo manipulation options and a higher quality. When asked how Mitsubishi tries to compete with the big players in the photo kiosk space (Kodak, Fuji, Sony), Achey responded, “We don’t. We’re perfectly willing to sell one or two units at a time to independent retailers.”
 
Epson America, Long Beach, Calif. — Mike Pruitt, mobile and OEM product manager for Epson, explained that the company has two divisions: consumer and business. In the business division, Epson has become the largest supplier of thermal printers for POS systems in America and focuses most of its business through OEMs. When discussing one of my recent columns on electronic voting, Pruitt impressed me with his knowledge of the subject and laid out a logical strategy suggesting the use of barcodes on printed receipts for the voter to verify before dropping into the ballot box to be counted.
 
APS America, Carson, Calif. — At APS America, I met with Felisa Matteucci and Lisa Tanaka. APS (Advanced Printing Systems) is a global company with headquarters in Biansco, Italy, software and engineering operations in France and manufacturing in Taiwan. APS makes direct thermal printer mechanisms, controller boards and OEM finished printers. Their products are available through distributors like Telpar and manufacturers’ representatives. They offer a high-speed printer especially for kiosks. 
 
ID TECH, Cypress, Calif. — ID TECH is a manufacturer of magnetic stripe, smart card, and barcode readers for kiosks, POS systems, ATMs and vending machines. George Steele, director of product development, said the company is expanding its offerings in 2007 to include a contactless reader. ID TECH received the 2006 Frost & Sullivan Award for Emerging Company of the Year for the smart cards market. The research company recognized ID TECH for offering a hybrid reader that accepts both magnetic stripe and smart cards.
 
SeePoint Technology, Redondo Beach, Calif. — SeePoint designs and constructs small footprint kiosks. At SeePoint, I sat down with Sydney Arfin, vice president, and Michael Sass, vice president of business development. Arfin explained how her husband Jonathan started SeePoint in 1999 after experiencing frustration schlepping a large, box-like kiosk up a set of narrow stairs to the second floor of a building during a deployment. Arfin said self-service needs portability just like much of the technology in consumers’ lives today. In recent years, the company has focused on healthcare, retail and entertainment/gaming markets (museums are included in the latter).
 
Next stop: New York City and the NRF show.
Posted by: David Drain AT 02:41 pm   |  Permalink   |  0 Comments  |  
Tuesday, 05 December 2006
Recently, Bryan Harris wrote a column describing self-service human resource applications and the slow progress in kiosk deployments. Many valid points were made comparing financial motivation between HR and transactional self-service projects. I have some further observations about the self-service HR kiosk market.
 
Since almost all self-service HR applications are browser-based, and as a producer of browser-based kiosk system software, I have long thought that HR would be an enormous market for us. Instead, while HR has always been strong for us, it has yet to live up to its potential, and I believe the problem is primarily one of education. While it is true that ROI is slightly less cut-and-dried than transactional kiosks because no direct revenue is produced, an HR kiosk provides cost savings and efficiencies and, hence, ROI.
 
First of all, why is there a market at all in self-service HR? The HR landscape is fraught with issues relating to hiring and firing, payroll processing, benefit management and regulatory compliance that dozens of third-party HR solution vendors address. And they’ve addressed these issues successfully. Not many years ago, HR software was only for very large companies with many locations, but now has value for companies with only dozens of employees working at one location.
 
One of the primary reasons HR software is valuable to smaller companies is because HR vendors made the logical next step from merely computerizing the HR function to automating its application and enabling employees to manage their own accounts. When making a 401k investment change, rather than walking down to the HR department, talking to a clerk, filling out a form and hoping the clerk correctly entered the changes, that employee now can sit at a desk, log onto the intranet and instantly make those same changes.
 
But what happens when an employee doesn’t have a desk or a computer connection to the intranet? After all, to maximize the ROI of implementing self-service HR, all employees need to be included. Factory floor, transportation and healthcare workers don’t have access to a desk or a computer. Here is where a disconnect occurs. What is the best method of providing their access to self-service HR?
 
Some take the position that employees should use their home computers. This, of course, assumes they have a home computer, but also it requires providing widespread external access to what is essentially a highly secure internal application. Also, an employee forced to use the application outside of normal work hours is likely to find the HR department closed when questions arise. One of the benefits of an HR kiosk is that they can feature handsets connecting users to live people who answer questions.
 
Others take the position that a standard PC and printer can be installed as an HR portal in a common area. This position has many serious issues. The foremost is privacy. Employee won’t use, or continue to use, the portal if they believe their privacy is not ensured, and this can be both actual and perceived. The environment may indeed be private, but if the perception is different, then the portal won’t be used. Privacy is ensured both by physically limiting the view of the application from others by using screen filters and shields, and also by using kiosk software that will reset the application, clear cookies and cache, and retract untaken printouts. Additionally, a standard PC is not up to the task of enduring the physical abuse of a population of users, whereas a kiosk is designed for this.
 
Educating clients about these issues is an important part of our sales effort, and one that I enjoy; however, I am dismayed at how many HR software vendors don’t understand how important kiosks are to an unattended self-service rollout. Too often, I hear their official position is to recommend that clients just put a PC in the cafeteria. Or, they say it is the client’s responsibility and refuse to get involved. There are few HR vendors that take a proactive role and partner with kiosk hardware and software vendors to provide a comprehensive HR self-service solution to their customers. Too often, we are brought in after a deployment and asked to clean up a mess that never should have happened.
 
While the future is bright for HR self-service kiosks, the full potential won’t be reached until we are successful at educating the HR software industry.
Posted by: James Kruper AT 02:39 pm   |  Permalink   |  0 Comments  |  
Monday, 27 November 2006
There’s a very nice lady who works at the grocery store up the street from my house. I’ve never seen her when she wasn’t smiling, and I’ve never talked to her when she didn’t ask how my children are – by name.
 
Here’s the interesting thing: She wasn’t always like this. She has worked there for years, but until about a year ago, I never spoke to her, even though I often went through her lane.
 
What happened? The store installed self-checkout, and this wonderful human being got assigned to oversee four of the new lanes.
 
Before, she was too busy scanning and bagging items, usually with lines backing up and her helpers wandering from lane to lane. She didn’t have much time to talk or be friendly – she had her hands full moving people through.
 
Now that customers are doing the scanning and bagging themselves, she has time to make conversation, to answer questions, to ask about the kids.
 
It’s an interesting wrinkle to a story that many retail prophets got all wrong. Self-service, they said, would have a negative impact on customer service, causing people to become more inward than ever. It was going to remove the human touch from industries that were already becoming less and less human, less personable. It was going to be the end of the traditional customer/retailer relationship.
 
In the coming months and years, we will begin to see that the opposite is in fact true – self-service removes impediments to great service by taking routine, mundane tasks and removing them from the equation. It creates operational efficiencies that make great customer service, the kind our grandparents received from the corner store, possible once more. And it creates technology opportunities to identify customers by name, give them preferential treatment and special offers, and carve out a one-to-one emotional relationship that simply was not possible before.
 
It’s part of an emerging notion that I’m calling the “everybody concierge” effect – the fact that exceptional, above-and-beyond service can no longer be extended to just the rich and the famous. Smart customers will no longer stand for the fact that Paris Hilton gets treated better than they do. In today’s economy, everybody demands “special” treatment, and the business that learns how to extend that treatment will be the business that survives.
 
James Bickers edits Self Service World Magazine. This column appears in the current print edition of Self Service World.
Posted by: James Bickers AT 02:38 pm   |  Permalink   |  0 Comments  |  
Tuesday, 21 November 2006
Digital signage is weighing into the self-service and kiosk industry more deeply every day. Many semi-custom kiosk manufacturers are selling sleek new units with digital signs mounted on top. Meanwhile, companies like Nanonation brew flashy new iterations of digital signage that can respond to customers’ product browsing via RFID monitoring, or change content in response to text messages.
 
Last week, I received a crash course in digital signage, at the second “Building Your Successful Digital Signage Business” conference in Chicago. As conferences go, it’s not huge. It’s also not cheap, costing attendees about $1,500 for two days worth of in-depth of lectures. But it’s worth it, especially to someone in the kiosk industry wanting to learn about digital signage.
 
Lesson #1: It’s not the kiosk industry. I attended the conference with my kiosk industry perspective in tow, thinking “Retailers use digital signs to sell more stuff, as they use kiosks.” This is true, but it’s only a small part of the story. The missing link in my knowledge was that the sign content is often outsourced to third-party networks, who then sell space to advertisers, often the manufacturers whose goods reside on the shelves. And when it’s not outsourced, stores usually sell advertising on proprietary networks. Somewhere in this mix, co-op dollars may or may not fit, depending on the arrangement. These dynamics makes the digital sign industry a lot less like something a retailer does, and a lot more like something television executives do.
 
Lesson #2: Kiosks and digital signs communicate in two completely different ways. I’ve often thought of a touchscreen in its down time as functioning exactly like a digital sign. It runs an in-store marketing message which is normally either an advertisement or call to action for the kiosk. The first person I met at the conference was the first person to correct my notion. CAP Ventures digital signage analyst Norman McLeod told me that the difference between a kiosk and a digital sign is that a kiosk pulls in an individual, whereas a digital sign reaches out to a crowd. I thought about this for a few days and realized that I can’t recall the message on any Target kiosk, though I pass by their gift registries and photo kiosks frequently, but I can perfectly envision the Dell digital signs in my local mall.
 
Lesson #3: Concepts from Internet marketing are transferring directly to digital signage. For example, what pay-per-click advertising is to the Internet, pay-per-text advertising is becoming to digital signage. Correlating with this is the industry’s struggle for analytics, a familiar story to many in the kiosk or online marketing industries. Digital sign networks and manufacturers are struggling to prove the value of the signs’ audiences in a commonly understood measurement – the digital sign equivalent of unique visitors or impressions.
 
Lesson #4: Digital signs don’t just exist in stores. This doesn’t seem like the most profound observation, given the myriad digital signs seen in places like Times Square, but it makes a difference to those in the industry, particularly when content developed for one often needs to be developed for all. If stretching content from a 17-inch monitor to a 42-inch display seems like a jump, consider that some companies now need it blown up for a 12-foot wide billboard.
 
The best thing to observe at this conference had little to do with the industry and more to do with the people in it. Attendees were focused and energized. Presenters were very up-front with their company’s stories and methods. In all, it was an open exchange of information among people who believe strongly in a growing industry. It will be exciting to watch them succeed.
Posted by: Bryan Harris AT 02:36 pm   |  Permalink   |  0 Comments  |  
Monday, 06 November 2006
The retail market is changing rapidly, servicing a new breed of consumers who are increasingly knowledgeable and savvy. With Web-enabled cell phones, iPods, BlackBerries, and portable computers, consumers can access information at their convenience.
 
Armed with information on prices, features, services and consumer ratings, these customers can be a very tough crowd for retailers to please. Businesses must find ways to create shopping experiences that are interesting and relevant to not only a specific customer’s needs, but for that customer’s needs during a particular shopping trip. In today's environment, it takes strong differentiation and a compelling value proposition to compete for these consumers’ wallet share.
 
Advances in kiosk technology offer a wide range of opportunities to satisfy this new age of consumers. Powerful, compact kiosk units that are cost effective and can be placed almost anywhere have come into their own, offering both retailers and other businesses the opportunity to provide a technologically satisfying experience to their customers. Kiosks are now appearing in unexpected places – in store aisles for guided selling and gift registry, in hotels for self check-in, as music preview and download devices, in quick service restaurants – all of which can fundamentally improve the consumer experience.   
 
How about employees? Offering self-service for employees is an option that more and more businesses are pursuing. In fact, many businesses are now finding that the best way to service their fickle and demanding customers is to offer their employees kiosk solutions. Providing "self-service" solutions for their employees opens up virtually limitless possibilities to improve training, boost productivity and enhance service.
 
Kiosk technology is helping one popular restaurant chain improve the efficiency of meal preparation and food order delivery. Fuddruckers, one of the first known restaurant chains to use interactive kiosks in its kitchens, now uses kiosks to provide its general managers and cooks with easy access to recipes to help reduce training time and deliver orders faster and more efficiently. By replacing paper-based procedure and recipe manuals, these kiosks allow the restaurant chain to provide accurate and up-to-date food preparation instructions quickly and easily. A process that was cumbersome and used to take weeks to implement can now be done simply by sending online updates to the kiosks.
 
Employee turnover has always been a concern for retailers and businesses, with some establishments experiencing a rate of greater than 100 percent. How do you keep such a changing workforce well-informed on the products, accessories and services that you carry? A large office supply chain has piloted a kiosk solution that allows employees to look up information about their complex inventory while servicing a customer. They can provide the customer with real-time information about an item, as well as recommend accessory sales. The results of the pilot showed several important benefits: improved employee satisfaction with their job responsibilities, an increase in revenue from accessory sales, and more than 30 percent decline in returned goods.
 
These compact, portable kiosks can also be used to help ensure employees understand their benefits, company policies, and general HR information. A growing number of companies are piloting these types of applications to help educate their employees easily and quickly.
 
Advances in kiosk technology, and a growing number of application solutions aimed at the employee, can provide businesses with a cost effective way to differentiate and significantly improve customer service. Kiosks offer businesses opportunities to help train, inform, educate and boost the productivity of their employees. Results can be well worth the investment, by gaining knowledgeable, motivated employees who can serve customers better.
 
So next time you hear the term self-service solutions, remember that self-service solutions can be a viable option for employees as well as for customers. Providing a simple, unique, differentiated experience for your employees can result in enhanced customer satisfaction, higher revenue and improved operating costs. It’s hard to find fault in that equation.
 
Norma Wolcott is a kiosk business executive for IBM Corporation
Posted by: Nancy Wolcott AT 02:34 pm   |  Permalink   |  0 Comments  |  
Tuesday, 31 October 2006
APW (Waukesha, Wis.) – With operations in eight countries, APW manufactures enclosures for electronics, such as computer servers, audio/visual and telecom. At APW’s world headquarters, we met with Dave Hammer in business development. He explained how the company started in contract manufacturing for OEMs (metal fabrication, assembly, integration, supply chain), but in recent years has increased manufacturing of branded and standard products for customers. With operations in Anaheim, Calif., the company introduced its I-engage kiosk division in 2005.
 
D2 Sales (Mequon, Wis.) – At D2, we met with owner and founder Sandy Nix. Before starting the company, Nix was a VP at Frank Mayer & Associates where she spent seven years developing a specialization in technology and motor sports. Nix and her team of about a dozen employees bill themselves as "outside the box" when it comes to kiosks. High-profile projects include 1,200 kids’ entertainment kiosks for Burger King and interactive lounges for Yahoo! In describing her company, Nix said: “We’re business consultants and the kiosk is the means by which we deliver the solution.”
 
Frank Mayer & Associates (Grafton, Wis.) – Allen Buchholtz, Dave Loyda, Dave Zoerb and Cheryl Lesniak gave us a good overview of their company, which designs and builds merchandizing and point-of-purchase displays. The 75-year-old company is now headed by Mike Mayer, grandson of founder Frank Mayer. FMA built its first kiosk two decades ago and they told us they’ve learned much over the years. FMA has won many awards, notably for BMW, Giant-Carlysle and John Deere kiosks. (Related story: Old company, new kiosks: Frank Mayer and Associates turns 75)
 
Maysteel (Menomonee Falls, Wis.) – At Maysteel, we met with Andy Allen, business development leader, and Doug Odell, market manager. Founded in 1936, Maysteel is a contract manufacturer with 850 employees and over 550,000 sq. ft. in three locations to serve the self-service industry. Maysteel offers custom self-service solutions including integration of electrical and mechanical components along with vertically integrated sheet metal fabrication capabilities. Additionally, Maysteel’s Technical Center is dedicated to design, prototype, and pilot production. Clients include Diebold, Corporate Safe Specialists and DVDPlay. In addition to self-checkout stations and DVD vending units, Maysteel has built self-ticketing and fare collection systems for mass transit applications.
 
Touch Automation (Milwaukee, Wis.) – Touch Automation, founded by CEO Don Blust four years ago, focuses on one thing: DVD vending kiosks. We met with Tom Driscoll, operations manager and Steve Young, business developer. Touch Automation’s kiosks uses impressive robotics and come in configurations holding approximately 900 to more than 4,000 DVDs, serving one to eight customers simultaneously. Circular RFID tags and remote monitoring are used to manage inventory. The kiosk enclosures are manufactured and components integrated at a plant just outside Chicago.
 
Imperial Multimedia (Baraboo, Wis.) – CEO Fred Lochner founded Imperial in 1998, after he built a career with foodservice distributor Sysco. Lochner told us of a time when he went horseback riding, got caught in a storm and had a difficult time getting back due to the poor trail map. That spurred him to develop an outdoor kiosk for parks to dispense accurate, up-to-date information on trails, and print maps upon request. He hired Larry Fisher, a senior “imagineer” from Disney, to help. The company is now rolling out kiosks at 31 parks for the Virginia Department of Conservation & Recreation in the spring of 2007. The kiosks contain a deep level of content about the parks and surrounding areas. The kiosks contain photographs of thousands of scenic locations with their GPS coordinates noted. The company has a website specifically for the project to help promote advertising and sponsorship opportunities.
 
TD Fischer Group (Wausau, Wis.) – President Bob Fischer gave us a tour of his company, which makes promotional displays and custom exhibits. We also met with Nick Halfman, director of design & engineering, who showed us examples of their work. At TD Fischer, they use a 3-D modeling program called SolidWorks. Conceptual designs of displays looked like photographs as designers applied materials to realistic effect. Fischer unveil a new kiosk venture soon.
 
StrandVision, LLC (Eau Claire, Wis.) – StrandVision is a digital signage company started by Mike Strand after he sold his successful bar code software business, StrandWare, five years ago. StrandVision offers web-based software to support the digital signage platforms used in business and industry settings, such as Bush Brothers (Bush’s baked beans) and Bombardier, or in bank branches, such as the Bank of Ann Arbor.
 
Bailiwick (Chaska, Minn.) – Bailiwick specializes in voice and data wiring, electrical, site preparation and deployment of IT systems, primarily for retailers who have a nationwide presence and are deploying in multiple sites. Since 1995, it has been installing devices like POS systems, routers, switches and kiosks. Account Manager Andrew Lillehaugen explained how the company has developed a database of 400-500 companies through which it provides these services across the country. In recent years, Bailiwick launched Division K with skilled kiosk specialists.
 
3M Digital Signage (St. Paul, Minn.) – 3M, with $21 billion in worldwide sales, entered the digital signage arena with the acquisition of Mercury Online Solutions in Bainbridge Island, Wash., offering network design, implementation, hosting, monitoring and service, as well as easy-to-use content management software. Kelly Canavan, market development manager for 3M's Graphics Market Center, explained how 3M, with its focus on innovation and process improvement, is developing a new approach to address the key marketplace need - measuring and improving ROI for digital sign networks.
 
Smarte Carte (St. Paul, Minn.) – At Smart Carte, I met with Arthur Spring, senior VP of business development and international operations. Smarte Carte owns and operates carts in hundreds of airports around the world. Several years ago, they began offering lockers for rental and now those lockers are automated with touchscreens. The company has since branched into stroller rentals at 300 shopping malls and, most recently, cell phone charging kiosks called Charge Cartes. With 1,200 employees (only 70 at headquarters), Smarte Carte has a large network of employees at virtually every major airport in the U.S., Scandinavia, Spain, China and Australia/New Zealand. Expect to see more innovative airport offerings from Smarte Carte in the near future.
 
Mix & Burn (St. Paul, Minn.) – Mix & Burn President Bob French explained how four years of development has resulted in the ability to deliver 40,000 CDs worth of music through a kiosk so customers can select and burn customized CDs. Compare this to the typical store, which only carries 5,000-15,000 titles. French told me they actually got their start before Apple launched iTunes. While the company doesn’t make a kiosk per se (the content is delivered through an IBM Anyplace Kiosk), it has worked with Signifi, which made a combination photo and music kiosk. Mix & Burn’s principal investor is also its principal customer: Trans World Entertainment, owner of music stores FYE, Sam Goody, Suncoast, Coconuts and others. Mix & Burn’s new offering is The Filling Station – a kiosk that allows users to download music to MP3 players and cell phones.
 
Next stop: Southern California.
Posted by: David Drain AT 02:33 pm   |  Permalink   |  0 Comments  |  
Tuesday, 24 October 2006
The definition of self-service is extremely broad.
 
Even the word kiosk, while much more focused, still has two meanings in the popular vernacular, and as long as sunglasses are sold in the middle of mall aisles, that situation won’t change. But given that it only has two meanings, it’s not hard to discern in which the users of this site are interested.
 
Self-service, on the other hand, takes into account a plethora of things. This can create a vast gray area for an association touting dedication to the study and advancement of self-service and we want you, the readers and members, to tell us what interests you most in the world of self-service.
 
Here’s an example of where it gets complicated: vending machines. Obviously, traditional coin-operated vending machines are customer-facing, self-service devices. What’s more, they’re some of the most successful self-service machines ever deployed.
 
We would not include vending machines in the definition of “kiosk.” Number one, they are not PC-based devices with operating systems locked into kiosk mode. Number two, they don’t have touchscreens, aren’t networked, and don’t have many of the other components we associate with our definition of kiosk.
 
Except when they do.
 
Now, in Europe, one can find Coke machines with touchscreens offering pay-to-play games. They are vending machines and entertainment kiosks. More commonly, vending machines are now being hooked into broadband networks so they can be remotely managed and process cashless transactions – two more personality traits they have in common with kiosks.
 
Typically, we’d cover the newer, more kiosk-like vending machines and eschew the traditional machines, given that the modern machines are probably more relevant to you.
 
But here’s a tougher scenario: The Internet is the most successful self-service commerce device in history. Log into eBay and, suddenly, your home computer has almost everything in common with an in-store kiosk. It’s facing a customer. It’s transactional. It’s running on a computer. The software interface is branded. The customer has as much control as possible over the transaction including some say in the prices of most items. The only difference between this and a kiosk is the location and the fact that your home Web browser probably isn’t running on an OS in kiosk mode.
 
So I might ask myself – are you readers interested in a story about running a successful eBay store? And I’d tell myself no, given that our data tells us most of you already work for an established company trying to deploy self-service, rather than being the kind of part-time entrepreneurs who’d most often read an article about starting an eBay store.
 
But, with it being the case that most of you do already work for established businesses, a smarter question would be if you’re interested in news about Internet self-service. Odds are you get it somewhere else already.
 
These aren’t the only items in the self-service gray area.
 
Automated telephone customer service, for example, also resides somewhere in the definition of self-service, as does pay-per-use public WiFi. Are you interested in reading more about those? What do you think self-service is, and what parts of that definition would you most like to read about here at SelfService.org? We’re here to serve you, so drop us a line to let us know. E-mail and tell us what you think.
Posted by: Bryan Harris AT 02:32 pm   |  Permalink   |  0 Comments  |  
Monday, 16 October 2006
David Dill is an educated man with a simple idea: Giving voters proof that their votes were counted correctly. ATMs have receipts, so why not print receipts for voters after they’ve used an electronic voting machine?
 
Dill launched VerifiedVoting.org in 2003 to promote the practice of giving voters and election officials a paper back-up to go along with the widely-deployed e-voting machines of the last few years.
 
The 2000 presidential election raised the interest in how we vote to an all-time high. After the hanging-chad debacle in Florida, federal legislators passed the Help America Vote Act, which included billions of dollars to upgrade election equipment and improve practices. The advantages of e-voting over the old systems include a faster process, ease of use and more accurate results.
 
A February report on the 2004 election by the CalTech/MIT Voting Technology Project attributes one million saved votes to improved voting equipment and procedures after the 2000 election.
 
Residual votes are ballots cast in which a voter fails to vote or machines fail to record them. In each election, a few people go to the polls but choose not to vote (experts estimate it to be about half of one percent). In the 2004 election, the residual vote was 1.1 percent, down from the 1.9 percent in the 2000 election.
 
While e-voting machines show provable results in some cases, discrepancies with their record keeping in recent elections have caused more public scrutiny and suspicions about the equipment that was designed to improve obviously flawed and outdated systems. Perhaps in the rush to adopt technology that was a vast improvement over levers and punch cards, the comfort of paper was too quickly overlooked.
 
Adding to this worry is a recent report by the Brennan Center for Justice. While acknowledging that e-voting systems have yet to be infiltrated, the report cites the potential for systems to be hacked. Elections officials could gain the public’s trust of these new systems by using these guidelines:
 
A paper trail. Both voters and officials need this assurance to independently verify the results.
 
Uninterruptible power supply. An electronic power conditioner (think of a sophisticated surge protector) and a battery backup can keep systems running even if the power isn’t.
 
Wired connections. Some states (California, Minnesota and New York) have banned wireless components from e-voting devices.
 
Training. Poll workers should be required to train for a certain number of hours before working the polls.
 
Well-designed forms. Just as poorly designed paper forms have confused voters, e-voting forms must be well laid out.
 
Secured equipment. Stop “sleepovers,” periods of time before the election during which poll workers keep the machines, oft en at home. This only opens the process to potential tampering.
 
Availability of paper ballots. In the uncommon occurrence of system failure, paper ballots can be used as a last resort.
 
In discussing e-voting with colleagues, one said he couldn’t understand why we don’t vote online. He commented that banks had figured out how to make online banking safe and asked: What’s more sensitive than people’s money? Obviously, voters would have to be authenticated. Another colleague suggested assigning each voter an ID number and allowing them to choose a PIN. Advances in biometrics also provide hope for authentication.
 
VerifiedVoting.org summarizes the goal of this debate well: “The right to have one’s vote counted properly is a cornerstone of our democratic system. Making sure that our election systems are reliable and publicly verifiable enfranchises voters and increases public confidence and participation in our political process.”
Posted by: David Drain AT 02:31 pm   |  Permalink   |  0 Comments  |  
Monday, 09 October 2006
One of the questions that frequently floats about our newsroom revolves around the user-friendliness of the Internet, and in particular, online ordering. We editors like to debate whether the Internet is a friend of the kiosk, or a bitter self-service enemy.
 
There are two perspectives on this.
 
One side goes like this: The Internet competes with kiosks because people won’t go to the store to buy what they can have delivered to their homes.
 
That theory ultimately portrays consumers as a group who, by and large, would prefer to do product research and purchasing from home, using databases to compare specs, research product reviews, select a vendors and pay, all from the comforts of home.
 
The other side goes like this: The Internet compliments kiosks, but sells in a different way.
 
Subscribers to the latter school of thought, of which I am one, see the Internet as a different marketing tool meant to accomplish a similar task. I’m dubious on the notion that many people within convenient driving distance to a large retailer buy either small or large purchases online.
 
For small purchase like a DVD, CD or video game, there’s no reason to wait three days for it to arrive in the mail when a 10-minute trip yields instant gratification. For a large purchase, like a big-screen TV, most people want to see it before carting it off.
 
My observations from here on are based on anecdotal evidence, and I would welcome any response based on demonstrable hard data.
 
Consumers like to do research online, to find the best intersections of price and quality, whether they’re making big purchases or long-term obligations – like buying new washers or cell phones. They probably notice other things, too, like which stores have the best selection and, in general, the best prices. Then they go visit the vendors that seem to have the best products that offer the best deals.
 
Then they enter the store, and this is where the kiosks take over. It might be that they see a comparable model sitting next to the TV they priced online and want more information. So lacking their home computers, they turn to the info kiosk, which also is trying to sell them all the wiring they need.
 
Or, better still, while in the store, these shoppers encounter kiosks and digital signs marketing something they didn’t even think they needed. The Xbox 360 comes to mind, given its branded kiosks that flex their graphical muscles as would-be buyers walk by. Wouldn’t that make a nice addition to the big screen TV?
 
What I do think people buy online is middle-of-the-road stuff: $100 items like dorm room refrigerators and 17-inch CRT television sets. Many people wouldn’t drop $100 on an impulse buy — there’s enough potential wiggle room in the price that it could be a better buy, even with shipping costs. Also, quality’s not as important as price for a low-end durable good, and that relieves the necessity to see it first. A $100 stereo is a $100 stereo, plus or minus a few watts.
 
Another factor to consider is that shopping is a kind of entertainment. People shop with friends or kill time at stores before dinner and a movie. Given the savings rate in the United States, which is negative, I would contend that it’s more difficult to get consumers to stay home than it is to get them into stores.
 
There is one more school of thought that opposes mine. It says “Eventually, the Internet will come to the PDA or cell phone inside the store, and eliminate the need for kiosks.”
 
To me, that is like saying signs become obsolete when greeters pass out coupons. Again, it’s a different method of marketing. An application that customers can access via PDA in-store is relatively passive compared to a kiosk/digital sign combo that actively markets items in the aisles.
 
So, what do you think? Am I completely off base? Are Internet and kiosk channels constantly working at cross purposes? Is it silly to think most consumers wouldn’t buy their largest or smallest purchases online? Let me know at . Share something good and your response might run here.
Posted by: Bryan Harris AT 02:29 pm   |  Permalink   |  0 Comments  |  
Monday, 02 October 2006
Years ago, as a young engineer I was brought into a program that would result in a very successful system used by some members of our armed forces. This particular system was the first of its kind, and the reputations of a lot of people were riding upon its success.
 
By the time they brought me in, a lot of money had been spent, designs had been drawn, and plans were being made to build and test the system.
 
During one of the program briefings, a senior engineer made a statement about how the operators would use this system. Being a bit wet behind the ears I raised my hand and asked, “How do we know that?”
 
When asked what I meant by the question, I simply observed that sitting around the table we had management people, engineering people, fabrication people, finance people and legal people, but none of the people who would ultimately use the system. The silence around the table told the whole story.
 
Fast forward to a couple of years ago, during a trade show for technology used in the fast food industry. During the show, a panel attempted to address the use of self-service technologies as they applied to fast food. The panel consisted of a moderator, four technology vendors and one analyst familiar with technology in that space.
 
One by one, the moderator introduced each of the vendors, who spoke about how their new product would revolutionize the way in which walk-in customers would buy fast food. They went into great detail about transaction speed improvements, 100% up-sells, and multilingual capabilities, all the while presenting a handsome ROI intended to woo the board and moneylenders.
 
When it was time for the analyst to speak, he praised each of the vendors and their various technology offerings. He then paused, and very simply stated that if 60-75% of a fast food operator’s business is through the drive-thru, then he’s more prone to opt for a solution that cuts 3 seconds off the drive-thru time than a kiosk that costs several thousand dollars and sits seldom-used in the lobby.  The kiosk likely would fall below the IT budget cutoff line for most operators.
 
Just as I didn’t endear myself to the engineers, designers, lawyers and CPA’s in that briefing many years ago, so too the analyst didn’t endear himself to the vendors at that trade show. However, in each case, a truth was presented, and regardless of how unpopular that truth may have been to some, no amount of technological wizardry could overcome it.
 
In this age of technology, competing priorities, and left-field threats, vendors are as prone as anyone to being so busy doing the work that they forget to check up on some of the essentials. One way to help overcome this would be to practice a little of what we once called MBWA, or management by wandering around. Step away from the email, turn off the cell phone, and indeed leave the office and go out to watch how consumers are using (or not using) the self service technology that you and your competitors have delivered to the industry.
 
For that matter, go and actually use the technology as it is currently deployed. Take a notepad and a pen with you, and record your observations. Then, talk to your customers and ask them open-ended questions about what they’re finding, like:
  • Has your customer had to implement any changes in operating procedures since the installation of your “plug-and-play” kiosk?
  • How is that anodized aluminum cabinet holding up after being hit by a skateboard or two while deployed on a sidewalk in that seaside resort? (It looked so pretty when the kiosk was first delivered)
  • What does the screen bezel look like after several consumers have tried (and failed) to balance their cup of moca frappuccino while operating the kiosk (after you decided not to incorporate a cup-holder in the design)?
  • How well do consumers do as they navigate between your self-checkout system’s main touch-screen display and the payment device?
Granted, some humor may be found in these scenarios, but for the owner of your technology that is experiencing these in real life, they’re not laughing. Take seriously the answers to your questions, especially the ones you really don’t like, for they illustrate your greatest opportunity for solution enhancement.
 
They may not be solved with technology, but the result may be a keener understanding of the particular application (or non-application) of technology for your customers. Remember, the technology may be great, but don’t forget the whole business case.
 
Lee Holman is Vice President of Product Development. In addition to an MBA from Pepperdine University and a Bachelors Degree in Mechanical Engineering from the University of Maryland, Lee brings over 26 years of sales, product development, and engineering and management experience in the field of high technology, beginning with his work on nuclear subs for the US Navy as an undergraduate.
Posted by: Lee Holman AT 02:26 pm   |  Permalink   |  0 Comments  |  
Monday, 25 September 2006
On Friday, it was announced that JD Events, owner of KioskCom, will purchase the Self-Service & Kiosk Show from NetWorld Alliance. The agreement not only transfers ownership of the show, but forges a strategic partnership between the two companies.
 
NetWorld, which publishes online and print publications for the self-service and food service industries, including this website, had entered the show business two years ago with the acquisition of Kiosk magazine (now Self-Service World) and The Kiosk Show (now The Self-Service & Kiosk Show) from industry pioneer Lief Larson.
 
In 2005, KioskCom and NetWorld held two shows, which meant there were four shows in one year specifically for the kiosk and self-service industry. Some exhibitors complained that this was too many, especially since they were also participating in vertical market shows. Shortly after JD Events bought KioskCom from IQPC in mid 2005, NetWorld CEO Dick Good and JD Events President & CEO Joel Davis got together to discuss the situation.
 
Sorting out the complexities of this situation took time, but Good and Davis kept up discussions, culminating in Friday’s announcement. There were more details to work out than what might be readily apparent: media coverage, awards, conferences and the Association.
 
Good informed the officers of the Association via conference call two hours prior to the distribution of the press release. The officers welcomed news of the agreement as they could see the benefits to both the industry and the Association.
 
At the beginning of this year, JD Events worked hard to recruit deployers to join the KioskCom Professional Society, an organization announced at its spring 2005 show. Part of the agreement is that the 65 members of the KioskCom Professional Society will be integrated into the Self-Service & Kiosk Association to form the basis of a user group. This is not the only good news for the Association. KioskCom will recognize the SSKA as the industry’s Association and will provide a booth and meeting space for annual membership meetings and advisory board meetings at each of its shows.
 
As part of the strategic partnership, Davis will join the Association’s board on Wednesday in San Antonio. Lawrence Dvorchik, well known in the industry as general manager of KioskCom, will be joining the Membership Committee as it meets Wednesday night to discuss the plans and launch of our deployer membership program, which includes assimilating the members of the KioskCom Professional Society.
 
The self-service industry will now be unified like never before: There will be one recognized show (KioskCom, held twice a year), one recognized Association (SSKA) and the full force of NetWorld’s media to support both.
 
I look forward to seeing many of you in San Antonio. For those of you who are attending, don’t forget to stop by the Association’s booth to learn more about our new program for deployers and our marketing campaign, “The Best Service is Self Service.” Please also join us Friday morning for breakfast and the Association’s annual meeting. Prospective members are welcome to attend. There you will learn about the SSKA’s accomplishments over the past year and plans for the coming year.
Posted by: David Drain AT 02:25 pm   |  Permalink   |  0 Comments  |  
Monday, 18 September 2006
After attending The Self Service & Kiosk Show in Orlando, I can’t just walk past a kiosk anymore. I look at them. And I look behind them. And I wonder what is used to ensure it’s working when needed.
 
When the ATM didn’t work at my bank after a thunderstorm, I wondered: what had they done to ensure customers could use the ATM? It was Sunday and the storm was on Saturday evening. Had it been down that long? 
 
Last weekend, after enjoying a brunch at a local resort, I had to stop at the kiosk in the lobby that was deigned to provide information on local destinations. The screen was black, but did flicker when I touched it or moved the mouse. I wondered what might have caused it to not work or if measures were taken to ensure it would work when someone who really needed it came by.
 
It’s hard to imagine a device any more out on an island than a kiosk. Maximum uptime is critical in order to fulfill its designed purpose of self-service, and yet they are usually unsupervised. 
 
Quality power is the lifeblood of any electronic system and is vital to achieve the desired performance and uptime. Still, power issues remain a mystery in many industries, even – in many cases – with seasoned technical personnel. The impact on microprocessor-based products have come more to the forefront as technology is designed to deliver more functionality at higher speeds.
 
To begin understanding and evaluating power issues, it is important to understand the three basic levels of impact on a system: disruptive, degrading and destructive. It is important to know that these levels can occur on any conductor, whether it’s a power source, network cables or phone line when connected to your system.
 
Disruptive power disturbances cause over 80% of the issues you will encounter, according to numerous power studies. According to Florida Power & Light, over 60% of the various power issues are created inside of a facility from a variety of sources. The sources can include elevators, heating and cooling systems, all the way down to the most fundamental equipment plugged into the internal power grid. Usually disruptive events manifest themselves in unexplained system lockups and result in service calls without the owner finding the cause.
 
Degrading power disturbances contain enough energy to microscopically erode an integrated circuit and its components. One description of degradation is weakening components, much like rust attacks metal. Degradation will lead to premature component failure if not taken seriously. It may be headed off by paying close attention to disruptive events.
 
Destructive power disturbances occur when an electronic device is overwhelmed by a large-amplitude, high-energy power event. Typically, lightning and thunderstorms are the culprits. Additionally, over voltage can occur from storms that cause power line damage and construction accidents. In one case a freight carrier backed into lines attached to a building and the over voltage passed to everything inside.
 
I encourage all companies deploying microprocessor-based products to take the time to understand power issues, recognize symptoms and know what technology will protect and condition. Your uptime may depend on power conditioning, which addresses multiple issues. You may not know which power problem you need to address or when, but using proactive solutions to prevent power problems will make keeping your kiosk on an island less of a frustration and more of a vacation.
 
For more information, including a collection of online articles, e-mail Dana Davis at .
 
 
Dana L. Davis is the National Sales Manager at Smart Power Systems.
Posted by: Dana Davis AT 02:24 pm   |  Permalink   |  0 Comments  |  
Tuesday, 12 September 2006
The 2006 Self-Service World Market Survey creates an interesting portrait of the self-service landscape. The report details responses from companies that have deployed self-service devices. Some of its findings are surprising, given what we see every day.
 
HR kiosks. The survey (published by NetWorld Alliance, which owns SelfServiceWorld.com and SelfService.org) showed that self-service for human resources is underutilized. I believe that’s the case because they don’t have an obvious, up-front return. They’re not transactional; they don’t sell anything. One cannot say, “We’ll install X number of HR kiosks in our stores which will net Y number of transactions, creating Z number of dollars per day.” Without the obvious revenue case, they take a back seat in the industry to ATMs, ticketing kiosks, and sales-and marketing devices.

start quoteOne of the hardest things to find in our innovative industry is a good statistic, especially as companies exploit self-service technology to build custom-branded solutions.end quote

-- Bryan Harris,
Editor, SelfService.org

 
Also, the return on investment of an HR kiosk seems twice removed. For example, when confronting an operations executive with the case that HR kiosks reduce the required man hours to seek, train and organize employees, the time savings to managers who would otherwise be processing background checks and vacation days by hand doesn’t seem like such a direct benefit. After all, the company will still pay managers to be doing something during those hours. It’s a little short-sighted, but it’s how people think.
 
Yet, HR kiosks are valuable. Given their instant background-check capabilities, they make it easier to capture, evaluate and hire qualified employees. What’s more, they solve compliance issues for companies that require standardized skills testing for safety and equipment training. There are plants now with machinery that will not start for employees that aren’t properly trained and tested to use it. Also, they can slow turnover, expedite rehiring, and increase managers’ productivity time – three benefits valuable to any company. It is hard in contrast to quantify “increased manager’s productive time” as a figure in a quarterly report.
 
Internet kiosks. Reading further, I’m surprised “Internet access kiosks” rank as the No. 1 deployment, ahead of POS systems and ATMs, and I think the numbers come from a semantic misunderstanding. I (and many inside the industry) think of an Internet kiosk as one with which users can browse the Web. I’m skeptical those machines out-number ATMs. Very likely, individuals took that question to address that type but also those that merely access a deployer’s Web site or Web-based interface as part of their routine functionality.
 
Wayfinding. I’m also amazed that more respondents deployed wayfinding kiosks than did ticketing, price lookup, photo kiosks, airline self-check-in, gift registry and pay-at-the-pump, given the seemingly scant appearance of wayfinding kiosks and the ubiquity of the others. This is a purely anecdotal observation, but given that I’ve never seen a wayfinding kiosk in the field and I frequently use ATMs and pay-at-the pump, it seems strange to me that there are that many wayfinding kiosks in the field.
 
Digital signage. Digital signs, loyalty and interactive marketing machines are all high priorities in the next 12 months, and as much so in the next five years, according to deployers. As we increasingly see convergence with the digital sign industry, or digital signs used in conjunction with kiosks or conferencing equipment to make them interactive, this statistic reinforces the notion that kiosks and digital signs are at least marrying, if not becoming one.
 
Perhaps the best conclusion this report illustrates is that we need to do many more reports on the kiosk industry. One of the hardest things to find in our innovative industry is a good statistic, especially as companies exploit self-service technology to build custom-branded solutions. And that’s why this information is important, and these questions need to be asked.
Posted by: Bryan Harris AT 02:22 pm   |  Permalink   |  0 Comments  |  
Tuesday, 05 September 2006
As the self-service industry grows, kiosks will be called to serve a wide variety of vertical and horizontal markets. While kiosk interfaces develop in myriad ways, browser-based applications are still appropriate in many deployments.
 
Browser-based content is any application that can be displayed using an Internet browser such as Microsoft Internet Explorer or Mozilla Firefox. This can include simple HTML, Java applications, videos, or any application that runs on third-party snap-ins like Flash.
 
You may be surprised at what will run in a browser. While not necessarily ideal for kiosk use, most Microsoft Office applications such as Word, Excel and PowerPoint run in Internet Explorer.
 
Existing Applications
Most new applications are browser-based for several reasons.
 
Most are for a company’s Web site or are in some way integrated with it, and browser-based applications solve many system administration and support headaches.
 
A typical client/server application requires that client software be installed on the user’s computer, and that requires that the installation process be able to handle differences in operating system versions and hardware capabilities. Also, the installation of one application can sometimes break an existing application.
 
All of these issues increase helpdesk support costs. If the application is browser-based and installed on the company’s intranet, installation and configuration headaches are reduced because a browser is all that’s required.
 
With so many browser-based applications, it is only natural that some will be deployed on a kiosk. So why not rewrite the application using a kiosk-specific development platform? Because it's not always possible.
 
Some browser-based applications are developed by third parties, and you don’t control the source code. The human resource market is a perfect example.
 
Dozens of browser-based HR self-service vendors are out in the marketplace. They deploy their software on the end-user company’s server or using the ASP model on their own server. In either case, the end-user company has no access to the source code.
 
Most common, however, is when a company develops a useful and resource-rich Web site before it realizes its ROI would be enhanced if users other than pure Internet users could access their site.
 
The retail market is a great example. Many retail companies have excellent Web sites that would provide value to their in-store clients via a self-service kiosk. The cost to develop a parallel application solely for kiosk use would be prohibitive. Government and banking/credit union markets also have excellent Web resources that make sense to deploy to kiosks.
 
New content
Browser-based development tends to cost less because the development uses industry-standard Web-based tools that a large pool of developers already know how to use.
 
Browser-based applications also provide more flexibility in terms of where the application runs. High-bandwidth static content can easily be hosted on the kiosk, while low-bandwidth dynamic content can be hosted on a centralized server.
 
The rapid adoption of service-oriented architecture, which at its core uses Internet-based technologies, is very easy to implement within a browser-based application.
 
Software issues
A major difference between a typical Web application and a browser-based kiosk application is the length of time the browser is running. A kiosk browser runs months on end, unlike a quick open-and-close Internet browser. That difference raises the bar for quality. A poorly-written application or plug-in that crashes often or leaks memory is only an annoyance to an Internet user. On a kiosk, those issues are crises.
 
Hardware issues
An easy way to ruin a kiosk project is to match the wrong hardware configuration with a browser-based application. In dual-use applications: i.e., Internet/intranet and kiosk, it is highly unlikely that the application will be useable in a pure touchscreen environment. In that case, provide the kiosk user with the same tools (a mouse and keyboard) used for the desktop version.
 
When the browser-based application is designed properly, there are no issues with deploying a touchscreen-only kiosk. And if it makes sense from a business point of view, then the same application can be deployed to the Internet/intranet.
 
Browser kiosk software
Just because a kiosk application can be developed as a browser-based application using industry-standard Web-development tools does not exempt the kiosk from requiring specialized kiosk software. At a minimum, kiosk software is required to:
 
·lockdown the OS, browser and desktop
·elegantly handle browser errors
·manage the user’s session
 
More likely, kiosk software also will need to:
 
·manage attract-screen sequencing
·manage second-monitor content
·interface with specialized kiosk hardware like security mats, proximity switches, barcode readers and magnetic-stripe readers
·provide custom toolbars
·collect usage statistics
·monitor kiosk hardware
·Communicate with a centralized management server
 
The demand to deploy browser-based applications within the self-service space will only grow.
Posted by: James Kruper AT 02:21 pm   |  Permalink   |  
Monday, 28 August 2006
On our trip to Western and Upstate New York this past week, Bryan Harris and I traveled more than 500 miles by car to tap the knowledge of nine innovative self-service firms:
 
ShoptoCook, Buffalo – ShoptoCook creates content delivered through a kiosk for grocery stores to help consumers get meal ideas while at the store. Customers can look up a product, find a recipe that contains the product and print a recipe with all the ingredients listed so they can complete their shopping. The content is available to stores on a subscription basis and is uploaded remotely. We met with CEO Frank Beurskens, who pointed out that we would be hard-pressed to find the word “kiosk” on their website. They prefer “interactive technology” or “customer-facing technology,” because “people say ‘we’ve tried kiosks and they didn’t work.’” Beurskens cautioned against focusing too much on technology since it can lead one to think about “what you could do versus what you need to be doing.”
 
ANS Marketing, Hamburg – ANS is an ATM ISO that is branching into DVD rental kiosks with a brand they call Boxer Video Galleries (the name was inspired by President Joe Harris’ dog, a boxer). Boxer is doing two things that seem new and different: they offer in-wall-mounted units, similar to ATMs, and “video galleries” (they also make a stand-alone unit). The video galleries are 400-500 square foot retail stores, ideally located in a shopping center. With one door which customers can only enter with a credit card or membership card swipe, the lobby can be open 24/7. Renters can use cash or credit cards to rent movies. The kiosk also dispenses stored-value membership cards, which offer savings or “movie bucks” to create loyalty. The kiosks are manufactured by Italian-based Videosystem. ANS is deploying three simultaneous pilots on September 9 in Hamburg, N.Y.; Brooklyn, N.Y. and El Paso, Texas. 
 
digital-sign-in-store-advertising1.jpg
A Door Six digital sign waits to ship.
 
Door Six, Rochester – Door Six is a digital signage company launched in 2004 by Jim Odorczyk (his last name sounds like Door Six). Jim’s experience in the kiosk industry goes back to 1982 with a company called Inter-ad. We had a “It’s a Small World” moment when we learned that Jim and Elo's Greg Swistak both worked at Xerox at the same time (each man’s first job out of college) and that Jim hired Greg’s former company Factura to make the enclosures for Inter-ad. Jim sold Inter-ad in 1992 and started a custom touchscreen business called National Integration Services. Jim sold NIS to Elo in 1999. Door Six is marketing simple digital signage at an affordable price point. The product is called Brightboard, which has a 19-inch screen that can be mounted on a pedestal or hung on a wall or from the ceiling. The stand-alone unit runs off standard memory flash cards with no custom software needed; it can display jpegs, mpegs, PowerPoint slideshows, etc. The networked units can have content uploaded remotely.
 
Eastman Kodak, Rochester – We had a two-hour meeting with Dave Jones, WW Product Line Manager for Kiosks, and Rowan Lawson, WW Marketing Manager for Kiosks. We were given an overview of Kodak and where kiosks fit into their business. Lawson said that Kodak is very serious about kiosks and that kiosks are very important to the company. They have a strong position (#1 in distribution and share of printing) in virtually every country. As the methods of capturing and using pictures continue to evolve, Kodak’s goal is to give consumers the ability to share pictures anytime, anywhere.
 
IBM, Rochester – IBM’s world headquarters is in Armonk, NY, but Cort Johnson, manager of the national kiosk/ATM practice, is based in Rochester. Johnson was the SSKA president for the past three years and was reelected in March to serve two more years on the Advisory Board. Johnson took us to visit two deployments of IBM kiosk products. At Martin’s (part of the Ahold and the Giant food stores chain), we checked out the Shop & Scan handheld scanner and the related kiosks loaded with applications including: item locator, recipes, deli ordering and cake ordering. Interestingly, the recipe I printed out indicated it was “powered by ShoptoCook.” Next, we headed to Sam’s Club to see the latest Fuji photo kiosk developed by IBM.
 
IBM-kiosk-atm-machine-cort-johnson.jpg
 
IBM Global's Cort Johnson, manager of national kiosk/ATM practice, relaxes at his Upstate New York home.
 
 
 
Elo TouchSystems, Rochester – Elo’s headquarters are in California, but their custom touch screens are made in Rochester. We met with Greg Swistak, former executive director of the SSKA. Swistak is a great teacher and explained all the different types of touch screens (resistive, surface acoustical wave, capacitive, infrared, etc.) and the pros and cons of each. Elo has come out with a new technology (acoustic pulse recognition), which uses clear glass (no coating) and transducers around the perimeter. As the name implies, it responds to sound, so it can work with the touch of a finger, card or stylus. We also toured their facility and saw touch screens being assembled.
 
Ultimate Technology, Victor – Nick Daddabbo, a member of the SSKA Advisory Board, recently moved from Hand Held Products to Ultimate Technology. Ultimate is a POS manufacturer that has recently branched into self-service with the KwikUse kiosk, built for ticketing, gift registry, etc. We also met with Dave LaBudde, VP of marketing & business development. LaBudde explained the history of the company and the request from client Kerasotes Theatres that led them into kiosk sales. He also shared with us the news that in the inaugural RIS News Hardware Leaderboard Survey released in July, Ultimate was ranked #1 by North American retailers in the POS Systems category.
 
Hand Held Products, Skaneateles Falls – At Hand Held, we met with Don Thompson, marketing manager; Lisa Danese, marketing coordinator; and Lisa Chalupnicki, supervisor, OMC. Hand Held, a division of medical products company Welch Allyn, has approximately 900 employees with offices around the world. While the majority of Hand Held’s product line is mobile computers, handheld imagers and transaction terminals, they have a product specifically for the self-service industry: the Image Kiosk 8560, a mini kiosk that can be used for price checking, product information and loyalty programs.
 
handheld-price-checker-mini-kiosk-digital-sign.jpg
Hand Held products marketing manager Don Thompson demonstrates the Image Kiosk 8560, a combination price checker/mini kiosk that can also function as a miniature digital sign.
 
Optical Products Development (OPD), Elmira - OPD President and CEO Ken Westort has several patents and several pending for his 3-D optical technology. The company got its start 10 years ago developing optics for flight simulators. Now the company is turning its focus on its Promo Driver coupon dispensing kiosk, which uses a 3-D “floating image” or holograph to attract attention. The kiosk has a 23-inch digital sign above and a 19-inch touchscreen below the 3-D image. OPD does not plan to sell the kiosk, but to place them in grocery stores, using a revenue-sharing model from manufacturer advertising.
Posted by: David Drain AT 02:18 pm   |  Permalink   |  0 Comments  |  
Tuesday, 22 August 2006
"Baby boomers are all about being in control. This generation wants to control everything, from the food to the words to the order of the service. And this is one area where consumers feel out of control."
 
Those of us in the self-service industry have heard and read quotes like this several times: consumers want more control over transactions. It's the key principle that drives our industry. So here's a shock, this quote isn't about retail service — it's a quote in a recent New York Times from funeral concierge Mark Duffey, describing consumers' choices to plan their own funerals.
 
It reads exactly like the case for deploying an ordering kiosk: The consumer wants more control. So where are all the casket kiosks?
 
Funerals are a $14 billion annual industry, with a guaranteed two million customers per year. Funerals cost $6,000 on average, and often more than $10,000. It's a healthy industry, with nothing but growth on the horizon.
 
Before accusing me of cold-hearted casket kiosk peddling, this is far from unprecedented. Costco deployed casket kiosks two years ago. According to author John Dicker in "The United States of Wal-Mart," the discount giant also is kicking around the idea of casket sales. Web sites are selling caskets — and suggesting upsells and cross-sells. When users order an Irish Tribute casket from CasketXpress.com, the site entices them to pick up a Claddagh Candle, Irish flag and "Dreams of Ireland" framed poem for the casket top. These kind of automatic cross-sells and upsells are what good transactional kiosks do.
 
And this alleviates another problem: the inherent non-compete atmosphere of a funeral home. Instead of taking one funeral director's (read: one salesman's) advice at a very emotional time, kiosks simplify comparison shopping and can help a family find a better opportunity when money will likely be an enormous concern.
 
If all this is too impersonal, add on a "have the planner contact me" button and the consumers get the human touch, while the vendors get sales leads.
 
The one big problem I see is where to put them.
 
Funeral homes might like kiosks for the same reasons most retailers do. It would allow them to offer more inventory with less showroom space. But such traditional, high-touch businesses are unlikely to want such non-traditional devices. Besides, the casket companies with which morticians have long-standing relationships might get testy about sharing the kiosk with competitors that couldn't fit in the room before.
 
Then there's the Costco model, but I'm not sure how effective it has been and Costco wouldn't tell me. I imagine they might keep their casket sales a little under the radar, given the business's unsettling nature. And it's hard for me to imagine picking up caskets, coffee and copy paper in one trip.
 
So that leads me to this: Progressive middle- and high-end consumers like buying all kinds of things in posh little boutiques these days. So why not set up comfortable lounge-style shops with overstuffed chairs and free lattes in the same strip malls where the Mac stores and Paneras go?
 
Smartly-clad greeters can hand customers (we'll call this demographic the 'to-be-deceased') tablet PCs with kiosk software on which they can browse while they curl up in the cushions. If they have a question, they can ask the greeters. If they want to be left alone, they can retreat to more private areas of the store, or draw curtains at tables.
 
Call me crazy, but the same desire for control that drives all transactional kiosks exists in the funeral industry. And the demand will never falter. Critics laugh at all great ideas, and all of those critics eventually need caskets.
Posted by: Bryan Harris AT 02:17 pm   |  Permalink   |  0 Comments  |  
Monday, 14 August 2006
Today’s leading companies are looking to technology to help engage customers and enhance the customer experience. The problem is too many companies start with the technology first.
 
If you’re thinking you can deploy kiosks, digital signage, or any other customer experience technology by choosing a kiosk enclosure, a plasma screen, or a web site to leverage, stop! Technologies are important - extremely important - but they are only a part of the solution.
 
To create powerful customer experiences, you need to start by understanding your customers - the ones actually interacting with your business in your aisles, your lobbies, your physical environment. If you understand their drives and expectations, you’ll be able to create the customer experiences that keep them coming back again and again.
 
Customers are great at asking the question “What’s in it for me?” The more you can build your experiences to answer this question, the more success you will create. To do this, you have to understand what drives them, how to talk to them, and what’s important to them while they’re in your presence.
 
This means not only identifying the basic demographics, psychographics, and other various marketing insights, but asking: why would your customers benefit from using the desired technology?
 
Believe it or not, too many companies look to deploy digital signage and kiosks without doing an analysis of the business objectives and benefits from deploying these technologies.
 
Putting up plasma screens to simply run 30-second TV spots is unlikely to deliver additional value to the customer interaction. While showcasing an existing website on a kiosk generally causes more problems than solves in an in-store environment.
 
Worse than not carefully defining the business objectives is focusing solely on the business goals to the detriment of the customer objectives and ultimately the project. Look around the market and you’ll see evidence of too many projects that cut too many corners, had too small of a budget, or failed to accurately measure the intended results. In the end these projects either cost the company more money to rework or died a slow death while antagonizing customers and hurting the business.
 
To avoid these pitfalls, it’s important to understand how these technologies can fit into your existing business infrastructure and deliver compelling results to the business and the customer. Asking the right questions up front can help a business understand the various benefits and tradeoffs as they build out a technology solution.
 
The key is to match up your customers’ requirements and expectations to a solution that meets your business objectives. Once you’ve analyzed the business objectives and matched them with the customer objectives, it’s time to identify the unique environmental and location issues related to deploying public-space technologies.
 
How many times have you seen a kiosk buried in the back corner of a store generating no traffic, or digital signage screens placed 15-feet over the head of customers blaring audio out of tiny speakers. These environment choices can have lasting negative impressions on your brand and business.
 
To create an engaging customer experience the technology has to play well within the environment. From material choice of an enclosure (wood, metal, plastic) to traffic flow to lighting, ambient noise, and customer access, each location should be analyzed to ensure that the device matches customers’ expectations, the brand experience, and the operational and logistical issues of the store itself.
 
Once you’ve analyzed the customer, business, and environment issues, then you need to select the technologies that can best address these issues and provide an adaptable and scalable solution.
 
Customer experience technologies consist of a variety of technologies from hardware to software to networking and systems integration. Each chosen technology, from the PC that drives the experience to the screen that displays it, can impact the customer experience.
 
Brian Ardinger is Nanonation’s vice president of business development.
Posted by: Brian Ardinger AT 02:15 pm   |  Permalink   |  0 Comments  |  
Monday, 07 August 2006
Another columnist kindly responded to my last question: Why don’t we convert price checkers into self-checkout terminals in store aisles? Read his answer in a moment. First, read this month’s question.
 
For years we’ve been told that RFID, also known as radio frequency identification, is about to permeate the market. But is RFID ready for widespread deployment? While a lot of optimism surrounds the technology, there are some concerns.
 
Security.
 
At a recent security conference in Las Vegas, a graduate student demonstrated the ability to steal data from RFID tags that companies have said could only be cracked by their proprietary readers. The researcher, Melanie Rieback of Vrije University in The Netherlands, and her helpers promised to make public the schematic and computer code for building a portable device that reads RFID codes and tags.
 
She calls it the RFID Guardian, on the premise that a person can use it to monitor the RFID chips carried on his or her person – in passports and the like. Another way to consider it might be as the RFID Assailant, if one uses it to snag data from other people’s RFID chips.
 
Rieback is far from the first scholar to crack a code. When a team of researchers cracked the DES code used to encrypt ATM data, they spent almost $250,000 and three days computing 88 billion different code combinations needed to crack the single encryption standard– a much grander undertaking than the handheld box Rieback’s team can use to scan RFID chips without the owners’ consent. (Triple DES is the remedy.)
 
Rieback also takes credit for writing the first RFID virus: a code that when written onto an RFID tag can make its way through middleware and infect a database. Since the same database is accessed when making and reading tags, all new tags would contain the infected code, if the database is breached.  
 
Price.
 
A vice president for one of the world’s biggest RFID innovators told me that item-by-item RFID tracking is not likely to be adopted by retailers because it’s too expensive.
 
Retailers frequently talk about the 5-cent RFID tag: Once RFID tags cost a nickel each, it could be feasible to put them on everything, just like price tags. For now, however, retailers still quibble over the price.
 
So, I ask you to tell me – is RFID ready for widespread deployment? E-mail me your answer: .
 
The answer to last month’s question.
 
Wirespring columnist Bill Gerba kindly used his column to respond to mine last month:
 
“…for any kind of in-the-aisle checkout system. Small specialty retailers wouldn't seem to need the extra checkout locations, and department stores already use scattered checkout stations (or sales reps) as a means to scan and de-badge purchased merchandise. So, limiting the argument to just grocers and the big-box guys, there would appear to be (at least) three critical factors that must be addressed before in-the-aisle checkout could ever take off...”
 
To read his reasoning, click here.
Posted by: Bryan Harris AT 02:14 pm   |  Permalink   |  0 Comments  |  
Monday, 31 July 2006
Last week I traveled to Colorado for my regular visits with members. Thinking I would escape the heat by heading for the mountains, I was only half correct. Denver was steaming, but not Colorado Springs. Here’s the scoop on the companies I visited:
 
RMES Communications Inc.
 
Denver – At RMES, I met with President/CEO Herman Malone. RMES owns all the pay phones at Denver International Airport. When the airport opened about a decade ago there were 800 pay phones. Now, not surprisingly, there are only 200. About three years ago, RMES started installing Internet kiosks at the airport and has 32 deployed now. They plan to expand that number to 100 by July 2007. They also have some calling card kiosks and want to extend their offerings into amusement/gaming. Other considerations are work stations to recharge laptops and cell phones, photo kiosks and CD/media kiosks. 
 
Kiosk Tree
 
Arvada – I met Kiosk Tree Co-Founder Dan Krueger at Performance Cycle in Denver, a motorcycle parts and accessories superstore where he is beta testing Kiosk Tree. Kiosk Tree develops the software for point-of-decision kiosks to help consumers learn specifics about products and do side-by-side comparisons. The staff at Performance Cycle also uses it while talking to customers as an assisted-selling device. With remote management, new products can be added and removed. Reports can also be generated detailing all customer searches.
 
KIOSK Information Systems
 
Louisville – Craig Keefner, channel manager and former executive director of this association, gave me a tour of KIOSK’s impressive 60,000-square-foot facility. I also had the opportunity to meet Pete Snyder, who formerly directed KIOSK’s Scotland plant, but has now moved back to Colorado. Business is good for North America’s largest kiosk maker as Craig told me the company is looking to move to a larger facility in January. The firm’s sales are about 50% standard kiosks and 50% custom kiosks. At times, up to 300 kiosks a day come off the assembly line. KIOSK is often behind the scenes, building kiosks for HP, Sony, Alamo Rent-A-Car and FedEx, just to name a few.
 
Bantek West
 
Denver – Russ Hinely, senior vice president & director of diversified services for new SSKA member Bantek gave me an overview of his company over lunch. Bantek recently merged with Efmark Premium Armored and is the largest NCR ATM reseller. The company’s more-than 2,500 employees services over 65,000 ATMs. Among their many services offered are installations, cash extraction, maintenance, upgrades and removals.
 
Four Winds Interactive
 
Arvada – Four Winds is a digital signage company, which includes interactive displays. Denis Lesak, director, sales & marketing, let me sit in on a conference call presentation he was giving to a hotel in Washington, D.C. The project, to install digital signage to replace their reader boards and meeting room signs, was all encompassing of hardware and software. Four Winds creates content for clients and then trains clients how to use their content management software. Their targeted verticals are hotels, convention centers and higher education. 
 
Cognitive Solutions
 
Golden – Cognitive manufactures thermal-direct and thermal-transfer printers (the latter uses a ribbon on untreated paper) which print labels, tags and tickets, primarily driven by bar codes. Barry Knott, president/CEO, explained that their target markets are retail, healthcare and warehouse/distribution centers.
 
24DVD
 
Pueblo West – 24DVD, also known as Automated DVD Vending Machines (ADVM), has entered the DVD rental kiosk market. Karen Renz, president/CEO, admits they’re a latecomer, but they already have a deal with KOA to place them at their campgrounds. Their angle is that their kiosks cost about half of Redbox’s and can be placed in cafes, c-stores and non-traditional locations. Karen’s husband developed all the software that runs the kiosk. Interestingly, the DVDs are not in jewel cases, but come out singly with protective backings. A circular RFID tag on the DVDs lets the machine know when each has been removed and when it has been returned. New releases rent for $1.99 per day and after 6 months they become $0.99 per day. There is also the option to buy DVDs. Each carousel in the kiosk holds 150 DVDs. Kiosks can have up to four carousels.
 
RealTime Shredding
 
Colorado Springs – RealTime Shredding focuses on one product and does it well: manufacturing a self-service paper-shredding kiosk. The industrial shredder can also shred CDs and floppy disks. It’s quite impressive. It is fast, quiet and safe (a hand cannot get caught in the shredder). I found it fun to use. After getting a thorough demo from Johnny Podrovitz, vice president business services, I sat down with the team, including President Amanda Verrie, to discuss ideas about locations for the kiosk – grocery stores, airports, apartment complexes, offices, etc.
 
Pantel Financial Centers
 
Colorado Springs – I met with Pantel’s Linda Upcraft, director of marketing, who explained that Pantel had been acquired by friendlyway recently. She said that friendlyway will be changing their name to Pantel within the next 30-45 days. Ken Upcraft is the president & CEO of the new company, which also acquired Ignition Media, a digital signage company. Pantel places and manages e-banking kiosks (bill payment, money transfer, pre-paid debit cards, and check cashing).
 
They are targeting the Hispanic market. The e-banking kiosk for the unbanked to be rolled out shortly is painted in red, white and green (Mexico’s flag colors) with instructions in Spanish and English to attract those customers. The screen on top will have advertising, creating potential advertising revenue in addition to fees. The kiosks will mostly be placed in retail locations like convenience stores.
 
Next stop: Upstate New York.
Posted by: David Drain AT 02:11 pm   |  Permalink   |  0 Comments  |  
Monday, 24 July 2006
1.       What is a kiosk? An electronic kiosk houses a computer terminal that often employs custom kiosk software intended to function flawlessly while preventing users from accessing system functions. Kiosks may store data locally, or retrieve it from a network. Some kiosks provide free, informational public service, while others serve a commercial purpose. Some of the most common kiosk peripherals include touchscreens, audio speakers, printers, credit/debit card readers and keyboards.
 
2.       Are ATMs kiosks?  Yes, but many research companies who track the kiosk industry do not count ATMs in their numbers unless the units dispense more than cash (also known as an advanced-function ATMs). 
 
3.       How many kiosks are deployed today?  Over 800,000 kiosks have been deployed, not counting ATMs.
 
4.       How many will be deployed in the next few years?  By the end of 2008, it is projected that 1.5 million kiosks will be in deployment.
 
5.       What businesses are using kiosks?  Retail, transportation, financial services, photography, restaurants, government, etc. – virtually every segment of the public and private sectors.
 
6.       Why are businesses using kiosks? Many reasons, but to name a few: improve the customer experience, speed, order/information accuracy and timeliness, and labor savings.
 
7.       What are the most popular applications?  Digital photography, product information, airline/hotel check-in, self-checkout, quick-serve restaurant ordering and bill payment.
 
8.       How many companies (hardware, software, peripherals, components, etc.), are in the kiosk industry as a whole? 635 at last count.
 
9.       What is the ROI for a business installing a kiosk?  It varies based on the application and intent.  Some recoup their costs in a few months; others take longer than a year.  Informational kiosks that enhance the customer experience may not be intended to generate revenue or save money.
 
10.    What is the benefit of using a kiosk for a consumer?  Many reasons, but to name a few: giving the consumer a sense of control and increased speed and order accuracy.  A growing number of consumers prefer to interact with a machine over a person.
Posted by: Francie Mendelsohn AT 02:09 pm   |  Permalink   |  0 Comments  |  
Monday, 17 July 2006
People just prefer gifts from the heart. What better way to do this than personalize their memories and make gifts of them? Photo kiosks are now engineered to print everything from regular greeting cards to calendars and mugs.
 
The demand for these products grew as cameras (and camera-phones) became one of the fastest-selling consumer electronic devices ever, partly due to affordability and the proliferation of secondary industries like digital printing at retail and affordable home photo printers. Prices drop with each new model, paving the way for most households to own at least one digital camera. Upping the ante, camera manufacturers look to out-do each other not only on price, but on form and function as well, making the digital camera highly-appealing to consumers.
 
The ubiquity of digital cameras in almost every household and the rapid drop in flash memory dollars-per-byte mean that there is an amazing amount of pictures, and now video, taken at all sorts of events like weddings, graduations, birthdays and vacations.
 
Viewing JPEGs off of your PhotoCD and hitting the disc player’s ‘Next Track’ button repeatedly for about 30 photos may be tolerable, but beyond about 50 photos, you start to wonder if there is a better way to relive your Grand Canyon adventure.
 
Video, even the most amateurish homemade ones, has the ability to capture the ambience and excitement at any given event in a very different way from photos; from the moment of the kiss at the wedding, to a baby blowing out his birthday candles.
 
Added to this, the combination of abundant storage and the ability to “shoot and check” has created a generation of trigger-happy users who snap away and end up with hundreds of pictures at a single event, many of which may be pretty similar. We are now also observing, in that mix, a good measure of short video clips too. Many of these memories are precious and will end up being printed on a whole array of media. What’s sad is that these precious memories are often locked away after printing, or worse, incarcerated to a PhotoCD, never to see the light of day, nor shared and enjoyed.
 
Retailers and photo kiosk manufacturers are constantly finding ways to increase their revenue per square feet and per kiosk. Printing on T-shirts, mugs, calendars, greeting cards and other premium products and so on are all fine, but they all seem to lack some element of fun and interactivity. Photo Kiosk offerings must expand and video presents just such an opportunity
 
Kiosk users demand good quality prints, intuitive user interfaces and new innovative products that meet their evolving needs. In the younger demographics, we see video creation and public sharing taking off, in the likes of Revver and YouTube. However, the emotional satisfaction of sharing precious memories with loved ones in private will always be treasured, and video will increasingly be a medium of consideration as a complement to, not replacement of, photos. As people go to their neighborhood kiosks to process their photos, they are going to demand that the same kiosks be able to make something of their huge albums and also handle their videos too.
 
We are not spelling out the doom of photo printing. Users will always want to print some of their favorite pictures, but they will also want to archive all of the shots that they do not print for posterity. Burning these hundreds of pictures to a CD/DVD is a basic option, but to survive in an increasingly competitive photo kiosk space, kiosk operators need to provide greater value-add to increase margins. With the right choice of templates and music, these videos and pictures can be stitched into professionally created music videos. Once you have engaging user generated content, that’s when revenue generation will begin.
 
With video content, users can order a DVD to be burned, upload the video to a portal to be shared via the Internet, where their friends can place an online order for the same DVD and collect them in their neighborhood drugstore. Users can also opt to have this video saved in a more compressed format to be Bluetooth-loaded onto their mobiles, or PSP, or iPod video. This means that a single set of pictures and/or video can generate multiple products which can be ordered by more than one client in multiple locations, increasing throughput and of course, ROI.
 
We envisage more synergy between photo kiosks, the Internet and social networking sites. We strongly believe for the next few years, the inflexion point for photo kiosks’ growth will come from the increased demand for video solutions. Granted, there will be more photos taken and more prints ordered at retail kiosks, but margins for these products will be under a lot of pressure.
 
With the popularity of consumer portable video storage and playback devices, today, there are many places where users will want to fill up with their personal videos, so they can whip out that screen from their breast pocket to show a colleague a video of their baby’s first steps.  We think the visionary kiosk maker will quickly jump in to be the centre of that ecosystem: take the photos and videos from users and create engaging content out of them, then repurpose it for the myriad devices where they can then be shared.
 
These value-added capabilities can benefit both the corner photo finishing shop and the large chain drugstores as they each fulfill this need on different scales and reach.
 
As a co-founder and chief opportunities officer of muvee, Terence See helped build muvee autoProducer, the world's first automatic video editing software. Terence is also instrumental in putting muvee's products on the world map, and negotiates licensing deals with other players in the consumer electronics space. In 2000, he became the 25th Singaporean to complete the grueling 226km Ironman in Langkawi.     
Posted by: Terence Swee AT 02:08 pm   |  Permalink   |  0 Comments  |  
Monday, 10 July 2006
In last month’s column, I asked why MP3 burning and ring tone download kiosks caught on in German McDonald’s, but not the United States. Murray Macdonald, the president and chief technology officer of Storefront.com, the company that created the software in those kiosks, explained his reasoning. We'll get to that in a moment.
 
But first, I pose another question.
 
Why don’t retail stores deploy systems in the aisles? Many of them, Target for example, have info kiosks deployed. Those units, already having a barcode scanner and sitting atop the same inventory database as the POS system, are just a card reader away from becoming little cashless sales devices. Handheld Products and VeriFone both now offer integrated mini-kiosks that can do this, but it’s been possible through other means for years. Corporate Safe Specialists manufactures a small-footprint kiosk just for this purpose, that unit includes cash acceptance.
 
I can think of two reasons why retailers might not be doing this: either they’re worried about security, or they think adding additional hardware, like card swipes and receipt printers, would be cumbersome compared to the savings realized by getting customers out of the store faster. What do you think?
 
The answer to last month’s question, “Why are MP3 and ringtone kiosks popular at German McDonald’s, when their U.S. deployment failed?”

In Germany, 24 separate order stations are built into the restaurant's tables and walls. They are located throughout the eating area making them almost impossible to avoid. Even patrons who have no intention of using the kiosks end up sitting within arms-reach while eating their meal. With the touch-screen devices located within such easy reach, they can't help but play with them.  In such an environment, user engagement is a no-brainer. Once engaged, users create their order, then receive a printed ticket instructing them to proceed to one of the three nearby production stations to make an automated cash or credit card payment, and then collect their products. 

For the U.S. pilot in Oakbrook, Ill., two large traditional free-standing kiosks were located beside the stairs on the main floor, while four futuristic sit-down stations were located upstairs. In both cases, a patron was required to stop at a non-traditional location and actively engage an unfamiliar device. Indeed, it was observed that the vast majority of patrons walked right past the kiosks with a tray of food in their hands, looking for a table. Once fed, most left the location without visiting the kiosks. The systems were largely ignored. 
 
User engagement is critical. The same self-service application that succeeded in one environment failed in another largely due to hardware presentation and placement considerations. A kiosk environment must provide a practical setting in which patrons can comfortably engage the device. This was achieved at McDonald's in Germany, but not in the U.S.
 
Some customers are hesitant to engage new devices, and must feel comfortable before they do. As we have seen with photo kiosks, some customers do not want to stand out as the single user of an isolated standalone system, yet most customers will use the same system if multiple stations are available, or better yet, if everyone has one at their table. It would appear that there is a "safety in numbers" herd mentality at play. Once most patrons see others having fun tinkering with their tableside kiosk, they will follow suit. 
 
Quick Service Restaurant patrons are willing to engage media kiosks while eating, but most are unlikely to go out of their way to engage.
 
Email Murray Macdonald at 
Posted by: Bryan Harris AT 02:06 pm   |  Permalink   |  0 Comments  |  
Wednesday, 05 July 2006
Smart Power Systems, Houston – While Apollo 13 made common the catchphrase, “Houston, we have a problem,” Dana Davis, national sales manager of Smart Power Systems, told us about another problem in the self-service industry: power. Uninterruptible power supply (UPS), with an electronic power conditioner, protects against “unreliable and unsafe electrical surges and spikes,” according to their website. Davis explained to us how operating systems can lock up without this important protection.
 
TouchSystems, Hutto – North of Austin, we met with Timothy Boyd, vice president of marketing and operations for TouchSystems. The company was founded in 1996 by one of the original founders of touchscreen technology. In 2002, it spun off Touch International, which we later visited. TouchSystems develops the systems and monitors for customers such as Staples (price checker and loyalty fulfillment), Tootsie Roll (time clocks), and Miracle Ear (automated hearing machine).
 
Touch International, Austin – Touch International, with approximately 600 employees worldwide, is a manufacturer of touchscreens and touchscreen components for all types of touchscreen technology: capacitive, resistive, projected capacitive and infrared. At Touch, we got to know marketing and communications director Anne Ahola-Ward, who recently joined the firm after working for Apple Computer’s Marketing and Education Department. Though time did not allow us to tour the manufacturing facility, we could see the “clean room” through a glass window.
 
Wincor Nixdorf, Austin – The North American headquarters of this German-based company calls Austin its home. Well-known in Europe and throughout the rest of the world, the company is striving for the type of name recognition in the U.S. that companies like IBM and NCR receive. Wincor Nixdorf has 7,000 employees worldwide, with about 125 of those in the U.S. The company offers software solutions in addition to its line of POS systems, ATMs and self-service devices. Chad Wagner is now managing the company’s marketing for its retail division.
 
Pixel Magic Imaging, San Marcos – At Pixel Magic, Mark Melançon, director of product management, and Graham Eastap, VP & general sales manager, explained the workings of the 14-year-old digital imaging and photo kiosk solution provider. Pixel Magic launched its first photo kiosk in 1995 and is now ranked third in terms of U.S. installations. Founded in 1992 by David Oles and Dr. Henry Oles, the company received a majority investment in 2004 by Dai Nippon Printing (DNP) and Altech ADS Co. Ltd. With the proliferation and improvements in camera phones, Pixel sees a strong future in the photo kiosk business.
 
DynaTouch, San Antonio – After working with the U.S. Department of Defense for several years, DynaTouch has emerged as the kiosk provider of choice for all four branches of the military, plus the Department of Veterans Affairs, Indian Health Services and Internal Revenue Service. Terri McClelland, chief executive officer, explained that DynaTouch deployed its first kiosk in 1988, so it is no stranger to the business. The company now works exclusively with KIOSK (formerly known as KIS) to provide the kiosks that run on DynaTouch software. We viewed a demonstration on one of the “One Stop” kiosks created for the military and were impressed with the extensive amount of content managed.
 
MCM Corporation, San Antonio – MCM typifies the type of company that works behind the scenes making sure everything works. Managing a force of about 5,000 field technicians, MCM offers onsite repair, maintenance, remote monitoring and electronic dispatching and tracking of service calls. With only 30 employees at its headquarters, the company relies on its sophisticated management systems to be able to provide a response 24/7. One of MCM’s clients is Library Automation Technologies, which has developed a self-checkout system for library patrons.
 
In addition to the companies mentioned above, Bryan and I also met with two prospective members and three state associations representing the restaurant, travel and convenience store industries. Visiting with 12 organizations and logging over 400 miles on the road, it was an exhausting, but productive and enjoyable trip. Next stop: Colorado.
Posted by: David Drain AT 02:05 pm   |  Permalink   |  0 Comments  |  
Sunday, 25 June 2006
Juan Perez is president chief technology officer of kiosk software developer ADUSA, Inc.
 
The trend of changing from traditional ordering to self-service creates healthy debate, but also misconceptions. In the case of self-ordering, critics make believe that kiosks somehow detract from the customer experience.
 
A Chicago Sun-Times columnist writing about a deli self-ordering kiosk at his local supermarket called it “another step towards our dehumanized future.” When asked about using self-ordering to help alleviate the long lunch lines in his restaurants, the CEO of a growing sandwich chain said he wanted the long lines, because having customers waiting in long lines was a part of the restaurant’s culture. He said they can usually listen to a local musician strumming a guitar while they wait.
 
Both perspectives ignored the fact that a growing number of their customers are more concerned with convenience than with ambiance or old-fashioned retail charm.
 
Convenience is what self-service is all about. And, yes, you can have self-ordering in your supermarket or restaurant and still maintain a traditional ordering process for those customers who prefer it. Self-ordering and traditional ordering can co-exist. They complement each other well.
 
Implementing self-ordering at the supermarket deli or in the restaurant will free up resources to dedicate more time to customers using the traditional ordering method. Order accuracy, which naturally improves for self-ordering customers, now also has a chance to improve for traditional-ordering customers. Order size, which has been proven to increase for self-ordering customers, now also has a chance to increase for traditional-ordering customers. Lines are shorter and wait times are reduced. Both kinds of customers are served better. Order accuracy is improved. Retailers really can’t afford not to try out self-ordering in their stores.
 
In his column, the Sun Times columnist reminisced about when he was a boy and the butcher would give him a slice of bologna while preparing his mother’s deli order. He laments that self-ordering makes that sort of old-fashioned retail experience extinct. But he also says the self-ordering process is “efficient as heck,” and that it would be a lifesaver on a busy Saturday afternoon. He would also do well to ask a busy customer which they would value more: a few seconds of social interaction with the stranger behind the deli counter, or shaving off 10–15 minutes from their shopping trip.
 
Consumerism moves forward. There is no going back to the days of free balogna. Self-service gives the customer control and a growing number of customers, having tried it, will have it no other way.
 
Self-ordering will most likely become available in every supermarket deli and restaurant on the planet because customers will demand it. Many retailers recognize this trend and are working to integrate self-ordering into their stores and restaurants. As for the others: it’s never too late to give the customers what they want.
Posted by: Juan Perez AT 02:04 pm   |  Permalink   |  0 Comments  |  
Monday, 19 June 2006
Self-service innovation is rapidly growing and changing with no sign of slowing down. Research indicates that customers have moved from acceptance of self-service choices to demand of the technology. Clearly, it is no longer a question of whether to implement the technology, but rather where and how to do so for the most impact on customer service and return on investment (ROI).
 
It is vital that retailers understand what lies ahead for this ever-evolving technology. Three key areas of innovation are leading the way in the move to a self-everything world: footprint, new technologies and ergonomics.
 
Smaller Footprints
 
Space is an important commodity in the world of retail. Fortunately, self-checkout technology is evolving to accommodate smaller footprints. Space-restricted retailers such as convenience stores, drug stores, specialty shops and department stores can now benefit from space-saving versions of self-checkout.
 
Current, as well as future, adopters of the technology will benefit from smaller self-checkout hardware that frees up more floor space, providing opportunities to offer better customer service and improvements to the bottom line.
 
Introduction of New Technologies
 
Radio frequency identification (RFID) and other emerging technologies have launched a new wave of possibilities for self-service solutions. Examples include:
  • Enhanced payment options, including contactless (RFID-enabled) payment and fingerprint recognition, provide consumers and retailers with added convenience and efficiency
  • Integrated Electronic Article Surveillance (EAS) deactivation antennas increase customer convenience by deactivating EAS tags while ensuring security for store owners
  • Multiple language capabilities break down language barriers and open the world of self-checkout to customers across a spectrum of cultures

Looking to the future, RFID readers may someday be integrated with self-checkout, as well as assisted-service checkout, to read RFID tags on individual merchandise packages. Germany’s METRO Group has installed self-checkout with an RFID reader in its RFID Innovation Center. In this METRO Group demonstration, the self-checkout deactivates the merchandise security function of the RFID tag on selected merchandise during the scanning process, enabling customers to exit the store without triggering a security alarm.

Ergonomic Enhancement
 
With consumer acceptance no longer a barrier, technology providers and retailers are focusing more attention on improving the usability of self-checkout solutions. Look for continuing enhancements around solution design and management, to include making the user interface even faster and easier to use. Screens will provide more advanced functionality and richer multi-media content with “multi-pathing” – a feature allowing shoppers to conduct transactions in the personalized way that seems most logical to them. Hardware design will continue to provide incremental improvements to the transaction “flow” while better assisting those with disabilities.
 
Where is Your Self-Checkout Headed?
 
It’s clear that self-checkout technology is rapidly growing and evolving. For retailers who wish to stay ahead of the competition, the key to successful implementation depends on an experienced, yet innovative technology partner who knows the retail industry inside and out.
 
Mike Webster is vice president and general manager for NCR Self-Service. He leads all aspects of the self-service business for NCR’s Retail Solutions Division, including the NCR FastLane self-checkout and NCR EasyPoint kiosk lines, as well as airport self-check-in and other travel industry solutions from Kinetics, a subsidiary of NCR, and medical self-service solutions from Galvanon, an NCR company.
Posted by: Mike Webster AT 02:03 pm   |  Permalink   |  0 Comments  |  
Monday, 12 June 2006
There’s a closely guarded secret in the journalism world that really isn’t a secret to anyone who reads a great deal of journalism: Reporters are extremely opinionated. But if that confession leads you to believe you’ll gain some inside information from reading this column, by the end you will feel gypped.
 
In a newsroom, where these opinionated types congregate, they debate stuff. And one of the debates around our office has been whether U.S. consumers will adopt media-burning kiosks. Those skeptical that adoption will occur usually cite home downloading as the primary thwart.
 
Home media download creates two areas of direct competition to media downloading stations: 1) The ability to download without leaving the house, and 2) the ability to download media that is free, albeit oftentimes illegally. I’m not endorsing piracy, but it is an undeniable competitor in the marketplace. In 2003, USA Today wrote that about 4 million people were using file-swapping networks at any given time.
 
Fortunate for deployers of media kiosks, severe limits to what a person can do from home may help drive consumers to their machines. Pirated files may be poor quality (grainy movies, badly recorded sound), and the time it takes to download any thing larger than a typical three-minute song onto a home PC is daunting. Pulling a feature-length film through a consumer grade broadband connection, for example, can take all night. And unless someone is savvy about the proper protections to take, file-sharing is a good way to get a computer virus.
 
At least, then, the case for a DVD-burning kiosk seems obvious. If it can do in a few minutes what would take a PC with broadband all night to do at a questionable quality, a trip to a kiosk is warranted. What’s more, the business model is more efficient than traditional DVD sales, requiring no freight costs or shelf space, and can be offered less expensively.
 
The case is less clear when it comes to CD-burning kiosks. If you download an MP3 at home, you can buy exactly what you want, reproduced in excellent quality, for about 99 cents per song. If a person on a file-sharing network happens to get a bad copy, it only takes a couple minutes to download a different copy. Here, the skeptics have a point: Who would ever leave his house to download an MP3, or take the time while running errands? We started batting this around after McDonald’s removed its MP3 kiosk from its flagship store in Illinois. To many people, that the kiosk wouldn’t work should have been obvious from the start– it just wasn’t practical for the average person MP3 user, compared to downloading and burning at home.
 
And then there is me, whose (admittedly very weak) response to this question is: The kiosks are a hit in Germany.
 
Germany’s population is wired to the Internet as much as the U.S.’s, and boasts more Web sites than any other country. But in Germany, McDonald’s MP3 burning kiosks are very popular. It seems there must be some kind of cultural difference. Maybe Germans like hanging out and doing things at McDonald’s, whereas in the U.S. we act differently. Or, perhaps, Germans aren’t so likely to pirate media as Americans.
 
I’ve asked experts. I’ve Googled. And still, I have no clue. So this is the part where you feel gypped: I have absolutely no answer to this argument, other than to say, “It works in Germany.”
 
Perhaps you can help. If you have an idea of why media download kiosks work over there but not over here, e-mail them to .
Posted by: Bryan Harris AT 02:01 pm   |  Permalink   |  0 Comments  |  
Monday, 05 June 2006
Over the past three-plus months, I have been to trade shows in Orlando, Las Vegas and Chicago and have visited with companies in the Midwest, New England and (old) England. An observation: people tell me the grass must be greener on the other side.
 
They don’t use this expression, but essentially this is what they’re telling me. In the U.S., people have wondered out loud why America is slow to adopt things already seen in Europe. Well, I have a surprise for Americans: people I met recently in England thought that the European kiosk industry was generally behind the U.S. “What happens in America will eventually happen here,” I was told by Louise Janeway of Hemisphere West Europe. Case in point: the U.S. has had a kiosk show for 10 years and kiosk shows are now only starting to crop up in Europe.
 
So who is further along? I would say each is more advanced in certain areas. Obviously, citing the number of shows and how many years they have been in existence, the industry in North America is more mature than Europe. But that doesn’t mean Europe hasn’t been more innovative in some ways. It could certainly be argued that kiosk design in North America has been strongly influenced by sleek European design. And where would we be without engineering and manufacturing innovations from Asia?
 
It seems the U.K. at least is further along in protecting credit card users from fraud. On February 14, the U.K. government rolled out an initiative to implement chip and PIN (or smart cards) across the country. (Exceptions are being made for residents who have not received their new card and overseas visitors.) Several restaurants I’ve visited in the U.K. bring the PIN pad to the table so that the credit card never leaves the consumer’s hand.
 
According to a press release, fraud fell by 80 percent after introduction of smart cards in France. So while mass chip and PIN introduction in Europe is ahead of North America, some parts of the U.S. are leapfrogging to biometric technology (see related story: Misplaced fears impede biometric adoption). Jewel-Osco stores in the Midwest U.S., for example, have implemented biometric payment systems.
 
This “grass must be greener” theory also exists in vertical markets. While at the Retail Systems show in Chicago recently, a visitor to our booth commented that retail has been slower than other indutries to implement self-service. I also heard a similar refrain about the restaurant industry at the National Restaurant Show.
 
So which industry has adapted more self-service? It depends on your perspective. The financial industry really kicked this thing off with ATMs, which is the most widely-deployed kiosk, but did little other self-service until recently. Pay-at-the-pump, not usually seen as a kiosk, but is certainly self-service, has been around for decades. Check one off for the petroleum industry.
 
Who would have guessed that the airline industry, with all its troubles, would have been so pioneering in deploying self check-in? Or that supermarkets would lead the way with self check-out?
 
Different industries have different strengths and weaknesses. There are bright spots and innovations in all areas. You may find that you are surrounded by green grass in your part of the world or your sector of the industry once you take a closer look.
Posted by: David Drain AT 02:00 pm   |  Permalink   |  
Tuesday, 30 May 2006
Editors usually wait until the end of the year to pick favorites, but I've seen so many fascinating self-service innovations in my recent travels, I’d like to discuss some of the most interesting solutions to surface so far in 2006.
 
Government: Pay-Ease is continually upgrading its ACM (automated commerce machine) to include more new features. They’ve found a healthy market for the machines in government applications, like paying parking tickets and printing parking permits. They’ve also been testing check cashing applications. Soon, rumor has it, they’ll find another healthy market for card-printing on-demand – and it’s not the flooded loyalty card market that similar machines keep splitting. Find more information at www.pay-ease.com.
 
Healthcare: Dr. Jack Goldstein in Pawtucket, R.I. developed AutomationMed, a medical tracking system that’s deployed not only in the lobby of his clinic, where patients use it, but in the examination rooms as well. Goldstein can input medical data as he diagnoses patients. Over time, it tracks outcomes data to correlate which treatments are most effective for which problems. The program’s question fields can be swapped around for other medical specialists. The data is stored in universally recognizable formats, designed to be mined for medical research. What’s more: a doctor can cross-reference his accounting databases to see which treatments are most profitable. The software can be purchased at www.automationmed.com and deployed on a kiosk or waiting room computer.
 
Retail: The LiveSupport customer service software by Experticity, which Microsoft included at their Retail Systems booth in May is revolutionary for stores that want to offer sterling information without losing the personal touch. Meanwhile, Clarience 1:1 by Retaligent Solutions Inc., which I first saw at the NRF show in New York and, more recently, at Retail Systems in a newly upgraded form, is the end-to-end solution of choice for retailers needing to offer human service with high-tech empowerment.
 
Networking: Ventus Networks’ secure cellular financial network is a novel system. The company’s engineers have devised a way to keep their virtual private network from dropping off of the cellular system even as the signal gets rotated from tower to tower. Ventus remotely manages the ATMs on the network from their corporate headquarters in Connecticut. From there, technicians can monitor a number of key indicators from up-time to signal strength. The most recent upgrade of their cellular router can accept any kind of cellular network chip.
 
Payment: The Verifone MX870 mini-kiosk is an upgrade to the typical price checking kiosk which customers are used to seeing (or, often, not seeing, due to their size). The MX870 solves much of the invisibility problem many mini-kiosks suffer by offering sound and full-color video. It also offers Triple DES secure payment and signature capture capabilities.
 
These are just a few of many great self-service solutions, and the rest of the year will certainly yield many more.
Posted by: Bryan Harris AT 01:58 pm   |  Permalink   |  
Monday, 22 May 2006
There are many myths and misconceptions surrounding the use of biometric fingerprint authentication. Why?  People are apprehensive about biometrics and fear that biometric fingerprint readers are not secure. They are under the impression that biometric fingerprint readers can be fooled by fake fingers, or that the technology takes too long to implement and use. But the truth is, biometrics is still a more reliable and secure means than password protection for ensuring the security and privacy of digital assets.
 
While passwords are still the most pervasive tool used to secure today’s organizations, they are also the weakest link when it comes to securing corporate assets. Too often passwords are lost or shared between employees resulting in increased network vulnerability and internal fraud.  In addition, as the number of passwords per employee increases, the likelihood of them being forgotten also rises, resulting in increased IT help desk calls.
 
So let’s debunk the myths and misconceptions here, and get rid of the apprehension about biometrics.
  1. One of the most common misconceptions is that fake fingers can easily fool a fingerprint authentication system. However, with currently-available technology, the optical reader scans the fingerprint and uses an algorithm that can detect three dimensional structures so photocopies, transparencies or latent images of a fingerprint will not be accepted as valid.
  2. People fear that companies are storing fingerprint images. Enterprise authentication applications , such as Digital Persona software, do not store an actual fingerprint image, but rather identifies data points on the finger to create a stream of ones and zeros that is a unique representation of the fingerprint.
  3. People often make the assumption that someone out there has the same fingerprint they do, when in fact the chances of it happening are extremely slim. It’s estimated that the chance of two people, including twins, having exactly the same fingerprint is less than one-in-a-billion.
  4. There is concern around how biometrics addresses people who don’t have fingerprints. Truth be told, there is a rare skin disorder that affects very few people in which they don’t have an identifiable fingerprint..
  5. Organizations are often hesitant to deploy biometrics because of the concern short lifespan of the reader itself. In general, fingerprint sensors are designed in mind to last as long as the user’s PC lifecycle . As for specific durability, the Digital Persona optical sensors, for example, can withstand over a million touches with proper use and maintenance of the product
  6. Some believe that utilizing biometrics does not allow for multiple users, or that it simply takes too long..Indeed, multiple users can be authenticated on one terminal or computer in a shared computing environment, and it takes just a few hundredths of a second (in our case) to acquire, process, and verify a fingerprint once it has been scanned.
  7. Often people think that a PIN is more secure than a fingerprint system. Not true. A 4-digit PIN code has only 10,000 combinations allowing a hacker to easily cycle through these possibilities. Whereas, a reliable fingerprint system, such as from Digital Persona, having 1/100,000 (0.00001%) false acceptance rate requires the hacker to present 100,000 unique touches to break the system.
 
So as you can see, despite these myths, fingerprint authentication avoids many of the security issues associated with passwords and tokens and is less susceptible to human error. Fingerprints cannot be “guessed,” shared or written down and users don’t have to think up a “strong” fingerprint, so the security of the metric doesn’t depend on human effort. People cannot forget their fingerprints like they do passwords, which helps to eliminate IT help desk calls.  Because biometric technologies use a physical characteristic instead of something to be remembered or carried around, they are convenient for users and less susceptible to misuse than other authentication measures.
 
Vance Bjorn, Chief Technology Officer and Co-Founder of Digital Persona, co-developed the core algorithm and technology.  As CTO, he is responsible for evolving the features and technology of Digital Persona’s product line via business development activities and the development of prototypes.
Posted by: Vance Bjorn AT 01:57 pm   |  Permalink   |  0 Comments  |  
Monday, 15 May 2006
An easy way to compute demand is to look around for a big line of people. If the people in the line have money, and the line occurs constantly in a certain circumstance, you’ve found a good venue for the next big thing in kiosks.
 
That’s what made the most successful kiosk in history, the ATM, so successful: a lot of people who definitely had money (given that they all had bank accounts) were tired of standing in line, and the banks wanted to save the man hours it took to service them all.
 
Since then, grocers, retailers and airports have done similar things in similar situations and realized similar benefits in cost savings and service increases. We can now look at a few different verticals and see more next-big-things on the way.
 
Common use check-in: Airport self-check-in has become so successful, the kiosks now have long lines of their own. What’s worse, service at the airport, aggravated by security concerns, is deficient compared to other service industries. Airports themselves tend to be crowded, making space optimization a priority. Enter common use check-in kiosks. Imagine everyone in that big line diffused across every check-in kiosk in the building, each unit featuring the ability to check in a passenger on any flight from any airline there. The crowd disappears, customers are more satisfied and space is no longer wasted.
 
The driving force behind this concept is the International Air Travel Association, which has developed the Common Use Self-service Standard (CUSS) to facilitate integration and communication of airport check-in kiosks. The IATA has made CUSS integration one of its top priorities, with a stated goal of persuading 15 more airports to implement it in 2006. Major industry players like association-member NCR’s subsidiary Kinetics, which builds the majority of airport check-in hardware, are vying for a slice of the CUSS-compliant kiosk market.
 
Hotel check-in: Already, major hotel chains are deploying kiosks allowing guests to check-in from the airport instead of the front desk and print room key cards on the spot. This expedites hotel check-in, reducing lines at the front desk and freeing up hotel staff for other tasks. It’s especially useful for travelers doing a short stay, with very little luggage in tow, who can go straight to their destination (for example, the floor of a convention) without taking an extra cab ride to the hotel and standing in line to check in first. And they need not only be at the airports: on-site check-in kiosks will help alleviate lines at peak arrival times.
 
Medical check-in: Relieving lines for patient convenience is only part of the reason this technology will soon become widespread. It can improve patient safety by making medical records more portable. For example, after medical data is gathered by a kiosk it can be downloaded onto a USB thumb drive in a standard (i.e. XML) format that a patient can carry on a keychain or lanyard. If that person shows up at a hospital incapacitated, caregivers can quickly access his or her complete medical history.
 
On the back-end, these kiosks can offer complete treatment and financial tracking, including the cost and profit of treatment for different patients and illnesses.
 
Of course, there are enormous crowds of people who aren’t as easy to see, and finding them is a little trickier. For example, c-stores have realized that many customers often don’t use banks. About a third of American residents fit this category. Financial kiosks, offering services like billpay and money-order printing, have become widespread as they try to draw more foot traffic into stores, where the high-margin items reside, since another successful self-service solution, pay-at-the-pump, has deterred many drivers only to the gas – a low-margin item.
 
Now companies are catering to another big crowd of people with money: immigrant workers wanting to send money home. According to The Pew Research Center, 40 million money transfers occurred from the United States to Mexico in 2003, totaling about $16 billion. Now, financial kiosk companies are trying to capitalize on that market.
 
We’ll see many more next-big-things advancing rapidly as well: pay-by-phone, biometric payment and RFID, for example. For now, deployers line up to service the crowds.
Posted by: Bryan Harris AT 01:54 pm   |  Permalink   |  0 Comments  |  
Monday, 08 May 2006
Editor Bryan Harris and I continued our mission to spend one week a month visiting members, this time to Connecticut and Rhode Island. It was a highly productive trip as we were able to visit with nine companies over three days. For each of us, it was our first time to visit these small, but beautiful states. Here’s a recap:

JDEvents.GIF
The JD Events staff, left to right: Jessica Tendler, Joelle Coretti, Lawrence Dvorchik and Joel Davis.

JD Events, Trumbull, Conn. – First up was JD Events, organizers of the annual KioskCom show. Since the Las Vegas show had recently been completed, we found a relaxed and easygoing staff who welcomed us warmly to their office. Lawrence Dvorchik, who works from New Jersey and normally spends Mondays in the Connecticut office, drove up on Tuesday instead so he could meet with us. We met in JD Events President Joel Davis’ office. On Joel’s wall is inscribed the words “The great pleasure in life is doing what people say you cannot do,” which Joel says captures his competitive spirit. Following our meeting, we had lunch on the patio in the spring sunshine at a lovely Spanish restaurant called Barcelona.

Ventus.GIF
Ventus Networks President and CEO Keith Charette with SSKA executive director David Drain.

Ventus Networks, Norwalk, Conn. – At new member Ventus Networks, we met with president/CEO Keith Charette, and Lynda Barton, office manager. Keith explained that Ventus developed a method to use cellular networks for wireless Internet connections to self-service devices like ATMs and kiosks. Cellular towers are made to be shared, he explained, and users are passed from tower to tower and sometimes dropped in the process. Ventus invented a way to maintain that connection. They started manufacturing routers when they could not find the product they needed to make it work. The networks are encrypted and remotely monitored. We stood in the control room and viewed a live connection with an ATM in a Houston CVS.
Pitney Bowes, Stamford, Conn. – At the corporate headquarters of this Fortune 500 company, we met with Anne Coyle, director of new business development. Everyone knows Pitney Bowes for their mailing systems. They also have 1,900 certified technicians in the field who are trained in installing, maintaining and repairing systems that consist of CPUs and printers, like most kiosks. Pitney Bowes is the authorized provider for Datamax, Dell, HP, Lexmark and Zebra. Out of Pitney Bowes’ last 15 acquisitions most have been software companies, demonstrating the firm’s diversification. The company will also be releasing a postal shipping kiosk shortly that should make waves in the industry.
Selling Machine Partners, Old Lyme, Conn. – Alex Richardson, managing director of consulting firm Selling Machine Partners and current president of our association, picked us up from our hotel in New Haven and showed us around the campus of Yale where he received his MBA. As founder of Netkey, Alex’s team won over 40 industry awards. He now consults to several big names in retail on deploying a self-service or assisted selling strategy through multiple channels. Over dinner, Alex asked Bryan and I about our impressions of the industry since joining it a few months ago. We both responded enthusiastically about its interesting nature and growth potential.
Practical Automation, Milford, Conn. – Bob Donofrio, sales and marketing manager, gave us a tour of Practical Automation’s manufacturing facility. In business for 40 years, the company started manufacturing thermal printers about 15 years ago. Bob told us that about 95% of airline check-in kiosks use Practical Automation’s printers. He said that we will begin seeing the wide format ticket more often since it holds more paper and prints faster than the long format. Since the kiosk printer market is quite competitive, I asked Bob how they differentiate themselves. His response was that in addition to high quality, the firm’s engineers work directly with customers to develop custom solutions. They are also one of the few (if not the only) company to manufacture in the USA.
Netkey, Branford, Conn. – Miller Newton, CEO, and Bob Ventresca, director of marketing, gave us an impressive presentation on Netkey’s software solutions provided to Fortune 500 companies such as Target (8,000 kiosks), JC Penney (1,800 gift registries), Home Depot (a gift card kiosk for malls that was completed in eight weeks from concept to completion), Swift Transportation and BMW. Netkey developed Borders’ popular “Title Sleuth” kiosk, which has been in use for over five years and is being rebranded as “Borders Search.” Bryan asked Miller what he saw as the next big wave. His answer: postal self ordering, digital merchandising (interactive, not passive) and human resources.
AutomationMed, Pawtucket, R.I. – After touring Connecticut, we traveled up to Rhode Island to meet with an orthopedic surgeon named Jack Goldstein. While Dr. Goldstein has an active practice, his passion for years has been developing medical automation software and a medical kiosk that collects data from patients for medical outcomes or “pay for performance measures.” All the patient rooms in Dr. Goldstein’s office where outfitted with a computer so the doctors and nurses could input patient data directly into the system without the paperwork. Also tied into the network is billing information, so not only could he tell you who, when and what a patient came in for, but he could tell you the outcome, cost of treatment and the amount of the invoice.
MontegoNet, Portsmouth, R.I. – On day three, we met Tim Kearns, MontegoNet’s director of marketing. He showed us some of MontegoNet’s kiosks, including the iBank line for self-service banking. We also saw a kiosk they’ve developed for Care Pages, a company that offers a free website to help family and friends post updates and messages for someone who is in the hospital. Tom Smith, president and co-founder, and Rick Wessels, EVP of marketing and sales, talked to us in between meetings they had going on that day. We knew we would see them later as we were invited to the company’s 10-year anniversary party later that evening. (See related story, MontegoNet celebrates 10-year cruise).

Swecoin.GIF
Swecoin's Kevin Kent with SSKA executive director David Drain.

Swecoin, Middletown, R.I. – Just down the road from MontegoNet, we visited the U.S. office of Swecoin, a Swedish manufacturer of thermal printers. At Swecoin, we sat down with Kevin Kent, director of business development. Kevin explained that Swecoin focuses solely on kiosks and has the largest market share in Europe with 25% of its worldwide sales coming from the U.S. Swecoin printers can be found at Disney World and in Coinstar’s popular coin counting kiosk. With inkjet technology from HP, Swecoin has recently developed a high-quality, letter-sized color kiosk printer (up to 4800 dpi), capable of printing up to 15 pages per minute. Printers are key components in a kiosk. If the printer doesn’t work, or is out of paper, the kiosk is broken in the eyes of the consumer.
My next road trip will take me to jolly old England where I will “hire” a car and attempt to drive on the left side of the road. Britons beware.
Posted by: David Drain AT 01:52 pm   |  Permalink   |  0 Comments  |  
Monday, 01 May 2006
Every year businesses spend millions creating and promoting brands and trademarks. These brands convey the essence of their products, creating and reinforcing customer perceptions. With the proliferation of kiosks and interactive devices, businesses now have a new marketing tool. When it comes to kiosks, businesses can expand branding into an interactive experience — adding dimensional depth and texture to their product.

Branding Options 1-2-3

Stock units are generically produced and warehoused for future orders from existing inventory, meaning that the branding opportunity consists essentially of limited paint color options and a logo decal. Even though limited in scope, this still can be a good opportunity to maximize the value of an economically priced, quick to market option.

Semi-stock units are generally modular, allowing for a range of equipment alternatives. Sometimes semi-stock units allow for design iterations that provide more color or brand options, customized wraps, decorative overlays and different finishes. This allows for more unique and identifiable signage within the design’s parameters. A good option for smaller quantities, allowing for a near-custom look with stock quantity minimums.

Custom units are purposefully designed, engineered and built for each specific project. They offer the client absolute control over the entire unit’s look and feel. The client is the exclusive owner of the enclosure design, so that enclosure never will be used by a competitor or for any other project as a stock unit may be. Use of materials, colors and graphic elements is almost limitless. While this process can be economical in larger production quantities, it is generally more costly than stock or semi-stock for small quantities. While the client needs to allow additional time for the development cycle (four to eight weeks longer than for stock), the return on that time investment is a unit purpose-built to promote the client’s brand and product.
As an industry, kiosk deployers already acknowledge the importance of creating branded kiosk software. Even the most basic kiosk software tool kit allows for customizing the user interface and integrating client logos and graphics. So if we understand the value of a branded interface, then why do we as an industry so often overlook the value of branded enclosure design? Branding is a powerful tool that can be integrated into almost any kiosk, and when done well, can significantly increase its effectiveness and value.

Kiosk enclosures fall into three basic categories: stock, semi-custom and custom, according to the level of branding. However, while it is easy to see high-profile, custom designed enclosures as examples of good brand integration (and some of them truly are outstanding), it is important to note that an effective, integrated brand message is not necessarily limited to custom work. Most enclosures — stock, semi-custom or custom produced — can effectively convey the intended message when the client simply follows a few basic steps during the planning phase of the kiosk project.

Step 1: Articulate the message. In the same way that step one in making a business case for any kiosk project is to define the ROI (return on investment), step one for the marketing aspects of the project is to define the ROP, return on perception. The client needs to define what perception they want the customer to have when they see the kiosk, use the kiosk and what they will take away and remember of the experience. Whatever the client wants to convey (for example: strength, fun, service, excitement, safety), the manufacturer can’t build it until the client defines it.

Step 2: Create a collaborative environment for the vendors. To obtain a fully-integrated experience for the user, vendors need to work together to share brand assets. Too often clients fall into the trap of “which to do first — enclosure or software?” The most effective methodology is to develop each in tandem, with a free exchange of ideas between the software developer and hardware/enclosure providers. This produces an integrated solution where the software and hardware become a seamless experience for the user.

Step 3: Just because you can, doesn’t mean you should. Keep it simple — and that means everything. Sophisticated technologies in both the software and hardware realm offer a dizzying array of possibilities for functionality and design. The kiosk that tries to do too much and offers too many options can easily become overwhelming and leave users confused to the point where they do nothing and walk away. The same holds true for branding and design elements.

The brand standards manuals of most companies are a treasure trove of colors and graphics, making it tempting to use it all. Don’t. Integration of different materials is a hallmark of good design, and most well-designed branded kiosks will consist of a mix of appropriate materials, like metals and plastics with a range of finishes and graphic treatments. But restraint is key in creating an effective message — one clear message is the most powerful, so it is important to define one concept or message the kiosk is to convey and stick to it, regardless of how many trademarks and taglines are in the company marketing manual.

Integrating thoughtful branding into kiosk and interactive projects is an import element in elevating a neutral transaction into a loyalty-building, brand-enhancing experience for customers and prospective customers. The necessary elements likely already exist within the client company, and with some planning and good communication of expectations, every kiosk can be elevated from a plain box to an effective brand-building device.
Posted by: Sandy Nix AT 01:51 pm   |  Permalink   |  0 Comments  |  
Monday, 24 April 2006
Many grocery chains are deploying self-service kiosks throughout their stores. But are the myriad applications on these kiosks really delivering value to customers and retailers?
 
For the past several years, a number of solution providers and grocery retailers have experimented with kiosk self-service. And the most important information obtained from these experiments is customer response. Customers like some applications and dislike others.
 
Two applications in-particular – deli self-ordering and recipe or meal solution recommendations - stand out for the value and convenience they provide the customer and the ROI they deliver to the retailer. They should, therefore, take precedence – not be buried beneath other, less-profitable applications.
 
With deli kiosks, a customer places an order, continues shopping, and later swings by to pick up the finished order — a very productive and efficient process. But it’s also important that the application keep the customer returning to the store.
 
An ideal deli self-order application features all the content and bells and whistles that make it the most convenient and productive option for the customer.
 
Those features include:
  • Speed and ease of use
  • Up-to-date content, especially for pricing and inventory status
  • Order history that shows frequently ordered items
  • The up-sell and cross-sell of other products and services
  • Ability to use a loyalty card or PIN to view buying history and/or receive special offers
  • Ability to shop by dietary needs, such as low-sodium, gluten-free and low-carb
  • Ability to order all deli items, not just meats and cheeses, for instance
Finally, the deli application should have robust admin/maintenance capabilities, and it should be tightly integrated with the deli’s scale-management system.

Recipe recommendations help busy customers get quick suggestions for meals and are extremely well used. An ideal software solution, for example, would allow a customer to scan a package of ground beef and quickly receive several recipes for beef. The customer then selects and prints one or more of the recipes, which includes an ingredients list.
 
Like the deli application, the recipe application must be robust enough to keep customers coming back.
 
Those two applications are the “killer apps” for self-service in the grocery store. And while the self-ordering model also could be deployed in other grocery departments, such as bakery, meat or seafood, self-service in the deli makes the most sense, because it provides returns and convenience for the retailer and customer.
 
No other self-service application deployed in grocery stores has equal potential for the high utilization rates and ROI that the deli and recipe applications have.
 
How does a retailer formulate strategies for deploying self-service kiosk applications? Start small, with two to four kiosks for deli self-ordering, recipes and, perhaps, bakery self-ordering.
 
A good approach is to front the applications with a common custom-branded portal, or user interface, that facilitates maintaining a consistent look-and-feel.
 
Another point: Try leveraging any existing Web or e-commerce presence. That can be as sophisticated as establishing multi-channel transactions that function across both the Web and kiosk or as simple as making the two platforms merely look similar.
 
Self-service is about convenience, speed of use and productivity. Retailers should be wary of overloading the kiosks with too many applications and essentially overwhelming customers with too many options. This will confuse and frustrate the customer and leave a bad impression of self-service. A customer who is frustrated is not likely to return to that kiosk, or worse, to that store. Essentially, retailers should start with proven self-service applications and build from there, letting customers dictate which self-service options should be added.
Posted by: Juan Perez AT 01:50 pm   |  Permalink   |  0 Comments  |  
Monday, 10 April 2006

bob.jpgThe writer is an executive vice president and general manager with NetWorld Alliance, which publishes this site as well as Self-Service World and KioskMarketplace.
 
Retail’s current form is weakening and will not survive.
 
There is a silver lining, but for now and for most retailers, there’s a black cloud. The customer’s retail experience has devolved to a point that mere adequacy is the best that can be expected, and that minimum standard is inconsistently evident. Many stores are uninspired, often with poor environment, poor display, inadequate selection, inadequate information, out-of-stock merchandise, poorly-executed merchandising, less-than-knowledgeable sales staff and clogged checkout lanes. Poor retail service exists at mom-and-pops, the big boxes, the bigger boxes, QSR (quick serve restaurants) -- almost everywhere that retail bricks are joined by mortar.
 
Increasingly, traditional retailers miss sales opportunities while customers exert direct transactional control, getting exactly what they want by buying online. They simply log into the fully-personalized Internet experience and shop on their own schedules, while receiving directly targeted branding messages everywhere they click.
 
Success trickles out of the traditional retail model because most stores are not evolving as rapidly as the marketplace.
 
Admittedly, good retail is hard to do.
 
It’s hard to sustain commercial difference in the minds of demanding, fickle customers. Tough and creative competition surrounds most retailers, and sub-five-percent margins barely let retailers breathe.
 
With recent thoughts based on my 23-year experience working in retail and with more than 2,000 retailers, and stemming from lessons I have learned while co-owning and managing part of a media organization devoted to the self-service and kiosk industry, I ask retail executives to consider a vision that will provide far greater success.
 
The vision will be realized when a well-integrated strategy of self-service and assisted self-service technology and solutions are deployed. This is not the bias of an industry insider: it is profitable, time-tested reality that forward-thinking organizations use to generate ROI today.
 
The self-service investment consistently proves its value: pay-at-the pump at c-stores, ATMs, photo kiosks, airline ticketing devices, grocery and retail self-checkout and today’s rapid growth of digital signage. And yet, the retail industry is slow to adopt.
 
What they have adopted is a frustrated attitude toward service. It’s perceived as too hard to find, train and keep qualified sales associates. Many leading retailers have a diminished vision of service, and the customer can tell. Increasingly in the future, more enlightened retailers will steal those customers.
 
If retailers wonder how self-service can extend their brands, consider how museums attract crowds by making seemingly boring textbook theories into lively, immersive experiences. Car batteries and broccoli aren’t anymore appealing than scientific axioms. But an interactive, hands-on experience brings life to any of them. The most seemingly mundane products draw more customers when presented on branded multimedia kiosks, surrounded by dynamic, animated digital signage, offering the customer as much information as desired when buying. While this technological explosion envelops all age groups, it especially grabs the young demographics precious to retail.
 
Let’s move from big box to smart box, building smaller stores offering more products with better service: hire fewer people, use customer-facing devices. We’ll combine the kiosks and digital signage for a more dynamic, focused customer experience.
 
Let’s use the kiosks to train the employees with procedures, involving them in corporate culture and equipping them with product knowledge in the downtime.
 
Let’s convert our stores to surpass the current brand. If our current brand is insufficient to resonate with today’s customer to a high degree, we should change it, and extend it more effectively throughout the marketplace.
 
Let’s create a true retail experience where the customer is honored based on what they want, rather than delivering the options we hope they want based on what seems reasonable to deliver.
 
Let’s provide a creative environment within our stores, appropriate to products and services, with an experience that is better and more-evolved than the slower competition. This unique first-person experience will be impossible to duplicate on the Internet.
 
Let’s use digital signage to grab customers’ senses at the front of the store, perfectly relaying the brand experience – intrigue, excitement, mystery – through the best sales media of all: customers’ emotions.
 
Let’s take a clean sheet of paper and design the whole store to convey the experience through kiosks and digital signage. Let’s create this smarter buyer experience across more store locations and off-site kiosks, with great economic leverage. Make the entire digital signage and kiosk experience into a single, powerful message, managed strategically by enlightened executives and operated tactically by one person at one computer using thoughtful, well-designed software.
 
Let’s provide the ultimate in product information, choice, comparison, and demonstration in a way outmatching anything found at current stores, or ever on the web.
 
Let’s create this useful content in close proximity to the products to which the information relates.
 
Let’s employ highly effective merchandising techniques on display devices to cross-sell, up-sell, and accentuate merchandise. Retailers will quickly enjoy what Coke has learned at quick service restaurants: when beverages are encouraged or up-sold by effective and consistent self-service devices, beverage sales increase at least 15 percent.
 
Let’s create targeted product information providing an effective sales relationship. Let’s make the content truly useful for purchasing, and not inappropriately focused in its own flash factor.
 
Take for example an appliance store. We need only one washer and dryer pair to offer a brand’s look and feel, associated with the appropriate product information provided by self-service devices or from a knowledgeable, well-trained salesperson using assisted-selling devices. Having multiple products from many brands displayed is unnecessary for almost any type product, and costly in many ways.
 
Let’s sell music, movies, games and software burned locally on the fly, or offer listening and viewing stations with the merchandise warehoused in floor-to-ceiling shelving in the back room, eliminating costlier display space.
 
Let’s hire fewer people in these smart boxes, and recruit with instant profiling capabilities provided through in-store HR kiosks, querying for career-oriented personnel, and let’s use the money we save by selling smart to pay better. Let’s create pride by using self-service to hire the best people, offer them the best training and empowering them with the best tools.
 
Let’s imagine a better way. Let’s accept a new, better vision. Let’s feel  pride through the orchestration of this vision.  Let’s better understand the current customer plight and catch up to the way they want to do business.
 
The shoppers won’t wait much longer, and while you’re reading this, so is your competition.
 
Bob Fincher can be e-mailed at .

Posted by: Bob Fincher AT 01:48 pm   |  Permalink   |  0 Comments  |  
Monday, 03 April 2006
Editor Bryan Harris and I returned from Chicago recently having taken our first of several planned member visits. We met with four SSKA member companies. Each company graciously welcomed us in their offices, told us about their products and some of their challenges and we shared with them the latest plans and activities of the association. Here’s a brief recap from our trip:
 
DNI Marketing, St. Charles, IL – CEO Jeff Pacelt and four other members of his staff met with us in their conference room for an overview of the company and an engaging discussion about the industry. DNI creates custom-built, in-store displays and has added interactive kiosks to their line up. Their strength lies in branded enclosure design. “If someone needed a kiosk shaped like a spoon, we could do it,” said Rod Carrico, VP of targeted accounts.
 
Chicago_Member_Pics_002.jpg
DNI Marketing: SSKA executive director David Drain with The DNI Marketing Group CEO Jeff Pacelt.
 
Pay-Ease, Roselle, IL – Dean Scaros, president, gave us a demonstration of their Automated Commerce Machine. With a touch screen, card reader, keypad, cash dispenser, bill and coin acceptor, card dispenser, decal dispenser, credit card reader, speaker, check reader and receipt printer, this kiosk had more functions than a Swiss Army knife. Bill pay, loyalty card, gift cards and stored-value debit cards are just some of the functions possible with these units. We were especially impressed when the machine printed a parking permit decal for the City of Milwaukee.
 
Chicago_Member_Pics_003.jpg
Paying with ease: Pay-Ease president Dean Scaros demonstrates the company's advanced financial kiosk to SSKA executive director David Drain.
 
Adusa, Lombard, IL – We met with Juan Perez, president and chief technology officer of Adusa, which began in 1995 offering consulting and systems integration for grocery stores. In 1999, the company entered the self-service industry by producing a deli-ordering system for one of its customers. Their biggest customer is now Kroger and they are developing web and kiosk software for the quick-serve, fast-casual and casual-dining segments of the restaurant industry. Perez shared with us a March 28 article from CNNMoney.com called “Dining trends: Self-service=quick service” in which he was quoted.
 
Corporate Safe Specialists, Posen, IL – For our last visit, we drove just south of Chicago to meet with CSS President Ed McGunn. McGunn, who is also a vice president with the association, regaled us with his American dream story of beginning his safe business in his garage in 1988. After landing Blockbuster as a client, he committed to delivering a safe to each Blockbuster store as that chain was on a mission to open a new unit each day. He didn’t have a contract with the video store behemoth, but he was told he could keep the business so long as he could keep delivering safes. That relationship lasted 11 years. CSS entered the self-service industry several years ago when a client asked for remote access to his safes. In addition to the traditional safes the company continues to build, they now offer biometrics, bill handling software and a self-checkout kiosk accepting various methods of payment integrated with a keyless lock safe. The business McGunn and his younger brother started in 1988 has now grown to 62 employees with clients around the world.
 
Chicago_Member_Pics_029.jpg
Safe at home: Corporate Safe Specialists president and CEO Ed McGunn, far right, leads a tour of his company's assembly operation.
 
Our goal is to visit members one week a month this year. Bryan and I are already scoping out our next member visits for the New England area. Who knows, we might be coming to a town near you.
 
I know many of you are preparing to head out to Las Vegas for KioskCom. At last count, there were 63 member companies set to exhibit at next week’s show. I look forward to meeting you there.
Posted by: David Drain AT 01:46 pm   |  Permalink   |  0 Comments  |  
Monday, 27 March 2006
When Bryan Harris asked me to write a piece for SelfService.org he provided the following summary of the topic: “The evolution of kiosk enclosures, as form and function are beginning to converge.”
 
Since I am known for designing ultra-custom kiosks this may seem like an odd response, but the first word that jumped in to my head was “commodity.” My gut told me design convergence probably makes sense for the kiosk industry, even if it doesn’t make sense for my company. Related products like ATMs have become commodities, so why shouldn’t kiosks follow the same path? Just where is the kiosk industry on the road from bleeding edge to commodity? More to the point: If kiosks are all going to end up looking the same, should I be out looking for a new job? I set out to compare our industry to its common ancestors such as the vending machines, Automats (http://www.theautomat.net/) and the ATM, hoping to shed some light on where we are headed.
 
I called up a contact to explore self-service the way it was before touch screens and the Internet. During a late summer blizzard I visited the warehouse and showroom of a national distributor of traditional vending machines. The reason I originally contacted the owner was simple: I noticed the products they shipped every day looked like kiosks, so would they be interested in selling and supporting some of our higher-volume products? He wasn’t. Standing among the forklifts and cluttered workbenches a second time, the similarities to the kiosk industry again struck me. The design issues, manufacturing methods, distribution infrastructure and maintenance processes were almost identical. Many of the components are similar. The biggest physical difference between kiosks and vending machines is the extensive use of complex electro-mechanical devices in vending equipment. As I looked at the tangle of wiring in a giant pop machine I thought to myself: “these are really complicated! It would be easy for these folks to build kiosks.” So why hadn’t they been interested?
 
I was told the modern form of the vending machine was developed and deployed widely before WW II and therefore the economics are almost perfectly understood today. Industrial consolidation and product convergence happened to vending in the 50’s. What impressed me most about the meeting? It was how well he understood his business. He knew a good location from a bad one, a good machine from a bad one and a good customer from a bad one. He knew who had been successful, why, where and when. In the showroom there were vending machines from many different companies and he knew every one like an old friend.
 
Vending machine builders have factories, engineers, sales channels and infrastructure that most kiosk makers can only dream about. Vending machine builders could have been in the forefront of the kiosk industry, yet few vending machine builders attend kiosk trade shows. Interestingly the company president expressed dismay at the fact that his suppliers missed out on the kiosk business. He felt he didn’t understand the business of kiosks well enough to succeed. He depended on the suppliers to spend the money to create the products he sells. I wondered if the vending machine industry missed out on the kiosk boom, or ignored it on purpose. I mentioned that I thought a technological convergence happening with vending machines and kiosks; I have seen vending machines equipped with attract monitors, touch screen interfaces and internet enabled remote monitoring devices. Then it occurred to me: By adopting new technology, the vending industry was actually “de-converging.” I concluded that as a mature industry with low margins, the vending industry has been waiting out the kiosk storm, waiting for the “bleeding edge” phase to end. They think of themselves as a commodity business; so they behave like one.
 
Closer relatives
 
To better understand what is happening to kiosks it is worth looking at the evolution of a closer relative:  The ATM. To the users of ATMs design convergence has meant a reduction in the number of different machines, reduced learning curves and decreasing user confusion. Today there are only a few ATM configurations in common use, adoption is almost complete and the technology is no longer considered leading edge, or even noteworthy. Remarkably, no single design of the user interface has become the standard, so there is still a learning curve involved in using some ATMs. Convergence of the ATM has resulted in competition for fees from every corner grocery store able to afford one. Incidentally the history of ATMs exposes the downside: convergence is bad for manufacturers because it eliminates unique selling propositions, reduces margins, lowers the bar and allows low quality producers in to the marketplace. The marketplace drove ATM profitability resulting in a profusion of low-cost, poorly-maintained free market ATMs and a corresponding reduction in security and service quality. Vendors commonly use 30 or more types of ATM and there are probably plenty more. Why hasn’t convergence reduced this to half a dozen models?
 
Kiosks
 
Many of the same effects described above are apparent in the kiosk industry. The public acceptance of ATMs and increasing availability of applicable technology led to an explosion of self-serve technology in sectors like retail. We know early entrants into the kiosk market included dysfunctional public internet access terminals, awkward photo finishing kiosks and ticket machines that didn’t provide a ticket. Costs soared, results dwindled and some customers moved on. Some buyers felt that the answer to low ROI lay in reducing the cost of the kiosk itself and price pressure inevitably delivered low-end stock kiosks to the market. In my opinion these units generally suffer from the jack-of-all-trades, master-of-none problem and the lack of design differentiation fails to provide owners with differentiation for their product. As the industry matures and develops the capability of delivering well-conceived and well-built self-serve technology, returns grow dramatically. The self-checkout stations now found in places like Home Depot cost a bundle, but the units satisfy the customers and save the owners money, so they have a future. Kiosk designed for specific roles can now be found in almost every sector, from air travel to education and health care.
 
So are we close to the point where kiosks are a “commodity” with a common form factor, common components and common interfaces? Are we seeing an unstoppable process that will lead to kiosks becoming standardized commodities just like ATMs and vending machines? As we have seen this hasn’t happened to vending machines and ATMs, so it is even less likely to happen to kiosks, which must handle a wider variety of roles.
 
Bright future for designers
 
Jack of all trades, master of none applies to the kiosk industry as much as it applies to handymen. To respond to the range of applications and price/value relationships in the market, vending machines and ATMs are still made by dozens of companies in many models and many countries. The rules are no different for kiosks. The vast range of situations in which self-serve technology can serve a useful purpose requires an equally vast range of original self-serve solutions since each kiosk application has such specific criteria that stock kiosks running stock software are unlikely to suit any job really well. Our answer at The Kiosk Factory has been to produce custom kiosks for certain applications and modular kiosks for all the others. Do we expect to find a large market for a stock model? No. We think the answer to the problem of effectiveness is not to abandon differentiation, but rather to embrace diversity. We don’t want to end up like the vending machine companies, finding find ourselves struggling to adapt.
Posted by: Julian Brown AT 01:44 pm   |  Permalink   |  0 Comments  |  
Monday, 20 March 2006
I’m pleased to report that membership is at an all-time high of 193. This total is comprised of 172 vendors, three deployers, and 18 individuals. What’s apparent is that our association has appealed to those who provide self-service solutions (vendors). In the coming months, we plan to explore the value proposition for those purchasing and implementing self-service (deployers). To do this, we will be talking to as many deployers as possible to determine the benefits sought and gained by membership in our organization.
 
For our vendors, there are a few simple, but compelling reasons to join and remain a member. These reasons include:
  • Listing in the membership directory (searchable alphabetically and by product category)
  • Access to Requests for Proposal (RFP) submitted through our site
  • Substantial discounts on trade shows, advertising, research reports and more
  • Ability to be profiled for a case study or feature
  • Press release postings in our news section
I have to wonder, though, are you taking full advantage of these benefits? Are you responding to the RFPs that come your way? Does your company have a mechanism in place for handling RFPs as they come in? Did you know that you have the ability to use the SSKA logo on your Web site or in print?
 
As I mentioned in my last letter, there are three distinct ways you can get the most of out of your membership right now:
  1. Contact our editor, Bryan Harris, at . Introduce yourself if you haven’t already and talk to him about getting your company in the news, features or case studies sections of our website.
  2. Contact Advisory Board Member Alex Richardson at with information about your company’s involvement with a well-known brand for inclusion in our promotional campaign, “The Best Service is Self-Service.”
  3. Contact me at to learn how you can get involved in one of our committees. This is your opportunity to impact the industry in a positive way.
 
I want to add to that another action item – review your company’s listing in our member directory.
  • Do we have the right representatives from your company in our database? In addition to your primary delegate, you can list up to four other delegates.
  • Do we have the right contact information, including mailing address, telephone, fax and e-mail?
If you have any changes to your listing, please contact Diana Sexson at and she will update it immediately.
 
Remember, with membership organizations, you get out of it what you put into it. Make sure you are maximizing the benefits from your organization.
Posted by: David Drain AT 01:42 pm   |  Permalink   |  0 Comments  |  
Saturday, 11 March 2006
When J.C. Penney decided to reinvigorate its brand, it harnessed kiosk technology and a trendy marketing strategy to do it. The company is renting 1 Times Square, the historic former New York Times building and perennial site of New York’s New Year’s bash, and installed a “pop-up” store that opened on March 3 and will close on March 26.
 
The store inhabits 15,000 square feet on the three lower floors and employs two 18-foot tall ads on the side of the building. Inside, there are 22 kiosks, 18 digital signs and 96 mannequins. USA Today described entering the store as like walking into a commercial.
 
It’s a new jingle for a company that, after losing $928 million in 2003, seemed to be singing its swan song.
 
Individual pieces of merchandise are displayed as if in a museum. Gone are the classic clothing racks of yore. To make a purchase, a customer uses a kiosk and the goods are shipped from off-site to his or her home.
 
J.C. Penney’s pop-up store sits just a couple blocks away from the Virgin Megastore, another landmark self-service deployment, with 150 self-service listening stations.
 
It’s no coincidence that enormous companies are deploying kiosks to create next-generation customer experiences in a crossroads of American commerce. Likewise, it’s no coincidence that enormous companies are banking on self-service products. At the recent National Retail Federation’s “Big Show” in New York City, NCR’s Nelson Gomez, vice president of self-service solutions for North America, said self-service will be NCR’s double digit growth vehicle for 2006.
 
Gomez’ estimation isn’t solitary. Analysts predict nine percent growth in the self-service industry this year. System developers expect a boom year. Microsoft, Symbol, IBM, Wincor Nixdorf and other large cap multinationals are deploying more and more self-service equipment and software than ever.
 
And it’s all because of retailers like J.C. Penney cutting costs, enhancing their brand and improving customer service through self-service.
Posted by: Bryan Harris AT 01:41 pm   |  Permalink   |  0 Comments  |  
Monday, 06 March 2006
As with spring each year comes a time of new beginnings. I am thrilled to be serving as the new executive director of the Self-Service & Kiosk Association. My first day on the job found me in Orlando at The Self-Service & Kiosk Show. What a great way to start! I was able to dive right in, meet people and begin to get my arms around this intriguing industry.
 
If you missed Orlando, you have another opportunity to put your finger on the pulse of the industry in a couple of weeks at KioskCom 2006 in Las Vegas, April 10-12 and in the fall when The Self-Service & Kiosk Show travels to San Antonio, Texas, September 28-29.
 
Though I’ve only been with the organization for three weeks, I have many exciting things to share with you. First, there is the completely revamped website. Like a welcoming gift, the new site was finished upon my arrival. From its clean, fresh look, to its ease of navigation and depth of content, you will find it a site to revisit often. One only has to look at the dates of the news items to appreciate the up-to-date reporting found on the new site.
 
The man who will be behind writing the features and gathering case studies is Bryan Harris, our new, dedicated editor. If you were in Orlando, there was a good chance you met Bryan. He was out there in the trenches meeting people and scoping out the good stories. Bryan brings a much-welcomed energy and enthusiasm to the website and newsletters. If you have any suggestions, comments or leads for articles, please contact Bryan at .
 
The next big item on the list is the marketing campaign, headed up by Marketing Chair and Advisory Board Member Alex Richardson. Dubbed “The Best Service is Self-Service,” the promotion focuses on successful, brand-recognized deployments. The goal is to highlight the impact and various ways self service helps organizations – from all market segments – to improve service and increase sales and customer satisfaction. Over the next 12-18 months, we will collect and create these “snapshots” and post a library of them on our website. Be on the lookout for these promotions in print, email and on the web. If you have a project you think would make an excellent candidate for the campaign, please contact Alex at .
 
Why are the new website and marketing campaign so important? Our goal is to build more traffic, which in turn raises industry awareness and credibility, leading to interest in members and ultimately quality leads and requests for proposals.
 
The recent elections for the Advisory Board have concluded and we have both incumbents and newcomers appointed to serve the association during the next year. As you read their personal biographies, you will see that we have a qualified group of people steering the ship. While we are sure to chart both familiar and unfamiliar waters, we will always act in a manner that is in the best interest of the membership at large and will ultimately move our industry forward.
 
If you would like to get more involved, we have several committees in place now and I anticipate more being created in the near future. The current list of committees includes Best Practices, Membership and Marketing, Research and Statistics, and Standards. Please contact me at to learn more about how you can get plugged in.
 
Another major initiative of our organization is to develop strategic alliances and partnerships with other associations, trade shows and media that will further advance the awareness of the SSKA. I am compiling a list of all the related entities out there. While I will be reporting on the progress of these efforts in future columns, I welcome any suggestions or insight you have in this area.
 
In closing, I would like to thank Dick Good and Alan Fryrear for giving me this opportunity and for their wise counsel. I also appreciate Greg Swistak, whom I met in Orlando and who served before me in this role. His willingness to support me is much appreciated. It’s been great getting to know the other Advisory Board members and staff. Together I know we can achieve great things in the weeks and months to come.
Posted by: David Drain AT 01:40 pm   |  Permalink   |  0 Comments  |  
Wednesday, 01 February 2006

It’s election time again.

I feel very fortunate today as I ponder the political upheavals in the world. I live in a country that allows me to express my opinion and vote for whomever I believe is best to lead. We take this right for granted in the United States. I hurt for those people in countries who live under oppression and don’t understand orderly transition of power and the freedom of expression.

If it sounds like I am into some serious thinking, well, I am. Only 42.5 percent of eligible voters took part in the 2004 presidential election. What causes this apathy? Isn’t freedom worth more of our attention? Don’t we care who will determine the future of our children and grandchildren? I am truly perplexed.

On a much smaller scale, we have similar situation in our association. Only about 41 percent of our membership voted last year in our advisory board election. Some of our members take our association’s future seriously. They take the time to run for office and once elected they get deeply involved. We need more members like this, and all members should support those willing to go the extra mile.

During December and January, we accepted nominations for the advisory board. Ten people accepted nominations to fill six positions. The nominees are from all walks of our life and are very qualified to be active participants on our advisory board. Please take this opportunity to select your leadership very seriously. We need your participation.

On January 27th we e-mailed a letter to each member company delegate. This letter outlined the procedure for reviewing the candidates and also for filing their election ballot. Each company gets one vote and they are asked to vote for six of the ten candidates. You may review the resumé of each nominee at http://www.selfservice.org/elections06.

Ballots will be accepted until February 22nd. Please encourage your company delegate to vote. If you are that delegate, please take this process seriously and vote for the six candidates that you think are best qualified. This is a secret ballot. The six candidates receiving the highest percentage of votes will be elected.

Election results will be announced at the beginning of March and the new board members will be introduced at our advisory board meeting at KioskCom in April. We will also be introducing our new executive director at The Self-Service & Kiosk Show in Orlando, Florida, Feb. 13-14, so plan now to attend.

Voting at all levels of our free society is very serious. I hope your company will take part.

Please vote!

Posted by: AT 01:39 pm   |  Permalink   |  0 Comments  |  
Thursday, 01 December 2005
Greg Swistak is gone — but is he really? The Executive Committee of your association has asked Greg to stick around in an advisory capacity, and he has agreed. Thanks, Greg. I personally appreciate your help while we search for a new executive director.
 
Greg served as our executive director for almost two years. Under his leadership, our association took on a new air. We grew, increased committee involvement, renewed affiliations with other organizations, renamed our association and received national media exposure, with Greg representing us. His enthusiasm, dedication and hard work were an inspiration to those who worked closely with him. I am extremely glad he is not going away.
 
If we are fortunate, someone will nominate Greg for membership on our advisory board and he can continue as a leader from a different perspective — which brings me to the subject of the annual nominations and election of our advisory board.
 
You may send your nominations now to . Each nominee will be asked to send a response to a particular question, which will be published for all voting members to read before casting their ballots. Nominations will close Dec. 31. Voting will take place Jan. 15 - Feb. 15. Each member company will be able to cast one ballot. Results will be announced at our spring meeting.
 
Committed leadership is important to every organization, and this is particularly true for our association. We are going through some very interesting times, and the success of the Self-Service & Kiosk Association will depend on the individuals we select to lead. Please do not take the process lightly. Give it much thought, and nominate someone you know will be committed to spending the extra time to make a difference. And please vote.
 
SUBHEAD: Special dates to remember
 
  • Dec. 1: Nominations for association leadership
  • Dec. 31: Nominations close
  • Jan. 15: Vote for association leadership
  • Feb. 15: Voting closes
Posted by: AT 02:00 pm   |  Permalink   |  0 Comments  |  
Tuesday, 01 November 2005
Change, while inevitable, isn’t always good. In the case of our association there have been quite a number of changes in the last few months. Some of those will change the way you think about the association, others will make us more efficient and, hopefully, all of those changes will be considered “good” when we reflect back a year from now.
 
A new name
 
At our recent annual meeting, held at The Self-Service & Kiosk Show in San Francisco, Oct. 18, kiosks.org association announced it will change its name to the Self-Service & Kiosk Association, effective immediately. The association also announced that the URL for its Web site will change to www.selfservice.org.
 
In making those announcements, I told the assembled members that, beginning at the association’s 2002 annual meeting held at Stone Mountain, Ga., and continuing at the advisory board and executive committee meetings held in Louisville, Ky., Chicago and Las Vegas, the name of the association has been a regular topic of discussion. At the April 2005 meeting in Las Vegas, the advisory board identified renaming the association as one of its key initiatives. The board determined that the association’s annual meeting was the proper venue to reveal the new name and associated Web site changes
 
In identifying the name change as a key initiative, the advisory board recognized the importance of the industry’s evolution and the broader view of self-service taken by many of its members. The name change was motivated by the fact that the kiosk is primarily considered a hardware device and many of the members of the association, while actively deploying these devices, are usually involved with a much larger self-service initiative.
 
Hall of Fame winner, Alex Richardson
 
Each year the association nominates members for induction into the Hall of Fame. These nominees are then voted on by the executive committee. The candidates are nominated based on their leadership and contributions to the association and the industry overall. This year’s winner has been very generous with his time by volunteering on a regular basis for committees and leadership roles in the association. Congratulations, Alex Richardson. We all appreciate your efforts.
 
Executive director
 
After a wonderful and productive nearly 2 years as the association’s executive director, I have decided to accept a position in industry with Elo TouchSystems. Although I will greatly miss my coworkers in Louisville, Ky., my friends on the advisory board and all of the members that I’ve had a chance to work with, this new position is a tremendous opportunity.
 
It has truly been a privilege for me to have been at the helm of your association. We have done some great work including the renaming of the association, running our first elections, getting exposure on TV and other media, working on partnerships with other associations and examining the goals and direction and how we will provide value to the members in the future. Thank you for providing me with this great experience.
Posted by: AT 01:58 pm   |  Permalink   |  0 Comments  |  
Friday, 21 October 2005
 
MEI announces support for new $10 bill
 
WEST CHESTER, Pa. — MEI, developer of unattended payment systems, announced in a news release plans to seamlessly transition retail customers to accept the soon-to-be-released U.S. $10 bill in kiosks, self-checkouts, and other self-service retail systems. The U.S. Department of the Treasury’s Bureau of Engraving and Printing (BEP) will begin releasing the new $10 bill in early 2006.
 
MEI will offer customers several options to upgrade their bill acceptors in the field so that they will recognize and accept the new $10 bill immediately upon release. Upgrade and pricing options differ according to the bill acceptor model. Most products can be easily upgraded with a simple software change using a handheld device. MEI customers will receive detailed upgrade ordering information from MEI via e-mail and service bulletins that will be issued to service centers, distributors and direct to customers.
 
Systems with either an MEI CASHFLOW SC or a Series 2000 (AE2800) bill acceptor can be upgraded by remote FLASH download through the interface or by using an MEI handheld tool (CPM/BPM). Most product lines that have been discontinued but are still in operation out in the field will be supported with this upgrade.
 
Based on its close working relationship with the U.S. Treasury BEP, MEI designed its upgrade technology to ensure that retail kiosks and self-serve systems could be updated to accept the new $10 bill even before its official launch. All upgrades should be in place by December 2005.
 
Subway selects Pro-Tech kiosks
 
ATLANTA — According to a news release, Subway has selected Pro-Tech as the global provider of kiosks for customer self-ordering and pre-payment within their chain of 24,000 Subway stores worldwide.
 
Subway has installed Pro-Tech kiosks in a number of Subway stores throughout the United States and in Latin America as a way of improving the customer’s experience by reducing the time customers wait in line, allowing customers to order at their own pace and to customize their sandwich.
 
The kiosks provide an intuitive touchscreen interface with large buttons, enticing graphics and photos of the food options, from fresh subs to salads, as well as a full array of toppings and assorted condiments. A pleasant and encouraging voiceover assists the customer with the ordering process, each step of the way.
 
Customers are able to order quicker, minimize order errors from poor communication, choose from a number of upgrade options and pay at the kiosk with their credit or debit card. In addition, the software, text and voiceovers are able to switch to a different language at the touch of a button.
 
Pro-Tech provides three types of self-ordering kiosks for Subway. The in-store version, mounted at the front counter is the most popular while the remote version allows for kiosks to be placed in "remote" areas, like the lobby of an office building, in a hospital, at a sports venue, so that customers can order from this "virtual" Subway store and arrange for timed pick-up or delivery. The third kiosk option is for the drive-up window.
 
The Subway kiosks are designed and manufactured by Pro-Tech and are powered by NexTep Systems software.
 
Infonox launches ActiveKiosk suite
 
SAN FRANCISCO — Infonox, provider of turnkey solutions for delivering financial and non-financial services to kiosks, has introduced its ActiveKiosk Suite, designed to simplify the transition from clerk-, teller- and cashier-managed processes to self-service kiosks. With the ActiveKiosk Suite, kiosk deployers can offer multiple fee-based services.
 
According to a news release, ActiveKiosk Suite can be deployed in locations such as retail stores, restaurants, auto rental outlets, malls, bank lobbies and other customer-facing areas. Based on their business requirements, deployers can brand, co-brand, integrate and select service menus. ActiveKiosk Suite interfaces with existing card and EFT payment infrastructure via Infonox's Active Payment Platform.
 
"By unifying applications, devices, backend providers and business processes we save deployers both time and money," said Safwan Shah, chief executive officer of Infonox. "Additionally, the creation of this suite addresses multiple issues plaguing the industry, including customer retention and compliance."
 
NCR announces European launch of end-to-end RFID solution
 
MoreRFID: NCR Corp. launched its end-to-end RFID offer, designed to help European companies achieve a faster return on RFID investment through a one-stop-shop solution, at RFID Journal LIVE! Europe, Oct. 10-12 in Amsterdam. NCR is the first company to cover the whole chain of RFID deployment from manufacturing, through supply chain distribution to back-of-store, center-of-store and through to consumer-facing technology such as contactless payment methods, self-checkout and kiosks.
 
Read more
 
 

News from the Self-Service & Kiosk Show

 
 
Self-Service & Kiosk Show announces partners, sponsors
 
LOUISVILLE, Ky. — Source Technologies, St. Clair Interactive Communications Inc., Palm Desert National Bank and friendlyway have agreed to be anchor partners for the Oct. 17-18 Self-Service & Kiosk Show in San Francisco.
 
According to a news release, IBM, Zoom Systems and Whitech Software Solutions have agreed to sponsor the show.
 
Source Technologies, based in Charlotte, N.C., is expected to feature three standard Concourse hardware platforms. Toronto-based St. Clair Interactive plans to demonstrate its solutions for grocery and specialty retail, quick-service restaurants, telecom, digital entertainment and other vertical markets.
 
California-based PDNB Electronic Banking Solutions, a division of Palm Desert National Bank, will provide information about its cash services, including cash acceptance, currency management, multiapplication settlement for bill payers and reconciliation and kiosk balancing for ATMs and advance-function kiosks.
 
Public-access self-service systems provider friendlyway of San Francisco will exhibit its Impress combination digital signage/kiosk and its screen segmentation software, Composer, which enables multiple media to share one screen, as well as five other kiosks.
 
Armonk, N.Y.-based IBM will display its cart-mounted personal shopping devices and a range of self-checkout and kiosk solutions. Zoom Systems, another San Francisco company, will demonstrate Zoom Shops — revolutionized vending machines.
 
Sydney, Australia-based Whitech Software Solutions specializes in industry-specific and customized electronic point-of-sale solutions aimed at improving customer efficiency and profitability.
 
kiosks.org association announces name change
 
SAN FRANCISCO — kiosks.org association announced today at its annual meeting that it would change its name to the Self-Service & Kiosk Association, effective immediately. The association also announced that the URL for its Web site will change to www.kiosks.org. In conjunction with the name change, the association's Web site has been updated to reflect the industry’s overall evolution from a hardware orientation to a solution orientation.
 
Read the entire article
 
Swistak to depart Self-Service & Kiosk Association
 
SAN FRANCISCO — At Tuesday’s kiosks.org association annual meeting, it was announced that executive director Greg Swistak would step down from his position at the end of the month to take a position with Elo TouchSystems as general manager of its custom products division. (The name of the association was changed to The Self-Service & Kiosk Association at the meeting, as well.)
 
Swistak has been involved with the association since its first meeting in 2001. In 2004, NetWorld CEO Dick Good invited him to serve as the association’s executive director. Under Swistak the association has evolved from a volunteer organization to one with elected officials, it has become more active within the industry and has increased the quality of RFPs generated by its Web site.
 
Swistak said his stepping down is by no means "goodbye." "I don’t intend to stop being active with the association in any way," he said. "I’ll be involved with this association for a very long time."
 
Alex Richardson inducted into Self-Service & Kiosk Association’s Hall of Fame
 
SAN FRANCISCO — Alex Richardson, managing director of Selling Machine Partners LLC, was inducted into the Self-Service & Kiosk Association’s Hall of Fame at Tuesday morning’s annual meeting.
 
Read the entire article
 
Self-Service & Kiosk Show opens in San Francisco
 
SAN FRANCISCO, Oct. 17, — The Self-Service & Kiosk show opens today at the South San Francisco Convention Center. The two-day event not only highlights self-service technology but also features real-world kiosk demonstrations. Show attendees are pre-screened buyers and key industry decision-makers involved with the purchasing or management of self-service/interactive kiosk solutions.
 
Tuesday, keynote speaker Mohsen Moazami, a retail executive with Cisco Systems, is expected to speak about connected commerce and how it is re-defining the shopping experience and challenging traditional retailing models.
 
Other speakers include Brian Slaughter of Dell Inc. and Mark Krogh of NCR Corp.
 
Slaughter is scheduled to head a seminar on why 2005 is the year for digital signage, how retailers can fund digital signage initiatives and what to look for in retail digital signage solutions.
 
In his presentation, Krogh plans to detail the key lessons one retailer learned during its self-service implementation and how those lessons can be applied across industries.
 
Self-Service & Kiosk Show underway with cutting-edge tech, seminars
 
SAN FRANCISCO, Oct. 18, — The Self-Service & Kiosk Show opened yesterday in San Francisco.
 
Officials with NetWorld Alliance, which owns and operates the event formerly known as The Kiosk Show, said about 600 people were expected to attend, based on preregistration numbers and early check-in rates.
 
Monday morning was devoted to three tracks of pre-conference workshops, with topics ranging from ROI to systems integration to usability design. Speakers included NCR’s Mark Krogh; Doug Peter of St. Clair; Sylvia Berens of Apunix Computer Services; Alex Richardson with Selling Machine Partners; Summit Research’s Francie Mendelsohn; and Greg Swistak of the kiosks.org association.
 
Afternoon seminars were devoted to in-depth exploration of specific topics, and most of them were delivered to standing-room-only crowds. While classes were in session, exhibitors were busily preparing the "main event," and at 5:00 pm, that event roared to life. In a special welcome reception sponsored by IBM, the show floors were opened.
 
On tap for today: kiosks.org Association has its annual meeting, Cisco Systems’ Mohsen Moazami presents the show’s keynote address, panel discussions on digital signage and an "ask the experts" roundtable. Winners of the 2005 Kiosk Awards and Readers' Choice will be announced following the keynote address.
 
Read the entire article
 
Wrap-up: The Self-Service & Kiosk Show, day two
 
SAN FRANCISCO, Oct. 18, — The second day of this season’s Self-Service & Kiosk Show started early, with the annual meeting of the kiosks.org association. And one of the key announcements made at that meeting was the official change of the organization’s name to The Self-Service & Kiosk Association. Also announced at the meeting was Swistak’s departure as executive director of the organization, effective Oct. 28.
 
A massive crowd turned out to listen to the keynote address, "Connected Commerce Drives Customer Satisfaction to a New All-Time High," delivered by Mohsen Moazami, vice president and global managing director, retail — IBSG, Cisco Systems Inc. Moazami stressed the need for an intelligent core structure at the "bottom" of a business IT model, one which would easily allow new channels to be integrated without requiring an entire new infrastructure.
 
Immediately after Moazami’s presentation, NetWorld Alliance vice president and associate publisher Joseph Grove presented the 6th Annual Kiosk Awards.
 
Read the entire article
 
2005 Kiosk Award winners
 
SAN FRANCISCO, Oct. 18, — The winners of the 6th Annual Kiosk Awards were announced in a presentation Tuesday at The Self-Service & Kiosk Show, held Oct. 17-18 in San Francisco.
 
Winners were …
 
Best Retail Kiosk
1st place     DekkoMatic-AmeriGas Propane Exchange at AmeriGas vending locations, by WebRaiser Technologies Inc.
2nd place    Photo.Teller by Whitech USA Inc.
3rd place     Product Advisor Kiosk at OfficeMax Inc., by Active Decisions Inc.
 
Best Financial Kiosk
1st place     Express Bill Payment Kiosk at Verizon Wireless, by Source Technologies
2nd place    Self-Service Branch at credit unions, by Ensenta
3rd place     TIO Bill Pay and Financial Services Kiosk at convenience stores, by Info Touch and Palm Desert National Bank
 
Best Travel or Hospitality Kiosk
1st place    Hilton Self-Service Checkin Kiosk, by Hilton Hotels Corp.
2nd place   EasyPoint Xpress Check-In at Hyatt, by NCR
3rd place    Virtual Visitor Center at North Carolina Division of Tourism and Department of                  Transportation, by Technology Portals Inc.
 
Best Entertainment or Gaming Kiosk
1st place     Interactive Entertainment System at KC Hopps Inc./The 810 Zone sports bar & restaurant, by Nanonation
2nd place    The Big Red Kiosk at Riviera Hotel and Casino, by Apunix Computer Services
3rd place     Kid's Virtual Fun Center at Burger King, by D2 Sales
 
Best New Kiosk Application
1st place     DekkoMatic-AmeriGas Propane Exchange at AmeriGas vending locations, by WebRaiser    Technologies Inc.
2nd place    The Informer Kiosk at Swift Transportation, by Netkey Inc. and Kiosk Information Systems Inc.
3rd place     Product Advisor Kiosk at OfficeMax Inc., by Active Decisions Inc.
 
Best Digital Display Application
1st place    Douglas Theatres Interactive Digital Displays, by Nanonation
2nd place   The HomeOwnership Center on DisplayPoint, by SeePoint Technology
 
Best Demonstration of ROI
1st place     Photo.Teller by Whitech USA Inc.
2nd place    The Mazda Retail Kiosk, by Nanonation
3rd place     SHOW/PRO Promotional Kiosk at Roomful Express Furniture, by Showroom Technology Inc.
 
Best Kiosk in Categories Not Named Above (General)
1st place     The Informer Kiosk at Swift Transportation, by Netkey Inc. and Kiosk Information Systems Inc.
2nd place    EasyPoint Xpress Payment at T-Mobile, by NCR
3rd place     DukeCard Express Station at Duke University, by Sequoia Retail Systems Inc.
 
Judges were:
 
Lief Larson, founder and former publisher of Kiosk magazine
Francie Mendelsohn, president, Summit Research Associates
Tamara Mendelsohn (no relation to Francie Mendelsohn), Forrester Research
Peter C. Honebein, Ph.D., co-author, "Creating Do-It-Yourself Customers"
Gary Pageau, group executive, Photo Marketing Association
 
Judging comprised two components: evaluation of the devices based on written answers to questions about them, as well as on-site, hands-on use. On-site judging took place Monday, Oct. 17, on the show floor as well as in a room at an adjacent hotel.
 
In addition to the winners in the above categories, a survey was published online at KioskMarketplace.com, soliciting reader opinions on which kiosk application was the best of its breed. The machine that received the most votes overall was named the Readers’ Choice. That award went to the Express Bill Payment Kiosk at Verizon Wireless, by Source Technologies.
Posted by: AT 01:50 pm   |  Permalink   |  0 Comments  |  
Tweet
Twitter
LinkedIn
Facebook
Digg
Delicious
StumbleUpon
Reddit
Add to favorites
PROJECT HELP 

Our members are among the most prominent and respected suppliers of digital signage, kiosk, self-service and mobile technology solutions.

Request project help from DSA members

 The Perspective 
Latest Posts
Archive
Categories

Testimonials 
Twitter 
Tweets by @iDigScreenmedia

Digital Screenmedia Association | 13100 Eastpoint Park Blvd. Louisville, KY 40223 | Phone: 502-489-3915 | Fax: 502-241-2795

ASSOCIATION SPONSORS

     

Website managed by Networld Media Group